IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-S) 


A 


ol 


^^  > 


0%    ^  J^     s 


^4 


y 


1.0 


I.I 


rl^  IIM 
"^  IIIIIM 

2.0 


US 


1.8 


1.25  II  1.4    III  1  ^ 

-^ 6"     

► 

Photographic 

Sdences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  NY.  14580 

(716)  872-4S03 


s        ^ 


4ip 


/£/. 


^ 


% 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


Technical  and  Bibliographic  Notes/Notes  techniques  et  bibllographiques 


The  Institute  has  attempted  to  obtain  the  best 
original  copy  available  for  filming.  Features  of  this 
copy  which  may  be  bibliographically  unique, 
which  may  alter  any  of  the  images  in  the 
reproduction,  or  which  may  significantly  change 
the  usual  method  of  filming,  are  checked  below. 


D 


D 


D 
D 
D 
D 

D 


Coloured  covers/ 
Couverture  de  couleur 


I      I    Covers  damaged/ 


Couverture  endommagie 


Covers  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Couverture  restaurie  et/ou  pelliculAe 


I      I    Cover  title  missing/ 


Le  titre  de  couverture  manque 


□    Coloured  maps/ 
Cartes  gdographiques  en  couleur 


Coloured  ink  (i.e.  other  than  blue  or  black)/ 
Encre  de  couleur  (i.e.  autre  que  bleue  ou  noire) 


Coloured  plates  and/or  illustrations/ 
Planches  et/ou  illustrations  en  couleur 


Bound  with  otner  material/ 
Relii  avec  d'autres  documents 

Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distortion 
along  interior  margin/ 

La  re  liure  serr6e  peut  causer  de  I'ombre  ou  de  la 
distortion  le  long  de  la  marge  intirieure 

Blank  leaves  added  during  restoration  may 
appear  within  the  text.  Whenever  possible,  these 
have  been  omitted  from  filming/ 
II  se  peut  que  certaines  pages  blanches  ajouties 
lors  d'une  restauration  apparaissent  dans  le  texte. 
mais.  lorsque  cela  6tait  possible,  ces  pages  n'ont 
pas  6t6  filmies. 


L'Institut  a  microfilm^  le  meilleur  exemplaire 
qu'il  lui  a  iti  possible  de  se  procurer.  Les  ddtails 
de  cet  exemplaire  qui  sont  peut-6tre  uniques  du 
point  de  vue  bibliographique,  qui  peuvent  modifier 
une  image  reproduite,  ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  une 
modification  dans  la  mithode  normale  de  filmage 
sont  indiquds  ci-dessous. 


r~n    Coloured  pages/ 


D 


Pages  de  couleur 

Pages  damaged/ 
Pages  endommagdes 

Pages  restored  and/oi 

Pages  restaurdes  et/ou  pellicul6es 

Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxei 
Pages  ddcolori^es,  tachetdes  ou  piqudes 

Pages  detached/ 
Pages  ddtachdes 

Showthrough/ 
Transparence 

Quality  of  prir 

Quality  indgale  de  I'impression 

Includes  supplementary  materii 
Comprend  du  materiel  suppl^mentaire 

Only  edition  available/ 
Seule  Edition  disponible 


I      I  Pages  damaged/ 

|~~|  Pages  restored  and/or  laminated/ 

0  Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed/ 

I      I  Pages  detached/ 

r~~|  Showthrough/ 

I      I  Quality  of  print  varies/ 

|~~|  Includes  supplementary  material/ 

I      I  Only  edition  available/ 


Pages  wholly  or  partially  obscured  by  errata 
slips,  tissues,  etc.,  have  been  refilmed  to 
ensure  the  best  possible  image/ 
Les  pages  totalement  ou  partiellement 
obscurcies  par  un  feuillet  d'errata,  une  pelure, 
etc.,  ont  6t6  film^es  A  nouveau  de  facon  d 
obtenir  la  meilleure  image  possible. 


□ 


Additional  comments:/ 
Commentaires  supplimentaires; 


Wrinkled  pages  may  film  slightly  out  of  focus. 


This  item  is  filmed  at  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

Ce  document  est  filmi  au  taux  de  reduction  indiquA  ci-dessous. 


10X 

14X 

18X 

22X 

:!6X 

30X 

>/ 

12X 


16X 


20X 


24X 


28X 


32X 


The  copy  film«d  h«r«  ha*  b««n  rtproducsd  thanks 
to  tha  gonarosity  of: 

Seminary  of  Quebec 
Library 


L'axamplaira  film*  fut  raproduit  grica  k  la 
ginArositt  da: 

SAminaire  de  Quebec 
Bibliothdque 


Tha  imagaa  appaaring  hara  ara  tha  baat  quality 
posaibia  considaring  tha  condition  and  iagibiiity 
of  tha  original  copy  and  In  kaaping  with  tha 
filming  contract  spacificationa. 


Las  Imagas  suivantas  ont  it*  raproduitas  avac  la 
plus  grand  soin.  compta  tanu  da  la  condition  at 
da  la  nattati  da  l'axamplaira  film*,  at  an 
conformity  avac  las  conditions  du  contrat  da 
filmaga. 


Original  copias  in  prinlad  papar  covars  ara  fiimad 
baginning  with  tha  front  ccvar  and  anding  on 
tha  last  paga  with  a  printad  or  liiustratad  impras- 
sion,  or  tha  back  covar  whan  appropriata.  Ail 
othar  original  copias  ara  fiimad  baginning  on  tha 
first  paga  with  a  printad  or  liiustratad  impraa- 
sion,  and  anding  on  tha  laat  paga  with  a  printad 
or  liiustratad  imprassion. 


Las  axamplairaa  originaux  dont  la  couvartura  an 
papiar  aat  imprimia  sont  fiimte  an  commandant 
par  la  pramiar  plat  at  an  tarmlnant  soit  par  la 
darniAra  paga  qui  comporta  una  smprainta 
d'imprassion  ou  d'iliustration,  soit  par  la  sacond 
plat,  salon  la  cas.  Toua  laa  autras  axamplairas 
originaux  sont  fllmto  an  commandant  par  la 
pramlAra  paga  qui  comporta  una  amprainta 
d'imprassion  ou  d'iliustration  at  an  tarmlnant  par 
la  darniAra  paga  qui  comporta  una  talla 
amprainta. 


Tha  last  racordad  frama  on  aach  microficha 
shall  contain  this  symbol  '^(moaning  "CON- 
TINUED "),  or  tha  symbol  y  (moaning  "END"), 
whichavar  applias. 


Un  daa  symbolas  suivants  apparaftra  sur  la 
darnlAra  imaga  da  chaqua  microficha,  salon  la 
cas:  la  symbols  — »•  signifia  "A  SUIVRE",  la 
symbols  y  signifia  "FIN". 


Maps,  piatas.  charts,  ate,  may  ba  fiimad  at 
diffarant  raduction  ratios.  Thosa  too  larga  to  ba 
antiraiy  includad  In  ona  axposura  ara  fiimad 
baginning  in  tha  uppar  laft  hand  cornar.  laft  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  as  many  framas  aa 
raquirad.  Tha  following  diagrams  lllustrata  tha 
mathod: 


Las  cartas,  planchas.  tablaaux,  ate,  pauvant  Atra 
filmfo  *  das  taux  da  reduction  diffirants. 
Lorsqua  la  documant  ast  trop  grand  pour  dtra 
raproduit  an  un  saul  cllch*,  ii  ast  film*  *  partir 
da  I'angia  sup*riaur  gaucha,  da  gaucha  *  droita, 
at  da  haut  an  bas,  an  pranant  la  nombra 
d'Imagas  n*cassaira.  Las  diagrammas  suivants 
iilustrant  la  m*thoda. 


1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

■^''' 


ELEMENTS 


OF 


GEOGRAPHY 


■            ^   1               "  - 

•, 

•              .                    . 

■  1- 

:    t;' 

'\ 

- 

» 

\ 

■' 

• 

> 

f 
">■'■ 

■4 

■fl^*? 


.1 


I 


t* 


I' 


D 


ELEMENTS 


\y^iQ^^ 


or 


GEOGRAPHY, 


ANCIENT   AND   MODERN: 


VmM  Air  ATZiAS.      /V^lT''  *  ">.  * 


J 


<^  .•■ 


^*?     7^ 


/^ 


.^/ 


BY  J.  E.  WORCESTER 


^g_  "^•^'"•^     y^ 


SI  T^eui  iBiritioif. 


*t^e^^  p^^^cdi^^^ 


.^ 


"^a   <^^  C^* 

BOSTON.  Q^ 

PUBLISHED  BY  MILLIARD,   GiiA.Y   dt  CO. 

1835. 


li 


£ntered  accordingr  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1831, 

By  Joseph  E.  Worcester, 

in  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  Massachusetts. 


•t  V  v.. 


PREFACE. 


31, 


S»ttd. 


\      * 


I 


This  work,  in  its  original  form,  was  first  published  in  1810 ; 
after  passing  through  two  editions,  it  was  stereotyped,  and  in 
that  state  it  was  printed  a  number  of  times ;  it  was  then 
written  entirely  anew,  in  order  to  adapt  it  more  thoroughly  to 
the  existing  state  of  geographical  knowledge,  and  to  improve 
its  plan.  After  the  publication  of  the  second  edition,  in  this 
new  form,  it  has  now  been  a  second  time  stereotyped ;  and  it 
may  be  expected  to  remain  substantially  as  it  now  is,  till  a  con- 
siderable change  shall  become  desirable. 

Frequent  and  material  changes,  in  a  book  extensively  used 
by  classes,  are  attended  with  much  inconvenience  ;  but  mod- 
ern geography  is  a  science  subject  to  such  variation,  that  it  is 
necessary  that  a  treatise  upon  it  should  undergo  occa!^ional 
alterations,  in  order  that  it  may  be  adapted  to  the  existing 
state  of  the  world  or  of  geographical  knowledge.  The  statisti- 
cal information  is  the  part  of  a  geographical  treatise  which  is 
most  subject  to  change;  and,  in  this  volume,  this  information 
is  placed  by  itself  in  a  distinct  division,  so  that  it  can  bo  alter- 
ed as  occasion  may  require,  without  affecting  the  main  body 
of  the  work.     In  the  last  two  editions,  the  statistical  tallies 


H 


vl  PREFArf 

were  inserted  in  the  Atlas,  but  they  are  now  restored  to  the 
book,  as  there  are  some  advantages  in  having  them  in  this 
form. 

The  Elements  and  the  Atlas  are  intended  to  be  used 
throughout  in  connection  with  each  other ;  and  questions  to 
be  answered  from  the  maps,  are  inserted  throughout  the  book, 
in  the  order  in  which  it  is  deemed  most  suitable  that  they 
should  be  attended  to. 

The  paragraphs  which  form  the  dif^  iit  sections,  or  subdi- 
visions, are  numbered,  and  at  the  bottom  of  the  page  are  placed, 
with  corresponding  numbers,  questions  for  examination,  which 
will  be  found  useful  as  a  help  both  to  the  student  in  preparing 
for  his  recitations,  and  to  the  teacher  in  hearing  them.  It 
will  not  be  difficult  for  the  instructer  to  accommodate  the  man- 
ner of  studying  the  book  to  the  circumstances  of  his  scholars, 
with  regard  to  the  thoroughness  with  which  it  is  to  be  learned. 
In  many  cases,  the  learners  will  probably  be  required  to  repeat 
the  substance  of  the  paragraphs  in  answer  to  the  questions 
which  respectively  relate  to  them,  and  in  others,  to  mention 
only  the  principal  point  embraced  by  the  question.  In  cases 
in  which  the  circumstances  of  the  pupil  do  not  admit  of  his 
studying  the  whole  work  thoroughly,  the  teacher  can  easily 
mark  for  omission  such  paragraphs  as  he  deems  least  impor- 
tant. 

The  author  takes  the  liberty  to  suggest,  that  after  the  pupil 
shall  have  gone  through  the  different  parts  of  the  work,  it  will 
be  useful  for  him  to  revise  it,  with  reference  to  a  series  of 


rii- 

4 


s 

f 


3(1  to  the 

■ 

1  in  this 

1 

be  used 

1 

stions  to 

M 

he  book, 

1 

hat  they 

1 

Dr  subdi- 

1 

3  placed. 

i 

n,  which 

1 

reparing 

1 

icin.     It 

i 

he  man- 

1 

cholars. 

1 

^4 

earned. 

A 

.•| 

) repeat 

1 

lestions 

nention 

'i 

n  cases 

'^ 

of  his 

yf 

I  easily 

t> 

impor- 

-{ 

■ 

1 

e  pupil 

it  will 

;. 

ies  of 

1 

3 
■* 

PREFACE.  ril 

questions  embracing  the  most  important  matters,  which  it  is 
desirable  should  be  permanently  fixed  in  memory,  and  to  which 
answers  are  to  be  found,  partly  in  the  Book,  partly  on  the  Maps, 
and  partly  in  the  Statistical  Tables. 

The  following  questions  embrace  some  of  the  most  impor- 
tant matters ;  and  more  or  less  of  them  might  be  advantageous- 
ly asked,  in  review,  with  respect  to  each  of  the  general  divis- 
ions and  subdivisions  of  the  earth . — 

IIow  is  the  country,  empire,  kingdom,  or  state  bounded? 
Between  what  parallels  of  latitude  is  it  situated  ?  Between 
what  parallels  of  longitude  1  What  capes  ?  Bays  ?  Rivers  ? 
Lakes  ?  Mountains  ?  What  natural  curiosities,  or  for  what 
is  the  country  distinguished?  What  is  the  surface?  Soil? 
What  productions  ?  Exports  ?  IManufactures  1  What  is  the 
capital  city  or  town  ?  What  other  considerable  cities  or 
towns  ?  What  literary  institutions  ?  What  is  the  state  of  edu- 
cation ?  What  is  the  character  or  condition  of  the  inhabit- 
ants? What  is  the  religion  ?  What  is  the  population  ?  Num- 
ber of  square  miles  ?    Population  to  a  square  mile  ? 

The  Statistical  Tables  will  be  found  to  contain  xnuch 
information  in  a  condensed  form ;  and  as  they  are  generally 
formed  on  a  graduated  scale,  it  is  much  easier  to  gain  accurate 
and  comparative  knowledge  of  the  matters  presented,  than  it 
would  be,  if  the  information  were  distributed  through  the  book, 
in  connection  with  the  notice  of  the  several  countries  to  which 
it  pertains.  It  is  not  expected  that  all  the  tables  will  be 
studied  throughout  the  whole  of  their  details ;  yet  the  informa 


vlii  rUKFACE. 

tion  which  is  not  rcciuired  to  be  committed  to  memory,  will  b6 
found  useful  for  occasional  reference. 

In  this  work,  much  attention  has  been  paid  to  the  pronun- 
ciation of  geographical  names;  and  nearly  all  such  as  are  not 
perfectly  easy  to  the  pupil,  have  their  pronunciation  carefully 
noted.  There  has  also  been  placed  at  the  end  of  the  volume, 
a  Pronouncing  Vocabulary  of  Geographical  Proper  Names, 
containing  about  3,000  words,  and  embracing  not  only  such 
names  as  occur  in  this  work,  but  also  many  others,  which  are 
often  met  with,  and  with  respect  to  the  pronunciation  of  which, 
assistance  is  often  wanted.  For  some  remarks  on  the  pronun- 
ciation of  these  names,  and  an  explanation  of  the  marked  let- 
ters, see  the  Observations  and  Key  prefixed  to  the  Vocabulary. 

In  the  pronunciation  of  ancient  proper  names,  the  authority 
of  Walker  has  been  generally  followed,  with  respect  to  such 
words  as  arc  found  in  his  *  Key.'  The  pronunciation  of  a 
number  of  ancient  names  not  found  in  Walker,  is  given  ac- 
cording to  Scheller's  Latin  and  German  Lexicon. 


CONTENTS. 


Paga. 

Mathematical  Geography 1 

Deliuitiuits & 

Miipa;  Mapof  the  World 7 

AMERICA 10 

North  Amkrica 12 

Greenland 14 

Russian  Posaeaaion^ 14 

British  America 15 

New  Britain 15 

Loyrer  Canada Iti 

Upper  Canada 17 

New  Brunswick 18 

Nova  Scotia 19 

St.  John's  and  Cape  Breton 19 

Newfoundland 20 

The  Bermudas 20 

United  States 21 

New  England  or  Eastern  States. 25 

Maine 27 

New  Hampshire 28 

Vermont 30 

Massachusetts 32 

Rhode  Island 35 

Connecticut 36 

Middle  States 37 

New  York 38 

New  Jersey 42 

Pennsylvania 43 

Delaware 45 

Southern  States 46 

Maryland 47 

District  of  Columbia 49 

Virp^inia 50 

North  Carolina 53 

South  Carolina 55 

Georc^ia 56 

Alabama 58 

Mis:sissippi 69 


Pat*. 

Louisiana 60 

Florida 62 

Western  Sutes 64 

Tennessee : 66 

Kentucky.....' 68 

Ohio 69 

Indiana 71 

Illinois I 72 

Missouri 74 

Michigan  Territory 75 

Northwostor  Huron  Territory  76 

Arkansas  Territory 76 

M issouri  Territory 77 

Oregon  Territory 78 

Mexico T0 

Guatimala  or  Central  America. .  81 
West  Indies 82 

South  America 85 

Colombia   88 

Guiana  90 

Peru 91 

Bolivia   92 

Brazil 93 

United  Provinces 94 

Chili  95 

Patagonia 96 

EUROPE 97 

Lapland  99 

Norway 100 

Sweden 101 

Russia 103 

Poland  105 

Denmark 106 

Great  Britain, or  the  British  Isles  108 

England 109 

Scotland 112 

Ireland 115 

Holland  lit 


CONTENTS. 


Page. 

Belgium 118 

Germany 119 

Prussia  (mostly  German) .  .122 

Hanover 124 

Saxony 126 

Free  Cities 125 

Small  German  States 126 

Wurtemberg,  Bavaria 127 

Austria  (partly  German). .  .128 

Switzerland 1H2 

France 135 

Spain 139 

Portugal 141 

Italy 142 

Kingdom  of  Sardinia 144 

Parma,  Modcna,  Lucca, 

Tuscany 144 

States  of  the  Church 145 

Naples,  or  the  Two  Sicilies  146 

Turkey  in  Europe 148 

Greece 150 

Ionian  Republic 151 


ASIA 152 

Turkey  in  Asia 155 

Russia  in  Asia 168 

Arabia 160 

Independent  Tartary 162 

Persia 162 

Afghanistan  or  Cabulistan .....  164 


Page. 

Hindostan  165 

Chin-India,  or  Farther  India. .  .169 

Birmau  Empire 170 

Siam,  Malacca,  Cambodia, 

Laos 171 

Cochin-China,  Tonquin  . .  .172 

China 172 

Thibet 176 

Chinese  Tartary,  Corea 176 

Japan 177 

OCEANICA 177 

Eastern  Archipelago 179 

Australia. 180 

Polynesia 182 

AFRICA 184 

Egypt 187 

Nubia 189 

Abyssinia 189 

Barbary  States 190 

Morocco 191 

Algiers,  Tunis,  Tiipoli, 

Barca,  Fezzan 192 

Sahara,  or  the  Great  Desert  193 

Western  Africa 194 

Central  Africa 196 

Southern  Africa 197 

Southeastern  Africa 198 

African  Islands 198 


]      5 


PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY 201 


The  Sea 201 

The  Atmosphere 202 

The  Earth 204 

Rivers 205 

Lakes 206 


Mountains 206 

Metals  and  Minerals 207 

Vegetables 208 

Aniiaais 209 

Man 209 


Tabl.es  of  Riv£rs  and  MoUirTAINS,&C 211 


ANCIENT  GEOGRAPHY 217 


Ancient  and  Modern  Names  of 
Countries 218 

EUROPE 219 

Britain 219 

Germany 220 

Pannonia,  lUyricum,  Dacia, 

MoRsia,  &c 220 

Thrace 221 

Gaul 222 

Spain 222 


Italy 224 

Cisalpine  Gaul 226 

Italy  Proper 226 

Italian  Islands 227 

Greece 229 

Macedonia 230 

Fpirus 231 

ThessiJy 231 

Greece  Proper 232 

Peloponnesus 234 

Greek  Islands 235 


CONTENTS. 


xi 


Pa«8. 

165 

India...  169 

170 

mbodia, 

171 

iquiii  ...172 

172 

175 

176 

177 

177 

179 

180 

, 182 

, 184 

187 

, 189 

189 

190 

191 

poll, 

192 

t  Desert  193 

194 

...196 
...197 
...198 
..  198 

...201 

...206 
...207 
...208 
...209 
...209 

...211 

...217 

...224 
...225 
...226 
...227 
...229 
...  230 
...231 
...2.31 

, ..234 
. . .235 


Page.  Plif^. 

ASIA 237    Libya,  Africa  Proper,  NumiiUa, 

Asia  Minor 237        Mauretania 245 

Colchis,  Armenia,  Mesopotamia, 

Syria,  Arabia 240  

Assyria,  Chaldea,  Persia,  Media  242 

SCRIPTURE  GEOGRAPHy.24« 

AFRICA 243 

^gypt 243     Palestine 247 


Extent  of  Ancient  Empires 25? 

Chronological!  Table 264 

Ancient  and  Modern  Names  compared 256 


USE  OF  GLOBES 261 

CONSTRUCTION  OF  MAPS ^.o8 


STATISTICAL  TABLES 273 


North  America. 
Mexico,  Guatimala,  West  Indies 275 

United  States. 

Population 276 

Population,  Square  Miles,  &c.  .277 
Population  of  the  Principal 

Towns 273 

Commerce  280 

Canals  and  Rail-Roads 281 

Colleges 282 

Thnoioje^cal  Seminaries :  Medi- 
cal Schools 283 

Religious  Denominations :  Prin- 
cipal Libraries 284 

South  America. 
Population  of  States  and  Cities  .285 

Europe. 
Government,  Religion,  and 

Sovereigns 286 

Population  and  Square  Miles  of 

States 287 


Population  of  the  Principal 

Cities 283 

Universities 290 

Principal  Libraries 291 

Remarks  or.  Europe 292 

Asia. 

Population,  Extent,  and  Reli- 
gion of  States 293 

Population  of  the  Principal 
Cities 294 

Africa. 
Population  of  States  and  Cities  295 


The  Globe. 

Extent  and  Population 296 

Numbers  of  Different  Religion<<  297 
Varieties  of  the  Human  Race.  .293 
Languages:  Births  and  Deaths. 299 
The  Principal  Exports  of  Va- 
rious Countries SOf) 

Benevolent  Societies 301 


Questions  on  the  Statistical  Tables 


.803 


PRONOUNCING  VOCABULARY  OF  GEO- 
GRAPHICAL PROPER  NAMES 807 


w 


I 


I 


)  i 


x 


ELEMENTS   OF  GEOGRAPHY. 


MATHEMATICAL  OR  ASTRONOMICAL  GEOGRAPHY 

1.  Geography  is  a  description  of  the  earth  with  its  productions 
and  inhabitants. 

2.  Mathematical  or  astronomical  geography  treats  of  the  earth  as  a 
part  of  the  solar  system ;  illustrates,  from  astronomical  principles,  its 
figure,  magnitude,  and  motion  ;  explains  the  construction  of  globes, 
with  their  application  to  the  solution  of  problems ;  and  describes  the 
methods  of  projecting  maps  and  charts. 

3.  The  Solar  System  is  composed  of  the  sun,  the  primary  planets^ 
the  satellites,  and  the  comets. 

4.  The  Sun  is  the  source  of  light  and  heat  to  all  bodies  in  the 
solar  system ;  and  it  is  the  centre  of  motion,  round  which  the  planets 
revolve  in  elliptical  orbits,  from  west  to  east. 

5.  There  are  1 1  primary  planets,  namely.  Mercury,  Venus,  Eatih, 
Mars,  Vesta,  Juno,  Ceres,  Pallas,  Jupiter,  Saturn,  and  Ura-nus  or 
Herschel. 

6.  Those  planets  which  are  nearer  to  the  sun  than  the  earth, 
namely,  Mercury  and  Venus,  are  called  inferior  or  interior  planets ; 
the  others,  superior  or  exterior,  their  orbits  being  without  that  of  the 
earth,  as  seen  on  the  following  page. 

7.  Saturn  is  remarkably  distinguished  from  the  other  planets,  by 
being  encompassed  by  a  double  ring,  as  represented  in  the  figure 
on  the  next  page. 

8.  The  orbits  of  the  planets  are  the  paths  which  thoy  describe  in 
revolving  round  the  sun. 


Mathematicai.  Geography. — 1.  What  is  Geographj'  ?  2.  What  ia 
mathematical  or  astronomical  geography  ?  3.  What  is  said  of  the 
solar  system  ?     4.  The  sun  ? 

5.  What  arc  tlie  primary  planets  ?  6.  Which  arc  the  inferior,  and  which 
the  superior  planets  ?    7.  For  what  is  Saturn  distinguished  ^ 

8,  What  are  the  orbits  ?    9    What  is  their  form  ? 


i 


/ 


\  i 


9 


THE  SOLAR  SYSl'EM. 


9.  In  the  following  view  of  tlie  Solar  System,  the  orbits  of  the 
planets  are  described  as  circles,  yet  their  real  form  is  elliptical. 

THE  SOLAR  SYSTEM, 


exhibiting  the  order  in  which  tlie  planets  move  round 
the  sun,  tlieir    relative   distances,   and  comparative 


magnitudes. 


t 


^ 


o 


Earth       jrenua      Jdars     Mercury 

P       O        o         o    -^ 


X 


ii. 


MATHEMATICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


8 


•bits  of  the 
oticcd. 


ound 
ative 


TABLE 

Of  the  Sizes,  Distances,  Rotations,  and  Periods  of  the  Sun  and 

Planets. 


9 

Diameter 

Mt-au  dis- 

Rotation on 

Time  in  revolving 

Bulk.    Tho 

V 

ill  miles. 

tances  from 

tlioir  axes. 

round  tho  sun. 

earth  being  1. 

;>: 

the  sun    in 

a 

• 

mill,  miles. 

d.  h.  m. 

d.         h.  m. 

SUN 

© 

883,246 

25  14  08 

1,330,000 

Mercury 

d 

3,224 

37 

00  24  00 

87  23  15 

,06 

Venus 

9 

7,G87 

68 

0  23  22 

224  16  49 

,9 

Earth 

© 

7,912 

95 

0  23  56 

365  C6  09 

1 

Mars 

4,189 

144 

1  00  39 

686  23  30 

,16 

Vesta 

n 

238 

225 

1,161  19 

Juno 

^ 

1,425 

252 

1,589 

Ceres 

p 

2Gii 

1,681  12    9 

Pallas 

$ 

265 

1,682 

Jupiter 

ir 

69,170 

490 

0  09  56 

4,332  08  51 

1,470 

Saturn 

>?, 

79,042 

900 

0  10  16 

10,761  14  37 

887 

Uranus 

¥ 

35,112 

1,800 

unknown 

30,445  18  CO 

77 

Moon 

(T 

2,180 

95 

29  12  44 

365  06  09 

,02 

10.  Tlie  four  planets,  V:da,  Juno,  Ceres,  and  Pallas,  are  very 
small  compared  with  the  rest ;  and  it  is  but  a  few  years  since  they 
were  first  discovered. 

11.  There  are  18  Saiellites  or  secondary  planets.  The  Earth  has 
1,  Jupiter  4,  Saturn  7,  and  Uranus  6.  These  revolve  round  their 
primaries,  and  accompany  them  in  their  annual  revolutions  round 
the  sun. 

12.  The  Comets  are  bodies  revolving  round  tlie  sun  in  very  eccen- 
tric orbits,  and  move  in  all  directions.  The  number  of  them  is  not 
ascertained,  and  their  nature  is  but  little  known. 

13.  Those  stars,  which  always  retain  nearly  the  same  situation 
with  respect  to  each  other,  are  called  Fixed  Stars.  About  1,000 
are  seen  by  the  naked  eye  in  tho  visible  horizon,  in  each  henii- 


10.  What  is  said  of  Vesta,  Juno,  Ceres,  and  Pallafi  ? 

11.  What  of  the  satellites  .-'     12,  The  comets  ?     13.  The  fixed  stars  ' 


Questions  on  the  Solar  System,  and  Tahle  of  Sizes,  ^c. 

Whicli  planet  is  nearest  to  the  sun  ?  Which  fartliest  ofi  ?  Which  are  nearer 
tlian  the  earth  ?  Vvhich  fiirther?  Which  ihree  planets  have  the  greatest 
diameter  .'  Which  are  smaller  than  the  earth  ?  What  is  the  diameter  of 
the  sun .''  The  earth  ?  The  moon  ?  What  is  the  distance  of  the  earth 
from  the  sun  ?  In  what  time  does  the  earth  revolve  round  the  sun  ?  Vriiich 
oi  the  plaactc  revolve  round  the  sun  iu  les3  time  than  the  earth  ? 


''ft 


t 


I 


4  MATHEMATICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 

sphere  ;  but  by  the  use  of  a  telescope,  many  millions  may  be  seen, 
and  their  number  increases  in  proportion  to  the  magnifying  power  of 
the  telescope. 

14.  The  stars  are  supposed  to  be  suns,  around  each  of  wliich 
planets  revolve,  as  about  our  sun. 

15.  Tiie  galaxy  or  milky  way  is  a  broad,  luminous  zone  in  tlie 
heavens.  It  is  supposed  to  be  caused  by  an  immense  number  of 
stars,  which,  from  their  apparent  nearness,  cannot  be  distinguished 
from  each  other. 

16.  The  Earth  is  a  globe  or  spherical  body,  yet  on  account  of 
its  magnitude,  its  roundness  is  not  perceptible  to  the  eye. 

17.  It  is  proved  to  be  round,  1st,  by  its  having  been  repeatedly 
circumnavigated ;  2dly,  by  the  circular  form  of  its  shadow,  as  ob- 
served in  eclipses  of  the  moon;  and  3dly,  by  the  appearance  of  a 
ship  when  approaching  the  shore,  tlie  highest  parts  being  always 
seen  first. 

18.  The  earth  is  not  a  perfect  sphere,  but  is  flattened  at  the  poles. 
The  equatorial  diameter  exceeds  the  polar  diameter  by  upwards  of 
26  miles. 

19.  The  axis  of  the  earth  is  an  imaginary  line  passing  tlurough  its 
centre. 

20.  The  extremities  of  the  axis  are  called  the  PoleSf  the  one 
north,  and  the  other  south. 

21.  The  annual  revolution  of  tlie  earth  round  the  sun,  in  connec- 
tion with  tlie  obliquity  of  tlie  ecliptic,  occasions  the  succession  of  the 
four  seasons. 

22.  The  eartli's  diurnal  rotation  on  its  own  axis  every  24  hours,  is 
the  cause  of  day  and  night.  This  motion,  being  from  west  to  east, 
causes  the  sun  and  stars  to  appear  to  rise  in  the  east,  and  set  in  the 
west,  once  in  24  hours. 

23.  The  moon  has  three  motions ;  one  round  the  earth,  in  about 
29i  days,  which  causes  the  moon's  apparent  increase  and  decrease, 
and  produces  the  eclipses  of  the  sun  and  moon  ;  another  round  its 
own  axis,  in  the  same  time  ;  and  a  third  round  tlie  sun  along  with 
the  earth,  in  a  year. 

24.  An  eclipse  of  the  sun  is  caused  by  the  moon's  passing  between 
the  sun  and  the  eartli ;  and  can  never  happen  except  at  the  time  of 
new  moon. 

Z\  An  eclipse  of  tlie  moon  is  caused  by  the  earth's  passing  be- 
tween the  sun  and  the  moon ;  and  can  never  take  place  except  at 
the  time  of  full  moon. 

14.  What  are  they  supposed  to  be  ?     15.  What  is  the  galaxy  ? 

16.  What  is  said  of  the  earth  ?     17.  How  is  it  proved  to  be  round.''     18.  Is 

it  a  perfect  sphere.'     19.  What  is  the  axis.'    20.  What  are  the 

poles  ? 
21.  What  causes  the  four  sea?ons  ?    22.  What  causes  day  and  night ' 
23.  What  three  motions  has  the  moon  .'' 
24    What  is  the  cause  of  an  eclipse  of  the  sun  ? 
25.  What  causes  an  ecHpse  of  the  moon  ? 


',  f 


i  iil 


1 


ay  be  seen, 
\g  power  of 

;h  of  which 

zone  in  the 
I  number  of 
istinguished 

account  of 

^» 

repeatedly 
low,  as  ob- 
arance  of  a 
sing  always 

at  the  poles, 
upwards  of 

tlirough  its 

e*,  the  one 


,  in  connec- 
ssion  of  the 


24  hours,  is 
jst  to  east, 
set  in  the 

1,  in  about 
decrease, 
round  its 
long  with 

[g  between 
le  time  of 

3sing  be- 
I  except  at 


?    18.  Is 

it  are  the 


ighti 


DEFINITIONS. 


1.  Civil  or  Political  Geographi/  delineates  the  empires,  kingdoms, 
and  states,  which  occupy  the  surface  of  tlie  earth,  and  exhibits  the 
monuments  of  human  industry  and  skill. 

2.  Physical  Geography  is  the  natural  history  of  the  globe,  and 
embraces  a  view  of  the  sea,  the  atmosphere,  the  structure  of  the 
earth,  together  with  its  rivers,  lakes,  mountains,  minerals,  vegeta- 
bles, and  animals. 

3.  It  is  the  province  of  physical  geography  to  treat  of  the  earth  as 
it  proceeded  from  the  hand  of  the  Creator,  inchuling  such  changes 
as  have  been  produced  by  the  laws  which  ho  has  established ;  but 
civil  geography  treats  chiefly  of  the  changes  wliich  have  been  ef- 
fected by  man. 

4.  The  division  of  civil  geography  comprises  the  principal  part  of 
most  geographical  systems  ;  yet  much  of  the  matter  which  it  em- 
braces belongs  properly  to  physical  geography. 

5.  The  surface  of  the  earth  consists  of  land  and  water  ;  nearly 
one  third  being  land,  and  two  thirds  water. 

6.  The  proportion  of  land  to  water,  in  the  nortliern  hemisphere, 
has  been  computed  as  72  to  100,  and  in  the  southern  hemisphere,  as 
only  15  to  100. 

7.  The  Land  is  divided  by  water  into  continents,  islands,  penin- 
sulas, isthmuses,  and  capes ;  and  consists  of  mountains,  valleys,  and 
plains. 

8.  A  continent  is  a  large  extent  of  land,  comprising  many  coun- 
tries, not  separated  by  water. 

9.  There  are  two  continents  ;  the  Eastern,  comprising  Europe, 
Asia,  and  Africa ;  and  the  Western,  comprioir,  x  North  and  South 
America.  Some  reckon  six  continents,  vi^,  Europe^  Asia,  Africcu, 
JVorth  America,  South  America,  and  JS'vw  Holland. 

10.  An  island  is  a  tract  of  land  entii*ely  surrounded  by  water. 

11.  A  peninsula  is  a  portion  of  land  almost  surrounded  by  water. 

12.  An  isthmus  is  a  neck  of  land  which  joins  a  peninsula  to  the 
main  land,  or  two  parts  of  a  continent  together. 

Dkfinitions. — 1.  What  is  civil  geography  ?     2.  Physical  geography? 
3.  What  IS  the  province  of  each  ?    4.  What  is  said  of  tlie  division  of  civil 
geography? 

5.  Of  what  does  the  surf\ice  of  the  earth  consist  ? 

6.  What  is  the  proportion  of  each  in  the  northern  and  southern  heini- 

spheres  ? 

7.  How  is  the  land  divided  ?    8.  What  is  a  continent  ? 

9,  How  many  continents  are  there?  : 

10.  What  is  an  island  ?     11.  A  peninsula?     12.  An  isthmus  ? 


6 


DEFINITIONS. 


■|' 


13.  A  cape  ia  a  point  of  land  projecting  into  the  sea ;  if  tlio  land  ia 
high  and  mountainous,  it  is  called  a  promontory. 

14.  The  Water  is  divided  into  oceans,  seas,  lakes,  gulfs,  baya, 
Btraits,  sounds,  rivers,  and  friths  or  estuaries. 

15.  An  ocean  is  tlie  largest  extent  of  water,  nqwhere  entirely  sep- 
arated by  land. 

16.  There  are  usually  reckoned  five  oceans,  the  Pacific,  Atlan- 
tic, Indian,  Northern  or  Arctic,  and  the  Southern  or  Antarctic 
oceans. 

17.  A  sea  is  a  smaller  collection  of  water,  communicating  with  an 
ocean.  \ 

18.  A  gulf  or  hay  is  a  part  of  a  sea  extending  op  into  the  land. 

19.  A  sirait  is  a  narrow  channel,  joining  two  seas,  or  one  part  of 
a  sea  with  another. 

20.  A  sound  is  a  small  sea  so  shallow  that  it  may  be  sounded. 

21.  A  lake  is  a  large  collection  of  water  in  the  interior  of  a 
country. 

22.  A  river  is  a  large  stream  of  water  flowing  into  the  sea,  or 
into  a  lake,  or  into  another  river. 

23.  The  right  bank  of  a  river  is  that  which  is  on  the  right  hand 
of  one  who  is  sailing  down  the  river. 

24.  A  frith  or  estuary  is  the  widening  of  a  river  at  its  mouth  into 
an  arm  of  the  sea. 


1! 


!  i 


25.  The  principal  Political  Divisions  of  the  earth  are  empires, 
kingdoms,  and  republics. 

26.  An  empire  is  composed  of  several  large  countries,  subject  to 
one  sovereign,  styled  an  emperor. 

27.  A  kingdom  is  generally  less  extensive  than  an  empire,  and  is 
subject  to  a  King. 

28.  If  the  power  of  the  emperor  or  king  is  limited  by  law,  it  is 
called  a  limited  or  constitutional  monarchy ;  if  not  limited,  an  ahsoluie 
monarchy^  or  a  despotism. 

29.  A  republic  is  a  country  or  state  which  is  governed  by  persona 
elected  by  the  people. 

30.  The  four  principal  Religions  of  the  world  are  Paganism  or 
Heathenism,  Mahometanism,  Judaism,  and  Christianity. 

31.  Paganism,  the  most  extensive,  is  the  worship  of  idols  or  false 
gods,  and  comprises  a  great  variety  of  systems. 


13.  What  is  a  cape  ?     14.  How  ia  water  divided  ? 
15.  What  is  an  ocean  ?     16.  How  many  are  there  .•' 
17.  What  13  a  sea  ?     18.  A  gulf  or  bay  ?     19.  A  strait  ?    20.  A  sound  ? 
21.  A  lake  ?    22.  A  river  ?    23.  What  is  the  right  bank  of  a  river  f 
24.  What  is  a  frith  or  estuary  ? 

26.  What  are  the  principal  political  divisions  of  the  earth  ? 
26.  What  is  an  empire  ?    27.  A  kingdom  ? 

28.  What  a  limited  and  what  an  absolute  monarchy  ?    29.  A  republic  I 
SO.  What  are  the  four  principal  religions  ?    31.  What  is  Paganism  ? 


MAPS.  7 

32.  Malwmetanism  or  Mohamedanism^  was  founded  by  Ma'homet 
in  the  7th  century,  and  teaches  that  tliere  is  one  God,  and  that 
Mahomet  is  his  prophet. 

33.  Judaism  is  the  religion .  of  the  Jews,  who  are  dispersed 
throughout  the  world,  and  who  acknowledge  the  authority  of  the 
Old  Testament,  but  reject  the  New. 

34.  Christianity  is  the  worship  of  the  true  God  as  revealed  in 
the  Scriptures.  The  Christians  are  distinguished  into  three  gen- 
eral divisions,  Roman  Catholics,  the  Greek  Church,  and  Protes- 
tants. 

35.  The  Roman  Catholics  or  Church  of  Rome  acknowledge  the 
supremacy  of  the  Pope,  and  are  often  called  Papists. 

36.  The  Greek  Church  rejects  the  authority  of  the  pope,  but  it  re- 
sembles the  Roman  Catholic  in  its  forms  and  ceremonies. 

37.  The  Protestants  are  so  called  from  their  protesting  against  the 
authority  and  decrees  of  the  Church  of  Rome,  at  the  time  of  the 
Reformation,  in  the  16th  century.  They  are  divided  into  various 
denominations,  Lutherans,  Calvinists,  Episcopalians,  Presbyterians, 
Congregationalists,  Baptists,  Methodists,  Moravians,  Quakers,  Uni- 
tarians, &c. 


MAPS;  MAP  OF  THE  WORLD.* 

1.  As  the  earth  is  a  round  body,  tlie  most  correct  representation 
of  its  surface  is  made  by  means  of  an  artificial  globe,  on  which  the 
different  parts  of  the  land  and  water  are  drawn  according  to  their 
natural  situation. 

2.  A  map  is  a  representation  of  the  earth,  or  a  part  of  it,  upon  a 
plane  or  a  level  surface. 

3.  The  Map  of  the  World  is  a  globe  divided  into  two  equal  parts, 
and  reduced  to  a  plane  or  level. 


34.  Christianity? 
.  The  Greek  Church  ? 


32.  What  is  Mahometanism  ?     33.  Judaism  .' 
35.  What  is  said  of  the  Roman  Catholics }    3< 
The  Protestants  i 

Maps. — 1.  What  is  the  best  representation  of  the  earth  ? 
2.  What  is  a  map  ?    3.  What  is  the  map  of  the  world  ? 


37. 


*  N.  B. — In  studying  this  section,  the  pupil,  sitting  with  his  face  to  the 
north,  should  have  the  Map  of  the  FTbrZt^  spread  open  before  him,  and 
carefully  inspect  all  ihe  matters  here  described,  as  they  are  delineated  on 
the  map.  He  should  be  taught  to  distinguish  the  points  of  the  compass, 
north,  south,  east,  and  V)eat,  and  to  mark  how  mountains,  rivers,  cities,  &c.y 
are  represented. 


8 


MAPS. 


4.  The  two  parts  arc  called  hemispheres  or  half  globes;  one  named 
the  eastern,  the  otlier,  the  western  heniiaphcre. 

5.  The  top  of  maps  is  towards  the  north ;  the  bottom,  towards  tho 
south ;  the  right  hand,  ea^t ;  and  the  Icjl  hand,  west. 

6.  The  Equator  or  Equinoctial  is  a  line  which  passes  from  east 
to  west  through  the  middle  of  the  map  of  the  world,  at  an  equal  dis- 
tance from  tlie  poles,  dividing  it  into  two  equal  parts.  The  northern 
part  is  called  tho  northern  hemisphere,\he  southern  part, the  southern 
hemisphere. 

7.  The  Latitude  of  a  place  is  its  distance  from  tho  equator,  north 
or  south,  measured  on  a  meridian  towards  either  pole,  reckoned  in 
degrees  (°),  minutes  ('|,  and  seconds  ("). 

8.  The  number  of  degrees  can  never  exceed  90,  as  tliat  is  tlie 
distance  of  the  poles  from  the  equator. 

9.  A  degree  is  equal  to  60  geographical  miles,  or  about  69^  Eng- 
lish statute  miles. 

10.  Latitude  upon  maps  is  expressed  by  the  figures  on  their  sides. 
If  the  figures  increase  upwards,  tlie  latitude  is  north;  if  doumwardSf 
it  is  south. 

11.  Lines  drawn  across  the  maps,  from  right  to  left,  are  called 
parallels  of  latitude. 

12.  The  Longitude  of  a  place  is  its  distance  from  the  first  merid- 
ian, east  or  west,  and  cannot  exceed  180°. 

13.  Longitude  is  commonly  expressed  on  maps  by  figures  on  the 
top  or  bottom ;  but  on  the  map  of  the  world,  by  figures  on  the  equa- 
tor. If  the  figures  increase  from  left  to  right,  the  longitude  is  east ; 
if  from  right  to  left,  it  is  west. 

14.  Lines  drawn  from  the  top  to  the  bottom  of  maps,  or,  on  tho. 
map  of  the  world,  from  the  north  to  the  south  pole,  are  called  merid- 
tans  of  longitude. 

15.  The  longitude  on  the  maps  in  the  Modern  Atlas  accompany- 
ing this  book,  is  reckoned  from  the  meridian  of  London,  or  of  the 
Royal  Observatory  at  Greenwich,  near  London ;  and,  on  a  part  of 
the  maps,  viz.  Nos.  2,  3,  4,  5,  9,  10,  and  11,  both  from  Greenicich  and 
from  the  city  of  Washington.  On  tlie  maps  of  the  Ancient  Atlas, 
longitude  is  reckoned  both  from  Greenunch  and  Ferro,  one  of  the 
Fortunate  (now  Canary)  Islands. 

16.  The  Tropics  are  two  dotted  lines  drawn  on  the  maps,  at  tlie 
distance  of  23°  28'  from  the  equator.  The  one  north  of  the  equator 
is  called  the  tropic  of  Cancer ;  the  one  south,  the  tropic  of  Capricorn, 

17.  The  Polar  Circles  are  dotted  lines  drawn  at  the  distance  of 

4.  What  are  the  two  parts  called  ? 

5.  What  the  top,  bottom,  right,  and  left  hand  of  maps  ? 

6.  What  is  tho  equator  or  equinoctial  ?     7.  What  is  latitude  ? 

8.  What  is  the  greatest  number  of  degrees  of  latitude  ? 

9.  How  many  miles  arc  there  in  a  degree  ? 

10.  How  is  latitude  expressed  on  maps? 

11.  What  are  parallels  of  latitude  ?     12.  What  is  longitude  ? 

13.  How  is  longitude  expressed  on  maps  ?    14.  What  are  meridians  of  Ion« 

gitude  ?     15.  From  what  is  longitude  reckoned  ? 
16.  What  are  the  tropics .'    17.  What  are  the  polar  circles  ? 


V-  ■- 


»;  ono  named 

towards  the 

38  from  east 
nn  equal  dis- 
^iie  northern 
the  southern 

uator,  nortli 
reckoned  in 

tliat  is  tlie 

t  G9i  Eng- 

I  their  siflfe*. 
downwards^ 

are  called 

first  merid- 

res  on  the 
1  the  equa- 
de  is  east ; 

or,  on  the. 
led  merid' 

company- 
or  of  the 
a  part  of 
nmch  and 
nt  Atlas, 
le  of  the 

s,  at  tlie 

equator 

apticom. 

ance  of 


IS  of  Ion* 


MAP  OP  THE  WORLD.  9 

23°  28'  from  tlie  poles.    The  northern  is  called  the  Arctic  circle,  the 
soutliern  tlie  Anlarctic. 

18.  The  Zones  arc  divisions  of  tlie  eartli's  surface,  formed  by  the 
tropics  and  polar  circlos.  There  arc  5  of  them,  namely,  1  torrid,  2 
temperate,  and  2  frijjid. 

19.  The  Torrid  Zone  is  the  space  included  between  the  two  trop- 
ics. This  portion  of  tlie  earth  is  distinguished  for  extreme  heat,  an 
unhealthy  climate,  and  luxuriant  vegetation.  To  all  parts  of  this 
•zone  the  sun  is  twice  every  year  vertical,  or  directly  over  head ;  and 
the  year  is  here  divided  into  two  seasons,  the  wet  and  the  dry. 

20.  The  two  Temperate.  Zones  arc  included  between  the  tropics 
and  the  polar  circles.  These  parts  of  tlie  globe  produce  the  great- 
est abundance  of  the  most  useful  commodities,  and  afford  the  hap- 
piest residence  for  the  human  species. 

21.  The  Frigid  Zones  lie  between  the  polar  circles  and  the  poles, 
and  are  regions  of  perpetual  snow  and  ice,  affording  but  little  vege- 
tation or  food  for  tlie  subsistence  of  man. 

22.  In  the  frigid  zones,  the  sun  never  sets  for  a  certain  number 
of  days  in  summer,  and  never  rises  for  an  equal  number  in  winter. 

23.  At  the  poles,  one  half  of  the  year  is  day,  and  the  otlier  half 
night,  the  sun  being  there  C  montiis  above  the  horizon,  and  6  months 
below  it. 

18.  What  arc  the  zones  ?     19.  What  is  said  of  the  torrid  zone  ? 

20.  What  is  said  of  the  temperate  zones  .'     21.  Of  the  frigid  zones  ? 

22.  How  is  it  with  respect  to  the  sun  in  the  frigid  zones  ? 

23.  How  is  the  year  divided  at  the  poles .' 

Questions  on  the  Map  of  the  World. 

1.  Which  hemisphere  contains  the  most  land,  the  eastern  or  western? 
2.  Wliich  the  most,  the  northern  or  southern  ? 

3.  What  quarters  of  tlie  world  are  crossed  by  the  equator.' 

4.  What  islands  are  crossed  by  the  equator  .'' 

5.  What  parts  of  the  world  are  crossed  by  the  tropic  of  Capricorn.?    6. 

What  parts  by  the  tropic  of  Cancer .'     7.  What  parts  by  the  Arctic 
circle  .•• 

8.  What  quarters  of  the  world  extend  into  the  northern  frigid  zone  ? 

9.  What  parts  lie  in  the  northern  temperate  zone .' 

10.  Does  any  part  of  Europe  lie  in  the  torrid  zone  ? 

11.  What  parts  of  the  world  are  found  in  the  torrid  zone.' 

12.  What  islands  lie  in  the  torrid  zone  .' 

13.  What  parts  of  the  world  lie  in  the  southern  temperate  zone  ? 

14.  Does  there  appear  to  be  any  land  in  the  southern  frigid  zone  .' 

15.  What  ocean  lies  east  of  America  and  west  of  Europe  and  Africa .' 

16.  What  ocean  lies  west  of  America  and  east  of  Asia  ? 

17.  What  ocean  lies  east  of  Africa  and  south  of  Asia  ? 

18.  Where  is  the  Northern  or  Arctic  ocean  ? 

19.  Where  is  the  Southern  or  Antarctic  ? 

20.  How  is  America  bounded .?    21.  Africa.'    22.  Europe.'    23.  Asia? 


, 


■f; 


t'l'     i 


AMERICA. 


1.  America  is  usually  reckoned  to  bo  the  largest  of  the  ft  ur  quar- 
ters of  the  ^lubc,  but  to  contain  the  fewest  inliubitants.  It  is  about 
9,000  miles  long  from  north  to  south,  being  much  longer  tlian  either 
of  the  other  quarters  ;  but  it  is  much  narrower  than  Asia. 

2.  It  is  divided  into  two  parts,  JSTorth  and  South  Jlmerica^  which 
are  connected  by  the  istlimus  of  Du'ri-en  or  Pan-a-mii'. 

3.  It  is  distinguished  above  the  other  divisions  of  the  globe  for 
the  grandeur  of  its  mountains,  rivers,  lakes,  forests,  and  plains,  and 
for  the  abundance  of  its  silver  mines. 

4.  America  is  often  called  the  jVeir  World,  because  it  was  un- 
known till  the  year  1492,  when  it  was  discovered  by  Christopher 
Columbus  of  Gen'o-a  ;  but  it  received  its  name  from  Americus  res- 
putius  of  Florence,  who  visited  the  continent  7  years  after  the  first 
discovery  by  Columbus. 


24. 


26. 
27. 

28, 


84. 
85. 
86. 


Which  quarters  of  the  world  lie  in  the  eastern  hemisphere,  or  form  the 
eastern  continent  ?     25.  Which  the  western  ? 

Which  way  from  the  south  end  of  Africa  is  New  Holland  ? 

What  countries  lie  between  the  equator  and  10  degrees  of  N.  Lat. .? 

What  countries  between  10°  and  20°  ?  29.  Between  20°  and  30°  ? 
30.  Between  30°  and  40°?  31.  Between  40°  and  50°?  32.  Be- 
tween 50°  and  60°  ?     33.  What  north  of  60°  ? 

What  sea  lies  between  Europe  and  Africa  ? 

What  sea  between  Africa  ai}«'  Arabia  ? 

What  strait  separates  the  no»  wiwe?t  part  oi"  America  from  Asia  ? 
37.  Where  do  the  two  continents  approach  nearest  each  other? 
88.  Where  is  Greenland  ?    39.  Where  are  Spitzbergen  and  Nova  Zembia  ? 

40.  Which  is  most  southerly,  Cape  Horn  or  the  Cape  of  Good  Hopi-  ' 

41.  Where  is  Madagascar  ?    42.  Mauritius  and  Bourbon  ?     43.  Van  Die- 

men's  Land  ?    44.  S"  .  Helena  ?    45.  The  Azores  ?    46.  The  Sand- 
wich Isles?    47.  New  Zealand? 

48.  What  islands  in  the  Pacific  ocean  between  the  equator  and  the  tropic 

of  Capricorn  ? 

49.  What  oceans  and  sea  pro  passed  ovc  in  sailing  from  New  York  to 

Canton  ?    50.  What  ones  from  Ntw  York  to  St.  Petersburg?    61. 
To  the  Black  sea  ? 


America. — 1.  What  is  said  of  the  \5xvent  -yi  America  ^ 
2.  How  is  it  divided  ?     3.  For  what  distipguiyl^ad? 
4.  What  is  related  respecting  its  name  and  discovery  .' 


I 


in 


J 


f 


'the  fturqiiar- 
s.  It  is  about 
rer  than  either 


sia. 


hnerica,  which 

i'. 

tlie  globe  for 

nd  plains,  and 

se  it  was  un- 
by  Christopher 
Americus  Ves- 
tttler  the  first 


;re,  or  form  the 

nd? 

of  N.  Lat.  ? 

20°  and  30"? 
50°  ?    32.  Be- 


m  Asia  ? 
er? 

Nova  Zembla  ? 
od  Hopi'  ' 
43.  VanDie- 
46.  The  Sand- 

lud  the  tropic 

Sew  York  to 
srsburg  ?    61. 


4 


r.. 


ifiiate  18 
eaat   m 

Whites, 


AMKRj 

'if 
It  has  bcooino  of  croat  importjit^s  he 
mercial  view,  and  its  uiscovory  ia  j 
portant  event  of  uiodcrn  times. 

0.  America  contains  every  varictV  of  cHmate 
reckoned  to  be  iib-jut  10  de^rrces  coni^r  *QlfM|| 
continent,  in  the  same  parallels  of  latitnih*^. 

7.  The  iNUAniTAN'rH  consist  chiefly  of  tli 
Negroes,  and  Indians. 

8.  The  whites  are  descendantn  of  Europeans,  who  have  emigrated 
to  America  since  its  discovery ;  and  they  form  more  than  one  half 
of  thn  population. 

0.  The  (jroater  part  of  them  cra»i  it  of  <lescendant8  of  the  English 
and  Spaniardi}.  The  former  mo  •  •,  tii'  ' ;  md  in  the  United  States 
and  the  Britisli  provinces  or'  xN'orth  Amenca;  the  latter  mostly  in 
Mexico,  (Juatimala,  tiie  Wesl  int'i'    ,  and  South  America. 

10.  The  two  ot)  er  most  nntner»)ii>ii  classes  of  whites  are  Porlu- 
eueae,  who  are  found  « Iiicdy  in  Unizil',  and  French,  who  are  mostly 
in  Canada,  LouiiMana,  tli<j  West  Indies,  and  Guiana  (ge-ii'na). 

11.  The  nef^roes  are  mostly  licbi  In  tiliivery,  and  are  descendants 
of  Africans  ^vho  wore  unjustly  forced  from  their  native  country. 
Thoy  a'-e  foiuul  chiefly  in  the  southern  parts  of  the  United  States, 
the  VVest  Indies,  and  Brazil'. 

12.  The  Indians  arc  thu  original  inhabitants;  and  they  still  pos- 
sess the  greater  p;'.rt  of  the  continent;  but  the  territory  in  their 
possession  is  very  thinly  peopled. 

13.  In  Mexico  and  South  America,  many  of  the  Indians  have 
been  brought  under  subjection  to  the  whites,  and  they  have  adopt- 
ed, in  some  measure,  the  habits  of  civilized  life. 

14.  Most  of  those  Avho  have  maintained  their  independence,  con- 
tinue to  rove  in  their  native  wilds,  retaining  their  savage  character 
and  customs. 

15.  They  are  tall  and  straight,  of  copper  complexion,  and  fierce 
aspect,  an«l  are  capable  of  enduring  great  fatigue. 

16.  They  live  in  miserable  huts,  called  wigwams.  The  principal 
employments  of  the  men  are  Jumting,  fishing,  and  war.  The  do- 
mestic and  field  labor  is  chiefly  performed  by  the  women. 

17.  The  Indians  have  the  virtues  and  vices  of  he  savage  state: 
they  are  hospitable  and  generous ;  faithful  in  their  friendships,  but 
imp]  hi  'n  *heir  resentments.  Their  fortitude  and  patience  in 
endunng  BulVc  '•mg,  and  '.'  'r  contempt  of  death,  invest  tlieir  charac- 
ter vih  I  ;:!  .  of  moral  grandeur;  but  as  a  race,  they  are  neither 
amiaolo  nor  Iwippy. 

5.  In  what  respects  is  it  important  ?     6.  What  is  said  of  its  climate  ? 

7.  What  are  the  three  classes  of  inhabitants  ? 

8.  Wliat  is  said  of  the  whites  ?     9.  Of  what  docs  the  great^^r  part  consist  ? 

10.  What  are  the  other  most  mimerous  classes  ? 

11.  What  is  related  of  the  negroes?     12.  The  Indians? 

13.  What  of  the  Indians  in  Mexico  and  South  America  ? 

14.  What  is  the  condition  of  those  who  are  independent  ? 

15.  What  is  said  of  them?     16.  What  are  their  employments? 
17.  What  is  said  of  their  character  ? 


\ 


19 


NORTH  AMERICA. 


NORTH  AMERICA. 


I       M    ■; 


■i;  -■'. 


1.  North  America  comprises  three  great  divisions;  lat,  Britvth 
America,  in  the  north ;  2(1,  the  United  States,  in  the  middle  ;  and  3d, 
Mexico  and  Gud-ti-md'la,  or  Central  America,  in  the  south :  in  ad- 
dition to  these,  Greenland,  in  the  northeast,  helongs  to  Denmark ; 
and  there  are  Russian  Possessions  in  the  northwest. 

2.  The  great  range  of  Mountains  in  North  America,  is  toward 
tlie  western  side  of  the  continent,  and  is  connected  with  the  Andes 
of  South  America.  In  Mexico  it  is  called  the  Cor-dil-le'ras  ofMeX' 
ico;  in  the  territory  of  the  United  States,  the  Rocky  Mountains; 
farther  north  it  is  sometimes  called  the  Chippewan  Mountains. 

3.  This  range  receives  its  name  from  its  massive  and  precipitous 
rocks.    The  greatest  height  is  not  known ;  but  many  of  the  sum- 


NorthAmehica — 1.  What  are  the  divisions  of  North  America? 
2.  What  is  the  great  raugc  of  mountains  ?  3.  What  further  is  said  of  them  ? 


!£! 


I 


11. 

15. 

18. 


85. 

40. 
41. 


49. 
53. 

56. 

57. 

61. 
62. 
65. 
66. 
67. 


QlTESTTONS  OX  THE  IViAP  OF  NoRTH  AMERICA. 

What  ocean  lies  east  of  North  America  ?     2.  What  one  west .' 

Where  is  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.''  4.  The '"Caribbean  sea  ?  5.  Hudson's 
Bay.'  6.  Caffin's  Bay .?  7.  James's  bay  ?  8.  The  Gulf  of  St.  Law- 
reiice  ?     9.  Davis's  Straits .'     10.  Bcering's  Straits  ? 

Where  is  Alaska?  12.  Cape  Farewell .'  13.  Cape  Race  ?  14.  Cape 
St.  Lucas  ? 

How  are  the  United  States  bounded?    18.  Mexico?     17.  Guatimala? 

Hov/ is  Greenland  sihiated?  19.  The  Russian  Possessions?  20.  New 
Britain?  21.  New  Nor'h  Walos  ?  22.  New  South  Wales  ?  23. 
Labrador?  24.  Lower  Canada  ?  25  Upper  Canada  ?  26.  New- 
foundland? 27,  New  Brunswick  ?  29.  No-a  Scotia?  29.  Cnpe 
Breton  ?  30.  St.  John's  Island  ?  31.  The  Bermudas  ?  32.  The 
Bflbama  Islands  ?  33.  The  Caribbee  Islands  ?  31.  The  Virgin 
Islands  ? 

How  is  Cuba  situated  ?  36.  St.  Domingo  ?  37.  Jamaica  ?  33.  Porto 
Rico?     39.  Trinidad? 

What  island  is  east  of  Greenland  ? 

Where  are  the  North  Georgian  islands  ?  42.  Prince  Regent's  Inlet  ? 
43.  Melville  Island  ?  44.  Bathnrst  Inlet  ?  45.  Repulse  Bay  ?  46. 
New  Caledonia  ?     47.  The  Kni-tcneaux  ?     48.  The  Esquimaux  ? 

Where  are  the  Rocky  Mountain^  ?  50.  What  is  the  course  of  the  St. 
Lawrence  ?     51.  Mackenzie's  river  ?     52.  The  Saskashawan  ? 

What  rivers  flow  into  Huds:on's  Bay?  51.  What  ones  into  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico?     55.  Into  the  Pacific  ocean? 

What  lakes  are  between  the  United  States  and  Upper  Canada  ? 

Where  is  lake  Winnipeg?  58.  Great  Bear  Lake  ?  59.  Athapescow  ? 
60.  Slave  Lake  ? 

Wliat  islands  are  on  tho  west  coast  of  North  America  ? 

Where  is  Mount  St.  Elias  ?     63.  Fairweather  Mountain  ?     64.  Sitka? 

What  towns  or  settlements  are  on  the  west  coast  of  Greenland  ? 

What  ones  on  the  northeast  coast  of  Labrador  ? 

What  forts  and  houses  west  of  Hudson's  Bay  ? 


NORTH  AMERICA. 


13 


;  1st,  Britlth 
ddle  ;  and  3cl, 
south :  in  ad- 
to  Denreiark; 

icn,  is  toward 
ith  the  tildes 
le'ras  ofMex- 
I  Mountains; 
untains. 
d  precipitous 
'  of  the  sum- 

li  America  ? 
M  said  of  them  ? 


west  ? 

5.  Hudson's 
ilfofSt.  Law- 

;e?     14.  Cape 

Guatimala  ? 
ns  ?    20.  New 

Wales  ?  23. 
26.  New- 

?  29.  C'^pe 
as?     32.  The 

The  Virgin 

a .'    33.  Porto 


gent's  Inlet  ? 
se  Bay  ?    46. 
Esquimaux  ? 
rsc  of  the  St. 
nhawan  ? 
into  the  Gulf 

inada  ? 
\thapescow  ? 


64.  Sitka? 
iland  ? 


mlts  are   covered  with  perpetual  snow.    High  Peak,  near  the 
sources  of  the  river  Platte,  is  one  of  the  highest  that  is  knowp. 

4.  The  Alleghany  Mountains,  which  are  wholly  within  the  U  ni- 
ted  States,  are  greatly  inferior,  in  extent  and  elevation,  to  the 
Rocky  mountains. 

5.  The  most  important  islands  are  JVeu/found-land  (nu'fund- 
land),  Cape  Breton  (bre-toon'),  St.  John^s,  Rhode  Island,  Long  Island, 
and  the  Ber-mu'das. 

6.  The  five  largest  Bays  or  Gulfs,  are  Baffin's  and  Hudson's 
bays ;  and  the  gulfe  of  St.  Lawrence,  Mexico,  and  Cal-i-for'ni-a. 

7.  The  Lakes  of  North  America  are  the  largest  collections  of 
fresh  water  in  the  world.  Some  of  the  principal  ones  are  lakes 
Su-]^e!ri-or,  Hu'ron,  Mich'i-gan  (mish'e-gan),  Efrie  (e're),  On- 
ta'n-o,  Win'ni-peg,  Ath-a-pes'coio,  Slave  Lake,  and  Great  Bear 
Lake. 

8.  The  largest  of  these  great  lakes  is  lake  Superior,  which  is 
490  miles  in  length,  and  is  as  much  affected  by  storms  as  the 
ocean.  It  is  remarkable  for  the  transparency  of  its  waters,  and 
abounds  in  fish. 

9.  The  Pictured  Rocks,  on  the  south  side  of  lake  Superior,  are  a 
range  of  precipitous  cliffs,  rising  to  the  height  of  300  feet,  and  are 
regarded  as  a  great  curiosity. 

10.  Some  of  the  largest  Rivers  are  the  Mis-sis-sip'pi,  Mis- 
souri (mis-soo're),  St.  Laurence,  Mac-ken'zie,  J^elson,  Or'e-gon  or 
Columbia,  and  Del  JVor'tc. 

11.  Mackenzie's  river  rises  in  the  Rocky  mountains,  and  takes 
different  names  in  different  parts  of  its  course.  It  is  the  outlet 
of  Slave  lake,  and  flows  into  the  Frozen  ocean. 

12.  JVelson's  river  also  has  its  source  in  the  Rocky  mountains. 
The  name  of  the  head  branch  is  Saskashawan.  It  is  the  outlet  of 
lake  Winnipeg,  and  flows  into  Hudson's  Bay. 

13.  The  St.  Lawrence  is  the  outlet  of  the  five  great  lakes,  Supe- 
rior, Huron,  Michigan,  Erie,  and  Ontario.  It  passes  by  Montreal 
and  Quebec,  runs  northeasterly,  and  flows  into  the  gulf  of  St. 
Lawrence.  It  is  navigable  for  ships  of  the  line  to  Quebec,  and 
for  large  vessels  to  Montreal,  580  miles  from  the  sea.  The  break- 
ing up  of  the  ice  on  tliis  river  in  the  spring,  is  described  as  a  stu- 
pendous operation  of  nature. 

14.  The  Mississippi  receives  the  waters  of  many  large  rivers, 
and  is  of  uncommon  depth,  brit  of  difficult  navigation.  Boats  of 
40  tons  ascend  to  St.  Anthony's  Falls,  about  2,400  miles  ;  but  ships 
seldom  ascend  above  Natchez,  upwards  of  400  miles.  The  navi- 
gation is  greatly  facilitated  by  the  use  of  steam  boats.    The  waters 

4.  What  is  said  of  the  Alleghany  Mountain;  ? 

5.  What  are  the  most  important  islands  ?     (5.  What  bays  and  gulfs  .'     7. 

What  lakes  ? 
P    What  is  said  of  lake  Superior  ?     9.  What  of  the  Pictured  Rocks  ? 
10.  What  are  the  largest  rivers  ?     11.  What  is  said  of  Mackenzie's  liver' 
12.  Nelson's?     13.  The  St.  i.iwrence  .'     14.  The  Mississippi? 


14 


RUSSIAN  POSSESSIONS. 


fe 


f  V, 


,1   ■- 


5? 


are  very  turbid,  and  the  river  overfloAvs  its  banks  every  spring,  lay 
ing  the  country,  for  many  miles  in  extent,  under  water. 

15.  The  Missouri  is  the  western  branch  of  the  Mississippi,  and 
is  properly  considered  the  main  stream,  being  the  larger  of  the 
two,  and  much  the  longer  from  the  source  to  the  point  where  they 
unite.  It  rises  in  the  Rocky  mountains,  and  is  navigable  for  boats  to 
the  Great  Falls,  3,1)70  miles,  by  the  river,  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

16.  The  Or'e-gon  or  Columbia  rises  in  the  Rocky  mountains, 
flows  southwesterly,  and  runs  into  the  Pacific  ocean.  It  is  naviga- 
ble for  sloops  183  miles. 

17.  The  Del  J^oiHe  or  Rio  Brd-vo  rises  in  the  Rocky  mountains, 
flows  east  of  south,  and  runs  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  Its  naviga- 
tion is  much  obstructed  by  sand-bars. 

GREENLAND. 

1.  Greenland,  an  extenjive  country  cr  island  belonging  to  Den- 
mark,  is  the  most  northern  region  of  the  globe,  but  its  limits  to- 
wards the  north  pole  have  not  been  ascertained.  The  eastern  coast 
is  called  East  Greenland ;  the  western,  JVest  Greenland. 

2.  The  aspect  of  the  country  is  exceedingly  dreary,  being  chiefly 
composed  of  barren  and  rocky  mountains,  whose  summits  are  cov- 
ered with  perpetual  snow  and  ice.  In  the  southern  parts  there 
are  tracts  which  have  some  vegetation,  a  few  stunted  trees,  and 
small  shrubs. 

3.  The  country  abounds  in  reindeer,  white  bears,  arctic  foxes 
sea-wolves,  and  sea-cows ;  and  it  is  valuable  chiefly  on  account  of 
its  tvhale  fisheries. 

4.  The  Greenlanders  are  rude  and  ignorant,  of  low  stature ;  and 
are  clothed  with  the  skins  of  tlie  reindeer  and  other  animals.  They 
live  almost  wholly  on  animal  food,  and  their  habits  are  extremely 
filthy. 

5.  The  Moravians  have  long  had  settlements  at  Lich'te-nau, 
lAch'ten-fels,  and  other  places  on  the  western  coast,  for  the  benev- 
olent object  of  christianizing  the  natives. 

RUSSIAN  POSSESSIONS. 

1.  Russia  possesses  a  large  tract  of  country  in  tlie  northwest 
part  of  North  America ;  but  it  has  few  inhabitants  except  the  native 
Indians. 

2.  This  is  a  northern,  cold,  and  dreary  region,  but  little  known, 
and  contains  the  high  mountains  of  St.  Elias  and  Fairweather. 

3.  The  number  of  Russians  in  this  country  is  only  about  1000, 
who  are  engaged  in  the  fur  trade  witli  the  natives.  One  of  their 
principal  settlements  is  Sitka. 

15.  What  is  said  of  the  Missouri?     16.  The  Oregon  or  Columbia?     17. 
The  Del  Norte  ? 
Greenland. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Greenland  ? 
2.  What  is  the  aspect  of  it '.     3.  For  what  is  it  valuable  ? 
4.  What  is  said  of  the  Greenlanders  ?     5.  The  Moravians? 
Russian  Possessions. — 1.  What  does  Russia  possess? 
2    What  is  said  of  it  ?    3.  What  further  is  related  r 


4. 


I 


NEW  BRITAIN. 


15 


Jry  spring,  lay 
ter. 

[ississippi,  and 
larger  of  the 
lint  wliere  they 
,ble  for  boats  to 
lulf  of  Mexico. 
;ky  mountains, 
It  is  naviga- 

cky  mountains, 
0.    Its  navi^ra- 


nging  to  Den- 
it  its  limits  to- 
e  eastern  coast 
md. 

r,  being  chiefly 
mmits  are  cov- 
rn  parts  there 
ted  trees,  and 

!,  arctic  foxes 
on  account  of 

V  stature ;  and 
nimals.  They 
are  extremely 

t  Lich'te-nau, 
for  the  benev- 


Jie  northwest 
ept  the  native 

little  known, 
•weather. 
y  about  1000, 

One  of  their 


'oluinbia?     17. 


i 


BRITISH  AMERICA. 

1.  British  America  is  a  vast  extent  of  country,  comprehending 
all  the  northern  part  of  the  continent,  except  the  Russian  Possea- 
eions  in  the  northwest,  and  Greenland  in  the  northeast. 

2.  It  comprises  the  four  provinces  of  Lower  Canada^  Upper  Can- 
ada, JVova  Scotia,  and  JWw  Brunsiinrl. ;  the  islands  of  JVeiofound- 
land,  St.  John^s,  and  Cape  Brelon;  and  the  vast  region  of  JVew 
Britain. 

3.  The  government  of  the  whole  country  is  under  a  governor 
general,  whose  residence  is  at  Que-bec' ;  and  each  of  the  prov- 
inces has  also  a  lieutenant  governor. 

4.  The  established  religion  is  that  of  the  Church  of  England, 
and  there  are  two  bishops,  one  residing  at  Quebec,  and  the  other 
at  Halifax ;  but  most  of  the  inliabitants  of  Lower  Canada  are 
Catholics. 

NEW  BRITAIN. 

1.  This  name  is  applied  to  all  British  America,  except  tlie  four 
provinces  and  the  islands  in  the  southeast  part,  and  is  wholly,  with 
the  exception  of  a  few  trading  establishments,  in  the  possession  of 
tlie  natives. 

2.  This  country  is  divided  into  two  parts  by  Hudson's  Bay,  to 
the  east  of  which  are  Lab'ra-dOr  and  East  Main,  and  to  the  west, 
JV*eM>  JVbrth  Wales  and  J^ew  South  Wales. 

3.  Only  a  small  portion  of  this  region  is  susceptible  of  cultivation ; 
and  it  is,  for  the  most  part,  a  country  of  dreary  mountains  and 
fruitless  valleys.  The  surface  is  in  some  parts  marshy,  in  others 
rock},  but  generally  barren,  or  producing  only  small  trees  or 
shrubs. 

4.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Mac-ken'zie,  JVelson,  Sas-ka-shaw'- 
an,  Sev'em,  ^d  Albany. 

5.  The  largest  lakes  are  Winfni-peg,  Jllh-a-pes'kow,  Slave  Lakt^ 
and  Great  Bear  Lake. 

6.  It  abounds  in  wild  animals,  as  beavers,  raccoons,  bears,  and 
deer  ;  and  it  is  chiefly  valuable  for  the  fur  trade,  which  is  carried 
on  by  the  Hudson's  Bay  company,  who  have  established  a  number 
of  houses  and  forts. 

British  America. — 1.  What  is  said  of  the  extent  of  British  America  ' 
2.  What  does  it  comprise  ?     3.  How  is  it  governed  ? 
4.  What  is  the  rcHgion  ? 

New  Britain. — 1,  What  is  said  of  New  Britain.' 
2.  How  is  it  divided  .'     3.  What  is  said  of  this  country  ? 
4.  What  are  the  principal  rivers  ?     5.  Lakes  ? 
6.  For  what  ia  it  chiefly  valuable  ? 


U    fi- 
ll p!  I' 


»  ! 


¥'  V  • 


I 


IG 


LOWER  CANADA. 


7.  Some  of  the  principal  native  tribes  are  tlae  Esquimaux  (eslce- 
mo)  and  Knisteneaux  (nis'te-no). 

8.  The  Moravian  missionaries  have  settlements,  in  Labrador,  at 
Okkakf  JVainy  and  Hopedale. 

LOWER  CANADA. 
Falls  ofilie  Montmorenci. 


\6       ! 


::  tt' 


I 


I 


,':   rh 


!;i  ■^' 


;■  i  - 


'II 


i 


1.  Lower  Canada  lies  on  both  sides  of  the  St.  Lawrence,  and  is 
separated  from  Upper  Canada  by  the  Ot'ta-wa. 

2.  The  ^eat  river  St.  Lawrence  forms  the  most  striking  feature 
of  the  country.  The  other  principal  rivers  are  the  Saguenni  (sag'- 
e-nay),  St.  Maurice,  Chaudiere  (sho-dc-are'),  St.  Francis,  Rich'lieu 
or  So-reV,  and  Ot'ta-ivd  or  U^ta-was. 

3.  The  country  is  intersected  by  ridges  of  mountaiiiw,  with  fer- 
tile valleys  intervening ;  but  the  greater  part  is  still  Qovered  with 
forests. 

4.  The  most  populous  part  of  Lower  Canada  consiste  of  a  fertile 
valley,  mostly  level,  through  the  middle  of  which  the  St.  Lawrence 
flows. 

5.  The  climate  is  subject  to  great  extremes  of  heat  and  cold. 
The  winters  are  long  and  severe :  the  thermometer  sometimes 
rises,  in  summer,  to  100  degrees,  and  sinks,  in  winter,  to  40  be- 
low 0. 

7.  What  are  some  of  the  native  tribes  ? 

8.  Where  have  the  Moravian  missionaries  settlements  ? 

Lower  Canada. — 1.  What  is  the  situation  of  Lower  Canada  .' 
2.  What  rivers  are  there  .'    3.  What  is  said  of  the  country? 
4.  Where  is  the  most  populous  part  ?    5.  What  is  said  of  the  climate  ? 


UPPER  CANADA. 


17 


limaux  (es'ke- 
1  Labrador,  at 


.^tftv^v^  ^wr.'wua*-*,^ 


^rence,  and  is 

riking  feature 
tguenni  (saff'- 
icis,  Rich'lieu 

liiiM,  with  fer- 
Qovered  with 

;,g  of  a  fertile 
St.  Lawrence 

sat  and  coli'.. 
3r  sometimes 
!r,  to  40  be- 


mad a  } 
climate  ? 


u 


6.  There  are  fine  cataracts  on  several  of  the  rivers,  particularly 
the  Mont-mo-ren'ci  and  Clutu-di-eref, 

7.  The  Falls  of  the  Montmorenci,  8  miles  below  Quebec,  attract 
much  notice.  Just  at  the  entrance  of  the  river  into  the  St.  Lawrence, 
it  falls  over  a  precipice  240  feet  perpendicular,  presenting  a  ectno 
of  singular  beauty  and  grandeur. 

8.  Lower  Canada  is  favorably  situated  for  commerce.  Some  of  the 
principal  exports  are  fur,  timber,  and  potashes. 

9.  This  country  was  originally  settled  by  the  French,  and  as 
many  as  four-fifths  of  the  present  inhabitants  are  descendants  of 
tliat  nation.  They  live  in  great  simplicity,  resembling  a  European 
peasantry ;  are  polite  and  peaceable,  but  possessed  of  little  enter- 
prise, and  their  education  is  too  generally  neglected. 

10.  Their  houses  are  built  of  stone  and  plastered ;  are  made  ex- 
tremely warm  by  means  of  stoves  ;  but  are  seldom  of  more  than  one 
story,  except  in  the  towns. 

11.  QuE-BEc',  the  capital  of  all  British  America,  is  built  on  a 
promontory,  at  the  confluence  of  the  St.  Charles  with  the  St.  Law- 
rence, nearly  400  miles  from  the  sea,  and  has  an  extensive  commerce. 
It  is  divided  into  two  parts,  Upper  and  Lower  Towns,  and  is  built 
chiefly  of  stone.  It  is  celebrated  for  the  beauty  and"  grandeur  of  its 
surrounding  scenery,  for  its  immense  strength,  and  for  a  battle  be- 
tween the  English  and  French,  in  which  Wolfe  and  Montcalm  were 
killed. 

12.  Mont-re-al\  situated  on  an  island  in  the  St.  Lawrence,  at  the 
head  of  ship  navigation,  180  miles  above  Quebec,  is  the  most  com- 
mercial town  in  Canada,  the  great  emporium  of  the  fur  trade,  and  it 
contains  a  magnificent  Catholic  cathedral.  The  houses  are  mostly 
built  of  a  grayish  stone,  and  the  roofs  are  covered  with  sheet  iron  or 
tin. 

13.  Some  of  the  other  most  important  towns  are  Three  Rivers^ 
formerly  the  capital ;  St.  John's.,  and  William  Henry  or  SoreV. 

14.  The  French,  who  first  settled  Canada  in  1608,  kept  possession 
of  it  till  1759,  when  Quebec  was  taken  by  the  English^  under  gen- 
eral Wolfe,  and  the  whole  province  soon  afterwards  was  surrendered 
to  the  British. 

UPPER  CANADA. 

1.  Upper  Canada  is  separated  from  the  United  States  by  the  chain 
of  the  great  lakes  and  the  St.  Lawrence,  and  from  Lower  Canada 
by  the  Ot'ta-wa ;  but  its  limits  to  the  north  and  west  are  not  defined. 

2.  The  most  of  the  country  is  still  covered  with  forests ;  the  part 
which  is  settled  borders  on  the  St.  Lawrence  and  the  lakes,  and  its 

6.  What  is  said  of  the  cataracts  ?   7.  Falls  of  the  Montmorenci  ?    8.  Com- 
merce and  exports  ?    9.  Inhabitants  ?     10.  Houses  .-'     11   What  of 
Quebec  ?     12.  Montreal  ?     13.  What  other  towns  ? 
14.  What  is  said  of  the  history  of  Canada  ? 

Upper  Canada. — 1.  What  is  the  situation  of  Upper  Canada  r 
2.  What  is  related  of  it.? 
2* 


f  \: 


m 


18 


NEW  BRUNSWICK. 


surface  is  generally  level  or  moderately  uneven ;  the  soil  fertiie  ;  the 
climate  healthy,  and  milder  than  that  of  Lower  Canada. 

3.  It  is  bordered  by  great  lakes  and  rivers ;  and  it  includes  one 
half  of  the  lakes  Ontario,  Erie,  Huron,  and  Superior.  Lakes  JVep'- 
is-sing  and  Sim'coe  are  considerable  lakes  within  the  territory. 

4.  There  are  no  very  large  rivers,  except  those  on  the  borders ; 
two  of  the  most  considerable  are  the  Thames  (temz)  and  Grand  river. 

5.  Upper  Canada  is  but  recently  settled ;  the  population  within 
a  few  years  has  increased  rapidly,  by  emigrants  from  Great  Britain 
and  the  United  States  ;  but  there  are  no  very  large  towns ;  and  the 
commerce  of  the  province  is  chiefly  with  Montreal. 

6.  York,  the  seat  of  government,  is  finely  situated  on  the  north- 
west part  of  lake  Ontario,  and  has  a  fine  harbor. 

7.  Kingston,  situated  at  the  northeast  end  of  lake  Ontario,  at  the 
efflux  of  the  St  Lawrence,  is  the  largest  town,  has  an  excellent 
harbor,  and  considerable  commerce  ;  and  it  is  the  British  naval  ar- 
senal of  the  lake. 

8.  JVi-a'ga-ra,  formerly  Newark,  Qiieenstown,  Chip'pe-way,  and 
Mdl'den,  were  all  rendered  memorable  by  events  in  the  late  war  be- 
tween the  United  States  and  Great  Britain. 

9.  There  are  two  large  canals  in  Upper  Canada ;  Wetland  canalf 
connecting  lakes  Erie  and  Ontario,  41  miles  long  ;  and  Rideau  (re-do') 
eanaly  connecting  lake  Ontario  with  the  river  Ottawa,  160  miles  long. 

NEW  BRUNSWICK. 

1.  New  Brunswick,  situated  between  Maine  on  the  west,  and  the 
gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  on  the  east,  is  not  generally  mountainous  nor 
level,  and  contains  much  fertile  and  well  timbered  land. 

2.  The  principal  river  is  the  St.  John's,  a  large  and  noble  stream, 
which  waters  a  fertile  tract  of  country  ;  and  the  chief  settlements  of 
the  province  are  on  or  near  it. 

3.  The  pines  on  the  St.  John's  are  the  largest  in  British  America, 
and  afford  a  considerable  supply  for  the  English  navy.  The  chief 
exports  of  the  province  are  timber,  fish,  and yur*. 

4.  The  principal  hays  are  the  bay  of  Fundy,  Pas-sa-ma-quod'dyy 
Merimachi  (mer-e-ma-she'),  an<^  Chaleur  (sha-Iure'). 

5.  The  bay  of  Fundy  is  remarkable  for  its  tides,  which  rise  to  the 
height  of  30,  and  sometimes,  in  the  narrowest  part,  even  to  60  feet. 
The  rise  is  so  rapid  that  cattle  feeding  on  the  shore  are  often  over- 
taken and  drowned. 

6.  Frederickton,  situated  near  the  head  of  sloop  navigation  on 
the  St.  John's,  80  miles  from  its  mouth,  is  the  seat  of  government, 
and  contains  a  college. 

7.  The  city  of  St.  John's,  situated  near  the  mouth  of  the  river 

3.  What  lakes?  4.  Rivers?  5.  What  is  said  of  the  settlement  of  the  country  ? 
6   What  is  said  of  York  ?    7.  Kingston  ?    8.  Niagara,  &c.  ? 

9.  What  canals? 

New  Brunswick. — 1.  What  is  the  situation  of  New  Brunswick  ? 
2.  What  is  the  principal  river  ?    3.  What  are  the  exports  ? 

4.  What  are  the  bays  ?    5.«  What  is  said  of  the  bay  of  Fundy  i    6.  Fred- 

erickton ?    7.  St.  John's  r 


ST.  JOHN'S  AND  CAPE  BRETON. 


19 


foil  fenile ;  the 
a. 

;  includes  one 
Lakes  JVep'- 
territory. 
I  the  borders ; 
id  Grand  river. 
fulation  within 
Great  Britain 
)wns ;  and  the 

I  on  the  north- 
Ontario,  at  the 
I  an  excellent 
tish  naval  ar- 

Ip'pe-wai/f  and 
le  late  war  be- 

Velland  canalf 
Rideau  (re-do') 
160  miles  long. 


west,  and  the 

•untainous  nor 

d. 

noble  stream, 

settlements  of 

tish  America, 
The  chief 

a-ma-quod'dt/y 

ch  rise  to  the 
en  to  60  feet, 
e  often  over- 
navigation  on 
government, 

of  the  river 
if  the  country  ? 


runswick  ? 
ly.'    6.  Fred- 


m 


St  John's,  is  much  the  largest  town ;  and  has  an  excellent  haroor 
and  an  extensive  commerce. 

8.  iS!f.  Andretv^s,  on  an  arm  of  Passamaquoddy  bay,  and  Mer-i-ma- 
chl',  on  a  bay  of  the  same  name,  are  considerable  towns. 


NOVA  SCOTIA. 

1.  Nova  Scotia  is  a  large  peninsula,  about  300  miles  long,  and  is 
separated  from  New  Brunswick,  in  part,  by  the  bay  of  Fundy. 

2.  The  surface  is  uneven,  but  there  are  no  high  mountains.  The 
northeast  shores  present  a  dreary  and  rugged  aspect ;  the  soil  on 
the  coast  is  generally  poor,  but  in  the  interior,  better,  and  in  the 
southwest  part,  very  good  ;  tlie  climate  is  cold,  but  healUiy. 

3.  The  principal  exports  are  timber  &nd  Jish ;  also  gypsum  or  plas- 
ter of  Paris,  which  is  exported  in  large  quantities  to  the  United 
States. 

4.  Halifax,  the  capital,  is  situated  on  Chebucto  bay,  near  the 
centre  of  tlie  peninsula,  and  has  considerable  commerce.  It  is  cel- 
ebrated for  its  excellent  harbor,  and  for  being  the  principal  English 
naval  station  in  the  northern  part  of  America. 

5.  Some  of  the  other  principal  towns  are  Yarmouth,  laverpool, 
I/unenburg,  and  Windsor ;  at  which  last  is  a  college,  with  considera- 
ble endowments,  called  King's  College. 

6.  Nova  Scotia  was  first  settled  by  the  French,  and  called  by 
them  Acadia ;  but  was  afterwards  taken  by  the  English,  who  gave 
it  its  present  name. 


ST.  JOHN'S  AND  CAPE  BRETON. 

1.  The  island  of  St.  John's,  or  Prince  Edward,  is  governed  by  a 
lieutenant-governor,  and  the  island  of  Cape  Breton  (bre-toon')  is  an- 
nexed to  the  province  of  Lower  Canada. 

2.  These  islands  are  each  about  110  miles  in  length,  have  a  good 
soil,  and  are  valuable  for  their  fisheries. 

3.  Louishurg,  on  Cape  Breton,  was  once  very  strongly  fortified, 
and  is  famous  for  having  been  twice  taken  from  the  French ;  the 
first  time,  in  1745,  by  the  New  England  troops ;  the  second  time,  in 
1758,  by  tlie  English. 


8.  What  is  said  of  St.  Andrew's  and  Merimachi  ? 

Nova  Scotia. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Nova  Scotia  ? 
2.  What  of  the  surface  and  soil  ?    3.  Exports .'    4.  Halifax  .' 
6.  What  other  towns  are  there  ? 
6.  What  is  related  of  the  history  of  Nova  Scotia  r 

St.  John's  and  Cafe  Breton. — 1.  What  is  said  of  the  governmeDt 
of  these  islands .''    2.  What  is  said  of  them .' 
8.  What  is  related  of  Louisburg  ? 


1    ;■  .-v 

1  ■';  ;■ 

1    ■'  '< 

I 


tj'h 


I 


li 


m 
I 


ii 


iBO  NEWFOUNDLAND. 


NEWFOUNDLAND. 

1.  Newfoundland  is  situated  east  of  the  gulf  of  St  Lawrence, 
separated  from  Labrador  by  the  strait  of  Bellisle  (bel-ile'),  and  is  380 
miles  in  length,  but  is  little  settled,  and  the  interior  is  little  known. 

2.  The  country  toward  the  coast  is  hilly,  the  shores  rugged,  the 
soil  unproductive  ;  though  timber  is  abundant. 

3.  The  climate  is  cold  and  dreary,  subject  to  fogs,  attended  with 
frequent  storms  of  snow  and  sleet. 

4.  This  island  is  valuable  chiefly  for  the  cod-JisherieSf  which  are 
carried  on  upon  the  shoals,  called  the  Banks  of  JVewfoundland. 
These  are  the  most  valuable  cod-fisheries  in  the  world,  and  employ 
as  many  as  3000  small  vessels,  belonging  chiefly  to  the  United 
States  and  Great  Britain. 

5.  The  settlements  are  all  in  the  southeast  part.  St.  John's,  a 
considerable  town,  is  the  capital ;  the  other  principal  towns  are  Pla^ 
centia  and  Bonavista. 


THE  BERMUDAS. 

1.  The  Ber-mu'das  or  Som'ors  Islands  are  situated  in  the  Atlantic, 
to  the  east  of  South  Carolina,  nearly  equidistant  from  Nova  Scotia 
and  the  West  Indies. 

2.  They  are  about  400  in  number ;  but  most  of  them  are  very 
small,  entirely  barren,  and  uninhabited.  The  largest  is  St.  George's 
island,  which  is  15  miles  long. 

3.  The  climate  is  of  a  delightful  temperature,  but  subject  to  vio- 
lent storms  and  hurricanes. 


Newfoundland. — 1.  What  are  the  situation  and  extent  of  Newfound- 
land ?     2.  What  is  said  of  it  ?     3.  What  is  the  climate  ? 
4.  For  what  is  the  island  valuable  ?     5.  What  towns  are  there  ? 

The  Bermudas. — 1.  What  is  the  situation  of  the  Bermudas  ? 
2.  How  many  are  there  ?    3.  What  is  the  climate  ? 


See  Map  JVo.  If. — How  is  Newfoundland  situated  ?  Nova  Scotia  ? 
New  Brunswick  ?  Cape  Breton  ?  The  island  of  St.  John's  ?  The 
Great  Bank  ?  Where  is  the  strait  of  Bellisle  .'  The  bay  of  Fundy  ? 
How  is  the  town  of  St.  John's  situated  .'  Halifax .''  Louisburg  ? 
Cape  Sable  ? 

See  Map  JVo.  HI. — Where  does  the  river  St.  John's  in  New  Bruns- 
wick empty  ?     Where  is  Chaleur  bay  ?     Where  Merimachi  ? 

How  is  Frederickton  situated  ?     St.  John's .''     St.  Andrew's  ? 

What  rivers  flow  into  the  St.  Lawrence  ? 

What  lakes  are  there  in  Lower  Canada  ?  How  is  Quebec  situated  ?  Mon* 
treal?    Th.ee  Rivers.?     Sorel.?     St.  John's.?     Stanstead.? 

What  lakes  are  in  Upper  Canada  ?  What  rivers  ?  How  is  York  situated  ? 
Kingston.?    Niagara.?     Chippeway.?     Queenstown  ?    Maiden.? 


UNITED  STATES. 


91 


UNITED   STATES. 


i 


1 .  The  territory  of  the  United  States  embraces  the  middle  division 
of  North  America,  extending  from  the  Atlantic  ocean  on  the  cast, 
to  the  Pacific  on  the  west,  about  3,000  miles  from  east  to  west,  and 
1,700  from  north  to  south. 

2.  Most  of  the  country  which  lies  west  of  the  Mississippi  is  still 
in  the  possession  of  the  Indians,  and  also  a  part  of  that  which  is 
east  of  this  great  river. 


United  States. — 1.  What  is  the  extent  of  the  United  States  ? 
2.  What  part  is  in  the  possession  of  the  Indians  ? 


1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

8. 
10. 
11. 
12. 

14. 


17. 
19. 

21. 
22. 
24. 


28. 

31. 
32. 
33. 
34. 


Questions  on  the  Map  of  the  United  States. 

Which  state  lies  farthest  to  the  northeast .' 

What  part  of  the  United  States  is  farthest  south  .'  • 

What  is  the  direction  of  the  coast  from  Florida  to  Maine  ' 

What  are  the  principal  bays  on  the  coast  ? 

What  capes  are  there  at  the  mouth  of  Massachusetts  bay' 

Where  is  Delaware  bay  .'     7    What  capes  at  its  moutb  .-' 

Where  is  Chesapeake  bay  .'    9.  What  capes  at  its  mouth .' 

What  capes  are  there  on  the  coast  of  North  Carolina  ? 

What  is  the  direction  of  the  Alleghany  Mountains  .'' 

What  is  the  direction  of  the  course  of  the  St.  Lawrence  .''  13.  Of  the 
Connecticut,  Hudson,  and  Delaware  ? 

In  what  direction  do  the  rivers  in  the  Southern  States  flow  into  the 
Atlantic  ?  15.  What  are  the  principal  rivers  that  flow  into  the  At- 
lantic?    16.  What  rivers  flow  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.' 

In  what  direction  do  they  run  ?    18.  What  is  the  direction  of  the  Ohio .' 

What  large  rivers  flow  into  the  Mississippi  on  the  east  side  ?  20.  What 
three  large  ones  on  the  west  side  ? 

What  are  the  five  lakes  on  the  north  of  the  United  States  ? 

Which  is  the  farthest  nortliwest  ?     23.  Which  farthest  east  ? 

Which  lies  wholly  within  the  United  States  ?  25.  Between  which  are 
the  falls  of  Niagara  ?  26.  What  lake  lies  bet.  een  Vermont  and 
New  York  ?     27.  What  states  border  on  the  Atlantic .' 

What  states  border  on  the  gulf  of  Mexico  ?  29.  W  hat  states  border 
on  the  great  lakes  ?     30,  What  states  border  on  the  Mississippi  ? 

What  states  border  on  the  Ohio .' 

What  states  are  separated  by  the  Connecticut  ? 

What  states  are  intersected  by  the  Connecticut  ? 

What  states  are  separated  by  the  Potomac  .'  35.  What  states  are  sep- 
arated by  the  Savannah  ?  36.  What  states  are  intersected  by  tho 
parallel  of  40°  ?  37.  What  states  lie  wholly  north  of  it  ?  38. 
What  states  south  .''  39.  What  states  are  intersected  by  the  merid- 
ian of  Waslungton  ?  40.  What  states  lie  wholly  east  of  it  ?  What 
states  west  i    41.  Which  are  some  of  the  largest  states  ? 


T 


I 


jl,- 

\  .j 


11 


'I 


1(1 


I 


23 


UNITED  STATES 


3.  The  number  of  states,  at  the  time  of  the  declaration  of  inde- 
pendence, was  13 ;  the  present  number  is  24 ;  and  in  addition  to 
thoHC,  the  small  district  of  Columbia,  and  six  larjje  tracts  of  country, 
styled  territories,  which  arc  but  little  settled,  belong  to  the  Union. 

4.  The  states  arc  distinguished  into  four  general  divisions,  the 
Eastern,  Middle,  Southern,  and  Western. 


Nino  England  or 
Eastern  States. 


States. 

1.  Maine, 

2.  New  Hampshire, 

3.  Vermont, 

4.  Massachusetts, 

5.  Rhode  Island, 

6.  Connecticut, 


Middle  States. 


Southern  States. 


Western  States. 


District. 


Territories. 


7.  New  York, 

8.  New  Jersey, 

9.  Pennsylvania, 
10.  Delaware, 

'11.  ]Maryland, 

12.  Virginia, 

13.  North  Carolina, 

14.  South  Carolina, 

15.  Georgia, 
10.  Alabama, 
17.  Mississippi, 

,  18.  Louisiana, 

'19.  Tennessee, 

20.  Kentucky, 

21.  Ohio, 

22.  Indiana, 

23.  Illinois, 
,24.  Missouri, 

Columbia, 

f  Florida, 

Michigan, 

Huron  or  Northwest. 

Arkansas, 

Missouri. 
,  Oregon. 


Seats  of  Government, 

Augusta. 

Concord. 

Montpelier. 

Boston. 

Providence,  Newport. 

Hartford,  New  Haven. 

Albany. 
Trenton. 
Harrisburg. 
Dover. 

Annapolis. 

Richmond. 

Raleigh. 

Columbia. 

Milledgeville. 

Tuscaloosa, 

Jackson. 

New  Orleans. 

Nashville. 

Frankfort. 

Columbus. 

Indianapolis. 

Vandalia. 

Jefferson. 

Washington. 

Tallahassee. 
Detroit. 

Little  Rock. 


3.  What  states  and  territorias  belong  to  the  Union  ? 

4.  Into  what  four  divisions  are  they  distinguished  ?    Which  are  the  East- 

ern States  ?  Tlie  Middle  States  ?  Tlie  Southern  States  ?  What 
territories  are  there  ?  What  is  the  seat  of  government  of  Maine  ? 
Of  New  Hampshire,  &c.  ? 


42. 


Which  the  smallest  states?    43.  How  is  Maine  bounded  ?    44.  New 
Hampshire?  45.  Vermont?  46.  Massachusetts?  47.  Rhode  Island? 


.t^ 


4 


jNITed  states. 


33 


tion  of  inde- 
1  addition  to 
a  of  country, 
the  Union, 
divisions,  the 


femment. 


Newport. 
3W  Haven. 


s. 


5.  The  states  are  all  divided  into  counties,  and  in  the  Eastern, 
Middle,  and  a  part  of  tlie  Western  States,  the  counties  are  subdi- 
vided into  townships  ;  but  in  the  rost  they  are  not. 

(j.  The  Eastern  States  arc  generally  inountainouB  or  hilly.  South 
of  Lonsf  Inland,  the  coast,  in  some  parts  for  more  than  100  miles 
from  the  sea,  i;-)  mostly  a  flat  sandy  plain,  elevated  hut  a  little  above 
the  level  of  tlie  ocean:  but  above  tlie  head  of  tide  waters,  the 
country  becomes  first  hilly,  and  afterwards  mountainous.  The  vast 
extent  of  country  lying  between  the  Alleghany  and  the  Rocky 
mountains,  is,  for  the  most  part,  but  moderately  uneven. 

7.  The  two  great  ranges  of  Mountains  are  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains in  the  west,  and  the  Mleghnny  or  .Appalachian  JMoimtaiiis  in 
llie  east.  Tlie  Alleghany  mountains  extend  from  Alabama  into 
the  state  of  New  York ;  or,  according  to  some,  nearly  to  tlie  mouth 
of  the  St.  Lawrence,  including  the  fi  hile  Mountains  of  New  Hamp- 
shire. 

8.  The  two  largest  Lakes  Avholly  within  the  United  States  are 
Mich' i'g nil  and  Cham-plain'.  Lakes  Su-pt'ri-or,  Hu'ron,  E'rie, 
and  On-ui'ri-u,  lie  one  half  in  this  country,  and  one  half  in  Uppei 
Canada. 

9.  The  United  States  contain  many  large  and  naviirable  Riv- 
ers ;  some  .of  the  principal  of  which  are  the  Con-nect'i-cut,  Hud'son, 
Del'a-ware,  Po-to'mac,  James,  Sa-van'7iah,  0-hi'o,  Ten'ncs-see,  Mis- 
sissippi, Aikansas  (ar-kan-saw').  Red  River,  and  the  Or'e-gon  or 
Columbia. 

10.  The  United  States  embrace  a  great  variety  of  Climate. 
The  forwardness  of  spring  in  the  northern  and  southern  extrem- 
ities of  the  Union,  differs  about  2i  months.  The  annual  quantity 
of  rain  is  much  greater  than  in  Europe  ;  but  the  proportion  of  fair 
•weather  is  also  much  greater,  as  the  rain  here  falls  in  much  heavier 
showers. 

11.  The  most  important  Production  of  the  Eastern  States  is 
grass,  of  tlie  Middle  States,  wheat ;  of  the  Southern  States,  wheat, 


i. 


6.  How  are  the  states  divided  ?    6.  Wliat  is  the  face  of  the  country  ? 

7.  What  ranjifes  of  meuntains  ?    8.  Lakes  ?     9.  Rivers  ? 
10.  What  is  said  of  the  climate  ?     11.  Productions? 


re  the  East* 
tes  ?  What 
:  of  Maine  ? 


44.  New 
ode  Island? 


48.  Connecticut?  49.  N«  w  York?  50.  New  Jersey  ?  51.  Penn- 
sylvania? 52.  Delaware.'  5.3.  Maryland?  54.  Virginia.'  55. 
North  Carolina  ?  56.  South  Carolina  ?  57.  Georgia  ?  58.  Florida  ? 
*  59.  Alabama?  60.  Mississippi?  61.  Louisiana?  62.  Tennessee?  63. 
Kentucky?  64.  Ohio  ?  65.  Indiana  ?  66.  Illinois  ?  67.  Missou- 
ri ?  68.  Michigan  ?  69.  Northwest  Territory  ?  70.  Arkansas 
Territory  ? 

71.  Between  what  states  is  the  city  of  Washington  situated  ? 

72.  In  wliat  direction  from  it  are  Baltimore,  Philadelphia,  New  York, 

Boston  and  Portland  ? 

73.  In  what  direction  are  Richmond,  Raleigh,  and  Charleston  ? 

74.  In  what  direction  are  Cincinnati  and  St.  Louis  ? 

75.  In  what  direction  is  Detroit  ?    76.  Harrisburg  ? 


M 


UNITED  STATES. 


tobacco,  cotloiXy  rice,  and  sugar ;  aiul  of  the  Weatcrn  Statos,  wheat, 
mahe,  hemp,  cotton,  and  tobacco. 

12.  The  CoMMKKCK  of  the  United  States  is  very  cxtonHivo,  and 
is  exceeded  by  that  of  no  other  country  except  (Jreot  Hritain. 

l.'J.  Tlie  Exports  consist  chiefly  of  raw  materials.  The  five 
most  considcrahlo  articles  are  cotton,  fioxir,  tobacco,  limber,  and  rice. 

14.  The  means  of  common  Euucation  arc  wdely  extondod,  and 
there  are  numerous  seminaries  of  learning  throuj^hoiit  the  coun- 
try ;  tlioufjfh  there  are  no  literary  estublishmcnts  on  so  large  a  scale 
ns  many  in  Europe. 

15.  The  constitution  leaves  every  individual  to  the  free  exercise 
of  his  own  Religion  ;  none  is  established  or  supported  by  law. 
The  inhabitants  are  divided  into  a  {jrcat  variety  of  sects,  the 
princii)al  of  which  are  Baptists,  Methodists,  Presbyterians,  Covgre- 
gationalists,  Episcopalians,  German  Lutherans,  (^uaktrs,  and  Ro- 
man Catholics. 

1().  The  white  Inharitants  are  of  European  descent,  chiefly 
English,  especially  the  inhabitants  of  New  England,  Virginia,  and 
the  Carolinas.  The  Germans  are  most  numerous  in  Pennsylvania, 
the  Dutch  in  New  York,  and  the  I'Ycnch  in  Louisiana.  Irufh, 
Scotch,  Swedes,  and  Spaniards  are  found  in  considerable  numbers  in 
different  parts. 

17.  The  negroes  are  mostly  held  in  slavery,  and  are  found 
cniefly  in  the  Southern  States. 

18.  The  most  numerous  tribes  of  Indians  that  are  found  east  of 
the  Mississippi  are  the  Choctaxcs,  Creeks  and  Cherokees.  These 
tribes  reside  in  the  states  of  Georgia,  Tennessee,  Alabciina,  and 
Mississippi. 

19.  The  GovKiiNMKNT  is  that  of  a.  federal  republic.  Each  state 
is  independent,  and  has  a  separate  executive,  legislature,  and  judi- 
ciary; but  the  defence  of  the  country,  tlie  regulation  of  commerce, 
and  the  general  interests  of  the  confederacy,  are  intrusted  to  the 
general  government. 

20.  No  country  in  tho  world  enjoys  a  more  free  and  equitable 
system  of  government.  All  power  originates  with  the  people,  who 
are  governed  by  laws  which  are  enacted  by  men  of  their  ov/n 
choice. 

21.  The  Constitution  secures  to  the  citizens  the  grand  principles 
of  freedom,  liberty  of  conscience  in  matters  of  religion,  liberty  of 
the  press,  trial  by  jury,  and  the  right  of  choo>3ing  and  being  clicsen 
to  office. 

22.  Tlie  executive  power,  which  is  the  power  that  administers  tlie 
government,  is  vested  in  a  president,  who,  together  with  the  vice 
president,  is  chosen  for  4  years  by  electors  from  all  the  states. 
The  principal  subordinate  officers,  in  the  executive  department, 
are  the  secietaries  of  state,  of  the  treasury,  of  loar,  and  of  the  navy. 


12.  What  is  said  of  (lie  commerce  ?  13.  Exports  ?  14.  Education  .' 
Religion?  16.  Inhabitants.!"  17.  Nejiroes.'  18.  Indians' 
Government .'     20.  What  is  said  of  its  character  ? 

21.  What  is  said  of  the  constitution  ?     22.  The  executive  power  .' 


15. 
19. 


EASTERN  STATES. 


95 


States,  wheat, 

xtrnfiivo,  and 
Britain. 
Is.  The  five 
nbrrj  nnd  rice. 
?xtoii(lod,  and 
)iit  the  coun- 
large  a  scale 

tree  exercise 
)rted  hy  law. 
of  sects,  the 
lans,  Covgre' 
iem,  and  J?o- 

scent,  chiefly 
Virfrinin,  and 
PcnnsylvRnin, 
isiana.  Irinh, 
le  numbers  in 

id  are  found 

[bund  east  of 
kces.  These 
Uabama,  and 

Each  state 

no,  and  judi- 

)f  commerce, 

listed  to  the 

nd  equitable 

people,  who 

if  their  ov.n 

nd  principles 
n,  liberty  of 
)eing  chosen 

ninisters  the 

vith  the  vice 

1  the  states. 

department, 

of  the  navy. 


23.  The  Icfc'islalive  power,  that  is,  the  power  which  makcfl  the 
laws,  is  vested  in  u  congress,  consisting  of  a  nftutte  and  liotise  of 
reprfsentntives. 

24.  The  jc/mJ'?  is  composed  of  ^  members  fr<»m  eacli  state,  cho- 
Hcn  by  the  state  legishituio  for  (>  years. 

125.  Thi!  represcutativrs  are  elected  by  thr  p oplc  every  2  years. 
One  representative  is  chosen  for  every  40,00(1  inhabitants.  In  the 
8lave-hol(Ung  states,  5  slaves  are  allowed  to  count  the  same  as  3 
freemen. 

20.  The  jwHrinrif  pnioer  is  the  authority  which  dispenses  justice, 
or  expounds  and  applies  the  laws,  and  is  independent  of  the  legis- 
lature:  the  judges  hold  their  office  during  good  behavior.  The 
supreme  court  is  composed  of  7  judges. 

27.  The  United  States  were  origmally  colonies  of  Great  Britain ; 
but  they  made  a  declaration  of  independence  on  the  4th  of  July, 
177() ;  and  after  a  revolutionary  war  of  7  years,  their  independence 
was  acknowledged  by  Great  Britain. 

28.  The  present  constitution  was  adopted  in  1788,  and  the  gov- 
ernment organized  under  Washington,  as  president,  in  1789.  ^ 

29.  The  following  view  exhibits  tlie  succession  of  tlie  presidents 
of  the  United  States :    . 


George  Washington, 

from  1789  to  1797 

8  years. 

John  Adams 

«     1797  "  1801 

4 

Thomas  Jefferson 

«     1801  «  1809 

8 

James  Madison 

"    1809  «  1817 

8 

James  Monroe 

"    1817  "  1825 

8 

John  Q.  Adams 

«    1825  «  1829 

4 

Andrew  Jackson 

"    1829 

iication  ? 
ndians  ' 

wcr  f 


15. 
19. 


NEW  ENGLAND  or  EASTERN  STATES. 

1.  The  six  Eastern  or  New  England  States,  lie  east  of  the  Hud- 
son. They  are  Maine,  JVew  Hampshire,  Vermont,  Massachusetts^ 
Rhode  Island,  and  Connecticut. 

2.  The  river  Connecticut  is  the  largest  and  finest  river  of  New 
England.  It  rises  on  the  borders  of  Canada,  separates  New  Hamp- 
shire from  Vermont,  flows  through  the  wostern  part  of  Massa- 
chusetts, and  the  central  part  of  Connecticut,  and  runs  into  Long 
Island  sound.  It  is  navigable  for  sloops  to  Hartford,  50  miles  ;  and 
by  means  of  locks  and  canals,  it  has  been  rendered  navigable  for 

23.  What  is  said  of  the  legislative   power  ?    24.  The  senate  ?    25.  The 
representatives  ?     26.  The  judiciary  ? 

27.  What  is  mentioned  of  the  history  of  the  United  States  ' 

28.  When  was  the  Constitution  adopted  ? 

29.  Who  have  been  the  7  successive  presidents  ? 

New  England. — 1.  Which  arc  the  Eastern  or  New  England  States  .' 
2.  What  is  said  of  the  river  Connecticut: 
3 


^ 


QG 


EASTERN  STATES. 


1 

m 


iii= 


il    :» 


i 


boats  above  Bath,  N.  H.,  about  300  miles.    It  flows  through  a  very 
fine  countj-y,  and  there  are  upon  its  banks  many  pleasant  towns. 

3.  The  Mtrrimack  rises  in  the  White  mountains,  flows  through 
the  central  part  of  New  Hampshire  and  the  northeastern  part  of 
Massachusetts,  and  runs  into  the  Atlantic  below  Newburyport.  It 
is  navigable  for  vessels  of  200  tons  to  Haverhill,  18  miles.  By  means 
of  this  river  and  Middlesex  canal,. a  boat  navigation  is  opened  be- 
tween Boston  and  the  state  of  New  Hampshire,  as  far  as  Concord. 

4.  The  Surface  of  the  country  bordering  on  the  seacoast,  to 
a  considerable  distance  inland,  is  moderately  uneven,  in  some 
parts  spreading  into  plains,  in  other  parts  hilly,  but  presenting  no 
considerable  elevations.  Further  in  the  interior,  it  becomes  greatly 
diveisified  with  valleys,  hills,  and  mountains. 

5.  The  principal  ranges  of  Mountains  are  the  Green  Mountains^ 
which  extend  through  Vermont,  Massachusetts,  and  Connecticut, 
and  the  White  Mountains  in  New  Hampshire. 

6.  The  Cliiviate  is  subject  to  great  extremes  of  heat  and  cold,  hut 
is  very  healthy.  In  the  spring,  chilling,  damp,  easterly  winds  prevail 
in  the  country  bordering  on  the  seacoast,  which  are  very  disagreeable. 

7.  The  Soil  is  various ;  biit  a  large  proportion  of  it  is  good.  It 
is,  for  the  most  part,  better  adapted  to  grazing  than  tillage  ;  and  at 
some  distance  in  the  interior,  it  is  generally  of  better  quality  than 
toward  the  seacoast. 

8.  The  most  important  Productton  is  grass.  The  country 
abounds  in  excellent  pastures  and  meadows,  which  feed  great 
numbers  of  fine  cattle  ;  and  beejj  pork,  butter,  and  cheese  are  among 
the  most  valuable  productions.  Indian  com,  rye,  wheat,  onts,  barley, 
Jlax,  and  hops  are  extensively  cultivated.  JJpples  and  cider  are  abun- 
dant, and  good  farms  are  generally  furnished  with  an  orchard. 

9.  The  Exports,  in  addition  to  the  articles  above  enumerated, 
consist  cliiefly  of  timber,  pot  and  pearl  ashes,  and  Jish. 

10.  New  England  is  the  most  commercial  division  of  the  United 
States,  and  its  coast  abounds  in  fine  harbors.^  Boston  is  the  cen- 
tre of  the  principal  portion  of  the  trade.  In  the  western  parts  of 
these  states,  the  trade  centres  at  New  York ;  and  in  tlie  northern 
part  of  Vermont,  the  inhabitants  carry  their  produce  to  Montreal, 

11.  The  most  important  mineral  production  is  iron,  which  is 
found  in  abundance  in  many  places.  There  are  numerous  quarries 
of  good  marble.  lAmestone,  lead,  coal,  and  some  other  minerals 
are  found. 

12.  A  larger  proportion  of  the  people  in  the  Eastern  States,  par- 
ticularly Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island,  and  Connecticut,  are  em- 
ployed in  Manufactures,  than  in  any  other  division  of  the  Union. 

13.  New  England  is  distinguished  for  its  religiov^s  institutions. 
The  Congregationalists  and  Baptirf.s  are  the  prevailing  denomina- 
tions. The  other  principal  donominations  are  Episcopalians,  Meth- 
odists, Quakers,  and  Presbyterians. 

3  What  is  said  of  the  Merrimack  ?  4.  What  of  the  surface  ?  5.  What 
luountaios  ?  6.  What  is  the  climate  ?  7.  Soil  ?  8.  Productions  ? 
9.  Exports  ?  10.  What  is  said  of  thp  trade  ?  11.  Minerals  ?  12. 
Manuiactures  ?     13.  Religion? 


I 


I 


EASTERN  STATES. 


27 


igh  a  very 

towns. 
1^8  through 
!rn  part  of 
ryport.     It 

By  means 
>pened  be- 
3  Concord. 
Jacoast,  to 
I,  in  some 
enting  no 
tes  greatly 

\IountatnSf 
nnecticut, 

i  cold,  Jbut 
ids  prevail 
agreeable, 
good.  It 
e ;  and  at 
lality  than 

e  country 
bed  great 
re  among 
its,  barley, 
are  abun- 
ard.  . 
imerated, 

le  United 

the  cen- 
>  parts  of 

northern 
)ntreal, 

which  is 
I  quarries 

minerals 

Ltes,  par- 
are  em- 
e  Union- 
titutions. 
momina- 
w,  Meth- 


5.  What 
Auctions  i 
als  ?    12. 


14.  New  England  contains  many  flourishing  seminaries  of  learn- 
ing, and  is  remarkable  for  its  excellent  system  of  common  educU' 
lion.  The  towns  are  divided  into  suitable  districts,  in  which  schools 
are  supported  by  law,  thus  affording  tije  means  of  common  educa- 
tion  to  dl  classes  of  the  community. 


MAINE. 


Counties. 

Cumberland 

Hancock 

Kennebec 

Lincoln 

Oxford 


Sliire  towns. 

Portland 

Castine 

Augusta 

Wiscasset 

Paris 


Counties. 

Penobscot 

Somerset 

Waldo 

Washington 

York 


Shire  towm. 

Bangor 

Norridgcwock 

Belfast 

Machias 

York,  Alfred 


1.  Maine  is  much  the  largest,  but  the  least  settled  of  the  East- 
ern States.  A  great  part  of  it  is  still  an  uncleared  and  almost  an 
unexplored  forest. 

2.  The  coast  of  Maine  is  indented  with  hays,  of  which  those  of 
Passamaquoddy  and  Penobscot  are  the  largest.  It  is  distinguished 
for  its  numerous  and  excellent  harbors,  and  its  facilities  for  com- 
merce. 

3.  The  country  is  well  watered  by  rivers  and  lakes ;  and  the  sur- 
face is  much  diversified  with  hills,  and  some  parts  are  mountainous. 
Ka-tah'din  mountain  is  the  most  elevated  summit  in  Maine. 

4.  The  six  principal  Rivers  are  the  St.  Johi's,  St.  Croix,  Pe-noV- 
scot,  Ken-ne-bec',  Jln-dros-rog'^in,  and  Sdfco. 

5.  The  Penobscot  is  navigable  for  vessels  of  300  or  400  tons  to 
Bangor,  52  miles  abqve  the  mouth  of  Penobscot  bay ;  the  Kennebec 
is  navigable  for  vessels  of  150  tons  to  Hallowell,  40  miles  from  the  sea. 

6.  Of  the  numerous  Lakes,  Moose-head  Lake,  one  of  the  sources 
of  the  Kennebec,  is  the  largest  in  New  England ;  being  about  40 
miles  in  length.  Se-bu'go  lake  is  connected  with  Portland  harbor 
by  a  canal,  20  miles  long. 

7.  The  fores.ts  of  Maine  abound  in  timber^  wliich  is  the  principal 
article  of  export. 

8.  Augusta,  the  seat  of  the  state  government  since  1831,  is  pleas- 
antly situated  on  the  Kennebec,  and  contains  an  elegant  state-house. 

9.  Portland,  the  largest  town,  is  delightfully  situated  on  Casco 
bay,  and  has  one  of  the  best  harbors  in  the  world,  and  an  extensive 
commerce. 

10.  Some  of  the  other  principal  commercial  towns  are  Eastport^ 
on  an  islaiid  in  Passamaquoddy  bay ;  Belfast,  on  Penobscot  bay ; 
Bangor,  on  the  river  Penobscot;  Bath  and  liallowell  (hol'lo-el),  on 


I ; 

'  -T       14.  What  is  Hiiid  of  education  ? 


M  AiNE. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Maine  ?  2.  What  of  its  bays  and  harbors  ? 
.'5.  Wliat  of  the  surface  ?     4.  Which  are  the  six  principal  rivers? 
5.  What  is  said  of  the  Penobscot  and  Kennebec?    6.  What  of  Moose- 
head  lake  ?     7.  What  of  tlie  forests  ?     8.  What  of  Augusta  ? 
9-  What  is  said  of  I'ortlanjJ?     10.  What  other  commercial  towns  ? 


ymap 


rif 


:.'f 


28 


MAINE. 


•<!-   ..! 


r  iii 


,;  ('. 


the  Kennebec ;  (Sa'co,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Saco ,  and  Ken-ne^ 
hunk'. 

11.  Thomaston,  on  Penobscot  bay,  is  noted  for  the  state  prison, 
and  for  the  export  of  Jime ;  Hollis,  on  the  Saco,  for  a  remarkable 
spring. 

)2.  The  Literary  Seminaries  in  Maine  are  Bowdoin  College 
at  Brunswick,  a  flourishing  institution ;  Waierville  College j  at  Wa- 
tcrville,  under  the  direction  of  the  Baptist  denomination;  a  theo- 
logical school  at  Bangor ;  and  the  Gardiner  Lyceum,  at  Gardiner. 

13.  A  settlement  by  the  English,  was  made  at  York  about  1630. 
Maine  formed  a  part  of  the  state  of  Massachusetts,  under  the  title 
of  the  District  of  Maine,  till  1820,  wlien  it  was  erected  into  an  in- 
dependent state. 


11. 


What  is  said  of  Thomaston  and  Hollis  ?     12.  What  literary  semina- 
ries ?     13.  What  notice  of  the  histoiy  of  Maine  ? 


See  Ma/p  JVo.  IF. — What  are  the  rivers  of  Maine  ?  What  ones  rise 
in  New  Hampshire  ?  In  what  part  does  the  St.  John's  flow  ?  The 
St.  Croix  ?     The  Penobscot  and  Kennebec  ? 

Where  is  Passamaquoddy  bay  .'  Penobscot  bay  .'  Where  Katahdin  moun- 
tain .'  How  is  Portland  situated  .?    Augusta.'   Eastport.'    Machias? 

What  towns  are  on  the  Penobscot  river  and  bay  i 

What  ones  on  the  St.  Croix  ? 

What  towns  are  on  the  Kennebec .?    The  Androscoggin  .?     TlieSaco? 

What  towns  on  the  coast  between  Portland  and  Portsmouth? 


NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 
White  Mountains. 


I 


I      ■ 


it 


ti 


NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 


99 


and  Ken-n€' 

state  prison, 
El  remarkable 

fdoin  College 
Ucge,  at  Wa- 
tion;  a  theo- 
Gardiner. 
i  about  1630. 
nder  the  title 
d  into  an  in- 


terary  scniina- 


niat  ones  rise 
's  flow  ?    The 

itahdin  moun- 
rt?   Machias? 


Tlie  Saco  ? 
tli? 


Counties. 

Cheshire 
Coos 

Grafton 

nillsborough 
Merrimack 


Shire  towns. 
Keene 
Lancaster 
S  Haverhill 
(  Plymoutli 
Amherst 
.Concord 


Couniies. 
Rockingham 

Strafford 
Sullivan 


iSntVc  toions 

Portsmouth 

Exeter 

Dover,  Gilford 

Rochester 

Newport 


1.  New  Hampshire  is  characterized  by  bold  features ;  it  is  the 
most  moimtainous  state  in  the  Union  ;•  and  a  considerable  portion  is 
so  broken  as  not  to  be  susceptible  of  cultivation. 

2.  The  White  MountaiiNS  are  the  most  elevated  in  the  United 
States  to  the  east  of  the  Mississippi,  and  display  the  most  sublime 
Uiountain  scenery.  The  highest  summit  of  this  range  is  Mount 
fVashington. 

3.  Some  of  the  other  summits  in  tlie  state  are  the  Great  Hay- 
stack, near  Franconia,  Moose-hil'lock,  to  the  east  of  Haverhill,  and 
Mo-nad'nock,  to  the  southeast  of  Keene. 

4.  The  tliree  principal  Rivers  are  the  Con-nectfi-cui,  Mer'ri- 
mack,  and  Pis-cat' a-qua. 

5.  Of  the  Lakes,  the  largest  is  JFinnipiseogee  (win-e-pe-saw'ke), 
which  is  23  miles  in  length,  and  of  very  irregular  form.  It  is  a 
very  beautiful  lake,  surrounded  with  the  most  romantic  scenery. 
Near  it  is  Squam  lake,  a  fine  sheet  of  water,  10  miles  long. 

6.  Lake  Umhagog,  on  the  borders  of  New  Hampshire  and  Maine, 
is  represented  as  but  little  inferior  to  Winnipiseogee,  in  extent  and 

,     beauty. 

^  7.  The  most  remarkable  natural  curiosity  is  the  JVbtch  or  Gap  in 
the  Wliite  Mountains,  whicli  presents  a  scenery  exceedingly  grand 
and  picturesque.     Tlie  whole  mountain  range  seems  to  have  been 

if  cloven  down  quite  to  its  base,  opening  a  passage  for  a  road,  and  for 
the  head  stream  of  tlie  river  Sa'co. 

8.  In  the  township  of  Franconia,  there  is  a  singular  curiosity, 
called  the  Profile  or  the  Old  Man  of  the  Mountains.  The  high 
peak  on  wliich  it  is  situated,  rises  abruptly,  opposite  to  the  Great 
Haystack,  presenting  a  bold  front  of  bare  rock,  a  side  view  of  which 
exhibits  a  complete  profile  of  the  human  fa'^.e. 

9.  CoycoRD,  pleasantly  situated  on  the  Merrimack,  in  the  central 
part  of  the  state,  is  the  seat  of  government.  It  contains  an  elegant 
state -house  of  stone,  and  has  considerable  trade. 

10.  Ports'mouth  is  the  largest  town  in  the  state,  and  the  only  sea- 
port. It  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  Piscataqua,  three  miles  from 
the  sea,  and  has  a  very  excellent  harbor.  Here  is  a  United  States 
navy-yard. 

New  Hampshire. — 1.  What  is  said  of  New  Hampshire  ? 
2.  What  of  the  White  Mountains  ?    3.  What  other  summits  are  there  ? 

4.  Wliat  rivers  ? 
5.  What  is  said  of  lake  Winnipiseogee  and  Squam  lake  ?    6.  Lake  Umba* 
gog  ?    7.  What  is  the  most  remarkable  natural  curiosity  ' 

8.  What  is  said  of  the  Profile? 

9.  What  is  said  of  Concord?     10.  Portsmouth? 


hii 


'^*' 


\  wn 


I 

. ..  i 

,  I' 


•It' 


PI 


I 

i 


80 


NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 


11.  Do'ver,  12  miles  from  Portsmouth,  is  the  most  considerablfli 
town  in  the  state  for  manufactures. 

12.  Ex'C'ter,  a  pleasant  town,  is  celebrated  as  tlie  seat  of  Phillips 
Academy  ;  Han! over,  as  the  seat  of  Dartmouth  College  ;  JVanh'u-a 
Village^  for  manufactures  ;  Franco  nia.,  a  small  place,  is  noted  for  its 
iron  works,  and  for  its  sublime  natural  scenery. 

13.  Keene,  IValpoh,  Charleslown,  HaverkUl,  and  various  others, 
are  pleasant  towns. 

14.  Dartmouth  College,  in  Hanover,  is  a  respectable  and  flourish- 
ing institution,  and  has  connected  with  it  a  medical  school. 

15.  The  first  English  settlement  in  New  Hampshire,  was  made 
near  the  mouth  of  the  Piscataqua,  in  1623.  It  was  formed  into  a 
separate  government  in  1679,  before  which  it  was  under  the  juris- 
«liction  of  Massachusetts. 


VERMONT. 


Shire  towns. 

Middlebury 

Bennington 

Manchester 

Danville 

Burlington 

Guildhall 

St.  Alban's 

North  Hero 


Counties. 

Orange 

Orleans 

Rutland 

Washington 

Windham 

Windsor 


Shire  towns. 
Chelsea 
Irasburg 
Rutland 

MONTPELIER 

Newfane 
S  Windsor 
)  Woodstock 


Counties. 
Addison 

Bennington 

Caledonia 
Chittenden 
Essex 
Franklin 
Grand  Isle 

1.  Vermont  is  wholly  inland ;  and  its  most  distinguishing  natural 
feature  consists  of  the  Green  Mountains,  which  extend  throughout 
the  country,  from  north  to  south,  and  which  are  covered  with  ever- 
green trees ;  and  it  is  from  these  mountains  that  the  state  derives 
its  name. 

2.  Some  of  the  principal  summits  are  Mansfield  Mountain,  to  tlie 
east  of  Burlington ;  CameVs  Rump,  south  of  Mansfield  mountain, 
and  between  Burlington  and  Montpelier ;  and  Klllington  Peak,  to 
the  east  of  Rutland. 

3.  Though  the  surface  of  Veimont  is  mountainous,  the  soil  is 
generally  fertile  ;  and  the  proportion  that  is  unfit  for  cultivation  Is 
less  than  in  New  Hampshire. 

11.  What  is  said  of  Dover  ?     12.  Exeter,  Hanover,  &c.  ? 
13.  What  other  towns  are  mentioned  ?     14.  What  is  said  of  Dartmouth 
College  ?     15.  What  is  related  of  the  history  of  New  Hampshire  ? 

Vermoptt. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Vermont?    2.  What  are  some  of  the 
•   principal  summits .-'     3.  What  is  said  of  the  soil  ? 


See  Map  JVo.  IV. — What  river  flows  on  the  west  side  of  New  Hamp- 
shire .'     What  is  the  course  of  the  Merrimack  ?    The  Piscataqua  ? 

Where  is  lake  Winnipiseogee  .'*    Squam  lake .''     Umbagog  ? 

How  is  Portsmouth  situated  ?  Concord  ?  Dover .''  Exeter  .'  Amherst  ? 
Keene  ?  Franconia  ?  What  towns  in  N.  H.  are  on  or  near  the 
Connecticut  ?    The  Merrimack  ?    The  Piscataqua ." 


t 


VEIviiONT. 


31 


t  considerable 

eat  of  Phillipa 
ge  ;  JVa.<th'u-a 
s  noted  for  its 

arious  others, 

I  and  flourish- 

hool. 

re,  was  made 

formed  into  a 

ider  the  juris- 


^hire  towns. 
:;;helsea 
rasburg 
Jutland 

VIONTPELIER 

'"fewfane 
•Vindsor 
Voodstock 

sliing  natural 
d  throughout 
d  with  ever- 
state  derives 

unlain,  to  tlie 
3ld  mountain, 
i^ton  Peaky  to 

a,  the  aoU  is 
cultivation  is 


of  Dartmouth 
V  Hampshire  ? 

some  of  the 


4.  Connecticut  river  forms  the  eastern  boundary.  The  principal 
rivers  within  the  state  are  the  Olter  Creek.,  Onion,  La  Moille,  and 
Missisque  (mis-sis'ke).    . 

5.  Lake  Chnmplain  lies  between  this  state  and  New  York,  and 
contains  three  considerable  islands  which  belong  to  Vermont.  Lake 
Mem-pjire-ma'gog  is  partly  in  Vermont  and  partly  in  Canada. 

6.  There  arc  several  remarkable  caves  which  are  regarded  as 
ouriositieSf  two  of  which  are  at  Clarendon  and  Plymouth. 

7.  Mojvt-pe'lier,  the  seat  of  government,  is  situated  near  tlie 
centre  of  the  state,  on  Onion  nvcr,  in  a  pleasant  valley,  surrounded 
by  mountains. 

8.  Burlington,  on  lake  Champlain,  is  the  largest  and  most  com- 
mercial town,  and  is  remarkable  for  its  delightful  situation,  and 
beautiful  landscapes. 

9.  Mid! dle-hu-ry,  on  the  river  Otter  Creek,  at  the  falls,  is  distin- 
guished for  manufactures,  and  an  excellent  quarry  of  marble. 

10.  Rutland  and  Ver-gennes',  also  on  the  Otter  Creek,  anJ  St. 
Alhan\  on  lake  Champlain,  are  places  of  some  importance. 

11.  Windsor  and  Braftle-bor-ough,  on  Connecticut  river,  and  also 
Woodstock,  are  pleasant  and  flourishing  towns. 

12.  Ben'ning-ton,  near  the  southwest  corner  of  the  state,  is  re- 
markable for  being  the  oldest  town  in  Vermont,  and  for  a  battle 
during  the  revolutionary  war. 

13.  Vermont  has  two  Colleges,  one,  styled  the  University  9f  Ver- 
mont, at  Burlington  ;  and  .Middkhury  College,  at  Middlebury. 

14.  Vermont  was  settled  much  later  than  the  other  New  England 
States,  and  was  not  admitted  into  the  Union  as  an  independent  state 
tUl  1791. 


4.  What  is  said  of  the  rivers  ?  5.  Lakes  ?  6.  Curiosities  ?  7.  Moutpe- 
iier  ?    8.  Burlington  ?     9.  Middlebury  ? 

10.  What  is  said  of  Rutland  and  Vergennes  ?  11.  Windsor  and  Brattle- 
borough  ?     12.  Bennington  ?     13.  What  colleges  ? 

14.  What  notice  of  the  history  of  Vermont .' 


See  Map  JVo.  IV. — What  forms  the  east  and  what  the  west  boundary 
of  Vermont  ?     What  rivers  in  this  state  flow  into  lake  Champlain  ? 

What  is  the  course  of  the  Green  Mountains  ?  How  is  Montpelier  situ- 
ated P     Burlington  ?     Bennington .''     Rutland  ? 

What  towns  in  Vermont  are  on  Connecticut  river  ?  What  ones  on  lake 
Champlain  ?     What  ones  on  the  Otter  Creek.-' 


New  Harap- 
e  Piscataqua  ? 

.-*    Amherst .' 
n  or  near  tho 


■fi 


MASSACHUSETTS. 


5k 


','M. 


MASSACHUSETTS. 

Catching  Whales. 


Counties. 

Barnstable 

Berkshire 

Bristol 

Duke's 

Essex 

Franklin 


Shire  toivns. 

Barnstable 

Lenox 

Taunton 

New  Bedford 

Edgartown 

Salem 

Newburyport 

Ipswich 

Greenfield 


Counties. 
Hampden 
Hampshire 

Middlesex 

Nantucket 

Norfolk 

Plymouth 

Suffolk 

Worcester 


Shire  towns. 

Springfield 

Northampton 

Cambridge 

Concord 

Nantucket 

Dedham 

Plymouth 

Boston 

Worcester 


1.  Massachusetts  is  distinguished  for  having  beer  the  first  settled 
of  the  Eastern  States;  for  the  leading  part  whic.h  slie  took  among 
the  colonies,  particularly  in  the  revolutionary  war ;  for  the  enter- 
prise and  intelligence  of  her  citizens ;  for  being  the.  most  thickly 
settled  and  most  commercial  state  in  the  Union ;  and  for  carrying 
on  the  principal  part  of  the  fisheries. 

2.  The  surface  west  of  Connecticut  river  is  mountainous  ;  east  of 
this  river,  it  is  hilly,  except  in  the  southeast  part  of  the  state,  where 
it  is  level  or  moderately  uneven,  and  the  soil  here  poor. 

3.  The  Green  Mountains  extend  through  the  westerr  part.  The 
highest  summit  of  this  range  in  Massachusetts  is  Saddle  Mountain, 
Wa-chu'sett  Mountain  is  a  noted  summit  in  the  township  of  Prince- 
ton. 

4.  The  two  largest  Rivers  are  the  Connecticut  and  Mernmack  ; 
Charles  river  flows  into  Boston  harbor;  Tdun'ton  river  into  an  arm 

Massachusetts. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Massachusetts  ?   2.  What  of  the 
surface?    3    What  mountains  ?    4.  Rivers? 


MASSACHUSETTS. 


aa 


lire  towns. 

)ringfield 

orthampton 

imbridge 

mcord 

mtucket 

;dham 

j^mouth 

ISTON 

orcester 

first  settled 
took  among 
■  the  enter- 
nost  -thickly 
br  carrying 

ua  ;  east  of 
itate,  where 

part.     The 

;  Mountain, 

of  Prince- 

Mernmack  ; 
nto  an  arm 

What  of  the 


4 


of  Narraganset  bay  ;  the  JSTash'u-a  into  the  Merrimack  ;  the  Chicle/- 
a-pee  and  Miller's  nver  into  the  Connecticut ;  and  the  Hou-sa-ton'ic 
rises  in  the  western  part. 

5.  The  principal  Bays  are  Massachusetts  bay,  between  Cape  ^nn 
and  Cape  Cod ;  Barn'sta-hle  bay  and  Buz'zard's  bay. 

6.  The  peninsula  of  Cape  Cod  forms  a  remarkable  feature  of  the 
state,  and  is  in  the  form  of  a  man's  arm  bent  inward.  It  is  mostly 
sandy  and  barren,  and  the  inhabitants  obtain  their  subsistence  chiefly 
from  the  sea. 

7.  The  two  principal  Islands  are  J^an-tuck'et  and  Mariha?s  Vine- 
yard, neither  of  which  is  very  fertile.  To  the  southeast  of  the  for- 
mer are  the  J^antucktt  shoals,  where  many  vet>.jels  have  been  ship- 
wrecked. 

8.  Some  of  the  curiosities  are  Lynn-Beach,  which  connects  the 
peninsula  of  Nahant  with  the  main  land  ;  a  hieroglyphic  inscription 
on  a  rock  on  Taunton  river  in  Dighton ;  and  Mount  Holyoke  near 
Northampton,  v/hich  affords  an  extensive  and  delightful  view  of  the 
country  bordering  on  Connecticut  river. 

9.  Middlesex  Canal,  which  connects  Boston  harbor  with  the  Mer- 
rimack, is  30  miles  long.  It  was  completed  in  1804,  and  was  at  that 
time  the  most  considerable  canal  in  the  United  States.  Blackstone 
Canal  extends  from  Worcester  to  Providence,  and  is  45  miles  in 
length. 

10.  Boston,  the  capital  of  Massachusetts,  and  the  literary  and 
commercial  metropolis  of  New  England,  is  an  opulent  and  well 
built  city,  finely  situated  on  a  peninsula  at  the  head  of  Massachu- 
setts bay,  has  an  excellent  harbor,  and  is  the  second  -town  with  re- 
spect to  commerce  in  the  Union. 

11.  Salem,  14  miles  N.  E.  of  Boston,  is  the  second  town  in  the 
state  for  population  and  commerce  ;  and  JVeu/bu-ry-port,  finely  situ- 
ated near  the  mouth  of  the  Merrimack,  has  some  trade. 

12.  Mar-ble-head',  Bev'er-ly,  and  Gloucester  (glos'ter),  are  largely 
concerned  in  the  Bank  or  cod  fishery. 

13.  JVeto  Bedfford,  a  flourishing  commercial  town,  on  an  arm  of 
Buzzard's  bay,  carries  on  an  extensive  business  in  the  whale  fishery ; 
and  JVan-tu4:k/et,  on  an  island  of  the  same  name,  is  distinguished  for 
its  enterprise  in  the  same*  trade. 

14.  Plymouth  is  celebrated  for  being  the  first  settled  town  in 
New  England  ;  Charlestowuy.  adjoining  Boston,  is  noted  for  the  state 
prison,  the  U.  S.  navy -yard,  and  an  insane  hospital,  and  for  being 
the  place  where  Bunker  Hill  battle  was  fought ;  Lexington,  for 
being  the  place  where  the  first  blood  was  shed  in  the  revolutionary 
war. 

15.  Lou/ell,  a  newly  built  and  flourishing  town,  at  Pawtucket  falls, 

5.  What  bays  ?    6.  What  is  said  of  the  peninsula  of  Cape  Cod  ?     7. 

What  islands  ?     8.  Curiosities  ? 
9.  What  canals?     10.  What  is  said  of  Boston?    11.  Salem  and  Newbury- 

port  ?     12.  What' towns  are  engaged  in  the  Bank  fishery? 
18    What  ones  in  the  whale  fishery  ?     14.  What  is  said  of  Flyraouth, 

Chai[le8tuwn,  and  Lexington  ?    15.  Lowell " 


S4 


MASSACHUSETTS. 


^Ir 


:i     >M 


on  the  Merrimack,  is  noted  for  rnanufacturea ;  as  also  are  fVdl'thamf 
and  the  village  of  Fall  River  in  Troy,  on  the  borders  of  Rhode  Island. 

16.  Spnngjlcld  and  JVorthampton  are  the  two  principal  towns  on 
Connecticut  river ;  the  former  is  noted  for  the  United  States  armory ; 
the  latter  for  a  seminary  called  the  Round  Hill  school. 

17.  Worceshr  (wiirs'ter),  a  pleasant  and  flourishing  .town  in  the 
central  part  of  the  state,  is  connected  with  Providence  by  Blackstone 
canal.  Some  of  tlie  otlier  flourishing  towns  are  Haverhill  (ha'ver-il), 
Ded'ham,  Taunton  (ttin'tun),  and  Pittsjkld. 

18.  Cdm'bridge  is  celebrated  for  its  university  \Jlm'herst  and  Wil- 
liamstown  for  colleges  ;  An'do-ver  for  its  theological  seminary  and 
Phillips  Academy. 

19.  Massachusetts  is  distinguished  for  its  Liter.! ry  Institu- 
tions. Harvard  University,  in  Cambridge,  is  the  oldest  seminary 
in  America,  and  has  the  richest  endowments,  and  the  largest  library. 
It  comprises  four  departments,  one  for  undergraduates,  and  one  for 
each  of  the  professions  of  theology,  medicine,  and  law. 

20.  Williams  College,  at  Williamstown,  is  a  respectable  institu- 
tion ;  Amherst  College  has  risen  rapidly  to  a  high  state  of  prosperity ; 
the  theological  seminary  at  Andover  is  richly  endowed  and  flourishing ; 
and  there  is  a  Baptist  theological  seminary  at  N'ewton. 

21.  Massachusetts  originally  formed  two  colonies,  Plyinoulh  and 
Massachusetts  bay,  which  were  united  under  one  government  in 
1692.  The  first  English  settlement  in  New  England  was  made  at 
Plymouth  by  101  Puritans,  who  fled  from  religious  persecution  in 
England.  They  landed  on  the  22d  of  December,  1620 ;  the  anni- 
versary is  still  observed.  Salem  was  settled  in  1628 ;  Boston  in, 
1630. 


i 


16. 

19. 
20. 
21. 


Springfield  and  Northampton  ?     17.   What  are  some  of  the  other  con- 
siderable towns?     18.  Cambridge,  Aipherst,  &c.  ? 
What  is  said  of  Harvard  University  .-' 
What  is  said  of  Williams  and  Amherst  colleges  ? 
What  is  said  of  the  history  of  Massachusetts  and  its  first  settlement  ? 


(See  Map  JVo.  IV. — Where  is  Cape  Cod  ?  Cape  Ann  ?  Cape  Malabar  ? 
Where  is  Massachusetts  bay  ?  Buzzard's  bay  ?  Barnstable  bay  ? 
Nantucket  island  and  Martha's  Vineyard  ? 

Through  what  part  of  Massachusetts  does  the  Connecticut  flow  .'  The 
Merrimack  ?     What  rivers  in  this  state  flow  into  the  Connecticut? 

How  is  Boston  situated  ?  Salem  ?  Plymouth  ?  Newburyport  ?  Glou- 
cester ?  Marbichead  ?  New  Bedford  ?  Dedham  ?  Taunton  ?  Wor- 
cester ?     Pittsfield  ?     Williamstown  ? 

What  towns  are  on  the  Connecticut  ?   What  ones  to  the  A'est  of  the  river? 

What  ones  on  the  Merrimack  ? 


IM ! 


jre  fViil'tham, 
ilhode  Island, 
ipal  towns  on 
tales  armory ; 

.town  in  the 
iy  Blackstone 
kill  (ha'ver-il), 

m 

lerst  and  Wil- 
leminary  and 

RY  Institu- 
est  seminary 
irgest  library. 
,  and  one  for 

table  institu- 
of  prosperity ; 
d  flourishing ; 

^lyinoulh  and 
avernment  in 
was  made  at 
ersecution  in 
^0 ;  the  anni- 
;  Boston  in. 


the  other  con- 


settlement  ? 

ape  Malabar  r 
rnstablc  bay  ? 

t  flow  ?  The 
Connecticut  ? 
'port  ?  Gloii- 
union  ?  Wor- 

t  of  the  river  ? 


RHODE  ISLAND 


RHODE  ISLAND 


88 


Cimnties. 

Shire  toums. 

Counties. 

Shire  towns. 

Bristol 

Bristol 

Providence 

Providence 

Kent 

VjQsI  Greenwich 

Washington 

South  Kingston 

Newport 

Newport 

1.  Rhode  Island  is  the  smallest  state  in  the  Union  in  extent  of 
territory,  but  the  lirst,  in  proportion  to  its  population,  with  regard  to 
manufactures. 

2.  The  most  distinguishing  natural  feature  is  JVar-ra-gan'set  hay, 
which  is  a  beautiful  expanse  of  water,  about  30  miles  in  length,  in- 
tersecting the  state  from  north  to  south.  Paw-tuck'et  river  flow8 
into  the  north  end  of  this  bay.  In  Massachusetts  it  is  called  Black- 
atone  river,  and  it  gives  name  to  Blackstone  Canal. 

3.  Several  Itjlands  lie  in  Narraganset  bay,  of  which  the  largest  is 
Ilhode  Island,  a  beautiful  and  fertile  island,  from  which  the  state  de- 
rives its  name.     Block  Island  is  in-  the  Atlantic. 

4.  The  surface  is  mostly  level  or  moderately  uneven,  except  in 
the  western  part,  which  is  hilly  and  rocky. 

5.  Mount  Hope,  an  eminence  near  Bristol,  is  famous  for  having 
been  the  residence  of  the  Indian  king  Philip. 

6.  The  soil  in  the  country  bordering  on  Narraganset  bay  and  on 
the  islands,  is  very  fertile  ;  in  the  ■western  and  northwestern  parts, 
ii  is  thin  and  lean. 

7.  Providence,  situated  above  the  head  of  Narraganset  bay,  is  h 
very  flourishing  town,  the  second  in  population  in  New  England, 
and  one  of  the  most  considerable  in  the  United  States  for  manufac- 
turqs ;  and  it  has  also  an  extensive  commerce. 

8.  Newport,  delightfully  situated  on  the  southwest  end  of  'Jie 
islartd  of  Rhode  Island,  is  celebrated  for  its  admirable  harbor,  the 
salubrity  of  its  climate,  and  excellence  and  variety  of  its  fish ;  but  its 
population  and  commerce  are  less  than  before  the  revolutionary  war. 

9.  Bristol  and  Warren,  between'  Providence  and  Newport,  are 
pleasant  towns,  and  have  some  commerce. 

10.  Pawluckct,  at  the  fine  falls  of  tlie  Pawtucket,  is  distinguished 
for  manufactures. 

11.  A  swamp  in  the  western  part  of  South  Ki  igston,  is  noted  for 
a  famous  victory  over  the  Narraganset  Indians,  called  the  swamp 
JigU. 

12.  Brown  University,  a  respectable  and  flourishing  seminary,  is 
at  Providence.  At  the  same  place  the  Friends  have  a  large  board- 
ing school. 


Rhode  Island. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Rhode  Island  ? 

2,  What  of  Narraganset  bay,  &c.  ?     3.  What  islands  ? 

4.  What  is  said  of  the  surface  ?  5.  Mount  Hope  ?  6.  Soil  ?  7.  Provi- 
dence ?  8.  Newport  i>  9.  Bristol  and  WartQn.'  10.  Pawtucket  P 
11.  South  Kingston .'     12.  What  seminaries  of  learning  .:> 


36 


RHODE  ISLAND. 


13.  The  first  settlement  in  this  state  was  made  at  Providence,  in 
1636,  by  Roger  Willinina,  a  minister  tvho  was  banished  from  Massa* 
chusetts,  on  account  of  his  religious  opinions.  To  him  is  ascribed 
the  honor  of  having  esiubliahed  the  first  political  community  in  which 
perfect  religious  toleration  was  admitted. 


I 


CONNECTICUT. 


'!-•      I 


Countie3. 
Fairfield 


Hartford 

Litchfield 

Middlesex 


Counties. 
New  Haven 

New  London 


Shire  towns. 

New  Haven 
^  New  London 
\  Norwich 

Tolland 

Brooklyn 


Shire  towns. 
<  Fairfield 
I  Danbury 

ILVRTKORD 

Litchfield  Tolland 

Middletown  Windham 

1.  Connecticut  is  a  small  state,  favorably  situated  ;  and  the  inhab- 
itants are  distinguished  for  intelligence  and  industry. 

Q.  The  surface  is  hilly,  but  there  are  no  high  mountains  ;  the  S(nl 
generally  fertile  and  well  cultivated. 

y.  The  three  principal  Rivers  are  the  Connecticut,  which  flows 
through  the  central  pait  of  the  state  ;  the  Thames  (temz),  which  is 
navigable  to  Norwich,  14  miles ;  a  id  the  Hou-sa-lon  ic,  which  is 
navigable  to  Derby,  12  miles. 

4.  The  Housatonic  has  a  fine  cataract  of  GO  feet  perpendicular,  on 
the  borders  of  the  town  of  Canaan. 

5.  Connecticut  is  distinguished  for  various  manufactures,  and 
abroad  particularly  for  tin  ware,  which  is  sent  to  almost  all  parts  of 
the  United  States. 

6.  Farmington  Canal  extends  from  Se^y  Haven  to  the  northern 
border  of  the  state,  57  miles,  where  it  unites  with  Hampshire  and 
Hampden  Canal,  which  leads  to  Westfield,  and  is  to  be  continued  to 
Northampton — whole  length,  87  miles. 

7.  Connecticut  has  no  very  large  city,  but  has  many  pleasant  and 
considerable  towns  and. villages.  Hartford  and  New  Haven  are 
alternate  seats  of  the  legislature,  and  are  both  very  pleasant  cities, 
and  are  distinguished  for  their  literary  institutions. 

8.  JVeiv  Haven  is  situated  on  a  bay  which  extends  up  from  Long 
Island  souiiu,  and  is  the  largest  and  most  commercial  town  in  the 
state. 

9.  Hartford,  pleasantly  situated  at  the  head  of  sloop  navigation 
on  the  Connecticut,  50  miles  from  its  mov.th,  has  considerable  trade 
and  extensive  manufactures. 

13.  What  notice  of  the  history  of  Rhode  Island  ? 

Connecticut. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Connecticut  ?  2.  What  of  the  sur- 
face? 3.  Rivers  ?  4.  What  cataract?  5.  Manufactures?  6.  Far- 
mington canal  ?  7.  What  is  said  of  the  towns  ?  8.  New  Haven  ? 
9.  Hartford? 


See  Map  JVo.  IV. — Where  Is  Narraganset  bay  ?  Where  Block  island  ? 
How  is  Providence  situated  ?  Newport  ?  Bristol  ?  Pawtucket  ? 
Warren  ?     What  towns  are  west  of  Narraganset  bay  ? 


CONNECTICUT. 


37 


'rovidence,  in 

I  from  Massa- 

II  is  ascribed 
inity  in  which 


re  towns. 
w  Haven 

w  London 
rwich 
Hand 
)oklyn 

ind  the  inhab- 

tains  ;  the  soil 

,t,  which  flows 
;mz),  which  is 
>niCf  which  is 

■pendicular,  on 

ufaduresj  and 
3t  all  parts  of 

)  the  northern 
Jampshire  and 
6  continued  to 

T  pleasant  and 
w  Haven  are 
)lea3ant  cities, 

ip  from  Long 
1  town  in  the 

op  navigation 
iderable  trade 


i^'hat  of  the  sur- 
tures  ?    6.  Far- 
New  Haven? 


e  Block  island? 
?     Pawtucket  ? 


10.  Middletoumf  on  tiie  Connecticut,  14  miles  below  Hartford,  and 
J^orwich,  at  the  head  of  navigation  on  the  Thames,  have  extensive 
manufactures  and  some  conmierce. 

11.  jYew  Londotij  near  the  mouth  of  the  Thames,  has  the  best 
harbor  in  the  state. 

12.  Litchfield,  a  pleasant  town,  is  noted  for  its  law  school ;  Stafford 
for  its  mineral  waters. 

13.  Atu>  London,  JVeto  Haven,  Da  hury,  Fairfield,  and  Nbrwalk^ 
were  rendered  memorable  by  events  during  the  revohitionary  war. 

14.  Connecticut  is  distinguished  for  its  attention  to  education  ;  and 
the  state  has  a  fund  of  about  2,000,000  dollars,  the  interest  of  which 
is  appropriated  to  the  support  of  schools. 

15.  Yale  College,  at  New  Haven,  is  one  of  tlie  most  eminent  and 
flourishing  seminaries  in  the  Union,  and  has  connected  with  it  de- 
partments for  theology,  law,  and  medicine. 

16.  Washington  College,  a  new  and  flourishing  institution,  under 
the  direction  of  the  Episcopalians,  is  pleasantly  situated  at  Hartford  ; 
and  at  the  same  place  there  is  an  Asylum  for  educating  the  deaf  and 
dumb.  An  institution  styled  Uio  Wesleyan  University,  under  the  di- 
rection of  the  Methodists,  was  established  at  Middletown  in  1830. 

17.  Connecticut  colony  and  JVcw  Haven  colony  were  originally 
under  separate  governments,  but  were  united  in  16G5.  Hartford  was 
settled  in  1G35 ;  New  Haven  in  1638.  The  present  state  constitution 
was  formed  in  1818. 


MIDDLE  STATES. 

1.  This  division  comprises  the  two  great  states  of  JVcw  York  and 
Pennsylvania,  and  the  two  small  ones  of  JVeio  Jersey  an;1  Delaware, 

2.  The  three  principal  Rivers  are  the  Hudson,  Delaware,  and 
Sus-que-han'naJu 

3.  The  Hudson,  tlie  great  river  of  Now  York,  rises  in  the  moun- 
tains west  of  lake  Champlain,  and  flows  into  the  Atlantic,  below 
New  York  city.  It  is  navigable  for  the  largest  ships  to  Hudson, 
117  miles,  and  for  sloops  to  Troy,  150  miles.  It  is  remarkably 
straight  for  the  distance  of  200  miles,  and  upon  its  banks  are  many 

10,  What  is  said  of  Middletown  and  Norwich ?  11.  New  London'  12 
Litchfield  and  Stafford  ? 

13.  What  towns  were  rendered  memorable  in  the  revolutionary  war/ 

U.  What  is  said  of  education?  15,  Yale  Coiiesc?  16.  What  other  semina- 
ries are  mentioned  ?  17.  What  nodce  of  the  history  of  Connecticut? 
Middle  States.— 1.  Which  are  the  Middle  States? 

2.  What  are  the  rivers  ?     3-  What  is  said  of  the  Hudson? 


See  Map  JVo.  /P".— What  lies  south  of  Connecticut  ? 
What  rivers  flow  through  the  state  into  Long  Island  sound  ? 
How  is  New  Haven  situated  ?     Hartfoid .'     Litchfield  ?     What  towns  in 
Connecticut  are  on  Long  Island  sound  ?    What  towns  on  the  Con- 
necticut ?    The  Thames?    The  Housatonic? 
4 


MIDDLE  RTATRS. 


(I 

•J     ' 


fti| 


flonrishin,?  toM'ns.     Tlio  passrxoc  of  thr  Iliulson  through  tho  High- 
lands in  rclfihratpd  for  its  romantic  atul  Hublime  soenery. 

4.  Tlin  f)rlavnrp  risfs  in  thr;  Catskill  niountnins  in  New  York, 
BCparatcs  Nvvr  York  and  New  Jersey  from  Pennsylvania,  and  flows 
into  Delaware  bay.  It  is  navifjablc  for  74  gun  ships  to  Pliiludelphia, 
55  m.'len,  and  for  sloops  to  Trenton. 

.'».  The  Sv/t-mii-hnn'nnh,  tho  largest  river  in  Pennsylvania,  is 
formed  of  two  nranclies  ;  the  eastern  branch  rises  in  New  York, 
and  tho  western  in  Pennsylvania.  They  unite  at  Northumberland, 
and  the  river  flows  into  the  head  of  Chesapeake  bay.  Its  naviga 
tion  is  much  obstructed  by  falls  and  rapids  ;  yet  great  quantities  of 
timber  descend  the  river  to  Bahimore. 

6.  The  (^MMATF  is  healthy.  The;  cast  winds  in  the  spring  axe 
not  so  piercing  and  disagreeable  as  in  New  England  ;  and  the  win- 
ters are  milder,  but  more  liable  to  sudden  and  frequent  changes. 

7.  The  most  important  Productioiv  is  icheat.  Rye,  barley,  oats, 
hiirk-wheat,  hemp,  flax,  beavs,  and  pease,  are  cxtenaively  cultivated. 
Many  parts  are  good  for  grazing  ;  and  beef,  pork,  butter,  and  cheese, 
arc  important  articles  of  produce.  Various  kinds  of  excellent  fruit, 
particularly  apples,  peaches,  and  pears,  are  abundant. 

8.  Tho  Presbyterians  are  the  most  numerous  denomination  of 
Christian;^.  The  other  principal  sects  are  Episcopalians,  Methodists, 
Baptists,  Lutherans,  and  Quakers. 

f>.  The  Commerce  of  the  Middle  States  centres  chiefly  in  the 
cities  of  JVeti)  ForA"  and  Philadelphia.  Baltimore,  however,  possesses 
the  trade  of  a  great  part  of  Pennsylvania  and  Delaware. 

4.  What  is  said  of  (he  Delaware  ?     5.  The  Su.quehannah  ?     6.  Climate? 
7.  Productions?     8.  Religion?     9.  Commerce? 


Ill 


NEW  YORK. 
Falls  of  Niagara. 


NFAV  YORK. 


30 


tho  High- 

New  York, 

I,  and  flows 

iiiludclphin, 

isylvania,  w 
Now  York, 
itimbGrland. 
ItH  iiavign 
uantitiea  of 

spring  axe 
nd  the  win- 
changes. 
Imiiey,  oats, 
y  cultivated. 
,andclieese, 
cellent  fruit, 

imination  of 
if  Methodists, 

hie  fly  in  the 
er,  possesses 


6.  Climate? 


1.  New  York  is  diftinyiiidhed  as  tho  inoat  wealthy  and  powtrfui 
Btatc  in  the  Union,  surpiirising  all  the  otlicr^  in  population,  in  the  ad- 
vantages of  Hitutition,  in  great  canald,  and  in  reHources  botli  from 
agriculture  and  comtnerce. 

2.  TIjc  surface  in  tlie  eastern  part  is  generally  mountainous  or 
hilly  ;  in  tho  wt'stern  part,  level  or  in'jdcrabdy  unovc.n ;  and  tlic  soil 
of  a  large  oroportion  of  the  state  is  vtry  fertile. 

3.  Tho  Cals'kiU  Mountains  are  the  principal  range,  and  they 
pr(;rfeut  very  inter»'sting  scenery.  Here  is  a  small  lake  elevatcil 
upwards  of  2,000  leot,  from  which  issues  a  mill  stream,  that  hati 
falls  of  nearly  300  feet  perpendicular.  The  Hi^h'lan'ls,  on  tlio 
Hudson,  near  West  Point,  comprise  a  number  of  picturesque  emi- 
nences. 

4.  The  principal  Rivers  are  the  Hudfoon,  DcVa-warc,  Sus-qut- 
tian'nalu,  Mo'hawk,  Os-we'go,  (kn-t-sed,  JVi-a'ga-ra,  St.  Lau/rtiwt^ 
and  Black  river. 

5.  The  lakes  E'rit,  On-ta'ri-o,  and  Cham-plain'  lie  partly  in  New 
York.  Others  wholly  within  the  state  are  lakes  George,  U-nei!da, 
Ca-yii'ga,  Sen'e-ca,  and  several  smaller  ones. 

tj.  Lake  George  is  a  boily  of  transparent  water,  3G  miles  long,  en- 
vironed by  mountains,  with  very  romaniic  scenery,  and  is  esteemed 
the  most  beautiful  lake  in  the  United  States. 

7.  The  principal  island  is  Long  Island^  which  is  about  140  milofl 
in  length.  Sta'ten  island  lies  west  of  Long  Island ;  Man-hat'tttn 
island  forms  the  site  of  the  city  of  New  York ;  and  Grand  Mand  is 
in  Niagara  river. 

8.  New  York  contains  various  interesting  natural  cwinsities,  of 
which  Uie  FcUls  of  JViagara,  between  this  state  and  Upper  Canada, 
are  the  most  extraordinary,  and  are  esteemed  the  grandest  object 
of  the  kind  in  the  world.  There  are  other  cataracts  whirh  have  a 
greater  perpendicular  descent ;  but  there  is  none  where  so  great  a 
mass  of  water  is  precipitated  from  so  great  a  height. 

9.  The  width  of  the  river  at  the  falls,  is  three  quarters  of  a  mile, 
and  the  perpendicular  descent,  on  the  Canada  side,  1.51  tvet,  and  on 
the  New  York  side,  162  feet.  The  cataract  is  divided  by  an  island 
into  two  parts. 

10.  The  cloud  of  vapor  ascending  from  the  falls,  is  sometimes  vis- 
ible at  the  distance  of  60  miles ;  and  this  serves  as  a  medium  for 
forming,  by  the  sun's  rays,  the  most  brilliant  rainbows.  Tins  cata- 
ract is  much  visited  by  strangers,  and  is  calculated  to  excite  in  tlie 
beholder  the  most  sublime  emotions. 

11.  Trenton  Falls,  on  West  Canada  Creek,  12  miles  north  of 
Utica,  are  a  succession  of  beautiful  cataracts,  accompanied  with 
hij'hly  interestincr  scenery. 

12.  Some   of  the   other   interesting  falls  in   the  state,  are  tlie 


New  York.— 1.  What  is  said  of  New  York  ?     2.  What  of  its  surface  ? 
3.  Wiiat  mountains  ?     4.  Rivers  ?     5.  Lakes  ?     6.  What  is  said  of  lake 

George  ?     7.  What  islands  ?     8.  Wliat  is  said  of  Niagara  Falls  ? 
9.  What  the  width  of  the  river  and  the  perpeudit-ular  descent' 
10.  What  further  is  said  of  the  falls  ?     11.  Wliat  is  said  of  Trentoa  Fails  i 
12.  What  other  falls  ? 


40 


NEW  YORK. 


"1 ". 


M'w 


lit!' 


ill:'  ;•' 


Si 


H 


Co-hoes',  on  the  Mohawk,  near  its  mouth ;  several  cataracts  on  the 
Genesee ;  the  falls  of  Salmon  river,  the  Hudson,  Black  river,  Sable 
river,  and  also  of  Fall  Creek  net.:.  Ithaca. 

13.  The  Bi'dge  Road,  or  Alluvial  Way,  is  a  grand  work  of  nature, 
extending  from  the  Genesee,  near  Rochester,  to  Lewiston,  87  miles, 
and  is  now  used  as  a  post  road.  Its  usual  width  is  from  4  to  8  rods ; 
and  its  general  elevation  above  the  adjacent  land  about  30  feet. 

14.  The  mineral  waters  of  Saratoga  are  the  most  celebrated  in 
America,  and  attract  numerous  visiters  ;  and  the  Salt  Springs,  near 
0-non-da'ga  lake,  are  very  valuable,  and  afford  great  quantities  of 
salt 

15.  The  Erie  Canal,  which  forms  a  communication  betAveen  the 
Hudson  and  lake  Erie,  extending  from  Albany  to  Buffalo,  360  miles, 
is  the  most  magnificent  work  of  the  kind  in  America,  and  is  much 
longer  than  any  canal  in  Europe. 

16.  The  Champlain  Canal,  which  forms  a  communication  between 
the  Hudson  and  lake  Champlain,  is  64  miles  long,  and  extends  from 
Whitehall  to  Watervliet,  where  it  unites  with  the  Erie  Canal.  The 
Oswego  Canal  extends  from  Oswego  to  Salina,  38  miles,  and  nnites 
lake  Ontario  with  the  Erie  Canal.  The  Delaware  and  Hudson 
Canal  forms  a  communication  between  the  rivers  Delaware  and 
Hudson,  through  the  southeast  part  of  the  state  of  Now  York,  and  is 
65  miles  long. 

17.  Albany,  the  scat  of  government,  and  the  second  town  in  the 
state,  in  population,  wealth,  and  commerce,  is  advantageously  situ- 
ated on  the  Hudson,  near  tlie  head  of  sloop  navigation ;  and  by  means 
of  navigable  waters  and  canals,  it  has  an  easy  communication  with  a 
vast  extent  of  country. 

18.  New  York,  situated  on  Manhattan  or  New  York  island,  at 
the  entrance  of  the  Hudson  into  New  York  bay,  is  the  most  popu- 
lous city  in  America.  It  has  an  excellent  harbor ;  is  admirably  sit- 
uated both  for  internal  and  foreign  commerce  ;  and  is  the  first  com- 
mercial city  in  America,  and  one  of  the  first  in  the  world.  It  con- 
tains many  magnificent  edifices,  among  Avhich  the  City  Hall  is  the 
most  distinguished  ;  and  it  has  115  houses  of  public  worship. 

19.  Troy,  on  the  Hudson,  6  miles  above  Albany,  is  a  flourishing 
town,  and  has  various  and  extensive  manufactures,  and  considerable 
iliide. 

20.  Among  the  other  considerable  and  flourishing  towns  on  the 
Hudson,  are  JVewburgh,  Poiighkeepsie  (po-kep'se),  Hudson,  and  X»an'- 
ting-hurgh. 

21.  Brooklyn,  on  the  west  end  of  Long  Island,  opposite  to  the 
city  of  New  York,  is  one  of  the  largest  and  most  commercial  towns 
in  the  state  ;  and  is  famous  for  being  the  place  where  the  Americans 
sustained  the  greatest  defeat  that  they  suffered  during  the  revolu- 
tionary war. 

]3.  What  is  said  of  the  Ridge  Road  P   14.  Mineral  waters  ?   15.  Erie  canal .' 
16.  Champlain  and  Oswego,  Delaware  and  Hudson  canals  ?    17.  Albany  ? 
18.  New  lork?     19.  Troy? 

20.  What  other  considerable  towns  on  the  Hudson  ? 

21.  What  is  said  of  Brooklyn  ? 


NEW  YORK. 


41 


acts  on  the 
river,  Sable 

k  of  nature, 
)n,  87  miles, 
4  to  8  rods ; 
30  feet, 
jlebrated  in 
mngSf  near 
uantities  of 

etween  the 
0, 360  miles, 
nd  is  much 

on  between 
stends  from 
anal.  The 
and  unites 
nd  Hudson 
1  aware  and 
York,  and  is 

town  in  the 
eously  situ- 
d  by  means 
ation  with  a 

i  island,  at 
most  popu- 
rnirably  sit- 
3  first  com- 
d.  It  con- 
Hall  is  the 
}lup. 

flourishing 
snsiderable 

wns  on  the 
,  and  Lan'- 

site  to  the 
rcial  towns 
Americans 
he  revolu- 


Erie  canal  ? 
7.  Albany? 


22.  U'ti-ca,  finely  situated  on  the  Mohawk  river  and  Erie  Canal, 
in  the  central  part  of  the  state,  is  a  handsome  and  flourishing  town, 
and  has  an  extensive  trade. 

23.  Roch'es-ter,  at  the  falls  of  the  Genesee,  where  the  river  is  in- 
tersected by  the  Erie  Canal,  is  remarkable  for  its  rapid  growth.  It 
was  first  laid  out  in  1812,  and  is  now  one  of  the  most  considerable 
towns  in  the  state,  and  has  a  very  flourishing  trade.  The  Gene- 
see has  a  fall  here  of  97  feet  perpendicular. 

24.  Biiffalo,  pleasantly  situated  at  the  point  wher..  the  canaJ 
meets  the  east  end  of  lake  Erie,  is  a  flourishing  commercial  town. 

25.  There  are  many  other  flourishing  towns  in  the  western  part 
of  the  state,  among  which  are  Auburn^  on  Owasco  lake,  celebrated 
for  its  theological  seminary  and  a  state  prison ;  Gc-ne'va,  on  Sene- 
ca lake,  for  its  college  ;  Syr'a-cuse  and  Sa-li'ncL,  on  Onondii'ga  lake, 
for  salt  works ;  SacktVs  Harbor,  at  the  east  end  of  lake  Ontario, 
for  its  commercial,  naval,  and  military  importance  ;  Lockport^  for  its 
locks,  and  the  passage  of  the  canal  tlirough  the  mountain  ridge  ; 
Can-an-ddi'gua,  on  Canandai'gua  lake  ;  Ith'a-ca,  at  the  south  end 
of  Cayuga  lake. 

26.  Plattsburgh^  a  considerable  town  on  lake  Champlain,  is  cele- 
brated for  a  great  battle  during  the  last  war  with  Great  Britain ; 
Sche-nec'ta-dy,  on  the  Mohawk,  as  the  seat  of  Union. College;  iSVir- 
atoga  and  Bcdlston,  for  mineral  waters;  and  JVew  Lebanon^  for 
war.n  baths. 

27.  TH-con-de-ro'ga  and  Croivn  Point  are  famous  in  the  history 
of  American  wars ;  and  Saratoga^  for  the  surrender  of  the  English 
general  Burgoyne. 

28.  Education  has  been  liberally  patronized  by  this  state,  which 
has  a  literary  fund  amounting  to  about  $2,000,000,  the  income  of 
which  is  appropriated  to  the  encouragement  of  learning. 

29.  The  principal  seminaries  are  Columbia  College^  a  medical 


22. 
25. 
26. 

29. 


What  is  said  of  Utica?  23.  Rochester  ?  24.  Buffalo  .'' 
What  are  some  of  the  other  towns  in  the  western  part  ? 
What  is  said  of  Plattsbiirgh,  Schenectady,  &c. .'     27.  Ticonderoga, 

Crown  Point,  and  Saratoga  ?     28.  What  of  education  ? 
What  are  the  principal  seminaries  ? 


See  Map  JVo.  IV. — What  lakes  and  rivers  border  on  New  York? 

How  is  lake  George  situated  ?  What  lakes  are  in  the  western  part  of  the 
state  ?  What  is  the  course  of  Hudson  river  ?  The  Mohawk  ?  The 
Genesee.?  What  rivers  flow  into  lake  Ontario?  What  ones  into 
the  St.  Lawrence  .■'     Lake  Champlain  ? 

What  rivers  of  Pennsylvania  rise  in  New  York .-'  How  is  Long  I?laml  sit- 
uated .'    Staten  Island  ?    The  Catskill  Mountains  ?    Niagara  Fulls  ? 

How  is  New  York  city  situated  .'  Brooklyn  .'  Albany  ?  Utica  ?  Roch- 
ester ?  Buffalo?  Canandaigua  ?  Batavia?  Cooperstown  ?  Ithaca? 
Geneva  ?  Auburn  ?  Elmira  ?  Saratoga  ?  New  Lebanon  ?  What 
towns  are  on  the  Hudson  ?  On  the  Mohawk?  Lake  Champlain? 
The  St.  Lawrence  ?  Lake  Ontario?  Lake  Erie  ?  The  Genesee? 
What  ones  on  the  canal  west  of  Utica? 
4# 


I 


>  •  '^t 


43 


NEW  YORK. 


■i  I     '':-'*' 


;.  |i  I 


school,  and  an  Episcopal  theological  seminary,  in  the  city  of  Ndw 
York ;  Union  College^  at  Schenectady ;  Hamilton  College^  at  Clin- 
ton ;  Geneva  College,  at  Geneva ;  a  Presbyterian  theological  semi- 
nary, at  Auburn ;  a  Baptist  theological  seminary,  at  Hamilton ;  and 
the  United  States  military  academy  at  West  Point. 

30.  New  York  was  first  discovered  by  Henry  Hudson,  an  English- 
man, in  the  service  of  the  Dutch,  in  1600 ;  and  settlements  were 
commenced  by  the  Dutch  in  or  about  the  year  1614,  at  Albany  and 
on  Manhattan  island.  The  country  was  called  JVcm>  JVetherlands 
till  1664,  when  it  was  taken  by  the  English,  and  received  its  pres- 
ent name. 


^ 


!l 


■:<t^' 


NEW  JERSEY. 

1.  New  Jersey  is  advantageously  situated  between  the  two  great 
cities  of  New  York  and  Philadelphia,  through  which  its  commerce 
is  cliiefly  carried  on. 

2.  The  surface  in  the  southern  and  eastern  part  is  level ;  further 
in  the  interior,  diversified  and  hilly;  and  in  the  northern  part, 
mountainous. 

3.  The  soil  in  the  level  country  is  sandy  and  barren ;  but  in  the 
other  parts,  a  great  proportion  is  excellent  for  grazing  and  tillage. 

4.  Delaware  river  divides  this  state  from  Pennsylvania,  and  the 
Hudson  separates  the  northeast  part  from  New  York.  The  two 
largest  rivers  within  the  state  are  the  Pas-sa'ic  and  the  Rar'i-tan. 

5.  The  Falls  of  the  Passaic,  at  Patterson,  are  a  fine  cataract  of 
72  feet  perpendicular,  and  are  much  visited  as  a  curiosity. 

6.  This  state  is  very  rich  in  iron  ore,  and  great  quantities  of  iron 
are  manufactured ;  also  of  leather  and  shoes. 

7.  The  Morris  Caned  extends  from  the  Delaware  at  Easton, 
across  the  state,  passing  by  Newark,  and  connecting  Easton  with 
the  city  of  New  York.    Length  86  miles. 

8.  TnENTON,  the  seat  of  government,  is  pleasantly  situated  on 
the  Delaware,  at  the  falls,  and  at  the  head  of  tide  water. 

9.  JVewark,  on  the  Passaic,  9  miles  from  New  York,  is  a  very 
pleasant  and  handsome  town,  the  largest  in  the  state,  and  is  distin- 
guished for  its  manufactures,  particularly  of  shoes,  and  for  the  ex- 
cellent cider  made  in  its  vicinity. 

10.  JVeio  Brunstoick,  on  the  Raritan,  has  considerable  commerce, 
and  is  the  seat  of  Rutgers  College. 

11.  Patterson,  a  flourishing  town  at  tlie  falls  of  the  Passaic,  is 
distinguished  for  manufactures ;  Princeton,  for  its  seminaries ;  Eliz- 
abethtown,  for  being  the  oldest  in  the  state. 

80.  What  notice  of  the  history  of  New  York  ? 

New  Jersey. — 1.  What  is  said  of  New  Jersey  ?     2.  What  of  the  sur- 
face ?    3.  Soil  ?    4.  What  rivers  ?    5.  What  curiosity  ? 
6   What  manufactures  ?     7.  What  is  said  of  Morris  canal  ?    8.  Trenton  ? 
9.  Newark?    10.  New  Brunswick?     11.  Patterson,  Princeton,  and 
Elizabethtown  ? 


NEW  JERSKY. 


m 


ity  of  Ndw 
ETC,  at  Clin- 
gica]  semi- 
oilton;  and 

m  English- 
nents  were 
Albany  aud 
Vetherlands 
id  its  pres- 


12.  Tne  College  of  JVew  Jersey,  at  Princeton,  has  long  been  an 
important  institution ;  and  at  the  same  place  tliere  is  a  flour'  filing 
theological  seminary  under  the  direction  of  tho  general  assembly 
of  the  Presbyterian  church. 

13.  Rutgers  College  is  established  at  New  Brunswick;  and  at 
the  same  place  is  a  theological  seminary,  under  the  direction  of  the 
Dutch  Reformed  church. 

14.  The  first  settlement,  in  this  state,  was  made  at  Elizabeth  town, 
in  1664.  The  country  was  divided  into  two  parts,  East  and  JVest 
Jersey,  which  were  united,  in  1702,  under  the  name  of  New  Jersey. 

15.  This  state  suffered  much  during  the  revolutionary  war ;  and 
several  places,  particularly  Trenton,  Princeton,  and  Monmouth,  were 
rendered  famous  by  warlike  achievements. 


3  two  great 
commerce 

el;  further 
them  part, 

but  in  the 
id  tillage, 
ia,  and  the 
The  two 
B.ar'i-tan. 
;ataract  of 

J- 

ies  of  iron 

at  Easton, 
aston  with 

ituated  on 

is  a  very 
i  is  distin- 
For  the  ex- 

:ommerce, 

i^assaic,  is 
ries;  Elvc' 


:  of  the  sur- 

}.  Trenton  ? 
nee  ton,  and 


PENNSYLVANIA. 

1.  Pennsylvania,  a  state  of  very  regular  form,  has  no  seacoast ; 
but  it  communicates  with  the  Atlantic  ocean  by  Delaware  river  and 
bay,  and  itn  northwest  corner  borders  on  lake  Erie.  It  is  an  im- 
portant and  powerful  state,  exceeding  all  the  others  with  regard  to 
manufactures,  and  is  also  distinguisbeu  '  agriculture,  and  for  en- 
terprise in  works  of  internal  improvemi 

2.  Its  name  is  derived  from  its  illust.  :ounder,  William  Penn, 
and  it  literally  signifies  Penn's  Woods;  [Penn  and  sylva,'u  e,  woods). 

3.  It  is  formed  into  three  natural  divisions ;  1st,  the  eastorn  or 
southeastern  part,  which  is  hilly  or  moderately  uneven.  This  is  the 
smallest  of  the  divisions,  but  far  the  most  populous,  and  generally 
fertile  and  well  cultivated.  2dly,  the  middle,  comprising  more  than 
half  of  the  state.  This  is  mountainous,  and  though  it  contains  very 
fertile  valleys,  yet  much  of  it  is  unsusceptible  of  cultivation,  and  is 
thinly  peopled.  3dly,  the  western  part,  which  is  hilly  or  diversified, 
and  generally  fertile. 

4.  The  central  part  of  Pennsylvania  is  traversed  by  varions 
ridges  of  the  Alleghany  Mountains,  which  are  known  by  different 
names. 

12.  What  is  said  of  the  College  of  New  Jersey,  &c.  ?   13.  Rutgers  College  ? 

14.  What  notice  of  the  history  of  New  Jersey  ? 

15.  What  is  said  respecting  the  revolutionary  war  ? 

Pennsylvania. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Pennsylvania  .'  2.  From  whom 
did  it  derive  its  name  ?  3.  What  is  said  of  the  surface  and  soil  of 
the  different  parts  ?    4.  What  mountains  ? 


See  Map  JVo.  IV. — What  waters  border  on  New  Jersey  ? 
Where  do  the   Passaic  and  Raritan  empty  ?     Where  is  Sandy  Hook  ? 

Cape  May  ?     AVhat  places  on  the  coast  of  New  Jersey  ? 
How  is  Trenton  situated  .'   Newark?   Elizabethtown  ?    New  Brunswick? 

Princeton  .'    What  towns  in  New  Jersey  are  on  the  Delaware  ? 

The  Raritan  ?    The  Passaic  i 


44 


PENNSYLVANIA. 


>,   'i 


m  ii 


kii 


•I  ---11 


I  '!■ 


♦i  ,  > 


5.  The  principal  Rivers  are  the  DeVa-ware,  Svs-que-han'nalij 
"  huyl'killf  and  Lehigh^  in  the  eastern  part;  the  0-hi'o,  with  its 
branches,  tlie  M'h-sha-ny,  and  Mo-non-ga-he'la,  in  the  western. 

6.  Pennsylvania  is  distinguished  for  its  mineral  productions^  es» 
pecially  marble,  iron,  and  coaZ.  The  last  is  found  in  great  abun- 
dance in  the  neighborhood  of  Pittsburg,  and  on  the  rivers  Lehigh, 
Schuvlkill,  and  Susquehannah, 

7.  Valuable  sa2t  springs  are  found  in  oiie  western  part ;  a  spring 
affording  mineral  oil  in  the  neighborhood  of  Franklin ;  and  mineral 
waters  near  Bedford. 

8.  Pennsylvania  has  engaged  very  extensively  in  works  of  inter- 
nal improvement.  The  Schuylkill  Omal  opens  a  communication 
from  Philadelphia  to  the  coal  mines  at  the  sources  of  the  river,  in 
the  vicinity  of  Pottsville,  about  100  miles  distant.  The  Union  Canalj 
78  miles  long,fonns  a  communication  between  the  Schuylkill  a-.'l  Sus- 
quehannah. The  Lehigh  Canal,  along  the  Lehigli,  is  46  miles  long. 
Pennsylvania  Canal  and  Rail-road,  from  Middletown,  on  tlie  Sus- 
quehannah, to  Pittsburg,  206  miles,  a  PMil-road  from  Philadelphia  to 
Columbia,  80  miles  long,  and  other  works  of  tlie  kind,  are  in  progress. 

9.  About  one  Iialf  of  the  inhabitants  are  of  English  origin ;  one 
fourth  German ;  and  one  eighth  Irish.  The  German  language  is  ex- 
tensively spoken,  and  is  the  only  language  of  some  entire  neigh- 
borhoods. 

10.  A  great  part  of  the  trade  of  Pennsylvania  goes  to  Baltimore 
and  New  Orleans.  Philadelphia  and  Pittsburg  are  the  two  ciiief 
centres  of  the  trade  and  manufactures  of  the  state. 

11.  Harrisburg,  pleasantly  situated  on  the  Susquehannah,  is 
the  seat  of  government,  and  contains  an  elegant  t-cate  house. 

12.  Philadelphia,  finely  situated  between  the  Delaware  and 
Schuylkill,  5  miles  above  their  confluence,  is  much  tlie  largest  city 
in  Pennsylvania,  ind  the  only  one  that  carries  on  ibreign  com- 
merce ;  and  it  is  tht  second  in  size  in  the  United  States.  It  is  one 
of  the  most  regular  cities  in  Lhe  world,  handsomely  built  of  brick, 
and  is  a  place  of  great  trade  and  opulence ;  and  with  regard  to 
manufactures,  it  exceeds  every  other  city  in  America. 

13.  Pittsburg  is  pleasantly  situated  on  a  plain  between  the  Alle- 
ghany and  Monongahela  rivers,  at  the  point  where  they  unite  to 
form  the  Ohio,  and  is  surrounded  by  romantic  hills.  It  has  great 
advantages  by  means  of  its  water  communication  with  New  Or- 
leans and  the  Western  States,  and  on  account  of  the  inexhaustible 
quantities  of  coal  in  its  vicinity.  It  is  the  centre  of  a  great  trade, 
and  is  one  of  the  must  considerable  nianufacturiiig  towns  in  the 
United  States. 

14.  Lancaster,  situated  in  a  pleasant,  fertile,  and  highly  cT^ltiva- 
ted  district  of  country,  is  a  beautiful  town,  and  the  largest  m  the 
United  States  that  is  not  situated  on  navigable  water.  The  inhab- 
itants are  mostly  of  German  origin. 

5.  What  rivers?     6.  Mineral  productions?     7.  Springs?    8.  Canals? 
9.  What  is  said  of  the  inhabitants  ?     10.  Trade?     11.  Harrisburg?     12. 
Philadelphia?     13.  Pittsburg?     14.  Lancaster? 


PENNSYLVANIA. 


45 


ue-han'nali, 
I'o,  with  its 
western. 
actions^  es- 
treat abun- 
ers  Lehigh, 

t;  a  spring 
md  mineral 

ks  of intor- 
imunication 
he  river,  in 
nion  Canalf 
dlla-'lSus- 
miles  long. 
m  the  Sus- 
ladelphia  to 
in  progress, 
origin;  one 
ruage  is  ex- 
itire  neijjh- 

0  Baltimore 
two  cliief 

eliaunah,  is 
ouse. 

laware  and 
largest  city 
reign  com- 
.  It  is  one 
ilt  of  brick, 
h  regard  to 

!n  the  Alle- 
ey  unite  to 
t  has  great 

1  New  Or- 
exhaustible 
Sfreat  trade, 
)wns  in  the 

hly  crltiva- 
^est  m  the 
The  inhab- 


.  Canals? 
sburg  ?     12. 


15.  Reading,  on  the  Schuylkill;  Easton,  on  the  Delaware; 
Wilkcs'har-re  and  Sunhury,  on  the  SusquehannaJi ;  York,  Carlisle 
(car-lile'),  Chamhershnrg,  and  various  others,  are  fine  borough  towns. 
Pottsville,  a  new  and  flourishing  town,  is  famous  for  coal  mines. 

16.  Some  of  the  most  considerable  towns  in  the  western  part  of 
the  state,  besides  Pittsburg,  are  Brownsville,  JVashington,  and  Erie. 

17.  The  principal  literary  institutions  are  the  Pennsylvania  Uni- 
versity, with  its  distinguished  medical  school,  at  Philadelphia ;  Dick- 
inson College,  at  Carlisle ;  Jefferson  College,  at  Canonsburg  ;  Wash- 
ington College,  a*  Washington ;  Western  University,  at  Pittsburg ; 
AllegiMny  College,  at  Meadvillo ;  Mount  Airy  College,  at  Gennan- 
toAV'.i ;  and  the  Moravian  schools  at  Bethlehem,  JSTazareth,  and  Litfiz. 

18.  Pennsylvania  was  graR;,^d,  in  1681,  by  Charles  II.  to  William 
Penn,  who  arrived  in  the  cotritry  in  1682,  and  in  the  following 
year  laid  out  the  plan  of  the  cit>  of  Philadelphia.  He  commenced 
a  friendly  intercourse  with  the  Indians,  which  was  not  interrupted 
for  more  than  70  years. 

19.  This  state  acted  a  conspicuous  part  in  the  revolution ;  it  was 
in  her  capital,  in  Philadelphia,  that  the  declaration  of  independence 
was  made  ;  and  several  places,  particularly  Germantotvn  and  Brandy- 
wine  Creek,  were  rendered  famous  by  battles  in  the  revolutionary  war. 

DELAWARE. 

1.  Delaware,  which  lies  on  the  west  side  of  Delaware  river  and 
bay,  is,  next  to  Rhode  Island,  the  smallest  state  in  extent  in  the 
Union,  and  is  the  least  diversified  in  surface.  It  is  divided  into 
three  counties. 

2.  The  surface  in  most  of  the  state  is  very  level ;  though  the 
northern  part  is  hilly  or  uneven. 

3.  The  soil  of  some  portions,  particularly  in  the  north,  is  excel- 
lent ;  yet  in  the  greater  part  of  Uie  state,  it  is  thin  and  sandy,  and 
in  many  places  marshy. 

15.  What  are  some  of  the  other  towns  ? 

16.  What  towns  in  the  western  part  ?    17.  What  literary  institutions  ? 

16.  What  notice  of  the  history  of  the  state  ?     19.  What  is  said  respecting 
the  revolution  ? 

Delaware. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Delaware  ?    2.  What  of  the  surface  ? 
3.  Soil? 


See  Map  JVo.  IV. — What  is  the  shape  of  Pennsylvania  ? 

By  what  does  it  communicate  with  the  Atlantic  ocean  ?  What  forms  its 
eastern  boundary  ?    What  are  the  principal  rivers  ? 

What  rivers  flow  into  the  Delaware  ?     Into  the  Susquehannah  ? 

What  ones  form  the  Ohio  ?    What  are  the  mountains  ? 

How  is  Harrisburg situated  ?  Philadelphia?  Easton  ?  Lancaster?  Read- 
ing ?  Lebanon  ?  Bethlehem  ?  Nazareth  ?  Yoik  ?  Caviisle  ? 
Chambersburg  ?     Bed.ord  ?     Pittsburg  ?     Washington  ?     Erie  ? 

What  towns  arc  on  the  Delaware  ?  The  Schuylkill  ?  The  Susquehan- 
nah ?    The  Juniatta  ?    The  Alleghany  ?    The  Monongahela  ? 


.#■ 


40 


DELAWARE. 


:^  i^i,: 


•i  i: 


'r« 


4.  Wheat  is  tlie  staple  commodity ;  and  Delaware  is  noted  for  its 
excellent  flour. 

5.  The  Delaware  and  Chesapeake  Canal,  which  is  14  miles  long, 
crosses  the  northern  part  of  this  8tf»te,  below  Newcastle,  It  com- 
pletes a  water  communication  by  sloops  and  steamboats  between 
Philadelphia  and  Baltimore. 

6.  Dover,  a  small  town  near  the  centre  of  the  state,  is  the  seat 
of  government. 

7.  fVilinington,  the  largest  town,  is  sit      ed  between  the  Branv 
dywine  and  Christiana  creeks,  2  miles  fn  .(  Vi^  Delaware,  and  is 
celebrated  for  the  number  and  importance  of  the  manufactories  in 
its  vicinity,  particularly  the  flour  mills,  which  fonn  the  finest  collec- 
tion in  the  United  States. 

8.  J^cwcastle  and  Smyrna  have  some  trade  ;  and  Letvisknon  is 
noted  for  salt  works. 

9.  Delaware  was  first  settled  by  the  Swedes  and  Fins,  as  early  as 
1627 ;  but  it  was  granted  to  William  Penn  in  1682  ;  and  in  1704, 
it  became  a  separate  colonial  government. 


!!•,'   ;■ 


tvv.  1 


,t!i 


SOUTHERN  STATES. 

1.  This  division  comprises  the  states  of  Maryland,  Virginia, 
JVbrifc  Carolina,  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  Alabama,  Mississippi, 
and  Louisiana ;  together  with  the  small  district  of  Columhia,  and 
the  territory  of  Florida. 

2.  The  principal  Rivers  are  the  Po-to'mac,  James,  Ro-an-6ke', 
Cape  Fear,  Pe-dee',  San-tee',  Sa-van'nah,  Mala maha  (al-ta-ma-haw'), 
Ap-porlach-i-cofla,  Al-a-hd'ma,  Tom-btck'hee,  and  Mis-sis-sip'pi.  All 
these  rivers,  except  the  Tombeckbee  and  iMississippi,  rise  in  tlie 
Alleghany  mountains. 

3.  The  Potomac,  separates  Maryland  from  Virginia,  and  flows 
into  Chesapeake  bay.  It  is  navigable  for  large  ships  to  Washhig- 
trm,  295  miles  by  the  river  and  bay  from  the  Atlantic;  and  for 
boats  to  Cumberland,  nearly  200  miles  above  Washington. 

4.  James  Aver  is  navigable  for  vessels  of  120  tons  to  the  falls  at 
Richmond ;  and  for  bateaux  220  miles  further. 

5.  The  SavannaJi  separates  South  Carolina  from  Georgia.    It  is 


4.  What  is  the  staple  coininodity  ?    5.  Wliat  can.il  crosses  the  state  ? 
6.  What  is  said  of  Dovf  ?     7.  Wilmington  ?    8.  What  other  towns  ? 
9.  What  notice  of  the  history  ? 

SouTHERir  SPATES. — 1.  W^hich  are  the  Southern  States? 
What  rivers?    3.  What  is  said  of  the  Potomac  ?    4.  James  river?    6. 
The  Savannah  ? 


2. 


See  Maps  JSTos.  III.  and  IV. — How  is  Delaware  bay  siiuated  ? 
Where  is  Cape  Henlopen  ?    How  is  Dover  situated  ?    Wilmijigton  ?    Mil- 
ford  ?    Smyrna  ?    Lewiscown  ? 


I  m 


oted  for  its 

miles  long, 
It  coni- 
;8  between 

is  the  seat 

1  the  Branv 
are,  and  is 
faotories  in 
[lest  collec- 

tivistoion  is 

as  early  as 
id  in  1704, 


I 


SOUTHERN  STATES. 


47 


I,  Virgima^ 
Mississippi^ 
lumhia,  and 

Ro-an-6ke\ 
a-ma-haw'), 
t-sip'pi.   All 

rise  in  tlie 

and   flows 

0  Wa.sliing- 

;ic ;  and  for 

on. 

the  falls  at 


)rgia.    It  is 

e  state  ? 
:  towns  ? 


es  river  ?    5. 


dated  ? 
iigtoD  ?   Mil- 


navigable  for  large  vessels  to  Savannali,  17  miles  ;  and  for  boats  to 
Augusta. 

().  The  MUghany  Mountaina  extend  through  all  tlie  Southern 
States,  which  border  on  the  Atlantic. 

7.  In  the  Southern  States,  the  tract  of  country  bordering  on  the 
Atlantic,  and  extending,  in  some  places,  130  miles  inland,  is,  for  the 
most  part,  a  flat,  sandy  plain,  elevated  but  litdc  above  the  level  of 
the  sea.  Further  in  the  interior,  the  country  becomes  uneven  and 
hilly,  and  afterwards  mountainous.  The  part  bordering  on  tJie  ocean 
is  called  the  Low  country ;  and  the  interior,  the  Upper  or  Upland 
countnf. 

8.  I'he  low  country  is  generally  c  '  red  with  pitch  pines,  and  is 
called  jainc  barrens,  being  mostly  sandy  and  barren,  except  the  tracts 
on  the  streams  of  water,  which  are  often  very  fertile.  Much  of  the 
soil  in  the  upland  country  is  excellent. 

9.  In  the  northern  parts  of  this  division,  the  staple  Productions 
are  wheatj  tobacco,  and  Indian  com ;  in  the  soutliern  part,  cotton,  rice, 
and  sugar.  The  pitch  pine  of  the  low  country,  grows  in  •  great  per- 
fection, and  yields  pitch,  tar,  twpentine,  boards,  and  other  kinds  of 
timber.    These  form  important  articles  of  export 

10.  In  several  of  the  Southern  States,  particularly  Virginia,  North 
Carolina,  and  Georgia,  valuable  gold  mines  have  been  recently  dis- 
covered, which  have  excited  much  interest 

11.  The  toinicrs  are  mild,  but  in  the  low  country,  the  summers  p" 
hot  and  sultry,  and  from  July" to  the  latter  part  of  October,  the  climate 
is  unhealthy.    The  upper  country  has  a  mild  and  healthy  climate. 

12.  The  principal  part  of  the  slaves  in  the  United  States  are  in 
this  division.  They  are  found  chiefly  in  the  low  country,  where 
field  labor  is  performed  almost  wholly  by  negroes. 

13.  The  low  country  is  inhabited  by  planters,  who  live  at  consid- 
erable distance  from  each  other,  having  generally  large  plantations, 
with  many  slaves.  They  are  distinguished  for  hospitality,  and  are 
fond  of  amusement.  The  upper  country  is  inhabited  by  farmers, 
who  have  generally  small  estates  with  few  slaves,  and  depend  chiefly 
on  their  own  labor  for  support. 

14.  The  principal  emporiums  of  foreign  commerce  in  the  Southern 
States,  are  Baltimore,  N'orfolk,  Charleston,  Savannah,  Mo-bile',  and 
A*etf>  Orleans. 

15.  The  most  numerous  religions  denominations  are  Methodists, 
Baptists,  Presbyterians,  Episcopalians,  and  Catholics.  The  Catholica 
are  the  most  numerous  sect  in  Maryland  and  Louisiana. 

MARYLAND. 

1.  Maryland,  a  state  favorably  situated  for  commerce,  is  of  very 
irregular  form,  and  the  western  part  is  a  narrow  tract  lying  he- 

6,  What  is  said  of  the  Alleghany  Mountains  ?  7.  What  is  said  of  tho 
country?  8.  Soil?  9.  Productions?  10.  Mines?  11.  Climate? 
12.  Slaves'  13.  Inhabitants?  14.  Commercial  towns?  15.  Re- 
ligious denominations  ? 

Maryland. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Maryland  ? 


46 


MARYLAND. 


'n. 


m 


,  I  ' . ; 


tween  the  Potomac  and  Pennsylvania.  As  it  is  the  first  state,  in 
proceeding  southward,  in  which  slavery  exists  to  any  considerable 
extent,  it  is  properly  classed  with  the  Southern  States ;  though  its 
geographical  situation  would,  perhaps,  more  naturally  place  it  among 
tlie  Middle  States. 

2.  The  most  remarkaWe  natural  feature  of  Maryland  is  Chesa- 
peake hay,  which  extends  through  the  state,  dividing  it  into  two 
parts,  called  eastern  and  western  shores.  The  eastern  part  is  divided 
into  8  counties  ;  the  western  into  11. 

3.  The  two  principal  nvers  are  tlie  Sus-que-han'nah^  which  flows 
into  th<;  head  of  Chesapeake  bay,  and  the  Po-to'mac,  which  divides 
Maryland  from  Virginia.  Chesapeake  bay  has  many  branches  or 
small  bays,  and  a  number  of  rivers  which  flow  into  it  have  wide  and 
navigable  estuaries. 

4.  All  the  eastern  sliore,  together  with  that  part  of  the  western 
which  lies  below  the  head  of  tide  water,  is  an  alluvial  tract,  level  or 
moderately  uneven.  Above  the  head  of  tide  water,  tlie  country  be- 
comes first  liilly,  ami  afterwards  mountainous. 

5.  Much  of  the  soil  in  each  of  the  divisions  is  highly  productive  ; 
but  the  valleys  in  the  mountainous  part  are  the  most  fertile. 

6.  The  mountainous  parts  of  Maryland  abound  in  iron  ore,  coaZ, 
and  limestone.     The  staple  productions  are  Jlour  and  tobacco. 

7.  The  Delaware  and  Chesapeake  Canal  connects  the  north  ends 
of  these  bays,  and  opens  a  water  communication  between  Baltimore 
and  Philadelphia. 

8.  Tlie  Baltimore  and  Ohio  Rail-Road^  which  is  to  extend  from  the 
city  of  Baltimore  to  the  river  Ohio,  about  350  miles,  is  now  in  progress, 
and  is  the  greatest  enterprise  of  the  kind  undertaken  in  America. 

9.  An-nap'o-lis,  the  seat  of  government,  is  a  small  but  pleasant 
town,  and  contains  an  elegant  state-house. 

10.  BdVti-more,  pleasantly  situated  on  Petapsco  river,  14  miles 
above  its  entrance  into  Chesapeake  bay,  is  much  the  largest  town  in 
the  state,  and  the  third  in  size  in  the  Union.  It  is  regularly  laid  out, 
handsomely  built,  advantageously  situated  for  commerce,  command- 
ing not  only  the  trade  of  Maryland,  but  a  great  portion  of  that  of 
PennsylvHnip  and  the  Western  States,  and  is  one  of  the  greatest  flour 
markets  in  the  world. 

11.  Frea'er-ick-town  and  Ha'gers-tovmaxe  both  pleasantly  situated 
in  the  interior,  in  fertile  districts  of  country,  are  handsome  and  well 
built  towns,  and  have  an  extensive  inland  trade. 

12.  Some  of  the  other  principal  places  are  Cumberland^  on  the 
Potomac,  and  Easlon,  Chestertown,  Cambridge,  and  Snow'hill,  in  the 
eastern  part  of  the  state. 

13.  The  principal  literary  institutions  oT  Moxyloxii  are  the  Univer- 


2.  What  is  said  of  Cliesapeake  bay  ?    3.  What  are  the  rivers  ? 

4.  What  is  the  face  of  the  country  ?     5.  Soil  ?    6.  What  minerals  and 

productions  ?    7.  What  canal  is  there  ?    8.  What  rail-road  is  in 

progress  ? 
9.  What  is  said  of  Annapolis  ?     10,  Baltimore  ?     11.  Fredericktown  and 

Hagerstowa  ? 
12.  What  other  towns  ?     13.  What  literary  institutions  ? 


MARYLAND. 


40 


rst  state,  in 

onsiderable 

though  its 

ce  it  among 

1  is  Chtsfa- 

it  into  two 

rt  is  divided 

which  flows 
lich  divides 
branches  or 
/e  wide  and 

;he  western 
act,  level  or 
country  be- 

productive ; 

tile. 

on  ore,  coal, 

•xcco. 

north  ends 
n  Baltimore 

end  from  the 
in  progress, 
America. 
)ut  pleasant 

r,  14  miles 
^est  town  in 
arly  laid  out, 
!,  command- 
i  of  that  of 
reatest  flour 

ntly  situated 
(ne  and  well 

land,  on  the 
v'hill,  in  the 

the  Univer- 


a? 

minerals  and 

lil-road  is  in 


»ily  of  Ma)'yland,embi dc'mg  a  flourishing  medical  school ;  St,  Mary's 
College,  and  Baltimore  College,  all  in  Baltimore  ;  and  5Z.  John^s  Col- 
lege, m  Annapolis. 

14.  Thij  country  was  granted  by  Charles  I.  to  George  Calvert  Lord 
Baltimore,  a  Roman  Catholic  ;  the  first  settlement  was  formed  by  his 
eon  ZfConart/Co/yerf,  together  with  about  200  Catliolics,  in  lf>J4  ;  and 
it  was  named  Maryland,  from  Henrietta  Mario,  the  queen  of  Charles. 

DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA, 

1.  This  district  is  a  tract  10  miles  square,  lying  on  botli  sides  of 
the  Potomac,  between  the  states  of  Maryland  and  Virginia,  and  is 
remarkable  chiefly  for  containing  the  city  of  Washington.  It  haa 
an  uneven  surface,  but  there  are  no  high  hills  ;  and  the  soil  is  tiiiii 
and  sandy. 

2.  Washington,  the  seat  of  the  government  of  the  United  States, 
is  situated  on  tlie  Maryland  side  of  the  Potomac,  295  n  .es,  by  the 
course  of  the  river  and  bay,  from  the  Atlantic  ocean.  The^ituation 
is  pleasant ;  and  the  plan,  as  laid  out,  ia  commodious  and  extensive; 
but  only  a  small  part  of  the  ground  is  yet  occupied  with  buildings. 

3.  Washington  contains  a  navy-yard,  and  has  various  public  build- 
ings, among  Avhich  is  the  Capitol,  which  i.s  tlie  inost  magnificent 
edifice  in  the  United  States.  It  is  built  of  white  freestone,  with  a 
front  3G2  feet  long ;  and  is  finely  situated  on  an  eminence,  com- 
manding an  extensive  prospect. 

4.  Georgetown,  on  the  Potomac,  3  miles  west  of  the  Capitol,  and 
Alexandria,  on  the  Virginia  side  of  the  Potomac,  have  considerable 
trade,  chiefly  in  flour. 

5.  The  literary  institutions  are  Columbian  College  in  Wasiiington, 
and  a  Roman  Catholic  college  in  Georgetown. 

6.  Washington  became  the  seat  of  the  national  government  in 
1801.  In  1814,  it  was  taken  by  the  British  under  general  Ross,  who 
burnt  the  Capitol,  the  President's  house,  and  other  public  edifices. 


14.  What  notice  of  the  history  of  Maryland  ? 

Columbia. — 1.  What  is  said  of  this  district  ?    2.  What  of  Washington  ? 
3.  The  Capitol  ?     4.  Georgetown  and  Alexandria  ? 
6.  What  literary  institutions  are  there  ?    6.  What  notice  of  the  history 
of  Washington  ? 

See  Map  of  Middle  States. — By  what  is  Maryland  divided  into  two 
parts,  eastern  and  western?     Which  is  the  larger? 

What  separates  Maryland  from  Virginia?  How  is  Baltimore  situated? 
Annapolis  ?  Fredericktown  ?  Cumberland  ?  What  other  towns 
are  west  of  Chesapeake  bay  ?     What  ones  are  east  of  it  ? 

How  is  the  District  of  Columbia  situated  ?  On  which  side  of  the  Potomac 
are  Washington  and  Georgetown?     On  which  side  is  Alexandria? 


ricktown  and 


I.    p\ 


so 


VIRGINIA. 

VIRGINIA 

Natural  Bridge, 


LLJ 


F  i 


I     .  1 


m 


1.  Virginia  is  distinguished  for  having  heen  settled  before  any 
other  of  the  states  ;  for  being  the  largest  in  extent  of  territory ;  for 
the  high  rank  which  she  has  always  held  in  the  Union  ;  for  being 
the  native  land  of  Washington  ;  and  for  having  given  four  presidents 
to  the  United  States. 

SJ.  This  state,  with  regard  to  surface,  consists  of  three  divisions  ; 
let,  the  eastern  part,  which  is  alluvial  and  level ;  2d,  the  middle 
(lying  east  of  the  Blue  Ridge),  which  is  hilly  ;  3d,  the  western  divis- 
ion (comprising  one  half  of  tlie  state),  which  is  mountainous. 

3.  The  soil  in  the  eastern  part,  except  on  the  rivers  and  streams 
of  water,  is  sandy  and  poor ;  the  middle  division  has  the  largest  pro- 
portion of  good  soil ;  to  the  west  of  the  Blue  Ridge  there  is  a  spacious 
and  fertile  valley ;  beyond  this  the  land  is  broken,  and  much  of  it  barren. 

4.  Virginia  is  traversed  by  several  ranges  o?  Wie  Alleghany  Moun- 
tains.   Of  these  the  Blue  Ridge  is  the  easternmost,  and  passes 


Virginia. — 1.  What  is  said 
3.  Soil  ?    4.  Mountaiu?  ? 


of  Virginia?     2.  What  of  the  sniTace? 


^'"M,rr.. 


VIRGINIA. 


SI 


ivismna 


Oirougli  the  central  part,  from  N.  E.  to  S.  \V.  The  PeaJ<s  of  Otln\ 
summits  of  this  runjrc,  are  the  highest  mountains  in  the  state. 

5.  This  state  is  well  suiipliod  with  navifyuble  rivers.  The  Po-t&- 
mac  separates  it  from  Maryland  ;  the  Ohio,  from  the  state  of  Ohio ;  and 
tlic  Great  Sandy  River,  from  Kentucky.  The  largest  rivors  wli(>IIy 
within  tlie  state,  are  the  Rap -pa-hnn' nock,  York,  and  James,  whicli 
flow  into  Chosiapeako  bay  ;  the  Great  Kenawha  (ke-naw' wa),  wliich 
flows  into  the  Ohio,  and  the  Shcn-an-do' ah,  into  the  Potomac. 

().  The  southern  part  of  Chesapeake  bay  is  witliin  tliis  state,  at  tlie 
moutli  of  which  are  Cape  Vhaiies  and  Co^e //enry,  sometimes  called 
tlie  Capes  of  Virginia. 

7.  The  Inatuiial  Bridge,  over  Cedar  Oreck,  12  miles  S.  W.  of 
Lexington,  is  esteemed  one  of  the  most  extraordinary  natural  curi- 
osities in  the  world.  The  small  river  flows  through  a  gap  or  cliasm, 
250  feet  deep,  45  wide  at  the  bottom,  and  90  at  the  top  ;  and  over 
this  a  huge  rock,  60  feet  wide  in  the  middle,  extends  completely 
across. 

8.  The  passage  of  the  Potomac  through  the  Blue  Ridge,  at  Har- 

Jer's  Ferry,  is  celebrated  for  its  grandeur,  and  is,  according  to  Mr. 
efFerson,  "  one  of  the  most  stupendous  scenes  in  nature." 

9.  There  are  several  interesting  caves,  of  which  the  most  ex- 
traordinary is  Wier's  Cave,  on  the  northwest  side  of  the  Blue  Ridge. 
It  is  between  2000  and  3000  feet  in  length,  and  comprises  various 
apartments,  containing  beautiful  stalactites  and  incrustations,  h  iiich 
display  the  most  sparkling  brilliancy,  when  surveyed  by  the  light  of 
a  torcL 

10.  Near  this  there  is  another  singular  cavern,  called  Madi'.on's 
Cave  ;  and  in  one  of  the  ridges  of  the  Alleghany  mountains  is  Blow- 
ing Cave,  from  which  a  current  of  air  continually  issues,  strong 
enough  to  prostrate  the  weeds  at  the  distance  of  60  feet. 

11.  One  of  the  largest  mounds  in  the  valley  of  the  Ohio,  is  in  Vir- 
ginia, near  the  Ohio,  14  miles  below  Wheeling.  It  is  about  300  feet 
in  diameter  at  the  base,  60  at  the  top,  and  the  perpendicular  height 
it:  70  feet.    It  contains  thousands  of  human  skeletons. 

12.  Coal  of  a  good  quality  is  found  in  abundance  on  James  river, 
20  miles  above  Richmond.  Iron  ore  abounds  in  the  central  and  west- 
ern parts  ;  salt  springs  on  the  Kenawha  ;  and  gold  mines  have  been 
recenUy  discovered. 

13.  Virginia  has  mir>^ral  spnngs  which  attract  much  attention; 
the  most  noted  of  which  are  the  Berkley  Springs,  near  the  Potomac, 
35  miles  N.  by  W.  of  Winchester ;  Sweet  and  Sulphur  Springs  ne&r 
Union;  fVnrm  a.nd  Hot  Springs,  to  the  southwest  of 'Sta.miton.  The 
water  of  the  last  is  hot  enough,  at  some  seasons,  to  boil  an  egg. 

14.  This  state  has  a  large  fund,  the  income  of  whicii  is  appropri- 
ated to  internal  improvements. — Dismal  Sioamp  Cana/,  22  miles  long, 
opens  a  communication  between  Norfolk  in  Virginia,  and  Elizabeth 
City  in  North  Carolina. — The  Chesapnake  and  OMo  Canal,  which  is 


Passage 


5.  What  rivers  ?     6.  Rays  and  capes  ?     7.  Natural  Bridg;e  ?     8 

of  the  Potomac  ?     9.  Wier's  cave  ?     10.  What  other  caves  ? 
11,  What  mound  '  13,  What  uuiueraJs  ?  13.  Mineral  springs ''   14.  Canals ,^ 


1 

I 


:1| 


U.i 


VIRGINIA, 


(,;! 


to  extend  from  the  city  of  Washington  to  the  river  Ohio,  is  now  in 

Srogress.    Its  course  is  partly  on  the  Virginia,  and  partly  on  the 
laryland  side  of  tl»e  Potomac. 
15.  RicuMONn,  the  scat  of  government,  has  a  beautiful  and  pic- 
turesque situation  at  tlic  head  of  the  tide  and  at  the  falls  of  Jamen 
river,  and  is  tlie  largest  town  in  \he  state.    It  is  favorably  situated 
for  trade  and  manufactures,  and  hab  an  extensive  commerce. 

10.  JVorfolk,  on  Elizabeth  river,  8  miles  above  its  entrance  into 
Hampton  road,  lias  a  good  harbor,  nnd  is  the  most  commercial  town 
in  Virginia.  The  site  is  low,  and  in  some  places  marshy,  and  the 
houses  not  remarkable  for  elegance.  At  Gosport,  near  Norfolk, 
there  is  a  United  States  navy-yard. 

17.  Pttersbure,  on  the  Appomat'ox,  at  the  head  of  the  tide,  is  the 
third  commercial  town,  and  has  considerable  trade  in  flour,  tobacco, 
and  cotton. 

18.  Lynchburg,  on  James  river,  where  it  passes  through  a  moun- 
tam  ndge,  118  miles  west  of  Richmond,  is  a  flourisliing  town,  and 
has  an  extensive  trade  and  considerable  manufactures.  Great  quan- 
tities of  flour,  tobacco,  hemp,  and  other  produce,  are  transported 
down  the  river  from  tliis  town  to  Richmond. 

19.  Fredericksburg,  on  the  Rappahannock,  near  the  head  of  navi- 
gation, has  considerable  commerce  ;  and  Winchester,  to  the  west  of 
the  Shenandoah,  is  a  handsome  and  flourishing  inland  town. 

20.  Williamsburg,  a  town  now  decayed,  is  famous  for  having  for- 
merly been  the  capital  of  Virginia ;  Yorkloxim,  for  the  surrender  of 
the  British  army  under  Comwallis ;  Chai^lottes-ville,  as  the  seat  of 
the  University  of  Virginia ;  Lexington,  as  tlie  seat  of  Washington 
college  ;  Harper's  Ferry,  for  the  passage  of  the  Potomac  through 
the  Blue  Ridge,  and  for  a  United  States  armory ;  and  the  flouri^- 
mg  town  of  Wheeling,  for  its  situation  at  the  point  where  the  Cum- 
berland Road  reaches  tlie  Ohio. 

21.  Mount  Vernon,  a  pleasant  eminence  on  the  Potomac,  9  mDes 
below  Alexandria,  is  famous  for  having  been  the  residence  of  Wash- 
ington ;  and  Mon-ti-ceVlo,  near  Charlottesville,  for  having  been  the 
Beat  of  Jefferson. 

22.  The  oldest  literary  institution  in  Virginia  is  the  College  of 
William  and  Mary  at  Williamsburg. 

23.  The  University  of  Virginia,  at  Charlottesville,  was  first 
opened  in  1825.  It  is  pleasantly  situated,  and  well  endowed  ;  and 
a  great  sum  has  been  expended  by  the  state  for  its  buildings,  libra- 
ry, &c. 

24.  Washington  College,  at  Lexington,  has  considerable  funds,  and 
Hampden-Sydney  College,  in  the  southern  part  of  the  state,  is  a  re- 
spectable institution.  Near  this  college  there  is  a  theological  sem- 
inary. 


I 


16.  What  is  Raid  of  Richmond?  16.  Norfolk?  17.  Petersburg?  18. 
Lynchburg  ?    19.  Fredericksburg  and  Winchester  ? 

20-  What  other  towns,  and  for  what  noted?  21.  What  is  said  of  Mount 
Vernon,  &c.  ?  22.  What  of  William  and  Mary  College  ?  23.  The 
University  of  Virginia  ?    24.  What  other  institutions  ? 


VIRGINIA. 


now  m 
on  the 


*25.  The  firat  pernianunt  English  adtlfmcnl  iti  the  United  StatOH 
xvos  made  in  Virjjinia,  on  JaniPH  river,  at  Jamestown,  a  place  now 
in  ruins.  One  of  the  first  settlers  wus  captain  John  iiinith,  who 
hoM  been  styled  the  father  of  the  colony. 


NORTH  CAROLINA. 

1.  North  Carolina  is  a  large  state,  and  has  greaX  agricultural 
resources ;  but  its  commercial  prosperity  is  checked  by  its  want  of 
good  harbors,  as  its  rivers  have  sand  bars  at  their  mouths ;  and  it 
has  no  large  towns. 

2.  North  Carolina,  like  the  other  southern  Atlantic  states,  con- 
fiists  of  three  divisions ;  Ist,  the  alluvial  and  sandy  region,  which 
constitutes  almost  one  half  of  the  state,  and  is  covered  with  im- 
mense forests  of  pine ;  2d,  the  hilly  country  in  the  middle  ;  Ud,  the 
mountainous  region  in  the  west. 

3.  The  three  most  noted  capes  on  the  coast,  are  Caoc  Hufier-as, 
Capr.  Look' out,  and  Cape  Fear,  which  are  all  formiuablo  to  sea- 
men. Cape  Hattcras  is  esteemed  the  most  danycrous  cape  on  the 
American  coast. 

4.  The  principal  sounds  are  Pam'li-co  and  AVhe-marle. 

5.  Dismal  Swamp  lies  partly  in  North  Carolina' and  partly  in 
Virginia;  Little  Dismal  or  Alligator  Sioamp  is  between  Pamlico 
and  Albemarle  sounds. 

6.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Choioan,  Roan-oke!,  Pamlico  or 
Tar  river,  JVeiise,  Cape  Fear,  Yadkin,  and  Catawba.  Of  these,  the 
Cape  Fear  affords  the  best  navigation ;  and  it  is  ascended  by  ves- 
sels of  300  tons  to  Wilmington,  and  by  steamboats  to  Fayetteville. 

7.  Ar'a-rat  or  Pilot  Mountain,  northwest  of  Salem,  is  regarded 
as  a  great  curiosity.  It  rises  to  the  height  of  several  thousand 
feet,  in  the  form  of  a  pyramid,  with  an  area  of  an  acre  at  the  top, 
on  which  a  stupendous   rock  shoots  up,  like  a  steeple,  300  feet 


?     18. 


25.  What  notice  of  history .' 

North  Carolina. — 1.  What  is  said  of  North  Carolina  ? 
2.  What  of  its  surface  ?    3.  Capes  .'    4.  Sounds  ?    6.  Swamps  .' 
era  ?    7.  Ararat  or  Pilot  Mountain  ? 


6.  Riv- 


See  Map  of  the  Middle  States. — What  capes  on  the  east  coast  of  Vir- 
ginia .'     What  bay  ?     How  is  Dismal  Swamp  situated  ? 

In  what  direction  do  the  ridges  of  mountains  cross  the  state  ? 

What  rivers  form  part  of  the  boundary  ?  What  rivers  of  Virginia  flow  into 
Chesapeake  bay  ?  What  ones  flow  into  the  Ohio .'  The  Potomac  ? 
The  James .'     What  one  flows  froia  Virginia  into  North  Carolina  .' 

How  is  Richmond  situated  .'  Norfolk  ?  Petersburg  .'  Lynchburg  ?  Fred- 
ericksburg .'  Winchester.'  Williamsburg?  Yorktown?  Wheeling? 
Lexington  ?  Charlottesville  ?  Staunton  ?  Union  ?  Danville  ? 
Mount  Vernon?  What  towns  in  Virginia  are  on  the  Potomac? 
Rappahannock  ?  York  ?  James  ?  Ohio  ? 
5* 


hi 


'ii' 


54 


NORTH  CAROLINA. 


•  v..f 


high.    It  is  seen  at  the  distance  of  60  or  70  miles,  and  formerly 
served  for  a  beacon  or  pilot  to  the  Indians  in  their  routes. 

8.  The  gold  mines  of  North  Carolina,  wliich  have  lately  excited 
much  interest,  are  found  on  the  Yadkin  and  its  branches,  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Wadesborough  and  Salisbury,  and  extend  over  a 
considerable  district,  in  almost  any  part  of  which  gold  may  be  found 
in  greater  or  less  abundance,  mixed  with  the  soil.  It  exists  in 
grains  or  masses,  from  almost  imperceptible  particles  to  lumps  of 
two  pounds'  weight.    Iron  ore  abounds  in  tlie  state. 

9.  There  are  several  mineral  springs,  the  most  celebrated  of 
which  are  the  Warm  Springs^  on  French  Broad  river,  near  the 
borders  of  Tennessee. 

10.  A  great  part  of  the  produce  of  this  state  which  is  exported, 
goes  to  Charleston^  in  South  Carolina,  and  to  Lynchburg  and  Pe- 
tersburg, in  Virginia. 

11.  Raleigh  (raw'le),  pleasantly  situated  in  the  central  part  of 
the  state,  is  the  seat  of  government,  and  contains  a  handsome  state- 
house,  in  which  there  is  an  elegant  marble  statue  of  Washington. 

12.  JVewbeim,  on  the  Neuse,  12  miles  above  its  entrance  into  Al- 
bemarle sound,  is  handsomely  built,  chiefly  of  brick,  and  has  con- 
siderable commerce. 

13.  Wilm^ington,  on  Cape  Fear  river,  35  miles  from  its  mouth,  is 
favorably  situated  for  trade,  and  its  exports  are  greater  than  those 
of  all  the  other  ports  in  the  state ;  but  its  situatior  is  unhealthy. 

14.  Fay'ette-ville,  at  the  head  of  steamboat  navigation  on  Cape 
Fear  river,  90  miles  above  Wilmington,  is  the  centre  of  more  in- 
land trade  than  any  other  town  in  North  Carolina. 

15.  The  other  principal  commercial  towns  are  Edenton,  on  Albe- 
marle sound ;  Washington,  on  the  Pamlico  or  Tar  river ;  and  Hali- 
fax, at  the  head  of  sloop  navigation  on  the  Roanoke. 

16.  Sdlis'bu-ry,  near  the  Yadkin,  is  noted  for  tlie  remarkable 
subterranean  stone  walls  in  its  vicinity ;  Salem,  the  principal  town 
in  the  Moravian  settlement  of  Wachovia,  for  a  Moravian  female 
academy,  which  has  four  brick  edifices,  four  stories  high. 

17.  The  University  of  JVbrth  Carolina,  at  Chapel  Hill,  27  miles 
west  by  north  of  Raleigh,  is  a  respectable  and  flourishing  institu- 
tion. 


8.  What  is  said  of  the  gold  mines  ?    9.  Mineral  waters  ?     10.  Trade  ? 
11.  What  is  said  of  Raleigh?     12.  Newbern?     13.  Wilmington?     14. 
Fayetteville  ?    15.  What  other  commercial  towns  ?     16.  What  is 
said  of  Salisbury  and  Salem?     17.  What  literary  institution? 


See  Map  of  the  United  States. — What  capes  are  there  on  the  coast  of 
North  Carolina  ?     How  is  each  situated  ?     What  inlets  ? 
How  is  Albemarle  sound  situated  ?     Pamlico  sound  ? 
What  rivers  flow  into  Albemarle  sound  ?     What  ones  into  Pamlico  sound  t 


NORTH  CAROLINA. 


85 


id  formerly 

B. 

ely  excited 
jhes,  in  the 
end  over  a 
ly  be  found 
[t  exists  in 
>  lumps  of 

ebrated  of 
r,  near  the 

s  exported, 
rg  and  Pe- 

raJ  part  of 
>ome  state- 
shington. 
ce  into  Al- 
d  has  con- 

I  mouth,  is 
than  those 
Ileal  thy. 
n  on  Cape 
r  more  in- 

,  on  Albe- 
and  Hali- 

emarkable 
cipal  town 
ian  female 

27  miles 
ig  institu- 


Trade  ? 
»gton  ?    14. 
6.  What  is 
ion  ? 


the  coast  of 


licoMund? 


18.  In  1650,  the  settlement  of  North  Carolina  was  commenced 
near  Albemarle  sound,  by  some  planters  from  Virginia.  North  and 
South  Carolina,  originally  included  under  one  govermnent,  were 
separated  in  1727. 

SOUTH  CAROLINA. 

1.  South  Carolina  is  favorably  situated  with  regard  to  agriculture 
and  commerce ;  and  though  it  has  no  harbor  of  the  first  order,  yet 
it  has  a  greater  amount  of  exports  than  any  other  southern  Atlantic 
state.  It  is  distinguished  for  the  opulence  of  many  of  its  planters ; 
and  is  the  only  state  in  the  Union  in  which  the  slaves  are  more 
numerous  than  the  free  inhabitants. 

2.  In  the  low  or  alluvial  country,  the  slaves  exceed  the  free  in- 
habitants in  the  ratio  of  more  than  3  to  1.  This  division,  compris- 
ing less  than  one  tliird  of  the  territory  of  the  state,  contains  more 
than  half  of  the  slaves,  and  only  about  one  fifth  of  the  whites. 

3.  The  three  principal  rivers  are  the  Sa-van'nah,  which  separates 
South  Carolina  from  Georgia ;  the  San-tee'  and  the  Pe-dee'.  The 
other  most  considerable  ones  are  the  fVa-ter-e^,  Cam-ha-hee',  and 
Ed'is-to.  The  Santee  is  navigable  for  steamboats  to  Columbia; 
the  Pedee  for  large  boats  about  200  miles ;  and  the  Wateree  to 
Camden. 

4.  The  Santee  Canal,  22  miles  long,  forms  a  junction  between  the 
Santee  and  the  Cooper  river,  which  flows  into  Charleston  harbor ; 
and  it  opens  to  the  city  the  commerce  of  the  interior  of  South  and 
North  Carolina.  A  rail-road  from  Charleston  to  Hamburg,  on  the 
Savannah,  opposite  to  Augusta,  120  miles  long,  is  now  in  progress. 

5.  The  Alleghany  Mountains  extend  through  the  western  part  of 
the  state.  The  most  remarkable  summit  in  South  Carolina  is  Ta- 
ble Mountainf  the  height  of  which  is  stated  at  4,300  feet.  On  one 
side  of  it  there  is  a  tremendous  precipice,  nearly  perpendiciilar, 
called  the  Lover's  Leap,  which  is  regarded  as  an  interesting  curi- 
osity. 

6.  Columbia,  the  seat  of  government,  is  pleasantly  situated  near 
the  centre  of  the  state,  on  the  Congatee,  which  is  tlie  principal 
branch  of  the  Santee ;  and  it  is  regularly  laid  out  and  well  built. 

7.  Charleston  is  much  the  largest  town,  and  is  the  prmcipal  em- 


18.  What  notice  of  the  history  of  North  Carolina  ? 

South  Carolina.. — 1.  What  is  said  of  South  Carolina  ? 
What  is  mentioned  respecting  the  inhabitants  ' 


What  canal  and  rail-road  ?  5. 
What  is  said  of  Charleston  ? 


Mountains?  6. 


3.  What  are  the  rivors  ? 
What  is  said  of  Columbia  ? 


Where  does  Cape  Fear  river  empty  ?     What  rivers  rise  in  North  Carolina 

and  flow  through  South  Carolina  ?    Where  is  Mount  Ararat  ? 
How  is  Raleigh  situated  ?      Fayetteville  .'     Wilmington  ?     Newbern  f 

Edenton  .'     Salisbury  .'     Salem  ?     What  towns  are  on  or  near  the 

coast  ?    What  ones  in  the  western  part  ? 
What  ones  on  the  Roanoke  ?    The  Pamlico  ?    The  Neuse  ?    The  Cape 

Fear? 


n 


5G 


SOUTH  CAROLINA. 


porium  of  the  commerce  not  only  of  South  Carolina,  but  of  a  con- 
siderable part  of  North  Carolina.  It  is  situated  on  a  tongue  of 
land  formed  by  the  confluence  of  Cooper  and  Ashley  rivers,  7  miles 
from  the  ocean,  and  has  a  convenient  harbor  for  vessels  of  only  16 
feet  draught.  It  is  regularly  laid  out  and  well  built ;  and  many  of 
the  houses  are  furnished  with  piazzas.  The  climate  of  the  city  is 
more  healthy  than  that  of  the  low  country  generally,  and  it  is  much 
resorted  to  by  the  planters  during  the  sickly  season. 

8.  None  of  the  other  towns  are  large.  Some  of  the  most  con- 
siderable are  Georgetoicn,  on  Winyaw  bay ;  Beait'fort  (bu'fort),  on 
an  island  in  the  southern  part  of  the  state  ;  Hamburg,  on  the  Sa- 
vannah ;  Camden,  on  the  Wateree ;  and  Che-raw',  on  the  Pedee. 

9.  Education  has  been  liberally  patronized  by  the  legislature. 
The  principal  literary  institutions  are  the  College  of  South  Carolina, 
at  Columbia,  which  is  a  well  endowed  seminary ;  and  the  Charles- 
ton College,  in  the  city  of  Charleston. 

10.  This  state,  together  with  North  Carolina  and  Georgia,  was 
first  granted  to  the  Earl  of  Clarendon  and  others  by  Charles  II.,  in 
1603 ;  and  the  first  permanent  settlement  was  made  at  Charleston, 
in  1680. 

11.  South  Carolina  was  for  a  considerable  time  the  seat  of  the 
revolutionary  war;  and  Charleston  and  Camden,  also  the  places 
named  Eviaw  Springs  and  Cowpens,  were  rendered  memorable  by 
warlike  achievements. 


i>f- 


GEORGIA. 

1.  Georgia  is  one  of  the  largest  states  in  extent  of  territory,  and 
one  of  the  most  diversified  with  regard  to  surface,  soil,  and  climate. 

2.  The  most  of  the  country  which  lies  further  south  tlian  Mil- 
ledgeville  is  level  alluvial  land ;  the  middle  division  of  the  state  is 
uneven  and  hilly ;  and  the  northern  part,  mountainous. 

3.  In  the  middle  division,  the  soil  is  the  most  fertile,  and  a  great 
portion  of  it  is  highly  productive ;  and  this  part  is  also  much  the 
most  populous. 

4.  Georgia  has  many  considerable  rivers.  The  five  largest  are 
the  Sa-van'nah,  0-ge'chee,  Alatamaha  {a\-tSi-mn.-\iSLw'),  Flint,  Chat-a- 
hoo'chee. 

5.  The  Alatamaha  is  much  the  largest  river,  which  is  wholly  with- 
in the  state,  and  is  formed  by  the  tAvo  branches  0-rofnee  and  Oak- 
mulgee,  which  unite  120  miles  from  the  sea.    Large  steamboats 

8.  What  other  towns  ?     9.  What  literary  institutions  ? 
10.  What  no  lice  of  the  history  .'     11.   What  is  related  respecting  the  rev- 
olutionary war .' 

Georgia. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Georgia  ?    2.  What  of  the  surface  } 
3.  Which  is  the  most  fertile  and  populous  part .'     4.  What  are  the  prin- 
cipal rivers  .-'     5.  What  is  said  of  the  Alatamaha .' 


See  Map  of  the  United  States. — What  are  the  rivers  of  South  Carolina  ? 
What  one  separates  this  state  from  Georgia .'     Where  is  Table  mountain .' 
How  is  Columbia  situated  .'  Charleston.'   Georgetown.'   Beaufort?    Ham- 
burg ?  Camden  ?  Cheraw .'  Cambridge  ?  Cowpens .'  Eutaw  Springs  ? 


GEORGIA. 


m 


of  the 

places 

rable  by 


aacend  the  Oconee  branch  to  Milledgeville,  and  the  Oakmulgee  to 
Macon,  and  the  river  Chatahoochee  to  Columbus. 

6.  In  the  northern  part  of  Georgia  there  are  interesting  falU  on 
the  head  waters  of  Savannah  river.  The  river  Ttrrora  descends, 
in  the  space  of  a  mile,  300  feet,  and  has  one  cataract  of  60  feet, 
nearly  pei-pendicular.  Toccoa  Falls,  on  a  small  rivulet,  are  a  beau- 
tiful cascade  of  186  feet  perpendicular. 

7.  The  principal  mineral  waters  in  Georgia  are  the  Indian  SpringSf 
which  are  west  of  Milledgeville,  and  much  visited ;  and  Madison 
Springs,  northwest  of  Athens. 

8.  Valuable  gold  mines  have  been  lately  discovered  in  the  north- 
ern parts  of  the  state,  near  the  sources  of  the  Chatahoochee,  Tallar 
poosa,  and  Coosa. 

9.  The  Savannah,  Ogeechee,  and  Alatamaha  Can/d,  which  is  now 
in  progress,  extends  from  the  city  of  Savannah  to  the  Alatamaha. 

10.  Mil'ledge-ville,  the  seat  of  government,  is  situated  near 
the  centre  of  the  state,  on  the  Oconee,  about  300  miles,  by  the 
river,  from  the  sea,  and  contains  a  handsome  state-house.  It  is 
situated  on  the  borders  between  the  alluvial  and  hilly  country. 

11.  Savannah,  on  the  river  Savannah,  17  miles  from  its  mouth,  is 
the  largest  town,  and  the  principal  emporium  of  the  state.  It  is 
situated  on  a  sandy  plain,  elevated  about  40  feet  above  tlie  surface 
of  the  river ;  is  regularly  laid  out,  and  the  streets  are  ornamented 
with  china  trees. 

12.  Augusta,  on  the  Savannah,  127  miles  by  land  above  the  city 
of  Savannah,  is  the  second  town  in  size,  and  has  a  very  flourishing 
trade.  Great  quantities  of  cotton  and  other  articles  of  produce  are 
conveyed  from  this  place  down  the  river. 

13.  Ma'con  is  a  considerable  and  flourishing  town  on  the  Oak- 
mulgee.  Some  of  the  other  principal  towns  axe  Da'ri-en,  Columbus, 
Monticello,  Madison,  and  fVashington. 

14.  Franklin  College,  or  tlie  University  of  Georgia,  at  Athens, 
toward  the  northern  part  of  the  state,  in  an  elevated  and  healthful 
situation,  is  a  respectably  endowed  institution. 

15.  The  Cherokee  Indians  possess  a  large  tract  of  country  in  the 
northwest  part  of  Georgia.  JVew  E<-cholta  is  one  of  their  most  con- 
siderable villages. 

16.  The  first  English  settlement  of  Georgia  was  commenced  in  1733, 
at  Savannah,  by  general  Oglethorpe,  together  with  160  persons. 


■■«l.!| 


6.  What  falls  are  there  ?  7.  What  mineral  waters  ?  8.  What  gold 
mines?  9.  Canal?  10.  What  is  said  of  Milledgeville  ?  11.  Sa- 
vannah ?     12.  Augusta  ?    13.  What  other  towns  ? 

14.  What  is  said  of  Franklin  college  ?     15.  What  Indians  ? 

16.  What  notice  of  history  ? 


See  Map  of  the  United  States. — What  islands  are  on  the  coast  of 
Georgia  ?     What  river  forms  the  northeast  boundary  ? 

What  one  part  of  the  west  boundary  ?   What  rivers  are  in  the  eastern  part  ? 

Whatones  in  the  western  ?  Where  is  Okefonoko  swamp  ?  In  what  part 
of  the  state  are  the  Cherokees  ?  The  Creeks?  How  is  Milledge- 
ville situated  ?  Savannah?  A'.igusta?  Darien?  St.  Mary's?  Macon? 
Madison?    Athens?    Columbus?    Indian  Springs  ?  NcwEchota) 


i)  i 


IIP 


i 


'r.  -. 


58 


ALABAMA. 


;!ii» 


ALABAMA. 

1.  Alabama,  a  large  state  in  extent  of  territory,  very  recently 
settled,  possessei  vast  quantities  of  fertile  land,  well  suited  to  the 
production  of  cotton ;  has  great  commercial  advantages  by  means 
of  navigable  rivers ;  and  is  distinguished  for  its  rapid  growth. 

2.  The  surface  in  the  southern  part  is  low  and  level  or  moderately 
nneven,  and  much  of  it  covered  with  pine  forests ;  ir  the  middle 
end  northern  portions,  it  is  diversified  and  hilly,  and  i:  some  parts 
mountainous. 

3.  The  most  extensive  bodies  of  fertile  lands,  ana  th  jse  which 
are  most  cultivated,  are  between  the  Tombeckbee  and  Alabama, 
and  on  their  branches,  and  also  on  the  Tennessee. 

4.  The  two  principal  rivers,  the  Al-a-hd'ina  and  Tom-heck'hee, 
or  Tom-big'bee,  with  their  branches,  have  only  one  outlet  to  the 
sea,  through  Mobile  bay. 

5.  The  Jilahama  is  formed  by  the  junction  of  the  Coo'sa  and  Tal- 
la-poo' sa,  and  unites  with  the  Tombeckbee  45  miles  above  the  bay ; 
and  below  the  union  it  is  called  Mobile  river.  It  is  navigable  for 
schooners  to  Cldi'borne,  and  for  boats  to  Washington,  about  260 
miles  above  Mobile  bay.  The  Tombeckbee  is  navigable  for  schoon- 
ers to  Si.  Stephen's,  120  miles  above  Mobile. 

6.  The  Chai-a-lwo'chee  forms  a  part  of  the  boundary  betAveen 
Alabama  and  Georgia.  The  Tennessee  flows  through  the  north- 
ern part  of  the  state,  where  it  forms  an  expansion,  25  miles  long 
and  2  or  3  broad,  which  is  called  the  Muscle  Shoals,  from  the  num- 
ber of  soft-shell  turtles  and  fresh-water  clams  found  here. 

7.  .  iJs-CA-Loo'sA,  a  thriving  town,  situated  at  the  falls  of  the 
Black  Warrior,  is  the  seat  of  government. 

8.  Mo-bile',  the  largest  town,  and  the  principal  emporium  in  the 
state,  is  situated  on  an  elevated  plain  at  the  head  of  Mobile  bay. 
It  has,  for  a  few  years  past,  been  a  very  flourishing  town,  and  is 
now  one  of  the  principal  ports  in  the  United  States  for  the  export 
of  cotton ;  but  it  is  unhealthy. 

,9.  Blake'ley,  on  the  east  side  of  Mobile  bay,  has  some  commerce ; 
Ca-haw'ba,  on  the  Alabama,  was  formerly  the  seat  of  government, 
and  Mont-gom'er-y,  on  the  same  river,  is  a  considerable  town. 

10.  Two  of  the  principal  towns  in  the  north  part  of  the  state 
are  Huntsville  and  Florence.  To  the  latter  the  Tennessee  is  navi- 
gable for  steamboats,  by  which  means  it  carries  on  a  considerable 
trade  with  New  Orleans. 

11.  The  University  of  Jilahama,  at  Tuscaloosa,  is  a  new  but  well 
endowed  institution. 

12.  The  Cherokee  and  Creek  Indians  possess  a  large  tract  in  the 
eastern  part  of  Alabama ;  and  the  Choctaws  and  Chickasaws  have 
possessions  in  the  west. 

Alabama. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Alabama  ?     2.  What  of  the  surface  ? 

3.  Where  are  the  most  fertile  lands  ?    4.  What  are  the  principal  rivers  ? 

6.  What  is  further  said  of  them  ?  6.  What  of  the  Chatahoochee  and  Tennes- 
see ?  7.  What  is  said  of  Tuscaloosa  ?  8.  Mobile  ?  9.  Blakeley  and  Ca- 
hawha?  10.  Huntsville  and  Florence  ?  11.  University  ?  12.  What 
Xodians  f 


2. 


See 
i        What  I 


mi 


,^,^;:^^ 


ALABAMA. 


90 


ery  recently 
iuited  to  the 
es  by  means 
rowtli. 
'  moderately 
the  middle 
some  parts 

th  jse  which 
d  Alabama, 

''oin-beck'bee, 
utlet  to  the 

sa  and  Tai- 

jve  the  bay ; 

avi  gable  for 

about  260 

for  schoon- 

ry  between 

I  the  north- 

>  miles  long 

im  the  num- 

re. 

falls  of  tiie 

3rium  in  the 
Mobile  bay. 
own,  and  is 
r  the  export 

commerce ; 
jovernraent, 
town. 

3f  the  state 
isee  is  navi- 
onsiderable 

ew  but  well 

tract  in  the 
asaws  have 


J  surface  ? 
pal  rivers  ? 
and  Tennes- 
eley  and  Ca- 
?    12.  What 


^1 


13.  Alabama  was  erected  into  a  territorial  government  in  1817, 
and  into  a  state  in  1820. 


MISSISSIPPI. 

1.  The  southern  part  of  Mississippi  is  level  or  moderately  uneven, 
consisting  mostly  of  pine  forests,  with  some  cypress  swamps  and 
marshes  ;  the  otlier  parts  have  generally  a  diversified  surface,  agree- 
ably distributed  into  hills  and  valleys. 

2.  There  is  a  singular  succession  of  eminences  that  are  seen  in 
descending  the  Mississippi ;  besides  these  there  are  several  distinct 
ranges  of  hills  of  moderate  elevation  in  the  state  ;  but  there  are  no 
mountains. 

3.  Much  of  the  land  bordering  on  the  Mississippi  is  low,  and 
liable  to  inundation ;  to  the  east  of  this  there  is  a  tract  or  wide 
zone,  of  a  moderately  elevated  and  a  diversified  surface,  extending 
from  north  to  south,  covered,  in  its  natural  state,  with  a  thick  forest, 
and  having  an  exceedingly  fertile  soil.  But  the  pine  forests,  and 
level  lands  of  inferior  quality,  constitute  more  than  half  of  the  terri- 
tory. 

4.  The  great  natural  feature  of  this  state  is  the  river  Mis-sis-sij/- 
pi,  which  forms  its  western  boundary.  The  three  other  principal 
rivers  are  the  Ya-zoo'.,  Pearl,  and  Pas-ca-gou'la. 

5.  The  soil  and  climate  are  highly  favorable  to  the  growth  of  cot- 
tony which  is  the  chief  object  of  attention  here,  as  well  as  in  Alabama 
and  Georgia. 

6.  Jackson,  a  new  town,  pleasantly  situated  near  the  head  of 
Pearl  river,  in  the  central  part  of  the  state,  is  the  seat  of  govern- 
ment 

7.  J^atchez,  finely  situated  on  a  high  bluff  or  elevated  bank  of 
the  Mississippi,  320  miles  by  the  river  above  New  Orleans,  is 
much  the  largest  town,  and  has  an  extensive  trade,  particularly  in 
cotton. 

8.  All  the  other  towns  are  small.  Some  of  the  most  consider- 
able are  Monticello,  formerly  the  seat  of  government,  and  Port 
Gibson. 


13.  What  notice  of  history  ? 

Mississippi. — 1.  What  is  the  surface  of  Mississippi  ? 
2.  What  elevations  are  there  ?     3,  What  further  is  mentioned  of  the  dif- 
ferent parts .-'     4.  What  rivers  .'     5.  What  the  chief  production  ? 
6.  What  is  said  of  Jackson  ?    7.  Natchez?    8.  What  other  towns  ? 


See  Map  of  the  United  States. — Where  is  Mobile  bay  ? 
What  rivers  flow  into  the  Alabama?  What  is  the  eastern  branch  of  the 
Tombeckbee?  What  river  divides  Alabama  from  Florida?  What 
one  divides  it  from  Georgia  ?  What  one  flows  through  the  north 
part?  How  is  Tuscaloosa  situated  ?  Mobile?  Blakely  '  St. Ste- 
phen's ?  Huntsville  ?  What  towns  are  on  the  Alabama  ?  On  the 
Tennessee  C 


1 


.: 


ii'^i 


M 

■  ''I  l" 


•.f 


V  : 


^&^ 


B 


(» 


MISSISSIPPI. 


9.  Jefferson  College,  at  Washington,  i^  an  institcuon  which  ha» 
considerable  endowmenta. 

10.  A  large  portion  of  Mississippi,  comprising  the  northern  and 
northeastern  parts,  end  including  some  fine  tracts  of  land,  is  in  the 
possession  of  the  Choctaw  and  Chickasaw  Indians.  The  Choctaws 
are  computed  to  amount  to  about  20,000,  and  the  ChickaFzvs  to 
6,000. 

11.  These  Indians  have  made  con^iideraLie  advancement  in  ag- 
riculture and  other  arts  of  civilized  life  ;  and  there  are  missionary 
establishments  a;aong  them  at  Eliot,  Mayhew,  and  other  places,  for 
the  purpose  of  extending  to  them  the  blessings  of  education  and 
Chiistianity. 

12.  The  first  settlement  of  whites  in  Mississippi  was  made  by  the 
French  at  Natchez,  about  the  year  1716 ;  and  in  1729,  this  colony 
was  massacred  by  the  JVatchez  Indians ;  but  in  the  succeeding  year, 
this  once  powerful  tribe  was  extirpated  by  the  French. 

13.  But  few  American  settlements  were  made  in  this  country  till 
near  the  end  of  the  last  century  In  1800,  the  territory  wiis  erected 
into  a  separate  government,  ."ind  in  1817,  into  an  independent  state. 


LOUISIANA. 


i 


\K 


1.  The  state  of  Lou-i-si-a'na  is  renmtrkal^H?  for  enibracing  the 
Delta  of  th  '  great  river  Mississippi,  and  is  one  of  the  most  level 
.states  in  iJte  Uiiion.  It  consists  chiefly  of  an  immense  plain,  divid- 
ed, as  resppcts  it-  surface,  into  marshes,  or  swamps,  alluvial  lands 
liable  to  inundation,  prairies,  pine  forests,  and  hickory  and  oak 
lands  ;  embracing  evf  ry  quality  of  soil  from  the  most  productive  to 
the  most  sterile.  In  Iv'  nortliwestern  parts  there  are  some  ranges 
of  hills. 

2.  All  tlie  southern  part  consists  of  marshes  or  low  prairie  land, 
covered  with  reeds  or  coars;  lyrass,  destitute  of  trees,  and  intersect- 
ed by  numerous  bays,  lake^;,  and  rivers.  Notliing  can  be  more 
dreary  than  the  prospect  of  the  immense  waste  which  is  afforded 
from  a  ship's  mas^  in  sailing  up  from  the  mouth  of  the  Mississippi  to 
New  Orleans. 

3.  The  marshy  lands  in  the  south,  and  extensive  tracts  on  the 

9.  What  college  ?     10.  What  Indians  ?     11.  What  is  related  of  them? 

12.  What  is  related  respecting  the  first  settlement  ? 

13.  What  further  notice  of  the  history .-' 

Louisiana. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Louisiana  ?    2.  What  of  the  southern 
part  ?    3.  What  portion  is  subject  to  inundation  ? 


iSe*  Map  of  the  United  States. — What  rivers  of  Mississippi  flow  into 
the  river  Mississippi  ?     What  ones  into  the  gulf  of  Mexico  ? 
How  is  Jackson  situated  ?    Natchez?    Monticello?    Port  Gibson.'    Eliot  7 
Mayhew  .'*    What  towns  are  on  or  near  the  Mississippi  ? 


Louisiana. 


61 


nade  by  the 
this  colony 
eding-  year, 

country  till 
wns  erected 
ttdent  state. 


t  racing  the 
most  level 
plain,  divid- 
iuvial  lands 
y  and  oak 
oductive  to 
ome  ranges 

D 

»rairie  land, 
d  intersect- 
n  be  more 
is  afforded 
ississippi  to 

LCts  on  the 


of  them  ? 


he  southern 


>i  flow  into 

:ico  ? 

on?    Eliot? 


'     4 


rivers  throughout  the  state,  comprising,  in  the  whole,  more  than  one 
fiftli  of  the  surface,  are  liable  to  be  inundated  by  the  overflowing  of 
the  rivers. 

4.  A  considerable  portion  of  the  state  consists  of  prairies,  some  of 
which  are  of  great  extent.  TJie  Qp-e-luu'sas  prairie^  in  the  soutli- 
west,  is  coiupuied  lo  contain  more  than  6,000  square  miles.  The 
«ioil  of  thfe  pr'iino  Unvh  viries  from  the  most  fertile  to  the  most  bar- 
ren ;  tae  su dare  is  !,i;ener.illy  level ;  and  there  are  occasionally  inter- 
apersec  tin?,  i-psesof  trr .!?!.  *vhich  give  great  beauty  to  the  landscape. 

5.  Tb',  fotu*  prinr^pa^  /iiv.  5  are  the  Mis-sis-sij/pi,  Red  Riverf 
WashiiM  (wosii-e  tav*  ),  riDs*  Ja-bine'. 

a.  Red  River,  one  of  the  largest  tributaries  of  the  Mississippi, 
rises  in  Mexico,  and  in  a  great  part  of  its  course,  winds  through  im- 
mense prairies.  It  is  navigable  for  steamboats  to  Natchitoches  (nak'- 
e-tosh),  2fj0  :niles  by  *hti  t.  "ndings  of  the  stream.  Above  Natchi- 
tjchos  >:ne  navigation  i^  interrupted  by  what  is  called  the  raft,  which 
<ionsists  of' a  marsiiy  expansion  of  the  river,  clogged  up  by  a  compact 
mas  of  tiniber  S.^f^H  ^rvrn  from  the  upper  country.  The  river  is 
iiavigable  for  boats  above  the  raft  1000  miles. 

7.  The  Washita!  is  navigable,  at  some  seasons,  for  steamboats  to 
the  neighborhood  of  the  Hot  Springs,  in  Arkansas,  600  miles.  The 
Sabine  derives  its  chief  consequence  from  its  forming  tlio  boundary 
betv'^een  the  United  States  and  Mexico.  It  has  a  course  of  about 
400  tniles,  and  flows  through  a  prairie  of  vast  extent  and  uncommon 
sterilify. 

8.  •'^ome  of  the  principal  lakes  are  Borgne  (born),  Pont-chnr-train' 
^pon-shar-train'),  and  Mau're-pas  (maw're-paw),  in  tiie  southeast; 
Mer-nun'tau,  Cal'ca-siu  (kal'ka-soo),  and  Bis-ti-neau'  (bis-te-no'),  in 
the  west.  Lake  Bislineau  is  surrounded  with  deliglitful  scenery, 
and  petrifactions  abound  on  its  shores. 

9.  The  agriculture  of  Louisiana  is  exceedingly  productive,  nor  is 
there  any  otiier  state  in  the  Union  whose  expoi-te  of  its  own  growth 
are,  in  proportion  to  the  population,  of  so  great  value.  The  most 
important  articles  of  produce  in  the  southern  part,  are  sugar  and  rice ; 
in  tlie  middle  and  north,  cotton.  Oranges  flourish  in  the  south ;  and 
cattle  are  raised  in  great  numbers  in  some  parts,  particularly  on  the 
Opelouaas  prairie. 

10.  Nkw  Or'le-ans,  the  capital  city  of  Louisiana,  is  the  great 
commercial  emporium  of  the  imiaensc  valley  of  the  Mississippi.  It  is 
situated  on  the  east  bank  of  the  river,  105  miles  by  its  course  from 
its  entrance  into  the  gulf  of  Mexico.  It  possesses  unrivalled  com- 
mercial advantages,  having  a  boat  navigation  nbove  it  far  more  ex- 
tensive than  any  othercity  onthe  globe,by  means  of  which  the  prod- 
uce of  a  country  of  vast  extent  and  great  fertility,  is  wafted  to  its  port 

11.  Since  the  purchase  of  Louisiana  by  the  United  States,  New 
Orleans  has  increased  with  great  rapidity  in  population  and  com- 
merce ;  and  its  amount  of  exports  of  domestic  produce  now  exceeds 

4-  What  is  said  of  the  pi-airics  ?  5.  What  rivers  ?  6.  What  is  said  of  Ret! 
river?  7.  The  Washita  nnd  Sabine  ?  8.  Lakes?  9.  Agriculture? 
10.  New  Orleans?     IJ    What  is  said  of  its  growth? 

6 


IP 


m 


02 


LOUISIANA. 


Ihat  of  any  other  citj^  in  the  Union,  except  New  York.  No  other 
American  city  exhibits  such  a  variety  of  inhabitants,  and  such  a  di- 
versity of  manners  and  languages. 

12.  Don'ald-son,  or  Don'ald-son-ville,  a  small  town  on  the  Mis- 
sissippi, was,  for  a  short  time,  the  seat  of  government. 

13.  Baton  Rouge  (bii'tn-roozh')  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  first 
eminence  that  is  seen  in  ascending  tlie  Mississippi,  150  miles  above 
New  Orleans. 

14.  Two  of  the  most  considerable  villages  to  the  west  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi, are  Mexandria  and  N'atchitoches  (nak'e-tosh). 

15.  The  Catholic  religion  is  predominant  in  Louicia:?'*,  and  there 
are  Catholic  churches  in  all  the  considerable  villages  ;  but  ♦here  are 
few  Protestant  churches  in  the  state. 

16.  There  are  colleges  at  JVew  Orleans  and  Jackson. 

17.  The  Mississippi  was  discovered  by  Marquette  and  Jo^iettCf  two 
French  missionaries,  in  1673.  In  1682,  the  country  was  e.rplored 
by  La  SaUe,  and  named  Louisiana  in  honor  of  Louis  XIV.  A  French 
settlement  was  begun  at  Tfe'cr-vi'We  in  1699,  and  in  1717,  JVcmj  Orleans 
was  founded. 

18.  In  1803,  the  extensive  country  of  Louisiana,  comprising  all 
the  territory  now  belonging  to  the  United  States,  lying  west  of  the 
Mississippi,  was  purchased  of  France  for  the  sum  of  $15,000,000  ; 
and  in  1812,  the  southern  portion  of  tliis  country  was  admitted  into 
the  Union  as  an  independent  state. 


It' 


FLORIDA. 

1.  Florida,  the  southernmost  territory  belonging  to  the  United 
States,  consists  mostly  of  a  large  peninsula,  resembling,  in  its  gen- 
eral aspect,  tlie  low  country  of  the  Southern  States.  There  are  no 
mountains,  nor  any  hills  of  much  elevation. 

2.  There  are  considerable  bodies  of  good  land  distributed  at  wide 
intervals  throughout  most  of  the  country,  and  in  the  north  there  are 
some  finely  variegated  and  fertile  tracts ;  but  far  the  greater  part  is 
sterile  or  unproductive  ;  and  much  of  it,  particularly  in  the  south,  is 
marshy. 

12.  What  of  Donaldson  ?      13.  Baton  Rouge  ?     14.  What  other  towns  ? 
15.  What  is  the  prevailing  religion .'     16.  What  colleges  ? 

17.  What  notice  of  the  discovery  and  settlement  of  the  country  ? 

18.  What  is  related  respecting  its  purchase  ? 

Florida. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Florida  ?    2.  What  of  the  soil  ? 


See  Map  of  the  United  States. — What  rivers  of  Louisiana  flow  into  the 

Mississippi  ?     What  ones  into  the  gulf  of  Mexico  ? 
Into  what  does  the  Washita  flow  .'    What  part  of  the  state  lies  east  of  the 

Mississippi  ?     What  lakes  are  there  ? 
How  is  New  Orleans  situated.?     Baton  Rouge  .<*    Opelousas.'     Madison- 

ville.'  Jackson?   What  towns  are  on  Red  River.?  On  the  Washita  .^ 

On  tho  Mississippi .' 


FLORIDA. 


(» 


the  Mis- 

•n  the  first 
lilcs  above 

>f  the  Mis- 

and  there 
.  ♦here  are 


ViettCf  two 
I  e.rplored 
A  French 
w  Orleans 

arising  all 
est  of  the 
5,000,000 ; 
litted  into 


3.  Florida  is  more  distinguished  than  any  otlier  part  of  the  United 
States  for  the  variety  of  its  vegetables ;  in  some  parts  its  forest  trees 
make  a  majestic  appearance  ;  the  magnolias  with  their  large  milk- 
white  flowers,  are  striking  objects ;  and  the  live  oalc  which  is  found 
here  in  great  perfection,  furnishes  an  inexliaustible  supply  of  ship 
timber. 

4.  The  principal  river  is  the  St.  John's^  which  has  a  sluggish  cur- 
rent, and  is  navigable  about  200  miles.  The  other  most  considera- 
ble rivers  are  the  Ap-pa-lach-i-co'lcu,  Suwaney,  and  Okeloconne. 

5.  The  soil  and  climate  are  adapted  to  cotton,  rice,  sugar,  indigo 
olives,  oranges,  and  other  tropical  fruits. 

6.  TAii-LA-HAs'sEEjthe  seat  of  government,  is  a  new  and  flourish- 
ing town,  first  laid  out  m  1825,  and  is  situated  about  26  miles  north 
of  Appalachee  bay. 

7.  St.  ^u-gus-tin^f  pleasantly  situated  on  the  eastern  coast,  is  the 
largest  town,  and  was  formerly  the  capital  of  East  Florida. 

8.  Pen-sa-co/la^  situated  on  a  bay  of  the  same  name,  was  formerly 
the  capital  of  West  Florida.  It  has  one  of  the  best  harbors  in  tlie 
gulf  of  Mexico,  and  has  been  selected  by  the  government  of  tlie 
United  States  for  a  naval  station. 

9.  The  Seminolea  are  the  principal  tribe  of  Indians  in  Florida,  but 
are  much  fewer  in  number  now,  than  they  were  befi»re  the  late  war. 

10.  Florida  was  conquered  by  the  Spaniards  as  early  as  15dd. 
In  1763,  it  was  divided  into  East  and  West  Florida.  In. 1821,  it  was 
ceded  by  Spain  to  the  United  States,  and  it  has  since  been  formed 
into  one  government. 


le  United 
I  its  gen- 
re are  no 

id  at  wide 

there  are 

ter  part  is 

south,  is 


3.  What  is  said  of  the  vegetables  ?  4.  Rivers  ?  5.  Productions  ?  6.  Tal- 
lahassee? 7.  St.  Augustine?  8.  Pensacola?  9.  What  Indians? 
10.  What  notice  of  the  history  of  Florida  ? 


See  Map  of  the  United  States. — What  is  the  southernmost  cape  of 
Florida  ?  Where  is  Cape  Florida  ?  Whore  Thompson's  Island  op 
Key  West  ?    What  bays  and  harbors  on  the  western  coast  ? 

What  is  the  course  of  St.  John's  riv«r  ?  What  rivers  flow  into  the  gulf  of 
Mexrro  ?     What  swamp  on  the  northern  border  ? 

How  is  Tallahassee  situated  ?    St  Augustine  ?    Pensacola?    St  Mark's? 


er  towns? 


w  into  the 
ast  of  the 


i.il 


Madison- 
Washita  ? 


i 


WESTERN  STATES. 


WESTERN  STATES, 


Indian  Mode  of  taking  Buffaloes. 


1.  The  western  division  of  the  Union  comprises  the  states  of 
Ten'nes-seCy  Ken-luck'y^  0-hi'o,  In-di-nn'a  (in-je-an'na),  Il-li-noiff 
(il-le-noy'),  and  Mis-s6u'H,  together  ^vith  the  territories  of  Michi- 
gan, Hu'ron  or  JVorthu'esty  Ar-kanr-sds'  (ar-kan-saw'),  Mis-sdu^ri,  and 
OHe-gon. 

2.  All  these  states  and  territories,  except  Oreg'on,  lie  in  tlie 
Mississippi  Valley,  a  term  applied  to  the  vast  country  which  is 
watered  by  the  Mississippi  and  its  numerous  tributary  rivers,  and 
which  extends  from  the  Alleghany  mountains  on  the  east,  to  the 
Rocky  mountains  on  the  west.  This  valley  surpasses  in  extent  all 
other  valleys  on  the  globe,  that  of  the  Amazon  (and  perhaps  also 
that  of  the  Ija  Plata)  excepted. 

3.  The  great  river  Mississippi,  which  gives  nanie  to  this  valloy, 
IB  about  a  half  a  mile  in  width,  and  very  deep.  It  is  the  narrowest 
river  on  the  globe,  in  proportion  to  the  mass  of  water  which  it  car- 
ries, the  extent  of  country  which  it  drains,  and  the  commercial  facil- 
ities which  its  waters  afford. 

4.  This  river,  together  with  its  tributary  streams,  is  supposed  to 
furnish  more  than  20,000  miles  of  steamboat  navigation. 

.5.  The  largest  tributaries  on  the  western  side,  are  the  Missourfy 
Arkansas,  and  Red  River ;  on  the  eastern  side,  the  Ohio  and  Ten- 
nessee. 


^ 


hi  '!■, 


Wkstern  States. — 1.  What  does  the  western  division  of  the  Union 
comprise?  2.  What  is  their  situation?  3.  What  is  said  of  the 
Mississippi  ?  4.  What  of  the  navigation?  6.  What  are  the  largest 
tributaries  ? 


WESTERN  STATES. 


G5 


IS 


and 


I 


<  ■ 


0.  The  SURFACE  of  tJiis  valley  is  tliversifiod,  but  there  are  no  con- 
uidorabJc  mountains.  In  some  parts  it  is  liilly  ;  a  ^ood  deal  of  it  is 
undulating ;  but  the  most  of  it  may  be  regarded  as  a  vast  plair. 

7.  Though  this  country  has  barren  tracts,  yet  tlie  soil  of  a  great 
portion  of  it  is  of  uncommon  fertility  ;  and  on  tiie  timbered  land:;, 
the  forest  trues  are  of  great  si^e. 

8.  The  climate  is  various ;  in  the  soutli,  warm,  and  in  tlie  north, 
cold.  The  winters  are  more  changeable,  and  the  quantity  of  snow 
less,  than  in  tlie  same  parallels  in  the  country  bordering  on  the  At- 
lantic. Some  parts  are  unhealthy,  particularly  the  inundated  lands 
on  tlie  rivers,  and  the  wet  prairies. 

9.  A  remarkable  feature  of  this  country  consists  in  its  extensive 
Prairies,  which  are  tracts  of  land  entirely  destitute  of  trees,  and 
generally  covered  witli  weeds  and  grass,  and  are  ornamented,  at 
certain  seasons,  with  a  profusion  of  the  most  beautiful  flowers. 

10.  The  prairies  are  generally  very  level,  and  are  divided  into 
wet  and  dry  ;  but  the  dry  or  upland  prairies  form  much  the  greater 
part.  Those  which  are  wet  and  marshy  commonly  border  on  water 
courses.  Many  of  these  natural  meadows  are  of  great  fertility,  and 
are  covered  with  the  most  luxuriant  vegetation. 

11.  The  prairies  are  found,  to  some  extent,  in  the  state  of  Ohio ; 
as  we  proceed  to  the  westward,  the  proportion  which  tiiey  bear  to 
the  timbered  land  increases ;  and  after  we  proceed  two  or  three 
hundred  miles  to  the  west  of  the  Mississippi,  they  are  fpund  to  oc- 
cupy almost  the  whole  extent  of  country,  except  the  margins  of  the 
rivers. 

12.  The  prairies  to  the  west  of  the  Mississippi  afford  pasture  to 
immense  iiurabers  of  buffaloes  or  bisons,  also  elk,  deer,  and  other  wild 
animals. 

13.  Herds  of  buffaloes  are  here  seen,  that  are  supposed  to  con- 
tain more  than  10,000.  This  animal  is  the  chief  object  of  hunting 
to  the  Indians  ;  and  its  flesh  is  the  principal  article  of  food  both  to 
the  savages  and  the  white  hunters. 

14.  The  Indians  often  attack  the  buffaloes  on  horseback,  and  kill 
them  by  piercing  them  with  arrows  or  balls ;  and  sometimes  they 
decoy  the  animals,  and  precipitate  them  down  a  precipice. 

15.  There  are  found  throughout  the  western  country,  with  greater 
or  less  frequency,  tumuli  or  mounds,  some  of  them  of  immense  size. 
There  is  n6  history  or  tradition  that  throws  any  light  upon  their  ori- 
gin ;  and  it  is  impossible  to  ascertain  when,  by  whom,  or  for  what 
purpose,  they  were  formed. 

16.  They  are  commonly  found  on  the  most  fertile  lands,  in  plains 
and  near  large  streams.    They  are  mere  erections  of  earth,  and 


6.  What  is  tbe  surface  of  the  valley  ?    7.  Soil?    8.  Climate  P 
9.  What  is  said  of  the  prairies  ?     10.  What  is  said  of  the  different  varie- 
ties ?     11.  Where  are  they  found  ?     12.  What  animals  pasture  upon 
them  ?  13.  What  is  said  of  the  buffaloes  ?  14.  How  are  they  hunted? 
IR.  What  is  said  of  the  tumuli  or  mounds? 
It    What  further  is  said  of  them  ? 

6» 


i 


y\ 


m 


m 
m 


60 


WESTERN  STATES. 


mdicale  little  art,  yet  great  labor,  in  their  cunistruction.  In  sonio 
inHtanceH,  trees  Beveral  hundred  years  old  arc  seen  growing  out  of 
them. 

17.  Some  of  the  most  important  productions  of  the  Western  States 
•re,  wheats  maize,  hemp,  cotton,  tobacco,  and  cattle. 

ly.  Tlie  largest  towns  are  Cincinnati,  LouiavUU,  Lexington,  J^ask- 
viUe,  and  St.  Louis. 

19.  The  most  numerous  denominations  of  Christians  are  Methodists, 
Baptists,  and  Presbyterians.  There  arc  but  few  settled  ministers  in 
these  states  ;  as  much  as  nine  tenths  of  the  religious  instruction  is 
supposed  to  be  given  by  itinerant  preachers. 


TENNESSEE. 

1.  The  Cumberland  Mounlains,  which  are  a  southwestern  range 
of  the  Alleghariics,  extend  tlirough  tliis  state  in  an  oblique  direction, 
from  northeast  to  southwest,  dividing  it  into  two  parts,  East  Teivnts- 
tet  and  West  Tennessee. 

S?.  East  Tennessee  is  traversed  by  various  ridges  of  the  Allegha- 
iiiiio,  and  is  an  elevated  and  mountainous  country  ;  abounding  in 
grand  and  imposing  scenery,  such  as  is  formed  by  precipitous  de- 
clivities of  mountains,  line  cascades,  deep  and  picturesque  valleys, 
with  clear  and  beautiful  streams.  Much  of  the  country  is  broken 
and  unproductive  ;  but  the  valleys  are  very  fertile. 

3.  The  surface  of  West  Tennessee  is  diversified  ;  in  the  western 
part,  bordering  on  the  Mississippi,  it  is  undulating,  and  in  some  parts 
level ;  further  to  the  east,  it  becomes  hilly  and  mountainous.  A 
great  proportion  of  the  soil  is  of  excellent  quality. 

4.  The  state  is  well  watered  by  three  large  rivers  and  numerous 
smaller  streams.  The  Mississippi  forms  its  western  boundary  ;  and 
it  is  intersected  by  the  Teymcssee  and  Cumberland,  which  are  of 
great  advantage  in  facilitating  commercial  intercourse. 

5.  The  Ten'nes-see,  which  is  navigable  for  steamboats,  at  some 
seasons,  to  Florence  in  Alabama,  and  for  small  boats  about  1000 
miles,  is  the  largest  tributary  of  the  Ohio,  and  not  very  much  infe- 
rior to  tlie  main  river.  The  Cumberland  is  navigable  for  steamboats 
to  Nashville. 

6.  The  fVhirl  or  Suck,  where  the  Tennessee  breaks  through  the 
Cumberland  mountains,  is  represented  to  be  as  great  a  curiosity  as 
the  passage  of  the  Potomac  through  tlie  Blue  Ridge. 

7.  Tennessee  has  many  interesting  natural  curiosities.  In  the 
mountainous  parts,  tliere  are  numerous  beautiful  cascades,  some  of 
which  have  a  descent  of  200  or  300  feet  perpendicular.     Caves  are 


17.  What  are  some  of  the  most  important  productions  ?     18.  Towns  ?     19. 
Religious  denominations  ? 

Tewnessee. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Tennessee  ?    2.  What  of  East  Ten- 
nessee ?    3.  West  Tennessee  ?    4.  What  rivers  ? 

6.  What  is  said  of  the  Tennessee  and  Cumberland  ?    6.  The  Whirl  ? 

7.  What  other  natural  curiosities  ? 


TENNESSEE. 


er 


numerous,  son;t  jf  Uiem  of  great  rxteut,  containing  inti'ruHting 
apartments  a-  1  ^bjr;*;'.  On  tho  Enchanted  mountains,  brunchcti  of 
the  Cumberlai  <;  nnge,  there  am  footsteps  of  men,  horses,  and  otlicr 
animals,  in  solid  limestone,  uf  a  fresh  appearance,  and  as  distinct  an 
if  made  in  soft  clay .  Organic  remains  and  immerous  pttrijactiona^ 
some  of  them  of  lui^o  tr(-'r>4,  are  also  found.  Many  of  the  smaJl 
rivers  have  formed  channcla  through  solid  limestone,  in  some  in- 
stances  to  the  depth  of  IWO  or  400  feet. 

8.  Mnrble,  gypsum,  and  iron  ore,  also  nitrous  earth  in  the  caves, 
are  abtmdant.     There  arc  also  lead  mines  and  salt  springs. 

9.  NASHviLiiE,  tho  seat  of  government,  pleasantly  situated  on  the 
Cumberland,  in  a  fertile  and  populous  district,  is  the  largest  and 
most  commercial  town,  and  carries  on  an  extensive  trade  with  New 
Orleans. 

10.  Mur'frees-hor-ough,  32  miles  southoast  of  Nashvillo,  in  a  cen- 
tral part  of  the  state,  was  formerly  the  seat  of  govfirnment. 

11.  Knoxville,  on  the  Holston,  is  the  principal  town  in  East  Ten- 
nessee, and  has  considerable  trade  and  manufactures.  There  are 
various  other  towns  containing  from  500  to  1500  inhabitants. 

12.  JVashviUe  University,  at  Noshvillc,  is  a  respectable  institution, 
with  considerable  endowmontH.  East  Tennessee  College  isatKnox- 
ville.  Greenville  College,  the  oldest  in  tlio  state,  is  at  Greenville  ; 
and  there  is  a  theological  school  at  Maryville. 

13.  The  Cherokee  Indians  possess  that  part  of  this  state  which  lies 
to  the  south  of  tho  Tennessee  and  Uiwassce  rivers.  These  Indians 
have  made  much  progress  in  the  arts  of  civilized  life,  and  pay  con- 
siderable attention  to  education.  There  are  several  missionary  sta- 
tions among  them,  of  which  one  of  tlie  most  considerable  is  Brainerd, 

14.  This  country  was  explored  by  Daniel  Boone,  in  1764;  and 
the  first  permanent  settlements  were  formed  in  East  Tennessee,  by 
persons  from  Virginia  and  North  Carolina,  in  1768  and  1769. 
The  first  printing  press  was  established  at  Rogersville,  in  1791. 
Tennessee  formed  a  part  of  North  Carolina  till  1790 ;  and  in  1796, 
it  was  erected  into  an  independent  state. 


8. 


What  minerals  ?  9.  What  is  said  of  Nashville  ?  10.  Mnrfreesborough  ? 
11.  Knoxville.?  12.  Whut  colleges.'  13.  What  is  said  of  the 
Cherokees .-"     14.  Wh'\t  notice  of  tlie  history  of  Tennessee  .'' 


See  Map  of  the  United  States. — What  mountains  are  there  in  Tennes- 
see ?  Rivers  ?  What  part  is  traversed  by  the  Cumberland  ?  The 
Tennessee  .'     What  rivers  in  this  state  flow  into  the  Mississippi  ? 

How  is  Nashville  situated  ?  Murfreesborough  .'  Franklin  ?  Fayetteville  ? 
Knoxville  .'     Greenville .-'     Maryville  ?     Brainerd  .' 

What  towns  on  the  Cumberland  ?    On  the  Tennessee  ?    The  Holston  ? 


fl-J 


C8 


KENTUCKY. 


KENTUCKY. 


■:f.H 


mi 


1.  Kentucky  is  the  most  centrally  situated  state  in  tlie  Union, 
with  regard  to  the  territory  belonging  to  the  United  States  that  is 
as  yet  settled. 

2.  The  Ohio  and  Mississippi  fonn  almost  one  half  of  its  boun- 
dary. The  Great  Sandy  river  separates  it  from  Virginia ;  and  it  is 
traversed  by  the  Tennessee  and  Cumberland.  The  principal  rivers 
wholly  within  tlie  state  are  Kentucky^  Lacking,  Salt,  and  Green 
rivers. 

3.  ■'Kentucky  river,  which  gives  name  to  the  state,  is  navigable  for 
boats  150  miles.  It  flows,  through  a  great  part  of  its  course,  in  a 
deep  chasm  cut  in  solid  limestone,  its  perpendicular  banks  being,  in 
some  places,  300  feet  high.  Similar  channels  have  been  formed  by 
some  of  the  other  rivers. 

4.  The  surface  of  the  state  is  greatly  diversified.  The  southeast 
part  is  mountainous ;  the  central  and  southwest  parts,  undulating  and 
comparatively  level ;  and  the  country  bordering  on  the  Ohio,  hilly. 

'•  A  large  portion  of  Kentucky  is  exceedingly  fertile,  though 
there  are  large  tracts  that  are  sterile.  The  country  watered  by  Lick- 
ing, Kentucky,  and  Salt  rivers,  in  the  central  part  of  which  Lexing- 
ton is  situated,  is  one  of  the  most  delightful  and  fertile  tracts  in  the 
United  Status. 

6.  All  the  level  and  undulating  parts  lie  upon  an  immense  bed  of 
limestone,  usually  about  8  feet  below  the  surface.  In  dry  seasons 
the  streams  and  rivulets  are  liable  to  fail ;  and  the  inhabitants,  in 
some  districts,  suffer  great  inconvenience  for  want  of  water. 

7.  In  the  southwest  part  there  are  some  extraordinary  caves, 
one  of  which,  called  the  Mammoth  or  Kentucky  Cave,  has  been 
explored  to  the  distance  of  10  miles.  It  contains  numerous  avenues 
and  apartments,  one  of  which  comprises  an  area  of  8  acres,  having 
an  arch  from  GO  to  100  feet  high,  without  a  single  pillar  to  support  it 
In  some  parts  of  the  cave  are  found  large  columns  of  brilliant  spar, 
60  or  70  feet  in  height. 

8.  Beautiful  marble  and  iron  ore  are  found  in  abundance  ;  also 
salt  springs,  nitrous  eaiih  in  the  caves,  and  coal  in  some  places. 

9.  The  mineral  waters  of  Harrodsburg  and  the  Olympian  Springs 
are  much  frequented,  for  purposes  both  of  health  and  pleasure. 

10.  Kentucky  is  distinguished  among  the  Western  States  for  its 
manufactures.  Its  exports,  of  which  the  most  important  articles  are 
liemp,  tobacco,  and  wheat,  go  chiefly  to  New  Orleans. 

11.  Frankfort,  the  seat  of  government,  is  situated  in  a  deep 
valley,  on  Kentucky  river,  GO  miles  above  its  entrance  into  the 
Ohio. 

Kentucky. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Kentucky  ?     2.  What  are  the  rivers  ? 

3.  What  is  said  of  Kentucky  river?  4.  What  of  the  surface?  5.  The 
soil  ?     6.  On  what  does  it  lie  ?     7.  What  is  said  of  caves  ? 

8.  Whtit  minerals  ?  9.  What  mineral  waters  ?  10.  What  is  said  of  man- 
ufactures and  exports  ?     11.  What  is  said  of  Frankfort  f 


^M 


KENTU€KY. 


00 


Union, 
that  is 


12.  Louisville^  situated  at  the  falls  or  rapids  of  tlie  Ohio,  is  the 
largest  and  most  commercial  town  in  the  state,  and  is  tlie  greatest 
port  for  steamboats  between  Pittsburg  and  Natchez. 

13.  Lexington  is  delightfully  situated  on  a  branch  of  the  Elkhom, 
in  a  beautiful  and  very  fertile  country.  It  is  handsomely  built,  and 
has  various  manufactures  and  an  extensive  trade. 

14.  Maysville,  on  the  Ohio,  is  a  very  flourishing  town,  and  next  to 
Louisville  in  commercial  importance.  There  are  various  other  flour- 
ishing villages,  but  none  very  large. 

15.  Transylvania  University,  in  Lexington,  is  the  oldest  and 
most  celebrated  institution  in  the  Western  States,  and  has  medical 
and  law  schools  connected  with  it.  Centre  College  is  established  at 
Danville  ;  Augusta  College^  at  Augusta ;  Cumberland  College,  at 
Princeton ;  and  St.  Josepk's  College,  a  respectable  Catholic  semmary, 
at  Bairdstown. 

It).  The  first  permanent  settlement  of  this  state  was  begun  on 
Kentucky  river,  in  1775,  by  the  famous  Daniel  Boone,  a  native  of 
Maryland.  It  formed  a  part  of  Virgmia  till  1790 ;  and  in  1792,  it  was 
erected  into  an  independent  state. 


OHIO. 

1.  The  state  of  Ohio,  which  is  the  most  populous  and  important 
of  the  Western  States,  is  of  a  compact  form,  lying  between  the 
river  Ohio  and  Lake  Erie  ;  the  southern,  and  much  the  larger  part, 
eloping  gently  towards  the  river,  and  the  northern  part  towards  the 
lake. 

2.  The  surface  is  generally  level  or  moderately  uneven,  having 
the  aspect  of  an  alluvial  country.  The  eastern  and  southeastern 
parts,  and  some  portions  of  the  country  bordering  on  the  Ohio,  are 
hilly ;  but  there  are  no  mountains.  In  the  northern  division  there 
are  extensive  marshy  tracts,  which  are  the  most  elevated  lands  in 
the  state. 

3.  In  the  interior,  towards  the  sources  of  the  Great  and  the  Little 
Miami,  Scioto,  and  Muskingum,  there  are  extensive  prairies ;  but 
the  most  of  the  country  was,  in  its  natural  state,  covered  with  a 
den^e  forest,  compesed  almost  wholly  of  trees  whose  leaves  fall  off 
in  the  autumn. 

12.  What  is  said  of  Louisville  ?     13.  Lexington  ?     14.  Maysville  ? 
15.  What  literary  institutions  ?     16.  What  notice  of  the  history  ? 

Ohio. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Ohio  ?     2.  What  of  the  surface  .-' 
3.  What  of  the  surface  in  its  natural  state  ? 


m 


X*i 


•l^.fe 


Sec  Map  of  U.S.  and  Mid.  States. — By  what  rivers  is  Kentucky  bounded? 

What  rivers  in  the  state  flow  into  the  Ohio  ?  Through  what  part  do  the 
Tennessee  and  Cumberland  flow  ?     The  Kentucky  river  ? 

How  is  Frankfort  situated  ?  Lexington  ?  Louisville  ?  Maysville  ?  Dan- 
ville ?   Harrodsburg  ?    Bairdstown  ?  Hopkinsville  ?  Russellville  ? 

What  towns  are  on  the  Ohio  ?  On  Licking  river  ?  On  Kentucky  river  ? 
On  Green  river  ? 


.1 


ll,^ 


ii 


m  V 


11 


70 


onto. 


4.  A  great  part  of  the  state  has  a  very  fertile  soil,  and  more  than 
nine  tenths  of  it  are  susceptible  of  cultivation.  The  settlements 
have  been  rapidly  and  widely  diffused,  and  the  country  divided  into 
farms  of  moderate  and  nearly  equal  size,  more  after  tlie  manner  of 
New  England,  than  in  any  other  of  the  Western  States. 

5.  Lake  Eiie  and  the  river  Ohio  are  of  great  advantage  in  facil- 
itating commercial  intercourse,  the  former  connecting  the  com- 
merce of  the  state  with  New  York,  and  the  latter  with  New 
Orleans. 

6.  The  river  Ohio,  from  which  the  state  derives  its  name,  is 
formed  by  the  confluence  of  the  Monongahela  and  iiilleghany,  at 
Pittsburg,  and  after  a  course  of  nearly  1000  miles,  flows  into  the 
Mississippi.  Its  current  is  gentle,  nowhere  broken  by  falls,  except 
at  Louisville  ;  and  it  is  of  easy  navigation.  It  waters  a  very  fertile 
country,  and  is  esteemed  one  of  the  most  beautiful  rivers  in  the 
world. 

7.  The  principal  rivers  within  the  state  are  tlie  Mus-kin'gum, 
Hock-hock' ing,  Sci-o'to,  Great  Mi-am'i,  and  lAttle  Mi-am'i,  which 
flow  into  the  Ohio  ;  the  JV/aw-mee',  called  also  the  Miami  of  the  Lake, 
San-dus'ky,  and  Cu-ya-ho'ga,  which  flow  into  lake  Erie. 

8.  Ohio  contains  an  abundance  of  coal,  iron  ore,  and  marhle,  and 
has  valuable  salt  springs. 

9.  In  different  parts  there  are  many  ancient  mounds,  and  other 
monuments  of  the  former  inhabitants.  Some  of  the  principal  ones 
are  at  Marietta,  Worthington,  and  Circleville. 

10.  Ohio  takes  the  lead  among  the  Western  States  with  regard 
to  manufactures.  Some  of  the  most  important  manufacturing  towns 
are  Cincinnati,  Zanesville,  Steubenville,  and  Chillicothe. 

11.  More  than  half  of  the  exports  go  to  New  Orleans  ;  but  much 
is  sent  to  New  York  and  other  Atlantic  cities. 

12.  The  Ohio  Canal  forms  a  communication  between  the  river 
Ohio,  at  Portsmouth,  and  lake  Erie,  at  Cleveland,  320  miles  in  length. 
The  Miami  Canal  extends  from  Cincinnati  to  Dayton,  65  miles. 

13.  Columbus,  the  seat  of  government,  is  a  new  tovrn,  first  laid 
out  in  1812,  and  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  Scioto,  near  the  centre 
of  the  state. 

14.  Cin-cin-nd'ti,  pleasantly  situated  on  the  Ohio,  455  miles  by  the 
river  below  Pittsburg,  is  the  emporium  of  the  western  country,  and 
the  largest  town,  next  to  New  Orleans,  in  the  Mississippi  valley. 
It  is  regularly  laid  out,  handsomely  built,  mostly  of  brick,  and  haa  a 
great  trade  and  extensive  manufactures. 

15.  Steu'ben-ville,  on  the  Ohio,  Zanes'ville,  on  the  Muskingum,  and 
Chil-li-cofthe,  on  the  Scioto,  have  flourishing  manufactures  and  con 
siderable  trade. 


4.  What  fs  9aid  of  the  soil  ?     5.  Lake  Erie  and  Ohio  river  ? 

6.  Whtu  is  ^aid  of  the  Oliio  ?     7.  What  rivers  are  within  the  state?     8. 

What  minerals  ?     9.  What  is  said  of  the  mounds  ?     10.  Manufac* 

tures  ?     U.  Exparts?     12.  What  canals? 
13.  What  is  said  of  Coluiubus  ?    14.  Cincinnati?    16.  Steubenville,  &c. ? 


OHIO. 


71 


16.  San-dus'ky  and  Ckve'land,  on  lake  Erie,  are  flourishing 
towns,  and  important  places  as  it  respects  the  commerce  and  navi- 
gation of  the  lake. 

17.  There  are  many  other  considerable  towns,  among  which  are 
Marietta,  noted  for  being  the  oldest  in  the  state,  and  Circleville,  for 
being  situated  on  two  remarkable  mounds,  one  of  which  is  a  circle, 
and  gives  name  to  the  town. 

18.  The  principal  literary  institutions  in  this  state  are,  the  Ohio 
University,  at  Athens ;  Miami  University,  at  Oxford  ;  the  Medical 
College,  at  Cincinnati ;  Kenyan  College,  at  Gambler ;  and  }Vestem 
Reserve  College,  at  Hudson. 

19.  The  first  permanent  settlement  of  Ohio  was  commenced  at 
Marietta,  in  1788,  by  general  Rufus  Putnam,  from  Massachusetts. 
It  has  been  settled  chiefly  by  emigrants  from  the  Eastern  and 
Middle  States.  Since  1795,  its  growth  has  been  exceedingly 
rapid  ;  it  was  erected  into  a  state  in  1802,  and  it  now  ranks  as 
the  fourth  state  in  number  of  inhabitants. 


INDIANA. 


1.  The  state  of  Indiana  consists  mostly  of  vast  plains ;  but  the 
southern  part,  along  the  Ohio,  is  skirted  by  a  range  of  beautiful 
eminences  known  by  the  name  of  the  Ohio  hills ;  and  some  other 
parts,  particularly  towards  the  north,  are  hilly,  but  there  are  no 
mountains.  It  is  generally  more  level  than  Ohio,  and  contains  a 
far  greater  proportion  of  prairie  land. 

2.  The  soil  is  generally  very  fertile.  Some  of  the  prairies  are  of 
great  extent,  broader  than  can  be  measured  by  the  eye  ;  yet  the 
divisions  between  timbered  and  prairie  lands  are  more  happily 
balanced  in  Indiana,  than  in  the  country  farther  west.  The  prairies 
are  uniformly  level  and  fertile  ;  some  of  them  dry,  others  wet  and 
marshy. 

3.  The  Ohio  and  Wa'basfi  are  of  great  importance  in  facilitating 
transportation.  The  IFabash,  a  large  river,  having  numerous 
branches,  is  navigable  470  miles ;  and  White  River,  its  principal 
tributary,  is  navigable  for  steamboats  to  Indianopolis.    The  north- 


a 


16.  What  is  said  of  Sandusky  and  Cleveland  ?     17.  What  other  towns  ? 
18.  What  colleges  ?     19.  What  notice  of  the  history  ? 

Indiana. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Indiana  ?    2.  The  soil  and  the  prairies  ? 
3,  Rivers.? 


See  Map  of  the  Middle  States. — What  rivers  of  Ohio  flow  into  Ohio 
river  ?  What  ones  into  lake  Erie  ?  How  is  Columbus  situated  ? 
Cincinnati  ?  Chillicothc  ?  Zanesville  ?  Steubenville  ?  Dayton  i 
Portsmouth  ?  Sandusky  ?  Cleveland  ? 
What  towns  in  the  state  are  on  the  Ohio  ?  What  ones  on  the  Muskingum  ? 
The  Scicto  ?    The  Miami  ?     Lake  Erie  ? 


•I  i'H 


n 


n 


INDIANA. 


L't 


ern  part  of  the  state  borders  on  lake  Michigan,  and  is  watered  by 
the  Maumee  and  other  rivers  that  flow  into  the  lakes. 

4.  Indiana  contains  numerous  caves ;  but  the  one  that  has  ex- 
cited most  attention,  its  found  in  the  southern  part.  It  is  of  great 
extent,  containing  many  apartments,  and  is  known  by  tiie  name  of 
The  Epsom-Salts  Cave,  from  its  affording  vast  quantities  of  thai 
substance. 

5.  In-dian-ap'o-ms,  the  seat  of  government,  is  a  flourishing 
town,  situated  on  Wiiite  river,  near  tlie  centre  of  the  state,  in  one 
of  tlie  most  fertile  tracts  of  land  in  the  western  country.  It  was 
first  laid  out  in  1821. 

(i.  Vin-cennes' ,  on  the  Wabash,  and  JVew  Albany  and  Madison^ 
on  the  Ohio,  are  the  three  largest  and  most  commercial  towns. 

7.  Ve-vay',  on  the  Oiiio,  was  commenced,  in  1804,  by  30  Swiss 
families,  am!  is  celebnited  '*  r  its  flourishing  vineyards,  the  oldest 
and  most  extensive  in  the  United  States. 

8.  Harmony,  on  the  Wa.*;  ili,  is  famous  for  having  first  been 
the  residence  of  a  roligious  sect  of  Germans,  called  Harmonists, 
who  had  for  their  leader  George  Rapp ;  and  afterwards  the  residence 
of  Robert  Owen  of  New  Lanprk  m  Scotland,  and  his  followers. 

9.  Indiana  College  is  established  at  Bloomington. 

10.  Vintennes  was  settled  about  the  beginning  of  the  last  cen- 
tury by  French  emigrants  from  Canada,  and  long  remained  a  soli- 
tary village.  Few  settlements  were  made  in  the  country  by  citi- 
zens of  the  United  States  till  the  end  of  the  century.  In  1801, 
Indiana  was  erected  into  a  territorial  government,  and,  in  1816, 
into  a  state.  It  has  been  settled  chieliy  by  emigrants  from  the 
Eastern  and  Middle  States,  and  has  had  a  rapid  growth. 


ILLINOIS. 

1.  Illinois,  which  lies  on  the  west  side  of  Indiana,  has  a  still  less 
uneven  surface,  and  a  much  larger  proportion  of  prairie  land.  It 
is  one  of  the  most  level  states  in  the  Union,  and  it  has  been  esti- 
mated that  nearly  tAvo  thirds  of  it  consist  of  prairies.  There  are, 
however,  some  hills  in  tue  soutl^east  part;  also  along  the  Illinois, 
on  the  Mississippi,  and  in  the  northern  part,  of  the  state. 

2.  There  is,  perhaps,  no  state  that  oceeds  Illinois  in  general 
fertility  of  soil ;  yet  there  are  extensive  tracts  that  are  sterile,  or 
not  susceptible  of  cultivation. 


4.  What  is  said  of  the  caves?    5.  Indianopolis?    6.  Vincennes  and  Mad- 

i'^on  ?     7.  Vevay  ?    8.  Harmony  ?     9.  What  college  ? 
10.  What  notice  of  history  ? 

Illinois. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Illinois  ?     2.  Soil? 


See  Map  of  the  United  States. — On  what  lake  does  Indiana  border  ? 
What  rivers  form  a  part  of  Its  boundary  ?     What  rivers  within  the  state  ? 
How  is  Indianopolis  situated  ?     Vincennes  ?     Madison  ?     Corydon  ?     Ye- 
Bloonsington  ?     Wliat  towns  on  the  Ohio  ?    The  Wabash  ? 


ILLINOIS. 


7n 


3.  The  prairies  are  divided  into  wet  and  dry :  they  have,  in  many 
parts,  too  little  inclination  to  carry  off  the  water  that  falls  in  rain ; 
and  tliey  are  found  in  too  great  proportion  to  tlie  timhered  lands, 
and  of  top  great  extent  for  convenience  ;  so  that  in  this  country  of 
exuberant  fertility,  and,  at  some  seasons,  nf  exquisite  beauty,  the 
inhabitants  are  .ncommoded  by  the  want  of  timber,  fuel,  and  good 
water ;  and  too  often  also  by  the  want  of  health. 

4.  Illinois  possesses  extraordinary  advantages  of  inland  naviga- 
tion. The  Mississippif  Ohio^  and  Wabash  form  about  two  thirds  of 
its  boundaries;  and  it  is  traversed  by  the  Il-li-nois'  (il-le-noy'), 
Kas-kxts'ki-a,  Rock  River,  and  other  navigable  streams. 


5.  Tiie  Illinois  is   a   beautiful  river,  affording  easy 


navigation 


from  the  Mississippi  almost  to  lake  Michigan,  and  waters  a  luxu- 
riant country.  It  interlocks,  by  a  morass,  with  the  Chi-cd'go,  which 
flows  into  lake  Michigan,  and  in  some  seasons  boats  may  pass  from 
the  lake  into  the  Illinois. 

6.  At  Galena,  on  Fever  river,  in  the  northwest  corner  of  the  state, 
there  are  exceedingly  rich  lead  mines,  from  which  lead  is  obtained 
in  great  quantities.  Coal  and  gypsum  are  found  in  different  parts  in 
abundance  ;  there  are  also  various  salt  springs,  and  near  Shawnee- 
town,  salt  is  manufactured  in  immense  quantities. 

7.  The  Cave  in  Rock,  or  House  of  JVdture,  on  tlie  Ohio  below 
Shawneetown,  is  regarded  as  a  great  curiosity,  and  was  formerly  a 
rendezvous  of  robbers. 

8.  Van-da'li-a,  pleasantly  situated  on  the  Kaskaskia,  in  the  cen- 
tre of  a  fertile  and  thriving  country,  is  the  aeat  of  government.  It 
was  first  laid  out  in  18.19. 

9.  Kaskaskia,  finely  situated  on  the  river  Kaskaskia,  11  miles 
above  its  entrance  into  the  Mississippi,  was  formerly  a  place  of  im- 
portance in  the  French  colony  of  lUinoi.'',  containing  7,000  inhalit- 
ants ;  but  it  now  has  only  about  1,000. 

10.  Shaw'nee-toivn,  on  the  Ohio,  is  famous  for  the  extensive  salt 
works,  belonging  to  the  United  States,  in  its  vicinity. 

11.  Some  of  the  other  most  considerable  ])laces  are  Eti'toards- 
ville,  Belle'ville,  Ga-le'na,  Spring'field,  and  Jdck'son-ville. 

12.  A  college  has  been  recently  established  at  Jacksonville. 

13.  One  of  the  earliest  settlements  of  the  French  in  the  Missis- 
sippi valley  was  made  at  Kaskaskia,  in  the  latter  part  of  the  17th 
century.     Almost  all  the  settlements  that  have  been  formed  by  the 

3.  \V  hat  is  said  of  the  prairies  ?  4.  Inland  navigation  and  rivers  ?  5.  Illinois  ? 
6.  What  is  said  o#the  niinoral  pjoduclions  ?     7.  Cave  in  Rock  ?    8.  Van- 
dalia?    9.  Kaskaskia?    10.  Shawneetown  ?  II.  What  other  towns  ? 
12.  College  ?     13,  What  notice  of  history  ? 


See  Map  of  the  United  States.r— On  what  lake  does  Illinois  border? 
What  rivers  form  a  great  part  of  its  boundary  ?     What  is  the  course  of  the 

Illinois  ?     What  rivers  flow  into  the  Mississippi  ? 
What  ones  into  the  Wabash  ?     Where  is  Pioria  or  Illinois  lake  ? 
How  is  Vandalia  situated  ?    Kaskaskia  ?    Shawneetown  ?     Edwardsville  ? 


Chicago  ? 


74 


ILLINOIS. 


citizens  of  the  United  States,  have  been  begun  since  1800.  In 
1809,  Illinois  was  erected  into  a  territorial  government,  and  in  1818, 
into  a  state. 


MISSOURL 


ii 

( ' 

l 

1^  ^ 

■ 

•lit 

ii; 

n 

I 

1.  Missouri  is  now  the  most  western  state  ;  but  if  all  the  ter- 
ritory belonging  to  the  Union  were  peopled  and  formed  into  states, 
it  would  be  the  most  central.  For  a  country  so  far  from  the  ocean, 
its  situation  is  advantageous,  being  washed  on  one  side  by  the 
Mississippi,  and  traversed  throughout  by  the  great  river  from  which 
it  derives  its  name. 

2.  The  surface  is  greatly  diversified  with  plains,  marshes,  prai- 
ries, forests,  and  rocky,  barren  hills.  The  lands  bordering  on  the 
rivers  are  low,  and  liable  to  inundation.  Prairies  are  found  in  dif- 
ferent parts^  and  in  the  west  tV<-\  pre  of  vast  extent, 

3.  Though  the  surface  of  a  great  part  is  uneven  or  hilly,  yet 
there  are  no  considerable  mnuntains.  The  chain  of  the  0-zarM 
Mountains  is  considered  as  h(  o'lniing  in  Missouri,  yet  it  presents 
no  elevation  deserving  I'^e  name  of  a  mountain  till  after  it  passes 
into  Arkansas. 

4.  The  soil  of  a  great  ^  \.  is  very  fertile  ;  though  there  are  ex- 
tensive tracts  of  uplanJ.  and  Li',  country  that  are  unproductive. 
One  of  the  best  and  most  iij'iai.itod  parts  is  that  which  lies  be- 
tween the  Missouri  and  Mississippi. 

5.  Besides  the  great  rivers  Mississippi  and  Missouri  (mis-soo^re), 
this  state  is  watered  by  various  others  of  considerable  magnitude. 
The  largest  are  the  0-sage\  Grand,  Char-i-ton'  (shar-e-ton'),  Gas- 
con-adc',  Mer'ri-mac  or  Mar'a-mec,  JVash-i-id',  and  St.  Francis.  The 
Osage  is  a  large  river,  navigable  for  boats  660  miles. 

6.  Missouri  is  celebrated  for  its  rich  and  inexhaustible  lecul  mines, 
which  are  found  in  a  sterile  district,  embracing  about  3,000  square 
miles,  and  lying  about  40  miles  west  of  the  Mississippi. 

7.  Jefferson  City,  a  new  town,  on  the  Missouri,  near  the  centre 
of  the  state,  is  the  state  of  government. 

8.  St.  Louis,  finely  situated  on  the  Mississippi,  18  miles  below 
tlie  junction  of  the  Missouri,  and  about  1200  above  New  Orleans, 
is  the  largest  town  in  the  state,  and  next  to  New  Orleans,  the 
largest  on  the  river.  Its  situation  is  remarkable,  being  in  the  centre 
of  the  Mississippi  valley,  and  near  the  junction  of  several  great 
rivers.  It  is  the  principal  depot  of  the  fur  trade  of  the  western 
country,  and  contains  a  Catholic  college.  • 

9.  1^.  Charles,  on  the  Missouri,  20  miles  above  its  mouth,  and 
Franklin,  on  the  same  river,  about  200  miles  above  its  mouth,  and  in 


one  of  the  most  fertile  districts  m 
considerable  towns. 


the  state,  are  two  of  the  most 


Missouri. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Missouri  ?  2.  The  surface  ?  3.  Moun- 
tains' ?  4.  Soil  ?  5.  Rivers  ?  6.  Lead  mines  ?  7.  Jefferson  ?  8. 
St.  Louis  ?    9.  St.  Charles  and  Franklin  ? 


MISSOURI, 


75 


10.  Her-cu-lo! ne-um  and  St.  Gcn-e-vieve'  (jen-c-vecv'),  on  the 
Mississippi,  are  noted  as  depots  of  the  lead  mines ;  Po-to-si',  as  the 
principal  villaije  in  the  mining  district. 

11.  Tlie  French  commenced  establishments  at  St.  Genevieve  and 
St.  Louis,  in  1764,  but  the  settlomfints  did  not  flourish  till  tlie  ces- 
sion of  Louisiana  to  the  United  States,  in  1803.  In  1804,  Missouri 
was  erected  into  a  territorial  government,  and  in  1821 ,  into  a  state. 


MICHIGAN  TERRITORY. 


u'ik 


1.  This  country  is  remarkable  for  its  situation,  being  a  peninsula 
lying  between  lake  Michigan,  on  the  west,  and  lakes  Huron,  St. 
Clair,  and  Erie,  on  the  east. 

2.  The  surface  is  very  level,  having  no  mountains,  and  few  ele- 
vations that  can  properly  be  called  hills.  The  central  part  is  mod- 
erately elevated,  but  is  level,  and  some  of  it  marshy,  descending 
ger.Uy  in  all  directions  toward  the  waters.  The  greater  part  is 
covered  with  a  dense  forest ;  though  there  are  extensive  prairies. 

3.  The  soil  is  generally  very  fertile  ;  but  there  is  a  tract  border- 
ing on  lake  Michigan  that  is  sandy  and  barren. 

4.  The  country  is  well  watered  by  the  lakes  and  7'ivers  on  its 
borders,  and  by  numerous  small  streams,  which  are  navigable  for 
hosts.  The  waters  abound  in  lokiie-Jish^  and  the  fisheries  are  very 
valuable. 

5.  De-troit',  finely  situated  on  the  Detroit  river,  between  lakes 
St.  Clair  and  Erie,  is  the  chief  town,  and  a  place  of  note  in  the  fur 
trade. 

6.  Mich-i-li-mack'i-na^c  or  Mack'i-nate.  situated  on  an  island  in 
the  straits  of  the  same  name,  is  noted  as  a  military  jwst. 

7.  Detroit  was  founded  by  the  French  about  1670,  and  has  long 
been  noted  as  a  trading  post.    In  1805,  Michigan  was  erected  into 

10.  What  is  said  of  Herculaneum,  &c.  ?     11.  What  notice  of  history  ? 

Michigan. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Michigan?  2.  Surface?  3.  Soil? 
4.  Waters  ?  5.  Detroit  ?  6.  Michilimackinac  ?  7.  What  notice 
of  history  ? 


See  Map  of  the  United  States. — Through  what  part  of  Missouri  does 
the  river  Missouri  flow  ?  What  rivers  flow  into  the  Mississippi  on 
the  east  side  opposite  to  the  st;\te  of  Missouri  ? 

Wliat  rivers  of  Missouri  flow  info  tlie  river  Missouri  on  tlie  north  side? 
What  ones  on  the  south  side  ?     What  ones  into  the  Mississippi  ? 

What  ones  rise  in  t'lis  state  and  flow  into  Arkansas  ? 

How  is  Jefferson  situated  ?     8t.  Louis  ?     Potosi  ? 

What  towns  on  the  Mississippi  ?     The  Missouri  ? 

See  .Map  of  the  United  States.— Ry  what  lakes  is  Michigan  sur- 
rounded ?     What  livers  flow  into  lake  Michigan  ? 

What  bay  extends  from  lake  Huron  Jnto  the  coimtry  ? 
situated?     Michiliiiiackiuac  ? 

What  towns  in  the  southeast  part: 


How  is  Detroit 


Saginaw  ? 


w 


76 


MICHIGAN  TERRITORY. 


a  territorial  goveniniont.  It  was  the  scene  of  important  military 
operations  during  the  late  war  between  the  United  States  and 
England. 

NORTHWEST  or  HURON  TERRITORY. 

1.  Tliia  extensive  country,  which  is  mostly  surrounded  by  the 
great  lakes  and  the  upper  course  of  tlie  river  Mississippi,  has  gen- 
erally been  known  by  the  name  of  the  JVorthwcst  Territori/ ;  but 
with  respect  to  its  government,  it  has  been  annexed  to  the  Michi- 
gan Territory.  It  has  been  proposed  to  erect  it  into  a  separate 
government,  under  the  name  of  the  Huron  Territory. 

2.  The  surface  of  some  portions,  particularly  towards  the  north, 
is  hilly  and  mountainous ;  but  for  the  most  part,  it  is  level  or  mod- 
erately uneven,  and  has  prairies  of  vast  extent. 

3.  Some  of  the  principal  rivers  witliin  the  country,  are  the  JVis- 
con'sin  or  Ouis-con'sin^  FoXy  Chip'pe-wayy  and  'St.  Croix.  Tlie 
Wisconsin  and  Fox  rivers  are  connected  by  a  portage,  only  about 
a  mile  long,  across  a  marsli,  and  in  high  stages  of  the  water,  boats 
pass  from  one  to  the  other. 

4.  The  country  abounds  in  mines  of  lead,  iron,  and  copper. 

5.  A  valuable  kind  of  grain  called  tvild  rice,  or  wild  oats,  is  found 
in  great  abundance  in  the  marshy  and  inundated  tracts,  bordering 
on  the  lakes  and  other  waters  of  tliis  territory  and  otlier  neighbor- 
mg  countries. 

6.  The  country  is  inhabited  by  several  tribes  of  Indians ;  but  it 
has  been  little  explored,  except  by  iiuuters,  and  contains  but  few 
white  inhabitants.  The  principal  settlements  are  at  Prai'rie  du 
C/«-cn' (she-en').  Green  hay,  and  the  Falls  of  St.  Mary;  and  at 
Fond  du  Lac  there  is  a  trading  post. 


ARKANSAS  TERRITORY. 


\\'.': 

m 


1.  The  Arkansas  Territory  was  erected  into  a  separate  gov- 
ernment in  1819,  extending  from  tlie  Mississippi  to  Mexico  ;  but  in 
1824,  the  western  limit  was  restricted  to  a  line  beginning  40  miles 
west  of  the  southwest  corner  of  the  state  of  Missouri,  and  running 
south  to  Red  River. 

2.  The  country,  comprising  the  wliole  region  from  the  Missis- 
sippi to  Mexico,  is   naturally  divided  into  three  parts ;    1st,  tlie 

Northwest  Territory. — 1.  What  is  said  of  the  Northwest  or  Hu- 
ron Territory  ?  2.  Surface  ?  3.  Rivers  ?  4.  Minerals  ?  5.  What 
natural  productions  ?    6.  Settlements  ? 

Arkansas. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Arkansas?     2.  What  of  the  surface  ? 


See  Map  of  the  United  States. — By  what  lakes  and  river  is  this  coun- 
try chiefly  surrounded  ?     What  rivers  flow  into  the  Mississippi  ? 
What  ones  into  lake  Michigan  ?     Lake  Superior  ? 
Where  is  Green  Bay  ?     St.  Mary's  Falls  ?     Prairie  du  Chieu  ?     Fond  du 
Lac  >     St.  Anthony's  Falls  ? 


ARKANSAS  TERRITORY. 


77 


eastern  or  alluvial  division  towards  the  Mississippi,  which  is  low,  and 
generally  level ;  2d,  the  hilly  and  broken  country,  which  is  traversed 
by  the  Ozark  Mountains  ;  and  3d,  the  country  west  of  the  mountains, 
which  is  chiefly  composed  of  immense  prairies. 

3.  The  soil  is  of  all  varietiies,  from  the  most  fertile  to  the  most 
sterile. 

4.  The  country  is  bounded  on  the  east  by  tlie  Mississippi ;  tlie 
greater  port  of  its  southern  boundary  is  formed  by  Red  River,  and  it 
is  traversed  throughout  by  the  Arkansas.  The  otJier  principal  rivers 
are  the  fFhite  River,  St.  Francis,  and  fVash-i-tdf. 

5.  The  Arkansas  (ar-kan-saw'  or  ar-k&n'sas),  ^ii^hich  rises  in  the 
Rocky  mountains,  is  upwards  of  2,000  miles  in  length,  and  at  spring 
tides,  it  is  navigable  nearly  to  the  mountains  by  steamboats.  The 
upper  part  of  its  course  is  through  a  region  of  sterile  prairies,  or  an 
immense  sandy  and  barren  waste.  Some  of  its  tributary  streams  arc 
strongly  impregnated  with  salt ;  and  above  the  middle  of  its  course 
there  is  a  tract  called  the  salt  prairie,  which  is  covered  with  salt  in 
the  form  of  hoar-frost. 

6.  The  Hot  Springs,  towards  the  sources  of  the  Washita,  are 
much  visited  by  invalids.  The  waters  are  pure  and  limpid,  with 
little  or  no  mineral  properties,  and  their  ordinary  temperature  is  said 
to  be  that  of  boiling  heat. 

7.  Little  Rock,  on  the  Arkansas,  300  miles  from  its  mouth  by 
the  river,  is  the  seat  of  government.  The  other  piincipal- towns  are 
Washington  and  Batesville. — Dioight  is  a  missionary  station  among 
the  Cherokees. 


MISSOURI  TERRITORY. 

1.  This  vast  extent  of  country,  lying  between  the  Mississippi  and 
the  Rocky  mountains,  comprises  tlie  greater  part  of  the  western 
slope  of  the  Mississippi  valley,  and  is  almost  whollj^  uninhabited,  ex- 
cept by  Indians. 

2.  A  belt  of  country,  extending  from  200  to  400  miles  to  the 
west  of  the  Mississippi,  is  covered,  in  great  part,  with  forests.  To 
the  west  of  this  is  found  a  vast  region  of  plains  reaching  to  the 
Rocky  mountains;  in  some  parts  it  is  fertile  and  covered  with 
grass,  and  in  others  sandy  and  sterile.  It  has  been  compared  to 
the  steppes  of  Central  Asia,  and  some  portions  of  it  to  the  African 
desert  of  Sahara.    The  margins  of  the  lower  coui-ses  of  the  rivers 

3.  What  is  said  of  the  soil?    4.  Rivers?     6.  The  Arkansas?     6.  The 
Hot  Springs  ?     7.  Towns  ? 

Missouri  Territory. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Missouri  Territory  ? 
2.  What  is  the  character  and  surface  of  the  country  ? 


Se*  Map  of  the  United  States. — What  rivers  form  a  part  of  the  boun- 
dary of  Arkansas  ?    Through  what  part  does  the  Arkansas  flow  ? 
What  other  rivers  ?    How  is  Little  Rock  situated  ?     Dwight?    The  Hot 
Springs  ? 

7* 


11::; 


ii 


11 


78 


MISSOURI  TERRITORY. 


J 

iv 

i4 

w'*^ 

w 

11 

i 

1 

lis 

H  '   '•'' 

V  .  T 

7jk,    \ 

JlSr 

W  l^j' 

' 


i 


tJiat  enter  tlio  Mississippi  from  this  rpprion  are  ^vootlod  ;  but  in  as« 
conding  towards  the  mountains,  the  trees  gradually  dhinnisii,  and  at 
length  entirely  disappear. 

a.  To  tiie  west  of  these  plains  the  Rochj  Mountains  rise  up  in  an 
abrupt  manner,  presenting  a  steep  I'ront,  with  many  frc    iiing  rocky 

frecipices,  and  liaving  many  summits  cover'ul  with  perpi  Lual  snow, 
t  is  a  singular  fact  that,  between  tiio  sources  of  the  La  Platte  and 
the  Bu6-na-ven-tu'ra,  there  is  an  opening  through  this  range  whicli 
admit*  the  passage  of  loaded  wagons. 

4.  The  largest  rivers  of  this  coiuitry  are  the  Missonri  and  its  trib- 
utaries, the  Kansas  or  Kansas,  La  Platte^  and  Yellowstone. 

5.  The  Great  Falls  of  the  Missoiui,  which  are  2570  miles  by  the 
river  from  the  Mississippi,  consist  of  a  succession  of  cataracts  and 
rapids,  amounting  in  the  whole  to  350  feet.  The  largest  cataract, 
which  is  87  feet  perpendicular,  presents  a  scene  of  much  beauty  and 
grandeur. 

G.  The  place  where  the  Missouri  seems  to  have  lorn  for  itself  a 
passage  through  the  mountain  ridge,  called  the  Gates  of  tlie  Rocky 
Mountains,  is  described  as  a  very  yublime  spectacle.  The  river 
flows  through  a  cJiasm  more  than  five  miles  long,  where  the  rocks 
rise  perpendicularly  from  tlie  water's  edge  to  the  height  of  nearly 
1200  feet.  The  stream  is  liere  compressed  to  the  width  of  150 
yards  ;  and  for  the  space  of  tlu'ee  miles,  there  is  but  caie  spot  on 
which  a  man  can  standj  between  the  edge  of  the  water  and  the  per- 
pendicular ascent  of  th-  mountain  rock. 

7.  The  United  States  have  established  military  posts  at  Council 
Bluffs  and  on  St.  Peter's  River. 

OREGON  TERRITORY. 

1.  This  is  an  extensive  country,  lying  between  the  itocky  moun- 
tains and  the  Pacific  ocean  ;  but  it  is  little  known. 

2.  It  is  watered  by  the  river  Or'e-gon  or  Co-lum'hi-a  and  its 
branches,  th'  '"-incipal  of  M'hich  are  Lewises  River,  Clark's  River, 
and  the  Mvllnc.  c  h. 

3.  The  country  bordering  on  the  Oregon  and  its  branches,  is  rep- 
resented as  having  a  good  soil,  and  is  covered  with  heavy  timber, 
consisting  chiefly  of  various  species  of  fir ;  many  of  the  trees  being 
of  enormous  height. 


What  is  said  of  the  Rocky  mountains  P    4.  What  rivers  ? 
What  is  said  of  the  Falls  of  the   Missouri  ?    6.  What  of  the  Gates  of 
the  Rocky  Mountains  ?    7.  What  military  posts  are  in  this  country? 

Oregon  Territory. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Oregon  Territory? 
,  What  are  the  rivers  ?    3.  Soil  ? 


See  Map  of  the  United  States. — What  is  the  general  course  of  the 
Missouri  ?     What  rivers  flow  into  it  on  the  southwest  side  ? 
What  ones  on  the  northeast  ?    What  rivers  in  Missouri  Territory  flow  into 
the  Mississippi  ?     Where  are  Council  Blufls  ?     Fort  Mandan  ? 


OREGON  TERRITORY. 


79 


4.  At  a  distance  from  the  or 'iiii  the  country  ia  mountuinom,  des- 
titute of  trees,  uud  nuuli  of  i-  hiirron.  Extenaive  priiiriea  tiro  found 
on  the  west,  as  well  as  on  the     ast  side  of  tlie  Rocky  i.iountains. 

5.  The  climate  in  the  nuiaaiiiinona  piirt^i,  is  severe  ;  but  near  tlio 
shores  of  the  Pacilic  oce.ii,  it  is  umch  iniider  than  in  the  wauie  lati- 
tude on  the  Atluntic. 

6.  Tlii  (I  I  ,ry  was  explored  by  Lewis  and  Clark,  in  1805;  and 
in  IHll,  a.  trading  establishment  was  furujed  at  Astoria  by  some 
Americans. 


MEXICO. 


Pyramid  of  Cholula. 


LS 


1.  Mexico,  a  country  of  great  extent,  and  exceedingly  rich  botli 
in  mineral  and  vegetable  productions,  was  for  three  centuries  a  very 
important  province  of  Spain,  but  is  now  an  independent  republic. 

4.  What  is  said  of  the  surface  ?     5.  Climate  ? 

6.  When  and  by  whom  was  this  country  explored  ? 

Mexico. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Mexico? 


^ 


!    •  (■• 


Sec  Map  ofJVorth  America. — How  is  the  Oregon  Territory  situated  ? 
What  is  the  course  of  the  Columbia  or  Oregon  river  ?     What  rivers  flow 
into  it  ?     How  is  Astoria  situated  ? 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


A 


{/     \S'\^  i^. 


V 

A,^^ 


1.0 


I.I 


11.25 


^  1^ 


6" 


lis  IIIIIM 


1.8 


U    IIIIII.6 


V] 


v] 


/: 


0: 


'/ 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


33  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER, NY.  HS80 

(716)  873-4503 


^ 


^ 


\ 


iV 


\\ 


^s-^ 


*> 
^ 


C^ 


o^ 


«0 


MEXICO. 


2.  Its  most  remarkable  natural  feature  is  its  great  elevation.  The 
'  lands  are  lovr  on  both  coasts  ;  and  from  each  there  is  a  gradual  rise 

till  the  country  attains  the  height  of  from  6,000  to  8,000  feet,  when 
it  spreads  out  into  immense  plains  called  table  land. 

3.  The  country  is  traversed,  by  a  chain  of  mountains  called  the 
Cor-«K/-/c'rcw  of  Mexico,  which  are  regarded  as  a  part  of  the  great 
range  which  takes  the  name  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  further  nf»rtli, 
end  that  of  the  Andes  in  Soutli  America. 

4.  Some  of  the  mountains  of  this  range  are  volcanic,  and  many  of 
tliem  are  always  covered  with  snow.    Two  of  the  most  remarkable 

.fi^*  siunmits  are  the  volcanoes  Pop-o-catfe-petl  and  Or-i-zd'ha. 

5.  Jo-rul'lo  is  a  famous  volcanic  mountain,  which  burst  out  from  a 
plain,  in  1757,  and  rose  to  the  height  of  nearly  1,700  feet. 

6.  Mexico  suffers,  in  many  parts,  for  the  want  of  water  and  navi- 
gable rivers.  The  three  largest  are  the  Del  JVbr'tCy  Col-o-rd'do,  and 
BiU-na-ven-tu'ra  (bwa-na-ven-too'ra),  all  of  which  flow  through  the 
most  uncultivated  parts  of  the  country,  and  are  therefore  of  little  use 
to  commerce. 

7.  Mexico  has  two  remarkable  peninsulas,  Cal-i-fo^ni-a^  in  the 
weal,  which  is  about  900  miles  long,  but  possesses  very  few  inhab- 
itants ;  and  Yu-ca-tan',  in  the  southeast,  wliich  is  noted  for  ma- 
hogany. 

8.  The  climate  on  the  coasts  is  hot  and  unhealthy ;  on  the  table 
lands,  it  is  generally  mild  and  salubrious ;  but  on  tie  highest  of 
them,  it  is  cold,  even  south  of  the  tropic  of  Cancer. 

9.  A  large  part  of  the  country  has  a  very  fertile  soil ;  though  much 
of  the  high  table  land  is  barren. 

10.  The  kind  of  grain  which  most  abounds  in  Mexico,  is  maize. 
The  agave,  which  yields  a  liquor  called  pulque,  is  extensively  culti- 
vated ;  also  sugar,  indigo,  tobacco,  cotton,  cochineal,  and  various  kinds 
of  fruit  and  grain. 

11.  Mexico  is  celebrated  for  its  silver  mines,  which  are  the  richest 
in  the  world,  and  have  for  a  long  time  produced  annually  ten  tiraes 
as  much  silver  as  all  the  mines  in  Europe.  Some  of  these  mines 
are  regarded  as  curiosities  •  and  one  of  them  is  excavated  8  miles 
in  length,  and  1,640  feet  in  depth. 

12.  Some  religious  monuments  of  the  ancient  Mexicans  are  still 
to  be  seen  in  the  country,  of  which  the  most  celebrated  is  the  Pyra- 
mid of  Cho-lu'la.  It  is  constructed  of  unburnt  bricks,  consisting  of 
four  stories  or  terraces,  with  a  base  of  1,423  feet  broad,  and  is  177 
feet  high. 

13.  Mexico,  the  capital,  is  situated  near  a  lake,  in  a  beautiful 
valley,  elevated  almost  7,500  feet  above  the  level  of  the  ocean,  and 
surrounded  by  naked  and  majestic  mountains.  It  is  remarkable  for 
the  regularity  and  width  of  its  streets,  for  the  splendor  of  its  edi- 
fices, and  for  having  the  richest  mint  in  the  world. 


2.  What  is  its  most  remarkable  natural  feature  ? 

S.  What  range  uf  mountains  ? 

4.  What  is  said  of  the  summits  ?    5.  Jorullo  ?    6.  Rivers?    7.  Peninsulas  ' 

8.  Climate  ?    9.  Soil  ?    10.  Productions  ?    11.  Mines  ?    12.  Pyra 

mid  of  Cholula  ?    13.  Mexico  ? 


MEXICO. 


81 


14.  PxU'hla  is  a  regular  and  beautiful  city,  the  second  in  popula- 
tion, and  is  finely  situated  on  a  plain,  nearly  as  elevated  as  that  of 
Mexico ;  Guad-a-lax-dlra  (guad-a-la-hU'ra)  and  ^uer'e-tOfro  are  also 
large  and  handsome  towns. 

15.  Gimn-ax-itd'to  (gwan-a-hwS'to)  and  Zac-wt^cas  are  famous 
for  their  rich  silver  mines ;  and  Xa-ldfpa  or  Ja-l&'pa,  for  giving  name 
to  the  medicinal  root  called  Ja/op. 

16.  Mexico  has  but  few  good  harbors ;  some  of  the  best  and  most 
frequented  are  Vefra  Cruz'  and  Tam-pi'co  on  the  gulf  of  Mexico ; 
and  Ac-a-pvl'co  and  San  Bias  on  the  Pacific  ocean.  Vera  Cruz  is 
the  port  through  which  most  of  the  commerce  between  Mexico  and 
£urope  has  been  carried  on. 

17.  Less  than  one  quarter  of  the  inhahitants  of  Mexico  are 
whites ;  more  than  a  tliird  consist  of  subdued  Indiana,  and  about 
as  many  of  mixed  races.  The  only  religion  tolerated  is  the  Cath- 
olic. 

18.  In  1521,  the  Spaniards  under  Cortez  subdued  Mexico,  which 
was,  at  that  time,  under  the  government  of  the  emperor  Montezuma ; 
and  in  1821 ,  the  Mexicans  declared  themselves  independent  of  Spain. 


GUATIMALA,  or  CENTRAL  AMERICA. 

1.  Gu'a-d-ma'la  consists  of  a  long  isthmus,  forming  the  Southem- 
most  part  of  North  America,  and  lying  between  the  Caribbe'an  sea 
and  the  Pacific  ocean.  It  was  formerly  subject  to  Spain,  but  was 
declared  independent  in  1821 ;  and  it  has  since  been  named,  from 
its  situation,  the  Republic  of  Central  America. 

2.  The  country  is  extremely  mountainous,  and  has  many  volca- 
noes, some  of  which  are  liable  to  frequent  eruptions  ;  and  it  is  much 
subject  to  earthquakes. 

3.  The  soU  is  very  fertile  ;  the  productions  similar  to  those  of  Mex- 
ico ;  and  the  part  of  the  country  bordering  on  tiie  bay  of  Hon-du'ras 
is  celebrated  for  mahogany  and  logwood. 

4.  The  climate  is  very  various ;  on  the  coast  and  low  country,  hot 
and  unhealthy ;  in  the  elevated  parts,  agreeable  ;  on  the  mountains, 
cold. 


14.  What  is  said  of  Puebla,  &c.  ?  15.  Wiiat  other  towns,  and  for  what 
noted  ? '  16.  What  is  said  of  the  harbors  ?  17.  Inhabitants  ?  1& 
What  notice  of  the  history .' 

GuATiMALA. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Guatimala  } 
2.  What  is  said  of  the  country  ^    3.  Soil  ?    4.  Climate  'i 


See  Map  of  JVorth  America. — How  is  California  situated?  Yucatan.^ 
The  gulf  of  Mexico?    Gulf  of  California?    GulfofTe-huant'e-pec? 

What  rivers  flow  into  the  gulf  of  Mexico  ?  What  ones  into  the  gulf  of 
California  ?     What  ones  into  the  Pacific  ocean  ? 

In  what  part  of  Mexico  is  Texas  ?  In  what  part  are  most  of  the  principal 
towns  ?  How  is  the  city  of  Mexico  situated  ?  Puebla  ?  Zacate- 
cas  ?    Vera  Cruz  ?    Acapuico  ?    Tampico  ?    Santa  Fe  f 

What  towns  in  the  neighborhood  of  Mexico  i 


m 


m 

X 


!^ 


83 


GUATIMALA. 


5.  The  rivers  are  numerous,  and  often  partake  of  the  nature  of 
torrents,  but  are  not  large. — The  principal  lake  is  tliat  of  J^ic-a-r&'gua. 

6.  6ua-ti-ma'la,  the  capital,  is  situated  near  the  Pacific  ocean, 
and  has  a  good  harbor,  and  some  magnificent  edifices. 

7.  Some  of  the  other  principal  towns  are  iSan  SaVvordoTy  Chi-qui- 
mu'la,  Le-on'y  Car-td'go^  and  Chi-d'pa ;  also  O-m&aj  noted  as  a  port 

8.  Ba-iAzb'  is  an  English  settlement  on  the  bay  of  Honduras,  and 
is  noted  for  its  trade  in  maliogany. 


>        .  WEST  INDIES. 

1.  The  West  Indies  consist  of  a  long  chain  of  islands,  lying  be- 
tween North  and  South  America,  extending  from  the  coast  of  Flor- 
ida to  the  mouth  of  the  Orinoco  ;  the  Bahama  Islands  being  the  mo&t 
northern,  and  Trinidad  the  most  southern. 

2.  These  i  .'lands  form  the  part  of  America  that  was  first  discov- 
ered by  Coiumbus ;  and  they  were  named  by  him  the  fFest  Indies^ 
because  he  supposed  they  were  connected  with  India,  in  the  south- 
east of  Asia.  They  are  styled  by  some  geographers  the  Columbian 
Arch-i-peVa-go. 

3.  The  West  Implies  comprise  several  groups  of* islands,  namely, 
the  Ba-hc^maSj  the  Great  An-tilles^  (an-tilz'),  and  the  Car-ib-beef 
Islands.  Of  the  Caribbees,  Martinique  (mar-te-neek')  and  all  to  the 
south  of  it  are  called  Windward  Islands ;  and  Dom-i-ni'ca  and  all 
that  lie  between  it  and  Porto  Rico  are  called  Leeward  Islands ;  and 
a  part  of  these,  lying  to  the  east  of  Porto  Rico,  are  also  called  Vir- 
gin Islands. 

4.  These  islands,  with  the  exception  of  Hay'ti  (ha'ty)  and  Mar-ga- 
'/"^ta,  belong  to  different  European  states,  chiefly  to  Great  Britain, 
Spain,  and  France. 

5.  The  four  Great  Antilles,  nam-.  '"^u'ba,  Hay'ti,  Ja-mdi'ca,  and 
Potato  Ri'co,  are  the  largest  and  moat  important.  Some  of  the  most 
considerable  of  the  Caribbee  Isles,  are  Gud-da-loxipe'  (ga-da-loop') 
Mar-H-nique'  or  Mar-ti-ni'co,  and  Bar-ha'does. 

6.  The  Bahama  Islmi  Is  are  numerous,  but  not  very  important. 
One  of  them,  now  called  Cat  Island,  is  noted  for  beings  the  first  land 
in  America  that  was  seen  by  Columbus. 


6.  What  is  said  of  the  rivers  ?    6.  Guatimala  ?    7.  What  othec  towns  ? 
8.  What  of  Balize  ? 

West  Indies. — 1.  What  is  said  of  the  West  Indies  ? 
2.  What  of  their  discovery  and  name  ?    3.  What  groups  of  islandf  do  they 
comprise  ?    4.  What  is  their  political  condition  ?    5.  What  are  some 
of  the  most  important  islands  ?  .  6.  What  is  said  of  the  Bahamas  ? 


i  C  Bahan 
I  5  Provi( 
^  (  Abac( 


1^ 


£ 


See  Map  ofJVorth  America. — How  is  the  bay  of  Honduras  situated? 
Lake  Nicaragua  ?  The  Mosquito  Shore  ?  The  city  of  Guatimala  i 
Chiapa?    Leon?    Omoa?    Balize? 


Hayti 
Cuba 
Jamai 
Porto 


Guadj 
Antig 
Santa 
StCh 
Domu 
St.  El 
Marie 
Monts 
Tortol 
Nevis 
St.  Ba 
Virgir 
St.M) 
St.Tl 
Angui 


Martii 
Barba 
Grena 
Trini( 
St.  Vi 
St.  Li 
Tobaj 
Margi 
1^  Cura^ 


Which  are 
Wii 
To 
oft 

Which  ha! 


WEST  INDIES. 


TABULAR  VIEW 

Of  thf  PRIX  ciPAL  West  India  Islands 


3  C  Bahama 
_!  /  Providence 
(^  I  Abaco,  &c. 


•^  i 


Hayti 
Cuba 
Jamaica 
Porto  Rico 


Belonging  to         Sq.  m.  Pop. 

BrUain  5,500      16,000 


Independent  28,000  035,000 

Spam          50,000  704,000 

Britain          6,400  386,000 

Spain            4,000  225,00Q 


Leeward  Islands. 


I 


'  Guadaloupe 
Antigua 
Santa  Cruz 
St.  Christopher 
Dominica 
St.  Eustatia 
Mariegalante 
Montserrat 
Tortola,  &c. 
Nevis 

St.  Bartholomew 
Virgin  Gorda 
St.  Martin 
St.  Thomas 
Anguilla 


France 
Britain 
Denmark 
Britain 

do. 
Holland 
France 
Britain 

do. 

do. 
Sioeden 
Britain 
Holland 
Denmark 
Britain 


675 
93 

100 
70 
29 
22 
90 
78 
90 
20 
60 
80 
90 
40 
30 


126,000 

36,000 

•  a3,000 

24,000 

19,000 

14,000 

12,000 

8,000 

7,000 

11,000 

8,000 

8,000 

6,000 

5,000 

800 


JVindward  Islands. 


Martinique 
Barbadoes 
Grenada 
Trinidad 
St.  Vincent 
St.  Lucia 
Tobago 
Margarita 
^  Cura^oa 


France 
Britain 

do. 

do 

do. 

do. 

do. 
Columbia 
Holland 


370 
166 
110 
1,700 
130 
225 
140 
350 
600 


102,000 
101,000 
29,000 
52,000 
25,000 
18,000 
14,000 
15,000 
12,000 


Chiof  towns. 

Nassau 


Port  Republican 
Havannah 
Kingston 
St.  Juan 


Basse  Terre 
St.  John's 
Santa  Cruz 
Basse  Terre 
Roseau 
The  Bay 
Basse  Terre 
Plymouth 
Road  Harbor 
Charlestowu 
Gustavia 


St.  Piene 

Bridgetown 

St.  George 

Port  of  Spain 

Kingston 

Carcnago 

Scarborough 

Ascension 

Williamstadt 


Questions  on  the  Tabular  View  of  the  West  Indies. 

Which  are  the  Antilles  ?  What  are  some  of  the  Leeward  islands  ?  The 
Windward  ?  What  are  some  of  the  islands  that  belong  to  Britain  ? 
Tc  Spain  ?  To  France  ?  What  other  European  states  possess  any 
of  the  islands?     Which  island  has  the  greatest  population? 

Which  has  the  most  square  miles  ?  Which  five  of  tlie  Leeward  islands 
have  the  most  inhabitants  ?    Which  five  of  the  Windward? 


;^:* 


94 


WEST  INDIES. 


7.  The  surface  of  the  West  India  Islands,  in  the  interior,  is  gen- 
erally mountainous  ;  but  there  are  numerous  rich  and  beautiful  val- 
leys.   Tlie  soil  of  most  of  them  is  very  fertile. 

8.  These  islands  lie  chiefly  within  the  tropic  of  Cancer,  and  have 
a  climate  which  is  apt  to  prove  fatal  to  northern  constitutions. 
There  are  but  two  seasons,  the  wet  and  t^e  dry ;  and  in  August  and 
September,  tremendous  hurricanes  are  common. 

9.  The  exports  are  very  valuable,  and  consist  of  sugar,  rum,  coffee, 
indigo,  cotton,  and  various  other  tropical  productions. 

10.  As  many  as  four  fifths  of  the  inhabitants  are  blacks,  and 
mostly  slaves.  The  greater  part  of  the  white  inhabitants  reside  in 
tlie  two  Spanisli  islands  of  Cuba  and  Porto  Rico. 

11.  Cuba,  tlie  largest  and  most  important  of  the  West  India 
islands,  has  a  fertile  soil,  and  among  its  productions  are  tobacco,  es- 
teemed the  best  in  America,  also  sugar  and  coffee. 

12.  Ha-van'nah  or  Ha-van'a,  the  capital  of  Cuba,  is  the  largest 
and  most  commercial  city  in  the  West  Indies,  and  celebrated  for  its 
admirable  harbor. 

13.  Haiti  was  formerly  called  His-pan-i-o'la  and  St.  Do-min'go, 
and  was  divided  between  France  and  Spain.  It  is  a  very  fertile 
island,  and  next  to  Cuba  in  size.  Here  the  first  European  colony  m 
America  was  established  by  Columbus  ;  and  here  also  the  first  in- 
:iependent  state  formed  by  African  slaves,  has  been  founded. 

14.  The  principal  towns  of  Hay ti  are  Port  Republican,  Cape  Hay- 
tien,  and  St.  Domingo. 

15.  Kingston,  in  Jamaica,  is  the  largest  and  most  commercial  town 
in  the  British  islands  ;  as  is  St.  Pierre  (peer),  in  Martinique,  of  tlie 
French  islands. 


7.  What  IS  said  of  the  surface  and  soil  of  the  West  India  islands  ?    8.  Cli- 
mate ?    9.  Exports?    10.  Inhabitants  ?    11.  Cuba?    12.  Havannah ." 
13.  Hayti  ?    14.  What  are  the  principal  towns? 
15.  What  are  the  principal  towns  of  the  English  and  French  islands? 


See  Map  of  JVorth  .America. — Where  are  the  Bahama  islands?  The 
Caribbee  islands  ?  Cuba  ?  Jamaica  ?  Hayti  or  St.  Domingo  ?  Porto 
Rico  ?    Trinidad  ?    Guadaloupe  ?     Barbadoes  ?     Martinique  ? 

How  Is  Havannah  situated  ?  Kingston  ?   Cape  Haytien  ?   Port  au  Prince  ? 

Wliat  other  towns  on  Hayti  ?    What  ones  on  Cuba ' 


SOUTH   AMERICA. 


Chimhorazo. 


1.  South  America  maybe  regarded  as  a  vast  peninsula,  very  thinly 
inhabited,  and  the  most  of  it  uncultivated.  It  is  a  higlily  favored 
part  of  the  globe,  compared  with  the  other  great  divisions,  as  it  re- 
spects the  salubrity  of  its  climate,  the  fertility  of  its  soil,  and  the 
value  of  its  natural  productions. 

2.  The  western  part  consists  chiefly  of  elevated  table  land, 
crowned  by  chains  of  majestic  mountains  ;  to  the  east  of  this  high 
land,  there  is  an  expanse  of  country,  two  or  three  times  as  broad, 
composed  of  marshy  and  sandy  plains  ;  and  still  further  east,  there 
is  another  elevated  region  extending  nearly  to  the  Atlantic  coast, 
but  not  so  high  as  that  in  tiie  west. 

3.  The  most  striking  natural  features  of  South  America  consist  in 
its  Mountains  and  Rivers.  It  differs  from  the  northern  part  of  the 
continent,  in  being  but  little  indented  with  inland  seas  and  gulfs, 
and  in  having  few  large  lakes. 

4.  The  Andes  are  an  immense  chain  of  mountains  running  through- 
out South  America,  at  a  distance  varying  from  50  to  150  miles  from 
the  western  coast ;  and  they  have  been  seen  at  sea  at  the  distance 
of  180  miles  from  the  shore. 


il 


South  America. — 1.  What  is  said  of  South  America  ? 
2.  What  is  said  of  the  surface  ?     3.  What  are  the  most  striking  features.'' 
4.  What  is  said  of  the  Andes  ? 
8 


L.^ 


w 


8G 


SOUTH  AMERICA. 


5.  They  are  the  most  elevated  mountains  on  tliis  continent,  and 
have,  a  considerable  number  of  summits  that  arc  volcanic,  and  a  great 
many  that  are  always  covered  with  snow.  Tliey  abound  in  natural 
wonders,  as  stupondoua  precipices,  impetuous  torrents,  picturesque 
cataracts,  and  frightful  cliasms.  The  torrents  and  chasms  are  often 
crossed  by  rope  bridges. 

6.  The  highest  stnnmits  have  an  aspect  of  unrivalled  sublimity, 
their  elevation  carrying  them  above  the  region  of  the  clouds  ;  and 
below  thoir  snowy  tops,  the  storm  is  seen  to  burst ;  and  the  explor- 
ing traveller  hears  the  thunder  roll,  and  sees  the  lightning  dart  be- 
neath his  feet. 

7.  Between  the  different  ridges  there  are  extensive  plains  of  great 
fertility  and  beauty,  well  cultivated  and  populous. 

8.  The  Andes  are  said  to  derive  tlieir  name  from  the  Peruvian 
word  anti,  which  signifies  copper.  They  are  composed  in  great 
part  of  porphyry,  and  abound  in  the  precious  metals. 

9.  The  three  great  Rivers  of  South  America  are  the  Am'n-zon, 
La  Pld'ta,  and  O-ri-no'co.  These  rivers,  with  their  tributaries, 
water  most  of  South  Americr.. 

10.  The  Amazon,  called  also  the  Mut-'a-non  and  O-rel-Wna,  is 
the  largest  river  in  the  world  ;  and  some  of  its  tributaries  are  equal 
in  length  and  size  to  the  largest  rivers  in  Europe.  It  is  upwards 
of  4,000  miles  long,  and  180  miles  wide  at  its  mouth ;  and  the  tide 
flows  up  more  than  500  miles.  It  is  navigable  throughout  five  sixths 
of  its  course  for  vessels  of  400  tons. 

11.  The  La  Plata,  together  with  the  Par-a-nd',  its  principal 
branch,  is  about  3,000  miles  long,  and  30  miles  wide  at  Buenos 
Ayres,  200  nules  above  its  entrance  into  the  ocean ;  and  it  is  navi- 
gable through  the  greater  part  of  its  course. 

12.  The  Orinoco,  which  is  much  inferior  to  the  other  two,  is  about 
1,800  miles  long,  and  navigable  700.  A  water  communication  is 
formed  between  this  river  and  the  Amazon  by  the  Ca^-si-qui-dfri 
and  the  JVegro. 

13.  Some  of  the  principal  islands  are  Ter'ra  del  l^w^'go,  a  cold  and 
dreary  island  ;  the  FaWland  Islands,  and  the  island  of  Chi-lo'e. 

14.  The  climate  in  the  south  is  cold ;  in  other  parts,  on  the  low 
plains,  it  is  hot,  and  in  many  places  unhealthy ;  on  the  elevated 
jdains,  it  is  salubrious  and  delightful,  free  from  the  heat  of  sumraei 
and  the  cold  of  winter. 

15.  Many  parts  of  South  America  are  extremely  subject  to  earth- 
quakes, and  for  the  sake  of  greater  security,  the  houses,  in  these 
parts,  are  commonly  built  with  only  one  story. 

16. ,  South  America  abounds  in  valuable  productions ;  some  of 
those  for  which  it  is  most  celebrated  are  gold,  silver,  platina,  mercury, 
diamon^is,  and  cinchona  or  Peruvian  bark. 


5 
7. 

8. 
10 

15. 


What  is  said  of  their  elevation,  &c.  ?  6.  What  of  the  highest  summits  ? 
What  is  found  between  the  different  ridges  ? 
In  what  do  they  abound  ?     9.  What  are  the  three  great  rivers? 
What  is  said  of  the  Amazon?     11.  The  La  Plata?     12.  The  Orinoco? 

13,  What  islands?     14.  What  is  the  climate  ? 
What  is  said  respecting  earthquakes  ?     16.  Productions? 


17.  The 
Ci/ndor  is  t 
faculty  of  1 
12  to  10  f( 

18.  The 
as  whites, 
toes,  saml 
scendant'S 
and  negrr 
descent,  a 

19.  In  t 
Spaniards 
first,  those 
those  bori 

20.  Th( 
parts  of  til 

21.  Th( 
in  the  pos 
belonged 
an  I  all  tin 
governme 
disorder. 
Guiana,  I 

22.  Soi 
Co-lom'bi- 
east;  the 
south ;  ar 

17.  What 
19.  How  i 

ind( 
Sou 

See  Ma 

Are 

What  is  th 

em 

What  islai 

atl 

del 

afu 

What  islai 

wh 

Where  do 

What  GOV 

Pai 

Where  do 

Where  do 

What  CO! 

sou 

What  coi 

coi 

noi 

Di 

■h 


SOUTH  a:.iekica. 


n 


17.  Tlic  Andea  arc  a  great  nursery  of  birds.  Ain;^n^'  theGO  tho 
cvndor  is  the  most  remarkable,  and  is  the  largest  bird  tliat  has  the 
faculty  of  flying  in  the  air.  Its  wings,  \viu;a  extended,  measure  from 
12  to  16  feet ;  and  it  soars  to  the  height  of  more  than  20,000  feet 

18.  Tho  Inhabitants  of  South  America  consist  of  various  races, 
as  whites,  civilized  or  subdued  Indians,  negroes,  mestizoes,  mulai- 
toes,  samboes,  and  independent  Indians.  The  mestizoes  are  de- 
scendants of  the  whites  and  Indians  ;  the  samboes,  of  the  Indians 
and  negroes.  The  wjiitos  are  mostly  of  Spanish  and  Portuguese 
descent,  and  of  the  Catliolic  religion. 

U).  In  all  the  countries  in  America  that  were  colonized  by  tho 
Spaniards,  the  white  inhabitants  are  divided  into  two  classes  ;  tho 
first,  tliose  born  in  Spain,  who  are  called  Chapetones ;  the  second, 
those  born  in  America,  who  are  called  Creoles. 

20.  The  independent  Indians  inhabit  Patagonia  and  the  interior 
parts  of  tlie  continent 

21.  The  most  of  South  America  was,  till  within  a  few  years  past, 
in  the  possession  of  Spain  and  Portugal ;  but  all  the  countries  which 
belonged  to  these  two  European  states  liave  become  independent ; 
an  I  all  the  Spanish  provinces  have  established  republican  forms  of 
government,  but  have  suffered  much  by  political  contention  and 
disorder.  The  only  colonies  now  on  this  continent  are  those  in 
Guiana,  belonging  to  the  English,  Dutch,  and  French. 

22.  South  America  comprises  the  following  countries ;  namely, 
Co-lom'hi-a  and  Gui-d'na  (ghe-a'na),  in  the  north ;  Bra-ziV,  in  tho 
east ;  the  United  Provinces,  in  the  southeast ;  Pat-a-g&ni-a,  in  tlic 
south  ;  and  Chi'li  (che'lo),  Bo-liv'i-a,  and  Pe-ru',  in  the  west 

17.  What  is  said  respecting  birds  ?     18.  Inhabitants  ? 

19.  How  are  the  whites  in  Spanish  America  divided  ?  20.  Where  arc  the 
independent  Indians  ?  21.  What  is  said  of  the  political  condition  of 
South  America  ?    22.  What  countries  does  it  comprise .-' 

See  Map  of  South  .America. — What  ocean  lies  on  the  east  of  South 
America  ?     What  ocean  on  the  west  ?     What  sea  on  the  north  ? 

What  is  the  most  northern  cape  of  South  America  r'  What  the  most  east- 
ern ?     Southern  ?    Western  ? 

What  island  lies  at  the  south  extremity  of  South  Ai-ierica  .'•  What  island 
at  the  northeast  of  Terra  del  Fuego  ?  What  strait  separates  Terra 
del  Fuego  from  Patagonia  ?  Where  is  the  island  of  Chiloe  ?  Mas- 
afuero  and  Juan  Fernandez  .'* 

What  islands  on  the  northeast  of  Colombia  ?  What  mountains  extend  the 
whole  length  of  South  America,  towards  the  west  side  .'* 

Where  does  the  Rio  de  La  Plata  empty  ?  What  are  its  principal  branches.' 

What  countries  does  South  A-iierica  include?  in  what  country  do  the 
Paraguay,  Parani\,  and  Uraguay  rise  ? 

Where  does  the  Amazon  empty .''  What  are  some  of  its  principal  branches  ? 

Where  does  the  Orinoco  empty  ?    The  Magdalena  ? 

What  country  lies  in  the  north  of  South  America  ?  What  one  in  the 
south  .'     What  countries  in  the  west  ?     In  the  east .'' 

What  countries  lie  chiefly  between  the  equator  and  the  tropic  of  Capri- 
corn? What  countries  lie  south  of  the  tropic  of  Capricorn  .•'  What 
north  of  the  equator  ?  How  is  Colombia  bounded  ?  How  British, 
Dutch,  and  French  Guiana?  Brazil?  Peru?  Bolivia?  The 
^nited  Provinces  ?    Chili  ?    Patagonia? 


■ 


■  >■'£ 


W-':\I 


88 


COLOMBIA. 


COLOMBIA. 

Cotopaxi. 


1.  Colombia  is  a  very  extensive  country,  comprising  all  the 
northwestern  part  of  South  America,  anil  is  composed  of  the  coun' 
tries  formerly  known  by  the  names  of  JVeiv  Gre-nd'da  and  Corrad- 
eas  or  Fen-e-zw^'/a,  whicli  wore  united  and  formed  into  a  republic  in 
1819. 

2.  The  northwestern  part  was  formerly  known  by  the  name  of 
Terra  Firma ;  and  the  southwestern  part  once  formed  a  separate 
government  under  the  name  of  Qiii'to. 

3.  The  surface  is  greatly  diversified.  The  western  part  is  trav- 
ersed by  the  Andes,  the  most  celebrated  summits  of  which  are  within 
Colombia.  In  tlie  eastern  part  there  are  plains  of  vast  extent ;  and 
much  of  the  country  on  the  Orinoco  and  its  branches,  is  liable  to  in- 
undation. 

4.  Some  of  tlic  most  noted  summits  of  the  Andes,  in  Colombia, 
are  Chim-bo-rd'zo,  An-ti-sii'na^  Co-to-pax'i,  San-g(^i,  and  Pin- 
ehin'cha. 

5.  Chimhorazo,  the  most  elevated  mountain,  is  a  little  more  than 
four  miles  in  h  ight,  and  its  summit,  being  always  covered  with 
snow,  presents  a  magnificent  spectacle,  when  seen  from  the  shores 
of  the  Pacific  ocean.  Humboldt  ascended  this  mountain  to  the 
height  of  19,300  feet,  a  greater  elevation  than  was  ever  before  at- 
tained by  man. 

Colombia. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Colombia?    2.  By  what  names  were 
the  northwest  and  the  southwest  parts  formerly  known  ? 
3.  What  is  said  of  the  surface  ?    4.  What  are  the  most  noted  summits  of 
the  Andes '    5   V  hat  is  said  of  Chimborazo  ? 


6. 


COLOMBIA.  8D 

0.  Colopaxi  is  the  most  formidablo  volcano  of  tho  Andes,  and  the 
highest  that  has  been  recently  liable  to  eruptions.  Its  flames  havo 
been  known  to  rise  nearly  U,000  feet  above  the  crater ;  and  its  roar- 
ings have  been  heard  at  Honda,  a  distance  of  about  600  miles. 

7.  An-ti-atllna  is  a  volcanic  mountain  near  Cotopaxi,  and  more 
elevated,  but  has  had  no  recent  eruptions.  On  the  slue  of  this  moun- 
tuin,  there  is  a  hamlet  at  the  elevation  of  13,500  feet,  which  is  one 
of  the  highest  inhabited  spots  on  the  globe. 

H  The  principal  nvera  arc  the  O-ri-no'co,  the  Jlm/a-zon^  with 
many  of  its  tributaries  ;  and  tlie  Mag-da-le'na,  which  is  navigable  to 
Honda,  700  miles. 

1).  Tho  principal  lake3  are  those  of  Mar-a-cdi/bo  and  Va-len'ti-a. 
The  former  may  be  regarded  as  a  gulf  of  the  Car-ib-be'an  sea. 

10.  Tho  climate  on  the  coast  and  low  plains,  is  very  hot,  and  in 
many  parts  unhealtliy  ;  on  the  elevated  plains,  it  is  mild  throughout 
tlie  year. 

11.  Much  of  the  soil  is  very  fertile  ;  and  the  plains  on  the  Orino- 
co afTord  pasture  for  immense  numbers  of  cattle. 

12.  The  principal  exports  are  cocoa,  coffee,  cotton,  indigo,  tobacco, 
hides,  and  cattle. 

13.  The  mountains  contain  mines  of  gold,  silver,  plalina,  and  eme- 
ralds. 

14.  The  Cataract  of  Te-quen-da-md' ,  on  the  river  Bo-go-tdf,  a  head 
branch  of  the  Meta,  about  15  miles  from  the  city  of  Bogota,  is  one 
of  the  most  extraordinary  cataracts  in  the  world.  The  river  just 
above  the  fails  is  compressed  from  140  to  35  feet  in  width,  and  rushes 
down  a  perpendicular  rock  at  two  bounds,  to  the  depth  of  574  feet, 
into  an  unfathomable  gulf. 

■  15.  Bo-go-ta',  or  Santa  Fe  de  Bogota',  the  seat  of  government, 
and  formerly  the  capital  of  New  Granada,  is  a  well  built  city,  situ- 
ated in  a  fertile  plain,  an«l  is  elevated  8,700  feet  above  tlie  level  of 
the  sea. 

16.  ^ui'to  (kc'to),  the  largest  city  of  Colombia,  is  famous  for  its 
great  elevation,  being  situated  on  the  skirt  of  the  volcanic  mountain 
Pinchincha,  9,500  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  Though  situated 
near  the  equator,  yet  owing  to  its  great  elevation,  its  climate  is  mild 
throughout  the  year ;  but  it  is  subject  to  dreadful  tempests  and  eartli- 
quakes. 

6.  What  is  said  of  Cotopaxi  ?  7.  Antisana  ?  8.  Rivers  ?  9.  Lakes  ? 
10.  Climate?  11.  Soil  ?  12.  Exports.^  13.  Mineral  productions .' 
14.  Cataract.?     15.  Bogota?     16.  Quito? 


.*«. 

m 


See  Map  of  South  America. — What  bay  and  gulf  arc  on  the  coast  of 

Colombia  ?     What  islands  ?     How  is  lake  Maracaybo  situated  ? 
What  are  the  rivers  of  Colombia  ?     How  does  the  equator  intensect  tho 

country?     In  what  part  are  the  Andes? 
Where  are  Chimborazo  and  Cotopaxi  ?     How  is  Bogota  situated  ?    Quito  ? 

Popayan  ?    Caraccas  ?     Panama  ?    Guayaquil  ?     Maracaybo  r    St. 

Thomas  ?     What  towns  on  the  coast  of  the  Caribbean  sea  ? 
What  ones  on  the  coast  of  the  Pacific  ocean  ?     What  ones  on  the  Magda- 

lena  ?     What  ones  south  of  lake  Maracavbo  ? 
8* 


i 


'1-3 


m 


t>:C: 


00 


COLOMBIA. 


17.  Ca-racfcas^  situated  7  miles  from  Ln  fiuag'ra^  its  port,  at  an 
elevation  of  2,900  feet,  was  formerly  the  capital  of  the  province  of 
Caraccaj.     Po-pa-ynn'  is  a  lar{?e  town  in  the  interior. 

18.  Tho  principal  soaports  are  Car-tha-gt' na,  Por'to  BeVlo,  St. 
Mar'tha^  Mar-a-ctiy'ho,  Por'to  Ca-vel'lo,  La  Gnag'ra,  ond  Cu-tna-nA', 
on  tho  Caribbeiin  sea ;  Pan-a-ma\  Uuay-a-quU'  (gwi-a-koel'),  and 
Bui-na-ven-tu'ra,  on  tlie  Paciiic  ocean. 


GUIANA. 

1.  The  name  of  Gui-K'na  (ghe-K'na)  was  formerly  applied  to  a 
largo  country  extending  from  the  Orinoco  on  the  north,  to  the  Ama- 
zon on  the  south  ;  but  Spanish  Guiana  now  forms  a  part  of  Colombia, 
and  Portuguese  Guiana  a  part  of  Brazil.  The  rest  of  tlie  country 
belongs  to  the  English,  Dutch,  and  French. 

2.  The  surface  is  generally  very  level ;  the  climate  hot  and  un- 
healthy ;  tho  soil  very  fertile. 

3.  The  productions  are  similar  to  those  of  the  West  Indies,  and 
consist  chiefly  of  sugar,  coffee,  cotton,  cocoa,  and  indigo. 

4.  English  GuiaxVa  contains  three  small  colonies,  namely,  Es-se^ 
qui'bo,  Dem-a-rd'ra,  and  Ber-bice'.    The  principal  town  is  Std'broek. 

5.  Dutch  Guiana  is  also  called  Sur-i-nam',  from  the  principal 
river  by  which  it  is  watered.  The  capital  is  Par-a  mar'i-ho,  which 
is  a  very  pleasant  town,  situated  on  the  Surinam. 

6.  French  Guiana  is  also  called  Cay-enne',  and  is  noted  for  the 
production  of  Cayenne  pepper.  Caff-enne',  the  chief  town,  is  situ- 
ated on  an  island. 

-    -  — ■ 

17.  What  is  said  of  Caraccas  ?     18.  What  seaports  ? 

Guiana. — 1 .  What  i.s  said  of  Guiana .'  2.  What  of  the  surface,  cinnate, 
and  soil  ?  3.  Productions .'  4.  What  of  English  Guiana  ?  5.  Dutch 
Guiana .'    6.  French  Guiana  ? 


See  Map  of  South  .America. — How  is  English  Guiana  situated  ?    Esae- 
quibo.''     Demarara.'     Berbice .''     Stabroek ' 
How  is  Dutch  Guiana  situated  .'     What  river  intersects  it.-* 
How  is  Paramaribo  situated  ?  How  is  French  Guiana  situated  ?  Cayenne  I 


on 
of 


PERU. 

PERU. 

Silver  Mines. 


tn 


1.  Peru  was  once  the  seat  of  the  celebrated  empire  of  the  Incas, 
who  were  conquered  by  the  Spaniards  ;  and  it  is  famous  for  its  rich 
mines. 

2.  It  is  watered  by  the  head  branches  of  the  Amazon,  and  is 
traversed  from  north  to  south  by  tno  ridges  of  the  Andes. 

3.  The  country  lying  between  the  western  ridge  and  the  Pacific 
ocean,  is  called  Low  Peni ;  and  the  country  to  the  oast,  Hif^h  Peru. 

4.  Low  Peru  consists  of  an  inclined  plain,  from  30  to  100  miles 
wide,  composed  chiefly  of  sandy  df^serts,  having  no  vegetation  except 
on  the  borders  of  the  rivers  ;  and  in  thi^  part  of  the  country  along 
the  whole  coast  of  Peru,  rain  seldom  or  never  fulls. 

5.  High  Peru  is  composed  of  lofty  mountains,  interspersed  with 
fertile  valleys. 

6.  Peru  is  very  thinly  peopled ;  it  laoors  under  great  disadvan- 
tages for  want  of  roads,  bridges,  and  canals,  and  almost  the  only  way 
of  transporting  goods  is  on  the  backs  of  mules  and  lamas. 

7.  This  country  has  rich  mines  of  gold,  silver,  and  mercury  ;  but 
they  are  badly  managed  ;  and  it  is  famous  also  for  cinchona,  called 
also  Peruvian  or  Jesuifs  bark. 

8.  Li'ma  (le'ma),  the  capital  of  Peru,  is  pleasantly  situated  7  miles 
from  Cal-la'o,  its  port,  and  has  heretofore  been  a  ctiy  of  great  trade, 
opulence,  and  splendor. 


Peru. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Peru  ?    2.  What  rivers  and  mountains  ?    3 
Divisions  ?    4.  What  is  said  of  Low  Peru  ?    5.  High  Peru  ? 
6.  What  is  said  of  the  country  ?     7.  What  mines  .^ 
8.  What  is  said  of  Lima  ? 


II 


>.i. 


•r 

i 


tP 


93 


PERU. 


9.  Cuz'coj  anciently  the  capital  of  the  Peruvian  empire,  and  the 
seat  of  the  Incas,  is  still  a  large  town,  and  contains  monuments  of  its 
former  splendor. 

10.  Ar-e-quVpa  and  Gua-raun'ga  are  considerable  towns ;  Gxum'- 
ca  V&li-ca^  more  than  12,000  feet  high,  is  noted  for  mines  of  quick- 
silver ;  A-ya-cu'chOf  for  the  most  celebrated  battle  in  the  history  ol 
South  America. 

11.  Some  of  the  principal  seaports  are  Trux-U'lo,  Cal-ldo,A-ra'n!' 
tOf  and  At'l-cA. 

12.  Peru  was  conquered  by  the  Spaniards  under  Pizan-o  and  Al- 
tnagrOf  about  the  year  1532.  The  inhabitants  were  among  the  nv>st 
civilized  of  the  aboriginal  Americans. 

13.  The  limits  of  this  country  have  been  different  at  different 
times,  and  it  was  much  larger  under  the  Incas  than  at  present. 


BOLIVIA. 


1.  This  country,  which  once  foraied  a  part  of  Peru,  and  afterwards 
a  part  of  Buenos  Ayres,  was  a  few  years  since  formed  into  an  inde- 
pendent republic,  and  named  Bo-liv'i-a,  in  honor  of  general  Bo-li'var. 

2.  It  is  an  elevated  and  mountainous  country,  contains  stupendous 
summits  of  the  Andes,  some  of  which  have  been  lately  represented 
as  higher  than  Chimborazo  ;  and  it  gives  rise  to  several  large  tribu- 
taries both  of  the  Amazon  and  the  La  Plata. 

3.  This  country  contains  rich  silver  mines,  the  most  celebrated  of 
which  are  the  mines  of  Potosi,  which  Avere  formerly  exceedingly  pro- 
ductive, more  so  than  any  other  mines  in  South  America. 

4.  Some  of  the  principal  towns  are  La  Pla'ta  or  Chuquisaca 
(choo-ke-sa'ka),  the  capital ;  Po-to-si',  famous  for  its  silver  mines 
and  its  great  elevation  ;  La  Paz,  Or-o-pefsa ;  also  Co-bi'ja,  the  prin- 
cipal seaport. 

9.  What  is  said  of  Cuzco  ?     10.  What  other  towns  ?     11.  What  seaiiorts  ? 
12.  Wliat  is  said  of  the  conquest  of  Peru  ?     13.  What  of  the  limits  ? 

B01.1VIA. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Bolivia  ?  2.  What  is  the  character  of  the 
country  and  its  mountains?  3.  What  of  its  mines .''  4.  What  are 
some  of  the  towns  ? 


See  Map  of  South  America, — In  what  direction  do  the  rivers  of  Peru 

generally  run  ?     In  what  part  are  the  Andes  ? 
How  is  Lima  situated  ?     Cuzco?    Arequipa?    Guanca  Velica  .' 
What  are  some  of  the  towns  on  the  coast  ? 
What  tributaries  of  the  Amazon  rise  in  Bolivia  P     What  ones  of  the  I^ 

Plata  ? 
Where  is  lake  Tit-i-ca'ca ?    How  is  La  Plata  situated  ?   Potosi  ?   La  Paz? 
What  are  some  of  the  other  towns  ? 


pa'jos, 


BRAZIL. 


03 


BRAZIL. 

Diamond  Washing, 


1.  Bra-zU'  is  a  country  of  vast  extent,  comprising  the  eastern  and 
central  parts  of  South  America ;  but  the  greater  part  of  it  is  unin- 
habited, except  by  native  Indians,  and  is  little  known. 

2.  It  is  naturally  a  very  fine  country,  having  a  surface  agreeably 
diversified  with  hills,  mountains,  valleys,  and  plains  ;  and  it  i^;  gen- 
erally clothed  with  a  luxuriant  vegetation. 

3.  Some  of  the  principal  rivers  are  the  Am!a-zon,  Ma-dei'ra,,  To- 
p&'jos,  Xiii'gu,  To-canftins,  St.  Fmn-ciaico,  Par-a-nd ,  and  Par-a- 
guay'. 

4.  The  climate  in  the  northern  part  is  hot ;  in  the  southern,  tem- 
perate. 

5.  Though  there  are  extensive  barren  and  sandy  plains  in  the  in- 
terior, yet  the  soil  of  a  great  part  of  the  country  is  very  fertile,  and 
produces  cotton,  sugar,  coffee,  grain,  and  tropical  fruits ;  and  the 
country  is  celebrated  for  its  mines  of  gold  and  diamonds. 

6.  Rio  Janeiro  (re'o  ja-ne'ro),  the  capital  of  Brazil,  has  an  excel- 
lent harbor,  and  a  g  eat  commerce.  The  streets  are  dirty,  but  the 
public  walks  are  beautiful ;  and  the  inhabitants  are  distinguished  for 
parade  in  religious  ceremonies. 

7.  St.  SaVva-dor  and  Per-nam-bu'co  are  large  seaport  towns,  and 
have  an  extensive  commerce. 


m 


» 


!*  *:> 


Brazil.. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Brazil  ?    2.  What  is  the  character  of  the 
country  ?    3.  What  rivers  ?    4.  Climate  ?    5.  Soil  and  production?  ? 
a.  What  is  9m<l  of  Rio  Janeiro  ?    7.  St.  Salvador  and  Pernambuco  P 


";n'3 


i  ■■  ,  r 


94 


BRAZIL. 


8.  Cu^Sfha,  Vil'la  Rt'ca,  and  ViFla  Bo'a,  situated  in  the  interior, 
are  noted  for  gold  mines ;  Tt-ju'co,  for  the  most  celebrated  diamond 
mines  in  America. 

UNITED  PROVINCES. 

1.  This  country  has  been  known  by  the  names  of  Buenos  Ayres 
(bwa'nos  a'e-rez),  the  United  Provinces  of  La  Plata,  the  United 
Provinces  of  South  America,  and  also  tlie  Argentine  Republic. — The 
countries  or  provinces  of  Paraguay  and  Banda  Oriental  or  Monte 
Video,  in  the  eastern  part,  have  for  some  time  been  under  separate 
governments. 

2.  This  country  comprehends  most  of  the  great  basin  of  the  river 
La  Plata,  and,  with  the  exception  of  the  northern  and  western  parts, 
forms  one  vast  and  uniform  plain ;  and  much  of  that  portion  whicli 
borders  on  the  river,  is  liable  to  be  inundated. 

3.  In  the  soutiiern  part  are  found  the  immense  Pampas  or  plauis, 
wliich  resemble  the  prairies  of  the  western  country  belonging  to  the 
United  States.  They  are  more  than  1000  miles  long,  and  500  broad ; 
are  destitute-  of  trees,  and  covered  with  high  grass,  which  affords 
pasture  to  vast  numbers  of  cattle  and  wild  horses. 

4.  This  country  is  watered  by  the  great  river  La  Pld'td  and  its 
tributaries,  the  largest  of  which  are  the  Par-a-nd',  Par-a-guay', 
U-ra-guay',  and  PU-co-md'yo. 

5.  The  climaie  is  different  in  different  parts,  but  generally  healthy ; 
and  the  soil  of  a  large  part  very  fertile,  and  well  adapted  to  the  pro- 
duction of  various  kinds  of  grain  and  fruit ;  but  agriculture  is  much 
neglected. 

6.  A  great  part  of  the  wealth  of  the  country  consists  in  the  im- 
mense herds  of  cattle,  horses,  and  mules,  that  graze  on  its  plains ;  and 
hides,  tallow,  and  beef,  are  some  of  the  principal  articles  of  export. 

7.  The  herb  called  matte,  or  Paraguay  <ea,  is  a  celebrated  produc- 
tion of  the  province  of  Paraguay,  and  is  a  favorite  beverage  in  many 
parts  of  South  America,  particularly  among  the  miners. 

8.  Buenos  Ayres,  the  capital,  is  situated  on  the  La  Plata,  200 
miles  from  the  ocean,  and  derives  its  name,  which  signifies  good  air, 

8.  What  other  towns,  and  for  what  noted  ? 

United   Phovinces. — 1.  By  what  names  has  the  country  of  the 
United  Provinces  been  known,  and  what  does  it  comprehend  ? 
2.  What  is  said  of  the  country  ?    3.  What  is  said  of  the  Pampas  ? 
4.  What  are  the  rivers  ?    5.  Climate  and  soil  ? 

6.  In  what  does  a  great  part  of  the  wealth  of  the  country  consist  ? 

7.  What  is  said  of  Paraguay  tea  ?    8.  Buenos  Ayres  ? 


See  Map  of  South  .America. —  Vvhat  part  of  Brazil  is  crossed  by  the 

equator  ?   What  rivers  of  the  country  flow  into  the  Atlantic  ocean  ? 

What  ones  flow  into  the  Amazon  •* 

How  is  Rio  Janeiro  situated  ?    St.  Salvador  ?     Pernambuco  and  Olinda  f 

Pa-rai'ba?  Mar-an-ham'?  Pa'ra?  Tejuco?  Villa  Rica?  Cuyaba? 


from  the  s 
of  a  veiy 

9,  A' 
which  ^   - 
commorcii 

10.  As- 
rana,  mort 
an  interco 


1.  Chili 
lying  chie 

2.  Its  g 
from  the 
side,  pres( 

3.  The 
scend,  wi 

4.  The 
the  northc 
Peru,  rair 

5.  Muc 
dable  proi 

6.  The 
possess  a 

7.  The 
nan'dez,  a 
lonely  res 
stance  w 
Crusoe. 

8.  San 
a  beautifi 
built  of  u 

9.  Vol 
the  othei 
quim'bo. 

9.  What 

Chil 
the 
6. 
er 

SeeJi 

Pr 

What  riv 

How  is  I 

Sa 

-  Sec  Jl 
Ji 


UNITED  PROVTNCES.  05 

from  the  salubrity  of  its  climate.    It  is  the  outlet  of  all  the  coimnerce 
of  a  very  extensive  country ;  but  the  navigation  to  it  is  difficult 

9.  .V  e  Vi-di'Of  the  capital  of  a  country  of  the  same  name, 
which  "  '  formerly  called  Banda  Oriental,  ie>  a  town  of  considerable 
commorcial  importance,  and  has  the  best  harbor  on  the  La  Plata. 

10.  As-sump'tion^  the  capital  of  Paraguay,  is  situated  on  the  Pa- 
rana, more  than  1 ,000  miles  above  Buenos  Ayres,  with  which  it  has 
an  intercourse  by  boat  navigation. 

CHILI. 

1.  Chili  (che'lej  is  a  long  and  comparatively  narrow  country, 
lying  chiefly  between  the  Andes  and  the  Pacific  ocean. 

2.  Its  general  aspect  is  that  of  an  inclined  plain,  rising  gradually 
from  the  Pacific  oceaij  to  the  Andes,  which  extend  along  the  eastern 
side,  presenting  many  elevated  summits,  some  of  which  are  volcanoes. 

3.  The  country  is  watered  by  numerous  small  rivers,  which  de- 
scend, with  rapid  currents,  from  the  mountains  to  the  ocean. 

4.  The  climate  is  generally  very  healthy  and  pleasant ;  though  in 
the  northern  part,  in  the  country  bordering  on  the  coast,  as  in  Low 
Peru,  rain  seldom  or  never  falls. 

5.  Much  of  the  soil  is  very  fertile,  and  the  country  abounds  in  veg- 
etable productions  and  in  cattle,  and  has  also  rich  mines. 

6.  The  Araucanians,  a  celebrated  tribe  of  independent  Indians, 
possess  a  large  tract  of  country  in  the  southern  part  of  Chili. 

7.  The  most  considerable  island  is  that  of  Chi-lo'e. — Ju-an'  Fer- 
iian'dcz,  a  desert  island  off  the  coast  of  Chili,  is  famous  for  the 
lonely  residence  of  Alexander  Selkirk,  a  Scotch  sailor  ;  a  circum- 
stance which  gave  rise  to  the  celebrated  romance  of  Robinson 
Crusoe. 

8.  San-ti-a'go  or  St.  Ja'go,  the  capital  of  Chili,  is  situated  on 
a  beautiful  plain,  about  90  miles  from  Valparaiso,  and  its  houses  are 
built  of  unburnt  bricks. 

9.  Val-pa-rdi' so  is  the  most  frequented  port  in  Chili.  Some  of 
the  other  principal  towns  are  Con-cep'tion,  Val-div^i-a,  and  Co- 
quim/bo. 

9.  What  is  said  of  Monte  Vidso  ?     10.  Assumption  ? 

Chili. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Chili  ?  2.  What  is  said  of  the  aspect  of 
the  cotmtry  ?  3.  What  is  said  of  the  rivers  ?  4.  Climate  ?  5.  Soil  ? 
6.  The  Araucanians  ?  7.  Islands  ?  8.  San-ti-a'go  ?  9.  What  oth- 
er towns  ? 


See  Majt  of  South  America. — What  is  the  chief  river  of  the  United 
Provinces :     What  are  the  principal  tributaries  of  the  La  Plata  ? 

What  rivers  tlow  into  the  Atlantic  ?     Where  are  the  Pampas  ? 

How  is  Buenos  Ayres  situated?  Monte  Video?  Assumption?  Cor'do-va? 
Salta  ?     Mendoza  ? 

-  Sec  Map  of  South  America. — How  is  the  island  of  Chiloe  situated  ? 
Juan  Fernandez  and  Mas-a-fuc'ro  ?  Araucania?  Santiago?  Val- 
paraiso? Valdivia?  Coquimbo?  What  are  soiie  of  the  other  town3  ? 


m 


m 


PATAGONIA. 


PATAGONIA. 

1.  Patagonia  is  a  large  country,  comprising  the  southern  r»art  of 
South  America,  und  is  cold,  barren,  uncultivated,  and  but  little 
known.  The  western  part  is  composed  chiefly  of  mountains,  ami 
the  eastern  of  sandy  plains. 

2.  It  is  inhabited  by  tribes  of  Indians,  some  of  whom  have  been 
represented  as  of  great  stature  and  very  ferocious. 

3.  Ter'ra  del  Fui'go  is  a  large,  dreary,  mountainous  island,  sepa- 
rated from  Patagonia  by  the  straits  of  Ma-gel'lan.  Its  mountains 
are  always  covered  with  snow. 


Patagonia.  — 1.  What  is  said  of  Patagonia  ? 
8.  What  of  Terra  del  Fuego  ? 


2.  Inliabitants  ? 


See  Map  of  South  America. — How  is  Terra  del  Fuego  situated  ? 
What  separates  it  from  Patagonia  ?    What  islands  are  east  of  the  straits  of 
Magellan '    Where  is  Cape  Horn  ? 


EUROPE 


1   Europe,  though  much  the  smallest  of  the  four  quariers  of  the 
'globe,  is  far  the  most  important  and  powerful ;  and  it  governs  a 
great  part  of  the  others. 

2.  It  lies  almost  wholly  witliin  the  northern  temperate  zone,  and 
is  distinguished  for  the  excellence  of  its  climate,  its  useful  produa 
tions,  its  commercial  enterprise,  its  military  power,  and  its  civiliza 
tion,  science,  and  literature. 

3.  Europe  contains  the  following  Countries,  namely,  Lapland^ 
J^Torway,  Sweden,  and  Russia,  in  the  north  ;  Great  Britain,  France^ 
JSfetfierlands^  Denmark,  Poland,  Prussia,  Germany,  Austria,  Hun- 
gary, and  Switzerland,  m  the  middle  ;  Portugal,  Spahij  Italy,  Thir- 
key,  and  Greece,  in  the  south. 

4.  The  Political  Divisions  of  Europe  are  the  tiiree  empires 
of  Russia,  Austria,  and  Turkey ;  the  14  kingdoms  of  France,  Great 
Britain,  Prussia,  Spain,  JSTaples,  JVetherlands,  Sardinia,  Bavaria, 
Sweden,  Portugal,  Denmark,  Hanover,  fVurtemberg,  and  Saxony; 
and  42  other  states,  mostly  very  small,  republics,  duchies,  principal- 
ities, &c. 

5.  The  five  most  poAverful  states  of  Europe,  called  the  Great  Pow- 
ers, are  Russia,  Great  Britain,  France,  Austria,  and  Prussia.  The 
nations  most  distinguished  in  science  and  literature,  are  the  British, 
French,  and  Germans. 

6.  The  established  or  prevailing  Rsjigion  of  all  Europe,  with  the 
exception  of  Turkey,  is  Christianity.  The  Protestant  religion  pre- 
vails in  the  north ;  and  the  Roman  Catholic,  in  the  south.  The 
Greek  Church  is  the  religion  of  Russia,  Greece,  and  of  the  Christian 
inhabitants  of  Turkey.  The  Turks  are  Mahometans.  Jews  are 
found  in  almost  all  parts,  but  especially  in  Poland. 

7.  The  six  principal  ranges  of  Mountains  are  the  Alps,  the 
Pyr'e-nees,  the  Ap'en-nines,  the  Car-pa' thi-an,  Dofre-Jield,  and  U-ra'- 
li-an  mountains. 

8.  The  Alps,  which  separate  France,  Switzerland,  and  Germany, 
from  Italy,  are  the  most  elevated  range  of  mountains  in  Europe,  and 
have  many  summits  which  are  always  covered  with  snow  ;  and  the 
elevated  valleys  abound  in  magnificent  glaciers.  The  two  highest 
summits  are  Moni,  Blanc  and  Mont  Rosa. 

Europe. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Europe  ?  2.  For  what  is  it  distinguished? 
8.  What  countries  does  it  contain  ?     4.  What  are  the  political  divisions  ? 

6.  Which  are  the  most  powerful  states,  and  which  nations  are  most  distin- 

guished for  literature  ?    6.  What  is  the  religion  of  Europe  ? 

7.  What  mountains  ?    8.  What  is  said  of  the  Alps? 

9 


t;, 


mf 

ill 


!;f' 


i 


08 


EUROPE. 


0.  The  Pyrenees  divide  Franco  from  Spain ;  the  Apennines  eX' 
tend  tlirougli  Italy ;  the  Carpathian  Mountains  lie  on  the  north 
and  east  of  Hungary  ;  the  DoJ'reJield  or  Dofrine  Mountains  are  be- 
tween Norway  and  Sweden ;  and  the  ifralian  Mountains  are  in 
Russia,  between  Europe  and  Asia. 

10.  The  four  celebrated  Volcanoes,  in  Europe,  are  El'na,  in 
Sicily ;  Ve-su'vi-us,  near  the  city  of  Naples  ;  Strom'bo-li,  on  one  of 
the  Lip'a-ri  islands,  and  Hec'lu,  in  Iceland. 

11.  The  seven  most  noted  Capks  are  North  Cape,  the  JVaze,  Cape 
Clear,  Cape  Fin-is -ier re',  Cape  Or'tc-gal,  Cape  St.  Vin'cent,  and 
Cape  Mat-a-pan'. 

12.  Some  of  the  most  important  Islands  are  Crreat  Britain,  Ire- 
land, and  Ice'land,  in  the  Atlantic  ;  Sig'i-ly,  Sar-din'i-a,  Cur'si-ca, 
and  Can'di-a,  in  the  Mediterranean. 

13.  Europe  is  much  indented  by  seas  and  gulfs,  which  afford 
great  facilities  for  commerce.  The  principal  Seas  are  the  Med-i- 
ter-ra'nc-an,  Ar-chi-peV a-go,  Mar'mo-ra,  Bla^k,  A'zof,  JVoHh,  Bdl'tic, 
and  Hldie  seas. 

14.  The  Mediterranean,  which  is  2,000  miles  long,  is  the  largest 
and  most  celebrated  sea  in  the  world,  and  is  surrounded  by  coun- 
tries that  have  always  been  famous  in  history.  The  eastern  coasts 
of  it  are  styled  the  Lc-vant'. 

15.  The  three  largest  Gulfs  are  those  of  Ven'ice,  Fin' land,  and 
Both'ni-a ;  and  the  only  large  hay  is  that  of  Bis' cay. 

16.  The  most  considerable  Lakes  are  La-do'ga,  0-ne'ga,  and 
Pei'pus,  in  Russia ;  Wen'ner  and  Wet'ter,  in  Sweden  ;  Ge-ne'va  and 
Constance,  in  Switzerland  and  on  its  borders. 

17.  The  three  most  important  Rivers  are  the  Vol'ga,  Dan'uhe, 
and  Rhine.. 

18.  The  Volga,  the  largest  river  in  Europe,  is  upwards  of  2,000 
miles  in  length.  It  has  its  whole  course  in  Russia,  and  flows  into 
the  Caspian  sea,  by  several  mouths.  It  is  navigable  to  Tver,  and  is 
connected  with  the  Neva  by  a  canal,  thus  forming  a  communication 
between  the  Caspian  and  Baltic  seas  ;  and  also  with  the  northern 
Dwina,  forming  a  communication  with  the  Arctic  ocean. 

19.  The  Danube,  which,  tliough  not  so  long  as  the  Volga,  has 
a  greater  volume  of  water,  rises  in  the  neighborhood  of  lake  Con- 
stance, and  flows  into  the  Black  sea.  It  has  a  rapid  current,  and  is 
of  but  little  importance  with  respect  to  foreign  commerce. 

20.  The  Rhine,  though  much  smaller  than  the  Danube,  is  supc- 

9.  Where  are  the  other  mountains  ?    10.  What  are  the  volcanoes  ?    11. 
Capes  ?     12.  Islands  ?     13.  Seas  ?     14.  What  is  said  of  the  Medi- 
terranean ?    15.  What  are  the  gulfs  .'    16.  Lakes  ?     17.  Rivers  ? 
18.  What  is  said  of  the  Volga  ?    19.  The  Danube  ?    20.  The  Rhine  ? 


See  Map  of  Europe. — 1.  What  countries  lie  in  the  north  of  Europe  ? 
2.  What  ones  in  the  south  ?    3.  In  the  east  ?    4.  In  the  west  ? 
1.  Whitt  ones  in  the  central  parts  f    6.  What  islands  are  west  of  Europe  i 
7-  What  ones  in  the  Baltic  ?    8.  In  the  Mediterranean  P 


EUROPE. 


l» 


rior  to  it  in  sublime  scenery,  and  in  its  importance  to  commerce. 
It  nsos  in  the  Alps,  flows  into  the  North  sea,  in  Holland,  and  is 
navigable  to  the  FfUls  of  Schaffhaustu^  in  Switzerland.  Great 
quantities  of  timber  are  conveyed  down  the  Rhine,  ft-om  the  upper 
parts  of  Germany,  to  Dort,  in  HoUanc'. 


LAPLAND. 

r/ie  Reindeer. 


1.  Lapland,  the  most  northerly  country  in  Europe,  in  dindcd  into 
three  parts ;  North  Laplaiid,  belonging  to  Norway ;  Soidh  Lajh^ 


Laplakd. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Lapland  ? 


9. 


17. 
22. 


28. 


37. 


42. 


57 


What  seas  lie  in  and  about  Europe  ?  10.  Where  is  the  gulf  of  Both- 
nia ?  11.  Tlie  gulf  of  Finland  ?  12,  The  gulf  of  Riga?  13.  The 
gulf  of  Venice  ?  14.  The  guK  of  Tarento  ?  15.  The  Archipelago  ? 
16.  The  Bay  of  Biscay  ? 

Where  are  the  straits  of  Gibraltar  ?  18.  The  British  Channel  ?  19. 
St.  George's  Channel  ?     20.  The  Skager  Rack  ?     21.  Cattegat  ? 

Where  is  North  Cape  .?  23.  The  Naze  ?  24.  Cape  Clear  ?  26.  Cape 
Matapan  ?     26.  Cape  Finisterre  ?     27.  Cape  St.  Vincent .' 

What  rivers  flow  into  the  White  sea  ?  29.  What  ones  into  the  Baltic  ? 
30.  Into  the  North  sea  ?  31.  Into  the  British  Channel .'  32.  Into 
the  Bay  of  Biscay  ?  33.  Into  the  Mediterranean  ?  34.  Into  the 
Black  sea?    35.  Into  the  sea  of  Azof  ?     36.  Into  the  Caspian  seo  ? 

Where  are  the  Alps  ?  38.  The  Pyrenees  ?  39.  The  Carpathian 
niounlains  ?  40.  The  Dofretield  mountains?  41.  The  Uralian 
mountains  ? 

How  is  Russia  bounded  ?  43.  Sweden  ?  44.  Norway  ?  45.  Eng- 
land ?  46.  Denmark  ?  47.  Prussia  ?  48.  Poland  ?  49.  Austrian 
Dominions  ?  50.  Netherlands  ?  51.  Switzerland  ?  52.  France  ? 
53.  Spain  ?     54.  Portugal  ?    55.  Italy  ?     56.  Turkey  ? 

Which  way  from  Paris  is  London  ?  58.  Which  way  from  Paris  to 
Madrid?  59.  To  Rome?  60.  To  Vienna?  61.  To  St.  Peters- 
burg ? 


If 


^1 


:l 


100 


LAPLAND. 


landj  belonging  to  Sweden ;  and  East  Lapland^  belonging  to 
Russia. 

2.  It  embraces  tfie  greater  portion  of  that  part  of  Europe  which 
Ues  in  tlie  frigid  zone  ;  and,  though  it  is  about  three  fourths  as. large 
as  France,  it  contains  only  about  G0,000  inhabitants,  and  has  no 
towns  larger  thaii  small  villages. 

3.  The  part  lying  along  tlie  north  shore  of  the  gulf  of  Bothnia, 
consists  of  an  extensive  plain,  covered  with  forests  of  spruce  and  fir ; 
but  the  most  of  the  country  is  rough,  mountainous,  and  barren ;  and 
the  climate  intensely  cold. 

4.  The  Laplanders  are  a  rude  and  ignorant  people  ;  of  low  stature 
and  swarthy  complexion  ;  possessing  few  of  the  comforts  of  life ;  yet 
they  are  much  attached  to  Uieir  country. 

5.  Their  wealth  consists  chiefly  in  the  Reindeer,  which  supplies 
them  with  food  and  clothing ;  and  by  means  of  which  they  make 
rapid  journeys  in  winter,  drawn  in  sledges. 


NORWAY. 

The  Maelalrom. 


1.  Norway,  a  country  extending  from  the  Naze  to  the  North 
Cape,  derives  its  name,  which  signifies  JVorthem  Way,  or  Country  to 
the  JVorth,  from  its  northern  situation. 

2.  Tt  is  long,  but  proportionally  narrow ;  very  thinly  inhabited , 
and  it  is,  next  to  Switzerland,  the  most  mountainous  country  in  Eu- 
rope, abounding  in  sublime  and  picturesv^ue  scenery. 

2.  What  does  it  embrace  ?    3.  What  is  said  of  the  country  ? 

4.  What  of  the  Laplanders  ?   5.  In  what  does  their  wealth  chiefly  consist  ? 

Norway. — 1.  From  what  does  Norway  derive  its  name  I 
2.  What  is  said  of  the  country  > 


NORWAY. 


101 


r    to 

hich 
irge 
I  no 

mia, 
fir; 
and 

turo 
yet 

tlics 
lakc 


3.  It  has  an  extensive  seacoast,  which  is  much  indented  by  inlets, 
and  presents,  in  many  parts,  the  grand  and  rugged  aspect  of  elevated 
and  precipitous  rocks. 

4.  The  principal  range  of  mountains  are  the  Dof're-Jitld  or  Dof- 
fine  Mouutains,  winch  extend  between  Norway  and  Sweden,  and 
have  many  summits  that  are  always  covered  with  snow  and  ice. 

5.  The  rivers,  which  are  numerous,  are  so  rapid  as  to  partake 
frequently  of  the  nature  of  torrents,  and  abound  in  cataracts.  The 
largest  is  the  Glomme. 

6.  The  climate  is  severe  ;  the  winters  being  long  and  excessively 
cold ;  the  summers  short  and  hot. 

7.  The  soil,  particularly  in  the  north,  is  mostly  barren ;  in  the 
south,  it  affords  good  pasture  ;  but  there  is  little  that  is  well  adapted 
to  raising  grain. 

8.  The  forests  abound  in  pine,  fir,  and  ash ;  and  timber  is  the  prin- 
cipal article  of  export.  The  mines,  fisheries ,  and  cattle  are  the  other 
cliief  sources  of  Avealth  and  subsistence. 

9.  The  Maei'strom,  on  the  coast  of  Norway,  is  a  celebrated  and 
formidable  vortex  or  whirlpool,  which  is  so  violent  as  to  draw  in,  and 
swallow  up  ships  and  whales,  that  come  near  it. 

10.  Chris-ti-a'ni-a,  the  capital,  Ber'gen,  and  Dron'theim,  (dron'- 
tim),  are  the  principal  towns,  and  they  have  each  of  them  considera- 
ble commerce. 

11.  Kongsberg  is  noted  for  mines  of  silver ;  Roraas,  for  those  of 
copper. 

12.  The  JVoj^egians  are  a  frugal  people,  robust  and  healthy ; 
accustomed  to  a  plain,  and  often  to  a  coarse  and  scanty  fare.  In 
the  remote  parts,  in  seasons  of  scarcity,  they  make  use  of  bread 
formed  of  a  mixture  of  oatmeal  and  the  inside  of  the  bark  of  trees. 

13.  Norway,  once  an  independent  kingdom,  was  annexed  to 
Denmark,  hi  1397,  and  to  Sweden  (to  which  it  now  belongs),  in 
1814.  .     ' 


i 


SWEDEN. 

1.  Sweden  consists  of  three  parts,  Gothland,  ia  the  south,  Sweden 
Proper,  in  the  middle,  and  JSToniand,  in  the  north.    Norrland  com- 


rth 
to 

d, 

!a- 


>t; 


3.  What  is  said  of  the  seacoast  ?    4.  Mountains  ?    5.  Rivers  ?    6.  Cli- 
mate ?     7.    Soil  ?     8.    Productions  ?     9.   The  Maelstrom  ?     10, 
Chief  towns  ?    11.  What  mining  towns  ? 
12.  What  is  said  of  the  Norwegians  ?    13.  To  what  countries  has  Norway 
been  annexed  ? 

Sweden. — 1.  Of  what  three  parts  does  Sweden  consist.? 


See  Map  of  Europe. — What  capes  are  on  the  north  and  south  of  Nor- 
way ?  What  sea  separates  it  from  Denmark  .-'  What  islands  are  on 
its  northwest  coast  ?  Where  is  the  Maelstrom  ?  Where  the  Dofre- 
field  mountains  P 
How  is  Christiania  situated  ?  Bergen  ?  Dronthcim  ?  Kongsberg  '  Ro- 
raas ?  Christiansand .' 
9» 


109 


SWEDEN. 


prises  more  tJian  half  of  the  territory,  but  only  ubout  one  tentli  of  the 
population. 

2.  Sweden  is  inclosed  on  the  north  and  west  by  high  mountains ; 
but  it  is  generally  a  very  level  country  ;  and  it  is  one  of  the  least 
fertile,  and  least  populous  in  Europe.  The  most  of  it  consists  of  a 
forest  incapable  of  cultivation. 

3.  The  most  sticking  feature  in  the  appearance  of  the  country 
consists  in  the  number  and  extent  of  its  lakes,  which  are  sheets  of 

{>urc  transparent  water,  abounding  in  fish.     Some  of  the  largest  are 
akes  JVen'ner,  Het'kr,  and  Ma'lar. 

4.  The  rivers  are  numerous,  but  mostly  small.  The  Lii'le-a, 
which  flows  into  the  north  end  of  the  gulf  of  Bothnia,  has  a  cataract 
400  feet  in  height,  and  one  eighthof  amiloin  width,and  is  esteemed 
the  greatest  in  Europe.  The  falls  of  Trol-hfE'ta  are  on  tlie  Gotha, 
near  the  place  where  it  issues  from  lake  Wenner. 

5.  The  most  common  forest  trees  arc  pvie,  spruce,  and  fir ;  and 
timber  is  one  of  the  principal  articles  of  export. 

6.  Sweden  is  famous  for  its  iro7i,  which  is  esteemed  the  best  in 
the  world,  and  forms  the  most  important  article  of  export.  Other 
considerable  articles  are  copper,  alum,  and  tar. 

7.  The  climate  is  severe ;  the  winters  are  long  and  very  cold ; 
the  summers  short  and  hot.  Sprh.g  and  autumn  are  scarcely 
known. 

8.  Stockholm,  tlie  capital,  is  situated  on  several  islands,  near  the 
junction  of  lake  Malar  with  the  Baltic,  and  has  an  extensive  com- 
merce. It  is  built  upon  piles,  and  is  remarkable  for  its  picturesque 
situation,  and  has  one  of  the  finest  royal  palaces  in  Europe. 

8.  GoVtcn-burg,  in  the  southwest  of  Sweden,  on  the  Cattegat,  is 
the  second  town  in  population  and  commerce. 

10.  Carls-cro'na  is  noted  as  the  chief  station  of  the  Swedish 
navy ;  Up' sal,  for  its  university,  which  is  one  of  the  most  distin- 
guished in  Europe ;  Fah'lun,  for  its  copper  mines ;  Dan-e-mo'ra, 
for  its  iron  mines  ;  Cal'mar,  for  a  treaty,  styled  the  "  Union  of  Cal- 


mar. 


n 


11.  The  Sivedes,  on  account  of  their  vivacity  and  address,  have 
been  styled  the  French  of  the  north.  They  have  generally  a  fair 
complexion,  a  ruddy  countenance,  and  light  flaxen  hair ;  are  hon- 


gences 


seas. 


2.  What  is  said  of  it  ?    3.  What  of  its  lakes  ?    4.  Rivers  and  cataracts  ? 
6.  What  are  the  most  common  forest  trees  : 

6.  For  what  is  Sweden  famous,  and  what  are  its  exports  ? 

7.  What  is  the  climate  ?    8.  What  is  said  of  Stockholm  ?    9.  Gottenburg  ? 
10.  What  other  towns,  and  for  what  noted  ?     11.  What  is  said  of  the 

Swedes  ? 


See  Map  if  Europe. — On  what  waters  does  Sweden  border  ? 
What  islands  arc  in  the  Baltic  near  the  coast  of  Sweden  ? 
What  rivcra  of  Sweden  flow  into  the  gulf  of  Bothnia  ?     What  lakes  are 

in  the  southern  part  ?     How  is  Stockholm  situated  .'    Gottenburg  ? 

Carlscrona  ?     Upsal  ?     Fahlun  ?     Danemora  ? 
What  towns  arc  in  the  south  of  Sweden .-' 


SWEDEN. 


Km 


C9t  and   iiospitablc,  nccustomcd   to  a  i)lain  diet   and   (bw  indu1< 
gences. 

12.  Finland.,  a  largo  country  lying  cast  of  the  gulf  of  Bothnia, 
formerly  belonged  to  Sweden  ;  but,  in  1808,  it  was  ceded  to  Russia. 


RUSSIA. 

1.  The  empire  of  Russia  (ru'shc-a,  or  riish'e-a),  which  includes  tlic 
most  of  the  north  of  Europe,  and  all  the  north  of  Asia,  is  the  most 
extensive  empire  on  the  globe,  and  is  more  tlian  twice  as  large  as 
all  Europe  ;  but  the  principal  part  of  it  is  very  thinly  inhabited. 

2.  The  Asiatic  part  is  far  the  larger  in  extent ;  but  tJie  European 
part  is  far  the  more  populous ;  though  this  is  much  less  populous 
than  the  middle  and  south  of  Europe. 

3.  European  Russia,  formerly  called  Mua'cc-vy,  comprises  almost 
one  half  of  the  territory  of  Europe,  but  less  than  a  (juartcr  of  tljo 
population.  It  is  generally  a  level  country,  and  the  greater  part  of 
it  is  covered  with  forests. 

4.  The  principal  mountains  are  the  Uralian  chain,  which  forms 
the  boundary  between  Europe  and  Asia,  and  is  about  1,400  miles  in 
length. 

5.  Russia  is  v/atored  by  some  of  the  largest  rivers  of  Europe ; 
the  principal  ones  are  the  Vol'ga  or  fVol'ga,  Don,  Dnies'ter  (neea'- 
ter),  Dnie'pcr  (ne'per),  Dwi'na,  O-ne'ga,  Northtrn  Dtm'nOy  and  Pet- 
cho'ra. 

6.  The  largest  lakes  are  those  of  La-do' ga,  O-ne'ga,  and  Pel' pus 
or  Tchuds'koe. — Ladoga  is  140  miles  long,  and  75  broad,  and  is  the 
largest  lake  in  Europe. 

7.  The  climate  in  the  southern  part  is  temperate  ;  in  the  middle 
and  northern,  extremely  cold. 

8.  The  soil  in  the  soutliern  part  is  generally  fertile  ;  but  in  ad- 
vancing north,  it  becomes  less  so.  Agriculture  is  in  a  backward 
state. 

9.  Russia  is  distinguished  for  its  extensive  inland  navigation. 
By  means  of  rivers  and  canals,  communications  are  opened  both 
from  the  Baltic  sea  and  Arctic  ocean  to  the  Black  and  Caspian 
seas. 

10.  Some  of  the  principal  exports  are  hemp,  flax,  iron,  timber,  tat- 
loio,  grain,  and  leather.  The  Russian  leather  is  esteemed  the  best 
in  Europe. 

11.  St.  Pk'ters-burg,  the  metropolis  of  Russia,  was  founded  by 
Peter  the  Great,  in  1703 ;  and  it  is  situated  at  the  east  end  of  the 
gulf  of  Finland.  It  has  an  extensive  commerce,  is  regularly  laid 
out,  and  is  the  most  magnificently  built  city  in  Europe. 

12.  Mos'cow,  the  ancient  capital,  is  situated  in  the  central  part 

12.  What  13  said  of  Finland  ? 

Russia. — 1.  What  does  the  Russian  empire  include  ?    2.  Wliat  is  said 
of  the  two  parts  ?     3.  What  of  European  Russia  ? 

4.  What  are  the  principal  mountains  ?     5.  Rivers  ?     6. 

7.  What  is  said  of  the  climate  ?    8.  Soil  ?    9 
Exports  .>     11.  What  of  St.  Petersburg  ? 


Lakes  ? 
Inland  navigation  ? 
12.  Moscow  ? 


10. 


t04 


RUSSIA. 


of  Europoan  Rtissia,  and  exhibits  a  HinjTulnr  contrnstnf  splnnflidofti- 
flees  and  niiH(!rablo  hovels.  It  is  famous  tor  its  jrreat  conflagration, 
at  tlio  tiiao  of  the  invasion  of  tljo  country  by  Bonaparte,  when  nearly 
throo  fourtliH  of  it  were  burnt 

13.  The  principal  seaports  are  »S7.  Pelcrahurff,  Hi'f^fh  O-dtsm^ 
and  tflrch-iin'gd.  Odeaan  is  noted  for  tin*  export  of  ifrain  ;  Jirrhnn- 
g'e/,  for  being  tJie  most  northerly  considerable  town  in  K»ir<. po  ;  Cron'- 
ttadt,  on  an  island,  in  the  gulf  of  Finland,  for  bein/jj  tlie  chief  station 
of  tlie  Russian  navy. 

14.  Tu'ta  is  famous  for  hardware  ;  JVov'p;o-roi{f  for  its  former 
greatness  ;  Ki'ev,  for  having  anciently  been  the  eiipitnl  of  Russia ; 
Tft7'nrt,  for  Imviuff  been  formerly  the  capital  of  liitliiumia ;  Ka-zan\ 
for  having  once  been  the  capital  of  a  hirge  pnrt  of  Tartary. 

15.  JVarva  and  Pol'ta-va  are  noted  for  battles  between  Peter  tho 
Great  and  Charles  XII ;  Smn-lenak'  and  lior-n-iH'no,  for  bnttles 
between  the  French  and  Russians  ;  Lt'niml,  Ihn'dcr,  and  Chor'un 
(kot'zim),  for  military  operations  in  the  wars  with  the  Turks. 

IG.  Chcr'aon  (ker'sonWs  famous  for  the  death  and  tomb  of  I'o^v 
ard  the  philanthropist ;  Tavrfan-rachy^^iV  tho  death  of  tJ.c  ompcroi 
Alexander;  Tchcr-kaak',  as  the  chief  place  of  the  Don  r<    •  kg. 

17.  This  empire  contains  people  of  different  reliyioi;-;  and  lan- 
guages. But  the  iJusj»tan.9,  properly  so  called,  wI»o  form  the  sfrofn, 
majority,  are  a  Sclavonic  nation,  and  of  the  Creek  churcii.  They 
are  robust  and  brave  ;  but  are  one  of  tho  most,  illiternto  nations  'u\ 
Europe.  A  great  majority  of  them  are  in  a  state  of  miserable  servi- 
tude, and  are  bought  and  sold  with  the  land  v.hich  thoy  cnltivate. 

18.  The  Cosacks,  inhabiting  the  frontiers  of  Russia,  are  a  military 
people,  of  singular  character  and  habits ;  and  they  have  been  distin- 
guished in  the  Russian  wars.  Tlie  principal  division  of  them  aro 
styled  Don  Coaacks-,  from  their  inhabiting  on  the  rivor  Don. 

19.  At  tho  bo/uiiiing  of  the  last  ceniury,  Russia  was  in  a  state  of 
barbarism,  and  little  thought  of  among  European  nations.  The  foun- 
dation of  its  i^aeatnt  .ss  was  laid  by  Peter  the  Great ;  it  has  been  fur- 
ther enlarged  and  improved  by  Catharine  II  and  .Alexander ;  and  it 
has  now  the  most  formidable  land  army  in  Europe. 

13.  What  are  the  principal  ports  ?     14.  What  is  sai']  of  Tula,  Novgorod, 
&c.  ?     16.  What  places  are  noted  for  military  events  ? 

16.  What  is  said  of  Cherson,  Taganrock,  and  Tcherkask  ? 

17.  What  is  said  of  the  inhabitants  ?     18.  The  Cosacks  ? 
19.  What  notice  of  the  history  of  Russia  .' 


I 


1.  Po.an 
and  the  co 
consi^iting 

2.  In  1. 
anil  Pruss 
fifth  of  an 
pendent  o 
emperor. 

a.  The 
iathe  Via' 
bio  as  far 

4.  Tho 
is  the  mos 

5.  Tho 
one  of  the 
a  state  of 

().  Thei 
in  all  the 
tJie.r  banc 

7.  Wa 
of  Poland 
trade.    It 
erable  ho^ 

8.  Pul' 
sians  *,  Ri 
Unitariani 

9.  Cra 
ciently  th 
with  a  sm 


Pol.  AN 
3.  What  i 


Sec  M( 
How  is  y^ 


See  Map  of  Europe. — What  seas  lie  jn  *ht'.  ^!r'i  of  Rusa.ji ; 
What  ones  on  the  west  and  north  ?     W  i   v    are  ilie  principal  lakes  ? 
How  is  Ladoga  lake  situated  .'     What  rivers  of  Russia  flow  into  the  Black 

sea?     Into  the  Caspian  ?     Into  the  Baltic?     Into  tiie  While  sea? 

Into  the  Arctic  ocean  ?   How  is  St.  Petersburg  situated  ?   Moscow  ? 

Riga?   Archangel?   Abo?   Wilna  ?   Kiev?    Odessa?    Tcherkask? 

Tula  ?     Poltava  ?     Smolensk  ?     Borodino  ? 
WV\t  town.^  r\re  on  the  gulf  of  Finland  ?    The  gulf  of  Riga  ?     The  Black 

eea?     The  sea  ofAzof  ?    The  Volga  i"    The  Don  ?    The  Dnieper? 

The  Dniester? 


ion, 
arly 


'nnf 


tho 


:</' 


POLAiNO.  JM 


POLAND. 

1.  Po.aml  was  forni'  i-ly  one  of  tho  largest  kin^^doma  itt  Europe  ; 
and  the  country,  witli  n'^fanl  to  surlucc,  is  ono  of  the  most  level ; 
conHWting  chiefly  of  a  vast  plain,  in  many  piirtn  inarrfhy. 

2.  In  J71)5,  thia  c(  unlry  wan  «li\  kUmI  between  Russia,  Austria,^ 
and  Pruasia  ;  and  in  1815,  tli*'  central  part,  comprising  less  than  % 
fifth  of  ancient  Poland,  was  ta*  <  fed  into  a  kingduin,  whfch  is  A^- 
pendent  on  Russia,  and  is  governed  by  a  viceroy  appt)inted  by  ti»e 
cmporor. 

Ii.  The  only  considerable  nver  in  the  present  kingdom  of  Poland 
is  tho  Via'tu-la,  which  runs  througli  a  level  country,  and  is  naviga- 
ble as  far  as  Oacow. 

4.  Tho  8oU  is  naturally  fertile,  but  is  miserably  cultivated.  Grain 
is  the  most  important  production. 

5.  Tho  PoffH  are  of  Sclavonic  origin,  mostly  (^ntholics,  and  are 
one  of  the  most  illiterate  nations  in  Europe.  1  lie  peasantry  are  in 
a  state  of  miserable  servitude. 

().  There  are  more  Jews  within  the  limits  of  ancient  Poland  than 
in  all  the  rest  of  Europe  ;  and  most  of  tho  trade  of  tlic  country  is  in 
tlie.r  hands. 

7.  War'saw,  the  capital,  and  tho  only  large  to^n  in  the  kingdom 
of  Poland,  is  situated  on  the  Vistula,  and  has  an  extensive  inland 
trade.  It  exhibits  a  singular  contrast  of  splendid  uansions,  and  mis- 
erable hovels. 

8.  Pul'tusk  is  famous  for  a  battle  between  the  IVench  and  Rus- 
sians ;  Ra'kotVf  for  having  been  the  chief  residem  o  of  the  Polish 
Unitarians. 

9.  Cra'cow,  on  the  southwest  border  of  the  co  lutry,  was  an- 
ciently the  capital  of  Poland,  and  is  now  a  free  city,  which,  together 
with  a  small  district,  is  styled  the  Republic  of  Cracow. 


.  fca.i 


Poland. — i.  What  is  said  of  Poland  ?     2.  Wliat  has  hit   5>ened  to  it? 
3.  What  is  said  of  the  Vistula  ?     4.  The  soil  ?     5.  The  I'  )les  ?    6.  The 
Jews  ?     7.  Warsaw  ?    8.  Pultusk  and  Ilakow  ?    9.  Cracow  ? 


See  Map  of  Europe. — In  what  direction  docs  the  Vistula  cross  Poland  ? 
How  is  Warsaw  situated  ?    Cracow  ?     What  other  towns  in  r*oIand  i 


106 


DENMARK. 


DENMARK. 

Copenhagen, 


1.  Denmark  is  a  small  kingdom,  composed  chiefly  of  the  penin- 
sula of  Jutland,  with  the  German  duchy  of  HoVstein,  and  severa 
islands  in  the  Baltic,  the  largest  of  which  are  Zta'land  and  Funeiu 
The  large  island  of  Iceland  and  the  Fa'roe  Islands  also  belong  to 
Denmark. 

2.  It  is  one  of  the  most  level  countries  in  Europe,  and  has  no 
large  rivers,  but  many  small  streams,  lakes,  and  marshes. 

3.  The  climate  is  healthy,  and  temperate  for  the  latitude  ;  though 
the  atmosphere  is  moist  and  cloudy.  Much  of  the  soil  is  sandy  and 
poor ;  yet  a  considerable  proportion  of  it  is  fertile. 

4.  Denmark  is  very  favorably  situated  for  trade,  and  its  commerce 
is  considerable. 

5.  The  Canal  of  Kiel,  22  miles  in  length,  extends  from  the  Baltic 
to  Ei'der,  forming"  a  communication  from  "the  Baltic  to  the  North 
sea,  and  admits  vessels  of  9  feet  draught. 

6.  Co-pen-ha'gen,  the  capital,  is  situated  on  the  east  coast  of  the 
island  of  Zealand,  has  a  good  harbor  and  an  extensive  commerce, 
and  is  the  seat  of  all  the  great  establishments  of  the  kingdom.  It  is  a 
well  built  city,  presents  a  magnificent  view  when  approached  from  the 
eea,  and  contains  a  large  university,  but  its  situation  is  not  healthy. 

7.  Al-to'na,  in  Holstein,  on  the  Elbe,  near  Hamburg,  is  the  second 
town  in  Denmark,  in  population  and  commerce. 

8.  El-si-nore'f  or  El-si-nciir',  is  a  well  known  seaport  on  the 


norlli  end 
and  out  of 
of  Denmar 


J.  Icela 
name  fron 
and  climat 

2.  It  is 
its  surface 
and  no  cc 
willows,  ai 
villages,  ai 

3.  The 
moral  habi 

4.  Icela 
volcanoes, 
globe,  is  s 
always  co\ 
tlie  distan( 

5.  The 
wonders  o 
to  the  heit 
of  a  cannc 
also  throw 


ICELAN 

soil  i 
wha 


Bee  Mai 

Hec 

By  what  w 

Elsi 


Denmark. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Denmark  ? 
3.  Soil  and  climate  ?     4.  Commerce  ?     5 
Copenhagen  ?     7.  Altona  ?    8.  Elsinore 


2.  What  of  the  surface  ? 
The  Canal  of  Kiel  i    6. 


DENMARK. 


107 


nortli  end  of  tiie  island  of  Zealand,  where  all  vessels  passing  into 
and  out  of  the  Baltic,  pay  toll  or  duty,  as  a  compensation  to  tlie  king 
of  Denmark  for  the  light-houses  on  tlie  coast 


m 


IcEIiA5D. 

1.  Iceland,  a  large  island,  belonging  to  Denmark,  received  its 
name  from  the  ice  with  which  it  abounds ;  and  with  regard  to  soil 
and  climate,  it  is  one  of  tl)e  least  favored  countries  on  the  globe. 

2.  It  is  composed,  in  great  part,  of  masses  of  volcanic  mountains  ; 
its  surface  is  in  the  highest  degree  rugged  ;  the  soil  mostly  barren  ; 
and  no  considerable  trees  are  to  be  seen,  but  only  stumed  birches, 
willows,  and  other  shrubs.  It  is  very  thinly  inhabited,  and  has  few 
villages,  and  no  considerable  town. 

3.  The  inhabitants  are  Lutherans,  of  simple  manners  and  good 
moral  habits  ;  but  enjay  few  of  the  comforts  of  life. 

4.  Iceland  is  celebrated  for  its  natural  wonders,  and  has  several 
volcanoes,  of  which  Mount  Hec'la,  one  of  the  most  celebrated  on  tho 
globe,  is  subject  to  the  most  dreadful  eruptions,  though  its  summit  is 
always  covered  with  snow  ;  and  it  is  said  to  have  thrown  matter  to 
tlie  distance  of  more  than  100  miles. 

5.  The  Geji'sers,  or  Hot  Spi-ings^  are  reckoned  among  the  greatest 
wonders  of  the  world.  They  throw  into  the  air  jets  of  boiling  water 
to  the  height  of  300  or  2C3  feet,  accompanied  with  a  noise  like  that 
of  a  cannon,  and  a  trembling  of  the  adjacent  ground.  Stones  are 
also  thrown  up  much  higher  than  the  water. 

Iceland. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Iceland  ?  2.  What  of  the  surface  and 
soil  ?  3.  The  inhabitants  ?  4.  For  what  is  Iceland  celebrated,  and 
what  is  said  of  Mount  Hecla  ?    5.  The  Geysers  ? 


Bee  Map  of  Europe. — How  is  Iceland  situated  ?    On  what  part  of  it  L' 
Hecla  ?     Reikiavik  ?     Whore  are  the  Faroe  Islands  ? 
By  what  waters  is  Denmark  surrounded  ?     How  is  Copenhagen  situated? 
Elsinore  ?     (See  Map  VIII.)     Kiel  ?    Tonnmgen  ?     Alt,ona  ? 


r«.  ■' 


1U3 


GREAT  BRITAIN. 


GREAT   BRITAIN,  or   THE  BRITISH   ISLES 

London. 


1.  The  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  comprises 
tlie  two  large  islands  of  Great  Britain  and  Irdan'l,  toj?cther  with 
many  small  ones,  which  are  advantageously  situated  in  the  Atlantic 
ocean,  to  the  west  of  the  continent  of  Europe. 

2.  The  proper  or  legal  name  of  this  kingdom  is  the  United  King- 
dom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland ;  yet  it  is  very  commonly  styled 
the  British  Empire,  or  simply  Great  Britain,  from  the  name  of  the 
principal  island  ;  and  England,  from  the  most  important  division  of 
the  island. 

3.  This  kingdom,  with  regard  to  population,  ranks  among  the  Eu- 
ropean stoXes  as  only  tJie  4th,  and  with  regard  to  extent  of  territory, 
as  only  tlie  7th ;  yet  it  surpasses  all  other  empires  on  the  globe,  in 
respect  to  manufactures,  commerce,  naval  strength,  and  in  the  extent 
and  importance  of  its  foreign  possessions. 

4.  Besides  the  islands  above  mentioned.  Great  Britain  possesses 

Great  Britaix. — 1.  What  is  said  of  the  kingdom  of  Great  Britain 
anil  Ireland  ?  2.  What  of  the  name  ?  S.  What  of  its  rank  and  im- 
portance ?     4.  What  are  its  foreign  possessions  ? 


See  Map  of  the  British  Isles. — How  is  Scotland  situated  with  regard  to 
England  ?  Wales  ?  Ireland  ?  Where  are  the  Hebrides  or  West- 
ern Islands  ?  The  Orkneys  ?  The  Shetland  Islands  ? 
What  channel  and  sea  separate  England  from  Ireland  ?  What  islands  are 
in  the  Irish  sea  ?  Where  is  the  English  channel  ?  Bristol  chan- 
nel ?     The  straits  of  Dover  ?     Solway  Frith  ? 


GREAT  BRITAIN. 


109 


the  fortress  of  Gih-rdl'tar  and  the  islands  of  MuVta  and  Hel'i-f^o- 
land,  in  Europe ;  and  has  very  extensive  possessions  in  America, 
Africa,  and  Asia.  Among  other  possessions  in  Asia,  is  the  rich  and 
populous  country  of  Hindostan. 

5.  The  king  of  Great  Britain,  including  all  his  foreign  possessions, 
has  more  than  twice  as  many  subjects  as  any  other  monarch  in  the 
world,  except  the  emperor  of  China. 

6.  The  island  of  Great  Britain,  tlie  most  important  island  on  the 
globe,  the  largest  in  Europe,  and  the  largest  that  was  known  to  the 
ancients,  is  divided  into  England,  Wales,  and  Scotland. 


'.ffl 


ENGLAND. 

St.  PauPs  Church. 


1.  England,  which  comprises  the  largest,  most  fertile,  and  most 
populous  part  of  the  island  of  Great  Britain,  is  separated  from  Scot- 
land by  the  river  Tweed,  the  Cheviot  Hills,  and  Sohvay  Frith  ;  and 
it  is  divided  into  40  counties. 

2.  The  surface  of  England  is  beautifully  diversified  with  moun- 
tains of  moderate  height,  hills,  valleys,  and  plains. 

3.  There  are  no  very  high  mountains  ;  but  towards  the  western 
side,  ranges  extend  throughout  most  of  the  couiitiy,  from  north  to 
south,  having  a  few  summits  more  than  3,000  feet  in  height. 

4.  The  most  important  rivers  are  the  Thames  (temz),  which  is 
navigable  to  London  for  ships  of  700  or  800  tons ;  the  Trent  and 


9.  What  is  paid  of  the  number  of  subjects  of  the  king  ? 
island  of  Great  Britain  and  its  divisions  ? 


6.  Wha   of  the 


England. — 1.  What  is  said  of  England 
tains  ?    4.  lUvers  ? 
10 


?    2.  The  surface  ?    3.  Mouri- 


m 


t.'t 


110 


ENGLAND. 


the  Ouse  (ouz), which  unite  to  form  the  estuary, called  the  Hum' bet; 
the  Sev'ern,  which  flows  into  Bristol  Channel ;  and  tlie  Mer'scy,  near 
the  mouth  of  which  is  Liverpool. 

5.  England  is  celebrated  for  its  extensive  and  excellent  irdaiid 
navigation,  by  means  of  several  navigable  rivers  and  numerous 
canals ;  and  transportation  is  also  facilitated  by  rail-roads. 

6.  The  climate  is  healthy,  though  very  variable,  and  liable  to  fre- 
quent and  sudden  changes  ;  and  the  atmosphere  damp  ;  but  the  ex- 
tremes of  heat  and  cold  are  less  tlian  in  most  other  countries  in  tlie 
same  latitude. 

7.  The  soil  is  generally  fertile,  particularly  in  the  middle  and 
southern  parts  ;  but  in  the  northern  counties,  much  of  it  is  sterile  ; 
and  in  otlier  parts  there  are  barren  heaths  and  marshes. 

8.  Agriculture,  in  England,  is  in  a  highly  improved  state  ;  and  no 
other  country  in  Europe  is  under  so  good  cultivation,  except,  per- 
haps, the  Netherlands  and  Lombardy. 

9.  The  four  most  important  productions  of  agriculture  are  grain, 
wool,  cattle,  and  horses. 

10.  The  mineral  productions  are  very  valuable,  particularly  coaJ, 
copper,  tin,  iron,  and  lead. 

11.  England  is  famous  for  manufactures.  The  six  principal  arti- 
cles are  woollens,  cotton  goods,  silk,  hardware,  enrthemcare,  and  glass. 

12.  Education  among  the  higher  and  middle  classes  is  much  at- 
tended to  ;  but  with  regard  to  the  lower  classes,  it  was  much  neg- 
lected till  since  the  institution  of  Sunday  schools  and  schools  of 
mutual  instruction. 

13.  England  has  but  three  universities,  those  of  Oxford  and  Cam- 
bridge, the  most  richly  endowed  in  Europe,  and  that  of  London, 
recently  established. 

14.  The  government  is  a  limited  monarchy,  the  supreme  power 
being  invested  in  a  king  and  parliament. 

15.  The  parliament  is  composed  of  two  houses,  namely,  a  House 
of  Lords,  consisting  of  hereditary  peers,  and  a  House  of  Commons, 
composed  of  G58  representatives,  elected  by  the  people. 

16.  The  nobilitif,  comprising  those  who  are  entitled  to  a  seat  in 
the  House  of  Lords,  consists  of  five  ranks,  namely,  dukes,  7narquises, 
earls,  viscounts,  and  barons. 

17.  The  established  religion  is  that  of  the  church  of  England, 
which  has  two  archbishops,  tliose  of  Canterbury  and  York,  and  25 
bishops  ;  but  Dissenters  are  numerous,  consisting  chiefly  of  Inde- 
pendents, Presbyterians,  Baptists,  Methodists,  Roman  Catholics,  Uni- 
tarians, and  Quakers. 

18.  LoNDOx,  the  metropolis  of  the  British  empire,  is  situatfid  on 
the  Thames,  60  miles  from  its  mouth,  and  is  the  mosi  populous  city 
in  Europe,  and  the  most  opulent  and  commercial  one  on  the  globe. 
It  is  not  greatly  distinguished  for  splendid  edifices.    The  most  re- 


6.  What  is  said  of  inland  navigation 
ture  ?     9.  Productions  ?     10. 
tures  ?     12.  Education  ? 


6. 


...<... .     „.  Climate  .'    7.  Soil  ?    8.  Agricul- 
10.  Mineral  productions  ?     11.  Manufac 

-_.  .     13.  Universities.'     14.  Govornmeni  .' 

Parliaraent?     16,  Nobility.'     17 


marka 
Churc 
churc 
19. 
are  L 

)lCCtO( 

for  its 
20. 
(!er-la 
mouth 
mouth 
21. 
the 
(har'ri 


oo 


Religion  ' 


18.  London 


15. 


ENGLAND. 


Ill 


markaolc  one,  and  the  chief  ornament  of  the  city,  is  St.  PauVa 
Church,  which  is  esteemcJ,  next  to  St.  Peter's  at  Rome,  the  finest 
church  in  the  world. 

19.  The  three  ports  which  rank  next  to  London  in  commerce, 
are  lAv'er-pool,  hirgely  concerned  in  the  American  trade,  and  con- 
nected with  Manclu!st«3r  by  a  rail-road  .*]2  miles  long ;  Bris'tol,  noted 
for  its  hot  wells  ;  and  Hull,  for  its  trade  to  the  Baltic,  and  whale  fishery. 

20.  Some  of  the  smaller  commercial  ports  are  JVeu/cns-tle,  Sun^- 
(ler-land,  Whit'hy,  and  IVhUc-ha'vcn,  noted  for  the  coal  trade  ;  Fal'' 
mouth,  for  packets  to  Spain,  Portugal,  and  the  West  Indies ;  Yar'' 
mouth,  for  tiie  herring  fishery. 

21.  Ports' mouth,  Pbpn'outh,  and  Chat'ham,  are  distinguished  as 
the  chief  naval  stations ;  Do'ver,  for  packets  to  France  ;  Harwich 
(har'rij),  for  packets  to  Holland. 

22.  Some  of  the  principal  mannfacturing  towns  are  Man' cltes-ter^ 
famous  for  cotton  goods ;  Bir'ming-havi,  for  hardware ;  LcedSj 
Wake'field,  Ej/e-ter,  and  JVor'wich  (nor'rij). for  woollen  goods;  Shef- 
Jield,  for  cutlery  :  Kid' dcr-min-sttr,  for  carpets ;  JVot'ting-hum  and 
Leicester  (les'ter),  for  stockings  ;  Cov'en-try,  for  silks  and  ribands  ; 
Gloucester  (glos'ter),  for  pins;  Worcester  (wurs'ter),  for  porcelain; 
JVrAi/cas-tle-under-Lhic,  for  pottery  :  Bur'ton,  for  ale. 

2.3.  Bath,  esteemed  the  most  elegant  city  in  England,  is  noted  for 
its  hot  baths,  and  for  being  the  greatest  resort  for  valetudinai  lans 
and  votaries  of  pleasure  in  the  kingdom. 

24.  Ox! ford  and  Cam' bridge  are  famous  for  their  universities ; 
Eton,  for  its  college  ;  Green'mch,  for  its  observatory  ;  Wind'sor  and 
War' wick  (wOr'ik),  for  their  castles. 

25.  Can'ter-bu-ry  was  formerly  noted  for  pilgrimage  to  the  tomb 
of  Thomas  Becket,  now  as  the  first  archbishopric  ;  lorfc,  for  its  min- 
ster or  cathedral,  and  for  being  the  srccond  archbishopric. 

26.  Chel'ten-hfim,  Tun'bridge,  Bux'ton,  Har'roio-gate,  Scar'bor- 
ough,  and  Ep'som,  are  noted  as  watering-places  ;  Brigh'ton,  Rams'- 
gate,  and  Mar'gaJte,  for  sea-bathing ;  JVcu/mar-kct,  for  horse-races. 

27.  Hdst'ings,  Bar'net,  Tewks'bu-ry,  JVase'by,  Foth'er-in-gay,  Bos'- 
worih^  Toic/ton,  and  Flod'den,  are  small  places,  noted  in  the  history 
of  England. 

28.  Britain  was  invaded  by  Julius  Cfesar,  55  years  before  the 
Christian  era.  The  Saxons  became  masters  of  the  country  in  the 
5th  century,  and  William  of  JVormandy,  styled  the  Conqueror,  in  the 
llth  ;  and  from  him  tlie  present  royal  family  are  descended. 

Walks. 

29.  Wales  is  a  mountainous  country,  abounding  in  picturesque 

19.  What  are  the  three  ports  next  to  London  in  comim^rce  'i 

20.  What  are  some  of  the  otlier  cornmercial  ports  ?     21.  What  are  the 

naval  stations  ?     22.  What  are  some  of  the  manufacturing  towns  ? 
23.  What  i:!  said  of  Bath  ?     24.  Oxford,  Cambridge,  &c.  ?    25.  Canterbury 
and  York  ?     26.  What  towns  are  nofed  as  watering-places  and  for 
sea-bathing  ?     27.  What  are  soaic  of  llie  places  noted  in  English 
history  ?     28.  Wliat  notice  of  tlie  history  of  England  ? 

29.  What  ia  said  of  Wales  ?  ! 


-f, 


:  .;■ 


IIS 


ENGLAND. 


scenery.     Snoio'don,  in  Wales,  is  higher  Uian  any  other  mountain  in 
the  island,  soutli  of  Scotland. 

30.  The  s'*i(  is  less  fertile  than  that  of  England,  and  not  so  weli 
cultivated.    Mineral  productions  arc  abundant,  particularly  iron. 

31.  The  two  largest  towns  in  Wales,  are  Mei-'lhyr  TSjdfvU^  noted 
for  iron  works  ;  and  Stvdn'sey^  for  commerce  and  sea-bathing. 


SCOTLAND. 


2.  « 

is  divi(| 

3. 
but  mi 
and  dr\ 

4. 

east  ot 
sified 
in  forti| 

5. 


FingaVs  Cave. 


1.  Scotland,  which  lies  to  the  north  of  England,  is  a  much  more 
mountainous,  and  far  lejs  fertile  and  populous  country,  and  has  a 
much  colder  climate. 


30.  What  is  said  of  the  soil,  &c.  ?    81.  What  towns  ? 
Scotland. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Scotland  ? 


See  Map  of  the  British  Isles. — What  is  the  southwest  extremity  of 
England  called  ?    What  small  islands  are  near  it  ? 

What  is  the  course  of  the  Thames  ?   Where  is  the  Wash  ?  The  Humber  ? 

What  rivers  flow  into  the  Humber  ?  Where  are  the  Tees  and  Tyne  ? 
The  Mersey  and  Dee  ?     What  rivers  flow  into  Bristol  Channel  ? 

How  is  London  situated  ?  Canterbury  ?  Portsmouth  ?  Plymouth .-'  Ex- 
eter ?  Bristol  ?  Bath  ?  Oxford  ?  Cambridge  ?  Greenwich  ?  Nor- 
wich ?  Leicester  ?  Yarmouth  ?  Firmingbam  ?  Kidderminster ' 
Liverpool  ?  Manchester  ?  York  ?  Hull  ?  Leeds  ?  Wakefield  ? 
Whitby  ?  Sunderland '  Newcastle .''  Durham  ?  Carlisle  ?  White- 
haven ? 

What  are  some  of  the  towns  on  the  south  coast  ?     On  the  east  ? 

How  is  Wales  bounded  ?  How  is  Cardi^n  bay  situated  ?  Swansey  ? 
Merthyr  Tvdvil  ?    Caer-nar'von  ?    Beau-mar'is? 


SCOTLAND. 


113 


am  in 

I  well 

n. 

noted 


I 


ore 
i  a 


of 

r? 

3? 
X- 

r- 
? 


2.  It  consists  of  two  parts,  the  Highlands  and  the  Lowlands,  and 
is  divided  into  33  counties,  16  of  which  lie  chiefly  in  the  Highlands. 

3.  The  Highlands,  which  comprise  tiie  northern  and  the  larger, 
but  much  the  less  fertile  and  populous  part,  consist  mostly  of  barren 
and  dreary  mountains,  with  some  tolerably  fertile  valleys. 

4.  The  Lowlands  comprehend  the  country  which  lies  south  and 
east  of  the  Grampian  mountains.  This  division  is  agreeably  diver- 
sified with  hills  and  plains  ;  and  the  eastern  portion  rivals  England 
in  fertility  and  cultivation. 

5.  The  Grampian  Mountains  are  the  most  considerable  range  in 
Scotland.    Ben  JVe'vis  is  reputed  the  highest  summit  in  Great  Britain. 

6.  The  western  coast  of  Scotland  is  much  indented  by  inlets,  and 
the  country  abounds  in  fine  lakes,  called  lochs.  Loch  Lo'mond,  the 
largest,  is  30  miles  long,  and  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  lakes  in 
Europe.  Loch  Kath'a-rine,  which  is  bordered  by  the  mountains 
called  the  Tros^aclis,  is  famous  for  being  the  scene  of  Scott's  *  Lady 
of  the  Lake." 

7.  The  six  principal  rivers  are  the  Forth,  Tay,  Tiof-d,  CljdCf 
Sp'nf,  and  Dee.  The  rivers  abound  with  salmon,  and  the  inlets  and 
bays  with  herring. 

8.  The  two  principal  canals  are  the  Caledonian  Canal  and  the 
Forth  and  Clyde  Canal,  each  of  which  intersects  the  island. 

9.  The  islands  belonging  to  Scotland  arc  numerous,  comprising 
the  three  clusters  of  the  Heb'ri-des  or  Western  Islands,  the  Ork'neys^ 
and  the  Shet'land  Islands. 

10.  The  little  island  of  I-o'na,  one  of  the  Hebrides,  is  famous  for 
having  been  a  seat  of  learning  in  the  middle  ages  ;  and  Staff  a,  an- 
otlicr  little  island,  is  remarkable  for  Fingafs  Cave,  the  sides  of  which 
are  formed  by  perpendicular  ranges  of  basaltic  columns ;  and  it  is 
regarded  aa  a  great  natural  curiosity. 

11.  The  Scotch  have  extensive  manufactures,  of  which  the  most 
important  are  cotton  goods,  linen,  woollens,  and  iron. 

12.  There  are  four  universities,  those  of  Edinburgh,  Glasgow,  St. 
Andreuj's,  and  Aberdeen.  Parish  schools  are  established  through- 
out most  of  the  country. 

13.  The  established  religion  is  Presbyterianism,  which  was  intro- 
duced by  John  Knox,  the  celebrated  Scotch  reformer. 

14.  The  Scotch  are  enterprising,  industrious,  and  temperate,  and 
as  a  nation,  the  best  educated  in  Europe. — The  Highlanders  are  a 
brave,  hardy,  warlike  race,  living  generally  in  miserable  cottages, 
and  enjoying  but  few  of  the  comforts  of  life  ;  though  their  condition 
and  habits  have  been  of  late  much  improved. 

15.  Ed'in-burgh,  the  capital  of  Scotland,  has  a  commanding 
and  picturesque  situation,  near  the  Frith  of  Forth,  and  is  surround- 
ed on  all  sides,  except  the  north,  by  lofty  hills.    It  is  a  very  elegantly 

2.  How  is  it  divided  ?  3.  What  is  said  of  the  Highlands  ?  4.  The  Low- 
lands ?  5,  Mountains  ?  6.  Lakes  ?  7.  Rivers  ?  8.  Canals  ?  9- 
Islands?  10.  lona  and  Staffa ?  11.  Manufactures?  12.  Univer- 
sities ?  13.  Religion  ?  14.  The  Scotch  and  the  Highlanders  ?  15, 
Edinburgh  ? 
10  • 


■''.''p''',I«,f,'^-.«('. 


11 


.'T^i 


a-%y 


'fi 


1,,,. 


114 


SCOTLAND. 


built  city,  and  is  one  of  the  most  celebrated  scuts  of  learning  in 
Europe. 

16.  Glas'goWf  on  the  Clyde,  is  the  largest  city  in  Scotland,  and 
the  first  with  regard  to  commerce  aiid  manufactures,  noted  particu- 
larly for  cotton  goods. 

17.  The  principal  ports  arc  Gree'nock  and  Port  Glasgow^  on  tlie 
Clyde  ;  Leithf  the  port  of  Edinburgh  ;  Dun-dee\  Mon-trose'j  and  Ab- 
er-deenf,  on  the  eastern  coast ;  and  In-ver-ness'y  the  metropolis  of  the 
Highlands. 

18.  Pdis'ley  (paz'le),  Perth,  and  Dun-fenn'Une,  are  distinguished 
foi  cotton  ani  linen  manufactures  ;  Kil-mar'nocky  for  carpets  ;  Car^- 
rorif  for  iron  works  ;  FaVkirk,  for  cattle  fairs. 

19.  Mel-rose'  and  Kel'so  are  noted  for  ruins  of  fine  abbeys  ;  Gret- 
na Gi  eerif  for  the  marriages  of  fugitive  lovers  from  England  ;  Ban'- 
nock-burn,  for  a  great  victory  over  the  English ;  Cui-lo'den  Moor, 
near  Inverness,  for  the  final  overthrow  of  the  English  Pretender. 

20.  The  crowns  o(  England  and  Scotland  were  united  in  1603. 

16.  What  is  said  of  Glasgow  ?     17.  What  are  the  principal  porta  ? 

18.  What  manufacturing  towns  ?    19.  What  other  places  are  mentioned, 

and  for  what  noted  ?    20.  When  were  the  crowns  of  England  and 

Scotland  united  ? 


See  Map  of  the  British  Isles. — Which  side  of  Scotland  is  most  indent- 
ed by  inlets  ?     What  friths  are  there  on  the  eastern  coast  ?  On  the 
western  ?     What  islands  north  of  Scotland  .-'     What  ones  west  ? 
Where  are  lona  and  Staffa .''     Where  the  Caledonian  Canal  .-* 
Where  does  the  Clyde  empty  ?     What  rivers  flow  into  the  North  sea  on 
the  east  ?     How  is  Edinburgh  situated  ?    Glasgow  ?    Greenock  .' 
Paisley  and  Kilmarnock  .''    Leith  and  Falkirk  ?    Dundee  ?    Perth  ? 
Montrose  .''    Aberdeen  .'    Inverness  ? 
What  towns  are  near  the  borders  of  England  ? 


IRELAND. 


115 


111 


IRELAND. 


Tht  GiavVa  Causeway. 


I 


1  Ireland  is  a  pleasant,  fertile,  and  populous  island,  forming  a 
Btriking*  contrast  to  Scotland,  being  mostly  level,  and  having  few 
mountains  ;  and  these  are  chiefly  in  the  northern  and  western  parts. 

2.  It  is  divided  into  four  provinces ;  Ul'sler,  in  the  north,  Letnsttr 
(lin'ster),  in  the  east,  Mun'ster,  in  the  south,  and  Con-naught' ,  in  the 
west ;  and  it  is  subdivided  into  32  counties. 

3.  The  western  coast  is  much  indented  by  inlets ;  and  one  of  the 
most  striking  features  of  Ireland  is  the  extent  of  bogs  or  marshes, 
which  disfigure  the  country. 

4.  The  largest  i-iver  is  the  Shan'non  ;  and  the  largest  lakes, 
called  loughs  (loks).  Lough  JVeagh  and  Lough  Earn.  The  small 
lake  of  Kil-la?ney,  in  the  southwest  of  Ireland,  is  greatly  admired 
for  its  picturesque  beauty. 

5.  The  greatest  natural  curiosity  is  the  GianVs  Causeway,  which 
is  situated  on  the  north  coast,  and  consists  of  many  thousand  col- 
umns of  basaltic  rock,  rising  from  200  to  400  feet  perpendicular 
from  the  water's  edge.  These  columns  are  composed  of  joints  or 
lengths,  curiously  articulated  into  each  other,  like  a  ball  into  a 
socket 

6.  The  climate  is  humid  and  often  foggy,  but  healthy  and  tem- 
perate, the  winters  being  warmer  and  the  summers  cooler,  than  in 
England. 

Ireland. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Ireland  ?    2*  How  is  it  divided  ? 
3.  What  is  said  of  inlets  and  bogs  ?    4.  Rivers  and  lakes  ?     5.  The  Giant's 
Causeway  f    6.  Climate  ? 


w 


:r''^ 


>hm 


# 


J 16 


IRELAND. 


7  Thougli  the  country  is  generally  fertile,  and  one  of  the  most 
populous  in  Europe,  yet  its  agriculture  is  in  rather  a  backward  state. 

8.  Ireland  is  celebrated  for  the  abundance  and  excellence  of  its 
potatoes,  which,  together  with  oats,  form  Uie  principal  articles  of 
food  for  the  great  mass  of  the  people.  Grass  and  also  Jlax  are  im- 
portant productions. 

9.  The  principal  manufacture  is  linen  ;  and  the  chief  crporf*,  linen 
and  provisions. 

10.  The  established  religion  is  the  same  as  that  of  England  ;  but 
more  than  three  fourths  of  the  people  are  Roman  Catholics. 

1 1.  Ireland  has  but  one  university,  that  of  Dublin  ;  and  a  Catholic 
college  at  May-nooth'.  Though  tnis  country  has  prodticed  many 
distinguished  men,  yet  the  education  of  tlie  lower  classes  is  lament- 
ably neglected. 

12.  The  Irish  are  ingenious  and  courageous ;  ardent  in  all  their 
affections ;  but  less  industrious,  frugal,  and  temperate,  than  the 
Scotch.  The  great  mass  of  the  people  live  in  miserable  cabins, 
constructed  of  mud  walls,  and  are  sunk  in  ignorance  and  poverty  to 
a  degree  rarely  witnessed  in  a  civilized  country. 

13.  Dub'lin,  the  capital  of  Ireland,  which  is  finely  situated  near 
the  head  of  a  very  beautiful  bay,  ranks  as  th  ^  second  among  the 
British  cities,  and  contains  many  magnificent  o-lifices. 

14.  Cork,  the  second  city  in  population,  has  an  excellent  harbor, 
and  is  the  most  commercial  town  in  Ireland. 

15.  IJm'cr-ick,  Bel-fast',  fVa'ter-ford,  Gal'way,  Drog'he-dn,  and 
lion-don-der'ry,  are  the  other  largest  towns,  and  have  considerable 
trade  and  manufactures. 

16.  Armagh  (ar-mah'J  is  noted  as  the  first  archbishopric ;  Kil- 
dnr^,  for  horse  races  ;  tiaVlin-a-slod ,  for  cattle  fairs. 

17.  Ireland  was  conquered  bj  England,  in  1172,  and  its  union 
with  England  was  carried  into  effect  in  1801. 

7.  What  is  said  of  agriculture  ?  8.  Productions  ?  9.  Manufactures  and 
exports?  10.  Religion?  11.  Education?  12.  The  Irish?  13. 
Dublin  ?     14.  Cork  ?     ^  5.  What  are  the  other  chief  towns  ? 

16.  What  other  towns  are  mentioned,  and  for  what  noted  ? 

17.  When  was  Ireland  conquered  by,  and  united  with,  England  ? 


Gttei'. 


See  Map  of  the  British  Isles. — What  cape  is  on  the  south  of  Ireland? 

What  bays  on  the  west  ?     Where  is  Valentia  island  ? 
What  is  the  course  of  the  Shannon  ?     What  arc  some  of  the  other  rivers  ? 
What  lakes  ?     Where  is  the  Giant's  Causeway  ?     How  is  Dublin  situated  ? 

Cork?     Waterford?     Limerick?    Killarney?    Galway?    Belfast? 

Londonderry  ?    Armagh  ?     Kildare  ? 
What  towns  are  on  the  east  coast,  north  of  Dublin  ?     What  ones  south  ? 


HOLLAND. 

HOLLAND. 

Treck-ShuU. 


iiy 


1.  This  country,  which,  before  the  French  Revolution  of  1789, 
formed  the  Republic  of  the  Seven  United  Provinces,  is  now  divided  into 
10  provinces,  \iz.,  JVorth  Holland,  South  Holland,  Zca'land,  Utrecht^ 
Guel'der-land,  0-ver-ys'sel,  Drenthe  (dr6nt),  Gron'ing-en,  Fries' land^ 
and  JVorth  or  Dutch  Bra-hanl'. 

2.  It  is  the  most  level  country  in  Europe,  the  general  aspect  being 
a  continued  flat,  without  either  mountain  or  hill.  Much  of  it  is  lower 
than  the  surface  of  the  sea  at  high  water,  resembling  a  large  marsh 
that  has  been  drained  ;  and  it  is  supposed  to  have  once  formed  the 
bed  of  the  ocean. 

3.  The  country  is  protected  from  being  overflowed  by  dikts,  or 
mounds  of  earth,  which  shut  out  the  waters  of  the  sea  and  the  rivers, 
and  which  have  been  formed  and  are  kept  in  repair  with  great  labor 
and  expense.  The  dikes  are  furnished  with  sluices,  so  that  the 
country  can  be  laid  under  water  on  the  approach  of  an  enemy. 

4.  Some  parts  of  the  country  are  sandy  and  barren,  and  otliers 
marshy  ;  but  much  of  the  soil  is  very  fertile,  and  the  country  is  noted 
for  its  rich  pasture,  and  for  its  excellent  butter  and  cheese. 

5.  The  climcUe  is  often  unhealthy,  and  the  air  damp  and  chilling. 

6.  The  three  principal  rivers  of  this  country  and  Belgium,  are  the 
Rhine,  Meusc  (muze),  and  Scheldt  (shelt). 

7.  Canals  are  numerous,  and  serve  the  same  purpose  as  roads  in 
other  countries.  The  common  mode  of  travelling  is  along  a  canal 
in  a  covered  boat,  called  a  Trtck-Shuit,  drawn  by  iiorses. 

1.  What  was  Holland  formerly  called,  and  what  are  its  divisions?  2. 
What  is  said  of  the  country  ?  8.  How  is  it  protected,  and  what  is 
said  of  the  dikes  ?     4.  Soil  ?     5.  Climate  ?    6.  Rivers  ?    7.  Canals  ? 


1^^ 


'•fT 


\F' 


Mi 


u 


■<9l 


l-y 


:  'i^^ 


118 


HOLLAND. 


8.  The  inhabitants,  styled  Dutch,  have  boon  long  noted  f  )r  com- 
merce, and  are  ^onorall y  well  educated,  and  mostly  of  the  Rofornicd 
or  Calvinist  religion.  They  are  di.stinguish(Ml  n)r  their  industry, 
gravity  of  manners,  and  the  ch.'anlinoss  of  their  Jjouscis. 

U.  Am'stkr-dam,  in  North  Ilolliind,  nnich  the  lu.^rest  city  in  the 
kingdom,  and  one  of  the  most  comint?rciul  in  Euroj)e,  is  situated 
among  marshes,  on  an  arm  of  tlie  Zuyder  Zee,  and  the  foutidation 
of  its  buildings  is  formed  by  piles  driven  into  the  ground.  It  is  a 
rich  and  well  built  city,  and  the  royal  palace,  formerly  the  Htadlhouse.. 
19  one  of  the  noblest  structures  in  the  world. 

10.  Rotter-dam,  on  tlio  Meuse,  is  noted  for  commerce,  and  for  the 
birtli  and  statue  of  Erasmus ;  The  Hague,  for  its  elegance,  and  for 
being  the  residence  of  the  royal  court. 

11.  Lei/ den  (li'dn),  LPtrccfU,  and  Grun'iiig-en  are  noted  for  their 
universities,  Utrecht  also  for  a  famous  treaty  of  peace  in  171Ji ;  Hnr'- 
lem,  for  the  largest  organ  in  Europe,  and  its  trade  in  flowers,  partic- 
ularly tulips  ;  Dort,  as  the  place  of  the  landing  of  timber  floats  on 
the  Rhine,  and  for  the  synod  which  condemned  Arminianism. 


6.  Buu 

rope.     It 
and  carir<' 

7.  JiU'i 
manufactt 
Knj,'laii'l 
university 
Spd,  ♦"  >r  n 

H.  No 
more  nuiii 
tiirics  pan 
rendered 
Y'prcif  (e' 
If'd'tcr-loo 

\).  The 
congress  i 
lands;  bu 
land,  and 


BELGIJM,  OR  THE  NETHERLANDS. 

1.  This  country  comprises  the  eight  Belgic  provinces  of  South 
Bra-ban^,  Hai'nmdt,  JVamur  (na-moor'),  lAege,  LAvi'imrg,  Anl'werp, 
East  Flan' ders,  and  }Vesl  Flnn'ders;  and  to  tiio  southeast  is  the  Ger- 
man grand  duchy  of  Lux' em-burg. 

2.  The  name  of  JVetherlands  or  Low  Countries  was  applied  to  this 
country  on  account  of  its  low  situation,  although,  with  the  exception 
of  the  western  part,  which  lies  near  the  sea,  it  is  more  elevated  and 
less  level  than  Holland,  and  the  air  loss  damp. 

3.  Much  of  the  soil  is  fertile,  and  highly  cultivated,  producing 
large  quantities  of  grain,  flax,  hemp,  and  fruits  ;  and  the  country  is 
the  most  populous  in  Europe. 

4.  The  inhabitants,  who  are  styled  Belgians,  IValloons,  or  Flem- 
ings, are  mostly  Catholics,  generally  speak  the  French  language, 
and  resemble  the  French  more  than  the  Dutch. 

5.  This  country  has  ;ong  been  distinguished  for  manufaetiires ; 
and  it  boasts  an  eminent  school  of  painting,  called  the  Flemish. 

9.  What  is  said  of  the  inhabitant3  ?     9.  Amsterdam  ?     10.  Rotterdam  and 
the  Hague  ?     11.  What  other  towns,  and  for  what  noted  ? 

Belgium. — 1.  What  are  the  divisions  of  the  country  ?  2.  What  is 
said  of  the  country  ?  3.  Soil  and  productions  ?  4.  The  inhabit- 
ants.''    5.  For  what  is  the  country  distinguished? 


See  Map  JVo.  VIII. — How  is  Holland  bounded  ?  Where  is  the  Zuyder 
Zee .'  Where  Texel  island  ?  Walcheren  island  ?  What  rivers 
flow  through  Holland  and  Belgium  ?  How  is  Amsterdam  situated  ? 
Rotterdam  ?  The  Hague  and  Leyden  ?  Dort  ?  Utrecht .?  What 
tawns  in  the  north  of  Holland  ?     In  the  south  ?    In  the  east.^" 


1.  Gen 
rope,  exte 
on  the  SOI 
greater  ni 

2.  Befo 
mto  9  circ 
pha'll-a,  ii 
in  the  mi 
Bo-he'mi-i 
the  9  circl 

3.  The 
of300sov 
subject  to 
this  divisi 
empire. 

4.  The 
empire  of 
Hol'steiii.  I 
Lux'em-bi 
lands,  but 

6.  Wliat  ii 

8.  ^ 

Gkrma 
fore 
erm 

See  Ma 
situ 
Wh 


BELGIUM. 


lid 


6.  Buns  9EL3,  the  ciipitul,  iri  one  oftlie 


Ii 


tl  puh 


(I 


most  elejfuut  citioa  in  Eu- 
furnouti  Tor  lace,  cuiiiletM, 


contums  a  i 
and  carpots. 

7.  ^liU'wtrp^  on  tlio  Scheldt,  is  noted  for  coninicrco  ;  dhent,  for 
miiniiffictnres,  and  a  treaty  of  peace  betwoen  tlie  United  StiitPH  and 
Knj,'laiwl ;  Lic^t,  for  iron  works  and  fire-arrnn  ;  L6u-vdin\  for  it.s 
university  ;  Mick'Un  (njelt'lin),  for  lace,  and  as  the  first  archbishopric  ; 
Spd,  t'T  mineral  waters. 

H.  No  part  of  Enropo,  of  tlio  same  extent,  has  been  the  scene  of 
more  numerous  and  important  warlike  oporatious,  within  a  thw  cen- 
turies past,  than  Belgium.  Some  of  the  places  which  have  been 
romlered  memorable  by  battles  or  sie(>es,  ur(?  Os-luid',  Oudt'nanle, 
Ypns  (e'pr),  Tour-nui/,  Fun-te-noi/f  Jiumilliea  (runi-e-lcevi'),  and 
li'd'ter-loo. 

y.  The  provinces  of  IloUnnd  and  Bdu;inm  were  united  bv  tlio 
congress  of  Viemm,  in  1814,  into  one  kingdom,  that  of  tiie  Jviiher- 
lands ;  but  in  1880,  the  Belgic  provinces  threw  off  the  yoke  of  HoU 
land,  and  declared  themselves  independent. 


GERMANY. 

1.  Germany  is  a  large  country  situated  in  the  central  part  of  Eu 
rope,  extending  from  the  Baltic  on  the  north  to  the  gulf  of  Venice 
on  tiie  south.     It  is  somewhat  larger  than  France,  and  contains  a 
greater  number  of  inhabitants,  avIio  bi-lung  to  various  political  states. 

2.  Before  the  PVench  revolution,  Germany  was  an  empire,  divided 
into  9  circles,  namely,  Up'per  Sclc'o-iv/,  Ijoi&tr  Snx'o-iu),  n.nd  Wcst- 
vha'U-a,  in  the  north  ;  Up'per  Rkine,  Loii/cr  Ithinc,  and  Frari-co'ni-a, 
in  the  middle  ;  Swa'bi-a,  Ba-va'ri-a,  and  Aus'lri-a,  in  the  south. 
Bo-he'mi-a,  Mo-ra'vi-a,  and  Si-le'si-a,  which  were  not  included  in 
the  9  circles,  formed  also  a  part  of  the  German  empire. 

3.  The  empire  of  Germany  was  also  subdivided  among  upwards 
of  300  sovereign  princes,  each  independent  in  his  own  territory,  but 
subject  to  the  emperor  as  head,  who  Avas  chosen  by  9  electors  ;  but 
this  division  has  been  discontinued,  and  Germany  is  no  longer  an 
empire. 

4.  The  coimtry  of  Germany  now  comprises  about  one  third  of  the 
empire  of  Jlustria ;  the  greater  part  of  the  kingdom  of  Prussia ; 
Hol'steiK  and  Lau'en-burg,  belonging  to  the  kingdom  of  Denma;k ; 
Lux' e Ill-burg,  whicli  belonged  to  the  late  kingdom  of  the  Nether- 
lands, but  which  is  now  claimed  by  Belgium ;  the  kingdoms  of  Ba- 

6.  What  is  said  of  Brussels?     7.  What  other  towns,  and  for  what  noted  r 
8.  What  places  memorable  for  battles  ?     9.  What  notice  of  history  ? 

Germany. — 1.  What  is  said  of  CJerniany  ?     2.  How  was  it  divided  be- 
•  fore  the  French  rcvohition  ?    3.  How  was  it  subdivided  and  gov- 

erned ?     4.  What  does  it  now  comprise  ? 


See  Map  JVo.  VIII. — How  is  Belgium  bounded?  How  w  Brussels 
situated?  Antwerp?  Ghent?  Liege?  Luxemburg?  Spa? 
What  towns  in  the  west?     In  the  south?     In  the  east? 


}.■■■' 


120 


GERMANY. 


vn'ri-a,  Saj/o-ny,  Han'o-ver,  and  JVur'tp,»i-herg,  together  witli  the  2(5 
smaller  states,  and  the  4  free  cities,  exhibited  in  the  following  table. 


lit 


TABULAR  VIEW 

Of  the  smaller  German  States. 

Slate. 
Baden 

Hesse-Darmstadt 
Mecklenburg-Schwerin 
Mecklenburg-Strelitz 
Oldenburg 
Saxe-Weimar 
Hesse-Cassel 
Nassau 
Brunswick 
Saxe- Cobu  rg-Goth  a 
Saxe-Meiningen 
Saxe-Altcnbmg 
Anhalt-Dessau 
Anhalt-Bernburg 
Anhalt-Cothen 
Lippe-Detiiiold 
Schwartzburg-Rudolotadt 
Schwartzburg-Sondcrshausen 
Waldeck 

Reuss,  Younger  Line 
Reuss,  Elder  Line 
Hobenzollern-Sigmaringen 
HohenzoUern-IIechingen 
Schauenburg-Lippe 
Hesse-Homburg 
Lichtenstein 
Hamburg 
Frankfort 
Bremen 
Lubeck 

5.  The  states  are  all  united  under  the  Germanic  Confederation, 
whose  affairs  are  intrusted  to  a  Federative  Diet,  which  meets  at 
Frankfort  on  the  Mayne. 

6.  Germany  is  divided  into  two  parts  by  the  difference  of  the 
surface  ;  Low  Germany,  forming  the  northern  division,  is  mostly 
level ;  High,  Germany,  the  middle  and  southern  parts,  which  are 
greatly  diversified  with  ranges  of  mountains,  hills,  and  plains. 

7.  The  soutliern  part  is  traversed  by  ranges  of  Alps ;  and  the 
middle  by  the  Sudctic  Mountains  and  other  smaller  ranges. 

8.  The  6  largest  rivers  are  the  Dan'uhe,  Rhine,  Elbe,  O'dcr,  IVt'- 
ser,  and  Mayne, 

9.  The  largest  lake  in  Germany  is  the  beautiful  lake  of  Constance, 
which  lies  on  the  borders  of  Switzerland. 

10.  The  climate  is  rather  cold  in  the  nortb,  but  mild  in  the  south ; 
and  the  air  salubrious,  except  in  the  marshy  parts. 


TiUe. 

Pop.      S 

q.  m. 

Capital. 

Grand  duchy  l.ion.ooo  5,93.3 

Carlsrube 

do. 

714,000  3,741 

Darmstadt 

do. 

438,000  4,746 

Schwerin 

do. 

80,000 

765 

Strelitz 

do. 

244,000  2,622 

Oldenburg 

do. 

227,000  1,418 

Weimar 

Electorate 

603,000  4,228 

Cassel 

Duchy 

338,000  2,183 

Wisbaden 

do: 

248,000  1,520 

Brunswick 

do. 

1?59,000  1,036 

Gotha 

do. 

136,000 

884 

Meiningen 

do. 

108,000 

496 

Altcnburg 

do. 

58,000 

360 

Dessau 

do. 

40,000 

339 

Bernburg 

do. 

35,000 

318 

Cothen 

Principality 

76,000 

436 

Detmold 

do. 

57,000 

466 

Rudolstadt 

'n          do. 

49,000 

487 

Sondershauser. 

do. 

54,000 

459 

Corbach 

do. 

54,000 

688 

Lobenstein 

do. 

24,000 

148 

Greitz 

do. 

38,000 

429 

Sigmaringen 

do. 

15,000 

95 

Hechingen 

do. 

27,000 

195 

Buckeburg 

do. 

22,000 

106 

Homburg 

do. 

6,000 

53 

Vadutz 

Free  City 

140,000 

133 

do. 

54.000 

90 

do. 

49,000 

75 

do. 

47,000 

116 

How   are  these  states  united  P     6.  How  is  GcM'many  divided  by  sur- 
face ?    7.  What  mountains  .'     8.  Rivers  ?     9.  Lake  ?     10.  Climate  ? 


GERMANY. 


1S1 


he  20 
table. 


1 1.  Much  of  the  country  has  a  fertile  soil ;  though  sandy  plains, 
barren  heaths,  and  marshes  abound  in  tiie  north ;  and  in  the  south 
large  portions  are  rugged  and  mountainous. 

12.  The  Protestant  religion  prevails  in  the  north  of  Germany,  and 
the  Catholic  in  the  south.  The  Catliolics  comprise  rather  more  than 
half  of  the  population. 

13.  TJie  prevailing  religion  of  Austria  and  Bavaria,  and  of  the 
■mall  principalities  of  Ho-hen-zol'lern-Sig'ma-ring-en,  Ho-hen-zoV- 
lem-Hech'ing-en  (hek),  and  lAch' ten-stein  (lik'ten-stin),  also  the  re- 
ligion of  the  majority  of  the  inhabitants  of  Baden,  is  the  Catholic. 
The  prevailing  religion  of  all  the  otlier  German  states  is  the  Protes- 
tant.* 

14.  The  government  of  the  kingdoms  of  Saxony,  Hanover,  Wur- 
temberg,  and  Bavaria,  and  of  some  of  the  small  states,  is  a  limited 
monarchy  ;  that  of  Austria^  Prussia,  and  part  of  the  small  states,  is 
monarchy  nearly  absolute. 

15.  Germany,  particularly  the  northern  part,  is  distinguished  for 
literature  and  science  ;  and  in  no  other  country  is  authorship  so  ex- 
tensively made  a  business  for  life. 

16.  Germany  contains  22  universities,  some  of  which  have  a  high 
reputation,  and  are  resorted  to  by  students  from  other  countries. 
Some  of  the  most  distinguished  are  those  of  Gotfting-en,  Ber-lin', 
Hal'le,  Leip'sic,  Jena,  and  Vienna. 

17.  The  principal  states  in  the  north  of  Germany,  are  Prussia, 
Hanover^  Mecklenburg,  Q.nd  Oldenburg;  in  the  middle.  Saxony,  Hesse- 
Cassel,  Hesse-Darmstadt,  J^assau,  and  Scuxe- Weimar;  in  the  south, 
Austria,  Bavaria,  Wurtemherg,  and  Baden. 

11.  What  is  said  of  the  climate  ?    12.  Religion? 

13.  Which  states  are  of  the  Catholic,  and  which  of  the  Protestant  religion .' 

14.  What  is  said  of  the  gcvernment .'     15.  Literature.'     16.  Universities.' 

17.  What  are  the  principal  states.? 


See  Map  J^o.  VIII. — Note.  Germany  includes  the  countries  repre- 
sented on  this  Map,  which  lie  to  the  east  of  Holland,  Belgium,  and 
France. 

What  part  of  Germany  is  embraced  by  Prussia  ?  How  is  the  kingdom  of 
Hanover  situated .''  How  Holstein?  Mecklenburg?  Oldenburg? 
Hesse-Cassel  ?     Hesse-Darm«tadt  ? 

What  part  of  Germany  is  included  in  the  Austrian  dominions? 

How  is  Sr;Xony  bounded?     Bavaria?     Wurtemherg'     Baden? 


What  rivers  are  there  in  the  north  of  (Jermany  ? 
Where  is  the  Mayne  ? 


In  the  south? 


*  The  religion  of  the  reigning  families  of  the  kingdom  of  Saxony,  nnd  of  the 
duchy  of  Aiihalt-CatJien,  is  the   Catholic,  though  the  most  of  tiicir  suhje.cts  are 
Protestants  ;  and  the  religion  of  the  reigning  family  of  the  grand-duchy  of  Ba- 
den is  the  Protestant. 
11 


^: 


i  » 


Hi 


•i 


■j.  •;  ■■Jii  i..r ,  Iv 


1  ■■.I'ii 


1  '■•■'  An 


132 


PRUSSIA. 


PRUSSIA. 

Berlin. 


1.  Prussia  (prn'she-o,  or  pnisli'e-a),  formerly  a  small  state,  but  now 
a  powerful  kingdom,  consists  cliiefly  of  two  parts,  entirely  separated 
from  eacli  otlier,  the  lar^-er  one  lying  in  the  northeast  of  Germany, 
and  the  smaller  one  in  the  west. 

2.  The  Ivingdom  is  divided  into  10  provinces.  The  two  provinces 
of  East  Pncssia  and  Jf'cst  Prussia  comprise  Prvssin  Proper ;  the 
province  oi  Poscn  u  formed  of  tlio  Prussian  part  of  Poland;  the 
other  seven  j)rovinccs  are  all  included  ^vitIlin  the  limits  of  the  late 
German  empire.  The  western  part  of  the  kingdom  includes  the 
three  provinces  of  Westphalia,  Cleves-Berg,  and  Loioer  Rhine ;  the 
eastern  part,  the  other  seven. 


Provinces. 

East  Prussia 
West  Prussia 
Brandenburg 
Pomerania 
Poeen 


Chief  towns. 

Konigsberg 

Dantzic 

Berlin 

Stettin 

Posen 


Provinces. 

Silesia 
Saxony 
Westphalia 
Cleves-Berg 
Lower  Rhine 


Chief  towns. 

Breslau 

Magdeburg 

Munster 

Cologne 

Aix-la-Chapelle 


3.  The  Prussian  territories  are  generally  very  level,  abounding  in 
email  lakes,  marshes,  and  rivers  of  a  slow  current. 

4.  The  principal  mountains  are  the  Rie'sen-ge-hirf^^  a  part  of 
iJie  Su-det'ic  chain,  which  separates  Silesia  from  Bohemia  and  Mo- 
ravia. 


5.  Thel 
ciyal  of  ^^ 
eastern  pi 

6.  The| 
general, 
with  heat 

7.  The 
which  is 
ties  on  th 

8.  Prul 
ing  counj 
are  niucll 
phalia,  w| 

9.  Ne? 
third,  Ca 

10.  Tl 
igs-herg., 
guished 
educatec 

11.  B] 
sandy  di 
in  populi 

12.  T 
the  Pre'j 
la,  famo\ 
is  the  cb 
siderabb 

13.  S 
lau,  the 
for  its  fi 
for  its  ft 
Cologne 
irtventio 

14.  J. 


See  J 

What  ri 

( 


Mow  i 


Prussia. — I.  What  is  said  of  Prussia? 
ions?     3.  What  of  (he  surface  ?     4. 


2.  What  of  the  different  divis 
Mounlains  ? 


PRUSSIA. 


123 


now 
rated 
lany, 

nces 
the 
the 

late 
the 
the 


!*. 


lie 


gin 


of 
Wo- 


VI3- 


5.  The  country  is  well  supplied  with  navigable  rivers ;  the  prin- 
cipal of  which  are  the  JVie'men,  Vis'tu-la,  Cyder,  and  Elbe^  in  the 
eastern  part,  and  the  RJdne,  in  the  western. 

6.  The  soil  is  in  some  parts  good,  and  highly  cultivated  ;  but,  in 
general,  by  no  means  very  fertile,  being  often  sandy  and  covered 
with  heath. 

7.  The  most  remai*kable  mineral  production  is  amher^  a  substance 
which  is  obtained  chiefly  from  Prussia,  and  is  found  in  large  quanti- 
ties on  the  shores  of  the  Baltic. 

8.  Prussia  is  rather  an  agricultural  tlian  a  trading  or  manufactur- 
ing country  ;  yet  it  has  considerable  commerce,  and  some  districts 
are  much  employed  in  manufactures,  particularly  Silesia  and  West- 
phalia, which  are  noted  for  their  linens. 

9.  Nearly  two  thirds  of  the  inhabitants  are  Protestants,  and  one 
third,  Catholics ;  but  all  religions  are  tolerated,  and  on  an  equal  footing. 

10.  There  are  flourishing  universities  at  Ber-lin',  Hal'le,  Kon'- 
{gs-bcrg,  Bres'lau,  and  Bonn.  The  Prussian  government  is  distin- 
guished for  patronizing  learning,  and  the  kingdom  is  one  of  the  beat 
educated  in  Europe. 

11.  Bku-lin',  the  capital  of  the  kingdom,  is  situated  in  a  level  and 
sandy  district,  on  the  river  Spree,  and  is  the  second  city  in  Germany 
in  population,  and  one  of  the  most  regular  and  beautiful  in  Europe. 

12.  The  three  principal  commercial  ports  are  Kon'igs-berg,  on 
the  Pre'gel,  formerly  the  capital  of  Prussia ;  Dantfzic,  on  the  Vistu- 
la, famous  for  the  export  of  grain  ;  and  Stet'tin,  on  the  Oder,  which 
is  the  chief  port  for  the  commerce  of  Berlin.  The  other  most  con- 
siderable ports  are  El'bing,  Stral'sund,  and  Mem'el. 

13.  Some  of  the  principal  trading  towns  in  the  interior  are  Breaf- 
lau,  the  capital  of  Silesia,  the  second  city  in  population,  and  famous 
for  its  fairs  and  manufactures  ;  Frank' fort,  on  the  Oder,  also  noted 
for  its  fairs  ;  Mag'de-burg,  on  the  Elbe,  for  its  strong  fortifications  ; 
Cologne  (ko-l6n'),  on  the  Rhine,  for  trade,  Cologne  water,  and  the 
invention  of  gunpowder. 

14.  Aix-la-Cka-pelle'  (ais'-la-sha-pel')  is  famous  for  having  been 


5.  What  of  the  rivers  ? 
ture  and  ti-ade  ? 
11.  Berlin?     12. 
the  interior? 
14.  What  other  towns,  and  for  what  noted  ? 


6.  Soil?  7.  Mineral  productions?  8.  Agricul- 
9.  Religion?  10.  Universities  and  education? 
Commercial  ports?     13.  What  trading  towns  iu 


See  Map  of  Europe. — On  what  sea  docs  Prussia  border? 
What  rivers  flow  through  Prussia  into  the  Baltic?  Through  what  cornet 
of  Prussia  does  the  Niemen  flow?  How  is  Konigsberg  situated? 
Dautzic?  Elbing?  Tilsit?  Memel?  [See  Map  JVo.  VIII.] 
How  is  the  island  of  Use'doin  situated  ?  What  branches  of  the  Efbe 
are  in  Prussia  ?  Of  the  Oder?  Of  the  Rhine? 
is  Berlin  situated  ?  Breslau  ?  Posen  ?  Magdeburg  ?  Halle  ? 
Potsdam  ?  What  towns  in  Prussia  are  on  the  Elbe  ?  The  Oder  ? 
The  Vistula?  The  Baltic  sea?  How  is  Aix-la-Chapelle  situated? 
Cob-lentz'?  Treves?  Munster?  Wl.at  towns  in  Prussia  are  on 
the  Rhine? 


How 


mm 

,'^l•l*■''■'<,.*■■Jkl 


I-  ■-: 


m: 


m 


>■■••  ••• . 


124 


PRUSSIA. 


the  residence  of  Charlemagne,  and  for  its  wann  baths ;  Mun'ater, 
for  a  treaty,  called  the  Peace  of  Westphalia;  Pots'dam,  for  its 
splendid  edifices  and  the  palace  of  Sans  Souci ;  Hal'le,  for  its  uni- 
versity and  salt-works  ;  fVW ten-berg,  for  the  commencement  of  the 
Reformation  by  Luther ;  Thorn,  as  the  birthplace  of  Copernicus ; 
Lui'zen,  near  Merseburg,  for  a  battle  in  which  Gustavus  Adolphus 
was  killed  ;  Kun'ners-dorf,  on  the  Oder,  for  the  defeat  of  Frederick 
the  Great ;  Ei/lau,  near  Konigsberg,  for  a  battle  between  the  French 
and  Russians  ;  TMVsit,  for  a  treaty  between  France  and  Prussia. 

15.  Prussia  was  first  erected  into  a  kingdom  in  1701 ;  was  much 
distinguished  in  the  history  of  Europe  in  the  last  century,  during 
the  reign  of  Frederick  the  Great;  and  has  gradually  acquired  a 
great  accession  of  territory. 


HANOVER. 

1.  The  kingdom  of  Hanover  lies  in  the  northwest  part  of  Ger- 
many, comprising  a  part  of  the  late  circles  of  Lower  Saxony  and 
Westphalia ;  and  it  encloses  the  free  city  of  Bremen,  and  almost 
surrounds  the  grand-duchy  of  Oldenburg. 

2.  The  country  is  advantageously  situated,  and  well  watered  by 
the  Elbe,  fVeser,  Lelne,  and  Ems ;  but  the  soil  of  most  of  it  is  sandy 
and  poor. 

3.  Hanover  consists  chiefly  of  an  immense  plain,  with  gentle  un- 
dulations, except  a  tract  in  the  sontli,  which  is  traversed  by  the 
Hartz  mountains. 

4.  The  Hartz  Mountains  abound  in  mines  of  silver,  copper,  lead, 
iron,  &c.  They  are  covered  with  forests,  and  are  remarkable  for 
tl^eir  picturesque  scenery.  Brocken,  tiie  most  celebrated  summit,  is 
much  visited  by  travellers  on  account  of  its  curiosities. 

5.  Han'o-ver,  tlie  capital,  is  situated  on  the  Leine,  and  is  noted 
chiefly  as  the  residence  of  the  court ;  Got'ting-en,  for  its  university ; 
Em'den,  for  being  the  principal  port;  Os'na-burg,  for  its  coarse 
linens,  called  osnaburgs ;  Lu'ne-burg,  for  its  salt-works  and  trade  in 
horses. 

6.  Hanover  is  subject  to  the  king  of  Great  Britain,  and  the  gov- 
ennnent  is  conducted  by  a  viceroy,  appointed  by  tlie  king. 


i\ 


15.  What  notice  of  the  history  of  Prussia  ? 

Hanover. — 1.  What  is  the  situation  of  Hanover? 
2.  What  is  said  of  it  P    3.  What  is  the  surface?    4.  What  is  said  of  the 
Hartz  roountains  ?    5.  What  towns  are  there,  and  for  what  noted  ? 
6.  How  is  Hanover  governed  -• 


See  Map  JVo.  VIII. — What  river  bounds  Hanover  on  the  northeast? 
What  rivers  water  the  country  ?    What  small  country  is  nearly  surrounded 
by  it  ?    How  is  the  city  of  Hanover  situated  ?    Gottingen  ?    Em- 
den  ?    Luneburg  ?    Osnaburg  ? 


J^A-^r 


SAXONY. 


1^ 


I 


i 


SAXONY. 

1.  Saxony,  situated  in  the  central  part  of  Germany,  and  compria- 
f.ng  a  portion  of  the  late  circle  of  Upper  Saxony,  is  the  smallest  king- 
dom in  Europe. 

2.  It  is  watered  by  the  Elbe  and  its  branches  ;  has  a  finely  diver- 
sitied  surface ;  is  one  of  the  most  fertile  and  best  cultivated  portions 
of  Germany,  and  is  distinguished  for  its  manufactures,  and  for  edu- 
cation and  literature. 

3.  The  Ei-z'ge-birg  Mountains,  a  part  of  tlie  Sudetic  chain,  which 
separates  Saxony  from  Bohemia,  contain  celebrated  mines  of  silver, 
tin,  lead,  copper,  &,c. 

4.  Dres'den,  the  capital  of  Saxony,  is  delightfully  situated  on  the 
Elbe,  and  is  one  of  the  handsomest  towns  in  Europe,  and  noted  for 
its  polished  society,  its  collections  in  the  fine  arts,  and  its  porcelain. 

5.  Leip'sic,  on  the  Pleisse,  is  famous  for  its  university  and  its 
fairs,  and  for  being  the  greatest  place  for  book-selling  in  Germany. 
— Leip'sic  and  Dres'den,  and  likewise  Batd'zen,  are  noted  for  great 
battles  during  the  late  European  war. 

6.  Freg'berg  is  noted  as  a  mining  town  ;  Mei^sen^  for  porcelain ; 
and  Herm'hut,  as  the  principal  settlement  of  the  Moravians. 

Free  Cities. 

1.  Germany  had  formerly  a  large  number  of  commercioJ  towns, 
that  were  associated  together  under  the  Hanseatic  League  ;  but  the 
title  of  Hanse  Towns  has  of  late  been  confined  to  Lu-beck',  Ham- 
burg, and  Brem'en,  which,  together  with  Frankfort  on  the  Mayne, 
aro  now  the  four  Free  Cities  of  Germany. 

2.  Ham'burg,  on  the  Elbe,  about  70  miles  from  its  mouth,  is  the 
first  commercial  city  in  Germany,  and  before  the  French  revolution, 
was  the  third  in  Europe. 

3.  lAi-beck',  a  few  miles  from  the  Baltic,  was  once  larger  than  it 
now  is,  and  is  famous  for  having  been  the  head  of  the  Hanse 
Towns. 

4.  Brem'en,  on  the  Weser,  is  noted  for  commerce. 

5.  Frankfort  on  the  Mayne  is  one  of  the  principal  trading  towns 
in  the  interior  of  Germany,  and  is  famous  for  its  fairs,  and  for  being 
the  seat  of  the  Germanic  Diet. 


Saxony. — 1.  What  are  the  situation  and  extent  of  Saxony?  2.  What 
is  said  of  it  ?  3.  What  of  the  Erzgebirg  mountains  ?  4.  Dresden  ? 
5.  Leipsic  ?    6.  What  other  towns,  and  for  what  noted  ? 

Free  Cities. — 1.  What  is  said  of  the  Hanse  Towns  and  Free  Cities  ? 
2    Hamburg.^    3.  Lubeck?    4.     Bremen.?    5.  Frankfort? 


See  Map  JVo.  VIII. — What  river  crosses  Saxony  ?    By  what  Is  it  sepa- 
rated from  Bohemia  ?   How  is  Dresden  situated ?    Leipsic'    Frey- 
berff?    Meissen?    Bautzen  and  Herrnhut? 
^       11* 


IM 


i 


■1  ■-■;  '1 V  m 


mm. 


lUKS 


SMALL  GERMAN  STATES. 


Small  German  States. 

1.  Meck'len-burg,  situated  in  the  north  of  Germany,  is  not 
very  fertile,  well  cultivated,  or  populous.  The  principal  towns  are 
Schwer'in,  the  capital,  and  Rostock^  considerable  for  commerce. 

2.  The  electorate  of  Hesse-Cassel  is  a  hilly  country,  of  irreg- 
ular form,  watered  by  the  fftser  and  its  branches,  and  is  not  gener- 
ally fertile.  The  principal  towns  are  Ca^sd,  the  capital,  noted 
for  the  water-works  in  its  vicinity;  Han'au,  for  trade  and  manu- 
factures. 

3.  The  grand-duchy  of  Hesse-Darmstadt  consists  of  two  parts, 
one  north,  and  the  other  south  of  the  Mayne,  and  has  a  diversified 
surface,  but  is  generally  mountainous.  The  principal  towns  are 
Darm'stadt,  the  capital ;  Mentz,  or  Mayence,  which  is  the  strongest 
town  in  Germany,  and  claims  the  invention  of  printing ;  WormSy 
noted  in  the  history  of  the  Reformation. 

4.  Wis'ba-deiif  the  chief  town  of  the  duchy  of  Nassau,  is  noted 
for  its  hot  springs ;  SeWzer,  for  mineral  waters ;  Hoch'Tmnti  for  the 
wine  called  Hock. 

5.  Wei'mar,  the  capital  of  the  grand-duchy  of  Saxe-Weimar,  is 
noted  as  a  seat  of  learning ;  Je'na,  for  its  university,  and  for  a  great 
battle  between  the  French  and  Prussians. 

6.  Bruns'unck,  the  capital  of  the  duchy  of  Brunswick,  is  noted 
for  trade  and  for  its  fairs. 

Baden. 

1.  The  grand-duchy  of  Baden  is  situated  in  the  southwest  part 
of  Germany,  between  the  kingdom  of  Wurtemberg  and  tlie  Rhine. 
It  is  long  and  narrow,  extending  from  the  lake  of  Constance  on  the 
south,  to  the  river  Mayne  on  the  north. 

2.  It  is  watered  by  tbe  rivers  Rhine  and  JVeck'ar,  and  the  surface 
is  diversified.  In  the  southern  part,  there  is  a  mountainous  range 
called  tlie  Schwarzwald  or  Black  Forest. 

3.  It  has  a  diversified  surface^  and  is  one  of  the  most  fertile  por- 
tions of  Germany,  abounding  in  co>vi,  vrine,  fruits,  and  cattle. 

4.  Carlsruhe  (karlz-roo'a),  the  capital,  is  a  handsome  town,  built 
in  the  shape  of  an  open  fan,  the  streets  proceeding  in  the  form  of 
radii  from  the  palace,  as  the  <;entre. 

Small  German  States. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Mecklenburg  and  its 
towns .''  2.  Hesse-Cassel  ?  8.  Hesse-Darmstadt .''  4.  Wisbaden, 
Seltzer,  and  Hochheim .'*    5.  Weimar  and  Jena .''    6.  Brunswick.'' 

Badekt. — 1.  What  is  the  situation  of  Baden .''  2.  What  rivers  and  moun- 
tains ?  3.  What  is  said  of  the  country  and  its  productions  ?  4.  Carls- 
ruhe ? 


See  Map  JVo.  VIII. — How  is  the  country  of  Mecklenburg  situated  ? 
Holstein?  Oldenburg?  Hesse-Cassel.''  Hesse-Darmstadt.'  Nas- 
sau .''  How  is  Hamburg  situated .''  Lubeck .?  Schwerin .-'  Ros- 
tock? Strel'itz?  Bremen?  Brui.sswick?  Weimar?  Jena?  Gotha? 
Mei'ning-en?  Ru'dol-stadt  ?  Hild-burg-hau'sen  ?  Son-ders- 
hau'sen  ?  Coburg  ?  Cassel  ?  Marburg  ?  Hanau  ?  Wisbaden  ? 
Hochheira       Gie'sen  (jjihc'sen^  ?     Darmi^fadt?    Mentz '    Worips? 


r 
A. 


BADEiN. 


127 


.at.:.. 

■'  ■iff  ^-  ^-  A 


not 
are 

reg. 

iner- 

Jted 

mu- 


4.  Man'helm,  at  the  junction  of  the  Neckar  with  the  Rhine,  is 
noted  as  one  of  the  most  beautiful  towns  in  Germany  ;  Htt'del-berg 
and  Frep'berg,  for  their  universities ;  Con'stance,  for  tlie  councU 
which  condemned  John  Hums  and  Jerome  of  Prague  ;  Bo/deUj  for 
warm-baths  ;  Ras'tadt,  for  a  treaty  of  peace. 

WURTEMBERG. 

1.  Wurtemberg  is  a  small  kingdom,  situated  in  the  southwest 
part  of  Germany,  comprising  a  part  of  the  late  circle  of  Swabia,  and 
is  watered  by  the  head  branches  of  the  Danube  and  tlie  JVeckar. 

A.  The  surface  is  agreeably  diversified,  but  the  soutliern  parts  are 
traversed  by  the  Black  Forest  and  the  Swabian  Alps. 

3.  Wurtemberg  is  one  of  the  most  fertile,  populous,  and  best  cul- 
tivated parts  of  Germany. 

4.  The  principal  towns  are  Stutt'gard,  the  capital ;  Ulm,  noted 
for  its  strong  fortifications  ;  Tu'bing-en,  for  its  university. 

5.  Near  the  south  of  Wurtemberg  a^e  situated  the  small  inde- 
pendent states  of  Ho-hen-zol'lern-Hech'ing-en  and  Ho-hen-zol'lem- 
&g'mar-ing-en. 

BAVARIA. 

1.  Bavaria,  a  kingdom  of  considerable  size  and  importance,  is  sit- 
uated towards  the  southwest  of  Germany,  and  is  composed  of  most 
of  the  late  circles  of  Bavaria  and  Franconia. 

2.  A  small  portion  of  the  kingdom,  entirely  separated  from  the 
rest,  lies  on  the  west  tiide  of  the  Rhine,  and  is  composed  of  a  part 
of  the  late  Palatinate  of  the  Rhine. 

3.  Bavaria  is  separated  from  Tyrol  on  the  south,  and  from  Bohemia 
on  the  northeast,  by  rugged  mountains  ;  but  the  most  of  the  country 
is  nearly  level  or  moderately  uneven,  and  the  soil  generally  fertile. 

4.  The  country  is  watered  by  the  Dan'ube  and  its  branches,  the 
Inn,  Tser,  Il'ler,  and  Lech  (lek) ;  and  also  by  the  Mayne. 

4.  What  other  towns,  and  for  what  noted  ? 

Wurtemberg. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Wurtemberg?    2.  What  of  the 
surface?    3.  What  of  the  soil  ?    4,  What  are  the  principal  towns? 

5.  What  small  states  are  near  the  south  of  Wurtemberg  ? 

Bavaria. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Bf»-'iria  ?    2.  What  portion  is  separated 
from  the  rest  ?    3.  What  is  saia  of  the  surface  and  soil  ?    4.  Rivers  ? 


See  Map  JVo.  VIII. — On  what  rivers  does  Baden  border  ?  What  part 
of  it  is  crossed  by  the  Neckar  ?  How  is  Carlsruhe  situated  ? 
Manheim  ?  Constance  ?  Freyberg  ?  Heidelberg  ?  Baden  and 
Rastadt  ? 

See  Map  JVo.  VIII. — On  what  lake  does  Wurtemberg  border?  By 
what  rivers  is  it  watered  ?  How  is  Stuttgard  situated  ?  UIra  ?  Tu- 
bingen ?     Hechingen  ?     Sigmaringen  ? 


.'>.,  ^■ 


' ,."  :: 


^; 


'■■M 


%. 


mm 


128 


BAVARIA. 


5.  Mu'jvicH  (moo'nik),  the  capital,  situated  on  the  Iser,  is  one  of 
the  handsomest  cities  in  Europe,  and  contains  a  celebrated  museum 
of  antiquities  and  other  curiosities. 

6.  Augsburg  is  one  of  the  principal  trading  towns  in  the  interior 
of  Germany,  and  remarkable  for  being  the  place  where  the  Lutheran 
Confession  of  Faith  was  presented  to  Charles  V,  in  1530. 

7.  JVu'rem-berg  is  noted  for  trade  and  for  manufactures,  particu- 
larly of  watches  (first  invented  here)  and  toys. 

8.  Rai'is-bon  is  noted  for  having  long  been  the  place  of  the 
meeting  of  the  Diet  of  the  German  empire  ;  Pas-sau',  for  a  Reli- 
gious Peace,  in  the  time  of  the  Reformation  ;  Spire,  for  the  Protest 
of  the  Protestants  ;  Deux  Ponts  (du-ponts'),  for  its  editions  of  tlie 
classics. 

9.  Blen'lmm,  Detfting-cn,  Ho-hen-lin'den,  and  Eck'muhl,  are  vil- 
lages memorable  for  battles. 


21 

cess 
as  SI 
resij 
was  I 
3.1 

nia,  I 
Veni 


AUSTRIA. 

Vienna. 


1.  Austria  was  erected  into  an  empire  in  1804,  and  is  composed 
of  various  states  or  countries  situated  towards  the  south  of  Europe. 


J  i 


5.  What  is  said  of  Munich  ?    6.  Augsburg?    7.  Nuremberg? 

8.  What  other  towns,  and  for  what  noted  ? 

9.  What  villages  are  memorable  for  battles  ? 

Austria. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Austria  ? 


See  Map  JVo.  VIII. — What  part  of  Bavaria  is  intersected  by  the  Dan- 
ube ?     What  rivers  in  Havaria  flow  into  the  Danube  ? 

What  part  is  crossed  by  the  Mayne  ?   AVhat  lake  is  there  in  the  southeast? 

How  is  Munich  situated  ?  Augsburg  ?  Passau  ?  Nuremberg  ?  Ratis- 
bon  ?     Wurtzburg  ?     What  towns  are  on  or  near  the  Danube  ? 

What  ones  to  the  south  ?    What  ones  to  the  north? 


AUSTRIA. 


1J20 


^^ 


vil- 


2.  The  urchdiikes  of  Austria  were,  during  several  centuries,  suc- 
cessively elected  emperors  of  Gennany ;  but  in  180-1,  Francia  II 
ussumc'd  the  title  ofliert-ditary  emperor  of  Ausjria ;  and  in  180t),  he 
resigned  his  title  of  emperor  of  Germany  ;  and  the  German  empire 
was  dissolved 

3.  The  Austrian  Dominions  comprise  about  one  third  part  of  Ger- 
many ;  the  kingdom  of  Hunfrary  ;  Trausi/lvnnia,  Dalmatia,  Sclavo- 
nia,  Croatia;  a  part  of  Poland,  styled  Galicia ;  and  the  Lombardo' 
Venetian  kingdom,  in  the  northeast  of  Italy. 

4.  Tlie  inhabitants  of  the  empire  consist  chiefly  of  four  races  or 
nations,  namely,  Germans,  Sclavonians,  Hungarians  or  Magarians, 
and  Italians. 

5.  The  government  is  an  hereditary  monarchy,  nearly  absolute ; 
except  in  Hungary  and  Transylvania,  where  the  power  of  the  em- 
peror is  limited  by  constitutional  provisions. 

6.  The  established  religion  is  the  Roman  Catholic,  but  all  others 
are  tolerated  ;  and  in  Hungary  and  Transylvania  the  members  of 
Uie  Protestant  and  Greek  churches  are  numerous,  and  enjoy  con- 
eiderable  privileges. 

Austrian  German  Territories. 

7.  The  Austrian  Dominions  in  Germany  consist  of  the  Archduchy 
ofAus'tri-a,  Stii''i-a,  Ty-roV,  and  the  lUyrian  provinces  of  Ca-rin- 
thi-a,  and  Car-ni-o'la  (all  included  in  the  late  circle  of  Austria),  to- 
gether with  Bo-he' mi-a  and  Mo-)  a'vi-a. 

8.  The  surface  is  diversified,  but  much  of  it  mountainous.  Ranges 
of  the  Alps  traverse  the  southern  parts.  Bohemia  consists  of  a  val- 
ley encompassed  by  mountains. 

9.  The  soil  of  a  great  portion  ia  fertile,  particularly  of  the  arch- 
duchy of  Austria,  Bohemia,  and  Moravia ;  but  much  of  the  other 
parts  is  mountainous  and  unproductive.  Agriculture  is  generally  in 
a  backward  ytate. 

10.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Danube,  Drove,  Save,  Elbe,  and 
Mo-rd'va  or  Marsch. 

11.  Tiie  lake  Cirk'nitz,  in  Carniola,  which  is  about  7  miles  long, 
is  a  remarkable  curiosity.  Early  in  the  season,  the  water  descends 
through  subterranean  apertures,  and  the  bottom  becomes  dry,  and 
continues  so  about  four  months,  is  cultivated,  and  produces  grass 
and  millet.  After  this  period,  the  water  ascends,  and  the  lake  is 
again  filled. 

12.  Vi-en'na,  the  metropolis  of  Austria,  and  the  largest  city  in 
Germany,  is  situated  on  the  Danube,  in  a  spacious  valley,  and  is 
siibject  to  inundation.  It  is  the  centre  of  the  trade  of  Austria,  and 
is  a  gay  o,nd  splendid  city,  with  beautiful  environs. 

13.  Lintz,  on  the  Danube,  is  noted  for  woollen  manufactures ; 

2.  What  is  said  of  the  archdukes  of  Austria  and  of  Francis  II  ? 

S.  What  do  the  Austrian  dominions  comprise  ?     4.  Of  what  races  do  the 

inhabitants  consist?     5.  What  is  the  government?     6.  Religion? 

7.  What  do  the  Austrian  dominions  in  Germany  comprise  ? 
8-  What  is  said  of  the  surtace?    9,  Soil  and  agriculture  ?    10.  Rivers?   H, 

Lake  Cirknitz  ?    12.  Vienna  ?    13.  Lintz,  Salzburg,  &c.  ? 

1 


^i' 


m4 


mi.  ■ 


130 


AUSTRIA. 


f] 


iSo/z'turg",  for  its  situation  among  mountains,  and  for  hardware  ;  Hnl'- 
leiti^  for  salt-works ;  Wag'ram,  a  village  near  Vienna,  for  a  battle 
between  the  French  and  tlie  Austrians. 

14.  GratZy  the  capital  of  Stiria,  has  considerable  manufactures ; 
Tri-este'j  in  Illyria,  is  the  principal  commercial  port  in  the  Austrian 
Dominions  ;  and  IdHri-a  has  the  most  celebrated  quicksilver  mines  in 
the  world. 

15.  In  Tyrol  are  Ins'pruck^  the  capital ;  TVent,  noted  for  a  famoi's 
council ;  Bol-zd'no,  f  jr  its  fairs  ;  Rov-e-ri'do,  for  silks. 

16.  In  Bohemia  are  Prague,  much  the  largest  town,  and  having 
considerable  trade  and  manufactuies  ;  Ta'ior,  noted  for  having  been 
the  chief  place  of  the  Hussites ;  Carls'bad  and  Toj/litz,  for  mineral 
waters. 

17.  In  Moravia  are  Brunn,  the  capital ;  OVmutZy  noted  for  the 
imprisonment  of  Lafayette  ;  Jlus'ter-litz,  for  a  great  victory  of  Bona- 
parte. 

Huxojlrt. 

18.  Hungary  is  a  large  country,  entitled  a  kingdom,  and  forms 
almost  a  third  part  of  the  empire  of  Austria 

19.  The  Carpathian  Mountains  extend  along  on  the  northeast 
border ;  but  tlie  surface  of  the  country  is  generally  level  or  moder- 
ately uneven ;  and  it  has  very  extensive  plains,  and  some  large 
marshes. 

20.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Dan'vbe,  Theis  (tise),  and  Drave. 

21.  A  large  proportion  of  the  country  has  a  fertile  soil ;  but  in 
the  north,  it  is  hard  and  unproductive  ;  and  in  other  parts,  there  are 
large  barren  heaths,  and  tracts  covered  with  sand. 

§2.  Hungary  has  various  valuable  productions,  and  is  famous  for 
grain,  cattle,  ivine,  and  mines  of  gold,  silver,  lead,  copper,  iron,  and 
opal. 

23.  Bu'da,  the  capital  of  Hungary,  is  situated  on  the  Danube,  and 
is  noted  for  its  hot-baths  ;  Pest,  opposite  to  Buda,  with  which  it  is 
connected  by  a  bridge  of  boats,  is  the  largest  and  most  commercial 
town. 

24.  Pres^burg  is  noted  for  having  been  the  former  capital ;  De- 
hret'zin  and  Zege-din,  for  trade  and  manufactures  ;  SchevA'nitz  and 
Krem'nitz,  for  gold  and  silver  mines  ;  JVeu'soM,  for  copper  mines  ; 
To-kay',  for  wine  ;  Tcm'es-var,  for  its  strong  fortress  ;  Zen'ta,  for  a 
great  battle  between  the  Austrians  and  Turks. 

Transylvania. 

25.  This  country  lies  on  the  east  of  Hungary,  and  is  called  Tran- 
sylvania, which  signifies  beyond  the  woods,  because  it  lies  to  the  east 
of  a  woody  tract  of  country  in  Hungary. 

14.  What  is  said  of  Gratz,  Trieste,  and  Idria?    15.  What  towns  in  Tyrol.' 

16.  Bohemia?     17.  Moravia.-' 
18.  What  is  said  of  Hungary  ?     19.  What  of  its  surface .''    20.  Rivers  ? 

21.  Soil?    22.  Productions.'    23.  Buda  and  Pest ?    24.  What  other 

towns,  and  for  what  noted  ? 
25.  Why  is  Transylvania  so  called  ** 


26.  I 

livated. 

27. 
burg,  a 


';t 


AUSTRIA. 


131 


26.  It  has  a  diversified  surface,  and  a  fertile  soil,  but  is  badly  cul- 
tivated. 

27.  The  principal  towns  are  Hef  man-stadtf  the  capital,  Clau'atH' 
hurg.  and  Cron'stadt. 

Galicia. 

28  Galicia,  which  lies  to  the  northeast  of  tlie  Carpathian  moun- 
tainH,  formerly  constituted  the  southwest  part  of  Poland,  and  con- 
sists chiefly  of  an  immense  plain.  It  has  a  fertile  soil,  but  the 
cultivation  is  very  backward. 

29.  The  principal  towns  are  Lem'berg,  the  capital ;  liro'dy^ 
noted  for  trade  ;  and  ff^ie-licz'ka,  for  the  most  famous  salt  mines  in 
Europe. 

Austrian  Italy. 

30.  Austrian  Italy,  called  the  Lomhardo-Venetian  kingdom,  con- 
sists of  the  northeast  part  of  Italy,  which  lies  north  of  the  Po,  and 
east  of  the  Ti-ci'no.  It  comprises  a  large  part  of  what  was  an- 
ciently called  Cisalpine  Gaul,  and  afterwards  Lombardy. 

31.  With  the  exception  of  the  parts  that  border  on  Switzerland 
and  Germany,  it  is  generally  very  level,  composed  chiefly  of  large 
and  beautiful  plains,  of  such  fertility  and  j.igh  cultivation,  that  it  has 
been  styled  the  Garden  of  Europe. 

32.  It  is  watered  by  the  Ad'ige,  the  Po,  and  its  branches ;  and 
here  are  found  the  fine  lakes  of  Gai-'da,  I-si'o,  Co'ino^  and  Maggiore 
(ma-jo're|. 

33.  Md'an,  the  capital  of  Austrian  Italy,  is  situated  in  a  beautiful 
plain,  and  is  distinguished  for  its  magnificent  edifices,  particularly 
its  cathedral.  It  has  an  extensive  trade,  and  is  one  of  tiie  principal 
seats  of  Italian  literature. 

34.  ren'ice,  situated  near  the  head  of  the  gulf  of  Venice,  on  72 

26.  What  is  said  of  it?     27.  What  are  the  principal  towns? 

28.  What  is  said  of  Galicia ?  29.  What  towns?  30.  What  does  Austrian 
Italy  compri.^e  ?  .31.  What  is  said  of  it?  82,  What  rivers  and 
lakes  ?    .33.  What  is  said  of  Milan  ?    34.  Venice  ? 


See  Map  of  Europe. — What  river  flows  through  the  central  part  of  the 
Austrian  dominions  ?  What  rivers  flow  into  the  Danube  within 
these  dominions  ?     Where  are  the  Carpathian  mountains  ? 

How  is  Vienna  situated  ?  Buda  and  Pest  ?  Lcmberg  and  Brody  ?  Wie- 
liczka  ?  Temeswar  ?  Herinanstadt  and  Clausenburig  ?  Ra-gu'sa 
and  Cat-tcl'ro  ?  What  towns  are  on  the  Thais  ? 
See  Map  JVo.  VIII. — What  river  separates  the  Austrian  dominions  from 
Italy  on  the  south  ?  What  river  and  lake  separate  them  from  Pied- 
mont ?  What  lakes  are  in  tlie  southwest  part  of  the  Austrian  do- 
minions ?     Where  doss  the  Adlge  empty  ? 

What  rivers  in  the  central  and  northern  part  of  the  Austrian  dominion?? 

What  towns  are  on  the  Danube  ?  The  Adigp  ?  How  is  Venice  situated? 
Milan?  Brescia?  Mantua?  Trieste?  Gratz?  Inspruck  ?  Lintz? 
Salzburg?  Prague?  Carlsbad?  Brunn  ?  Olmutz?  Austerlitz? 
Presburg?     Schemnitz  and  Kremnitz? 


'3Li    I  W      '■  'I'd 


IJ'*!; 


'«■ 


W 


'M 


'\{U:^''' 


133 


AUSTRIA. 


little  islands,  Bcema,  at  a  distance,  to  float  on  the  surface  of  the 
water.  It  has  canals  instead  of  streets  ;  and  boats,  called  jjondolos, 
instead  of  coaches.  It  was  once  the  capital  of  a  celebrated  repub- 
lic, and  the  most  commercial  city  iii  the  world ;  and  it  has  still  some 
trade,  thou^'h  greatly  declined. 

35.  Ve-ro'na  is  noted  for  the  remains  of  its  great  ancient  amphi- 
tlieatrc  ;  Pad'u-a  and  P(i'vi-a,  for  their  universities  ;  lires'ci-a,  for 
fire-arms ;  Cre-mdna  and  Iier'f!;a-m(),  for  silks ;  Man'lu-a^  for  ita  for- 
tifications ;  Lo'dif  for  the  cheese  called  Par-me-aan'. 

SWITZERLAND. 

The  Glaciers. 


I 


I 


1.  Switzerland  is  the  most  mountainous  country  in  Europe, 
abounding  more  than  any  other,  in  grand  and  picturesque  scenery, 
such  as  is  composed  of  stupendous  mountains,  valleys,  glaciers,  pre- 
cipices, cataracts,  and  lakes  ;  and  on  account  of  these,  it  is  mucli 
visited  by  travellers. 

2.  It  is  traversed  by  ranges  of  the  Mps,  which  lie  chiefly  to  the 
sonfh  and  east.  Some  of  the  principal  summits  in  Switzerland  are 
Cervin,  Jung^rau,  Simplon,  St.  Bernard,  and  SI.  Gothard ;  and  close 
upon  its  borders  are  the  elevated  summits  of  Mont  Blanc  and  Mont 
Rosa. 

^.  Mont  Blanc,  in  Savoy,  on  the  borders  of  Switzerland,  is  the 
highest  motmtain  m  Europe,  and  receives  its  name,  which  signifies 
White  mountain,  from  the  immense  mantle  of  glaring  white  snow, 
with  which  its  summits  and  sides  are  always  covered. 

I  —  ■ ' — 

35.  What  other  town->,  and  for  what  noted  ? 

Switzerland. — 1.   Wbat  is  said  of  Switzerland?     2.  What  moim- 
tains  ?    3    What  is  said  of  Mont  Blanc  ? 


\.^  \r 


SWITZERLAND. 


138 


4  On  the  north  Bide  of  Mont  Blanc  is  the  celebrated  vale  of  Cha- 
mAu'ni  (Hha-moo'ne),  which  is  greatly  adnured  for  Uie  beauty  and 
grandeur  of  its  sccnerv. 

5.  Mount  Simjdon,  between  Swit/erliind  and  Piedmont,  is  famoua 
for  the  magniticent  road  made  over  it  by  Uoiinpurte,  the  most  ele- 
vated point  of  which  is  more  than  (),000  feet  hijjh. 

fl  Between  the  two  principal  summits  of  jilount  St.  Bernard,  is 
<ine  oftlie  principal  passages  from  Switzerland  to  Italy;  and  at  tlio 
height  of  8,03ri  feet,  the  most  elevated  point  in  the  passage,  there  is 
a  Benedictine  monastery  and  hospital,  which  is  the  highest  inhabited 
flpot  in  Europe. 

7.  The  Glaciers,  which  abound  in  the  elevated  hollows,  between 
tlie  peaks  of  the  high  mountains,  are  fields  or  lakes  of  glittering  ice 
and  snow;  extending,  in  some  instances,  15  or  20  miles  in  lengtli, 
and  oflen  presenting  the  most  fantastic  forms. 

8.  The  Avalanchts  are  immense  masses  of  snow  and  ice, 
which  occasionally  detach  themselves  from  the  glaciers,  and  are 
precipitucod  down  the  mountains,  as  sheets  of  snow  down  the  roof 
of  a  house. 

9.  The  Bhine  and  the  BJume,  two  of  the  largest  rivers  of  Europe, 
and  also  the  Inn,  a  head  branch  of  the  Danube,  rise  in  the  moun- 
tains of  Switzerland.  The  Aar  is  the  largest  river  that  has  its  whole 
course  within  the  country. 

10.  Cataracts  are  very  numerous,  and  small  streams  are  often  pre- 
cipitated from  a  great  height  About  40  miles  to  the  southeast  of 
Berne,  is  the  famous  cascade  of  the  Staubfhach,  which  is  nearly  1,000 
feet  perpendicular. 

11.  The  Falls  of  the  Rhine,  near  Schaj^-hau'sen,  form  the  most 
noted  cataract  in  Europe,  and  are  much  visited  by  travellers.  The 
river  here  dashes  headlong  from  a  height  of  about  50  feet 

12.  Switzerland  is  celebrated  for  its  numerous  and  beautiful  lakes. 
The  largest  is  the  lake  of  Ge-ne^va,  which  is  esteemed  the  most 
beautiful  lake  in  Europe.  Some  of  the  others  are  the  lakes  of  JVeuf- 
cha-tel'  (nu-sha-teH),  Ini-cerne',  and  Zu'rich  (zu'rik). 

13.  The  climaie  of  Switzerland  is  healthy,  but  severe  in  the  ele- 
vated parts. 

14.  The  soU  is  not  generally  fertile,  and  much  of  the  country  is 
rugged  and  sterile  ;  but  the  productive  parts  are  cultivated  with 
great  care.  The  breeding  of  cattle  forms  tlie  principal  source  of 
subsistence. 

15.  Switzerland  is  divided  into  22  cantons,  in  9  of  which  the 
Catholic  religion  prevails,  in  8  the  Protestant,  and  6  are  divided  ;  but 
the  Protestants  comprise  a  good  deal  more  than  half  of  tlio  whole 
population. 

16.  The  prevailing  language  is  the  German ;  but  French  is  spo- 


1..* 


v  *  ♦  ; 


•a 


f 


i 


m 


4,  What  is  said  of  Chamouni?     5.  Simplon  ?     6.  St.  Bernard?     7.  The 
Glaciers?     8.  The  Avalanches?     9.  Rivers?     10.  Cataracts?     11. 
Falls  of  the   Rhine?     12.  Lakes?     IS.  Climate?     14.  Soil?    15. 
Religion?     16.  Language? 
13 


'J: 


131 


SWITZERLAND. 


ken  in  the  cantons  which  border  on  France,  and  the  Italian  in  the 
cantons  which  border  on  Italy. 

17.  Switzerland  is  a  republic,  or  a  confederacy  of  22  little  repub- 
lics. The  cantons  are  independent,  having  their  respective  consti- 
tutions, some  of  which  are  democratic,  but  the  most  of  tliem  oli- 
garchic. But  the  general  concerns  of  tlie  confederacy  are  entrusted 
to  a  general  diet,  which  meets,  by  rotation,  at  Lucerne,  Zurich,  and 
Berne. 

18.  Several  of  the  towns  of  Switzerland,  particularly  Ge-nefva, 
Bale,  and  Zu'rich,  have  been  distinguished  in  the  history  of  litera- 
ture ;  and  the  Protestant  cantons  r,re  among  the  best  educated  parts 
of  Europe. 

19.  The  Swiss  are  hardy,  industrious,  and  temperate  ;  strangers, 
generally,  to  luxury  and  affluence  ;  of  simple  manners,  and  ardently 
attached  to  liberty. 

20.  Ge-n^va,  the  most  populous  town  in  Switzerland,  has  a  very 
picturesque  situation,  at  the  southwest  end  of  the  lake  of  Geneva, 
embracing  the  most  magnificent  views  of  mountain  scenery,  includ- 
ing the  summit  of  Mont  Blanc.  It  is  famous  for  the  manufacture  of 
watches,  as  a  seat  of  learning,  and  for  having  been  the  centre  of  the 
Reformed  religion. 

21.  Bale  or  Bas'il,  on  tlie  Rhine,  is  distinguished  for  trade  and  its 
university  ;  Berne,  on  the  Aar,  as  the  most  beautiful  town  in  Swit- 
zerland ;  Zu'rich,  for  its  delightful  situation,  for  learning,  and  the 
cultivation  of  flowers. 

22.  Lau-sanne'  (lo-zan')  is  noted  for  its  picturesque  situation  on 
the  lake  of  Geneva ;  Gruyeres  (gru-yare'),  for  cheese  ;  JWtorf,  for 
the  exploits  of  William  Tell,  the  Swiss  patriot;  Schweitz,  for  giving 
name  to  the  country. 

17.  What  is  scid  of  the  government  ?  18.  Literature  ?  19.  The  Swiss .' 
20.  Geneva?  21.  Bale,  Berne,  Zurich  ?  22.  What  other  places, 
and  for  what  noted  ? 


See  Map  J\'o.  VIII. — How  is  the  lake  of  Geneva  situated .?    Lake  Con- 
stance ?     What  rivers  rise  in  Switzerland  ^ 
How  is  Berne   situated }     Geneva .'     B^le  ?     Zuricli  ?    Schaffhausen  ? 
Lausanne  .'    Lucerne  P    Neufchatel .' 


ill 


.     ■ 


FRANCE. 

FRANCE. 

Paris. 


ia5 


1.  France  is  a  fine  country,  advantageously  situated  to  the  west 
of  the  central  part  of  Europe,  and  during  tlie  last  thousand  years,  it 
has  been  one  of  the  loading  states  in  that  quarter  of  the  globe. 

2.  Before  the  French  Revolution,  France  was  divided  into  32 
provinces,  some  of  the  most  im])ortant  of  which  were  Bril'ta-ny, 
Nbr'man-dy,  Pic'ar-dif,  and  the  hie  of  France,  in  the  northwest ; 
Cham-pagnef  (sham-pan'),  Lor-raine',  M-sace',  Franche  Com'li,  and 
Bur'gun-dy,  in  the  northeast ;  Prov-encc',  Dau'pJti-ny,  Lan-gue-docf^ 
Gas'co-ny,  and  Gui-enne'  (ghe-en'),  in  the  south. 

3.  The  kingdom,  including  the  island  of  Cor'si-ca,  is  now  divided 
into  8G  departments,  which  are  named  from  the  principal  rivers  by 
which  they  are  watered,  or  from  other  natural  features. 

4.  France  is  favorably  situated  for  commerce,  being  bounded  on 
the  west  by  the  i^tlantic  ocean,  or  bay  of  Biscay,  called  also  the  gulf 
of  Gascony,  on  the  northwest  by  the  British  Cliannel,  and  on  the 
southeast  by  the  Mediterranean.  It  is  also  watered  by  many  fine 
rivers,  and  had,  in  1830,  82  canals  ;  though  its  inland  navigation  is 
much  less  complete  than  that  of  England. 

5.  The  four  largest  rivers  which  liavo  tlieir  course  wholly  or 
chiefly  in  France,  are  the  S^-inc,  Loire  (Iwar),  Ca-ronne',  and 
RJtone. 

6.  The  Seine  passes  through  the  city  of  Paris,  and  flows  into  the 

France. — 1.  What  is  said  of  France  ?     2.  What  of  its  divisions  before 
the  Revolution  ?     .3.  What  of  il^  present  divi-sions  ? 
4L  What  of  its  commercial  advantages?     5.  Ilivcrs  ?    6.  The  Seine? 


fit-  1^-'^' ■■'■•■? 


/  ■■r  ,    jr.«v»  ,1 


■mPW 


•'-f 


H  ■ 


,ffli.!-' 


im 


FRANCE. 


s 


♦  . 


British  Channel,  at  Havre-de-Grace.    It  is  navigable  for  vessels  of 
200  tons  to  Rouen,  70  miles,  and  for  boats  to  Troyes  (trwah). 

7.  The  Loire  flows  through  the  central  part  of  France,  and  runs 
into  the  Atlantic  ocean  below  Nantes  ;  and  it  is  connected  with  the 
Seine  and  with  tlie  Saone,  a  tributary  of  tlie  Rhone,  by  canals ;  lius 
forming  a  water  communication  through  tlie  heart  of  the  kingdom. 
It  is  remarkable  for  its  levees  or  artificial  banks,  formed  to  confine 
its  waters  within  its  channel. 

8.  The  Ga-ronne!  is  joined  by  the  Dordogne  (dor-done'),  12  miles 
below  Bourdeaux,  and  then  takes  the  name  of  Gironde  (je-rond'). 
It  begins  to  be  navigable  at  Toulouse,  where  it  is  joined  by  the  cel- 
ebrated Canal  of  Lan-gue-docf  or  of  the  Souths  which  is  140  miles 
long,  and  opens  a  communication  between  tlie  Mediterranean  and 
the  Atlantic. 

9.  The  Rhone  rises  in  tlie  mountains  of  Switzerland,  is  joined  by 
the  Saone  (son)  at  Lyons,  and  flows  into  the  gulf  of  Lions,  between 
Marseilles  and  Montpellier.  It  is  not  quite  so  long  as  the  Loire,  but 
of  larger  size,  and  is  the  most  rapid  of  tlie  great  rivers  of  Europe. 
The  navigation  down  the  stream  is  easy ;  but  the  upward  navigation 
is  diflicult. 

10.  The  surface  of  France,  in  tlie  northern  part,  is  very  level ;  in 
the  middle,  agreeably  diversified ;  and  in  the  south  and  east,  moun- 
tainous. 

11.  The  principal  ranges  of  mountains  are  the  Pyr'e-nees,  in  the 
soutli ;  and  the  Mps,  in  the  southeast.  Inferior  ranges  are  those  of 
Ce-venius',  Can'lal,  Ju'ra,  and  Vosges  (vozh). 

12.  The  climate  is  one  of  the  finest  in  the  world,  being  warmer, 
drier,  and  less  changeable  than  that  of  England;  but  it  is  much 
colder  in  the  north  tlian  in  tlie  south. 

13.  With  regard  to  soil,  France  is  a  favored  country.  Though 
there  are  many  large  tracts  that  are  unproductive,  yet  a  great  pro- 
poition  is  fertile. 

14.  Some  of  the  most  important  productions  in  tho  northern  part 
of  France,  are  tvheat,  barley,  oats,  pulse,  and  potatoes ;  in  tlie  south- 
ern, urine,  maize,  silk,  and  alive  oil. 

15.  The  mineral  productions  are  valuable,  consisting  chiefly  of 
iron,  copper,  tin,  lead,  and  coal. 

16.  Some  of  the  principal  exports  are  ivine,  hrandy,  silks,  linen, 
cotton,  and  icoollen  goods. 

17.  The  French  have  been  long  distinguished  for  their  manufac- 
ture of  silk,  tooollen,  and  linen  goods ;  the  cotton  manufactures  are  of 
comparatively  recent  introduction. 

18.  France  has  but  one  institution  styled  a  university,  which  is 
composed  of  26  academies,  yfh\ch  are  constituted  on  a  plan  similar  to 
the  universities  of  other  countries,  and  are  situated  in  the  consider- 
able towns  in  the  different  parts  of  the  kingdom.  At  the  head  of 
these  institutions  is  the  academy  or  university  of  Paris. 


What  of  the  Loire?    8.  The  Garonne?    9. 
face?     IL  Mountains?     12.  Climate  ?     13. 
16.  Mineral  productions?     16.  Exports? 
Seminaries  of  education  ? 


The  Rhone  ?  10.  Sur- 
Soil?  14.  Productions? 
17.  Manufactures?    IS. 


19 

tare,  ra 
excel i 
the  edi 

20.  ' 
the  mos 
than  an 

21. 
constiti 
compos 
of  dept 

22. 
ing 


FRANCE. 


137 


1^ 


19  The  Frendv  have  always,  since  the  revival  of  modern  litera- 
ture, ranked  among  the  most  literary  nations  of  Europe  ;  and  they 
excel  in  tlie  belles  lettres,  mathematics,  astronomy,  and  che.mistry ;  but 
the  education  of  the  lower  classes  is  too  much  neglected. 

20.  The  French  language  is  derived  from  the  Latin.  It  is  one  of 
the  most  polished  of  the  modern  languages ;  and  it  is  more  used 
than  any  otlier  in  European  courts. 

21.  The  government  of  France  is  a  limited  monarchy;  and  the 
constitution  resembles  that  of  Great  Britain.  The  legislature  is 
composed  of  the  king,  a  chamber  of  hereditary  peers,  and  a  chamber 
of  deputies  elected  by  the  people. 

22.  Ail  religions  are  tolerated  in  France,  and  are  on  an  equal  foot- 
ing ;  but  the  great  mass  of  the  people  are  Roman  Catholics.  There 
are  14  Catholic  archbishops  and  (56  bishops.  Lutherans  and  Calvin- 
ists  are  considerably  numerous. 

23.  Paris,  the  capital  of  France,  is  situated  on  the  Seine,  in  the 
northern  part  of  the  kingdom,  and  is  one  of  the  most  splendid  cities 
in  the  world,  the  second  in  population  in  Europe,  and  tlie  first  as  a 
centre  of  gayety,  luxury,  and  fashion.  It  is  inferior  to  London  in 
size,  and  in  the  width  and  accommodation  of  its  streets,  but  greatly 
superior  in  magnificent  palaces  and  public  edifices. 

24.  Ly'ons,  finely  situated  at  the  conflux  of  the  Rhone  and  Saone, 
is  the  second  city  in  France,  and  distinguished  for  trade  and  for  its 
extensive  manufactures ;  particularly  its  silks  and  gold  and  silver 
stuffs. 

25.  The  five  largest  commercial  ports  are  Mar-siUks'  (mar-salz), 
BouT'deaui^  (boor-do'),  JVan/e*,  H&'vre  {hWvr)  or  Hdvre-de- Grace,  smA 
Rou'en  (roo'ong). 

26.  JV/ar-5ei//es',  on  a  gulf  of  the  Mediterranean,  is  distinguished  as 
the  first  commercial  port  of  France  ;  Bour-deaux',  on  the  Garonne, 
for  its  wines  ;  JVantes,  on  the  Loire,  for  its  brandy  and  for  an  edict 
respecting  the  Protestants;  Hd'vre-de- Grace,  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Seine,  as  the  port  of  Paris  ;  Rouen,  on  the  Seine,  70  miles  above  its 
mouth,  for  cotton  manufactures  and  its  magnificent  cathedral. 

27.  The  principal  naval  stations  are  Brest  and  Tdu'lon  (too'long), 
the  two  largest ;  also  Roche' fort  (rosh'fort),  UOnent  (lor'e-ong),  and 
Cher'hourg  (sher'burg). 

28.  The  other  most  important  seaports,  are  Bay-onn^,  noted  for 
its  trade  with  Spain,  its  fisheries,  and  the  invention  of  bayonets ; 
Ro-chelle'  (ro-shel'),  for  having  been  the  strong-hold  of  the  Protes- 
tants, and  for  its  long  siege  ;  Dun'kirk,  for  its  distinction  in  j 'story, 
and  its  importance  as  a  place  of  great  strength ;  Bou-lognef  (boo- 
lon'),  Di-eppe',  and  St.  Md'lo. 

29.  Lille  or  lAsle,  Ddu'ay  (doo'a),  Valenciennes  (val-iin-se-on'), 


19.  What  is  said  of  the  French  ?    20.  French  language  ?    21    Govern- 
ment ?    22,  Religion?    23.  Paris.'    24.  Lyons.? 

25    Which  are  the  five  principal  commercial  ports  ?     26.  What  is  said  of 
them  ?   27.  What  are  the  naval  stations  ?   28  What  other  seaports? 

2ft  What  places  are  noted  for  fortifications,  &c.  ? 
12* 


^m 


'■  'V^'  rbri  ^'l! 


Xi 


138 


PRANCE. 


Camh-ay,  and  Metz  (mas),  have  all  considerable  manufactures,  and 
are  noted  for  their  fortifications ;  Stras/burg,  for  its  fortifications, 
trade,  manufactures,  and  cathedral ;  Rheins  (remz),  as  the  place  of 
the  coronation  of  French  kings. 

30.  Some  of  the  towns  distinguished  for  manufactures,  besides 
those  already  mentioned,  are  Am'i-ens,  noted  for  a  treaty  of  peace ; 
Or'le-ans.  for  sieges  and  the  exploits  of  Joan  of  Arc  ;  Tours  (toorz), 
for  silks ;  St.  Et-i-ennef,  connected  with  Lyons  by  a  rail-road,  for 
fire-arms  and  hardware ;  Cognac'  (con-yak'),  for  brandy. 

31.  Tou'lonse  (too'looz)  is  noted  for  having  been  the  capital  of  the 
Goths  ;  Av'ig-non  (av'in-yon),  for  having  been  the  residence  of  the 
pope  ;  Mont'pell'i-er,  for  its  salubrity  and  its  m'^  dical  school ;  JV*iwve« 
(neemz),  for  its  amphitheatre  and  other  antiquities  ;  Aix  (as),  for  its 
trade  in  oil ;  Beau-caire',  for  its  fairs. 

32.  Versailles'  (ver-salz)  is  noted  for  its  magnificent  royal  pdi'ce; 
Fon'tainc-bleau  (fon'ten-blo),  for  its  royal  castle  and  forest ;  PoiUirSj 
also  the  villag'  ?  of  Ag'in-court  (ad'jin-koor)  and  Crecy  (cres'se),  for 
battles  between  the  French  and  English ;  A-jac'cio  (a-jat'cho),  the 
capital  of  Corsica,  as  the  birth-place  of  Bonaparte. 

33.  The  name  of  France  is  derived  from  the  Franks,  a  German 
nation,  that  invaded  the  country  in  the  fifth  century. 

34.  The  French  Revolution,  the  greatest  political  convulf=ion  of 
modern  times,  commenced  in  1789 ;  and  in  1793,  Louis  XVI  was 
beheaded. 

35.  Bonaparte  was  crowned  emperor  in  1804,  and  in  1815  his 
power  was  overthrown  at  the  battle  of  Waterloo,  and  Louis  XVIII 
was  placed  on  the  throne. 

3G.  In  1830,  a  new  revolution  took  place  in  France,  by  which 
Carles  X  and  his  family  were  excluded  from  the  throne,  and  Louis 
Phil' J  was  declared  king  of  the  French,  and  a  freer  system  of  gov- 
ernment was  established. 


80.  Which  a;  .^  some  of  the  other  towns  noted  for  manufactures  ? 

31.  What  is  said  of  Toulouse,  Avignon,  &c.  ?     32.  Versailles,  Fontaine- 

bleau,  &c.  ?    33.  From  whom  is  the  name  of  France  derived  .? 
34.  What  is  said  of  the  Irench  Revolution  .'    35.  What  of  Bonaparte  .' 
36.  What  revolution  has  since  taken  place  ? 


I. 


See  Map  JVo.  VIII. — On  what  waters  does  France  border  ? 
What  part  of  its  boundary  is  formed  by  the  Rhine  i    What  is  'he  course 
of  the  Rhone,  and  where  does  it  empty  .-'    The  Seine  .''    The  Loire.-' 
The  Garonne  .''    The  A-dour'  ?     Wliat  mountains  separate  France 
from  Spain  .'     What  ranges  of  mountains  are  there  in  France,  and 
where  situated  .''     How  is  Paris  situated .''    Lyons  .''     Marseilles  ? 
Bourdeaux  ?   Nantes  ?   Rouen .'    Havre-de-Grace .'    Lille  ?    Stras- 
burg .'     Mcti.''    Orleans.?     Toulouse.' 
What  towns  are  on  the  straits  of  Dover  and  English  Channel .'' 
What  ones  on  the  bay  of  Biscay  .'     The  Mediterranean  .?    The  Rhone  ' 
The  Garonne  i*    The  Loire  .?    The  Seine  ?    The  Moselle  ? 


was 


SPAIN. 

SPAIN. 

Btdl-Fight. 


139 


1.  Spain  comprises  the  most  of  a  large  peninsula,  which  is  situat- 
ed in  the  southwest  of  Europe,  and  is  separated  from  the  rest  of  the 
continent  by  the  Pyr'e-nees,  which  divide  it  from  France. 

2.  It  is  divided  into  14  provinces,  namely,  Ga-ti'ci-CL,  As-tv!ri-a. 
Le-on\  and  Bis'cay,  in  the  northwest;  JVa-varre',  Jlr'ra-gon,  and 
Cat-a-lo'ni-a,  in  the  northeast ;  Va-len'ci-a,  Mui-'ci-a,  and  Gra-iidf- 
da,  in  the  southeast;  An-da-lu' si-a  and  Es-tre-ma-du'ra,  in  the 
southwest ;  Old  Cas-iilt'  and  Ntio  Cos-tile',  in  the  middle. 

3.  P'pain  is  one  of  the  most  mountainous  countries  in  Europe,  and 
a  great  part  of  it  has  an  elevated  surface  ;  but  it  is  finely  variecrated 
with  rivers  and  valleys  ;  and  in  the  southeast  and  south,  there  are 
extensive  plains. 

4.  The  Pyr'e-nees  form  the  northeastern  barrier,  and  are  connect- 
ed with  the  Cantabrian  chain,  Avhich  extends  throug^hout  the  north 
of  Spain,  parallel  to  the  bay  of  Biscay  ;  and  the  country  is  traversed 
by  four  other  ridges,  which  extend  from  west  to  east  between  the 
large  rivers.    The  highest  of  these  ridges  is  the  Si-er'm  JSTe-va'dn, 

5.  Mont-ser-rat',  about  20  miles  northwest  of  Barcelona,  is  a  sin- 
gular mountain,  nearly  4,000  feet  high,  consisting  of  an  assemblage 
of  conical  hills,  and  is  remarkable  for  its  hermitages  and  Benedictine 
monastery. 

6.  The  five  largest  rivers  are  the  Ta'giis,  Du-&ro  or  Deu'ro,E'brc, 


Spain. — 1.  V/hal  does  Spain  comprise  ?     2.  What  are  its  divisions? 
3.  What  is  said  of  the   surface?     4.  Mountains?     6.  Montserrat  ?    8. 
Rivers ': 


'■A.i  ■'■■''-'  JL-  ■ 

■Mi .  ■■.t\ij(-".,-'f 


■^.'■ii--'- 


■Ki-.h 


i^^r: 


''■^'';iil 


140 


SPAIN. 


Guad-i-dfna,  and  Guad-al-quiv'ir ;  but,  on  account  of  the  mountain- 
ous character  of  the  country,  they  do  not  afford  great  facilities  for 
navigation. 

7.  Spain  has  three  considerable  inlands  in  the  Mediterranean, 
namely,  Ma-jor'ca,  Mi-nor'cay  and  Iv'i-ca. 

8.  The  soil  is  various ;  in  the  southern  provinces,  generally  very 
fertile ;  but  in  the  central  parts,  much  of  it  is  dry  and  unproductive. 

9.  The  climate  is  generally  mild  and  pleasant,  and  the  air  is  much 
refreshed  by  sea-breezes ;  but  in  the  south,  it  is  hot,  and  at  some 
seasons  unhealthy,  beings  subject  to  the  pernicious  wind  called  So- 
Id'no  ;  and  in  the  elevated  ports,  the  winters  are  cold. 

10.  Spain  has  a  great  variety  of  vegetable  and  mineral  produc- 
tions ;  and  it  is  famous  for  its  wool^  reputed  the  best  in  Europe ; 
also  for  its  silk,  unne^  oU,  anA  fruits. 

11.  Spain  is  advantageously  situated,  and  has  great  natural  re- 
sources ;  but  it  suffers  for  the  want  of  canals  and  good  roads ;  and 
agriculture  and  manufactures  are  in  a  backward  state.  Catalonia, 
in  the  northeast,  is  the  part  of  the  country  most  disthiguished  for 
manufacturing  and  commercial  activity. 

12.  During  the  middle  ages,  a  large  part  of  the  country  was  pos- 
sp«"sed  by  the  Moors,  the  last  of  whom  were  expelled  early  in  the 
\'t  ch  century.  Two  hundred  years  ago,  Spain  was  esteemed  the 
most  formidable  power  in  Europe,  but  is  now  comparatively  weali. 
She  has  been  distinguished  for  the  despotic  character  of  her 
government,  and  for  her  extensive  and  rich  possessions  in  America, 
the  most  of  which  have  now  become  independent. 

13.  The  Spaniards  are  rigid  Catholics,  temperate  in  their  habits, 
stately  and  reserved  in  their  manners,  and  as  a  nation,  with  regard 
to  education  and  literature,  backward  ;  much  more  so  than  formerly. 

14.  The  favorite  national  amusement  of  the  Spaniards  is  Bidl- 
Fighting,  a  barbarous  exhibition,  which  is  attended  by  great  num- 
bers of  both  sexes,  and  to  which  there  are  amphitheatres  appropri- 
ated in  the  principal  towns. 

15.  Mad-rid',  the  capital  of  Spain,  is  situated  on  a  branch  of 
the  Tagus,  near  the  centre  of  the  kingdom,  and  is  the  most  ele- 
vated capital  in  Europe,  being  about  2,000  feet  above  the  level  of 
the  sea. 

16.  The  two  most  considerable  commercial  ports  are  Bar-ce-lo'- ' 
na,  in  the  northeast,  which  exports  wine,  brandy,  and  the  manufac- 
tures of  Catalonia  ;  and  Ca'diz,  in  the  southwest,  which  is  the  cen- 
tre of  the  American  trade. 

17.  The  other  principal  ports  are  Mal'a-ga  and  AVi~cant,  noted 
for  wines  and  fruits  ;  Car-tha-g^na,  for  its  good  harbor ;  Bil-ho'a  or 
Bil-hd'o,  for  wool  and  iron ;  also  Fcr'rol  and  Co-run'na,  in  the  north- 
west  comer  of  Spain. 

7.  What  is  said  of  the  islands  ?    8.  Soil  ?    9.  Climate  ?     10.  Productions  ? 
11.  What  is  the  state  of  the  country.''     12.  What  is  said  of  its  his- 
tory .''     13.  What  of  the  Spaniards  .-' 
14-  What  is  their  favorite  amusement  ?     15.  What  is  said  of  Madrid  ? 
16.  What  are  the  two  principal  ports  .-•     17.  What  arc  the  other  ports  ? 


SPAIN. 


141 


18.  Se-vUh',  Of  Sei/ille,  on  the  Guadalquirir,  was  formerly  much 
larger  than  at  present,  and  the  most  commercial  town  in  the  king- 
dom ;  Gra-nada,  styled  the  Paradise  of  Spain,  and  Cor'do-va^  noted 
for  a  kind  of  leather  called  Cordovan,  are  famous  for  having  been 
seats  of  Moorish  power  and  maj^nificnnce. 

19.  Sar-a-go^sa  is  famous  for  its  Hioges  ;  Va-len'ct-a,  for  its  fine 
situation  and  for  silk  ;  Xi'res,  for  tiie  wine  called  Sherry ;  To-Wdoj 
as  the  first  archbishopric,  and  for  sword-blades  ;  Se-g&vi-a,  for  wool- 
len manufactures  ;  Sal-a-man'ca,  for  its  university  ;  Val-a-do-litF,  for 
having  been  a  royal  residence  ;  Com-pos-tel'la,  for  pilgrimage  to  the 
supposed  tomb  of  St  James  •  the  village  Es-cu'ri-cd,  for  its  magnifi- 
cent royal  palace ;  Cape  'j.  ^af-al-gar',  for  a  great  naval  battle,  in 
which  Lord  Nelson  was  kUled. 

20.  Gib-ral'tar  is  a  celebrated  promontory,  more  than  1,400  feet 
high,  at  the  southern  extremity  of  Spain,  belonging  to  Great  Britain. 
It  has  a  remarkable  fortress,  so  defended  by  nature  and  art,  as  to  be 
accounted  the  strongest  in  the  world. 


■\ 


PORTUGAL. 


1.  Portugal  is  a  small  kingdom,  lying  between  Spain  and  the 
Atlantic  ocean,  and  is  the  most  westerly  of  all  the  European  states. 

2.  It  is  advantageous] v  situated  for  commerce,  and  was  formerly 
distinguished  as  a  m'  ae  power ;  but  its  prosperity  has  long  since 
declined. 

3.  The  three  principal  rivers  are  the  Tn'giLS,  Du-&ro  or  Dou'ro, 
and  Guad-i-d'na. 

4.  The  surface  is  much  diversified  by  monntains,  valleys,  and 
plains  ;  the  soil  of  a  considerable  part  is  ferti^  but  miserably  culti- 
vated ;  tJie  climate  pleasant  and  healtliy. 

5.  Portugal  has  a  deficiency  of  grain ;  but  it  abounds  in  wine^ 
olives,  oranges,  and  other^rutf*. 

6.  The  Portuguese  are  rigid  Catholics,  and  are  a  very  backward 
nation  with  regard  to  agriculture,  manufactures,  education,  and  the 
arts. 


18.  What  is  said  of  Seville,  Granada,  and  Cordova?     19.  What  other 
places,  and  for  what  noted  ?    20.  What  is  said  of  Gib-rAl'tar  ? 

PoRTUGAi-.— 1.  What  is  the  situation  of  Portugal.'  2.  What  is  said 
of  it  ?  3.  What  are  the  rivers  ?  4.  Surface,  soil,  and  climate .'  5. 
**iOductions  ?    6.  The  Portuguese  ? 


See  Map  of  Europe. — By  what  waters  is  Spain  bordered? 

By  what  mountains  ?     What  strait  separates  it  from  Africa  ? 

What  capes  on  the  coast  ?  What  rivers  of  Spain  flow  into  the  Atlantic 
ocean  ?     What  ones  flow  into  the  Mediterranean  ? 

How  is  Madrid  situated  ?  Cadiz  ?  Barcelona  ?  Bilboa  ?  Seville  ?  Gra- 
nada ?  Saragossa  ?  Cordova  ?  What  towns  are  on  the  Mediter- 
ranean ?  What  ones  in  the  north  west  of  Spain  ?  What  ones  on  the 
Tagus  ?    The  Ebro  ? 


MA 


& 


^i 


'It 


1.].':  ■■'!■ 


<■;• 


1^^. 


149 


PORTUGAL. 


7.  Lis'bon,  the  capital,  is  delightfully  situated  near  the  mouth  of 
the  Tagus,  has  an  excellent  harbor,  and  ranks  among  the  first  com- 
mercial cities  of  Europe.  It  is  famous  for  the  export  of  the  wine 
colled  lAsbon,  and  for  its  partial  destruction  by  a  great  earthquake 
in  1755. 

8.  0-por'tOy  near  the  mouth  of  the  Duero,  is  famous  for  Port  wine. 
It  was  anciently  called  Partus  CaWe,  from  which  the  name  of  Por- 
tugal is  derived. 

9.  Co-im'hra  is  noted  for  its  university  ;  St.  Ubes  or  Setfu-val,  for» 
salt ;  Bra-gan'za,  for  giving  a  title  to  the  present  reigning  family 
of  Portugal. 


ITALY. 

Mount  Etna. 


1.  Italy  is  a  beautiful  country,  consisting  of  a  long  peninsula,  ex- 
tending into  the  Mediterranean,  in  the  form  of  a  boot,  and  separated 
from  Switzerland  and  Germany  on  the  north,  by  the  Alps. 

2.  It  is  of  great  celebrity  in  history,  and  is  noted  for  the  excel- 
lence of  its  climate,  the  fertility  of  its  soil,  the  beauty  of  its  natural 

7.  What  is  said  of  Lisbon  ?    8.  Oporto  ?     9.  Coimbra,  St.  Ubes,  and  Bra- 
ganza  ? 

Italy. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Italy  ?     2.  For  what  is  it  noted  ? 


See  Map  of  Europe. — What  cape  is  on  the  southwest  part  of  Portugal? 
What  rivers  flow  through  it .-'  How  is  Lisbon  situated  ?  Oporto  ? 
Coimbra  ?  What  towns  in  the  northern  part  ?  What  ones  in  the 
southern,' 


ITALY. 


U3 


Bcenery,  and  for  the  numerous  and  superb  monuments  of  ancient  art, 
which  it  still  exhibits. 

3.  The  surface  is  finely  diversified  witli  mountains,  hills,  valleys, 
and  plains  ;  but  it  is  mostly  a  mountainous  country. 

4.  The  »^lps  lie  on  the  north ;  the  Ap^en-nines  extend  tliroughout 
the  whole  length  of  the  peninsula;  and  the  tliree  celebrated  volca- 
noes, Et'na,  Ve-su'vi-uSy  and  Strom' bo-li,  belong  to  Italy. 

5.  Of  the  Italian  islands,  Sic'i-ly,  a  large  and  fertile  island,  is  the 
most  important.  The  other  islands  are  Sar-din'i-a,  which  gives 
name  to  the  liingdom  of  Sardinia ;  Co/si-ca,  a.  mountainous  island 
which  belongs  to  France  ;  MdVta,  which  belongs  to  Great  Britain, 
and  is  celebrated  for  its  fortifications  ;  El'ha,  noted  for  mines  and 
for  the  residence  of  Bonaparte  :  and  tlie  Inp'a-ri  islands. 

6.  The  river  Po  and  its  branches  water  the  most  of  the  northern 
part  of  Italy.  The  other  principal  rivers  are  the  Ad'ige,  Ar'no,  and 
Ti'her. 

7.  The  river  Tev-c-ro'ne  has  a  celebrated  and  beautiful  cataract 
of  nearly  100  feet  perpendicular,  at  2Wo-U ;  and  5  miles  from  TVr'- 
m,  tlie  small  nver  Ve-li'no  has  three  fine  cascades,  one  of  which  is 
about  300  feet  perpendicular. 

8.  Italy  has  a  number  of  beautiful  lakes,  the  principal  of  which  are 
Maggiore  (ma-jo're)  or  Lo-car'no,  Co'mo,  f-s£'o,  Gar' da,  and  Bol- 
s&na. 

9.  The  climate  is  esteemed  the  finest  in  Europe,  but  it  varies  in 
different  parts.  In  some  places,  particularly  in  a  district  on  the 
southwest  coast,  extending  from  Leghorn  to  Ter-ra-ci'na,  47  mJos 
southeast  of  Rome,  it  is  unhealthy  ;  and  in  the  south,  the  countr}', 
at  some  seasons,  is  annoyed  by  the  wind  called  Sirocco. 

10.  The  soU  is  generally  fertile,  and  is  well  cultivated  in  the 
northern  parts ;  but  in  the  midd)*^  and  south,  the  cultivation  ia 
backward. 

11.  The  most  important  productions  are  gram,  imne,  olive  od,  sUk^ 
cattle,  cheese,  fruits,  and  marble. 

12.  The  Italians  excel  in  the  fine  arts  ;  and  the  country  abounds 
in  splendid  specimens  of  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture. 

13.  Italy  has  not,  for  a  long  time,  been  united  under  one  govern- 
ment. It  now  forms  a  part  of  the  empire  of  Austria,  and  8  indepen- 
dent states. 

14.  It  comprises  the  following  divisions  or  states,  namely,  the 
Lomhardo-Venetian  kingdom,  or  Austrian  Italy  [see  Austria],  in  the 
northeast ;  the  Sardinian  temtories,  in  the  northwest ;  the  States  of 
the  Church,  the  grand-duchy  of  Tus'ca-ny,  the  duchies  of  Par'ma, 
Mo/de-na,  and  Luc'ca,  and  the  republic  of  St.  Ma-ri'no,  in  the  mid- 
dle ;  and  the  kingdom  of  the  Two  Sicilies,  or  JVaples  with  the  island 
of  Sicily,  in  the  south. 


3.  What  is  said  of  the  surface  ?    4.  Mountains?    5.  Islands?    6.  Rivers  r 
7.  Cataracts?    8.  Lakes?     9.  Climate?     10.  Soil?      11.  Produc- 
tions ?     12.  Italians  ?     13.  What  is  its  political  condition  ? 
14.  What  are  the  divisions  or  states  ? 


fe 


■  'if 


M 


*.?' 


!!■".; 


•a 


*IH 


144 


ITALY. 


1^ 


KiNoi>OM  or  Sardinia. 

15.  The  kingdom  of  Sardinia  comprises  Pi-ed!mont^  Gen'o-a,  Sa 
toy,  and  tlie  island  of  Sardinia. 

16.  Piedmont  includes  some  of  tlie  highest  summits  of  the  Jtlpa 
in  the  north,  and  is  bordered  by  mountains  on  the  west  and  south ; 
but  the  central  part  is  composed  of  beautiful  plains  ;  and  the  coun- 
try is  fertile  and  populous. 

17.  Tu-Ri>',  tiie  capital  of  Piedmont  and  of  the  kingdom  of  Sar- 
dinia, situated  on  the  Po,  is  noted  as  a  beautiful  city  ;  M-ex-an'dri-Oj 
for  its  fairs  ;  Ma-ren'eo^  for  a  great  battle  between  the  French  and 
Austrians  ;  Pign-c-mla  (pin-ya-ro'la),  as  the  capital  of  the  Four  Val- 
leys, the  residence  of  the  Waldenses. 

18.  Genoa,  a  mountainous  district,  lying  along  the  gulf  of  the 
same  name,  is  noted  as  the  native  country  of  Columbus. 

19.  Gen'o-a,  the  capital  of  the  province  of  Genoa,  was  formerly 
the  capital  of  a  cclobrated  republic,  and  one  of  the  most  commercial 
cities  in  the  worid.  It  is  built  on  the  declivity  of  a  hill,  and  is  re- 
markable for  its  splendid  edifices,  and  for  the  magnificent  view  which 
it  presents  on  approaching  it 

5iO.  Savot,  one  of  the  most  rugged  and  mountainous  tracts  in 
Europe,  contains  the  high  summit  of  JWbni  Blanc,  z.r\A  the  celebrated 
vale  of  Cha-mdu'ni  (sha-moo'ne).  Cham'her-ry  (sham'ber-re)  is  the 
capital. 

21.  The  island  of  Sardinia  is  thinly  inhabited,  ill  cultivated,  and 
unhealthy.  The  principal  towns  are  Cagl'ia-ri  (cal'ya-re),  and  Sas'- 
sa-ri.  ^ 

Parma,  Modena,  and  Lucca. 

22.  The  duchy  of  Parma  is  rich  in  wine,  corn,  and  pasture  ;  and 
it  gave  name  to  the  famous  Par-me-san' cheese,  which  is  now  chiefly 
made  in  the  district  of  Lodi.  Par.ma,  the  capital,  is  noted  for  a 
magnificent  theatre. 

23.  Mo'de-na,  die  capital  of  the  duchy  of  Modena,  is  a  consider- 
able city  ;  and  Car-rd'ra  is  celebrated  for  its  fine  marble. 

24.  Lucca,  capital  of  tlio  duchy  of  Lucca,  is  noted  for  its  worm 
baths. 

TUSCANV. 

25.  The  grand-duchy  of  Tuscany  has  a  finely  diversified  surface, 
and  its  soil  is  generally  fertile,  and  highly  cultivated. 

26.  Florence,  the  capital,  is  situated  in  a  delightful  vale,  on  the 
Arno,  and  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  cities  in  Europe.  It  is  dis- 
tinguished for  the  fine  arts,  and  has  the  most  eminent  academy  of 
painting  in  the  world. 

27.  Legh-om!  is  noted   as  the  most  commercial  town  in  Italy ; 

15.  What  does  the  kingdom  of  Sardinia  comprise  ?  16.  What  is  said  of 
Piedmont  ?  17.  What  towns  ?  18.  What  is  said  of  the  country  of 
Genoa?  19.  What  of  the  city  of  Gertoa  ?  20.  Savoy.'  21.  Sar- 
dinia ?    22.  What  is  said  of  Parma  ?    23,  Modena  ?     24.  Lucca  ? 

36.  What  is  said  of  Tuscany  ^    26.  Florence  ^    27.  Leghorn  and  Pisa  ? 


28. 
30. 


ITALY. 


145 


JPf'sa,  for  its  former  commercial  importance,  its  university,  and  lean- 
ing tower. 

States  f      rHE  Church. 

^.  Peter's  Church. 


28.  The  States  of  the  Church  comprise  a  considerable  country  in 
the  central  part  of  Italy,  which  is  under  the  government  of  the  Pope, 
who  is  invested  with  absolute  power  in  these  states,  botli  temporal 
and  spiritual. 

29.  Rome,  the  capital,  and  the  residence  of  the  Pope,  is  situated 
on  the  Tiber,  1 5  miles  from  its  mouth.  It  was,  for  a  long  time,  the 
most  powerful,  populous,  and  maj^nificent  city  m  the  world ;  and, 
though  greatly  reduced,  it  still  contains  many  remarkable  monu- 
ments and  splendid  edifices,  among  which  are  the  Col-i-se'um  or 
Amphitheatre  of  Vespasian,  consh'ucted  for  the  combats  of  gladiators 
and  wild  beasts,  and  St.  Peter's  Church,  the  most  superb  structure  of 
modern  times. 

30.  Bolo^a  (bo-lone'ya)  is  noti'd  for  its  university,  collections  of 
paintings,  tower,  and  silks  ;  An-co'na  ai.d  Civ'i-ta  Vec'chi-n,  as  sea- 
})orts ;  Fa-en'za,  for  its  potteries  ;  Tiv'o-li,  for  its  fine  water-fall. 


28.  What  is  said  of  the  States  of  the  Church  ? 
30.  What  other  towns  ? 

13 


29.  Rome? 


f:\    i^ 


l'  t. 


no 


ITALY. 

Naples,  ok  tiik  Two  Sicilies. 
Vesuvius  and  J^ajths. 


land 
but 


31.  This  king-dom  compriHcs  the  country  ofJVaplcs  and  tlie  is 
f'f  Sin'lij.  It  is  ndviintiiijroously  situ.'itod,  and  has  a  fertile  soil  ; 
figrrictiltnro,('oiiunorco,  and  niniuifactnres  are  all  in  a  backward  rtUite. 

.'J2.  This  kinjjfdoni  contains  three  of  the  most  famous  volcanoes  in 
the  world,  El'tia,  ye-su'vi-us,  and  Strom'bo-li. 

3^3.  Kl'na,  on  the  island  of  Sicily,  is  the  most  celebrated  volcano 
on  the  f^lobe,  and  has  been,  from  remote  antiquity,  subject  to 
dreadful  eruptions.     Larg'o  stones  arc  said  to  have  been  thrown  to 


31.  What  is  said  of  the  kingdom  of  Naples  or  Two  Sicilies  ? 

32.  What  volcanoes  ?     3:}.   What  is  said  of  Etna  ? 


See  Map  of  Europe. — Wlierc  is  the  gulf  of  Tarcnto.'     How  is  the  isl- 
and of  Sicily  situated  .'    Sardinia?    Corsica?    Elba?    Malta?    The 
Lipari  islands  ?     in  what  part  of  Sicily  is  Etna  ? 
Where  is  Vesuvius  ?     How   is  Naples  situated  ?     Palermo  ?     Messina  f 
Catania?    Syracuse?   Reggio  (rcd'jo)  ?    Brin-di'si?    Ben-e-ven'to? 

See  Map  jYo.  VIII. — Where  is  the  gulf  of  Genoa  ? 

How  are  the  States  of  the  Church  situated  ?  Tuscany  ?  Modena?  Par- 
ma ?     Genoa  ?     Piedmont  ?     Savoy  ? 

How  is  Rome  situated  ?     Bologna  ?     Civita  Vecchia  ? 

What  towns  on  the  gulf  of  Venice  ?  How  is  Flonince  situated  ?  Leghorn  ? 
Pisa?  What  other  towns  in  Tuscany?  How  is  Turin  situated' 
Genoa?  Alexandria?  Pignerola  ?  Chamberry?  Nice?  Parma? 
Placentia  ?     Modena  ?     Lucca  ?     Carrara  ? 


fi 


■■■> 


1.  Th 

tries  situ 
of  Egypi 

2.  Th 
parts  of 


34.  Wha 
37.  Wha 

Turk 


ITALY. 


147 


the  ht'i^'lit  of  7,000  feet,  and  arc  froqiiciilly  proj(!cto(l  to  llic  dintaiico 
of  ;W  miles. 

;M.  f'e-su'vi-vSy  which  is  7  inil(!s  from  Naples,  and  Iohh  th:in  a 
tJiird  part  a.'*  Iii;;h  as  Ktn  i,  has  Imd  many  trcmonddiis  tTiiptions. 

jr».  Strom'ho  li\  on  ono  of  the  Fjipari  isliindH,  cmitH  llamos  that  are 
visible  in  tlio  niiflit  at  tho  distance  of  100  miles,  and  is  styled  the 
Unhlltouse  of  the  Mediterranean. 

lH't.  Napi.kh,  the  cajiital  of  tiio  kinijdom,  is  tho  larpfpst  city  in  Ita- 
ly, and  fiimons  for  its  (lt'li<iflitful  (situation  on  one  of  the  finest  hays  in 
tnc  world.  Its  approach  from  the  sea  is  gstcemed  more  beautifnl 
tlmn  that  of  any  other  city  in  Finrope. 

157.  Pa-la'' mo,  the  capital  of  the  ishmd  of  Sicily,  is  noted  for  the 


inn 


inillcence  of  its  churches  ;  Mes-ai'nn,  for  commerce  ;  Cn-tO 


>'..: 


for  fr'Hiuent  earthquakes  ;  Syf' a-cusc  and  Gir-gcn'ti^i'nr  their  anciciit 
greatness. 


V  ••,'/ 

11 

n                 ■> 

H 

.    ' .  -J. 

IfJ 

vir'  ■.!. 


TURKEY. 

ConstarUinople. 


1.  The  Turkish  or  Ottoman  Empire  is  composed  of  various  coun- 
tries situated  in  tho  southeast  of  Europe,  and  southwest  of  Asia,  and 
of  Egypt,  in  the  northeast  of  Africa. 

2.  The  countries  included  in  t'iis  empire,  comprise  most  of  those 
parts  of  the  world  which  were  much  celebrated  in  ancient  history, 


34.  What  is  said  of  Vesuvius  ?     85.  StromboU  ?     36.  Naples  ? 
37.  What  towns  in  Sicily  ? 

TiTRKEY. — 1.  Of  w'lat  countries  is  Turkey  composed?     2.   What  in 
said  of  them  .•• 


it 


:..^Un' 


;}. 


]48 


TURKEY. 


either  sacred  or  profane  ;  and  they  were  the  scenes  of  most  of  the 
events  recorded  in  the  Bible. 

3.  They  were,  in  ancient  times,  the  finest  countries  in  the  world 
the  seats  of  civilization,  learning,  and  the  arts ;  but  now,  owing  to 
the  despotism,  bad  policy,  and  barbarism  of  the  Turks,  they  are 
comparatively  desolate  and  miserable. 

4.  The  principal  of  these  ancient  countries  were  Da'ct-a,  Mee'si-a, 
Thrace^  E-pi'rus,  Mac-e-cb'ni-a^  and  Greece,  in  Europe  ;  Pal'es-tine, 
Syr'i-a,  Phce-ni'ci-a,  Mes-o-po-ta'mi-a,  Ar-me'ni-a,  and  the  countries 
eiAsia  Minor,  in  Asia ;  and  Egypt,  in  Africa. 


TURKEY  IN  EUROPE. 

Mosque  of  St.  Sophia. 


!;»! 


5.  Turkey  in  Europe  is  commonly  considered  as  composed  of  the 
following  divisions,  namely,  Mol-dafvi-a,  fVal-la'cki-a,  Bul-ga'ri-a, 
Ser'vi-a,  and  Bos'ni-a,  in  the  north  ;  Romania,  Mac-e-do^ni-a,  Al-ba' - 
ni-a,  E-pi'rus,  and  Thes'sa-ly,  in  the  middle ;  and  formerly,  lAva- 
dia,  or  Greece,  with  the  Mo-rc'a,  in  the  south. 

6.  The  provinces  of  Mol-da'vi-a,  and  Wal-la'clii-a,  which  lie  north 
of  the  Danube,  are  not  under  the  immediate  government  of  the 
Turkish  sultan,  but  are  governed  by  hospodars,  who  are  of  the  Greek 
Church,  and  tributaiy  to  the  sultan ;  and  Greece,  in  the  south,  is  now 
independent  of  the  Turks. 

7.  The  northern  provinces  are  mostly  level  or  moderately  un- 
even ;  the  middle  and  southern  are  mountainous. 

3.  What  of  their  ancient  and  modern  state  ?    4.  What  were  their  names  ? 
6.  What  are  the  divisions  of  Turkey  in  Europe  ? 

6.  What  is  said  of  Moldavia,  Wallachia,  and  Greece  i    7.  What  is  said  of 
the  face  of  the  countrv  ? 


TURKEY  IN  EUROPE. 


14J» 


of  the 

world, 

nff  to 

ey  are 


8.  The  Balkan  Mountains,  anciently  called  HfBmus,  are  the  prin- 
cipal range  in  Turkey,  and  extend  from  the  gulf  of  Venice  to  the 
Black  sea.    Ar-gen-td'ro  is  one  of  the  highest  summits. 

9.  The  Danube  is  much  the  largest  river.  Some  of  the  other 
most  considerable  rivers  are  the  Pndh,  Ma-riz'za,  and  Dri'no. 

10.  The  climate  is  generally  excellent,  though  unhealthy  in  some 
parts ;  and  the  soil  of  a  great  portion  of  the  country  is  fertile,  but 
miserably  cultivated. 

11.  Some  of  the  most  important  productions  are  wheat,  maize,  ricc^ 
cotton,  silk,  urine,  and  fruits. 

12.  About  one  third  of  the  inhabitants  of  this  country  are  Turks^ 
who  are  Mahometans.  The  rest  are  composed  of  various  nations, 
but  are  mostly  Christians  of  the  Greek  Church.  They  are  in  an  op- 
pressed condition,  and  in  a  backward  state,  as  it  regards  education 
and  the  arts  of  civilized  life. 

13.  The  Turks,  who  arc  a  Tartar  nation,  originally  from  Asia, 
and  one  of  the  most  illiterate  in  Europe,  took  possession  of  Con- 
stantinople, and  put  an  end  to  the  Eastern  or  Greek  Empire,  in 
1453. 

14.  The  Turkish  government  is  one  of  the  most  despotic  in  the 
world.  The  emperor,  who  is  styled  sultan  or  grand  seignior,  is  the 
solo  fountain  of  office  and  honor,  and  absolute  master  of  the  lives 
and  property  of  his  subjects. 

15.  The  prime  minister,  who  is  next  to  the  sultan  in  power,  is 
styled  the  grand  vizier ;  and  the  court  of  the  sultan  is  called  the 
Porte  or  the  Sublime  Porte,  from  the  gate  of  the  palace  ;  and  tlxia 
term  is  often  used  also  to  designate  the  Turkish  empire. 

16.  Turkish  cities,  by  means  of  the  domes  and  nnnarets  of  the 
mosques,  often  make  a  splendid  appearance  at  a  distance  ;  but  on 
entering  them,  one  commonly  finds  them  to  be  meanly  built,  and  the 
streets  narrow  and  dirty. 

17.  CoN-sTAN-Ti-No'pLE,  the  metropolis  of  the  Turkish  empire,  i* 
situated  on  the  west  side  of  the  Bos'pho-rus,  between  the  Black  sea 
and  sea  of  Mar'mo-ra,  and  has  one  of  the  most  advantageous  situa- 
tions, and  one  of  the  finest  harbors  in  the  world.  It  presents  a  mag- 
nificent view  at  a  distance  ;  but,  on  entering  it,  like  other  Turkish 
cities,  it  disappoints  expectation. 

18.  Some  of  the  most  remarkable  objects  in  the  city  are  the 
seraglio,  which  includes  a  vast  assemblage  of  palaces,  inhabited  by 
the  sultan  and  his  court ;  and  the  mosque  of  St.  Sophia,  which  is  a 
magnificent  edifice,  though  much  inferior  to  St.  Peter's  church  at 
Rome. 

19.  Ad-ri-an-o'ple,  on  the  Merizza,  is  noted  as  the  second  city  in 
rank  ;  Sal-o-ni'ca,  capital  of  Macedonia,  for  commerce  ;  Jo-an'ni-na 

8.  What  is  said  of  the  mountains  ?  9.  Rivers?  10.  Climate?  11.  Pro- 
ductions? 12.  Inhabitants?  13.  Turks?  14.  Government? 
15.  What  are  the  prime  minister  and  court  styled  ?  16.  What  is  said  of 
Turkish  cities  ?  17.  Constantinople  ?  18.  What  are  some  of  the 
most  remarkable  objects  ?  19.  What  of  Adrianople,  Salonica,  Joaiv 
nina,  and  Gallipoli  ? 
13* 


I'd  JM 


J  '■ 


•I  , 


■■:>] 


J: 


150 


TURKEY  IN  EUROPE. 


or  Yanfi-nct,  capital  of  Albania,  as  the  residence  of  the  late  Afi 
Pucha  (a-le'  pa-shaw') ;  Gcd-lip'o-li,  on  the  strait  of  the  Dar-da- 
nelles',  as  the  residence  of  the  Cap-u-dan'  Pa-ch&,',  the  Turkish 
chief  admiral. 

20.  Bu'Cha-resif ,  a  large,  but  meanly  built  city,  is  the  capital  of 
Wallachia,  and  Jas'sy,  of  Moldavia. 

21.  So-phi'u  is  noted  for  its  hot-baths  ;  Bel-grade',  Vid-din',  JVi- 
cop'o-li,  Brd'hi-lotv,  iSi-Zw'frt-a,  and  Shum'la,  for  their  fortifications 
and  military  importance  ;  Var'na,  for  its  recent  siege  by  the  Russians. 


GREECE. 


1.  Greece,  a  country  in  the  southeast  corner  of  Europe,  became 
subject  to  the  Turks  in  the  15th  century ;  since  that  time,  it  has, 
till  lately,  formed  the  southern  part  of  European  Turkey,  and  the 
inhabitants  have  been  held  in  a  state  of  thraldom. 

2.  In  1821,  the  Greeks  commenced  a  revolt ;  in  1822,  declared 
independence  ;  by  the  aid  of  some  of  the  European  states,  liberated 
themselves  from  the  dominion  of  the  Turks ;  and  in  1827,  elected 
count  Capo  d^Istria  president  of  Greece  for  the  term  of  7  years,  who, 
early  in  1828,  entered  upon  the  successful  exercise  of  the  duties  of 
his  office. 

3.  Modem  Greece,  or  the  country  which  is  now  independent,  con- 
sists of  the  greater  part  of  what  was  anciently  styled  Greece  Proper, 
comprising  Attica,  Boeotia,  Megaris,  Phocis,  Doris,  Locris,  and  a 
part  of  iEtolia  ;  Peloponnesus  or  Morea  ;  the  island  of  Euboea  or 
iATegropont ;  and  the  cluster  of  islands  anciently  called  the  Cyclades, 
which  lie  east  of  the  Peloponnesus. 

4.  The  general  aspect  of  this  small  but  celebrated  country,  is  rug- 
ged and  mountainous  ;  but  it  abounds  in  beautiful  scenery ;  and  the 
climate  is  excellent,  and  much  of  the  soil  fertile. 

5.  It  has  many  considerable  mountains,  which  are  interesting  for 
their  classical  associations ;  and  its  little  rivers,  which  now  appear 


!l 


20.  What  of  Bucharest  and  Jassy  ? 

21.  What  other  towns,  and  for  what  noted? 

Greece. — 1.  What  is  said  of  the  history  of  Greece  ? 
2.  What  of  its  recent  history  and  present  state  ?     3.  Of  what  division* 
does  it  consist  ? 

4.  What  are  its  aspect,  climate,  and  soil  ? 

5.  W  hat  is  said  of  its  mountains  and  rivers  ? 


See  Map  of  Europe. — What  seas  and  gulf  border  on  Turkey  ? 

Where  is  the  sea  of  Marmora  ?     Where  the  Dardanelles  ? 

What  part  of  Turkey  is  crossed  by  the  Danube  ?  Where  does  the  Pruth 
empty  ?  The  Marizza  ?  The  Drino  ?  How  is  Constantinople  sit- 
uated ?  Adrianople  ?  Salonica  ?  Joannina  ?  Sophia  ?  Jassy  f 
Bucharest  ?  Belgrade  ?  What  towns  on  the  Danube  ?  On  the 
Black  sea  ? 


':^:: 


GREECE. 


151 


comparatively  insignificant,  have  been  rendered  famous  by  tlie  Greek 
poets. 

6.  This  country,  which  was  once  very  populous,  and  abounded  in 
flourishing  cities  and  magnificent  edifices,  is  now  miserably  culti- 
vated, and  thinly  peopled.  It  contains  no  large  towns,  and  its  vil- 
lages are  composed  of  miserable  cottages  or  dwellings  of  only  one 
story,  and  without  chimneys. 

7.  The  Modern  Greeks  are  a  handsome  people,  active,  lively,  and 
courageous ;  having  generally  little  education,  but  a  good  deal  of 
genius.    One  of  their  chief  employments  is  commerce. 

8.  Ath'ens,  once  a  splendid  city,  is  now  greatly  reduced,  but  is 
noted  for  the  Partlvenon  and  other  ancient  monuments  ;  Le-pan'to, 
for  a  great  battle,  in  which  Cervantes  lost  his  hand  ;  Mis-so-lon' ghi, 
for  its  siege  and  the  death  of  Lord  Byron. 

9.  Some  of  the  principal  towns  in  the  Morea,  are  Ar'gos,  Trip-o- 
liz'za,  Mis'i-tra,  and  Pal'ras ;  also  JVap'o-li,  noted  for  its  citadel ; 
McU-va-si'a,  for  Malmsey  wine  ;  Cor'inth,  for  its  former  greatness, 
and  currants,  to  which  it  gave  name  ;  JVav-a-ri' no  or  Actv'a-nw,  for 
a  recent  and  great  naval  battle. 


THE  IONIAN  REPUBLIC. 

1.  The  hnian  Republic,  or  the  Republic  of  the  Seven  Islands,  com- 
prises  the  seven  following  small  islands  lying  near  the  west  coast  of 
Greece  ;  namely,  Cor-fu',  Ceph-a-lo'ni-a,  Zan'te,  St.  Mau'ra,  Ith'a-cOf 
and  Ce-ri'go. 

2.  These  islands  have  an  uneven  surface,  with  rugged  coasts, 
and  a  mild  climate.  The  olive  is  an  important  production  ;  and  cur- 
rants, a  kind  of  small  dried  grapes,  form  a  distinguished  article  of 
export. 

3.  The  inhabitants  are  Greeks,  and  of  the  Greek  Church ;  and 
their  little  republic  is  under  the  protection  of  Great  Britain. 

4.  Corfu,  on  the  island  of  the  same  name,  is  the  seat  of  govern- 
ment, and  contains  a  university. 

6.  What  is  its  present  condition  ?     7.  What  is  said  of  the  modern  Greeks  f 

8.  What  of  Athens,  Lepanto,  and  Missolonghi  ? 

9.  What  towns  on  the  Morea,  and  for  what  noted? 

Ionian  Republic. — 1.  Of  what  does  the  Ionian  Republic  consist? 
2.  What  is  said  of  these  islands  ?    3.  Inhabitants  ?    4.  Corfu  ? 


See  JHap  of  Europe. — How  is  Greece  situated  ?  Morea  ?  The  island 
of  Candia  ?  Negropont  ?  Cerigo  ?  Corfu  ?  Cephalonia  ?  Zante  f 
Cape  Mat-a-pan'  ?  Athens  ?  Corinth  ?  Lepanto  ?  Missolonghi  ? 
Navarin  ?     What  other  towns  in  the  Morea  ? 


•  «(!>     .'ft  <i   ':     i, 

'•  *  .  ifi   ■  "a    ■ 


•^  I'll' t. 


i^ii 


\ih 


!  y.' 


ASIA. 


Caravan. 


Tlio 
miles- 

7. 
and  L 
an-Ku 
ma-po 

8. 

9. 

in  the 
south'! 

10. 
in  the 
cold 
centre 

11. 


1.  Asia  is  remarkable  for  hping  the  quarter  of  the  world  in  which 
tJie  human  race  were  first  planted  ;  and  for  having  been  the  seat  of 
tJie  Assyrian,  Babylonian,  and  Persian  empires,  and  the  residence 
of  the  Israelites. 

2.  In  this  quarter  of  the  globe  the  Jetvish,  Christian,  and  Mahom- 
etan relis;inns  had  their  origin,  as  well  as  several  systems  of  Pagan- 
ism, which  extensively  prevail. 

3.  Asia  includes  the  following  countries,  namely,  Siberia,  in  the 
north  ;  Tar'ta-ry  and  Thi-beV,  in  the  middle  ;  Turkey,  Arabia,  Persia, 
Be-loo-chis-tan',  Af-gha-nis-tan' ,  Hin-dos-tan' ,  Chin-India  or  Farther 
India,  China,  Corea,  and  Japan,  in  the  south  and  southeast. 

4.  The  two  great  ranges  of  mountains  are  the  Him-md'leh  and 
tlie  Al-tdi'  mountains. 

5.  The  Al-tdi'  or  Al-tdHan  Mountains  are  a  chain  about  5,000 
miles  in  length,  extending  almost  across  Asia,  on  the  borders  of 
Siberia  and  Tartary,  and  contain  valuable  mines  of  gold,  silver,  cop- 
per, iron.  &c. 

6.  The  Him-md'leh  or  Him-a-ld'ya  Mountains,  which  separate 
Hindostan  from  Thibet  and  Tartary,  extend  about  1,400  miles  in 
lengtli,  and  are  supposed  to  be  the  highest  mountains  on  the  globe. 

Asia.— 1.  What  is  said  of  Asia  ?  2,  What  reUgions  had  tlieir  origin  in 
Asia  ?  .3.  What  countries  does  it  inchide  ?  4.  What  ranges  of 
mountains?  5.  What  is  said  of  the  Altai  mountains.?  6.  The 
Himmaleh  motmtaius  ? 


ASIA. 


and 


168 


The  most  elevated  summits  may  be  seen  at  the  distance  of  230 
miles. 

7.  Some  of  the  largest  rivers  are  the  Cfhy,  Yen-i-sei  (yen-e-se'], 
and  Lt'na,  in  the  north  ;  the  Amour  (a-moor'),  Ho'-ang-Ho',  and  Kv- 
an-Ku',  in  the  east ;  the  Cam-bo'di-a  or  Me-con',  Ir-ra-wcul'dy,  Brah- 
ma-poo'tra,  Ganges,  In'dus,  Eu-phra'tes,  and  Ti'gris,  in  tlie  sotith. 

8.  The  largest  lakes  or  inland  seas  are  the  Cas'pi-aiij  JUraij  and 
Bd'i-kal. 

9.  The  soil  in  the  northern  and  central  parts  is  mostly  sterile ;  but 
in  the  southern  parts,  with  tlie  exception  of  the  sandy  deserts  in  the 
southwest,  it  is,  for  the  most  part,  extremely  fertile. 

10.  The  climate  embraces  every  variety  ;  and  it  is  extremely  cold 
in  the  north,  and  hot  in  the  south.  The  transition  from  a  hot  to  a 
cold  climate,  is  very  sudden,  owing  to  the  great  elevation  of  the 
central  parts,  and  to  the  rangos  of  high  mountains. 

11.  The  islands  connected  with  Asia  are  very  numerous  and 
important.  Those  which  lie  to  the  southeast  of  tlie  continent,  have 
been  classed  in  three  great  divisions,  namely,  the  Eastern  Jlrch-i- 
peVa-so,  Aus-tra'li-a,  and  Pol-y-ne'si-a ;  and  they  have  also  been 
considered  as  forming  a  fifth  division  of  the  globe  by  the  name  of 
O-ce-an'i-ca. 

12.  In  the  early  ages,  Asia  was  superior  to  the  other  parts  of  the 
globe  in  military  strength  ;  but  in  the  time  of  Alexander  the  Great, 
Europe  obtained  the  ascendency,  which  it  has  ever  since  possessed, 
and  Asia  has  continued  comparatively  weak. 

13.  Asia  is,  howyver,  esteemea  lUe  nj«isL  Aultful  and  thts' liclioot 
part  of  the  globe-,  and  it  contains  more  inhabitants  than  all  the  other 
divisions.  Yet  the  central  and  northern  parts,  including  more  than 
half  of  the  continent,  are  mostly  sterile,  and  very  thinly  inhabited. 
These  parts  have  but  little  communication  witli  the  civilized  world, 
and  are,  comparatively,  but  little  known. 

14.  The  southern  parts  and  islands  furnish  to  the  other  portions 
of  the  world  a  variety  of  luxuries,  as  spices,  tea,  coffee,  fruits,  dia- 
monds, and  other  precious  stones.  Of  these  parts  some  of  the  most 
useful  vegetables  are  rice  and  the  bamboo. 

15.  Asia  is  particularly  distinguished  for  certain  animals,  as  the 
elephant,  camel,  rhinoceros,  and  tiger.  The  elephant  is  trained  to 
various  kinds  of  service ;  and  the  camel  is  very  important  to  the 
Asiatics  in  performing  the  most  arduous  journeys. 

16.  The  foreign  commerce  of  this  quarter  of  the  globe  is  chiefly 
carried  on  by  European  nations  and  the  United  States.  The  inter- 
nal trade  is  conducted  mostly  by  caravans,  which  often  consist  of 
many  thousands  of  merchants,  and  a  still  greater  number  of  camels. 

17.  The  prevailing  government  is  despotism ;  but  in  some  parts, 
particularly  among  the  Arabs  and  other  wandering  tribes,  the  patri- 
archal form  is  in  use. 

7.  What  rivers?    8.  Lakes?    9.  Climate?     10.  Soil?     11.  Islands? 
12.  What  is  said  of  the  ancient  and  present  condition  of  Asia?     13.  What 
of  its   riches  and  pop\ilation  ?     14.  Productions  ?     15.  Animals  ? 
16.  Commerce  ?    17.  Government  ? 


,1' 


.|-:^^. 


'.■■'•.■■'V'ilrv'? 

III,     'r  .•>,  J  \    .' 


I 


<--s 


t'i.'ii.-'-.'i-.iv.-'-i 

■;■•■•■■  •*?.•.-''  ',-■; 


■>  * 


?>W'\, 


-  '1. 


•  K' 


Hm.^\ 


154 


ASIA. 


I; 


18   Tho  two  prevailing  religions  are  Paganism  and  Mahometan- 

19.  Mahon  •^anism  is  the  prevailing  relifjion  of  Turkeif,  Arabia, 
ami  Persii;  im'i  it  is  widely  diffused  in  Tarlary,  Hindostan,  tind 
many  of  the  islnnds  ;  but  far  the  greater  part  of  the  Asiatics  adhere 
to  Pag'anism,  wluch  here  exists  in  various  forms,  as  5ramanw/n,  and 
Buddhism,  incl'iding  the  religion  of  Fo  and  Shamanism,  or  the  wor- 
ship of  the  Grand  Lama. 

20.  Though  Chriiianity  had  its  origin  in  Aeia,  vtl:  it  is  now 
found  here  only  in  a  very  limited  degree,  and  niosth,  in  a  very 
corrupted  forn^  It  exists  chiefly  under  tiie  ;;(;,;oinin!i.tion  oi"  the 
Greek  and  Aim'  nian  churches,  in  the  Rus^'"an  i^i  Turkish  i*  ■  vin- 
ions.  It  has  ah'  >  been  introduced,  t/"  some  -  >'tnnt,,  i(  to  ''.e  r  it "-e- 
an  coloni;-s;  and  great  exertions  ha^  r  of  ki'e  been  niude  to  oxiond 
its  blessings  to  the  natives,  by  the  liioans  of  missionaries,  and  the 
diffusion  of  the  Svriptures. 

Ul.  The  Jlsiaiies,  v.ith  regar'  to  their  manners  and  customs,  A'^fier 
in  many  particulars  fwnn  the  Europeans.  They  iire  less  nc  Ive  .  nd 
enterprising;  m-^re  effeminate  in  the;;  ciiai ucter  and  iiabi'.s  ;  more 
remarkable  for  a  warm  "magination,  for  a  figurative  sty'n  of  .vnting, 
and  for  (he  use  of  hyperbolical  language. 

22.  Instead  of  the  close  dress  of  Europ-'iins,  thi>y  commonly  wear 
loose  and  flowing  gariaonts,  and  make  use  of  turbans  instead  of  hats. 

"Jt3,  The  want  cj"  Mood  for  building  has  obliged  the  wandering 
and  ;5itstv  vr?)  tribetj  of  Arabia  and  the  central  parts  of  Asia,  to  lodge 
in  f« '  :'•*.  r.Miund  of  okiuo  or  Btums,  wHic/i  are  the  produce  of  their 
herds, 

? 4.  Most  of  the  Oriental  nations  make  no  use  of  chairs,  but  sit 
cross-legged  upon  their  heels,  on  the  groi'tid  or  floor;  and  in  the 
houses  of  the  wealthy,  on  carpets  or  sofas. 

25.  In  eating,  they  generally  make  no  use  of  tables  or  of  Icnives 
and  forb?.  But  their  food  is  placed  upon  the  floor  in  large  vessels, 
round  which  the  guests  sit  upon  their  heels,  or  recline  upon  sofas  or 
'ouches,  and  feed  themselves  chiefly  by  the  use  of  their  fingers, 
which  are  sometimes  assisted  by  some  simple  instrument. 

2().  The  condition  of  ivomen  among  Mahometans  and  Pagans,  is 
far  less  favorable  than  among  Christian  nations.  In  most  Oriental 
countries,  they  are  very  much  confined,  and  are  permitted  to  see 
little  or  no  company,  except  their  relatives  ;  nor  are  they  allowed  to 
go  abroad  without  having  their  faces  covered. 

27.  Polygamy  is  generally  permitted  among  the  Asiatic  nations. 
Marriage  is  not  generally  founded  on  the  mutual  affection  of  the 
parties,  as  women  are  commonly  sold  for  wives,  and  are  not  permit- 
ted to  exercise  any  choice  of  their  own.  They  are  treated  rather  aa 
the  slaves,  than  as  the  companions  of  their  husbands. 

IS.  What  of  its  religion  ?     19.  What  is  said  of  the  prevalence  of  each  .-' 
20.  What  is  said  respecting];  Christianity  in  Asia?     21 .  What  is  said  of  tho 
Asiatics .-'     22.  What  of  their  dress.'     23.  Habitations  of  the  pasto- 
ral tribes  ?     24.  Manner  of  sitting.'     25.  Of  eating .'     26.  Condition 
of  the  women .'    27.  What  is  said  respecting  marriage  .' 


28. 
was  ir 
makin| 
orief 


.;'^ 


.%y  ■■''  ■: . 


ASIA. 


155 


28.  hi  funerals,  it  is  now  common,  among  Oriental  nations,  as  it 
was  in  ancient  times,  to  employ  mourning  women  for  the  purpose  of 
making  lamentation,  and  showing  various  outward  expressions  of 
(Tfief  and  sorrow. 

TURKEY  IN  ASIA. 

Jeruoalem.  ! 


1.  Turkey  in  Asia  comprehends  several    fine  countries,  which 
were  of  great  celebrity  in  ancient  history,  both  sacred  and  pro- 

28.  What  i3  said  respecting  funerals  ? 
Turkey  in  Asia. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Turkey  in  Asia.-* 


5. 
6. 


74. 
IG. 

21. 

25. 


See  Map  of  Asia. — 1.  Wliat  ocean  lies  north  of  Asia.' 
2.  What  seas  on  the  west .'     3.  On  (he  soutli  ?     4.  On  the  east  ? 

What  three  large  rivers  (low  into  the  Arctic  ocean.' 

What  are  the  three  largest  in  the  east  of  Asia.?  7.  What  rivers  in  the 
south?  8.  Where  are  the  Altai  mountains?  9.  The  Himmaleh 
mountains?  10.  What  three  large  islands  are  crossed  by  the  Equa- 
tor? 11.  What  are  some  of  the  other  principal  islands  to  the  south- 
cast  of  Asia ?  12.  What  is  the  southeinmost  point  of  the  continent 
ot  Asia  ?     13.  What  strait  is  at  the  northeast  point  ? 

.What  one  at  the  southwest?     15.  Where  is  Asia  joined  to  Africa? 

Where  is  Kamtschatka  ?  17.  Corea?  18.  Nova' Zeinbla?  19.  The 
Japan  islands?     20.  What  country  lies  in  the  north  of  Asia? 

What  countries  in  the  east  ?  22.  In  the  south  ?  23.  In  the  west  ? 
24.  In  the  central  part? 

How  is  Siberia,  or  Russia  in  Asia,  bounded  ? 
tary?     27.  Chinese  Tartary  ?    28.  Turkey? 
sia?     31.  Afghanistan?     32.  Beloocbistan ? 
dostan  ?     35.  Birman   Empire?     36.  Malacca?     37.  Siam  ? 
Laos?     39.  Cambodia?     40.  Cochin-China?     41.  Tonquin  ? 
China      43.  Corea? 


26.  Independent  Tar- 
29.  Arabia?  30.  Per- 
33.  Thibet?    34.  Hin- 

38. 

42. 


'■■,'■   ■■■•         ir 
''         *■     I,     .'       .1 

■;  .;  J.;  t'f)»% 


■&  ' .»;  i,,.»-v>:i;> 


't';'K 


l,'l 


i-f^-.. 


.«.-■ 


156 


TURKEY  IN  ASIA. 


f' 


fane,  and  were  the  scenes  of  most  of  the  events  recorded  in  the 
Scriptures. 

2.  The  principal  modem  divisions  are  JVci-to'li-a,  Syr'i-ay  Ar-tnef- 
ni-Oj  Di-ar-ht'kir^  Cur-dis-tan',  and  Bag'dad^  or  Ir-ak  Ar'a-bi. 

3.  The  two  great  rivers  are  the  Mu-pkra'tes  and  Ti'gris ;  the 
smaller  ones  are  Ki-zW er-maky  0-ron'tes,  and  Mein'der.  Lake  Van 
is  the  largest  lake  ;  but  the  Dead  Sea,  or  lake  As-phal-ti'tes,  is  the 
most  noted. 

4.  The  greatest  range  of  mountains  is  that  of  Taurus.  Mount 
lAb'a-nus  is  in  Syria ;  Mount  O-lym'pus,  south  of  the  sea  of  Mar- 
mora ;  Mount  Ida,  near  the  Dardanelles ;  Mount  Ar'u-rat,  on  the 
borders  of  Turkey  and  Persia. 

5.  I'lie  p/incipal  islands  are  Ci/prus  and  Rhodes,  which  are  fer- 
tile, and  were  anciently  very  populous  ;  also  Sd'o,  Samos,  and  Metf- 
e-lin. 

(J.  The  mos*  important  productions  of  Asiatic  Turkey,  are  wheat, 
barley,  cotton,  Inbacco,  silk,  ivine,  olives,  and  fruits ;  the  most  noted 
manufactures,  catpets  and  leather. 

Natolia. 

7.  Ilie  name  ofJVatolia  is  now  often  applied  to  the  whole  coun- 
try which  was  anciently  called  Asia  Minor,  and  which  is  a  large 
peninsula,  lying  between  the  Mediterranean  and  Black  sea.  But 
the  eastern  part  embraces  the  provinces  of  Car-a-ma'ni-a,  Rouin.  and 
Al-a-du'li-a. 

8.  The  surface  is  finely  diversified  by  mountains,  hills,  and  plains ; 
the  soil  is  generally  very  fertile,  and  tlic  climate  delightful. 

9.  Ki-u-td'jah  or  Ku-td'ieh  is  the  capital  of  Natolia  and  the  res- 
idence of  the  governor  or  beglerbeg ;  but  Smyr'na  is  the  largest 
town,  and  is  noted  for  its  great  antiquity,  for  its  commerce,  and  for 
being  the  centre  of  the  Levant  trade. 

10.  To-cat'  is  noted  as  the  centre  of  an  extensive  intericr  trade  ; 
An-go'ra,  for  goats'  hair  and  shawls  ;  Bur'sa,  for  having  once  been 
the  seat  of  the  Turkish  empire,  and  for  hot-baths  ;  Aph'i-om-Kar-a- 
his'sar,  for  carpets  and  trade  in  opium. 

11.  Scu-td'ri,  on  the  Bosphorus,  opposite  to  Constantinople,  is 
noted  as  the  rendezvous  of  the  caravans  of  Asia. ;  Sin'ob  or  Sin'o-pe, 
as  a  commercial  port  on  the  Black  sea ;  Gu-zel-his'sar,  as  a  tradmg 
town  on  the  Meinder. 

Syria. 

12.  Syria  lies  between  the  Mediterranean  sea  and  the  river  Eu- 
phrates, and  includes,  in  the  south,  the  country  of  Palestine. 

13.  The  surface  is  greatly  diversified ;  and  there  are  extensive 
deserts,  particularly  in  the  southeast ;  but  the  valleys  possess  great 
fertility 


2.  What  are  its  principal  modern  divisions  ?     3.  Rivers  and  lakes  ?     4 

Mountains?     5.  Islands?     6.  Productions'' 
7.  What  is  said  of  Natolia  ?     8.  Its  surface,  soil,  and  climate  ?     9.  Kiuta- 

jah  and  Smyrna?     10.  Tocat,  Angora,  &c.  ?    11.  Scutari,  Sinob, and 

Guzel-hissar.^    12.  Syria?    13.  Its  surface  ? 


TURKEY  IN  ASIA. 


157 


14.  A-kp'po  is  the  largest  city,  not  only  of  Syria,  but  of  Asiatic 
Turkey,  ana  is  reputed  the  most  regular  aiul  best  built.  It  is  noted 
for  its  manufactures  of  silk  and  cotton,  and  for  its  commerce,  which 
as  carried  on  by  caravans. 

15.  Da-mas'cus,  the  second  city  in  population  in  Asiatic  Turkey, 
and  one  of  the  most  ancient  on  the  globe,  is  noted  as  tlie  centre  of 
the  trade  of  Syria,  and  for  its  manufactures,  particularly  silks  and 
cotton  stuffs,  and  formerly  for  sabres. 

16.  Wi'mah  is  a  large  trading  town  on  the  Orontes  ;  Trip'o-li^  on 
the  ]\jedite-ranean ;  An'ti-och  is  noted  for  its  ancient  greatness ; 
Jlcre  (a'ker),  in  the  history  of  the  crusades  and  of  Bonaparte  ;  Jaffa^ 
as  the  port  of  Jerusalem;  Bal'hec9XiA  Pa/-myra,  for  their  magnificent 
rums  of  temples  and  other  edifices. 

17.  Je-ru'sa-lem,  anciently  the  capital  of  Palestine  or  Judea,  is  re- 
markable chiefly  in  modern  times. as  a  place  of  pilgrimage.  Chris- 
tian pilgrims  resort  to  it  to  visit  the  tomb  of  our  Savior,  and  Mahom- 
etans to  visit  the  famous  mosque  of  Omar. 

Armenia. 

18.  Armenia,  which  lies  in  the  northeast  of  Turkey,  is  generally 
a  mountainous  country,  having  fertile  and  delightful  valleys. 

19.  Er'ze-rum,  the  capital  of  Armenia,  situated  near  the  head  of 
the  Euphrates,  is  a  large  town,  built  mostly  of  stone  ;  and  TVei-t- 
sond'  is  a  considerable  trading  town  on  the  Black  sea. 

DiARBEKIR,   CURDISTAN,   AND    BaODAD. 

20.  This  part  of  Turkey  is  famous  for  being  the  country  which 
once  included  the  soats  of  the  Assyrian,  Babylonian,  and  Saracen 
empires. 

21.  The  surface  of  the  northern  parts  is  mountainous ;  but  in  the 
southern  parts,  and  on  the  Euphrates  and  Tigrig,  it  is  generally 
level. 

22.  Di-ar-he'kir,  the  capital  of  the  country  to  which  it  gives 
name,  is  noted  for  its  high  stone  walls,  and  for  commerce  and 
maimfactures ;  Our^fa  or  Or'fah,  for  trade  ;  Mer'din,  for  its  situa- 
tion on  the  top  of  a  rocky  mountain ;  Mosul,  for  trade  and  manu- 
factures. 

14.  What  is  said  of  Aleppo ?  15.  Damascus?  16.  Hamah,  Tripoli,  &c.^ 
17.  Jerusalem?     18.  Armenia?     19.  Erzerum  and  Trebisond ? 

20.  What  of  the  countries  of  Diarbekir,  Curdistan,  and  Bagdad  ?  21.  Sur- 
face ?    22.  Diarbekir,  Ourfa,  and  Merdin  ? 


See  Map  JVo.  X. — What  seas  border  on  Turkey  ? 

Haw  is  the  island  of  Cyprus  situated  ?     Rhodes  ?     Metelin  ? 

What  is  the  course  of  the  Euphrates  and  Tigris  ?     What  river  flows  into 
the  Black  sea  ?    The  Archipelago  ?    The  Mediterranean  ? 

How  is  Smyrna  situated  ?  Bursa?  Kiutajah?  Angora?  Tocat?  Sinob  .' 
Amasia  ?  Erzerum  ?  Diarbekir  ?  Aleppo  ?  Mosul  ?  Van  ?  Bag- 
dad ?  Bassorah  ?  Damascus  ?  What  towns  on  the  Mediterranean .' 
On  the  sea  of  Marmora  ?  The  Black  sea  ?  The  Meinder  ?  The 
Orontes  ?  The  Euphrates  ? 
14 


sea 
The  Tigris  ? 


(fi 


& 


158 


TURKEY  IN  ASIA. 


23.  Bagfdady  on  the  Tigris,  once  the  renowned  seat  of  the  Mi 
hometan  or  Saracen  caliphs,  and  one  of  the  most  eplendid  cities  in 
the  world,  is  said  to  have  contained  2,000,000  inhabitants.    It  is  now 
greatly  reduced  from  itn  ancient  grandeur,  though  it  is  still  a  city  of 
considerable  size  and  trade. 

24.  Bas-.so'rnhj  at  the  head  of  ship  navigation  on  the  Euphraten 
ia  noted  as  the  greatest  commercial  port  in  this  part  of  Asia ;  but  it 
is  only  partially  subject  to  Turkey. 


RUSSIA  IN  ASIA. 

1.  Russia  in  Asia  is  a  vast  country,  including  all  the  north  of 
Asia,  and  is  almost  twice  as  largo  as  all  Europe. 

2.  The  most  fertile  and  populous  portion  is  the  soutliwest  part, 
which  borders  on  the  Caspian  and  Black  seas,  and  is  watered  by  the 
rivers  Volga^  Don,  Ural,  and  Kur,  embracing  the  countries  of  Cir- 
cassia  and  Georgia,  and  including  the  rango  of  the  Caucasian  Moun- 
tains. 

3.  Cir-cas'si-a  and  Geor'gi-a  are  celebrated  particularly  for  the 
beauty  of  their  females,  who  are  often  made  an  object  of  traffic,  and 
are  purchased  to  supply  the  eastern  seraglios. 

4.  As-tra-can',  situated  on  the  Volga,  is  the  largest  town  in  Asiatic 
Russia,  and  is  distinguished  for  commerce,  which  it  carries  on  by 
means  of  the  Volga  and  the  Caspian  sea. 

,5.  Orcn-hurg,  on  the  Ural,  is  noted  for  trade  ;  Te/^/i*,  the  capital 
of  Georgia,  for  warm-baths ;  Bil'ku  (a  town  on  the  Caspian  sea, 
which  formerly  belonged  to  Porsia),  for  fountains  of  naptha  or  pure 
rock  oil,  which,  by  its  inflammability,  exhihlto  ihe  phenomenon  called 
the  everlasting Jire,  before  which  the  Gue'bres  offer  up  their  suppli- 
cations. 

Siberia. 

6.  Siberia  forms  the  principal  part  of  Asiatic  Russia,  and  is  one 
of  the  most  forlorn  and  desolate  regions  on  tlie  globe. 

7.  The  Uralian  Mountains  form  the  western  limit,  the  Al-t&'i 
or  M-t&'ian  Mountains  tlie  southern  ;  and  the  mountainous  and  dreary 
peninsula  of  Kamt-schat'ka  is  in  the  eastern  part. 

8.  A  characteristic  feature  of  the  country  consists  in  its  immense 
steppes,  or  vast  elevated  plains,  which  constitute  a  great  part  of  its  sur- 
face, and  are  often  sandy  and  often  marshy,  and  abound  in  salt  lakes. 

9.  The  three  great  rivers  (yhy,  Yen-e-sei'  (yen-e-se'),  and  LenOf 
are  some  of  the  largest  in  Asia ;  but  these,  as  well  as  the  other 
principal  rivers,  flow  into  the  Arctic  ocean,  the   shores  of  which 

28.  What  is  said  of  Bagdad  ?    24.  Bassorah  ? 

Russia  in  Asia. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Russia  in  Asia  ? 
2.  Which  is  the  most  fertile  and  populous  part?    3.  What  is  said  of  Cir- 
cassia  and  Georgia?    4.  What  is  said  of  Astracan?     5.  Orenburg, 
Teflis,  and  Baku  ?    6.  Siberia  ?    7.  Mountains  ? 
8.  What  is  a  characteristic  feature  ?    9.  What  rivers  ? 


arc  barred 
its  situation 
parts  of  the 

10.  The 
rugged  moi 
linie  jcenei 

11.  The 
and  its  nor 
barren. 

12.  The 
per,  had,  ai 
(feer  and/u 

13.  The 
barbarous 
}(Mesf,  ant 

14.  To-l 
and  03  a  pi 
inals. 

15.  Ki-i 
centre  oft 


10.  What  1 
tant!' 


Ste  Map 
What  cape 
What  seas  > 
What  river 

on  t 
What  moui 
What  porti 

Oby 

r  kc 

See  Ma 
Tef 


IG8  in 
8  now 
ityof 

irate.i. 


RUSSIA  IN  ASIA. 


159 


are  barred  by  almost  perpetual  ice.  This  country  is,  therefore,  by 
its  situation,  excluded  from  much  communication  with  tliu  improved 
parts  of  the  world. 

10.  The  principal  lake  i  iiat  o*"  Jid'i-kalf  which  is  enclosnd  by 
rugged  mountains,  and  Hurrounded  by  the  most  picturesque  and  uub- 
linie  jcenery. 

11.  The  climate,  both  by  reason  of  the  elevation  of  the  country 
and  its  northern  situation,  is  extremely  cold  ;  and  the  soil  is  mostly 
barren. 

12.  The  most  important  natural  productions  are  gold,  silver,  cop- 
per, lead,  and  tron,  found  in  the  Altai  mountains  ;  and  also  the  rein- 
deer and  furs. 

13.  The  greater  part  of  the  inhalntantsofSil,,  da.  consist  of  native 
barbarous  tribes,  some  of  which  are  tlie  Bu'rats,  Sam-o-ides',  Ya- 
kotUes',  and  Moiiguls. 

14.  To-holsk',  the  capital  of  Siberia,  is  famous  for  its  fur  trade, 
and  as  a  place  of  banishment  for  Russian  state  prisoners  and  crim- 
inals. 

15.  Ki-akh'ta,  on  the  bordors  of  Russia  and  China,  is  noted  as  the 
centre  of  trade  and  conimunicatiun  between  the  two  empires. 


,j  >• 


%  *.*1 


■•  V. 


10.  What  lake  ?     11.  Climate  and  soil?     12.   Productions? 
tantH?     14.  Tobolsk?     15.  Kiakhta? 


13.  Inhabi- 


See 
What 
What 
What 

What 
What 


See 


Map  of  Asia. — Whnt  ir.land  lies  northwest  of  Siberia  ? 

cape  on  the  north  ?     V/liat  strait  on  the  northeast  ? 

seas  on  the  east  ?     Where  is  Kamtschatka  ?     Lake  Baikal  ? 

rivers  flow  hito  the  Arctic  ocean  ?    What  rivers  and  seas  are  in  or 

on  the  borders  of  the  southwest  part  of  Russia  m  Asia? 

mountains  are  on  tlie  south  of  Siberia  ?    What  ones  on  tlie  west? 

portion  of  Siberia  lies  in  tlie  frigid  zone  ?     What  towns  arc  on  the 

Oby  ?    The   Yenisei?     The   Lena?     How  is   Kiakhta  situated? 

r  koutsk  ?    Kol-i-van'  ?    Tobolsk  ?    Orenburg  ?     Astracan  ? 

Map  JVo.  X. — Where   are  the   Caucasian  mountains?     How  is 
Teflis  situated  ?    Er-i-van' '    What  towns  on  the  Caspian  sea  ? 


)li 


1.1 


IM 


I' 


•i 


ARABIA. 

ARABIA. 

Mecca. 


1.  Arabia  is  a  large  peninsula,  situated  in  the  southwest  corner  of 
Asia,  and  connected  witli  Africa  by  tlio  isthmus  of  Su'ez.  It  con- 
Bists  chiefly  of  vast,  barren,  sandy  deserts,  having  little  water,  and 
no  larpfe  rivers  or  lakes. 

2.  The  ancients  divided  Arabia  into  three  parts,  namely,  A-ra'H-a 
Pe-tr(B'a  or  Stoni/,  in  the  northwest,  partly  rocky  and  mountainous ; 
A-ra'bi-a  Fe'lix  or  Hapwj,  in  the  south,  the  most  fertile  part ;  A-ra'- 
hi-a  De-ser'ta  or  the  Desert,  in  the  middle  and  north,  consisting 
mostly  of  deserts  of  sand. 

3.  The  modern  divisiojis  are  Heds'jas,  Ic'mcn,  Had-ra-mauV y 
Om'an,  JSTedsfjed,  and  Lach'sa  (lak'sa). 

4.  The  general  aspect  of  most  of  Arabia  is  that  of  a  vast,  dry,  bar- 
ren desert  of  sand,  interspersed  occasionally  with  o'a-ses  or  fertile 
spots,  and  intersected  by  some  mountains  of  moderate  elevation. 

5.  Mounts  Si'nai  and  Ho'reh,  which  arc  summits  of  the  same 
range,  are  situated  between  the  two  north  branches  of  the  Red  sea, 
and  are  memorable  for  events  recorded  in  the  Bible. 

6.  The  Bah-rHn'  islands,  in  the  Persian  gulf,  on  the  east  coast  of 
Arabia,  have  been  long  noted  for  their  pearl  fishery. 

7.  The  climate  in  the  sandy  deserts  is  excessively  hot,  and  sub- 
ject to  a  pestiferous  wind  called  tlie  Sa'mi-el  or  Si-moorti',  which 
often  causes  suffocation  and  death.  Whole  caravans  •are  sometimes 
buried  by  moving  clouds  of  sand  agitated  by  wind. 

Arabia. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Arabia  ?  2.  What  were  its  ancient  divis- 
ions ?  3.  Modern  divisions  ?  4.  Aspect  of  the  counlry  ?  5.  Moua* 
tains  ?    G.  Islands  ?    7.  Climate  ? 


8.  S( 
datet^je 

}).  Tl 
Arabia! 
the  mof 
of  the 
6  or  8 

10.  1 
middle 
ancholy 
were  ci 


18. 


I 


ARADIA. 


161 


8.  Some  of  tho  most  celebrated  productions  of  Arabia  arc  c.oJfe«f 
dates,  gum  arabicy  balsam,  frankincense^  and  myrrh. 

{).  The  inoHt  noted  animald  arc  tho  fwrse  and  tho  camel.  The 
Arabian  horses  aro  celebrated  for  their  swiflnoss  and  beauty ;  but 
tho  most  useful  animal  is  tho  camel,  which  has  been  styled  the  "ship 
of  the  desert,"  and  can  carry  800  or  1,000  pounds'  weight,  uuU  travel 
(J  or  8  days  without  water. 

10.  The  Jirahs,  who  boast  of  their  descent  from  Ishmael,  aro  of 
middle  stature  and  brown  complexion.  They  have  a  grave  and  mel- 
ancholy air,  and  seldom  laugh  or  weep.  In  the  middle  ages,  they 
were  called  Saracens,  and  were  distinguished  for  learning ;  but  thoy 
are  now  illiterate  and  barbarous.  They  form  a  vast  number  of  inde- 
pendent tribes. 

11.  The  genuine  Arabs  of  the  desert,  Avho  arc  styled  Bed-ou-ina', 
Bed-o-weens,  or  Bed-ou-M  ^rabs,  dwell  in  tents,  lead  a  v.andering 
life,  and  are  robbers  by  profession  ;  yet  they  aro  distinguished  foi 
their  hospitality  to  those  who  confide  in  their  friendship  and  honor. 

12.  The  frovemment  of  Arabia  is  patriarchal,  the  authority  of  tlie 
chief  over  his  tribe  being  that  of  a  father  over  his  family. 

13.  The  Arabic  language  is  copious  and  expressive,  and  is  one  of 
the  most  extensively  oiifused  languages  in  the  world,  being  spoken 
in  a  large  part  of  Asia  and  Africa. 

14.  Arabia  was  the  birth-place  of  the  famous  impostor  Ma'ho-met^ 
or  Mo-ham'med,  and  it  is  still  the  centre  of  his  religion  ;  but  within 
the  last  50  years,  a  great  part  of  the  country  has  been  overrun  by  the 
Wd'ha-bees,  a  new  sect  of  Mahometan  reformers. 

15.  Mec'ca,  the  most  celebrated  city  of  Arabia,  is  situated  in  a 
dry,  barren  country,  about  40  miles  from  tiie  Red  sea.  It  is  famous 
for  being  tho  birth-place  of  Mahomet,  and  for  being  a  resort  of  pil- 
grims from  all  parts  of  the  Mahometan  world. 

16.  Me-di'na  is  noted  for  containing  the  tomb  of  Mahomet,  on  ac- 
count of  which  it  is  regarded  by  Mahometans  a  holy  city,  as  well  as 
Mecca ;  though  not  so  much  visited  by  pilgrims. 

17.  The  two  principal  commercial  ports  are  Mo'cha,  near  tJie  strait 
of  Babelmandel,  famous  for  coffee  ;  and  Mus'ccU  or  Mas'catj  the 
chief  town  of  Oman,  in  the  southeast. 

18.  Sd'na,  the  capital  of  Yemen,  is  noted  as  one  of  the  largest 
towns  ;  Jid'da,  as  the  port  of  Mecca ;  Jam'bo,  as  the  port  of  Plemna. 

8.  What  is  said  of  its  productions  ?    9.  Animals  ?     10.  What  is  said  of 

the  Arabs  ?     11.  What  of  the  Bedouin  Arabs  ?     12.  Government  ? 

13.  Arabic  language  .'     14.  Religion?     15.  Mecca.?     16.  Medina  ? 

17.  What  are  the  principal  ports  ?    18.  What  is  said  of  Sana,  Jidda,  and 

Jambo .' 


See  Map  JVo.  X. — What  seas  and  gulfs  border  on  Arabia? 
Where  is  the  strait  of  Babelmandel  ?    Where  Cape  Rasalgat  ?    The  Bah- 
rein islands  ?    The  river  Aftan  ?     Where  is  Arabia  Petraea  ?     Ara- 
bia  Felix?     Arabia   Deserta?    Where  is  Yemen?    Hadramaut.'' 
Oman  ?     Lachsa  ?     Hedsjas  ?    Mount  Sinai  ?     How  is  Mecca  sit- 
uated ?     Medina  ?     Muscat  ?    Mocha  ?     Sana  ? 
What  towns  on  the  Red  sea  ?    What  ones  on  the  southeast  coast  ? 
14* 


■■a  #4 


.;  -(f: 


!'    '        ' '  J  1      ■  j| 


1/M 


:c 


INDEPENDENT  TARTAR?. 


INDEPENDENT  TARTARY. 


>> 


1.  Independent  Tartary  is  an  extensive  country,  comprising  the 
western  part  of  Central  Asia,  and  extending  from  Chinese  Tartary 
on  the  east,  to  the  Caspian  sea  on  the  west.  It  is  inhabited  by  va- 
rious independent  tribes  ;  and  is  a  region  but  little  known. 

2.  A  great  part  of  the  country  consists  of  immense  steppes  or 
elevated  sandy  deserts ;  though  it  contains  some  very  fertile  dis- 
tricts. 

3.  The  Altai  Mountains  lie  on  the  north,  and  the  Belur  Tagh 
Mountains,  a  branch  of  the  Himmaleh  range,  in  the  southeast. 

4.  The  Caspian  Sea,  which  lies  on  the  west,  is  upwards  of  600 
miles  in  length,  and  the  sea  or  lake  of  Aral,  250.  They  have  no 
communication  with  the  ocean,  and  their  waters  are  salt. 

5.  The  two  principal  rivers  are  the  Jihon  and  the  Sir  or  Sihon. 

6.  The  inhabitants  consist  of  various  tribes  of  Tartars,  as  the  Us'- 
hecks,  Kir'ghi-ses,  CaVmucs,  Tur'co-mans,  &c.,  who  are  Mahometans, 
and  a  great  part  of  whom  lead  a  wandering  and  pastoral  life. 

7.  This  region  includes  Great  Buk-ha'ri-a,  Tur-kes-tan' ,  and 
Char'asm ;  but  the  most  important  country  is  Great  Bukharia,  which 
lies  in  the  southeast,  and  much  of  which  is  fertile  and  populous. 

8.  Buk-hd'ri-a  or  Bok'a-ra,  surnamed  by  the  Orientals  the  Sci- 
entific, the  capital  city  of  Great  Bukharia,  is  pleasantly  situated  on 
the  Sogd,  contains  the  palace  of  the  Khan,  and  is  noted  as  a  seat  of 
Mahometan  learning. 

9.  Sam-ar-cand! ,  situated  on  the  Sogd,  is  a  city  famous  in  history, 
as  the  capital  of  the  great  conqueror  Tamerlane  or  Timur  Bee, 
whose  tomb  is  still  to  be  seen  here  ;  and  it  is  also  noted  for  its  Ma- 
hometan colleges. 

10.  Tash-kund' J  on  the  Sir,  is  one  of  the  largest  towns  in  Turkes- 
tan. 


I 


PERSIA. 

1.  Persia  formerly  extended  from  the  river  Tigris  on  the  west, 
to  the  Indus  on  the  east ;  but  it  is  now  much  reduced  in  size,  as 

Independent  Tartary. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Independent  Tartary? 
2.  What  of  the  surface?    3.  Mountains?    4.  Seas  or  lakes?    5. 
Rivers?    6.  Inhabitants?    7.  What  divisions  or  countries ? 
fl.  What  is  said  of  Bukharia  ?     9.  Samarcand  ?     10.  Tashkund  ? 

Persia. — 1.  What  is  said  of  the  extent  of  Persia  ? 


I 
f 


See  Map  JVo.  X. — What  5ea  lies  west  of  Independent  Tartary  ? 
Where  is  the  sea  or  lake  o'/Aral?     What  rivers  flow  into  it? 
Wliat  mountains  are  between  Independent  Tartary  and  Chinese  Tartary  f 
How  is  Bukharia  situated  ?     Samarcand?    Tashkund?     What  towns  Etre 
on  the  Sihon  ?     The  Sir  ? 


m%. 


PERSIA. 


168 


as 


large  countries  in  the  eastern  part  have  been  separated  from  it  •, 
and  considerable  districts  in  the  northwest  have  been  annexed  to 
Russia. 

2.  It  is  generally  an  elevated  and  mountainous  country,  having 
few  rivers,  and  much  of  it  suffers  for  want  of  water.  The  middle 
and  southern  parts  are  almost  entirely  destitute  of  trees. 

3.  Nearly  one  third  of  the  country  has  been  computed  to  consist 
of  deserts,  salt  lakes,  and  marshes,  and  another  third  of  barren  mouik- 
tains. 

4.  Several  of  the  deserts  are  of  great  extent ;  and  the  Great  Sait 
Desert,  in  the  central  part,  is  more  than  300  miles  in  length. 

5.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Karasu,  Aras,  and  Tedzen.  The 
country  abounds  in  salt,  and  there  are  many  salt  lakes,  the  largest 
of  which  are  those  of  Urmia  and  Zereh. 

6.  The  soil  of  the  parts  that  are  well  watered  is  very  fertile  ;  and 
some  of  the  plains,  particularly  those  of  Shiraz  and  Ispahan,  are  cel- 
ebrated for  their  beauty  and  luxuriance.  The  country  in  the  north 
is  also  very  fertile. 

7.  The  climate  in  the  south  is  very  hot ;  in  the  elevated  and  north- 
ern parts,  cold. 

8.  Some  of  the  principal  productions  and  exports  are  corn,  rice,  to- 
bacco, silk,  cotton,  carpets,  pearls,  drugs,  AeViciovis  fruits  and  toines. 

9.  The  Persians  are  reputed  the  most  polite  and  most  learned  of 
the  Oriental  nations  ;  but  are  represented  as  greatly  addicted  to 
dissimulation  and  flattery,  and  as  being  exceedingly  treacherous  and 
avaricious. 

10.  The  cities  of  Persia  are  generally  surrounded  by  a  mud  wall ; 
the  streets  very  narrow  and  dirty ;  the  houses  mostly  mean,  of 
only  one  story,  and  without  windows  ;  those  of  tlie  common  people 
built  of  mud  or  clay  ;  and  those  of  the  higher  orders  of  brick.  Most 
of  the  cities  that  were  once  celebrated  for  their  size  and  splendor, 
are  now  in  a  state  of  decay. 

11.  Te-he-ran',  or  Tth-rdun',  the  present  capital,  has  a  low  situ- 
ation and  mean  appearance,  and  contains  no  edifice  of  much  impor- 
tance, except  the  royal  palace. 

12.  Is-pa-han',  the  late  capital,  and  a  celebrated  city,  was  fonner- 
ly  one  of  the  largest  and  most  splendid  in  the  east^  and  by  some 
represented  to  contain  a  million  of  inhabitants.      I'hough  greatly 

2.  What  is  said  of  the  country  ?  3.  What  proportion  of  it  is  covered  with 
deserts  and  mountains?  4.  What  is  said  of  the  Great  Salt  De«ert? 
5.  What  rivers  and  lakes  ?  6.  Whal  ii  said  of  the  soil  ?  7.  Climate? 
8.  Productions  and  exports?  9.  Persians?  10.  Cities?  11.  Te- 
heran ?     12.  Ispahan  ? 


Into 


See  Map  JSTo   X. — What  sea  lies  on  the  north  of  Persia  ? 
What  gulfs  on  the  south  ?     What  rivers  flow  into  the  Caspian  sear 

the  Persian  gulf?     What  lakes,  and  where  situated  ? 
Where  is  the  Great  Salt  Desert?     How  is  Tehcrau  situated?     Ispahan? 

Shira7  ?  Tabris  ?  Hamadan  ?  Ye^d  ?  Meschid  ?  Casbin  ?   Shuster  ? 
What  towns  on  the  Persian  gulf?    On  the  Caspian  sea? 


•i--  >.">*  -■■J 


v.-^f|| 


>^\  >-. 


■  i .  '.'■ 


&m 


ii 


i«i 


PERSIA. 


reduced,  it  has  now  extensive  manufactures,  and  is  the  centre  of  the 
interior  trade  of  Persia. 

13.  Shi-raz',  situated  between  Busliire  and  Ispahan,  has  an  exten- 
sive trade,  and  is  celebrated  for  its  situation  in  a  delightful  and  fer- 
tile plain,  for  its  delicious  wine,  and  for  the  tomb  of  the  Persian  poet 
Hqfiz. 

14.  Tah'ris  or  Tau'iis,  formerly  a  very  large  city,  but  now  much 
reduced,  is  noted  for  having  once  been  the  capital  of  Persia ;  Mcs'- 
chid,  for  the  tomb  of  the  caliph  Ilaroun  al  Raschid,  and  as  a  place 
of  pilgrimage  ;  Yezd^  as  an  emporium  of  trade  ;  Ham-a-dan' ,  for  oc- 
cupying the  supposed  site  of  the  ancient  Ec-bat'a-na ;  Svl-ta'ni-a^ 
as  the  summer  residence  of  the  king ;  Cas'bin  and  Ca-shan',  as 
places  of  considerable  manufactures  and  trade. 

15.  The  two  principal  seaports  are  Bu-shirc'  and  Gom-broon' ;  but 
a  considerable  part  of  the  foreign  commerce  of  Persia  is  carried  on 
tlirough  Bas-soh'ofi ;  the  principal  commercial  intercourse  with  the 
country,  however,  is  by  caravans. 


Terrestij 
shawls. 
7.  Lc 
for  haviij 
former 
Thebes  | 
side  of  i 
City  of 
around 
empire. 

8.  Be 
connect 

9.  T| 

sandy 


AFGHANISTAN,  or  CABULISTAN. 

1.  This  is  a  modern  division  of  Asia,  formed  of  the  eastern  part 
of  Persia,  the  western  part  of  Hindostan,  and  the  southern  part  of 
Tartary  ;  and  it  is  sometimes  called  EaMem  Persia,  the  kingdom  of 
Can-da-har'j  or  of  Cafbul. 

2.  It  comprises  countries  which  have  been  known  by  different 
names,  and  the  inhabitants  consist  of  various  tribes  or  nations, 
the  principal  of  which  are  Hindoos,  Afghans,  Parsees,  Tartars,  and 
Belooches. 

3.  The  surface  is  greatly  diversified  by  extensive  sandy  deserte, 
mountains,  fertile  valleys,  and  plains. 

4  Tlifi  Hitmnaleh  Mountains  lie  in  the  northern  part,  and  the 
country  is  watered  by  the  Indus  and  its  branches,  and  other  smaller 
rivers. 

5.  Ca'bdx,  the  capital  of  Afghanistan  and  6f  a  province  of  the 
same  name,  carries  on  an  extensive  trade ;  but  the  houses  are 
meanly  built  with  rough  stones  and  clay  or  unburnt  bricks. 

C}.  Cash' mere,  the  capital  of  a  country  of  tlie  same  name,  is  situated 
in  an  extensive  and  delightful  valley,  which  has  been  styled  the 

13.  What  is  said  of  Sliiraz?     14.  What  other  chies,  and  for  what  noted  ? 
15.  What  are  the  principal  ports? 

AFGHANisTArf. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Afghanistan  .•" 
2.  What  is  said  of  the  inhabitants  ?    3.  Surface  ?     4.  Mountains  and  riv- 
ers.'   5.  Cabul?     6.  Cashmere? 


See  Map  JVo.  X. — What  rivers  water  the  eastern  part  of  Afghanistan  ? 
What  ones  the  western  part  ?  How  is  Cabul  situated  ?  Candahar .'' 
Cashmere?  Lahore?  Moul-tau'?  Pe-sha'wur?  Barnian?  He- 
rat?    Balk? 


i'J 


as 


AFGHANISTAN. 


165 


Terrestrial  Paradise,  and  is  famous  for  tlie  manufacture  of  beautiful 

shawls.  .    ,    /.  1      «  •!  ji 

7.  La-hore'  is  noted  for  being  now  the  capital  of  the  Seiks,  and 
for  having  once  been  the  capital  of  Hindostan ;  Can-da-har'y  as  the 
former  capital  of  Afghanistan  and  for  trade  ;  Bam-i-an',  styled  the 
Thebes  of  the  East,  for  its  apartments  carved  out  of  a  rock  in  the 
side  of  a  mountain  ;  He-rat',  for  commerce,  and  for  being  styled  the 
City  of  Roses,  from  the  abundance  of  these  flowers  in  tlie  country 
around  it ;  Balk,  for  having  anciently  been  the  capital  of  the  Persian 
empire. 

Beloochistan. 

8.  Beloochistan  lies  to  the  south  of  Afghanistan,  witli  which  it  is 
connected,  and  of  which  it  is  often  considered  as  forming  a  part. 

9.  The  surface  is  diversified  by  mountains,  plains,  and  extensive 
sandy  deserts. — The  chief  town  is  Ke-lat'. 


HINDOSTAN. 


Bannian  Tree, 


1.  Hin-dos-tan'  or  Hin-doos'tan,    called  also   India  within  tJu 
Ganges,  comprises,  in  its  most   extensive   sense,  all  the   country 

7.  What  other  cities,  and  for  what  noted  ? 

Beloochistan. — 8.  What  is  said  of  Beloochistan  ? 
9.  What  is  its  surface  and  chief  town  ? 

Hindostan. — 1.  What  are  the  extent  and  limits  of  Hindostan  ? 


See  Map  JVo.  X.— W\iat  rivers  are  in  Beloochistan  ?     In  what  part  is 
there  a  great  desert  ?     How  is  Kelat  situated  ' 


hi 

I-      ,       '  ■*',' 

mi 


>/e  ^.^^■■: 


.;?! 
''i> 


Jit',  .        .,1.  i-'    ■■•■..:■ 


fti^'l 


n 

m 


''iU 


t 
i 


'*1; 


^$^^ 

aK 


J 


■i„ 


IM 


HINDOSTAN. 


I 


south  of  the  Himmaleh  mojuntains,  and  east  of  the  river  Indus  ;  and 
it  consists,  in  great  part,  of  a  large  peninsula,  having  the  bay  of  Ben- 
gal' on  the  east,  and  the  Arabian  sea  on  the  west 

2.  It  consists  of  four  great  divisions  ;  1st,  Northern  Hindostan, 
which  comprises  Cash'mere  and  La-lwre?  on  the  west,  and  Boo-tan' 
and  JVe-pauV  on  the  east,  with  the  intermediate  provinces ;  2dly, 
Hindostan  Proper,  which  extends  as  far  south  as  the  river  Nerbud- 
dah  on  the  west  side,  and  nearly  to  the  town  of  Bal-a-sore'  on  the 
east ;  3dly,  the  Dedcan,  embracing  the  country  between  the  Ner-» 
buddah  and  the  Kistna ;  4thly,  Soviheni  Hindostan  or  the  Peninsula, 
including  the  part  south  of  the  Kistna. 

3.  These  limits  embrace  a  number  of  independent  states,  which 
are  governed  by  Hindoo  chiefs  ;  but  the  most  of  the  country  is  in 
tlie  possession  of  tlie  British. 

4.  Hindostan  is  esteemed  the  richest  and  most  beautiful  country 
of  Asia,  and  is,  next  to  China,  the  most  populous.  It  contains  many 
large  cities,  and  abounds  in  various  important  productions. 

5.  It  is  separated  from  Thibet  on  tlie  north,  by  the  Him-md'leh 
Mountains ;  and  mountainous  ranges,  called  Eastern  and  Western 
Ghauts,  extend  on  both  sides  of  the  peninsula,  towards  the  south. 

6.  The  three  great  rivers  are  the  Ganges,  Brah-ma-poo' tra,  and 
In'du^.  Other  considerable  rivers  are  the  Cauve'nf,  Kistna,  Go- 
dav'e-ry,  JVer-bud'dah,  Set'ledge,  and  the  branches  of  the  Ganges. 

7.  'J^he  Ganges,  the  largest  river  of  Hindostan,  and  one  of  the 
largest  in  Asia,  rises  in  the  Himmaleh  mountains,  and  after  a 
course  of  more  than  2,000  miles,  flows  into  the  bay  of  Bengal  by 
many  mouths.  The  Delta  of  the  river,  or  the  country  bordering  on 
its  mouths  subject  to  inundation,  is  about  200  miles  long,  and  200  broad. 

8.  The  Brah-ma'poo'tra  or  Bur-ram-poo' ter  rises  near  the  source 
of  the  Ganges,  flows  on  the  other  siae  of  the  mountains,  and  is 
about  as  long  as  the  Ganges.  These  rivers,  after  having  separated 
from  each  other  to  the  distance  of  1,200  miles,  unite  their  waters, 
and  flow  together  into  the  bay  of  Bengal. 

9.  The  In'dus  is  the  great  river  of  the  western  part  of  India,  and 
it  is  from  this  river  that  tlie  name  of  India  is  derived. 

10.  The  surface  in  the  northern  part  bordering  on  the  Himmaleh 
chain,  is  mountainous ;  but  the  rest  of  the  country,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  the  mountainous  ranges  towards  the  south,  is  generally  very 
level,  or  moderately  uneven ;  and  the  soil  of  a  great  proportion  ex- 
ceedingly fertile. 

11.  The  climate  in  the  northern  parts  is  temperate ;  but  in  the 
middle  and  southern,  heat  predominates  ;  and,  during  a  part  of  the 
year,  it  is  very  great 

12.  In  the  country  south  of  the  tropic,  the  monsoons  prevail,  which 
are  periodical  winds,  blowing  one  half  of  tlie  year  from  one  direc- 
tion, and  the  other  half,  from  the  opposite  direction. 


2.  Of  what  four  divisions  does  it  consist  ?  3.  What  is  their  political  con- 
dition ?  4.  What  is  said  of  Hindostan  ?  5.  What  mountains  ?  6. 
Rivers  ?  7.  What  is  said  of  the  Ganges  ?  8.  Brahmapootra  ?  9, 
Indus  ?    10.  Surface  ?    11.  Climate  ?     12.  Monsoons  ? 


HINDOSTAN. 


167 


13.  Rice  is  the  article  of  produce  which  is  most  extensively  culti-^ 
valed,  and  which  affords  the  principal  article  of  food  to  the  inhabi- 
tants. 

14.  Some  of  the  principal  articles  of  produce  and  export,  besides 
rice,  are  cotton,  indigo.,  saltpetre,  opium,  sUk,  sugar,  precious  stones^ 
and  fruits. 

15.  The  diamond  mines,  particularly  those  of  Gol-con'da,  have 
been  long  cei«^brated  ;  but  they  have  now  ceased  to  be  very  valua- 
ble. 

16.  The  staple  manufacture  is  that  of  cotton  .;  other  principal  man- 
ufactures are  those  of  silk,  wool,  leather,  and  saltpetre. 

17.  The  commerce  is  very  great,  and  is  carried  on  chiefly  by  the 
English,  and  to  some  extent  by  the  people  of  the  United  States. 

18.  Some  of  the  most  useful  trees  in  Hindostan  are  the  cocoa-nut 
tree,  which  affords  an  important  article  of  food,  and  the  bamboo,  of 
which  a  great  part  of  the  houses  and  furniture  in  India  are  made. 
The  betel  is  a  plant  extensively  used  as  an  article  of  luxury. 

19.  The  Bannian  Tree,  or  Indian  fig-tree,  is  one  of  the  most  cu- 
rious and  beautiful  of  the  productions  of  nature.  The  branches 
strike  down  roots,  and  thus  form  stems  or  trunks,  so  that  each  tree 
is  itself  a  grove.  On  an  island  in  the  Nerbuddah,  near  Baroach, 
there  is  a  famous  tree  of  this  specieta,  which  has  3,000  trunks  or 
stems,  many  of  them  large,  and  it  is  said  to  afford  room  for  7,000 
people  to  repose  under  its  shade. 

20.  The  great  mass  of  the  inhabitants  are  Hindoos ;  about  one 
eighth  part  are  computed  to  be  Mahometans ;  and  there  are  also 
some  Parsees,  Jews,  and  Christians. 

21.  One  of  the  most  striking  features  in  the  character  of  the  Hin- 
doos, is  the  permanency  of  their  religion  and  customs,  in  which  there 
has  been  little  alteration  since  the  state  of  India  was  first  known. 
Their  food  consists  chiefly  of  rice,  milk,  and  vegetables. 

22.  They  are  divided  into  four  casts,  namely,  1st,  Bramins  or 
priests ;  2d,  soldiers ;  3d,  agriculturists  and  merchants  ;  4th,  laborers. 
These  casts  are  kept  entirely  distinct,  and  are  not  permitted  to  in- 
termarry. 

2-3.  The  religion  of  the  Hindoos  is  a  cruel  and  degrading  super- 
stition, which  is  artfully  interwoven  with  almost  every  action  of  life. 
Ablution  in  the  Ganges  and  other  rivers  which  are  esteemed  holy, 
and  pilgrimage  to  holy  places,  are  much  practised  as  religious  du- 
ties. 

24.  The  fakirs  are  a  kind  of  religious  monks  or  beggars,  who  oflen 
mflict  upon  themselves  the  severest  sufferings. 

25.  The  practice  of  burning  laidows  on  the  funeral  piles  of  their 
deceased  husbands,  is  one  of  the  barbarous  rites  of  the  Hindoo  reli- 
gion. These  sacrifices,  which  are  called  Suttees,  were  abolished,  in 
1830,  by  an  act  of  the  English  government. 

13.  What  is  said  of  rice  ?     14.  Productions  ?     15.  Diamond  mines  ?     16. 

Manufactures.'     17.  Commerce.'     18.  What  useful  trees  .' 
19.  What  is  said  of  the  bannian  tree?     20.  Inhabitants?     21.  Hindoos? 

22.  Casts  ?    2'i.  Religion  ?    24.  Fakirs  ?    25.  Burning  of  widows  ? 


'^''.■■ii 


*j 


:  ■,  ..V  ^ 

'Mr 


%^  ^^{-iVS^'^f 


hwr 


^Vii,.:.!i 


-m.  n 


168 


HINDOSTAN. 


li 


H 


26  Hindostan  abounds  more  tlian  almost  any  other  country  in 
houses  appropriated  to  reUgious  uses,  which  are  called  pagodas  or 
temples,  and  most  of  which  have  a  miserable  appearance  ;  but  some 
of  them  are  large  and  splendid. 

27.  The  pagoda  qfJug'gev'nauthy  tlie  most  celebrated  place  of 
Hindoo  worship,  is  said  to  be  visited  annually  by  as  many  as  a  mil- 
lion of  pilgrims,  a  great  part  of  whom  die  on  their  pilgrimage. 

28.  Christianity  has  existed  to  a  small  extent,  in  Hindostan,  from 
a  very  early  period  ;  and,  within  a  few  years,  numerous  missionary 
stntions  and  churches  have  been  formed,  and  an  English  bishopric 
has  boon  established  at  Calcutta.  The  most  important  missionary 
station  is  that  of  the  Baptist  missionaries  at  Ser-am-pore' . 

29.  The  cities  of  Hindoctan  are  generally  built  on  one  plan,  hav- 
ing very  narrow  and  crooked  streets,  with  numerous  gardens  and 
reservoirs  for  water.  Some  of  the  houses  are  of  brick,  others  of  mud, 
and  more  of  bamboos  and  mats. 

30.  Cal-cut'ta,  the  capital  of  Bengal  and  of  all  British  India,  is 
situated  on  the  Hoogly,  one  of  the  mouihs  of  tlie  Ganges,  about  100 
miles  from  the  sea,  and  is  a  place  of  great  commerce.  The  houses 
belonging  to  the  English  are  splendidly  built  of  brick  ;  but  the  most 
of  the  houses  of  the  natives  are  mud  cottages. 

31.  Bom-bay',  on  an  island  near  the  Avesteru  coast,  and  Ma-dras', 
on  the  southeastern  coast,  are  the  two  other  principal  seats  of  British 
power  and  commerce. 

32.  Del'hi  and  Agra  were  each  of  them  formerly  the  capitals  of 
the  Mogul  empire,  r;.nd  very  large  and  populous ;  but  they  are  now 
greatly  reduced  from  their  ancient  magnificence. 

33.  Be-nd'ns,  which  is  rich,  populous,  and  commercial,  is  noted 
as  a  holy  city  of  the  Hindoos,  and  the  chief  seat  of  their  learning ; 
Al-la-ha-had' ,  at  the  confluence  oi  the  Ganges  and  Jumna,  as  the 
most  celebrated  place  of  Hindoo  ablution. 

34.  Su-raf,  on  the  western  coast,  is  noted  for  commerce  ;  Oo-jeinf, 
as  the  first  meridian  of  Hindoo  geographers  ;  Poo'nah,  as  the  capital 
of  the  Mahratta  chief;  Dnc'ca,  for  muslins ;  Ser-in-gap-a-tam' ,  for 
the  splendid  mausoleum  of  Hyder  Ali. 

35.  Goa,  on  the  western  coasi,  once  a  large  commercial  city,  is 
the  capital  of  the  Portuguese  settlements  in  India  ;  Pon-di-cher'ry, 
on  the  southeast  coast,  and  Chan-dej--na-gorc',  on  the  Hoogly,  are  the 
chief  places  of  the  French  settlements  ;  and  Tran-que-bai-'  and  Ser- 
am-pore',  of  the  Danish  settlements. 

30.  Ceylon  (se-lon',  or  se'lon),  a  large  and  valuable  island  lying 
near  tlie  south  end  of  Hindo'^  tan,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  the 
gulf  of  Ma-naar',  belongs  to  Great  Britain. 

37.  It  has  a  very  fertile  «oi7,  and  its  climate  is  healthy,  and  more 

26.  What  is  said  of  the  pagodas  and  temples  ?  27.  Jufijfifernauth  ?  28. 
Christianity.?  29.  Cities .'  30  Calcutta.'  .31.  Bombay  and  Ma- 
dras? 32.  Delhi  and  Agia  .>  83,  Benares  and  Allahabad.'  34, 
Sural,  Oojein,  &c. .' 

85.  What  are  the  chief  places  of  the  Portuguese,  French,  and  Danish  set- 
tlements .'  36.  What  i«i  said  of  Cej  (on  .'  37.  What  of  its  soil,  cli- 
mate, and  productions  ^ 


HINDOSTAN. 


169 


teiiiperate  than  that  of  Hindostan ;  and  it  is  celebrated  particular!/ 
for  its  excellent  cinnamon,  and  has  valuable  pearl  Jisheries. 

38.  In  the  interior  of  the  island  there  is  a  remarkable  mountain, 
called  AdarrCs  Peak,  to  which  pilgrimages  are  often  made  by  the  na- 
tives, who  have  a  tradition,  that  from  this  place  Mam  took  his  last 
view  of  paradise  ;  and  that  Bvddtm,  on  his  first  visit  to  the  island, 
left  here  the  mark  of  his  foot. 

39.  This  island  is  called  Cingala  by  the  natives,  who  are  hence 
often  denominated  Cin-ga-lest'. 

40.  Some  of  the  principal  towns  are  Co-lom'hoy  Pointe  de  GaUe, 
Trin-com-a-heff  and  Can'dy. 


ior 


CHIN-INDIA,  OR  FARTHER  INDIA. 

The  Elephant. 


1.  Chin-India,  or  Farther  India,  is  an  extensive  region,  which 
lies  in  tlie  southeast  of  Asia,  having   Thibet   and   China  on   the 

88.  What  is  said  of  Adam's  Peak  ?     39.  What  is  Ceylon  called  by  the  na- 
tives ?     40.  What  towns  ? 

Chin-India. — 1.  What  are  the  situation  and  boundaries  of  Chin-India? 


See  Map  JVo.  X. — How  is  the  island  of  Ceylon  situated  ?  Cape  Cora- 
orin  ?  The  Laccadive  islands  ?  On  which  side  of  Hindostan  is  the 
coast  of  Malabar  ?  Coromandel  ?  What  gulfs  on  the  west  side  of 
Hindostan  ?    Where  are  the  Hinimaleh  mountains  ?    The  Ghauts? 

What  is  the  course  of  the  Ganges  ?     The  Indus  ?     The  Brahmapootra? 

What  other  rivers  flow  into  the  bay  of  Bengal  ? 

What  rivers  of  Hindostan  flow  into  the  Arabian  sea  ?  What  are  the  prin- 
cipal brnnches  of  the  Ganges  ?  How  is  Calcutta  situated  ?  Delhi  ? 
Benares  ?  Dacca  ?  Agra  ?  Bombay  ?  Surat  ?  Madras  ?  Goa  f 
Poonah  ?  Oojcin?  Aurungabad  ?  Nagpoor  ?  Hydrabad  ?  Pon- 
dicherry  ? 

What  towns  in  the  southwest  part  of  Ceylon?     What  ones  in  the  north  t 
What  towns  on  the  Ganges?     What  ones  on  the  eastern  coast  of 
Hindostan  ?    On  the  western  ? 
15 


'■  •  '  ■  i'M   in 


170 


CHIN-INDTA. 


|r 


1 4 


north,  the  Chinese  sea  east,  and  the  strait  of  Malacca,  the  bay  of 
Bengal,  and  Hindostan,  soutliwesi. 

2.  This  region  has  been  designated  by  various  terms,  as  the  Pen- 
itutula  beyond  the  Ganges,  the  Farther  Peninsula,  India  beyond  the 
Ganges,  and  Farther  India ;  and  by  Malte-Brun,  it  is  styled  C%tH- 
India,  being  an  India  resembling  China,  or  having  Chinese  features. 

3.  It  comprehends  the  Birman  Empire,  the  peninsula  of  Ma-lac'- 
ca,  and  the  kingdoms  of  Siam,  Cam-bo'di-a,  La'os,  Cofchin-Chi'na, 
and  Ton-quin'. 

4.  This  region  is  less  cultivated  and  populous  than  Hindostan  and 
China,  and  is  little  known,  except  along  the  coast ;  but  it  seems  to 
be  formed  of  several  parallel  ridges  of  mountains,  extending  from 
north  to  south,  with  spacious  intervening  valleys,  which  border  on 
the  large  rivers. 

5.  The  three  great  rivers  arc  the  Ir-ra-wad'dy  or  A'va,  the  Mti'- 
nam,  and  the  Mt-cvn',  which  is  also  called  Mei-kon^,  Cam-bo'di-a, 
and  Jap-a-nese  river. 

6.  The  low  country  bordering  on  the  rivers,  is  liable  to  inunda- 
tion ;  and  the  climate  on  the  coast  and  in  the  low  plains,  is  humid 
and  subject  to  great  heat 

7.  This  region  abounds  in  magnificent  forests,  which  contain  val- 
uable kinds  of  trees,  as  the  <caA;-free,  much  esteemed  for  ship-timber ; 
cagle-wuud  and  sandal-ivopd,  used  as  perfumes ;  also  the  iron-tree, 
ebony,  and  the  bannian  or  Indian,  Jig. 

8.  It  is  also  very  rich  in  an»inatic,  medicinal,  and  other  useful 
plants,  among  which  are  ginger,  cardamoms,  cinnamon,  betel,  jalap, 
aloes,  camphor,  banana,  cocoa,  sago-palm,  and  sugar-cane ;  also  rice, 
which  is  the  principal  article  of  food. 

9.  Some  of  the  most  remarkable  animals  are  the  elephant,  rhinoc- 
eros, tiger,  leopard,  and  orang-outang.  Elephants,  both  wild  and 
tame,  abound  here,  as  well  as  in  Hindostan,  and  are  used  as  beasts 
of  burden  both  in  peace  and  war. 

10.  The  religion  of  Buddha  prevails  ovor  the  Aviiole  country,  witli 
the  exception  of  Malacca,  which  is  inhabited  by  Ma-lays',  who  are 
Mahometans. 

11.  The  inhabitants  of  Chin-India  resemble  the  Chinese  more 
than  the  Hindoos  ;  but  they  are  less  civilized  than  either,  and  less 
advanced  in  agriculture  and  the  other  useful  arts. 

Birman  Empire. 

12.  The  Birman  Empire,  which  is  much  the  largest  and  most  im- 
portant state  of  Chin-India,  comprises  the  ancient  kingdoms  of  Ava, 
Pe-gu',  and  Cas'say  or  Meck'ley. 

13.  It  formerly  included  Ar-ra-can',  which  together  with  some 

2.  By  what  names  has  it  been  known  ?    3.  What  countries  does  it  com- 
prehend ?     4.  What  is  said  of  this  region  ?  5.  What  are  the  rivers? 
6.    Climate  ?     7.    Forests  ?     8.    Plants  ?     9.   Animals  '     10.   Reli- 
gion ?     11.  Inhabitants? 
12.  What  does  the  Birman  tmpire  comprise  ?   13,  What  is  said  of  Arracan  ? 


other  prov 
British, 

14.  Th( 
is  rich  in 

15.  It  c 
variety  of 

16.  Th4 
the  sole  p 

17.  Th 
etry  and  i 

18.  Um 
is  situate  ( 
mouth, 
gilding  oi 
extraordii 
1800  was 
was  redu< 

19.  JVx 
now  in  ri 

20.  lU 
principal 
now  redu 

21.  TI 

tile  valle; 
ed  by  th« 

22.  Tl 


23.  M 

ersed  th 
a  thick  i 

24.  T 
and  vine 

25.  T 
portanc( 

26.  C 

is  little 

27.  ( 
but  is  r 

28.  ] 
14.  Wl 


21.  Wl 


1^ 


CHIN-INDIA. 


171 


Pen- 
nd  the 

itures, 
a-lac'. 


other  provinces  in  the  west  and  south,  have  lately  been  coded  to  the 
British. 

14.  The  elevated  parts  Iiave  a  temperate  clirncUe ;  and  tlie  country 
is  rich  in  both  vegetable  and  mineral  productions. 

1.5.  It  contains  valuable  mines  of  gold,  silver,  iron^  tin,  Itad,  and  a 
variety  of  precious  stones. 

16.  The  government  is  completely  despotic  ;  and  the  emperor  i« 
the  sole  proprietor  of  all  the  elephants  in  his  dominions. 

17.  The  Birmans  are  lively,  impatient,  and  irascible  ;  fond  of  po- 
etry and  music  ;  and  they  excel  in  the  art  of  gilding. 

18.  Um-me-ra-poo'ra,  the  modern  capital  of  the  Birman  empire, 
is  situated  on  a  lake  near  the  Irrawaddy,  about  400  miles  from  its 
mouth.  It  has  a  few  houses  built  of  brick,  and  the  abundance  of 
gilding  on  the  roofs  and  domes  of  the  religious  edifices,  gives  it  an 
extraordinary  degree  of  splendor.  It  was  founded  in  1783,  and  in 
1800  was  estimated  to  contain  17.5,000  inhabitants ;  but  in  1810,  it 
was  reduced  one  half. 

19.  JUva,  the  former  capital,  4  miles  distant  from  Umraerapoora,  is 
now  in  ruins. 

20.  Ran-goon'j  on  the  Irrawaddy,  30  miles  from  the  sea,  is  the 
principed  port.  Pe-gu'  and  Prome,  once  cities  of  importance,  are 
now  reduced. 

SlAM. 

21.  The  kingdom  of  Siam  consists  chiefly  of  a  spacious  and  fer- 
tile valley,  situated  between  two  ridges  of  mountains,  and  intersect- 
ed by  the  river  Mei'narn. 

22.  The  principal  towns  are  ^am  or  Juthictj  Bankok,  and  Louvo. 

Malacca,  or  Malaya. 

23.  Malacca,  or  Malaya,  a  peninsula  about  700  miles  long,  is  trav- 
ersed throughout  by  a  chain  of  lofty  mountains,  and  is  covered  with 
a  thick  forest 

24.  The  Malays,  wlio  inhabit  the  country,  are  a  daring,  ferocious, 
and  vindictive  race,  greatly  addicted  to  piracy. 

25.  The  city  ofMa-lac'cn  was  formerly  a  place  of  commercial  in>- 
portance,  and  of  considerable  size  ;  but  it  is  now  reduced. 

Cambodia. 

26.  Cambodia,  a  country  watered  by  tlie  river  of  the  same  name, 
is  little  known,  and  is  noted  for  gamboge  gum. 

27.  Cambodia  or  Levek,the  capital,  was  once  a  considerable  town, 
but  is  now  a  small  place. 

Laos. 

28.  La'os,  a  country  in  the  interior,  is  almost  wholly  unknown. 

14.  What  is  said  of  the  climate  ?  15.  Mineral  productions  ?  16.  Govern- 
ment? 17.  Birmans.'  18.  Ummerapoora?  19.  Ava.'  20.  Rao- 
goon,  Pegu,  and  Prouie  ? 

21.  What  is  said  of  Siam .'  22.  What  towns  ?  23.  What  of  Malacca  f 
24.  The  Malays.?  25.  The  city  of  Malacca  ?  26.  Cambodia.'  27. 
The  capital  ?     28.  Laos  ? 


:<■  •  t 


mri 


\-,.'.d 


mm 


in 


CHIN-INIJA. 


CocHiN-CmrfA. 


29.  Coehin-China,  a  country  bordering  on  the  gulf  of  Toi.qu^n 
and  the  sea  of  China,  is  comjwBed  partly  of  mountains  and  ;  artly  of 
plains.  It  has  many  vulnable  natural  productions,  an''  aboun(Li  in 
the  sn'ingan  swallow,  which  forms  an  edible  nest,  that  .a  mucli  es- 
teenu     by  the  Chinese. 

30.  Saigon,  the  largest  town,  is  situat'  <il  •»  an  arm  of  the  Cambo- 
dia, about  (iO  miles  from  the  sea. 

ToNQUIN,  OR  AnAM. 

31.  Ton-quhi',  a  country  much  subjf'ct  to  hurricanes,  hfts  valuable 
mineral  and  vegetable  productions,  and  its  oranges  are  said  tobetJie 
best  in  the  world. 

32.  Ca-chd'o,  or  Kesh'o,  the  capital,  is  situated  on  the  river  Son^'- 
koi,  upwards  of  80  niiies  from  tlie  sea,  and  is  very  meanly  built. 


CHINA. 
Gaihering  Tta. 


1.  The  Chinese  Empire,  in  its  most  extensive  sense,  includes  the 
country  of  China,  Chinese  Tartan/,  Thi-hd',  and  Co-re! a ;  and  with 

29.  What  is  said  of  Cochin-China  ?    30.  Saigon?    31.  Tonquin'    32.  Ca- 
chao  ? 

China. — 1.  What  is  said  of  the  Chinese  empire  ? 


See  jyiap  of^sia. — Where  is  the  strait  of  Malacca  ?  The  gulf  of  Siam  ? 
The  gulf  of  Tonquin  ?  The  island  of  An'da-man  ? 
What  is  the  course  of  the  river  Irrawaddy,  and  where  does  it  empty  ?  The 
Meinam  ?  The  Mecon  ?  How  is  the  peninsula  of  Malacca  situ- 
ated ?  The  Birman  empire  ?  Laos  ?  Siam  ?  Cambodia  ?  Cochin- 
China  ?  Tonquin  ?  How  is  Ummerapoora  situated  ?  Pegu  r  Ran- 
goon?   Malacca?    Pat'a-ny  ?    Siam?    Saigon?    Cachao? 


regard  to 
in  extent 

2.  Chii 
and  poj)ul 
to  the  gu 

M.  The 
plains,  (III 
many  cor 

4.  The 
the  Ki'-a 
Asia. 

5.  The 
islandH. 

G.  Th( 
north,  cc 
Europe. 

7.  The 
.  ,.500  mil 
It  is  bnil 
the  top,  { 
of  about 

8.  Chi 
and  cans 
Hang-tcl 
kind  in  t 

9.  Tin 
which  is 
to  those 

10.  T 
sugar,  a 

11.  T 
empire, 
commerc 
of  CanU 
bcria,  t\ 

12.  Ji 
at  the  V 
But,  the 
it  is  m« 
portant 

13. '; 

appearf 
differer 
the  coi 
China  '< 


Whi 
4 
G 
1 


>•«;  • 


niiNA. 


178 


rRgard  to  population,  it  exceeds  all  other  empirog  in  the  world,  and 
in  extent  of  territory,  is  second  only  to  thn  Russian  empire. 

2.  China,  properly  so  colled,  is  a  large,  fertile,  highly  cultivated, 
and  poj)iilou3  country,  extending  from  the  Great  WSl  on  tlie  nortli, 
to  the  gulf  of  Tonquin  on  the  south. 

.'}.  The  surface  xa  much  divrrsificd  hy  mountains,  hills,  valleys, 
plains,  and  marslics  ;  Hud  it  is  wateriMl  by  numerous  rivers,  and  has 
many  considerable  lakes. 

4.  The  two  great  rivers  are  the  Ho' -ang;-H(J  or  Yellow  River,  and 
tlie  Ki'-an-Ku'  or  Yang'-tse-ki-ang',  which  are  two  of  tlie  largest  in 
Asia, 

5.  The  principal  islands  are  HaVnan,  For-ino'sa,  and  the  Loo-choi/ 
islands. 

G.  The  climate  is  generally  healthy  ;  in  tlie  south,  hot,  and  in  the 
more  so  than  in  con' '     '3  under  the  same  parallel  in 


north,  cold 
Europe. 

7.  The  Great  Wall,  which  b 
.  ,500  miles  in  length,  and  is  tli 
It  is  built  of  stone  and  brick,  is 


\  on  tlic  north,  is  about 
nous  fabric  on  the  globe. 

feet  high,  and  14  broad  at 
the  top,  and  has  towers  with  cannon  pliiced  in  them,  at  the  distance 
of  about  100  paces  from  each  other. 

8.  China  is  celebrated  for  inland  navigation,  by  means  of  rivers 
and  canals.  The  Imperial  Canal,  which  extends  from  Pekin  to 
Hang-tcheou',  about  (JOO  miles  in  length,  is  the  greatest  work  of  the 
kind  in  the  world. 

9.  The  most  celebrated  and  peculiar  production  of  China  is  <ea, 
which  is  the  leaf  of  a  small  shrub,  and  is  exported  in  great  quantities 
to  those  parts  of  the  globe  where  this  luxury  is  used. 

10.  The  principal  exports,  besides  tea,  are  silk,  nankins,  porcelain, 
sugar,  cinnamon,  and  camphor. 

11.  The  interior  trade  carried  on  between  different  ')arts  of  the 
empire,  by  means  of  rivers  and  canals,  is  very  extensive  ;  hut  foreign 
commerce  with  Europeans  is  limited  to  two  places,  namely,  the  port 
of  Canton,  in  the  south  of  China,  and  KiakJita,  on  the  borders  of  Si- 
beria, the  emporium  of  the  overland  trade  of  Russia. 

12.  Agriculture  is  in  high  estimation  ;  and  the  emperor  annually, 
at  the  vernal  equinox,  performs  the  ceremony  of  holding  the  plough. 
But,  though  the  cultivation  uf  the  soil  is  attended  to  with  great  care, 
it  is  much  less  skilfully  conducted  than  in  Europe.  The  most  im- 
portant article  of  produce  in  the  southern  parts  is  nee. 

13.  Travellers  who  have  visited  this  empire  agree  in  asserting  the 
appearance  of  a  crowded  popxdalion  ;  but  there  has  been  a  great 
difference  in  the  statements  of  the  number  of  inhabitants,  both  of 
the  country  and  the  principal  cities.  Some  make  the  population  of 
China  333,000,000 ;  and  some  reduce  it  to  less  than  half  this  number. 


2.  What  are  the  limits  of  China  proper  ?     3.  What  is  said  of  the  surface  ? 
4.  What  rivers  ?     5.  Islands  ?     6.  What  is  said  of  the  climate  ?     7. 
Great  Wall  ?    8.  Canals  ?    9.  Tea  ?     10.  Exports  ?    11.  Commerce? 
12.  Agriculture  ?     13.  Population  ? 
15* 


.i' 


f  '4.. 

\. 

^■'.  '»■ 

,-»f 

■■'    '  \ 

-  *  .      '  ■.  t 

•  ; 

•  '.''i 

, .  y  , 

'% 

V 

w 

1 

•:    1 

'■■a 

1, 

■i 

j^       ■■ 

.'  ■'?■ 

'!i'^-,'<Vi 

.'  >•. 

%. 

•I  \ 


)•    i 


1 


.'  t  'I 

'.t| 

.-, ;  i| 


Yirti 


n 


n 


:w 


':>' 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-S) 


V 


^^^ 
^ 


(it 


y 
^ 


1.0 


I.I 


Mi   lift 

"*       140 


!.8 


11.25  ■  1.4   i  1.6 


V] 


^ 


/^ 


7 


-c^l 


M 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  NY.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


174 


CHINA. 


14.  The  govemmerU  is  patriarchal  and  despotic,  but  not  violent. 
The  Chinese  style  their  country  the  "  Celestial  Empire,"  and  Ae 
ei^peror  "  The  Holy  Son  of  heaven,  sole  Ruler  of  the  earth,  and 
Great  Father  of  his  people."  His  person  is  adored,  and  his  subjects 
prostrate  themselves  in  his  presence. 

15.  There  is  no  religion  in  China  established  or  supported  by  gov- 
ernment ;  yet  temples  and  pagodas  are  every  where  common,  and 
priests,  styled  bonzes,  are  numerous.  The  prevailing  system  is  the 
religion  of  Fo,  which  is  a  species  of  Buddhism.  The  sect  called 
Tho-tse  are  also  numerous  ;  and  there  are  many  professed  followers 
ef  Confucius^  the  famous  Chinese  philosopher. 

16.  The  Chinese  are  represented  as  remarkably  vain,  timid,  artful, 
and  vindictive  ;  but  very  free  from  the  vice  of  drunkenness. 

17.  Women  in  this  country  are  uniformly  sold  in  marriage,  and  are 
held  in  a  state  of  the  grefitest  degradation.  The  beauty  of  a  female, 
according  to  the  notions  of  the  Chinese,  consists  in  the  smallnessof 
her  eyes,  the  protuberance  of  her  lips,  the  lankness  and  blackness 
of  her  hair,  and  especially  in  the  extreme  sraoUness  of  her  feet 

18.  The  Chinese  architecture  is  inelegant  and  clumsy,  and  alto- 
gether different  from  that  of  Europe.  Their  houses  are  generally 
of  only  one  story,  and  those  of  the  peasantry  are  miserable  cottages. 

19.  PE-Kiy,  the  capital,  is  situated  m  the  northeast  part  of  China, 
and  is  supposed  by  many  to  be  the  most  populous  city  on  the  globe. 
The  streets  are  straight  and  wide,  and  the  houses  of  only  one  story. 

20.  J^an-kin'^  situated  on  tlie  Kian-Ku,  at  the  junction  of  the 
great  canal,  is  the  first  city  with  regard  to  manufactures,  and  is 
noted  for  nankins,  crapes,  and  silks  ;  and  also  for  its  Porcelain  TWer, 
which  is  a  fine  specimen  of  oriental  pagodas,  and  is  ascended  by  884 
steps. 

21.  Can'ton,  in  the  southern  part,  is  noted  for  being  the  only  port 
in  China  to  which  European  and  American  vessels  are  admitted, 
and  for  the  export  of  tea.  Near  Canton  is  the  Boat  Town,  a  kind 
of  floating  city,  which  is  composed  of  barks  ranged  upon  the  water 
in  the  form  of  streets,  and  computed  to  contain  from  100,000  to 
300,000  people. 

^^— ■^— ■^""       '  '       - M^M  I  I  II    .— ■.    I  ■     ■!■     ■         .1.        ■— ^^—^■^H^— —^.M^iM  ■»!■»— I^il^—^l^ 

14.  What  is  said  of  the  government ?  15.  Religion?  16.  The  Chinese? 
17.  Condition  of  women  and  idea  of  female  beauty  p  18.  Architec* 
ture?     19.  Pekin?    20.  Nankin?    21.  Canton? 


See  Map  qfAaia, — What  sea  divides  China  from  Corea  ? 
How  is  the  island  of  Hainan  situated  ?    Formosa  ?    Loochoo  ? 
What  are  the  rivers  of  China?     Where  is  the  Chinese  wall  ? 
How  is  Pekin  situated  ?    Nankin?    Canton?    Singan?    Hang-tcheou? 


:.s^-f-i 


' . 


THIBET. 


THIBET. 
l^he  Grand  Lama. 


.  1  Thi-bet',  or  Ti-bet',  a  country  dependent  on  China,  is  remark- 
able for  its  great  and  general  elevation,  and  for  being  the  most 
mountainous  country  in  Asia,  and  tlie  centre  of  the  Shaman  religion. 

2.  It  has  been  styled  the  Switzerland  of  Asia,  on  account  of  its 
resemblance  to  Switzerland  in  Europe,  in  its  situation,  in  the  ex- 
tremely rugged  and  mountainous  aspect  of  the  country,  and  in  being 
the  region  in  which  several  great  rivers  have  their  rise. 

3.  The  Him-md'leh  or  Him-a-ld'ya  Mountains^  reputed  the  high- 
est in  the  world,  and  having  numerous  summits  liiat  are  always  cov- 
ered with  snow,  lie  in  the  southern  part. 

4.  Tho  principal  river  which  traverses  the  country,  is  the  Brah- 
ma-pooftra  or  Bur-ram-poo' ter. 

5.  As  the  country  consists  mostly  of  rugged  mountains  and  ele- 
vated plains,  the  climate  is  cold,  and  the  soil  of  the  greater  part  un- 
productive. 

6.  Thibet  abounds  in  animals,  and  is  noted  for  the  bushy-tailed 
huU,  the  deer  which  produces  musk,  and  especiaUy  for  the  goat 
which  affords  the  material  used  for  the  manufacture  of  Cashmere 
shawls. 

7.  Las'sa,  the  capital  of  Thibet,  is  situated  on  a  branch  of  the 
Brahmapootra,  and  is  celebrated  chiefly  as  the  residence  of  the 
Grand  Lama,  the  head  of  the  Shaman  religion,  on  account  of  which 
the  place  is  resorted  to  by  numerous  devotees. 

Thibet.— 1.  What  is  said  of  Thibet  ?  2.  Why  has  it  been  styled  the 
i3witzerland  of  Asia  ?  3.  What  mountains  ?  4.  River  ?  5.  What 
is  said  of  the  climate  and  soil  ?    6<  Animals  ?    7.  Lassa  i 


See  Map  JVo.  X. — How  are  the  Himmaleh  mountains  situated  ? 
What  river  tlows  through  Thibet?   What  lakes  are  there  ?    How  is  I.aeask 
i^tuated  ?    [See  Map  ofJisia.}     What  rivers  rise  in  Thibet  ? 


Lr.^.j 


Wi 


m3 


176 


CHINESE  TARTARY. 


CHINESE  TARTARY. 

1.  Chinese  Tortarv  is  a  vast  country  of  Central  Asia,  extending 
from  Independent  Tartary  to  the  Pacific  ocean,  and  comprising 
Mon-g&li-a  and  LitUe  Buk-ha'ri-a  in  the  west,  and  Mand-ahu'ri-a 
in  the  east. 

3.  A  remarkable  feature  of  this  country  is  Its  great  elev&tibn.  It 
consists  mostly  of  steppes  or  elevated  plains,  supported  like  a  table 
by  the  Mtai  mountains  on  the  north,  and  the  Him-md'leh  range  on 
the  southwest 

3.  The  climate  is  cold,  and  the  country  mostly  barren,  and  des- 
titute of  trees ;  though  some  parts  afford  good  pasture.  Water  is 
generally  scarce,  but  salt  abundant. 

4.  The  eastern  part,  or  Mandshuna,  which  is  watered  by  the 
great  river  A-mAur'  (a-moor'),  is  the  most  fertile. 

5.  The  vast  desert  of  Cobi  or  Sh&'mo^  situated  in  the  central  part 
of  Asia,  is  about  2,000  miles  long,  and  is  covered  with  a  dark-colored 
sand,  which  is  not,  however,  movable  like  that  in  the  deserts  of  Arabia, 

6.  This  extensive  region,  which  is  but  little  known,  and  has  but 
little  intercourse  with  ^e  improved  parts  of  the  world,  is  inhabited 
by  various  pastoral  tribes,  who  lead  a  wandering  life,  and  subsist 
chiefly  by  tiieir  herds  of  camels,  cattle,  and  sheep. 

7.  Some  of  the  principal  tribes  are  the  MjUgiUs,  MandsJiurs  or 
MatdchooSj  Kalkas,  and  Eluths,  who  are  mostly  of  the'  Shaman  reli- 
gion. 

8.  Some  of  the  principal  towns  are  Cash'gar^  Yar-kundf,  and 
Our'ga  (oor'ga). 

COREA. 

9.  Co-re'a,  a  country  but  little  known,  consists  of  a  peninsula, 
and  is  dependent  on  China,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  tiie  Yellow 
sea. 

10.  The  southern  part  is  fertile  and  populous ;  the  norther  rt 
mountainous  and  thinly  peopled.  .    . 

Chinese  Tartary. — 1.  What  are  the  situation  and  divisions  of  Chi- 
nese Tartary  ?  2.  What  is  said  of  it  ?  3.  What  cl'  the  climate,  soil, 
&c.  ?     4.  Which  is  the  most  fertile  part  ? 

5.  What  of  the  desert  of  Cobi? 

6.  What  of  the  inhabitants?    7.  What  names  of  the  tribes?    8.  What 

towns  ?    9.  What  is  said  of  Corea  ?     10.  What  of  the  country  ? 


:  m 


See  Map  of  Asia. — What  seas  and  channel  lie  east  of  Chinese  Tartary  ? 

What  islands  ?     What  is  the  course  of  the  Amour  ? 
How  is  the  Desert  of  Cobi  situated?      Little  Bukharia?      Mongolia? 

Mandshuria?     Cashgar?     Yarkund?    Ourga? 
How  is  Corea  situated  ?    King-ki-ta'o  ?       . . 

•  —  •     •    'f   .    i    >     •    »'.v 


1. 

to  the 

XI'VM 

dent 

2. 
are  ve 
and  v< 

3. 


i 


til 


JAPAN. 


177 


JAPAN. 


1.  The  empire  of  Ja-pan'  is  composed  of  several  islands  which  lie 
to  the  east  of  Asia,  the  largest  of  which  is  JVi'pAon.  The  islands 
Xi'mo  and  Xi-cofco  form  a  part  of  the  empire  ;  and  Jes'so  is  depen- 
dent upon  it. 

2.  These  islands  have  a  diversified  surface  and  a  variable  climate; 
are  very  rich  in  mineral  productions ;  and  they  are  highly  cultivated, 
and  very  populous. 

3.  The  Jap-an-estf  have  made  considerable  advancement  in  the 
sciences,  and  excel  in  agriculture  and  some  manufactures ;  and 
their  varnish  is  unrivalled. 

4.  Jed^do,  the  capital  of  Japan,  is  situated  on  a  bay  in  die  island 
of  Niphon,  and  is  one  of  the  most  populous  and  magnificent  cities  of 
Asia. 

5.  JIff-d'co,  the  ecclesiastical  capital,  is  noted  for  manufactiures ; 
Nim-ga-sackfif  as  the  only  port  to  which  foreigners  are  admitted. 


a 


OCEANICA, 


OE 


ISLANDS  OF  THE  PACIFIC  OCEAN. 

1.  The  vast  number  of  islands  which  are  widely  dispersed  in  the 
Pacific  ocean,  lying  chiefly  to  the  southeast  of  Asia,  are  styled  by 
Malte-Brun,  0-ce-an'i-ca ;  and  they  are  considered  as  forming  a 
fifth  grand  division  of  the  world. 

2.  These  islands  have  commonly  been  divided  into  three  classes, 
namely,  the  Eastern  Arch-i-pd'orgo  or  Asiatic  Islands^  Australia^ 
and  Polynesia. 

3.  The  most  of  tliem  are  situated  within  the  torrid  zone,  and  are 
generally  exposed  to  great  heat ;  but  there  is  a  wide  difference  of 
temperature  among  them,  and  many  of  them  enjoy  a  delightful 
climate. 

Japax. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Japan?    2.  What  Is  said  of  the  islands? 
8.  The  Japanese  ?    4.  Jeddo?    6.  Meaco  and  Nangasacki  ? 

Oceanic  A. — 1.  What  is  said  of  the  islands  in  the  Pacific  ocean? 
2.  How  are  they  divided  ?    3.  What  is  said  of  their  situation  and  climate  ? 


See  Map  of  Asia. — By  what  are  the  Japan  islands  separated  from  Asia? 
How  is  Niphon  situated  ?  Ximo  ?  Xicoco  ?  Jesso  ?  Jeddo  ? 
Meaco  r    Nangasacki  ? 


m 


wK 


I 


Sj^-i'' 


f-W 


■4  !- 


178 


OCEANICA. 


4.  They  present  aJI  varieties  of  surface,  but  many  of  them  are 
moontainous  ;  some  of  them  have  mountains  of  great  elevation :  no 
other  part  of  the  globe  so  mucli  abounds  in  volcanoes  ;  and  man}'  of 
the  islands  are  supposed  to  be  of  volcanic  origin. 

5.  The  low  islands  generally  have  for  their  base  a  reef  of  coral 
rocks,  by  which  they  are  supposed  to  have  been  originally  formed, 
and  to  have  been  gradually  augmented  and  elevated,  by  the  slow 
accumulation  of  ligbt  bodies  drifted  to  them  by  the  sea. 

G.  Most  of  the  animals  of  the  south  of  Asia,  are  found  in  these  ^ 
islands,  and  there  are  many  varieties  peculiar  to  this  part  of  the 
globe.    1  he  orang-outang  most  abounas  in  Borneo ;  the  beautiful 
birds  of  paradise  in  New  Guinea ;  and  the  kanguroo  is  found  only  in 
New  Holland. 

7.  The  cocoa-nut  tree  and  the  family  of  the  p<dm  trees  which  are 
very  beautiful  and  highly  useful,  abound  in  most  of  the  islands. 
Many  of  them  also  furnish  sandal-wood,  which  is  burnt  in  the  houses 
of  oriental  nations,  on  account  of  its  fragrant  odor. 

8.  The  bread-fruit  tree  is  another  remarkable  and  most  useful 
production  of  many  of  the  islands.  It  grows  to  the  height  of  40  or 
50  feet,  and  produces  a  nutritious  fruit  of  the  size  of  a  child's  head, 
and  in  such  abundance,  that  the  produce  of  three  trees  will  support 
a  man  for  a  year. 

9.  These  islnndfl  produce  various  spices  and  abound  in  rir.p.,  cqfffif, 
sugar,  cotton,  benzoin,  camphor,  bananas,  sago,  and  a  variety  of  trop- 
ical fruits. 

10.  The  Islanders  consist  chiefly  of  two  races,  1st,  the  Malay  race, 
who  are  widely  dispersed  throughout  the  Eastern  Archipelago  and 
Polynesia ;  and  2dly,  the  J^egro  or  Papuan  race,  who  form  the  prin- 
cipal part  of  the  population  of  Australia,  and  are  also  found  in  many 
of  the  other  islands. 

11.  The  islanders  of  the  Malay  race  are  of  tawny  or  dark  olive 
complexion,  and  exhibit  considerable  diversity  in  their  condition  and 
character,  some  of  them  being  somewhat  advanced  in  the  arts  of 
civilized  life  ;  others  are  extremely  barbarous,  and  in  many  instances, 
cannibals.  The  inhabitants  of  Polynesia  are  pagans ;  diose  of  the 
Eastern  Archipelago,  partly  paganf»  and  partly  Mahometans. 

12.  The  Papuan  rcu:e  are  smaller  than  the  African  negroes,  and 
not  so  black.  They  are  the  most  degraded  of  the  human  species ; 
and  seem  incapable  of  acquiring  the  habits  and  feelings  of  civilized 
beings. 


4.  What  is  said  of  the  surface  ?    6.  Low  islands  ?    6.  Animals  ? 

7.  What  trees  abound  ? 

8.  What  is  Mid  of  the  bread-fruit  tree  ?    9.  What  productions  ^ 
10.  What  races  of  inhabitants  ?    11.  What  is  said  of  the  Mkilay  race .' 


12<  The  Papuan  race  ? 


and 


OCEANICA. 

Eastern  Archifelaoo. 
(har^-OtUang. 


179 


13.  The  islands  of  the  Eastern  Archipelago,  which  are  also  called 
the  Asiatic  Islands,  the  East  India  Islands,  and  by  Malte-Brun 
Northwest  Oceanica,  comprise  five  divisions  or  clusters,  namely,  the 
Sunda  or  Sumatra  Islands,  Borneo,  tlie  Philippine  Islands,  Celebes, 
and  the  Moluccas. 

14.  These  islands  supply  other  parts  of  the  world  with  various 
spices,  or  aromatic  luxuries,  as  pepper,  cinnamon,  cloves,  and  nutmegs. 
Some  of  the  other  productions  are  rice,  sugar,  cotton,  coffee,  camphor, 
benzoin,  sago,  cocoa,  cassia,  and  edible  birds'  nests. 

15.  Sunda  Isles.  Su-md'tra,  the  largest  of  the  Sunda  Isles,  is 
fertile,  but  mountainous,  and  contains  the  elevated  mountain  of 
Ophir. 

16.  This  island  is  chiefly  in  the  possession  of  the  natives  ;  but  the 
English  have  a  small  settlement  at  Ben-coo/len. 

17.  Ja'va^  the  other  great  island  of  this  cluster,  belongs  to  the 
Dutch,  and  is  so  fruitful  in  rice,  that  it  has  been  sometimes  styled 
the  Granary  of  the  East. 

18.  The  interior  is  mountainous ;  but  the  coasts  are  low  and 
marshy  ;  and  the  climate  here  is  very  unhealthy. 

19.  Ba-ta'vi-a,  in  the  northwest  part  of  Java,  is  the  capital  of  all 
the  Dutch  East  India  possessions,  and  on  account  of  its  former 
splendor  and  great  commerce,  was  styled  the  Queen  of  the  East 

20.  Ban'ca,  an  island  lying  east  of  Sumatra,  also  belongs  to  the 
Dutch,  and  is  noted  for  its  rich  tin  mines. 

21.  Borneo.    Bor'ne-o,  the  largest  island  in  t!ie  world,  except 


13 


What  does  the  Eastern  Archipelago  comprise?     14.  What  are  some 
of  their  noted  productions  ?     15.  What  is  said  of  Sumatra  ? 
16.  In  whose  possession  is  it  ?     17.  What  is  said  of  Java.' 
18.  What  of  the  surface  and  climate .'     19.  Batavia  ?    20.  Banca  P 
Borneo .' 


21. 


1 


m 


-i^. 


wn 


■^i. 


'I:: 


IfiO 


OCEANICA. 


New  Holland,  and  perhaps  also  New  Guinea,  is  800  miles  long,  and 
700  broad ;  but  it  has  been  little  explored,  and  is  little  known. 

22.  It  is  notsd  for  a  species  of  ape  called  the  orang-ouiangy  an 
animal  which  bears  a  strong  resemblance  to  the  human  species. 

23.  Philippine,  or  Manilla  Islands.  The  Phi-lip'pine  Islands 
belon?  to  Spain.  The  two  largest  are  Lu-zon'  and  Mm-da-na'o  or 
Morgtn-da-nd'Oi  both  of  which  are  very  fertile  ;  and  the  former  is 
remarkable  for  volcanoes. 

24.  Ma-nU'lay  on  the  west  coast  of  Luzon,  is  the  capital  of  the 
Spanish  East  India  possessions,  and  has  heretofore  been  a  place  of 
much  commerce. 

25.  Celebes.  CeVe-heSt  a  large  island,  remarkable  for  its  irregular 
form  and  fine  scenery,  belongs  partly  to  the  natives,  and  parUy  to 
the  Dutch. 

26.  The  Molucca  s*  The  Mo-luc'casj  called  also  the  Spice  Islands, 
belong  to  the  Dutch.  The  most  important  islands  are  Gi-lo'lo  and 
Ce-ram'j  the  two  largest ;  Am-boi/naf  noted  for  cloves ;  Ban'day  for 
nutmegs.     :    v>  ;    -■,       ,,  <       •: 

Australia* 

The  Kanguroo* 


27.  Australia  or  Avstralasia^  called  by  Malte-Brun,  Centrai  Oceans 
icoj  comprises  ^ew  Holland^  Pap'u-a  or  J^eto  Gum'ea,  Van  Die!- 
tnen's  Land,  JVew  BrUfain,  JVew  Irefland,  JVeto  Cal-^e-d&ni-a,  JVew 
KeVri-des,  New  ZCa'land,  and  other  smaller  islands. 

28.  JVew  Holland,  which  is  about  three  fourths  as  large  as  Europe, 
and  is  sometimes  styled  a  continent,  was  first  discovered  by  the 
Dutch  in  1605 ;  and  the  most  of  it  is  yet  unexplored. 

29.  The  ncUives  of  New  Holland,  as  well  as  of  most  other  parts 


22.  For  what  is  it  noted  ?    23.  Philippine  islands  ?    24.  Manilla .'    25. 

Celebes  ?    26.  Moluccas  ? 
2T.  What  does  Australia  comprise  ?    28.  What  is  said  of  New  Holland  ? 
29.  What  of  the  natives.? 


OCEANICA. 


ISl 


of  Australia,  are  Uie  most  degraded  and  barbarous  of  the  human  spe- 
cies. They  wear  little  or  no  clotliing,  have  no  form  of  government, 
and  are  destitute  of  all  tlie  comforts  of  civilized  life. 

30.  The  coasts  are  extremely  diversified  ;  and  the  forests  are  said 
to  be  inferior  in  majesty  to  those  of  America,  and  in  variety  and  ele- 
gance to  those  of  Asia. 

31.  The  quadrupeds  are  different  from  those  of  any  other  quarter 
of  the  world,  and  are  mostly  of  the  opossum  species.  One  of  the 
la-gest  and  most  celebrated,  is  the  iuinguroOt  an  elegant  animal, 
which  is  sometimes  6  feet  long,  and  is  remarkable  for  me  shortness 
of  its  fore  legs,  and  for  the  abdominal  pouch  of  the  female,  for  the 
protection  of  its  young. 

32.  New  Holland  is  celebrated  chiefly  for  the  English  Colony^ 
in  JVeu;  South  Wales^  in  the  southeast  part,  formed  by  the  transpor- 
tation of  convicts  from  Great  Britain. 

33.  This  colony  was  begun  in  1787,  and  now  contains  upwards  of 
50,000  inhabitant,  many  of  whom  are  possessed  of  cousiderable 
property.       ^  .     "- 

34.  The  climate  of  the  country  occupied  by  the  colony  is  temper- 
ate and  healthy ;  much  of  the  soil  is  fertile ;  and  agriculture  and 
other  useful  arts  have  made  considerable  progress. 

35.  Sydney,  the  capital  of  the  colony,  is  situated  on  the  bay  of 
Port  Jackson,  has  an  excellent  harboi,  is  a  considerable  and  flour- 
ishing town,  and  has  many  useful  establishments. 

36.  A  similar  colony  has  been  established  on  Van  Di^men^s  Landy 
of  which  the  capital  is  Hobart  Toum. 

37.  The  great  island  of  JVew  Guinea  or  Papua,  which  is  about 
1,200  miles  in  length,  and  350  in  breadth,  is  but  litUe  known,  and  is 
noted  for  the  birds  of  paradise,  which  are  of  several  kinds,  and  are 
among  the  most  beautiful  of  the  feathered  creation. 

38.  JVew  Zealand,  which  consists  of  two  large  islands,  has  a  tem- 
perate climate,  and  a  luxuriant  vegetation. 

39.  One  of  the  productions  peculiar  to  New  Zealand,  is  a  beauti- 
ful and  valuable  species  of  flax,  which  resembles  silk,  and  has  been 
found  to  succeed  in  the  climate  of  France. 

30.  What  of  the  coasts  and  foro^ts  ?    31.  Quadrupeds,  and  kanguroo  .' 
32,  For  what  is  New  Holland  chiefly  celebrated  ?    33.  What  is  said  of 

this  colony  ?    34.  What  of  the  climate  and  soil  i    35.  Sydney  ? 
36.  What  other  similar  colony .'    37.  What  is  said  of  New  Guinea?    .38. 

New  Zealand?    89.  What  of  the  productions^ 
16 


1  * . '  *i 


•.v»  'I 


HnM 


182 


OCEANICA. 


POLTNEBIA. 

Branch  of  the  Bread-Fruit  Trte, 


40.  Polyuesia,  or  Eastern  Oceanica,  comprises  the  following 
groups  or  clusters  of  islands,  namely,  the  Pe-leti/  Islands^  La- 
drone'  Manda,  Car-o-Wnas^  Sandunch  hlanda^  Mar-qut/aas,  Society 
blandSj  Friendly  Islands,  Fe-jee'  Islands,  and  Navigator's  Islands. 

41.  These  are  all  comparatively  small  islands,  widely  dispersed  in 
the  Pacific  ocean,  and  many  of  them  are  much  nearer  to  the  western 
coast  of  America,  than  to  the  eastern  coast  of  Asia. 

42.  The  inhabitants  of  Polynesia  are  of  the  Malay  race,  of  tawny 
or  dark  olive  complexion,  and  some  of  them  are  distinguished  for 
fine  forms,  regular  features,  and  pleasing  countenances. 

43.  The  custom  of  tattooing  prevails  generally  among  them.  It 
is  performed  by  pricking  the  skin,  and  staining  the  punctured  spots 
with  a  dark-colorea  substance,  and  thus  forming  lines  and  figures 
upon  the  body. 

44.  A  great  part  of  these  islands  have  been  discovered  since  tlie 
middle  of  the  last  century.  When  first  discovered,  the  inhabUanta 
were  all  pagans,  many  of  them  extremely  barbarous,  and  even  can- 
nibals ;  but  they  have,  in  some  instances,  siiown  great  readiness  in 
adopting  the  improvements  of  civilized  life  ;  and  in  no  other  part  of 
the  world  have  the  labors  of  Christian  missionaries  been  attended 
with  greater  success. 


40.  What  does  Polynesia  comprise  ?    41.  What  is  said  of  these  islands  ? 
42.  Inhabitants  ?    43.  What  of  the  custom  of  tattooing .' 
44.  What  is  said  of  the  discovery  of  the  islands,  and  the  conditioD  of  the 
inhabitants  ? 


OCEANICA. 


183 


45.  The  Sandwich  hlands^  which  are  11  in  number,  are  one  of 
the  moBt  important  of  Uie  clusters  of  Polynesia,  and  are  interesting 
on  account  of  the  progress  which  the  natives  have  made  in  the  arta 
of  civilized  life,  and  the  great  success  which  has  attended  the  labors 
of  tlie  American  missionaries  among  them. 

46.  Ha-waifi  (ha-wi'e^  formerly  called  0-toh/ee,  one  of  the  Sand- 
wich Islands,  and  the  largest  island  in  the  Polvnesia,  is  97  miles 
long,  and  78  broad,  and  is  noted  for  the  death  of  the  celebrated  nav- 
igator captain  Cook. 

■17.  Many  parts  of  it  are  fertile  and  populous,  but  a  portion  is 
mountainous ;  and  it  has  peaks  so  elevatea  as  to  be  always  covered 
with  snow. 

48.  The  Society  Islands  have  attracted  much  notice,  and  tlie  in- 
habitants, through  the  influence  of  the  English  missionaries,  have 
been  persuaded  to  r<^nounce  idolatry  and  embrace  Christiani^. 

49.  0-to-Aet'fe,  or  Ta-Mti  (ta-he'te),  the  largest  of  the  Society 
Islands,  is  about  100  miles  in  circumference,  and  has  an  uneven  an*! 
mountainous  surface,  but  is  very  ferti'  3. 

50.  PitcainCs  Island^  a  small  island,  southeast  of  the  Society 
Islands,  is  remarkable  for  having  been  settled  by  English  mutineers, 
and  for  the  interesting  character  of  tlieir  descendants. 


' '     i.     I    '     V'    I 


^f  "t.h' 


;>h 


»v 


^i-,:^!i 


'*: 


V  ■ 


r>i 


ft'jij 


46. 


What  is  said 
surface  ? 
Island  f 


of  the  Sandwich  Islands  ? 
48.  Society   Islands?      49. 


46.  Hawaii? 
Otaheite  f 


47.  Soil  and 
CO.   Pitcairn'a 


See  Map  qfABta. — What  are  the  principal  islands  in  the  Eastern  Arch- 
ipelago ?     What  ones  are  crossed  by  (he  equator? 

How  is  Borneo  situated  ?  Sumatra?  Java.''  Celebes?  Luzon?  Min- 
danao ?     Gilolo  ?     Aroboyna  ?     Banca  ? 

Where  is  the  strait  of  Malacca?    Strait  of  Sunda  ?     Macassar  strait  ? 

How  is  the  town  of  Batavia  situated ?    Bcncoolon?    Manilla?    Macassar? 

How  does  the  tropic  of  Capricorn  intersect  New  Holland  ? 

Where  is  New  South  Wales  ?  The  gulf  of  Carpentaria  ?  Torres  Straits  ? 
Bass's  Straits  ?  Port  Jackson  and  Botany  Bay?  Sydney?  Vaa 
Diemen's  Land  ?  Papua  or  New  Guinea  ?  New  Britain  ?  New 
Ireland?    Pelew  Islands ?    Ladrone  Islands ?    Carolinas? 


mi 


V'« 


im 


See  Map  of  the  World. — How  is  New  ZeaU  "id  situated  ? 

What  straits  divide  the  two  islands  of  New  Zealand  f 

How  is  New  Caledonia  situated  ?    New  Hebrides  ? 

Which  of  the  islands  of  Polynesia  are  nearest  to  America  ?  How  are  the 
Sandwich  Islands  situated  ?  The  Society  Islands  ?  The  Marque- 
sas ?  The  Friendly  Islands  ?  Navigator's  Island  ?  Mulgrave*s 
Islands?    Hawaii?    Otaheite?    Pitcaim's  Island ? 


)im 


^:; 


AFRICA. 


CUopatra^a  MedU, 


Pompejf'i  PQUtr* 


1.  Africa  has  been  known  and  peopled  from  the  remotest  anti- 
rjnity ;  and  it  includes  Egypt,  which  has  been  styled  the  cradle  of 
learning ;  yet,  notwithstanding  its  ancient  celebrity,  and  its  vicinity 
to  those  parts  of  the  world  wliich  are  most  famous  in  history,  it  is 
fax  the  least  known,  the  least  civilized,  and  the  least  important  of  the 
four  quarters  of  the  globe. 

2.  It  consists  of  a  vast  peninsula,  connected  with  Asia  by  the  low, 
if^andy  isthmus  of  Su'ez,  which  lies  between  the  Mediterranean  and 
Red  sea,  and  is  75  English  miles  wide. 

3.  Some  of  the  principal  causes  which  have  prevented  its  being 
better  known  and  more  civilized,  will  be  found  in  its  natural  form 
and  features :  it  has  few  large  and  navigable  rivers,  or  good  harbors ; 
no  gulf  or  inland  sea  penetrates  into  the  interior ;  and  the  extent  of 
its  deserts,  and  nature  of  its  climate,  as  well  as  the  savage  character 
of  its  inhabitants,  render  it  difficult  to  be  explored. 

4.  As  much  as  three  fourtlis  of  Africa  lie  in  the  torrid  zone  ;  and 
it  is  distinguished  as  the  hottest  portion  of  the  globe. 

5.  The  most  remarkable  capes  are  Cape  Bon  and  Cape  Serra  in 

Africa. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Africa  ?     2.  Of  what  does  it  consist  > 

3.  What  causes  have  prevented  its  being  more  known  and  civilized  ? 

4.  What  portion  lies  in  the  torrid  zone  ?    5.  What  capes  ? 


die  north, 
south,  and 
a  The 
(ni'jcr)-^ 

7.  The 
by  two 
tlic  other 
bia  and  I 
into  the  ^ 
a  tliird  o 
caz'ze,  it 
etrcam. 

8.  The 
long  exci 
ing  its  c( 
ita  cours* 
and  John 

9.  The 
and  B6ui 
Cape  Ve 

fa  Tl 
north,  th 
central  p 
Tenerift 

11.  A 
and  barr< 
ofSah'a 

12.  A 
water ;  I 

with  Af 
tion  of  t 

14.  T 
sides  sh 

15.  / 
the  kin( 
their  pe 
camelop 

16.1 
state,  c 
into  tw 


6.  Wl 


15.  Wl 


AFRICA 


185 


the  northf  Chitu^da-J\ti  in  the  east,  the  Cape  t^f  Good  Hope  in  the 
fouthf  and  Cape  Verd  in  the  west 

6.  The  two  most  celebrated  river$  are  the  JVUe  and  the  N^er 
(ni'jcr) '  others  of  less  note  are  the  Senfe-gdl,  Oam!bi-a^  Zaire  or 
Congo,  Orange^  and  Cu-d'ma  or  Zamheae. 

7.  The  JVue,  the  most  celebrated  river  on  the  globe,  is  formed 
by  two  principal  branches,  one  of  which  rises  in  Abvssinia,  and 
tlio  other  in  the  country  to  the  southwest  It  nasses  through  Nu- 
bia and  Egypt,  and  after  a  course  of  about  ^500  miles,  it  flows 
into  the  Mediterranean  by  two  principal  mouths.  It  is  onlv  alout 
a  tiiird  of  a  mile  in  width  ^  and  after  the  junction  of  the  Ta- 
caz'zo,  it  flows  about  1,000  miles  without  being  joined  by  any  hrge 
utrcam. 

8.  The  celebrated  JVl^er,  the  principal  river  of  Central  Aflrica, 
long  excited  great  interest  on  account  of  the  difficulty  of  discover- 
ing its  course  and  termination  ;  but,  af>er  many  ineffectual  attempts, 
ita  course  and  termination  were  ascertained,  in  1830,  by  Richard 
and  John  Lander. 

9.  The  principal  islands  are  Mad-a-gas'car,  So-coftra,  Mau-i^'ll-us, 
and  BQur'oon,  on  the  east ;  the  Ca-nariea,  Ma-dei'ra,  tlie  A-zwrtsf, 
Cape  Verd  hland9f  and  St.  HeAtfna,  on  tlio  west 

jO.  The  most  noted  mountains  are  the  Atlas  Mountains  in  the 
north,  the  Mountains  of  the  Moon  and  the  Kong  Mountains  in  tlie 
central  part,  TaUe  Mountain  near  tlie  south  end,  and  the  Peak  of 
Teneriffe  on  one  of  the  Canary  islands. 

11.  A  remarkable  feature  of  Africa  consists  in  its  immense  sandy 
and  barren  deserts,  which  abound  in  different  parts ;  but  the  desert 
of  Sah'a-raj  or  Za'a-ra,  is  the  largest  and  most  celebrated. 

13.  Africa  has  few  lakes,  and  a  great  part  of  it  suffers  for  want  of 
water ;  but  the  soil  of  those  parts  which  are  well  watered  is  exceed- 
ingly fertile. 

13.  The  leading  object  of  European  nations,  in  their  intercourse 
with  Africa,  during  the  last  three  centuries,  has  been  the  prosecu- 
tion of  that  iniquitous  and  cruel  traffic,  the  slave-trade. 

14.  The  principal  articles  of  commerce  obtained  from  Africa,  be- 
sides slaves,  are  gold  and  ivory. 

15.  Africa  abounds  in  wild  animals ;  and  here  only  are  the  lion^ 
the  king  of  animals,  and  the  ostrich,  tlie  largest  of  birds,  found  in 
their  perfect  state.  Other  distinguished  animals  are  tlie  e/epianf, 
camelopard,  hippopotamus^  camel,  zebra^  buffalo,  and  crocodile. 

16.  The  inhabitanls,  who  are  mostly  in  the  savage  or  barbarous 
state,  consist  of  various  tribes ;  but  the  most  of  them  may  be  divided 
into  two  great  classes,  namely,  the  Moors  and  Negroes ;  but  the 


.  i 


^■■^'■i 


■J 


1. 


I!'.' 


tl<  !>*■  , 


r',\ 


'4 


8.  What  rivers?  7.  What  is  said  of  the  Nile?  8.  Niger?  9.  What 
islands?  10.  Mountains?  11.  What  forms  a  remarkable  feature ? 
12.  What  of  the  soil  ?  13.  What  has  been  the  leading  object  of 
Europeans  in  their  intercourse  with  Africa?  14.  What  are  the 
chiei^  articles  of  commerce  ? 
15.  What  is  said  of  the  animals  ?  16.  Inhabitants  i 
16* 


&m>: 


166 


AFRICA. 


Caffres  are  considered  by  some  as  forming  a  third  great  class,  dis- 
tinct from  the  Negroes. 

17.  The  Moors  are  found  chiefly  in  the  northern  part,  and  are 
Mahometans.  They  are  of  swarthy  or  copper  complexion  ;  of  bar- 
barous habits  and  manners  ;  and  of  perfidious  and  sanguinary  char- 
acter. 

18.  The  Negroes  are  chiefly  pagans^  and  have  the  usual  habits  of 
barbarous  or  savage  life.  They  are  possessed  of  less  activity,  infor- 
mation, and  vigor  of  mind  than  the  Moors ;  but  are  more  gentle, 
faithful,  and  aflectionate. 

19.  Africa  may  be  comprised  under  the  following  general  divis- 
ions :  Egypt,  JVubiOy  and  Abyssinia,  in  the  northeast ;  the  Barbary 
l^ates,  in  the  north ;  Western  Africa ;  Central  Africa ;  Souihem  Af- 
rica ;  Southeastern  Africa ;  and  the  African  Islands. 

17.  What  is  said  of  the  Moors  ?    18.  The  Negroes  ? 
19    What  divisions  does  Africa  comprise  .'* 


^ee  Map  of  .Africa. — 1.  What  oceans  and  seas  border  on  Africa  ? 
3    What  straits  ?    3.  Where  is  the  island  of  Madagascar  ?    4.  The  Co- 
moro Islands  ?     5.  Canary  Islands  ?    6.  Madeira  ?    7.  St.  Helena  f 
8.  What  islands  in  the  gulf  of  (ruinea.!*    9.  What  is  the  southern  cape  ot 
Africa.?     10.  The  eastern.?     11.  The  northern.?     12.  The  west- 
ern  ?     13.  What  is  the  course  of  the  Nile  ?    14.  The  Niger  ? 
15.  What  rivers  are  in  the  west.?     16.  What  ones  in  the  southeast? 
17.  Where  are  the  Atlas  mountains .?    18.  The  Mountains  ot  the  Moon  ? 
19.  The  Kong  mountains  ?    20.  Where  is  lake  Tchad.?    21.  Lake 
Maravi .?    22.  Lake  Dembea  .? 
28.  How  is  the  desert  of  Sahara  situated .?    24.  What  countries  are  in  the 
north  of  Africa.?    25.  In  the  east.?     26.  The  south?    27.  The 
west  ?    28.  The  central  part .? 


l"tl' 


<iud  are 
;  of  bar- 


EGYPT. 

EGYPT. 

Cairo. 


187 


3t 


1.  Egypt  is  celebrated  for  its  great  antiquity,  and  for  having  pre- 
ceded all  other  countries  in  civilization,  and  in  improvement  in  the 
arts.  It  has  been  styled  the  cradle  of  learning ;  and  it  still  contains 
numerous  monuments  of  its  early  magnificence  and  refinement. 

2.  It  is  divided  into  Upper  Egypt  and  Lower  Egypt ;  the  former 
lies  south  of  Cairo ;  and  the  latter  is  situated  between  Cairo  and 
the  Mediterranean,  and  is  called  the  Delta. 

3.  The  term  Delta  (the  name  of  the  fourth  letter  of  the  Greek  al- 
phabet, which  is  in  the  shape  of  a  triangle),  is  applied  to  an  alluvial 
tract  of  land,  of  a  triangular  form,  which  is  overflowed  and  fertilized 
by  the  Nile,  which  here  divides  itself  into  several  channels. 

4.  The  valuable  part  of  Upper  Egypt  is  a  narrow  belt  of  land 
lying  on  both  sides  of  the  Nile,  enclosed  between  two  ridges  of 
mountains,  which  are  bordered  by  deserts. 

5.  The  only  river  of  Egypt  is  the  celebrated  JVi7e,  which  forms 
the  most  remarkable  feature  of  the  country,  and  to  which  it  owes 
nearly  all  its  fertility. 

6.  This  river  annually  passes  its  banks  and  overspreads  the  allu- 
vial land  bordering  upon  it  like  a  sea,  carrying  with  its  waters  a 
fertilizing  mud ;  and  almost  all  the  country  that  is  not  thus  inun- 
dated, is  barren,  and  a  great  part  of  it  consists  of  sandy  deserts. 

Egypt. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Egypt  ?    2.  How  is  it  divided  ? 
8.  What  is  the  Delta  ?    4.  Of  what  does  the  valuable  part  of  Upper  Egypt 

consist  ?     5.  What  river  in  Egypt  ? 
6.  What  is  saud  of  its  inundation  ? 


>   1  <■. 


'A 

4 


U: 


j^i  I 


'i     " 


188 


EGYPT. 


Hit 


7.  The  lands  which  are  inundated,  are  celebrated  for  their  fer- 
tility, are  cultivated  with  great  ease,  and  produce  corn  and  rice  in 
equal  perfection. 

8.  Some  of  the  principal  productions  besides  ricCy  wheats  and  other 
kinds  of  grain,  are  sugar-cane,  cotton,  flax,  indigo,  and  a  variety  of 
fruits,  particularly  daies,  which  afford  the  chief  subsistence  to  a  great 
many  of  the  inhabitants. 

9.  The  dimeUe  is  peculiarly  characterized  by  an  almost  entire  ab- 
sence of  rain,  iiie  falling  of  even  a  few  drops  being  a  rare  occur- 
rence. The  temperature  and  appearance  of  the  country  at  some 
seasons  are  delightful ;  yet  the  summers  are  very  hot,  ana  the  rav- 
ages of  the  plague  frequent 

10.  The  Great  and  Ldttle  Oa-ses,  which  are  fertile  tracts  in  the 
midst  of  the  desert,  are  situated  to  the  west  of  Siut  and  Dendera. 

11.  The  inhabitants  are  much  subject  to  the  ophtkalmia,  a  severe 
disease  affecting  the  eyes ;  and  in  the  spring,  they  are  often  an- 
noyed by  the  simoom  or  samitl,  a  hot,  suffocating  wind  from  the 
desert 

12.  The  language  chiefly  spoken  in  Egypt  is  the  Arabic;  and 
about  two  thirds  of  the  inhaMtants  are  Arabs,  who  are  Mahometans. 
The  other  inhabitants  are  Copts,  who  are  descended  from  the  an- 
cient Egyptians,  and  profess  Christianity ;  also  Turks  and  Jews,  who 
are  founa  mostly  in  the  cities. 

13.  Egypt  has  been  considered,  in  modern  times,  as  forming  a 
part  of  the  Turkish  or  Ottoman  empire  ;  and  it  is  governed  by  a 
pasha  in  the  name  of  the  Porte  ;  but  the  allegiance  to  the  sultan  has 
sometimes  been  but  little  more  than  nominal. 

14.  Egypt  abounds  in  stupendous  monuments  of  antiquity,  as  pyr- 
amids,  obelisks,  temples,  and  catacombs. 

15.  The  Pyramids,  which  were  accounted  by  the  ancients  one  of 
the  seven  wonders  of  the  world,  are  the  most  remarkable  monuments 
of  ancient  art  that  now  exist,  and  are  alike  famous  for  their  size  and 
antiquity.  History  furnishes  no  authentic  information  respecting  the 
time  or  the  object  of  their  erection. 

16.  Cai'ro,  or  Grand  Cai'ro,  the  capital  of  modem  Egypt,  is  tlie 
largest  city  in  Africa,  and  carries  on  an  extensive  trade  with  the  in- 
terior of  the  continent,  and  with  Asia,  by  means  of  caravans.  The 
streets  are  very  narrow  and  dirty,  the  houses  mostly  very  mean ;  but 
there  are  many  magnificent  mosques. 

17.  Al-ex-an'dri-a,  once  a  great  city,  and  distinguished  aa  a 
seat  of  learning  and  commerce,  and  famous  for  its  Pharos  or  light- 
house, is  now  greatly  reduced.  It  exhibits  interesting  remains  of 
ancient  grandeur,  as  Pompey^s  Pillar,  Cleopatra's  Needles,  and  the 
Catacomis. 

18.  Da-mi-etfta  and  Ro-set'ta,  on  the  two  principal  mouths  of 

7.  What  of  the  lands  inundated  ?    8.  What  ia  said  of  the  productions  ? 
9.  Climate  ?     10.  Great  and  Little  Oases  ?     11.  By  what  are  the  in- 
habitants afBicted  ?     12.  What  are  the  language  and  inhabitants  > 
13.  How  is  Egypt  governed  ?     14.  In  what  does  it  abound  .' 
16.  What  is  said  of  the  Pyramids?     16.  Cairo.?     17.  Alexandria?     19. 
Pamiet(ia,Rosetta,  Abukir,  and  Suez  ? 


fer- 

pe  in 


EGYPT. 


189 


tlie  Nile,  are  noted  for  commerce ;  Ah-u-kir',  for  a  victory  of  Lord 
Nelson ;  Su'ez,  for  its  situation  at  the  north  end  of  the  Red  sea,  on 
the  istlimus  to  which  it  f'ves  name. 

19.  Gir'ge  is  notef'.  r  le  capital  of  Upper  Egypt ;  Co«-*ftV,  on  the 
Red  sea,  for  its  former  .  nmercial  importance  ;  SitU  (se-oof),  Asfna^ 
and  Ed'fUy  as  considerable  towns  ;  Sy-dne,  as  the  one  farthest  south ; 
Thebes,  Den'de-rdy  and  many  other  places,  for  magnificent  ruins. 


NUBIA. 

1.  Nubia  is  an  extensive  country,  watered  by  the  NUe  and  its 
branches ;  and  it  comprises  several  kingdoms  or  states,  of  which 
the  principal  are  Sen-na-ar*  and  Don-g&la. 

2.  The  country  is  but  little  known,  and  its  boundaries  are  not  well 
defined  ;  but  it  contains  some  magnificent  remains  of  temples  and 
other  ancient  monuments. 

3.  The  soil  on  the  borders  of  the  rivers  is  fertile ;  but  the  most 
of  the  country  consists  of  barren,  sandy,  and  stony  deserts ;  and  the 
dimate  is  very  hot 

4.  Don-gofla  is  noted  as  the  capital  of  the  kingdom  of  the  same 
name  ;  Sken'dy,  as  a  considerable  town ;  Eb-sam/bul,  for  an  ancient 
temple  cut  out  of  solid  rock. 

5.  Sen-na-ar'y  the  capital  of  the  kingdom  of  Sennaar,  was  formerly 
a  large  city,  but  is  now  almost  in  ruins  ;  Su&'kem,  once  a  large  com- 
mercial port,  is  now  greatly  reduced. 

ABYSSINIA. 

1.  Abyssinia,  which  lies  west  of  the  Red  sea  and  the  straits  of 
Babelmandel,  and  contains  the  eastern  sources  of  the  Nile,  is  a  coun> 
try  of  considerable  celebrity,  thougli  it  has  been  visited  by  few  mod- 
ern travellers,  and  is  but  little  known. 

2.  It  is  an  elevated  and  mountainous  country,  and  much  of  it  is 
well  watered  and  fertile  ;  and  it  is  rich  in  animal  and  vegetable  pro- 
ductions. 

19.  What  towns  in  Upper  Egypf:  ? 

Nubia. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Nubia .>     2.  What  is  mentioned  of  the 
country  .'*    3.  Soil  and  climate  ?    4.  Dongola,  Shendy,  and  Ebsam- 


bul  ?    5.  Sennaar  and  Suakem  ? 

Abyssiitia. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Abyssinia.' 
and  soil  ? 


2.  What  of  the  surface 


See  Map  JVo.  X.— 'How  is  Egypt  bounded .'  How  does  the  Nile  in- 
tersect it. ''  How  is  Cairo  situated  .''  Alexandria?  Damietta.'  Ro- 
setta .''  Suez  ?  Cosseir  .''  Syene  ?  The  Pyramids  f  Thebes  ? 
Girge  ?     What  other  towns  on  the  Nile  ? 

See  Map  JVo.  XL — What  is  the  situation  of  Nubia  ?    The  country  of 
Dongola  ?     Sennaar  ?    By  what  rivers  ia  Nubia  watered  ? 
FIo^  is  the  town  of  Dongola  situated .''     Sennaar  ?    Ebsambul  ?    Shendy  i 
Suakem .''     Ibrim  f 


:-ii-J 


190 


ABYSSINIA. 


3.  The  dimatet  on  axscount  of  the  elevation  of  the  country,  the 
streams  of  water,  and  rains,  is  much  cooler  than  that  of  Egypt 

4.  The  Ahyssinians  have  professed  Christianity  from  an  early 
period,  and  are  of  the  Eutychian  sect ;  but  they  are  extremely  i^o> 
rant ;  the  art  of  printing  is  not  in  use  among  them ;  and  copies  of 
the  Bible  are  very  rare. 

5.  They  are  of  a  dark  olive  complexion ;  live  in  round  hovels  with 
thatched  roofs  ;  and  are  noted  for  their  singular  and  barbarous  cus- 
toms. ^ 

6.  Besides  the  Christians  of  Abyssinia,  the  country  is  inhabited 
by  several  pagan  nations,  as  the  Gmlas  and  Shangallas,  who  are  far 
more  noted  for  tiieir  ferocious  manners  and  savage  customs. 

7.  GoN^DAR,  the  chief  town  of  Abyssinia,  is  situated  on  the  north- 
east part  of  lake  Dem-be'a,  is  said  to  contain  100  churches,  and  has 
considerable  trade. 

8.  AdIO'Wa  and  An'torh  are  noted  as  considerable  towns ;  Ajfutiu, 
as  the  former  capital ;  Mas^u-ah,  as  the  principal  port 


BARBARY  STATES. 


1.  Barbary  is  a  name  given  to  an  extensive  country  in  the  north 

S   What  is  said  of  the  climate  ?    4.  The  Abyssinians  ?    6.  What  of  their 
complexion  and  habits  ?    6.  What  other  inhabitants  of  the  country  ? 
7.  What  Is  said  of  Gondar  ?    8.  What  other  towns  ? 

Babbary  States. — 1.  What  does  Barbary  comprise? 


Dem- 


8ee  Map  JVo.  X.-~How  is  Abyssinia  situated  ?    Where  is  lake 
bea  ?    What  branches  of  the  Nile  rise  in  Abyssinia  ? 
What  other  river?    How  is  Gondar  situated?    Masuah  and  Ar-kt'ko? 
Axura  ?    Antalo  ?    What  other  towns  ? 


ot  Africa, 
Mediterra 

2.  ThisI 
ancic^nt 
powerful 
less  impo 
barbarism 

3.  Itsr 
tainsj  a  1< 
ert,  and 

4.  The 
from  50  t 
the  sea,  ^ 
tinguishc 

5.  The 
yet  the  c 
plague. 

6.  Soi 
and  othe 
fruits,  p 

7.  Th 
pears  in 

8.  Th 
the  rulii 
2dly,  Jet 
trade ;  3 
who  live 
ed  from 
is  said  t 

9.  Tl 
govemn 


10.  n 
Barbar 
the  nor 
divisioi 

11.  ] 
the  sea 
witiiT 
is  noyi 
someti 

12. 

2.  W 
S.  W 


M    W 


,  the 

early 

58  of 

with 

CU8> 


BARBARA  STATflS. 


191 


ot  Africa,  which  is  situated  between  tlie  desert  of  Sahara  and  the 
Mediterranean  sea,  and  comptisea  Mo-rocfcOfM-giirt^f  7Vnt9,  JVipf' 
04iy  and  Bar'ca. 

2.  This  country  occupied  a  much  more  conspicuous  place  in  the 
ancient  world,  than  it  has  done  in  the  modern:  it  contained  the 
powerful  and  commercial  state  of  Carthage^  and  several  others  of 
less  importance  ;  but  in  latter  times  it  has  been  noted  as  a  seat  of 
barbarism  and  piracy. 

3.  Its  most  remarkable  natural  feature  consists  in  ihe  Atlas  Mouu' 
tainsj  a  long  and  elevated  range,  which  lies  north  of  the  Great  Des- 
ert, and  which  ancient  fable  represented  as  the  prop  of  the  heavens. 

4.  The  cultivated  part  of  Barbary  comprises  a  tract  of  country 
from  50  to  200  miles  wide,  situated  between  the  Atlas  range  and 
Uie  sea,  watered  by  numerous  streams  from  the  mountains,  and  dis- 
tinguished for  its  fertility. 

5.  The  climate  is  temperate,  pleasant,  and  generally  healthy ; 
yet  the  country  is  exposed  to  the  most  calamitous  visitations  of  the 
plague. 

6.  Some  of  the  principal  productions  and  exports  are  rice^  maize, 
and  other  kinds  of  grain ;  ivory,  oatridi  feathers,  Morocco  {eafA«r,  and 
fruits,  particularly  dates. 

7.  The  locust  is  a  formidable  insect  of  this  country,  and  often  ap- 
pears in  immense  swarms,  causing  the  most  destructive  ravages. 

8.  The  inhabitants  consist  of  four  classes ;  1st,  Moors,  who  are 
the  ruling  people,  and  form  most  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  cities  ; 
2dly,  Jews,  who  live  in  the  cities  and  have  the  management  of  the 
trade  ;  ddly,  Arabs,  who  lead  a  pastoral  life  ;  4th,  Berbers  or  Brebers, 
who  live  in  the  mountainous  parts,  and  are  supposed  to  be  descend- 
ed from  the  original  inhabitants,  and  from  whom  the  name  of  Barbary 
is  said  to  be  derived. 

9.  The  prevailing  religion  of  Barbary  is  Mahometanism  ;  and  the 
gwemment  a  barbarous  despotism. 

Morocco. 

10.  The  empire  of  Morocco,  which  is  much  the  largest  of  tlie 
Barbary  States,  and  comprises  a  part  of  ancient  Mauretania,  lies  in 
the  northwest  of  Africa,  and  includes  Morocco  Proper,  Fez,  and  other 
divisions. 

11.  Mo-Roc'co,  the  capital,  is  situated  upwards  of  100  miles  from 
the  sea.  It  is  the  usual  residence  of  the  emperor,  carries  one  trade 
with  Tombuctoo,  and  was  once  a  very  large  and  populous  city,  but 
is  now  decayed.  Mecfui-nez  (mek'e-nez),  further  in  the  interior,  is 
sometimes  the  residence  of  the  emperor. 

12.  Fez,  formerly  the  capital  of  a  kingdom  of  the  same  name, 

2.  What  is  said  of  its  ancient  and  modern  condition  ? 

8.  What  is  said  of  the  Atlas  mountains  ?    4.  What  of  the  cultivated  part  ? 
5.  Climate  ?    6.  Productions  and  exports?    7.  The  locust?    8.  In- 
habitants ?    9.  Religion  and  fcovemment  ? 
M.  What  is  said  of  the  empire  of  Morocco  ?    11.  The  city  of  Morocco, 
and  Mequinez  ?     12.  Fez  ? 


,■  i 


'^:m. 


m 


BARBARY  STATES. 


and  noted  as  a  seat  of  Mahometan  learning,  is  now  a  considerable 
city,  and  ihe  largest  in  the  empire. 

13.  Mog-a-dore'  is  noted  as  the  chief  seat  of  European  commerce 
with  Morocco ;  Tan-gier^f  as  the  residence  of  European  consuls ; 
CcM'te,  as  a  seaport  belonging  to  Spain  ;  Ra-hatf  ^  La-rachtf  (la-rash'), 
and  Tetfti-an,  as  considerable  ports. 

14.  Morocco  is  noted  for  a  kind  of  Zca/Acr  called  Morocco^  which  is 
manufactured  of  the  skins  of  the  goats  of  the  province  of  Tafi-let. 

Algiers.  ' 

15.  The  country  of  Algiers  is  divided  into  three  provinces  ;  and 
it  is  the  most  noted  of  all  t'ue  Barbary  States  for  naval  strength  and 
piracy. 

16.  Al-giers',  the  capital  of  the  country  of  Algiers,  and  noted  for 
piracy,  is  built  on  the  side  of  a  hill,  with  the  houses  rising  in  the 
form  of  an  amphitheatre,  and  it  presents  a  magnificent  spectacle 
from  the  sea.    It  was  taken  by  the  French  in  1830. 

17.  Con-stan-ti'na,  the  capital  of  the  eastern  province,  is  noted  as 
the  second  town  in  size  ;  Trem-e-cen' ,  as  the  capital  of  the  western 
province  ;  0-ranf,  as  a  place  of  strength. 

Tunis.  "  ■  ■> 

16.  The  country  of  Tunis  includes  the  site  of  ancient  Carthage, 
and  contains  many  monuments  of  ancient  magnificence. 

19.  Tu'nis,  the  capital,  situated  near  the  site  of  ancient  Carthage, 
is  one  of  the  largest  cities  in  Africa,  and  the  most  commercial  one 
in  Barbary.  It  carries  on  an  extensive  trade  With  Central  Africa 
and  with  France,  and  has  also  various  manufactures. 

20.  Bi-zer'ta,  Sfax,  and  Su'sa,  are  noted  as  considerable  towns ; 
Kair-wan',  for  its  former  magnificence. 

Tripoli. 

21.  Trip'o-li,  the  capital  of  the  state  of  Tripoli,  has  a  good  har- 
bor and  considerable  commerce,  and  is  largely  concerned  in  the 
caravan  trade  with  the  interior  of  Africa, 

Barca. 

92.  Barca  contains  the  site  of  the  ancient  city  of  Cy-r^ne ;  but 
is  mos».Iy  a  desert. 

23,  Its  chief  towns  are  Deme  and  Bin-gd'zi. 

•:'■      ■  Fezzan. 

24.  Fez-zan',  which  lies  south  of  Tripoli,  is  a  small  but  fertile 
country,  surrounded  by  deserts. 

13.  What  ports  ?     14.  For  what  manufacture  is  Morocco  noted  ? 

15.  What  is  said  of  the  country  of  Algiers  .'     16.  What  of  the  city  ' 

17.  What  other  towns .? 

18.  What  is  said  of  the  country  of  Tunis  i    19.  The  city  of  Tunis  t    20. 

What  other  towns  ? 
21.  What  is  said  of  Tripoli?    22.  Barca.'    23.  What  towns  ? 
24.  What  is  said  of  Fezzan  ' 


vans, 


n 


BARBARY  STATES. 


193 


25.  Mour-zouk'  (moor-zook'),  the  capital,  is  nuted  as  a  centre  of 
ihe  caravan  trade  of  Africa. 

Sahara,  or  tue  Great  Desert. 

1.  Sah'a-ra  or  Za'a-ra.  or  the  Great  Desert,  which  lies  soutli  of 
Barbary,  is  about  1,000  miles  broad,  and  reckoning  from  the  Atlantic 
to  the  Nile,  about  3,000  miles  long  ;  but  the  name  is  commonly  lim- 
ited to  the  main  body,  which  lies  west  of  Fezzan,and  which  is  about 
2,000  miles  in  length. 

2.  It  is  raised  but  little  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  appears  as 
a  vast  ocean  of  scorching  sand,  having  here  and  there  some  oases  or 
islands,  which  afford  water  and  vegetation,  and  serve  as  resting  and 
watering  places  to  the  caravans  that  travel  over  it ;  and  in  some  in- 
stances they  support  a  number  of  inhabitants. 

3.  This  vast  and  dreary  abode  of  solitude  and  desolation,  is  trav- 
ersed, for  purposes  of  commerce,  by  caravans,  that  proceed  from  the 
towns  of  Barbary,  and  from  Cairo  in  Egypt,  conveying  salt,  cloths, 
and  various  kinds  of  European  goods  to  Tombuctoo,  Bornou,  and 
other  places  in  Central  Africa,  and  receiving  in  return  slaves,  gold, 
ivory,  ostrich  feathers,  civet,  and  some  other  articles. 

4.  In  dry  seasons,  when  the  water  fails  at  the  oases,  whole  cara- 
vans, including  both  men  and  camels,  sometimes  perish  with  thirst ; 
and  whole  caravans  are  also  said  to  be  sometimes  destroyed  by  being 
buried  by  waves  or  clouds  of  sand  agitated  by  the  wind. 

5.  The  western  coast  of  Sahara  being  rocky  and  dangerous,  a 
considerable  number  of  European  vessels  have  here  suffered  ship- 
wreck ;  and  the  crews,  when  captured  by  the  Moors,  are  exposed  to 
the  most  dreadful  sufferings. 

25.  What  is  said  of  Mourzouk  ? 

Sahara. — 1,  What  is  the  extent  of  Sahara  ?  2.  What  is  said  of  the 
surface .''  3.  What  of  the  caravan  trade  .''  4.  To  what  calamity  are 
they  exposed  ?  5.  What  is  said  of  shipwrecks  on  tlie  western  coast  ? 


See  Map  of  Africa. — How  is  Morocco  bounded  .'  Algiers .-'  Tunis  .' 
Tripoli  ?  Barca  ?  How  is  Fezzan  situated  ?  Biledulgerid  ?  Taii- 
let  ?  Suz  ?  Fez?  What  capas  are  on  the  north  of  Tunis  ?  What 
gulk"  on  the  east  ?     Where  is  the  gulf  of  Sidra  ? 

Where  is  the  desert  of  Barca?  Libya?  What  town?  of  Morocco  are  on 
the  northwest  coast  r     What  ones  near  the  straits  of  Gibraltar  ? 

What  towns  of  Algiers  are  on  the  Mediterranean  ?  Of  Tunis?  Of  Trip- 
oli ?  Barca  ?  How  is  the  city  of  Morocco  situated  ?  Fez  ?  Me- 
quinez  ?    Algiers  ?     Constantina  ?    Tunis  ?    Tripoli  ?    Mourzouk  ? 

What  is  ihe  situation  of  the  Great  Desert '   Where  is  the  Desert  of  Libya? 

Where  is  Berdoa  ?    The  Tibboos  ?    The  Tuarick  ?     Mongearts  ? 

How  is  Angela  situated  ?     Siwah  ?     Kuku  '     Agades  ? 
17 


■'':\ 


mi 


104 


WESTiuRN  AFRICA. 


WESTERN  AFRICA. 
Termite*  ArU-HUU, 


1.  Western  Africa  comprehends  all  the  countries  on  the  coast, 
which  lie  between  the  desert  of  Sahara  and  Ben-gui'la ;  and  it  is 
noted  for  being  the  principal  theatre  of  that  inhuman  and  disgrace- 
ful traffic,  the  slave-trade. 

2.  Tliis  region  includes  many  different  countries  and  kingdoms. 
The  kingdoms  of  Sen-e-gam'bi-a  are  in  the  north ;  those  of  Guin'ea, 
in  the  middle  ;  and  the  countries  of  Lo-an'go,  Con  go,  An-go'la,  and 
Ben-gu&la,  in  the  south. 

3.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Sen'e-gal,  Gam  bi-a,  Grand,  Mes- 
u-rd'do,  and  Zaire  or  Con'go. 

4.  This  region  lies  wholly  within  the  torrid  zone,  and  the  climate 
is  extremely  hot,  and  very  unhealthy  to  Europeans. 

5.  Much  of  the  soil  is  exceedingly  fertile  ;  and  the  country  is  cov- 
ered with  a  luxuriant  vegetation. 

(>.  This  part  of  Africa  abounds  in  various  animals,  particularly  ele- 
phants, monkeys,  and  antelopes ;  it  is  also  infested  by  venomous  in- 
sects and  reptiles  ;  and  here  is  found  the  enormous  serpent  the  boa 
constrictor. 

7.  In  many  paits  of  this  region,  the  ter'mi-tes,  sometimes  called 
white  ants,  construct  their  singular  habitations,  which  they  raise  in 
the  form  of  a  pyramid,  in  some  instances,  to  the  height  of  15  or  20 
feet. 


8.  The  p 
articles  are  i 
of  paradise 
were  namct 

9.  Some 
the  Foulahg 
Dahomey ; 
the  Gold  cc 
longing  to  1 

10.  The 
the  principi 
Fc-I6up^. 

11.  The 
indolent,  b 
naturally  n 
heroic  fide] 
spirit  of  th 
of  mankin< 

12.  The 
are  afflicte 
enormities, 
taken  to  pi 

13.  Gre 
to  abolisli 
statutes  hs 
to  the  cup 
tendom,  t\ 

14.  In 
the  benev 
the  civiliz 

15.  In 
has  been 


8.  What  a 
gro 
abo 


See  Ml 
M< 
ant 

CO 

sot 
Be 

I.C 

an 
T« 

Cs 


What 


Western  Africa. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Western  Africa  ? 
What  does  it  include  ?    3.  What  are  the  rivers  ?    4.  What  is  said 
the  climate  ?     5.  Soil  ?    6.  Animals  ?     7.  Termites  ? 


of 


WESTERN  AFRICA. 


lOR 


8.  The  ^ .  icipal  article  of  commerce  consists  of  slaves ;  other 
articles  are  gold^  ivory,  and  formerly  Guinea  pepper,  called  also  craitu 
of  paradise  ;  and  from  these,  the  different  parts  of  the  coast  of  Guinea 
were  named  the  Gold,  Ivory,  Grain,  and  Slave  coasts. 

!).  Some  of  the  principal  towns  are  Teem-boo',  the  chief  town  of 
the  Foulahs  ;  Coo-mas-si^,  the  capital  of  Ash-an-tee' ;  JiVo-mey,  of 
Dahomey  ;  Be-nin',  of  Benin  ;  Ca-ben'da,  in  Loango ;  tll-mi'na,  on 
the  Gola  coast,  belonging  to  the  Dutch,  and  Cape  Coast  Castle,  be- 
longing to  the  English. 

10.  The  inhabitants  consist  of  various  tribes  of  negroea,  some  of 
the  principal  of  which  are  the  Fdu'lah^,  Jal'ojs,  Man-din'goes,  and 
Fc-luups'. 

11.  The  negroes  are  a  degraded  race,  ignorant,  superRtitiouH,  and 
indolent,  but  passionately  fond  of  music  and  dancing.  They  ar« 
naturally  mild,  affectionate,  and  hospitable.  They  often  exhibit  an 
heroic  fidelity,  and  need  only  to  be  enlightened  and  directed  by  the 
spirit  of  tlie  gospel  in  order  to  become  the  most  amiable  and  happy 
of  mankind. 

12.  The  most  tremendous  scourge  by  which  the  unhappy  negroes 
are  afflicted,  is  the  slave-tracle,  which  is  the  cause  of  the  greatest 
enormities,  and  in  consequence  of  which  wars  are  incessantly  under- 
taken to  procure  slaves  for  the  market. 

13.  Great  exertions  have  been  made,  particularly  by  the  English, 
to  abolisli  this  infamous  traffic  ;  but  philanthropy,  equity,  and  penal 
statutes  have  hitherto  been  foimd  but  feeble  barriers,  when  opposed 
to  the  cupidity  of  unprincipled  traders  ;  and,  to  the  reproach  of  Chris- 
tendom, this  trade  in  negro ?.'3  is  still  carried  on  to  a  great  extent. 

14.  In  Si-ei'^ra  Le-o'ne,  there  is  on  English  colony  established  for 
the  benevolent  purpose  of  colonizing  fii«e  negroes,  and  promoting 
the  civilization  of  Africa. 

15.  In  Li-byn-a,  near  the  river  Mes-u-rii'do,  a  similar  settlement 
has  been  formed  by  the  American  Colonization  Society. 


8.  What  articles  of  commerce  ? 

1  ?       19!      filavo.tF!»)p  ' 


9.  Towns?  10.  Inhabitants?  11.  Ne- 
groes {  12.  Slave-trade  ?  13.  AVliat  attempts  have  been  made  t<) 
abolish  it  ?    14.  Sierra  Leone  ?     15.  Liberia  ? 


What 


See  Map  of  Africa. — Where  are  the  rivers  Senegal  and  Gambia?  Tho 
Mesurado  ?  The  Zaire  or  Congo  ?  What  countries  are  situated  on 
and  near  the  Senegal  and  Gambia  ? 

countries  lie  north  of  the  gulf  of  Guinea  ?  What  ones  further 
south  ?  Where  is  Kaarta  ?  Fooladoo  ?  Benguela  ?  Mandingo  ? 
Benin?  Congo?  Slorra  Leone  ?  Angola?  Liberia?  Ashantee  ? 
Loango?  Biat'ra?  Dahomey?  How  are  the  Grain,  Ivory,  Gold, 
and  Slave  coasts  situated?  How  is  the  town  of  Benin  situated? 
Teemboo  ?  Coomassie  ?  Monrovia  ?  Elmina  ?  Cape  Coast  Castle  ? 
Cabenda  ? 


';;'-f-i 


%% 


li 


IOC 


CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

The  Lion. 


1.  Within  the  last  forty  years,  great  efforts  liave  been  made  to 
explore  the  interior  of  Africa  ;  and  though  much  expense  has  been 
incurred,  and  many  lives  sacrificed  in  these  enterprises,  yet  a  great 
part  of  it  is  still  wholly  unknown  to  the  civilized  world. 

U.  European  travellers  have  partially  explored  the  countiies  which 
lie  north  of  the  parallel  of  the  10th  degree  of  north  latitude  ;  but  fur- 
ther south  our  knowledge  is  confined  to  the  countries  which  border 
on  the  coasts. 

3.  Sou-dan',  or  JVi-gri'ti-a,  is  a  nam^  applied  to  an  extensive  re- 
gion in  the  interior,  which  lies  south  of  tlio  desert  of  Sahara,  and 
includes  a  number  of  countries  and  kingdoms,  that  are  fertile  and 
considerably  populous.  Some  of  the  principal  ones  are  Tom-huc-too', 
Hdus'sa,  Bam-bar'ro,  Cash'na  or  Kas-si'na,  and  Bor-n6u'. 

4.  The  commerce  of  these  countries  is  carried  on  by  caravans  with 
Cairo  and  the  towns  of  Barbary ;  and  the  exports  consist  chiefly  of 
slaves,  gold  dust,  ivoi-y,  ostrich  feathers,  and  civet. 

5.  The  inhabitants  consist  of  JVegi'ocs,  Moors,  and  Arabs,  and  are 
mostly  Mahometans,  but  partly  pagans. 

6.  Tom-bnc-tool ,  or  Tim.-buc'too,  situated  near  the  Niger,  is  the 
commercial  capital  of  Central  Africa,  and  the  point  to  which  cara- 
vans proceed  from  the  north.  Many  European  travellers  have  lost 
their  lives  in  attempts  to  visit  this  city;  and  the  object  was  first 


a, 


Central.  Africa. — 1.  What  is  said  respecting  the  discovery  of  the 

interior  of  Africa  ?     2.  What  has  been  effected  ? 
What  is  said  of  Soudan  ?    4.  Commerce  ?    5.  Inhabitants  ?    6.  Tom- 

buctoo  ? 


See  Map  of  Africa. — How  is  the  country  of  Soudan  or  Nigritia  situated  ? 
Bambarra?    Darfour?    Houssa  ?    Bornou  ?    Tonibuctoo  ?   Kanem  ? 

Where  is  the  river  Niger  ?  Lake  Tchad  ?  How  is  the  town  of  Sego  situ- 
ated ?  Tonibuctoo?  Sackatoo  ?  Kouka?  Cobbe  ?  Cashna?  An- 
gornou  ? 

What  towns  are  on  the  Niger  ? 


tccomplish( 
after  leavin 

7.  Sack- 
warlike  nat 

8.  Cflwfc'i 
\a,  and  ^n, 
Bomou ;  C 


1.  This  { 
ricorn,  an( 
Cbfonv  oft 

2.  The 
some  fertile 

3.  It  is  i; 
of  which  ai 
ber  of  rivei 

4.  The  r 
Hot  ten-tots 
'  5.  The 
features  fr 
total  life. 

6.  The  J 
complexior 
Moravian  r 

7.  Two 
Kur^ee-ch 

8.  The  ] 
from  Euro] 
freshmentfi 

9.  It  is  i 
vines  origi 
of  the  mo£ 
houses  an( 

10.  Cap 

7.  What  i 

8.  What  ( 

SOUTHE 

2.  What 
Caff 
Eng 
10.  What  i 

See  .Ma^ 

gioi 

How  is  Ki 

What  are  i 

What  cap< 

lerl 


CENTRAL  AFRICA. 


1S)7 


accomplished,  in  1826,  by  Major  Laing,  who  was  afisassinated  soon 
after  leaving  the  place. 

7.  Sack-a-io</f  or  iSoc-ca-foo',  a  large  town,  is  the  capital  of  the 
warlike  nation  of  the  Fclatahs  ;  Se'go,  of  tlic  kingdom  or  Bambarra. 

8.  Caah'na  is  the  capital  of  Casiina  or  Kassina ;  Bor-ndu',  Kdu'- 
ka,  and  jlngomou  arc  considerable  towns  in  Uie  large  kingdom  of 
Bomou  ;  Cob'be  is  the  capital  of  Dar-fduH, 


■r..- 


•.ivr< 


SOUTHERN  AFRICA. 

1.  This  division  of  Africa  lies  mostly  south  of  the  tropic  of  Cap- 
ricorn, and  includes  the  country  of  Caf-fralri-a^  and  the  English 
Colony  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  or  Cape  Colony, 

3.  The  most  of  this  region  is  but  little  known ;  but  it  contains 
some  fertile  districts,  and  has  extensive  deserts. 

3.  It  is  intersected  by  several  ridges  of  mountains,  some  summits 
of  which  are  always  covered  with  snow  ;  and  it  is  watered  by  a  num- 
ber of  rivers,  the  largest  of  which  is  Orange  River. 

4.  The  natives  consist  of  various  tribes  of  Cqffrea  (kaf'fers)  and 
Hotten-tois. 

5.  The  Caffrea  are  nearly  black,  but  differ  much  in  form  and 
features  from  the  African  negroes  ;  and  they  generally  lead  a  pas- 
toral life. 

6.  The  Hottentots  are  a  more  degraded  race,  of  yellowish  brown 
complexion,  and  very  deformed  appearance  ;  but  the  labors  of  the 
Moravian  missionaries  among  tliem  have  been  very  successful. 

7.  Two  of  the  principal  towns  of  tliis  region  are  Lat-ta-koof  and 
Kur-ree-chan^. 

8.  The  English  Colony  of  the  Cape,  being  situated  on  the  route 
from  Europe  to  India,  is  important  on  account  of  its  affording  re- 
freshments to  vessels  on  their  long  voyages. 

9.  It  is  famous  for  the  delicious  Constantta  tm'ne,  produced  from 
vines  originally  brought  from  Shiraz  in  Persia ;  and  also  for  a  variety 
of  the  most  beautiful  plants,  which  now  adorn  many  of  the  green- 
houses and  gardens  of  Europe  and  America. 

10.  Cape  Totun,  the  capital  of  tlie  Colony,  is  situated  on  Table 

7.  What  is  said  of  Sackatoo  and  Sego  ? 

8.  What  other  towns  are  mentioned  P 

Southern  Africa. — 1.  What  does  Southern  Africa  comprehend  ? 
2.  What  is  said  of  it  ?     3.   Mountains  and  rivers  ?     4.  Natives  ?     6. 
Caffies?     6.    Hottentots?     7.   Towns?     8.    What  is  said  of  the 
English  Colony  ?    9.  For  what  is  it  famous  ? 
10.  What  is  said  of  Cape  Town  ? 


See  Map  of  .Africa. — How  does  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn  cross  tliis  re- 
gion ?    What  river  flows  west  ?     What  rivers  on  the  east  ? 
How  is  Kurreechane  situated  ?    Lattakoo  ? 

What  are  some  of  the  tribes  of  people  ?     How  is  Cape  Colony  situated  ? 
What  capes  and  bays  on  the  coast  ?    How  is  Cape  Town  situated  ?    Stel- 
lenbosch  ?    Bethelsdorp  ? 
17* 


Pi 


*  :■■ 


198 


SOUTIIKRN  AFRICA. 


bay,  near  the  foot  of  Tabic  niountiiin,  5)0  miles  from  tho  Cape,  and  in 
important  wt  conncctiid  with  the  conmtorcial  intercourse  with  India. 


SOUTHEASTERN  AFRICA. 

1.  This  region,  which  cxtendH  from  Caffraria  to  the  straitfl  of  Ba- 
belmandel,  has  been  purtiully  coloni/ed  by  the  PorttigiioHe  ;  but  it  is 
less  known  than  Western  Africa,  and  much  Ichh  viuited  for  purpoi^es 
of  commerce. 

2.  Some  of  the  principa]  countries  are  So-f/l'la^  Mon-o-molfo-pa, 
Mo-zam-bique'f  Zan-^ue-bar'f  Mc^-u-doxfa,  Ji'jan,  and  JVdel. 

3.  The  climate,  soil,  and  inhabitants  of  thiij  region  resemble  those 
of  the  western  coast ;  and  tlic  principal  articles  of  commerce  are  the 
same,  namely,  slaves,  gold,  and  ivory. 

4.  Sofala  abounds  in  gold  ;  and  some  learned  men  have  supposed 
that  this  country  is  the  same  as  the  Ophir  of  the  Scriptures. 


AFRICAN  ISLANDS. 
Peak  of  Tenertffe. 


SoTTTHXASTERN  AFRICA. — 1.  What  IS  Said  of  SoutheftHtem  Africa? 
2.  What  countries  does  it  include  ?     3.  What  is  said  of  tl.  .-^  re'j'on  ^ 
4.  What  of  Sofala  ? 


See  Map  of  Africa. — What  channel  separates  Madagascar  from  Africa  ? 
What  rivers  flow  into  the  ocean  between  Caffraria  and  the  straits  of  Babel- 

r^andel  ?    Where  is  lake  Maravi  ?     How  are  the  countries  of  Sabia 

an  1  Sofala  situated  ?     Ajan  and  Adel  ?     Mozambique  ?     Monomo- 

toj/a .'     Zanguebar  ?     Magadoxa  ? 
How  is  th'     Tn  of  Berbera  nituated  .''     Melinda?     Magadoxa  ^    Quiloa? 

S-fii...     ?f  J  .ambiqi'u.' 


APRT'MN  I8LANDS. 


IW 


>  . 


landii 
India. 


1.  The  princinnl  inland.s  on  the  ottstcrn  coast  of  Africa  are  Mad- 
n-gaj'car,  So-co'tra,  Zan-zi-har^,  and  tlie  Co-mor'ro  islands,  cliiufly 
in  Uio  poflHossion  of  the  nativen  :  Bdur'bon,  belonging  to  France,  and 
Mau-rVti-uSt  to  Great  Britain. 

2.  The  most  important  iulandn  on  (he  wont  of  Africa  are  3fa-(/<i'ra, 
the  Azorta!^  and  the  Cape  Fern'  isl  mda,  liolonging  to  Portugal ;  the 
Ca-na'riesy  to  Spain  ;  and  St.  Jte4e  itff,  to  Grcut  Britain. 

3.  Mndafraacar,  one  of  the  largest  irdflndH  in  the  world,  Imm  a 
mountainous  surface,  and  a  fertil*  »oil ;  aii<  . '  iuhabtted  by  variuus 
native  tribes. 

4.  The  Island  of  Bourhon  is  noted  for  being  composed  chiefly  of 
two  volcanic  mountains,  and  for  coft'ee. 

5.  Mauritius^  or  the  lale  of  France,  is  less  fertile  than  Bourbon, 
but  x?  of  commercial  and  military  importance,  on  account  of  its  good 
bar?  ■.j''><. 

5.  Thr  '"land  of  Madeira  is  famous  for  its  excellent  wine. 

V.  'i.i  Azores,  about  midway  between  Africa  and  America,  ar* 
inipDosed  Lv^  be  of  volcanic  origin,  and  are  noted  for  wine,  oranges, 
lenxuns,  and  other  fruits. 

8.  Tlio  Canaries,  called  by  the  ancients  the  Fortunate  Islands, 
produce  abundance  of  com,  wine,  and  fruits. 

9.  Ten'e-riffe,  the  largest  of  the  Canaries,  is  noted  for  its  Ptak, 
which  may  be  seen  at  sea  J  20  miles  distant ;  Fer'ro,  for  having:  for- 
merly been  the  place  from  which  longitude  was  reckoned. 

10.  St.  He-le'na,  a  small  island  surrounded  by  high  precipice  ,  of 
basaltic  rock,  is  regarded  as  a  great  natural  curiosity,  and  is  famouR 
for  having  been  the  place  of  tJie  imprisonment  and  doatii  of  Bona- 
parte. 

African'  Islaitos. — 1.  What  islands  are  east  of  Africa? 
2.  What  ones  west  ?     3.  What  is  said  of  Madagascar  ?     4.  nourbon  ?    6. 
Mauritius?     6.    Madeira?      7.  The   Azores?     8.  The  Canaries? 
9.  Teneriffe  and  Ferro  ?     10.  St.  Helena  ? 


See  Map  of  .Africa. — How  is  Madagascar  situated  ? 

What  part  is  crossed  by  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn  ?  By  what  is  it  separated 
from  Africa  ?  How  are  the  Comorro  islands  situated  ?  Zanzibar  .- 
St.  Helena  ?     What  islands  in  the  gulf  of  Guinea  ? 

Where  are  the  Canary  Islands  ?     Madeira  ? 

See  Map  ofA»',%. — How  is  the  island  of  Bourbon  situated  ?    Mauritius? 
Socotra  ? 

See  Map  of  the  World. — Where  are  the  Azores  ?    Cape  Verd  Islands  ? 


•1 
t 


(■• 


•l< 

ir-f 

w\' 

w  ""I 

f 

W ' 

p 

M 

I'll 

■  ♦,. 

:!•''! 

;  ■ '. 

'   f".  <      s>  t 

'..■«. 

.'^  > 

■1 

1, 

1 

t 

h 

5J:^v 

33 

•'1    V 

,' 

'4  M 

1.  p 

embrac 
togeth 


2.  T 

half  o 
southe 
sflobe. 
3.1 
all  cor 
only  01 
land ;  < 
but  no 
the  oce 
4.  1 
the  ine 
haled 
which 
ing  ve 
feeds 

5. ': 

meri3C 
differc 
each  I 
produ 

6. ; 

its  sa 
quiry 
ancie 
form* 
subst 
7. 
minis 

Pi 

2.  \^ 


7.  V 


■■i 


PHYSICAL   GEOGRAPHY. 


1.  Physical  Geography  is  the  natural  history  of  the  globe,  and 
embracos  a  view  of  the  sea,  the  atmospher€,the  structure  of  the  eart^ 
together  with  its  rivers,  lakes,  mourUains,  minerals,  vegetables,  and 
animals. 

The  Sea.  "'' 

2.  This  mighty  element  occupies  considerably  more  than  one 
half  of  the  northern  hemisphere,  almost  seven  eighths  of  the 
Bouthern,  and  nearly  tliree  fourths  of  the  whole  surface  of  tlie 
globe. 

3.  The  several  oceans  which  are  known  by  different  names,  are 
all  connected  with  each  other,  and  may  be  regarded  as  forming 
only  one  vast  and  continuous  expanse  of  water  spread  round  the 
land ;  and  all  the  gulfs  and  inland  seas,  .orm  only  portions  detached, 
but  not  entirely  separated  from  that  universal  sea,  which  we  call 
the  ocean. 

4.  The  sea  is  of  vast  importance  in  the  economy  of  nature.  It  is 
the  inexhaustible  source  of  the  element  of  water,  which  being  ex- 
haled by  the  sun,  and  condensed  by  the  cold  of  the  upper  regions  to 
which  it  ascends,  falls  down  in  showers,  moistening  the  air,  refresh- 
ing vegetable  life,  and  furnishing  to  rivers  that  ample  supply  that 
feeds  their  ever-flowing  streams. 

5.  The  ocean  is  tlie  great  highway  of  the  globe,  and  is  of  im- 
mense advantage  to  mankind  by  facilitating  the  intercourse  between 
different  nations,  bringing  distant  countries  comparatively  near  to 
each  other,  and  furnisliing  an  easy  mode  of  exchanging  their  various 
productions. 

6.  The  water  of  the  sea  is  well  known  to  be  salt ;  but  the  cause  of 
its  saltness  has  never  been  satisfactorily  ascertained,  though  the  in- 
quiry respecting  it  has  attracted  the  attention  of  philosophers  from 
ancient  times.  Some  have  supposed  that  the  saline  substances 
formed  a  part  of  its  original  composition ;  others,  tliat  they  have  been 
subsequently  dissolved  in  it. 

7.  The  degree  of  saltness  is  greatest  near  the  equator,  and  it  di- 
minishes towards  the  poles. 

Physical.  Geography. — 1.  What  is  Physical  Geography.' 
2.  What  proportion  of  the  globe  is  occupied  by  the  sea.?    3.  How  may 
the  different  oceans  be  regarded  ?  4.  What  is  said  of  the  importance 
of  the  sea  in  the  economy  of  nature  ?     5.  What  of  its  uses  .••    6. 
What  respecting  the  causes  of  the  saltness  of  its  waters  ? 
7.  Where  is  the  degree  of  saltness  greatest  ? 


■  ■■'■  ■    h<* 

V   ;  4.  ,!',.- 
■■■..  nr'''  '^^ 


yK 


■■>. 


■■'A*' 
'1  ■ 


■■''<i 


!I203 


PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


8.  The  greatest  depth  of  the  ocean  has  not  been  ascertained;  for 
it  has  not  been  sounded  much  deeper  than  a  mile.  As  far  as  it  has 
been  explored,  the  bottom  exhibits  a  striking  resemblance  to  the 
surface  of  the  dry  land,  presenting  a  varied  scene  of  mountains, 
rocks,  and  valleys. 

9.  THdes. — The  tides  are  regular  motions  of  the  sea,  according  to 
whicli  it  ebbs  and  flows  twice  every  twenty -five  hours.  They  are 
caused  chiefly  by  the  attraction  of  Uie  moon,  modified,  in  some  de- 
gree, by  that  of  the  sun. 

10.  This  movement  differs  greatly  in  different  parts  of  the  globe, 
and  entirely  ceases  towards  the  poles.  In  land-locked  seas,  as  the 
Mediterranean  and  Baltic,  the  tides  are  scarcely  felt 

11.  The  tides  are  strongest  when  they  come  from  a  great  extent 
of  ocean,  upon  an  indentod  coast,  where  their  force  is  concentrated. 
The  bay  of  Fundy,  the  English  Channel,  and  the  gulf  of  Cambay, 
are  remarkable  for  their  strong  and  high  tides. 

12.  The  greatest  tide  is  called  a  spring-tide,  which  takes  place  at 
the  time  of  new  and  full  moon,  as  the  attraction  of  the  sun  then  acts 
in  unison  with  that  of  the  moon. 

13.  The  least  tide  is  called  a  neap-tide,  which  takes  place  when 
the  attraction  of  the  sun  tends  to  counteract  that  of  the  moon. 

14.  The  spring  and  neap-tides,  like  the  daily  tides,  succeed  each 
other  in  a  regular  series,  diminishing,  in  15  days,  from  tlie  greatest 
to  the  least. 

The  Atmosphere. 

15.  The  atmosphere,  or  common  air,  is  an  invisible,  elastic  fluid, 
which  surrounds  the  earth,  and  which  is  essential  to  tlie  mainte- 
nance both  of  animal  and  vegetable  life. 

16.  It  is  formed  of  two  substances  in  very  unequal  proportions ; 
namely,  oxygen  gas,  or  pure  air,  of  which  it  contains  27  parts  or  hun- 
dredths, and  azotic  gas,  or  impure  air,  of  which  it  contains  73  parts. 

17.  It  is  the  property  of  air  to  exert  an  equal  pressure  on  all 
sides ;  and  when  its  equilibrium  is  destroyed  by  means  of  a  vacuum, 
it  is  found  to  press  with  the  weight  of  14  pounds  upon  every  square 
inch  of  the  surface  of  the  earth. 

18.  The  atmosphere  rises  to  a  considerable  height  above  the  surface 
of  the  earth.  As  we  ascend  into  the  higher  regions,  it  is  found 
gradually  to  diminish  in  density,  till  at  length  it  becomes  unfit  or  in- 
sufllcient  for  respiration. 

19.  When  Humboldt  ascended  Chimborazo  to  the  height  of 
19,300  feet,  he  found  the  air  reduced  to  half  its  usual  density,  and 

8.  What  is  said  of  its  depth  ?     9.  What  is  said  of  the  tides  ?  * 

10.  Where  are  the  least  tides  ?     11.  Where  the  greatest  ? 
12.  What  is  said  of  tlie  spring-tides?     13.  The  neap-tides  ? 

14.  How  do  they  succeed  each  other  ? 

15.  What  is  said  of  the  atmosphere  ?     16.  Of  what  is  it  composed  ? 

17.  What  is  said  of  its  pressure  ?  18.  What  is  the  state  of  the  atmosphere 
at  a  distance  above  the  surface  of  the  earth  ?  19.  What  is  related 
of  Humboldt  and  Gay-Lussac  ? 


intense 
began 
ascend 
miles, 
and  tei 

20. 
at  the 
an  hou 
and  at 

21. 


globe, 
as  the 


when 


PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


208 


intensely  cold  and  piercing.  Respiration  was  difficult,  and  blood 
began  to  ooze  from  the  eyes,  lips,  and  gums.  Gay-Lassac,  who 
ascended  in  a  balloon  to  the  great  height  of  23,040  feet,  or  Ah 
miles,  experienced  this  same  inconvenience  from  the  extreme  cold 
and  tenuity  of  the  air. 

20.  Winds. — Wind  is  air  put  in  motion.  When  its  velocity  is  only 
at  the  rate  of  2  miles  an  hour,  it  is  but  just  perceptible  ;  at  4  miles 
an  hour,  it  is  a  gentle  breeze  ;  at  30,  a  high  wind ;  at  50,  a  tempest; 
and  at  100,  a  violent  hurricane. 

21.  On  a  great  part  of  the  globe,  the  winds  are  subject  to  great 
irregularity  ;  but  between  the  tropics  they  are  governed  by  regular 
laws,  and  in  particular  tracts  and  seasons,  blow  almost  invariably  in 
the  same  direction. 

22.  The  trade-winds  are  remarkable  currents  which  blow  from 
east  to  west,  in  the  equatorial  regions,  throughout  nearly  the  whole 
circumference  of  the  globe.  They  are  called  trade-mnds  because 
they  facilitate  trading  voyages. 

23.  The  prevalence  of  these  easterly  currents  is  supposed  to  be 
caused  by  the  diurnal  motion  of  the  earth  in  an  opposite  direction 
from  west  to  east,  and  by  tlie  sun's  heat  in  rarefying  the  air  within 
the  tropics. 

24.  To  restore  the  equilibrium,  a  current  of  air  rushes  in  from  the 
north,  and  another  from  the  south,  upon  the  rarefied  tropical  atmos- 
phere ;  and  in  consequence  of  this,  and  of  the  motion  of  the  earth, 
the  trade-wind,  to  the  north  of  the  equator,  blows  from  the  northeast, 
and  south  of  the  equator  from  the  southeast. 

25.  The  monsoons  form  a  deviation  from  the  trade -winds,  and 
prevail  chiefly  in  the  Indian  ocean.  During  one  half  of  the  year, 
from  April  to  October,  a  strong  wind,  or  monsoon,  blows  from  the 
southwest,  bringing  with  it  rain  and  tempest ;  during  the  other  half 
of  the  year,  a  dry  and  agreeable  wind  blows  from  the  northeast. 
The  change  from  one  monsoon  to  another,  is  accompanied  by  violent 
storms  and  tempests. 

26.  Hurricanes  are  violent  movements  of  the  atmosphere,  and 
are  generally  nothing  more  than  whirlwinds  occasioned  by  the 
meeting  of  opposite  currents.  They  rage  only  in  particular  coun- 
tries. The  West  India  islands,  the  island  of  Mauritius,  and  the 
countries  of  Chin-India  and  China,  are  particularly  subject  to  these 
tremendous  storms. 

27.  Sea  and  land  breezes  prevail  particularly  in  the  islands  situated 
within  the  tropics.  The  sea-breeze,  or  breeze  from  the  sea,  blows 
during  the  day  ;  and  the  land-breeze,  during  the  night. 

28.  The  winds   generally  serve   to   purify   the   atmosphere,  by 

20.  What  is  wind,  and  what  is  said  of  its  velocity  ?  21.  What  is  said  of  the 
winds  in  different  parts  of  the  globe  .'  22.  What  of  the  trade-winds  ? 
23.  By  what  are  they  caused  ? 

24.  What  is  the  consequence  of  the  currents  of  air  from  the  north  and 

south  towards  the  equator,  and  the  motion  of  the  earth  ? 

25.  What  is  said  of  the  monsoons  ?     26.  Hurricanes  ?    27.  Sea  and  land 

breezes  ?    28.  What  is  the  effect  of  the  winds,  and  what  ones  arc 
noxious  ? 


'  ■  -■' ''Till 

■  'I^HH!  It ' 
5  '.  ■      ■  1  ■ 


..:•:■'('      ■■.^ 


•f  ;l 


'.204 


PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


!, 


keeping  up  a  perpetual  agitation  in  it.  But  there  are  some  winda 
which  possess  noxious  qualities,  as  the  aamiel  or  simoomf  which 
blows  over  the  burning  sands  of  Africa  and  Arabia.  In  Egypt  it  ia 
also  called  the  kamsin ;  and  it  reaches  Italy  in  a  modified  condition, 
where  it  is  styled  the  sirocco. 

29.  Temperature. — The  temperature  of  every  place  depends  chiefly 
on  its  distance  from  the  equator  and  its  height  above  the  level  of  the 
sea. 

30.  The  equator  is  the  region  of  heat,  which  gradually  diminishes 
towards  the  poles,  where  perpetual  winter  reigns,  with  its  attend- 
ants, snow  and  ice. 

81.  All  places  within  the  tropics  which  are  not  much  elevated 
above  the  level  of  the  sea,  are  exposed  to  great  heat ;  but  in  South 
America  there  are  many  plains  near  the  equator,  which,  on  account 
of  their  elevation,  enjoy  a  mild  and  delightful  climate. 

32.  Water  freezes  throughout  the  year,  under  the  equator,  at  the 
elevation  of  about  10,000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea  ;  and  in  the 
latitude  of  40  degrees,  at  the  elevation  of  about  9,000  feet 

33.  Clouds. — Clouds  are  composed  of  water  raised  by  evaporation, 
and  suspended  in  the  atmosphere  in  small  vesicles  or  hollow  spheres. 
These  vesicles  form  a  kind  of  middle  state  between  Avater  and  invis- 
ible vapor. 

34.  Rain. — The  quantity  of  rain  is  most  abundant  within  the 
tropics,  and  it  decreases  in  proportion  to  tiic  distance  from  the 
equator  towards  the  poles.  It  is  also  subject  to  great  variations 
from  other  causes  ;  and  the  quantity  which  falls  at  different  places 
in  the  same  latitude,  is  oflen  very  different. 

35.  Within  the  tropics,  Uie  rains,  like  the  winds,  occur  regularly 
at  certain  seasons  of  the  year.  In  the  northern  tropic  tbey  begin  m 
April  and  end  in  September ;  and  th"'«»  part  of  the  year  is  called  the 
rainy  or  wet  season.  The  other  six  months  are  called  the  dry  sea- 
son, during  which  no  rain  falls.  In  the  southern  tropic,  this  arrange- 
ment of  the  seasons  is  entirely  reversed. 

36.  In  some  countries,  particularly  Egypt,  Lower  Peru,  and  a  part 
of  Chili,  there  is  little  or  no  rain  at  any  season. 

The  Earth. 

37.  When  we  cast  our  eyes  upon  a  map  of  the  world,  we  percei\'0 
two  large,  distinct  masses  of  land,  which  we  call  continents,  and  nu- 
merous smaller  masses,  which  we  call  islands,  and  which  differ  from 
the  continents  only  in  their  dimensions.  We  see  also  small  detached 
spots  upon  the  land  covered  with  water,  which  we  call  lakes. 


29. 
30. 


33, 

36. 
37, 


On  what  does  the  temperature  of  any  place  depend  .-' 

What  is  the  region  of  heat,  and  what  of  cold.''  31.  What  is  said  of 
places  within  the  tropics  ?  32.  At  what  elevation  does  water  freeze 
at  the  equator,  and  in  the  latitude  of  40  degrees  .' 

What  are  clouds .-'  34.  What  is  said  of  the  quantity  of  rain  that  falLi 
in  different  places  ?    35.  What  is  said  of  rains  within  the  tropics .' 

In  what  countries  is  there  little  or  no  rain .' 

When  we  cast  our  eyes  upon  the  map  of  the  world,  what  do  we  per- 
ceive .»' 


38.  < 
which 
found  ii 

39.  1 
intolan 
qualitie 
arises  fi 

40. 
earth's 
with 
larged 
insigni 
magniti 
grains  < 
little  fr( 
entirely 
41.  T 
sphere 
earths,  i 
tare  of 
know  n 
the  dee 
pared  U 


PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


^m 


»n--4, 


38.  One  of  the  circumstances  respecting  the  distribution  of  land 
which  first  arrests  the  attention,  is  the  immense  preponderance  of  it 
found  in  the  northern  hemisphere. 

39.  The  most  striking  natural  features  of  the  globe  are  its  division 
into  land  and  water,  and  the  inequalities  of  its  surface.  These  ine- 
qualities produce  that  agreeable  diversity  of  scene  and  climate,  which 
arises  from  mountain  and  valley,  hill  and  dale. 

40.  When  we  confine  our  observation  to  a  small  portion  of  the 
earth's  surface,  the  irregularities  which  prevail  seem  inconsistent 
with  the  fact  that  it  is  in  the  form  of  a  sphere  ;  but,  by  a  more  en- 
larged view,  we  soon  perceive  that  the  highest  mountains  are  very 
insignificant,  and  dwindle  almost  to  nothing,  in  comparison  with  the 
magnitude  of  the  earth,  bearing  no  greater  proportion  to  it  than 
grains  of  sand  to  an  artificial  globe  ;  and  that  Hie  earth  differs  but 
Uttle  from  the  general  form  it  would  possess,  if  the  solid  parts  were 
entirely  covered  with  the  waters  of  the  ocean. 

41.  The  solid  parts  of  the  globe,  so  far  as  they  come  within  the 
sphere  of  our  examination,  are  composed  of  different  kinds  of  soil  or 
earths,  rocks,  and  other  mineral  substances  ;  but  of  the  interior  struc- 
ture of  the  globe,  beyond  a  few  hundred  feet  below  its  surface,  we 
know  nothing ;  and  if  we  consider  its  size,  we  shall  perceive  that 
the  deepest  excavations  which  have  been  made  in  it,  can  be  com- 
pared to  nothing  more  than  slight  scratches  on  an  artificial  globe. 

Rivers. 

42.  The  water  which  is  exhaled  into  the  atmosphere  by  tlie  sun, 
descends  in  the  form  of  rain  and  snow,  and  gives  rise  to  springs, 
brooks,  rivers,  and  lakes,  which  diffuse  beauty  and  fertility  over  the 
finest  regions  of  the  globe. 

43.  Rivers,  which  constitute  one  of  the  most  magnificent  fea- 
tures of  the  globe,  have  their  origin  in  the  more  elevated  districts  of 
any  tract  of  country,  and  are  formed  by  the  union  of  smaller 
streams. 

44.  The  tract  of  country  from  which  a  river  derives  its  supply  of 
water,  is  called  its  basin  or  valley. 

45.  All  elevated  ranges  of  mountains  furnish  sources  of  large 
streams.  The  Alps,  the  Andes,  and  the  Himmaleh  mountains  give 
rise  to  many  of  the  largest  rivers  on  the  globe. 

46.  The  more  limited  extent  of  Europe  does  not  admit  of  such 
vast  accumulations  of  water  as  are  found  in  America  and  Asia. 
The  Amazon  is  supposed  to  carry  to  the  ocean  more  than  four 

38.  What  is  said  respecting  the  distribution  of  land  ?  39.  What  are  the 
most  striking  natural  features  of  the  globe  ?  40.  What  is  said  re- 
specting the  irregularities  of  the  earth  being  inconsistent  with  its 
having  the  form  of  a  sphere  ?  41.  What  is  said  respecting  our 
knowledge  of  the  interior  of  the  earth  ?  42.  What  becomes  of  the 
water*  that  is  exhaled  into  the  atmosphere  by  the  sun  ?  43.  What  is 
said  of  the  origin  and  formation  of  rivers  ?  44.  What  is  the  basin 
or  valley  of  a  river  ?    45.  What  is  said  of  elevated  mountains  ? 

46.  Where  are  the  largest  rivers,  and  what  is  said  of  the  Amazon .'' 

18  ^ 


,  "ii"  V.  '^#;  j 
'   1  :V  •  -..4  -■  1 


it 


.-■I  'i 


■>  i».  1; 


20G 


PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


times  as  much  water  as  the  largest  river  on  the  eastern  contment  * 
and  as  much  as  all  the  rivers  of  Europe  united. 

47.  A  remarkable  phenomenon  is  presented  by  rivers  which,  at 
certain  seasons  of  the  year,  overflow  their  banks.  This  occurs 
chiefly  in  the  tropical  regions,  which  are  periodically  flooded  by 
immense  rains;  but  the  Mississippi,  which  has  its  whole  course 
without  the  limits  of  the  tropics,  is  noted  for  its  extensive  annual  in 
undations. 

48.  Most  of  those  great  r'vers  which  are  subject  to  annual  munda- 
tions,  divide  themselves  into  various  branches,  before  reaching  the 
sea ;  and  the  alluvial  tract  which  is  thus  intersected  and  inundated, 
is  called  its  Delta,  a  term  which  was  first  applied  to  the  JViie  ,*  but 
it  is  now  extended  to  other  rivers,  as  the  Ganges,  Indus,  Amazon, 
Mississippi,  &c. 

Lakes. 

49.  Lakes  are  of  two  kinds  ;  Ist,  fresh-water  lakes,  which  uniform- 
ly conmiunicate  with  the  sea,  or  other  bodies  of  water,  by  means  of 
rivers  ;  2dly,  salt-water  lakes,  which  have  no  such  communication  or 
visible  outlet 

50.  Fresh-water  lakes  are  much  the  more  common  ;  and  the  larg- 
est are  found  in  North  America. 

51.  Lake  Superior  is  the  most  extensive  body  of  fresh-water  on 
the  globe  ;  some  of  the  largest  fresh-water  lakes  in  the  eastern  con- 
tinent, are  lake  Baikal,  in  Siberia,  and  lakes  Ladoga  and  Onega,  in 
European  Russia. 

52.  Salt-water  lakes  are  found  in  Hungary,  Mexico,  South 
America,  Africa,  and  particularly  in  Central  Asia,  Persia,  and 
Turkey. 

53.  The  two  largest  of  these  salt  lakes,  or  inland  seas,  are  the 
Caspian  Sea  and  the  Sea  of  Aral.  These  lakes  receive  the  waters 
of  several  large  rivers,  but  have  no  visible  outlet ;  the  waters  which 
they  receive  must  therefore  disappear  by  evaporation. 

Mountains. 

54.  Mountains  seldom  stand  alone,  but  are  usually  found  in 
groups,  or  connected  ranges  or  chains,  traversing  a  great  extent  of 
country. 

55.  Some  of  the  most  magnificent  ranges  are  the  Ande.%  which 
are  connected  with  the  Rocky  Mountains,  in  America ;  the  Alps,  in 
Europe  ;  and  the  Himmaleh  and  Altai  mountains,  in  Asia. 

56.  High  mountains  generally  present  a  surface,  more  or  less 
extensive,  of  naked  rock :  those  which  rise  above  the  point  of  per- 
petual congelation,  have  their  summits  always  covered  with  snow 

47.  What  is  said  of  rivers  overflowing  their  banks  ?  48.  What  takes  place 
with  respect  to  those  rivers  which  overflow  their  banks  ? 

49.  What  two  kinds  of  lakes  are  there  ?    50.  Which  are  more  common  ? 

51.  What  is  said  of  lake  Superior .'    52.  Where  are  salt-water  lakes  found  ? 

03.  Which  are  the  two  largest  ? 

54.  What  is  said  of  mountains  ?  55.  What  are  some  of  the  most  magnifi- 
cent ranges  ?    56.  What  is  mentioned  respecting  high  mountains  i 


PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


207 


ftnd  ice ;  and  in  the  elevated  hollows  and  valleys,  are  often  found 
magnificent  glaciers 

57.  The  most  remarkable  phenomenon  relating  to  mountains  is  the 
volcano,  which  is  an  internal  fire  perpetually  burning,  and  which 
occasionally  bursts  forth  in  eruptions,  desolating  the  surrounding 
plains. 

58.  These  eruptions  are  accompanied  by  earthquakes,  and  by 
dreadful  subterranean  noises  within  the  mountain.  A  black  volume 
of  smoke  is  then  seen  ascending,  which  issues  in  a  stream  of  flame 
that  illuminates  the  sky ;  while  ashes,  dross,  red-hot  stones,  and 
enormous  fragments  of  rock,  are  projected  in  all  directions,  like  bril- 
liant fire-works,  and  sometimes  to  a  great  height. 

59.  The  vast  crater  of  the  mountain  is,  at  the  same  time,  filled 
with  lava,  a  liquid  and  burning  matter,  resembling  metal  in  fusion. 
At  length  a  stream  of  this  lava  begins  to  flow,  sometimes  from  the 
crater  at  the  top,  and  sometimes  from  lateral  openings,  rushing  down 
the  sides  of  the  mountain  like  a  river  of  fire,  destroying  every  thing 
in  its  course,  and  transforming  fertile  fields,  and  sometimes  villages 
and  towns,  into  a  burning  flame. 

60.  Volcanoes  are  found  in  various  latitudes  and  in  all  quarters  of 
the  world  ;  but  they  are  most  numerous  in  South  America  and  the 
Asiatic  islands. 

6.1.  Earthquakes,  which  occur  most  frequently  in  volcanic  coun- 
tries, are  intimately  connected  with  volcanoes,  and  like  them  are 
supposed  to  be  occasioned  by  subterranean  fires. 

62.  The  effects  of  this  alarming  convulsion  are  a  violent  tremor 
of  the  earth,  the  overthrow  of  objects  on  its  suface,  the  rushing  of 
the  sea,  and  sometimes  the  overwlielming  of  whole  cities.  Lisbon, 
Messina,  and  Catania,  in  Europe,  and  several  cities  in  South  Amer- 
ica, have,  at.  different  periods,  been  nearly  swallowed  up. 

Metals  and  Minerals. 

63.  The  metals  which  most  deserve  notice,  are  gold,  silver,  iron, 
copper,  lead,  tin,  and  mercury. 

64.  Gold  is  commonly  found  in  a  perfectly  pure  state,  at  the  foot 
of  large  ranges  of  mountains,  from  which  it  is  washed  down  by 
rivers.  It  occurs  in  all  quarters  of  the  world,  but  far  most  abun- 
dantly in  South  America. 

65.  Silver  is  generally  found  in  veins,  but  is  seldom  seen  pure. 
More  than  nine  tenths  of  tlie  silver  of  the  world  comes  from  Mexico 
and  South  America. 

66.  Iron,  the  most  useful  of  all  the  metals,  is  the  most  widely  dif- 
fused. The  most  productive  iron  mines  are  in  Great  Britain,  France, 
Russia,  and  Sweden. 

67.  Copper,  a  very  useful  metal,  is  also  extensively  distributed 

57.  What  is  the  most  remarkable  phenomenon  respecting  mountains.-' 

58.  By  what  are  the  eruptions  accompanied  ?    59.  What  then  takec  place  ? 
60.  Where  arc  volcanoes  found  ?     61.  What  is  said  of  earthquakes .''     62. 

What  are  their  efFects  .-• 
63.  What  are  the  most  important  metals  .'     61.  What  is  said  of  gol<l  ?     6^. 
Silver?    66.  Iron .?    67.  Copper? 


'■    i-:'..  I'M 


'■.  Vf 


SfV-j 


m 


208 


PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


in  different  countries ;  but  the  most  abundant  source  of  it  is  in 
Cornwall  in  England. 

68.  Lead  is  found  in  various  countries  ;  but  the  most  productive 
lead  mines  are  in  the  country  bordering  on  the  Mississippi  and  in 
Great  Britain. 

69.  Tin  is  not  so  widely  diffused  as  lead,  but  is  found  in  great 
abundance  in  a  few  countries,  particularly  in  Cornwall  in  England 
and  the  island  of  Banca  in  the  East  Indies. 

70.  Mercury^  or  quicksUver^  a  metal  of  peculiar  properties,  is  not 
found  in  many  places.  Some  of  the  most  noted  mines  of  it  are  those 
of  Idria  in  Austria,  Almaden  in  Spain,  and  Guanca  Velica  in  Peru. 

71.  Two  of  the  most  important  miner(U  substances  are  fossil  cod 
and  common  salt 

72.  Coal  is  a  most  valuable  species  of  fuel,  and  is  of  great  im- 
portance both  in  common  life,  and  in  all  great  manufactories.  It  is 
found  in  inexhaustible  quantities  in  various  countries ;  but  the  most 
celebrated  coal  mines  are  those  of  JVewca^ttte  in  England. 

73.  Salt,  which  is  widely  diffused,  is  obtained  from  salt-mines, 
from  boiling  the  water  of  salt-springs,  and  from  the  water  of  the 
ocean,  by  the  evaporation  of  the  sun.  Salt-mines  are  found  in  va- 
rious countries,  but  the  most  celebrated  pre  those  of  fVieliczka  in 
Austrian  Poland. 

74.  The  diamond  is  the  most  valued  of  all  precious  stones^  and  is 
found  chiefly  in  Hindostan  and  Brazil. 


Vegetables. 

75.  The  empire  of  vegetation  extends  tliroughout  the  globe,  yet 
with  great  diversity  in  different  parts,  varying,  in  different  regions, 
according  to  the  temperature.  Some  vegetables  require  a  hot,  some 
a  temperate,  and  others  a  cold  climate. 

76.  Vegetable  life  seems  to  draw  its  chief  nourishment  from 
heat  and  moisture  ;  and  as  these  are  combined  in  the  greatest  de- 
gree in  the  torrid  zone,  it  is  here  that  the  most  luxuriant  vegetation 
is  found. 

77.  The  tropical  regions  produce  the  largest  trees,  and  display 
the  richest  verdure,  and  the  greatest  profusion  of  flowers ;  they  also 
abound  in  delicious  fruits,  nutritious  food,  aromatic  plants  or  spices, 
and  useful  and  ornamental  kinds  of  wood. 

78.  Though  the  temperate  zone  cannot  vie,  in  luxuriance,  with  the 
tropical  regions,  yet  it  yields  in  abundance  all  that  is  necessary  to 
the  subsistence  and  comfort  of  man,  abounding  in  the  finest  fruits, 
the  most  useful  kinds  of  grain,  and  the  richest  pasture. 

79.  In  the  frigid  zone,  the  aspect  of  nature  is  gloomy  and  se- 
vere ;  the  Vegetables  are  of  stunted  growth  and  limited  to  com- 


72.  What  is  said  of 


68.  What  is  said  of  lead  ?    69.  Tin.?    70.  Mercury? 
71.  What  are  two  of  the  most  important  minerals  ? 

coal?    73.  Salt.?    74.  The  diamond  ? 
75.  What  is  said  of  the  empire  of  vegetation  ?  76.  What  of  vegetable  life  ? 

77.  What  of  the  productions  of  the  tropical  regions  ?    78.  Of  the 

temperate  zone  ?    79.  The  frigid  zone  ? 


PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


209 


m 


and  ia 


parativuly  few  species  ;  and  towards  the  poles,  vegetation  entirely 
fails. 

Animals. 

80.  The  torrid  zone  teems  with  the  same  luxuriance  of  animal  as 
of  vegetable  life,  and  is  prolific  in  insects,  reptiles,  and  serpents  ;  i 
is  also  the  native  region  of  those  animals  which  are  most  distinguished 
for  strength  and  ferocity,  as  the  lion,  the  tiger,  and  the  panther ;  and 
also  for  those  of  the  most  gigantic  forms,  as  the  elephant,  tlie  rhinoce- 
ros, and  the  hippopotamus. 

81.  Some  of  the  birds  of  the  torrid  zone  are  of  extraordinary  size, 
as  the  ostrich,  the  cassowaiy,  and  the  condor.  The  feathered  tribe, 
in  this  zone,  possess  the  most  varied  and  brilliant  plumage  ;  but  they 
are  generally  less  melodious  in  their  notes  than  those  of  the  tem- 
perate zone. 

82.  Some  of  the  most  useful  animals,  as  the  ox,  the  horse,  tlie 
sheep,  the  goat,  the  hog,  the  dog,  and  the  cat,  are  so  constituted  by 
Providence,  as  to  bear  ai.y  climate,  and  are  thus  enabled  to  follow 
man  to  the  utmost  limit?  of  the  globe  ;  but  it  is  in  the  temperate 
zone,  that  the  domestic  animals  are  reared  in  the  greatest  abundance 
and  perfection. 

83.  The  frigid  zone  and  the  countries  bordering  upon  it  abound 
in  animals  which  are  covered  with  a  thick  fur,  which  is  much 
sought  after  by  man,  both  for  use  and  ornament.  The  most  useful 
animal  of  this  region  is  the  reindeer ;  and  tlie  most  formidable  one, 
the  polar  bear. 

84.  Different  regions  of  the  globe,  as  well  as  different  zones,  liave 
races  of  animals  peculiar  to  themselves.  Asia  is  the  country  of  the 
tiger,  the  Indian  elephant,  the  camel  with  two  humps,  the  wild 
sheep,  the  wild  ass,  the  elk,  and  the  musk  ;  Africa,  of  the  lion,  the 
African  elephant,  the  dromedary,  the  buffalo  of  Cafiraria,  and  the 
zebra ;  America,  of  the  jaguar,  the  lama,  the  great  elk  or  moose 
deer,  and  a  peculiar  species  of  bison  or  buffalo. 

Man. 

85.  Man  is  at  the  head  of  the  animal  creation,  and  forms  only  one 
species,  in  which,  however,  there  are  considerable  varieties,  with  re- 
gard to  stature,  form,  color  of  the  skin,  physiognomy,  and  nature  of 
the  hair. 

86.  The  human  species  are  dispersed  over  the  whole  earth ;  for 
it  is  a  peculiarity  of  the  human  constitution,  that  it  adapts  itself  to 
every  climate.  The  fmperate  zones,  however,  are  most  favorable 
to  human  subsistence  and  improvement ;  and  here  civilization  has 
most  prevailed,  in  tlie  different  ages  of  the  world. 


■■'  ■^■■■'   .■    -.; 
t    ■■'■'    ,    , 


^i^i 


tfrvr;*! 


80.  What  is  said  of  the  animals  of  the  torrid  zone  ?  81.  The  birds  ?  82. 
What  of  some  of  the  most  useful  domestic  animals  ?  83.  What  of 
the  animals  of  the  frigid  zone  ?  84.  What  are  some  of  the  animals 
peculiar  to  the  different  parts  of  the  globe  .'' 

S5.  What  is  sail  of  man  ?     86.  What  is  said  of  the  human  .species  as  dis- 
persed over  the  earth  .' 
18* 


no 


PIIYtilCAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


87.  With  regard  to  Compf.kxio.v,  the  human  species  consist  ox" 
two  groat  classes,  tlioicAi7e  and  the  WarA;;  butincUiding  intermediate 
varieties,  they  are  divided,  by  physiologists,  into  tlie  five  following 
breeds  or  races. 

88.  First ;  the  Caucasian  or  White  Race,  which  includes  nearly 
all  the  Europeans,  the  Circassians,  Georgians,  Arabians,  Turks,  Per- 
sians, and  Hindoos. 

89.  Secondly  ;  the  Mongolian,  Tawny,  or  Olive  Race,  which  em- 
braces the  Monguls,  Chinese,  and  tlio  other  inhabitants  of  the  eaat- 
em  and  soutliem  parts  of  Asia,  except  the  Malays. 

00.  Thirdly  ;  the  Malay  or  Dark  Brown  iJace,  found  in  the  penin- 
sula of  Malacca,  the  Asiatic  islands,  and  the  islands  of  the  Pacific 
ocean. 

91.  Fourthly ;  the  Ethiopian,  JVegro,  or  Black  Race,  which  com- 
prises the  African  Negroes,  tlie  Hottentots,  Caffres,  and  the  Papu- 
ans, or  Negroes  of  Australia. 

92.  Fifthly ;  the  American  or  Copper-colored  Race,  consisting  of 
the  American  Indians. 


100. 

are  raif 
garde  d 
attendc 
degree 
limited 
101. 
ciety, 
most  o 
which 


93.  With  respect  to  the  State  of  Society,  the  human  t  j  ecies 
are  savage,  barbarous,  or  civilized. 

94.  The  savage  state  is  the  lowest  in  which  man  can  bo  found ; 
and  in  this  state  he  subsists  by  hunting,  fishing,  and  the  spontaneous 
productions  of  the  earth. 

95.  A  dense  population  is  never  found  in  the  savage  r<tate,  for 
such  a  population  cannot  be  supported  by  the  food  which  the  earth 
yields  without  cultivation. 

96.  Savage  life  presents  a  melancholy  view  of  human  nature, 
with  little  happiness  or  morality.  In  this  state,  mankind  are  poor ; 
often  in  extreme  want ;  addicted  to  tlieft ;  coarsf  and  filthy  in  their 
habits  ;  remarkable  for  cruelty,  and  for  the  unrestrained  indulgence 
of  vindictive  passions. 

97.  A  numerous  class  of  nations  are  still  in  this  condition ;  the 
principal  of  which  are  the  natives  of  New  Holland  and  the  neigh- 
boring islands,  the  African  Negroes,  and  the  American  Indians. 

98.  In  the  barbarous  state,  mankind  wander  about  with  their  flocks 
and  herds,  from  which  they  chiefly  derive  their  subsistence  ;  and 
they  also  pursue  a  rude  sort  of  agriculture. 

99.  This  was  generally  the  state  of  Europe  during  the  middle 
ages  ;  and  it  is  now  the  condition  of  the  Moors  in  Africa,  the  Arabs, 
the  Malays,  and  the  inhabitants  of  Central  and  Northern  Asia. 


87.  How  are  they  divided  with  regard  to  complexion? 
38.  What  does  the  Caucasian  race  include  ?    89.  The  Mongolian  ?    90 
The  Malay.'    91.  The  Ethiopian?     92.  The  American  ? 

93.  How  are  the  human  species  divided  with  regard  to  state  of  society  ? 

94.  What  is  said  of  the  savage  state  ?    95.  Why  is  a  dense  population 

never  found  in  this  state  ?    96.  What  is  said  of  savage  life  ? 
97.  What  nations  are  still  in  the  savage  state  ?    98.  What  is  said  of  the 
barbarous  state  ?    99.  What  nations  are  in  this  state  ? 


PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


w 


100.  The  inhabitants  of  China,  Hindostan,  Persia,  and  Ttii 
are  raiaed  somewhat  abotc  barbarian  shepherds,  and  may  be  i 
garded  as  half-civilized.    In  these  countries,  agriculture  is  much 
attended  to,  and  many  kinds  of  manufactures  arc  carried  to  a  high 
degree  of  excellence  ;  but  foreign  commerce  exists  only  in  a  very 
limited  degree. 

101.  The  civilized  state  is  the  most  improved  form  of  human  so- 
ciety, and  exists,  though  with  considerable  diversity,  throughout  the 
most  of  Europe,  the  United  States,  and  some  other  parts  of  America, 
which  have  been  settled  by  Europeans. 


I: 


100.  What  nations  are  half-civilized  ? 

101.  What  is  said  of  the  civilized  state .' 


TABLES  OF  RIVERS  AND  MOUNTAINS. 


90 


[See  the  Modem  Atlas.'\ 

t 

Comparative  Lengths  of  Rivers. 

The  lengths  of  the  longest  rivers  are  not  so  accurately  oscer- 
tained,  as  the  elevations  of  the  highest  mountains.  A  great  diver- 
sity is  found  in  the  statements  which  have  been  given  by  different 
persons.  This  diversity  is  owing,  in  a  great  measure,  to  the  differ- 
ent principles  upon  which  the  estimates  have  been  fomied  ;  some 
expressing  the  lengths  of  the  rivers  according  to  the  winding  of 
their  courses ;  others  giving  only  the  lengths  of  the  valleys  through 
which  they  flow. 

The  lengths  of  the  rivers  of  Europe  are  mostly  given,  in  the 
following  table,  and  in  the  view  in  the  Atlas,  as  they  are  stated  in 
the  Edinburgh  Geographical  and  Historical  Atlas. 

The  lengths  of  the  As^iatic  rivers  Kian-Ku,  Hoang-Ho,  Lena, 
Amour,  Oby,  Yenisei,  Ganges,  Brahmapootra,  Irrawaddy,  and  Eu- 
phrates, are  given  according  to  the  estimates  of  Major  Rennel,  as 
<  omparetl  with  the  Thames,  which  is  here  considered  as  215  miles 
long,  though  its  length  by  the  winding  of  its  stream  is  greater ; 
and  in  the  Edinburgh  Atlas,  its  comparative  length  is  stated  at 
only  180  miles. 

The  statements  of  the  lengths  of  the  American  rivers  are  ac- 
commodated more  nearly  to  the  windings  of  their  courses. 

The  statements  of  the  length  of  rivers  in  Malte-Brun's  Geogra- 
phy, are  generally  much  less  than  those  here  given,  and  some 
of  them  are  less  than  one  half  of  tiie  lengths  measured  by  the 
windings  of  the  streams. 


::ltf 


,-:i 


W  '■ 


:4' 


.  'in 


!             »ia 

TABLES. 

* 

Lengths  of  Rivers. 

• 

J^orth  America 

'     Mllai. 

Europe. 

Mili'i. 

Aitia. 

Mll«i. 

Missouri, 

4,  MX) 

Volga, 

'i.OlO 

Kinii-Ku, 
Hoang-lJo, 

3,.«J<) 

^                      Mississippi, 

3,000 

Danube, 

1,710 

2,yoo 

Arkansas, 

2,100 

Don, 

1  .oi;o 

Lena, 

2,47(1 

1                     St.  Lawrence, 

2,000 

Dnieper, 

i,o.-x) 

Amour, 

2,360 

,                      Mackenzie, 

2,00() 

Kama, 

7H0 

Oby, 

2,260 

Del  Norte, 

2,0<K) 

Rhine, 

670 

Yeinsci, 

2.150 

Nelson,  &c. 

1,600 

Elbe, 

670 

(iSnngcs, 

2,010 

Coliynbia, 

1,600 

Loire. 
Vistula, 

640 

Hrahmapootra, 

2,010 

Red  River, 

1,500 

600 

Irrawaddy, 

2,010 

La  Platte, 

1,600 

Theis, 

495 

Cambodia, 

2,000 

Ohio, 

1,360 

Dniester, 

400 

Euphrates, 

1,820 

Kansas, 

1,200 

Tu^s, 
Dwina,  North, 

480 

Meinam, 

1,600 

White  River, 

1,200 

480 

Irtish^ 

1,600 

1                     Tennessee, 

1,100 

Oder, 

450 

Indus, 

1,150 

Alabama, 

fi60 

Nicnien, 

450 

Jihon, 

1,100 

Savannah, 

600 

Dwina,  or  Dunn, 

420 

Tigris, 

1,000 

1                      Potomac, 

6.50 

Cjuadiana, 

420 

Sir, 

1100 

Connecticut, 

410 

Rhone, 

390 

Godavery, 

850 

Hudson, 

321 

Pruth, 

390 

Kistna, 

800 

1                    Delaware, 

300 

Po, 

375 

Nerbuddah, 

750 

^                                        .        . 

Ebro, 

370 

Jorddn, 

130 

South  America.        \ 

Duero, 

365 

^rica. 

[                    Amazon, 

4,500 

Drave, 

360 

La  Plata, 

3,000 

Meuse, 

360 

Nile, 

2,700 

I                    Madeira, 

2,4W 

Garonne, 

315 

Niger, 

1,800 

f                    Orinoco, 

1,800 

Seine, 

330 

Senegal, 
Gambia, 

l',.TO0 

'                    Tocantins, 

1,800 

Mayne, 

330 

1,200 

Ucayale, 

St.  Francisco, 

1,600 

Guadalquivir, 

300 

Congo, 

\,\m 

1,600 

Thames, 

180 

Orange, 

1,000 

I                    Paraguay, 
Magdalena, 

1,400 

Tiber, 

180 

1,000 

Questions. — Whicli  are  some  of  the  lonffeat  rivers  in  North  America  ? 

In  South  Ameri( 
is  the  lensrth  of 

;a  ?     In  Europe  ? 
the  Missouri  ?  &c 

In  As 

na  '    In  Africa .' 

What 

Comparative  Heights  of  Mountains. 

The  following  Table  of  the  Comparative  Heights  of  Mountains, 
and  also  the  one  in  the  Atlas,  exhibits  a  view  of  the  elevation 
above  the  level  of  the  sea,  of  some  of  the  most  remarkable  sum- 
mits on  the  globe,  of  which  the  height  has  been  ascertained. 
There  is  some  uncertainty  respecting  the  elevation  of  several  of 
the  mountains  contained  in  the  Tables,  as  the  diiferent  measure- 
ments of  them  differ  considerablv. 

The  Himmaleh  Mountains  are  now  reputed  the  highest  on  the 
globe.  Some  measurements  make  the  height  of  Dhawala-giri,  ono 
of  the  peaks,  about  28,000  feet,  but  others  considerably  loss.  One 
of  the  summits  of  this  range  is  visible  from  places  in  Bengal,  at  a 
distance  of  230  miles. 

The  Andes  of  South  America  have,  till  within  a  few  years  (since 
the  measurement  of  the  Himmaleh  Mountains),  been  regarded  as  the 


.Mllei. 

'.M7(t 
VM) 

2,150 
2,<m 
2,0  U) 

2,(.m 

1,020 
I,»i00 
1,60() 
1,150 
1,100 
1.000 

im 

850 
800 
7.50 
130 


TABLES. 


913 


highest  on  the  globe  ;  and  of  the  summitu  of  this  range,  Chimborazo 
has  been  reputed  thi'  most  elevated ;  but  according  to  the  measure- 
ment of  M.  Pontland,  a  late  traveller,  there  are,  in  the  country 
of  Bolivia,  several  summits,  among  whicli  are  JVevada  di  Sorata  and 
lUimani,  which  are  higher  than  Chimborazo. 


Heights  of  Mountains. 


Iforth  .9ineriea. 


St.E\\m,N.VV.c»t.\l,ii50 
Pnpocalapetl,  VW.  17,710 
Orizaba,  Vol.  Mex.  17,371 
Vol.  of  Gualimala,  13,000 
Fairwcalher  Mt.  14,1)00 
Cofre  He  Perolc,  V/.  13,314 
High  Peak, /?'»/.«♦<.  12,300 
'T<^\xco,Citij,Mex.  8,818 
Mexico,  Citij,  7,170 

White  Mountains,  6,234 
Katahclin,  Me.  6,023 

Moosehillock,  N.  //.  4,f)3<) 
Mansfield,  Vt.  4,279 

Jorullo,  Vol.  Mex.  4,2C7 
Otter  Peak,  Va.  3,960 
Round  Top,  CatskH.  3,804 
Monadnoclc,  N.  H.  3,718 
Saddleback,  Mass.  3,380 
Asculney,  Vt.  3,320 

South  America. 
Nevada  di  Sorata,  25,200 
Chimborazo,/!  «t/es,21 ,4M) 
Antisana,  do.  19,130 

Colopaxi,  Vol.  do.  18,891 
Sangai,  Vol.  do.  17,136 
Piclnncha,  Vol.  do.  16,937 
Tacora,  Village,  14,273 
Antisana  Farm  H.  13,434 
La  Paz,  City,  12,760 

Guanca  Velica,  12,308 
Quito,  City,  9,314 

Bogota,  City,  8,694 


Feet. 

13,680 
16,632 
16,430 
13,739 


Eurojie. 

Monl  Blanc,  Alps, 
Mont  Rnsa,  do. 
Ortler  Spitzc,  do. 
Jungfrau ,  (fo.  __,._. 

Gross  Glockncr,<itf.  12,796 
Mulahucen,  Spain,  11,801 
Monl  Perdu,  Pyr**  11,283 
Ruska  Poyana,Cur.  9,912 
Argentaro,  Balkan.  9,600 
Monte  Corno,ylpen  s  9,321 
Lomnitz,  Catpa.  8,640 
Malhoa,  Portugal,  8,600 
Snchaltn,Do/r<?/?e/t/,  8,1 16 
St.  Bernard,  Conv't,  8,038 
Ida,  Crete,  7,674 

Pindus,  Greece,  7,673 
Cenis,  Pass  of,  6,776 
Simplon,  do.  6,662 

Olympus,  Greece,  6,622 
Parnassus,  do.  6,7.50 

Dole,  Jura,  /'ranee,  6,412 
Scbneekopfe,  Ger.  6,238 
I'elion,  Greece,  6,113 
Hecia,  Vol.  Iceland,  4,888 
Helicon,  Greece,  4,600 
Ben  Nevis,  Sco</anc/,  4,387 
Montserrat,  Spain,  3,937 
Vesuvius,  Vol.  Napls  3J731 
Snowdon,  Wales,  3,671 
Brocken,  Hartx,  3,486 
Cross  Fell,  England,i,im 
Stromboli,  Vol.  2,884 
Rock  of  Gibraltar,    1,439 


Asia.  ,   .    ' 

Himmalch,  26,6(59 

KU)urus,r(iuc(ifi(in  17,786 
Pelcha,  C7ii«.  Tar.  13,060 
Ararat,  Amierna,  12,700 
Kalilzkoi,  Altaian,  10,735 
Lebanon,  Syria,  10,000 
Avatsha,  Kamts'ka,  9,600 
Tanagai,  Ural,  9,06! 
Hcrmoii,  Syria,  8,949 
Olympus,  Natolia,  6,300 
Sinai,  Arabia,  6,000 

Gargarus,  or  Ida,  4,960 
Ghauts,  Hindostan,  4,000 
Carmel,  Palestine,    !,600 

Africa. 
Atlas,  Barbaru,       12,600 
Tcneriffe,  Peak  of,  12,368 
Gondar,  City,  8,440 

Volcano,  Bourbon  1. 7,680 
Pico,  Azores,  7,016 

Table  Mt. Co/ O.H.3,620 
Diana's  Peak, S<ife/.2,700 

Oceanica . 

Mouna  Roa,  Haw'i  17,416 
Egmont,  N.Zeal'd,  15,304 
Ml.  Ophyr  Sum.  13,842 
Volcanoj  Sumatra,  12,468 
Mountain, 0/a/ici7c,  10,896 
Parmesan,  Banco,  10,050 
Gete,  Java,  8,500 


Qiiestions. — Which  are  some  of  the  highest  mountains  of  North 
America  ?  Of  South  America  ?  Of  Europe  ?  Of  Asia .'  Of 
Africa?    Of  Oceanica.'    What  is  the  height  of  St.  Elias .'  «&c. 


Heights  of  Remarkable  Edifices. 


Feet. 
Pyramid  of  Cheops,  Egypt,  600 

St.  Peter's  Church,  Rome,  600 

Strasburg  Cath'l,  spire  of,  France,  470 
Antwerp  Cathedral,  I'r  of,  Belgium,  46G 
Vienna  Cathedral,  tow'r  of,  Austria,  452 
St.  Michael's  Ch.  spire  of,  Hamb'g,  426 
Salisbury  Cathedral,  spire  of,  Eng.  410 


Feet 
Rouen  Cathedral,  ste'pP  of,  France,  410 
Milan  Cathedral,  dome  of,  Italy,  400 
City  Hall  of  Brussels,  turret  of,  364 
Florence  Cathedral,  ste'ple  of,  Italy,  363 
St.  Paul's  Cathedral,  do.  London,  340 
Porcelain  "rower  of  Nankin,  208 

Leaning  Tower  of  Pisa,  Italy,  188 


■r   .Mi 


'.■.'»  • 


■i'\. 


'.' 


,t  ■.,, 


•V  '-i; 


^t: 


ELEMENTS 


OF 


ANCIENT    GEOGRAPHY 


mm 


.   *  ■■  ■'■'■I'^'.i- 
■0. 


'fell 


■!.•   .>,^ 


■ih 


■■;ri 


>;■ 


1.  A 

in  anci( 

2.  G 
numbei 
servati< 

3.  In 
to  the  J 
of  unkr 

4.  T] 
ing  the 
various 
by  the 
most  ei 
half  of 

5.  It 
northei 
torrid  2 

6.  T 
which  : 
ine  anc 
Africa 

7.  T 
and  mc 
the  Me 
which 

8.  T 
which 

Egypt, 

9.  T 

accom] 
which 
omissi( 
southw 

10.  ' 
and  w( 
lying  i 
Asia ; 

Anc 


7.  lie 

8.  Wl 


ANCIENT   GEOGRAPHY. 


1.  Ancient  Geography  is  a  description  of  the  earth  as  it  existed 
in  ancient  times,  or  of  tliat  part  of  it  which  Avas  then  known. 

2.  Geography  is  a  science  of  slow  growtli.  It  comprises  a  vast 
number  of  facts,  which  have  been  gradually  accumulating,  by  ob- 
servation and  inquiry,  during  a  long  series  of  ages. 

3.  In  early  times,  the  earth  was  supposed  to  be,  as  it  appears 
to  the  senses,  an  immense  circular  plain,  surrounded  by  -un  ocean 
of  unknown  extent,  and  by  impenetrable  darkness. 

4.  Though  mankind  gradually  acquired  more  correct  ideas  respect- 
ing the  figure  of  the  earth,  and  increased  information  respecting  the 
various  divisions  of  it,  yet  the  knowledge  of  geography  possessed 
by  the  Greeks  and  Romans,  even  during  the  period  when  they  Avere 
most  enlightened,  was  very  imperfect;  and  it  embrnced  less  than 
half  of  the  globe. 

5.  It  was  limited  chiefly  to  the  southwestern  part  of  Asia,  the 
northern  part  of  Africa,  and  the  middle  and  south  of  Europe.  Tlie 
torrid  zone  was  supposed  to  be  uninhabitable  by  man. 

6.  The  Greeks  and  Romans  knew  little  of  that  part  of  Europe 
which  is  north  of  Germany,  the  regiorvs  of  Asia  north  of  the  Eux- 
ine  and  Caspian  seas  and  east  of  the  Gauges,  and  the  portion  of 
Africa  lying  son«-h  of  the  10th  degree  of  north  latitude. 

7.  The  countries  which  were  most  celebrated  in  ancient  history, 
and  most  distinguished  for  civilization  and  literature,  bordered  upon 
the  Mediterranean  sea;  and  they  comprise  the  part  of  the  world  of 
which  ancient  geography  chiefly  treats. 

8.  The  most  distinguished  of.  these  coimtries,  and  those  with 
which  sacred  and  general  literature  is  chiefly  connected,  are 
Egypt,  Palestine,  Asia  Minor,  Greece,  and  Italy. 

9.  The  Map  of  the  Roman  Empire,  in  the  Ancient  Atlas  which 
accompanies  this  work,  comprises  most  of  those  parts  of  the  world 
which  were  of  much  notoriety  in  ancient  times.  The  principal 
omissions  are  some  countries  which  were  situate"d  towards  the 
southwest  of  Asia. 

10.  The  countries  on  this  map,  lying  north  of  the  Mediterranean, 
and  west  of  the"  JEgman  and  Euxine  seas,  belong  to  Europe ;  those 
lying  east  of  the  Euxine,  ^gsean,  Mediterranean  and  Red  seas,  to 
Asia  ',  those  south  of  the  Mediterranean,  to  Africa. 

Ancieptt  Gkography. — 1.  What  is  nncicnt  gcograp.iy  ?  2.  What  is 
said  of  the  science  of  f;eography  ?  3.  Wluit  w;is  tlie  earth  supposed 
to  be  in  ancient  limes  ?  -1.  Wliat  is  ?ai(l  of  the  knov.led}^e  of  geog- 
raphy ijossessed  by  the  Creeki  and  Romans*  •'  5.  To  v/hat  parts  of 
the  globe  was  it  limited  ?     G.  V.'hat  ]i  uts  were  unknown  ? 

7.  How  wore  the  covmlries  mo^t  coK'bratoil  in  ancient  liistory  situated? 

8.  What  are  the  most  distinguished  of  those  countries?     9.  'Whai  is  sviid 

of  the  Map  of  the  Roman  Em})ire  ?     10.  What  co'.mM'.^s  on  this 
Hfiijp  belong  to  Europe,  what  oues  to  A^ia,  ond  '.vhat  ones  to  Africa .' 


.^1    '  y  ■..«•' 
■_•  ■  ■]  •  :■    < 


■  • ,  if 

•  •        .■  *• . 


/^■•^r: 


.11 


218 


ANCIENT  GEOGRAPHY. 


f 


I 


' 


Ancient  Names  of  Countries,  with  their  corresfo^dino 

Modern  Names. 


EUROPE. 


Ancient. 

Scandinavia 

Chersonesus  Cimbrica 

Sarmatia 

Britain 

Caledonia 

Hibornia 

Germany 

Gaul 

Helvetia 

Spain 

Lusitania 

Rhsetia 

Vindelicia 

Noricum 

Illyricum 

Pannonia 

Dacia 

Moesia,  Thrace, 

Macedonia,  Epirus 

Greece 

Peloponnesus 


Asia  Minor 

Syria.  Phosnicia,  Judea,  &c. 
Armenia,  Mesopotamia, 
Assyria,  Babylonia, 
Colchis,  Iberia,  and 

Albania 
Arabia 

Persia,  M^dia,  Parthia 
Bactria 
Sogdiaua 


Modern. 
Sweden  and  N'orway 
Jutland  (part  of  Denmark) 
Russia,  Poland 
Great  Britain 
Scotland 
Ireland 

Germany  north  of  the  Danube 
France,  JVetherlandis,  fyc. 
Stvitzerland 

Spain  , , 

Portugal 
Tyrol,  Sfc. 
Part  of  Swahia 

Part  of  Bavaria  and  of  Austria 
Part  of  Austria 

Part  of  Austria  and  of  Hungary 
Part  of  Hungary  and  of  Turkey 

Part  of  Turkey 

Greece,  and  the  southern  part  of 

Turkey 
Morea,  or  Peloponnesus.        .    . 


ASIA. 


iEgypt 

Lib^a 

Africa  Proper. 

Nurc'dia 

Mauretania 

Gcetulia 

.Ethiopia 


JVatolia,  Carainania,  Sfc. 
Part  of  Turkey 

Part  of  Turkey 

Georgia,  Mingrelia,  and  part  of 

Circassia 
Aralna 
Persia 
.  Afghanistan 
Part  of  Bukharia 

AFRICA. 
Egypt 
Barca 

Tripoli,  Thinis 
7\inis,  Algiers 
Algiers,  Morocco 
Bxledvlgerid 
JVubia,  Abyssinia,  Sfc. 


What  modern  countries  correspond  to  the  ancient  Scandinavia  ? 
What  modern  country  corresponds  to  Chersonesus  Cimbrica  ?     Wliat  to 
Sarmatia?    To  Britain?     Caledonia?  &c. 


■7. 


<■  '" 


EUROPE. 


■  S'^'  .    ■  ■ 


BRITAIN. 


1.  The  name  o^  AVhi-on  was  anciently  applied  to  Britain,  proba- 
bly on  account  of  the  white  rocky  cliffs  on  the  southeastern  coast. 
The  nortliern  part,  now  Scotland,  was  called  Cal-e-do'ni-a ;  and 
Ireland,  Hi-ber'ni-a. 

2.  Britain  was  little  known  to  the  rest  of  the  world  before  the 
commencement  of  its  conquest  by  the  Romans,  under  Julius  Ceg- 
sar,  55  years  before  the  Christian  era. 

3.  The  island  was  then  inhabited  by  the  Britons,  who  were  a 
rude  and  barbarous  people,  consisting  of  a  number  of  different 
tribes. 

Britain. — 1.  What  name  was  anciently  applied  to  Britain? 
2.  What  is  said  of  it  ?    3.  By  whom  was  it  inhabited  ? 


Questions  on  the  5Tap  of  the  Roman  Empire. 

What  sea  separates  Europe  from  Africa  ?  How  was  the  JE^sean  sea  situ- 
ated ?  The  Euxine  ?  The  Propontis  ?  The  Pahis  Maeotis  ?  Tlie 
Caspian  sea  ?  The  Red  sea  ?  The  Ionian  sea  ?  The  Adriatic  sea 
or  gulf?  The  Tuscan  or  Tyrrhene  sea  ?  The  Aquitaine  ocean  ? 
The  Hibernian  sea  ?  The  German  ocean  ?  The  Codanian  sea  or 
gulf? 

Where  was  the  Gallic  strait  ?  The  strait  of  Hercules  ?  The  Hellespont  ? 
The  Thracian  Bosphorus  ?  The  Cinnueiian  Bosphorus  ?  The  Syr- 
tis  Major  ?     The  Syrtis  Minor? 

What  sea  between  Britain  and  Hibcrnia  ?  What  island  south  of  Britain  ? 
What  islands  in  the  Hibernian  sea  ? 

What  islands  east  of  Spain  ?  What  ones  southwest  of  Italy  ?  What  one 
south  of  tlie  iEgoeansca?  What  one  in  the  eastern  part  of  the 
Mediterranean  ? 

How   was   Hibeniia   situated  ? 
Germany  ?     Scandinavia  ? 
sia  ?   Rhaetia  ?   Illyricum  ? 
Macedonia?     Thrace? 
and  Albania  ?    Media  ? 


estine  ?     Arabia  ?     ^gypt ' 
Mauretania  ?     Gaitulia  ? 


■Britain  ?  Spain  ?  Gaul  ?  Helveti;i  ? 
harraat"^  ?     Scythia  ?    Dacia  aiKl  Moe- 

Pannonia  ?  Noricum  ?  Italy  ?  Greece  ? 
Asia  Minor  ?  Armenia?  '  Colchis,  Iberia, 
Syria  ?     Mesopotamia  ?    Phoenicia  ?     Pal- 


Libya  ?     Africa  Proper?     Numidia? 


^^ 


220 


BRITAIN. 


4.  Their  religion,  styled  druidism,  was  a  cruel  superstition ;  and 
their  priests,  who  were  called  dridds,  had  great  authority  over  the 
people. 

5.  Two  of  the  principal  rivers  were  the  Tam'e-sis,  now  Thames: 
and  Sa-hn'na,  now  Severn. 

6.  Some  of  tlie  towns  of  most  note  in  ancient  times  were  Loji- 
di'num,  noAv  London ;  E-hor'a-cum,  now  York ;  Lu-gu-val'liuii, 
now  Carlisle ;  ^^qure  Soli<i,  now  Bath. 

7.  The  Romans,  after  they  had  conquered  the  Britons,  built  throe 
walls  across  the  island,  to  protect  the  people  from  the  Caledonians, 
Scots,  and  Picts,  from  the  north.  The  first  Avas  built  by  Jl'dn-an, 
the  second  by  Jln-to-nVnns,  and  the  third  by  Se-vc'rus. 

8.  The  Romans  abandoned  Britain  in  the  5th  century  of  the 
Christian  era;  and  the  island  waa  afterwards  conquered  by  the 
Saxons  and  Angles  from  Germany. 


!^ 


GERMANY. 

1.  Ancient  Germany  extended  from  the  Rhenus  or  Rhino  to  the 
Vistula,  and  from  the  Baltic  or  Codanian  sea  to  the  Ister  or  Danube. 

2.  The  ancient  Germans  consisted  of  various  tribes  or  nations, 
and  were  a  rude,  superstitious,  and  warlike  people. 

3.  Some  of  the  principal  nations  were  the  Site'vi,  Her-mi'o-neSy 
ls-t<Bv'o-nes,  Vin'di-li  or  Vandals^  Fris'i-i  or  Finso7is,  Al-e-man'm, 
Sax'ons,  An'gteSj  and  Cim'hri. 

4.  The  principal  rivers  were  the  h'ter.,  now  Danube ;  the  Al'his, 
now  Elbe;  the  Vi-sw'gis,  now  Weser;  the  Vi'a-drus,  now  Oder; 
and  the  Vif'tu-la. 

5.  A  large  portion  of  Germany  was  anciently  covered  by  the 
Hyrcinian  Forest,  which  was  of  great  extent,,  and  included  part  of 
Switzerland  and  Transylvania.  The  Thuringian  Forest,  in  the 
central  part  of  Germany,  now  embraces  a  small  part  of  it. 

PANNONIA,  ILLYRICUM,  DACIA,  MCESIA,  &c. 

1.  These  countries  were  little  known  ir.  liistory  till  after  they 
were  conquered  by  the  Romans. 


What  was  theh*  reHgion  ?    5.  What  tho  rivers  of  Britain  ?    6.  Towns  ? 
What  great  works  were  built  by  the  Romv.iis  ?    8.  What  afterwards 
happened  to  Britain  ? 

Germany. — 1.  What  was  the  extent  of  ancient  Germany? 
What  is  said  of  the  ancient  Germans  ?     3.  What  were  some  of  the 

principal  nations  ?    4.  Rivers  ?     5.  What  is  said  of  the  Hyrcinian 

Forest  ? 

Pannonia,  Illyricxtm,  &c. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Pannonia,  Illyri- 
cum,  Dacia,  Moesia,  &c.  ? 


See  Map  of  the  Roman  Empire. — What  rivers  bounded  Germany  on 
the  east,  west,  and  south  ?     What  rivers  flowing  to  the  north  ? 
What  nations  resided  in  the  northern  part  ?     In  the  so-\thern  ?     In  the 
eastern  ?    In  the  western  ? 


PANNONIA,  ILLYRICUM,  &c. 


221 


>  piincipal  rivers  were  tlic  Is'ter,  now  Danube ;  the  Dra'- 
Drave ;  the  Sa'vus,  now  Save ;  the  Ti-bis'cus,  now  Theis ; 


2.  The 

viiSf  now 

the  Py-re'tus,  now  Pruth ;  and  the  lyraSy  now  Dniester. 

3.  Some  of  the  principal  towns  in  Khtetia,  Vindelicia,  and  Nor'i- 
cum  were  Bri-gan'ti-a,  now  Brigentz ;   Cu'ri-a^  now  Coire ;   Jlu 
^us'ta  Vin-del-i-co'rumy  now  Augsburg;   and  Bo-i-o^du' rum,  now 
Passau. 

4.  The  chief  towns  of  Pannonia  were  Car-nun'tum,  and  iS'iV- 
mi-um ;  also  Vin-do-ho'na,  now  Vienna. 

5.  In  Il-lyr'i-cum  were  Ep-i-dau'rus ;  also  Sa-lo'na,  the  birth- 
place of  the  emperor  Diocletian. 

(5.  In  MoBsia  and  Dacia  were  Sin-gi-du'mim,  .now  Belgrade  ; 
JVa-is'suSj  now  N'^'^a,  noted  as  the  birthplace  of  Constantine  the 
Great ;  Sar'di-ca,  tlie  capital  of  Moesia,  famous  for  a  council ;  Pons 
Tra-ja'na,  or  Bridge  of  Trajan ;  JVi-cop'o-lis,  now  Nicopoli. 

THRACE. 

1.  Thrace  was  anciently  a  barbarous  country  in  the  interior,  but 
had  many  Greek  colonies  on  its  coasts. 

2.  In  the  eastern  part,  on  the  Thracian  Bosphorus,  was  the  fa- 
mous city  of  By-zan'ti-um,  established,  by  Constantine  the  Great, 
as  the  seat  of  tlie  Roman  Empire,  and  from  him  called  Constanr 
tinople. 

3.  Ses'tos,  on  the  western  shore  of  the  Hellespont,  and  A-hy'- 
dos,  on  the  eastern  shore  opposite,  were  noted  for  being  situated 
where  Xerxes  built  his  famous  bridge  of  boats,  am'  whore  Leander 
was  drowned  in  swimming  across  the  strait  to  visit  hi?  mistress, 
Hero. 

4.  Some  of  the  other  towns  were  Ah-dc'ra,  noted  as  the  birth- 
place of  the  laughing  philosopher  De-moc'ri-tus ;  Ap-ol-lo'ni-a,  now 
Sizeboli,  for  a  temple  of  Apollo ;  Phil-ip-pop'o-lis,  now  Filippopoli, 
named  from  Philip  of  Macedon;  and  Ad-n-an-op'o-lis,  now  Adiian- 
ople. 

2.  What  were  the  rivers  ?  3.  What  towns  in  RhiEtia,  Vindelicia,  and 
Noricum?  4.  What  towns  in  Pannonia?  5.  What  ones  in  lUyri- 
cum  ?    6.  What  ones  in  Mccsia  and  Dacia  ? 

Thrace. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Thrace  ?  2.  What  towns  in  the  eastern 
part  ?  3.  What  is  said  of  Scstos  and  Abydos  ?  4.  What  other 
towns  are  mentioned  ? 


Sp"  Map  of  the  Roman  Empire. — How  was  Rhaetia  situated  ?     Nori- 
cum?    Pannonia?     Illyricum  ?     Moesia?     Dacia? 
How  was  Moesia  divided  from  Dacia  ?     What  rivers  watered  Dacia  ? 
What  were  some  of  tlie  towns  on  tlie  Ister  ?     How  was  Epidaurus  situ- 
ated ?     Salona  ?      Byzantium  or  Constantinople  ?     'Adiianopolis  ? 
Sestos  ?     Apollonia  I 
19* 


•  '.  ', 

'^:':.i 

■■■■'■.•;4 

'  > 

•i- . 

-'•■'•■■. 

;;'J 

,'  ••..•' 

1*.,. 

If 

■        f 

\--;i'i 

^t:^ 

,  ^■■>  •■«,■ 


...i"; 


i  y  •.■■»■ 


',•1! 


i    ■  -Ml 


m 


il 

;".  :iv  ■i;■-'■ 
-J    ■'.;■  i'  "I 

-   '!i  «>!  ^'l 


n 


■'1. 


■',  ,; 


I* 


^22 


GAUL. 


GAUL. 

1.  Gaul,  which  was  called  by  tlie  Greeks  Ga-la'ti-a,  and  by  tlio 
Romans,  Gal'lia  Trans-nl-pi! na,  cornprohended  France,  Nether- 
lands, Holland,  Switzerland,  and  part  of  Germany. 

2.  It  was  originally  divided  among  throe  great  nations,  the  BtU- 
fffEj  Cel'tfB,  and  the  A-qui-ta' ni ;  and  by  the  Romans,  it  was  forniod 
into  the  four  following  provinces,  called  the  Four  Gauls,  ntuncly, 
Gal'li-a  Bel'f^i-ca,  Gat'li-a  Liif^-du-ne.n's!s  or  Cel'ti-ca,  A-qui-ln- 
ni-a,  and  Gal'li-a  JVar-bo-nen'sis  or  Pro-vm'ii-a. 

3.  The  Gauls  Avere  a  warlike,  barbarous,  and  superstitious  penpln. 
They  offered  human  victims  in  Siierifice,  and  their  priests,  who  weie 
styled  druids,  possessed  great  power. 

4.  The  principal  rivers  were  the  lilie'nvs,  now  Rhine ;  Mo-sii'ltr, 
now  ]\_'!oselle ;  Mo'xa,  now  Meuse  ;  Scal'dis,  now  Scheldt;  Ser/iia-na, 
now  Seine  3  Li'ger,  now  Loire  ;  Ga-rum'na,  now  Garonne  ;  Rhod'- 
(i-nus,  now  Rhone. 

5.  Some  of  the  principal  towns  in  Gal'li-a  Bd'gi-ca,  were  ./lu- 
ff;us'ia  Tre-vo'nim,  now  Treves;  Co-lo'ni-a  Jig-rip 'pi'na,  now  Co- 
logne; Mo-gun-H'a-cum,  now  Mentz. 

6.  In  Gallia  liUgdunensis  were  Lvg-du'num^  now  Lyons;  Bi- 
brac'te,  now  Autun  ;  A-le'si-a,  famous  for  a  siege  ;  Ve-son'tio,  now 
Bcsancon ;  Lti.-te"J-a,  now  Paris ;  Ro-tom'a-gus,  now  Rouen :  in 
Helvetia  Avere  A-ven'ti-cum,  now  Avenches ;  and  Ti-gu'rum,  now 
Zurich. 

7.  Some  of  tlic  towns  of  Aquitaine  were  Bur-dig'a-la,  now 
Courdeaux;  Av-a-ri'cum,  now  Bourges;  Li-mo'num,  now  Poitiers. 

8.  In  Gallia  Narbonensis  were  JVe-maii'sus^  now  Nismes,  famous 
for  a  Roman  amphitheatre,  remains  of  which  are  still  to  be  seen ; 
To-lo'sa,  now  Toulouse  ;  Mas-sil'i-a,  nov^  Marseilles ;  Ar-e-la'te,  now 
Aries ;  Vi-enfna,  now  Vienne ;  JVa?bo,  now  Narbonne,  which  gave 
name  to  the  province ;  Fu'riim  Ju'li-i,  now  Frejus,  the  birthplace 
of  Agricola. 


5. 


'  I 


SPAIN. 

1.  Spain,  in.  Latin,  His-pa'ni-a,  was  called  also  I-he'ri-a,  and 
Hes-pe'ri-a,  or  Hes-pe'ri-a  Ul'ti-ma.  It  was,  in  ancient  times,  fa- 
mous for  rich,  silver  mines. 

GAUii. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Gaul  ?  2.  By  what  nations  was  it  inhab- 
ited, and  how  divided  ?  3.  What  is  said  of  the  Gauls  ?  4.  What 
rivers?  5.  What  town.?  in  Gallia  Relgica?  6.  In  Gallia  Lugdu- 
nensis  ?     7.  In  Aquitaine  ?    8,  In  Gallia  Narbonensis  ? 

Spain. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Spain.' 


See  Map  of  the  Roman  Empire. — In  what  part  of  Gaul  were  .the  Bel- 
gae  ?  In  what  part  Narbonensis  .'  Aquitaine.'*  Lugdnnensis .!"  Hel- 
vetia .'  What  ocean  was  west  of  Gaul  ?  How  was  Colonia  Agrip- 
pina  iituated  ?     Lugdunum  .'    Lutetia  ?    Burdigala  ?    Massilia  ? 


SPAIN. 


2ti3 


2.  Tlie  Romans  had  little  knowledge  of  Spain  till  the  second 
Punic  war ;  but  »^t  that  period  they  became  masters  of  tlie  country, 
and  divided  it  into  two  provinces,  His-pa'ni-a  Ci-te'ri-or,  or  Ilitlier 
Spain,  and  His-pa'ni-a  Ut-tt'ri-or,  or  Farther  Spain ;  and  after- 
warda  into  three  provinces,  Tar-ra-co-ncn' sis,  Bat'i-ca,  and  Lu-si- 
ia'ni-a. 

3.  The  principal  rivers  were  the  Ta'gus ;  the  I-hems,  now  Ebro ; 
the  Du'n-us,  now  Ducro  ;  the  Jl'nas,  noAv  Ciuadiana ;  and  the  Ba'tis, 
now  Guadalquivir. 

4.  Tarraconensis  was  the  largest  of  the  provinces,  and  took  its 
name  from  Tar'ra-cp,  now  Tarragona,  its  capital,  which  was  a  very 
large  and  populous  city  ;  and  to  the  north  of  east  of  it  wfis  Bar'ci-no, 
now  Barcelona. 

5.  Sa-gun'tuyriy  now  Morviedro,  was  famous  for  a  siege  by  Han- 
nibal, which  Avas  the  cause  of  the  second  Jl*unic  war  ;  I-ler'da,  now 
Lorida,  for  a  contest  between  Cffisar  and  the  lieutenants  of  Pompey  ; 
JVu-man'ti-a  and  Cal-a-f^u'ris,  for  memorable  sieges  ;  Bil'bi-lis,  as 
the  birthplace  of  the  poet  Martial. 

(5.  Some  of  tlie  other  principal  towns  in  Tarraconensis,  were 
Cft'sar-Jlu-gus'ta,  now  Savagossa  ;  Pom'pe-lo,  no.w  Pampeluna  ;  To- 
h'tum,  now  Toledo ;  Car-tha'go  JVu'vay  now  Carthagena ;  and  Se- 
go'vi-a. 

7.  The  province  of  Bml'i-ca  included  the  southern  part  of  Spain, 
and  took  its  name  from  the  river  Bojtis. 

8.  Some  of  the  towns  of  Bcetica  were  Cor'du-ba,  now  Cordova, 
noted  as  tlie  birthplace  of  the  philosopher  Seneca  and  the  poet  Lu- 
can  ;  I-tal'i-ca,  as  the  birthplace  of  the  emperor  Trajan ;  Miinda, 
for  a  victory  of  Csesar  over  the  sons  of  Pompey ;  Mal'a-ca,  now 
Malaga  ;  Ga'des,  now  Cadiz. 

9.  Cal'pe,  now  the  rock  of  Gibraltar,  and  Ah'y-la,  on  the  opposite 
shore  in  Africa,  were  celebrated  among  the  ancients  as  the  Pillars 
of  Hercules. 

10.  Lu-si-ta'ni-a  embraced  the  country  now  called  Portugal ; 
some  of  its  towns  were  0-li-sip'po,  now  Lisbon ;  Cal'le,  now  Oporto, 
Co-nimfbri-ca,  now  Coimbra. 

2.  How  was  it  divided  ?  3.  What  were  the  rivers  ?  4.  What  is  said  of 
Tarracone  nsit;  ?  5.  What  is  said  of  Saguntum,  Ilerda,  Numantia, 
&c.?     6.   What  were  some  of  the  other  towns  of  Tarraconensis  ? 

7.  What  is  said  of  Unetica '  8  What  wore  some  of  its  towns  ?  9.  What 
of  Calpe  and  Abyla  ?  10.  What  did  Lusitania  embrace,  and  what 
were  some  of  its  towns? 


^4f  }■ 


See  Map  of  the  Roman  Empire. — What  mountains  divided  Spain  from 
Gaul  ?  What  islands  were  to  tlie  east  of  Spain  ?.  What  strait  on  the 
south?  What  part  vif  Spain  was  called  Tarraconensis?  Bcetica? 
Lusitania?  How  was  Tarraco  situated  ?  Saguntum?  Numantia? 
Toletum  ?  Gades  ?  Corduba  ?  What  towns  in  the  south  ?  In 
the  east  ?    In  the  n^est  ? 


I    .M 


^^^ 


.■i-      '.■ 


-;.  .    i 

■■}:■:  I.  >f4 

"i  ■  , ,■  "I 
t  ■  ■■  I.'  I 

■'.  ■  >  r.   t 

M 


sm 


m 


ITALY 


ITALY. 

Coliseum. 


1.  Italy,  a  celebrated  and  fine  country,  was  known  in  ancient 
times  by  difiercnt  names. 

2.  It  Avas  called  I-ta'li-a,  or  Italy,  from  the  prince  Il'a-lus ;  Hes- 
pe'ri-a,  by  the  Greeks,  because  it  was  west  of  Greece  ;  Au-so'ni-a, 
from  the  Au'so-nes,  a  people  of  Latium ;  (E-no'tri-a,  from  Qiln'o-trus, 
an  Arcadian  princoj  wlio  settled  in  Lucania ;  and  Sa-hn-'m-a,  from 
its  having  been  the  fabled  residence  of  Saturn,  during  the  golden  age. 

3.  The  northern  part  was  called  Cis-aUpine  Gaul,  and  the  re- 
mainder Itahf  Proper ;  though  a  portion  in  the  south  was,  at  one 
period,  called  Magna  Greecia,  from  its  containing  Greek  colonies. 

4.  The  three  great  Italian  islands,  Sicily,  Sardiiiia,  and  Corsica, 
retain  their  ancient  names. 

Italy. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Italy  ?     2.  By  what  different  names  has  it 
been  known  ?     3.  How  was  it  divided  ?     4.  What  ishmds  ? 


See  Map  of  Italy. — In  what  part  of  Italy  was  Cisalpine  Gaul?  How- 
was  Liguria  situated  ?  Venetia  ?  Histria  ?  Bruttii  ?  Calabria  ? 
Etruria  ?  Umbria  ?  Lucania  ?  Picenum  ?  Latium  ?  Apulia  ? 
Campanii  and  Samnium  ? 

What  three  great  islands  belong  to  Italy  ?  How  is  Sicily  situated  ?  Sar- 
dinia ?     Corsica?     Ilva?     The  ^olian  Islands?     Capreae  ? 

What  rivers  in  the  north  of  Italy  ?     What  ones  in  the  middle  and  south  ? 

Wt  at  lakes  in  Cisalpine  Gaul  ?  What  sea  was  west  of  Italy?  What  one 
east?  What  gulf  on  the  southeast?  Where  the  Ligustic  gulf? 
The  gulf  of  Tergeste  ?  By  what  strait  was  It.aly  separated  fi-oiii 
Sicily? 


.'  -    « 


ITALY. 


'iSS 


Hts- 


5.  The  inhiibitantg  of  Italy  were  callud  Romans,  from  Rome,  the 
chief  city.  They  were  distinf^iiislicd  for  their  warlike  achieveineuts, 
and  for  tlieir  eminence  in  literature  and  the  arts. 

Cisalpine  Gaul. 

i).  Cisalpine  Gaul  (called  also  Gallia  Tognla,  because  the  natives 
wore  tlie  Roman  toga)  comprehended  that  part  of  the  country  whiclx 
was  north  of  Etruria  and  Umbria,  and  included  Li-gu'ri-a,  in  the 
soutii'vest,  and  Ve-nt'li-n  and  His'ln-a,  in  the  east. 

7.  'I'lie  Pa'dus,  cjillcd  also  the  E-rid'a-nus,  now  Po,  was  the 
great  river  of  Cisalpine  (iaul,  and  divided  the  country  into  two 
parts,  the  northern  being  called  Trans-pa-da' na,  and  the  southern 
Cis-pa-da'na. 

8.  Some  of  the  other  rivers  were  the  Mh'e-sis,  now  Adige  ;  the 
M'du-a,  now  Adda ;  also  the  Ti-ci'nus,  now  Ticino,  and  the  Tre'- 
hi-a ;  the  two  last  celebrated  for  the  victories  of  Ilanmibal.  The 
Ru'bi-coit,  a  small  stream  which  separated  Cisalpine  Gaul  from  Italy 
Proper,  was  rendered  famous  by  being  passed  by  CiBsar,  in  violation 
of  the  authority  of  the  Roman  government,  when  he  commenced  the 
enterprise  of  making  himself  master  of  the  empire. 

9.  The  principal  lakes  of  Cisalpine  Gaul,  were-  Ver-ba'nus,  now 
Maggiore  ;  La'n-us,  now  Como  ;  and  Ih-na'cus,  now  Garda. 

10.  Some  of  the  towns  in  His'tri-a  and  Ve-ne'ti-a,  were  Ter-ges'te, 
now  Trieste  ;  Aq-ui-h'i-a,  famous  fo-  having  been  the  resid  nee  of 
some  of  the  Roman  emperors,  and  for  an  obstinate  resistance 
against  Attik;.  the  king  of  the  Huns;  Pa-ta'vi-iim,now  Padua,  noted 
as  the  birthplace  of  the  historian  Livy  ;  Ve-ro'na,  as  the  birtliplace 
of  the  poet  Catullus  and  Pliny  the  naturalist,  and  for  its  amphithe- 
atre ;  Tri-den'tum,  now  Trent. 

11.  West  of  Venetia  and  north  of  the  Po,  were  Man'tu-a,  near 
which  was  the  village  o^  An'des,  noted  as  the  birthplace  of  the  poet 
Virgil ;  Co' mum,  now  C:<mo,  as  the  hirthplace  of  the  younger  Pliny ; 
Bnx'i-a,  now  Brescia  ;  Me-di-o-la'num,  now  Milan  ;  Ti-ci'num,  now 
Pavia  ;  Au-gus'ta  Tau-ri-no' rum,  now  Turin. 

12.  To  tlie  south  of  the  Po,  were  Pla-cen'ti-a,  now  Piacenza ; 
Mu'ti-na,  now  Modena,  noted  for  the  siege  of  Brutus  by  Antony ; 
Bo-no' ni-a,  now  Bologna  ;  Par'ma ;  also  Ra-ven'na,  noted  for  hav- 
ing been  the  seat  of  the  emperors  of  the  Western  Empire,  and  for 
its  ancient  p<^''t  and  arsenal,  though  it  is  now  three  miles  from  the  sea. 

13.  In  Lfi-gu'ri-a,  were  Gen'u-a,  now  Genoa;  Mo-nce'cus,  now 
Monaco ;  and  JVice. 

5.  What  is  said  of  the  inhabitants  ? 

6.  What  did  Cisalpine  Gaul  comprehend  ?     7.  What  is  said  of  the  Padus, 

or  Po?     8.  What  other  rivers,  and  what  is  said  of  the  Rubicon? 
9.   What  lakes?  .  10.  What  towns  in  Histria  and  Venetia?     11.  What 
ones  west  of  Venetia  and  north  of  the  Po  ?     12.  What  ones  south  of 
the  Po  ?     13.  What  ones  in  Liguria  ? 


v.,   ,'    ;*■ 


.    v'H"; 


■i-    ' 


■■<./-l.:: 


p 

t 


,-'^ 
n 


;{>•  k 


m 


■  '"■  <  , ,  ■  ■ 

t' .  -''h'l 
■  ■  -I  -  ■'* 


mm 


mmmm 


m 


mmm 


320 


ITALY. 


■k 


■     T 

I' I 


!/. 


Italy  Pkopf.r. 

14.  Italy  Proper  compriHcd  E-tru'ri-a,  Uin'bri-a,  Pi-cc'num,  La' 
ti-um,  Sam'ni-uin,  Cam-pa' ni-a^  %/l-pu'li-ay  Lu-ca'ni-a,  Ca-la'iri-a 
and  the  Brul'ti-i. 


15.  Sc 


>ftho  largest 


for 


ivers  were  the  Ti'6«r,  fuinous  lor  paHsiiifr 
by  the  city  of  Rome  ;  the  Jlr'nus^  now  Arno  ;  the  J'ul-lu/nns^  now 
Volturno  ;  and  the  Aii!fi-dus,  now  Ofunto. — Lake  Thras-\j-mc'nun  ur 
Tras-i-int' nus,  now  Perugia,  is  noted  for  a  victory  of  Hannibal. 

10.  Some  of  the  principal  towns  of  Etruria,  Avcre  Pi'sff,  now  Pisu, 
once  noted  for  connnercc  ;  Flo-ren'ii-a,  now  Florence  ;  Lxi'ca,  now 
Lucca ;  Clu'ai-um,  famous  for  its  siege  by  the  Gauls,  under 
Brennus  ;  Vt'i-i,  for  having  been  a  rival  of  Rome,  and  for  its  capture 
by  Camillua. 

17.  In  Um'hri-a,  were  A-rim'i-nw^  now  Rimini;  Spo-lc'li-um, 
now  Spoleto  ;  In-ler-am'na,  noted  as  the  birthplace  of  the  historiuu 
Tacitus. 

18.  In  Pi-ce'num,  were  An-co'na  ;  Mcu-lum,  now  Ascoli,  noted 
for  the  defeat  of  Pyrrhus  by  Fabricius  ;  SiU'mo,  now  Sulmona,  as 
the  birthplace  of  the  poet  Ovid  ;  on  the  south  border  was  Ti'iur, 
now  Tivoli,  famous  for  its  villas. 

19.  In  Latium,  was  the  great  city  of /?omc,  situated  on  the  Tiber, 
and  built  on  seven  hills.  It  was  the  capital  of  the  Roman  Enipiro, 
to  which  it  gave  name,  and  was  for  a  long  tunc  the  largest  and 
most  powerful  city  in  the  world,  and  renowned  in  arts  and  arms.-  It 
now  contains  many  monuments  of  its  ancient  greatness,  the  most 
remarkable  of  which  is  the  Col-i-se'utn. 

20.  The  seven  liills  on  which  Rome  was  built,  were  the  Pal-a-ti'- 
nus,  Cap-i-to-li'nus,  Quir-i-na'lis,  Vim-i-na'lis,  Es-qui-li'nus,  C<£  - 
li-us,  and  Av-en-ti'nus. 

21.  On  Capitolinus,  the  Capitol  was  built ;  and  here  also  was  the 
Tar-pe'i-an  Rock,  down  which  the  Romans  threw  their  condemned 
crimmals. 

22.  Some  other  towns  of  Latium,  were  Os'ii-n,  noted  as  the  port 
of 'Rome  \  Al'ba  Lon'ga,  fqr  having  been  once  a  rival  of  Rome ; 
Ar'de-a,  as  the  capital  of  the  Ru'lu-li ;  An'ti-iun  and  Pr(B-nes'le,  for 
temples  of  Fortune  ;  the  former  also  as  the  capital  of  the  Volsci ; 
Tus'cu-lum,  for  a  villa  of  Cicero  ;  Ar-pi'num,  us  the  birthplace  of 
Marius  and  Cicero. 

23.  Cap'u-a,  the  capital  of  Campania,  was  noted  as  a  luxurious 
city  ;  JVe-ap'o-lis,  now  Xaplos,  first  called  Par-then' o-pe,  from  the 
name  of  one  of  the  Sirens  who  is  fabled  to  have  lived  there,  was  the 
favorite  residence  of  Virgil. 

24.  Some  of  the  other  towns  of  Campania  and  Samniwn,  were 
Cu'mtB,  noted  as  the  residence  of  the  Cumasan  Sibyl ;  Pu-tt'o-li 

14.  What  (lid  Italy  Proper  comprise  ?  15.  What  rivers  ?  16.  What  towns 
in  Etruria  .''     17.  In  Uinbria?     18.  In  Picenum .''     19.  In  Latium  ? 

20.  On  what  hills  was  Rome  built?     21.  What  is  said  of  Capitolinus  .? 

22.  What  other  towns  in  Latium  .'  23.  What  is  said  of  Capua  and  Neap- 
olis?     24.  What  other  towns  in  Campania  and  Samnium.^ 


ITALY. 


!«7 


I,  La'- 
a'l/ri-iL 


noted 


as 


C(B- 


and  Ba'i-ff,  for  baths  and  mineral  waters  ;  Titn-e-ven'tum^  now  Bon- 
evento,  for  tlio  dofeat  of  Pyrrhus,  and  for  remains  of  ancient  sculp- 
ture;  yi/7i-/a,  for  pottery;  Va-kr'nuw^  for  wiiio  ;  Ve-na'J'rum,  for 
olives ;  Cau'di-um,  for  the  ifjnominious  def«?at  of  tlio  Uom.ins  by 
the  Samnites;  Ab'/a,  for  the  defeat  of  Ilaimibal,  and  the  invention 
of  bells  ;  Hcr-cu-la'ne-um  and  Pom-pc'i-t,  for  their  duHtruction  by  un 
eruption  of  Vesuvius. 

25  In  Jlmilia,  were  Can'titp,  celebrated  for  the  (rreatOHt  victory 
of  Hannibal  over  the  Ronmns  ;  Ve-im'ai-a,  as  the  birthplace  of  the 
poet  Horace  ;  Lu-ce'ri-a,  for  wool. 

2C.  In  Cn-ln'bri-a,  were  Brun-du! si-urn,  now  Brin'di-si,  noted  fiir 
its  harbor,  as  tiio  place  of  embarkation  to  Greece,  and  for  the  death 
of  Virgil ;  Ta-ren'lnm,  now  Tarento,  for  commerce  ;  Ma-ti'num,  for 
bees. 

27.  In  Lu-ca'ni-a,  wore  Paa'tum,  once  noted  for  roses,  now  for 
ruins  ;  Mct-a-pon'tujn,  for  a  school  of  Pytliagoras  ;  Sjiya-ria,  for  tlie 
effeminacy  of  its  inhabitants. 

28.  In  the  Brultii,  were  Cro-Mna,  noted  for  a  school  of  Pythago- 
ras ;  Me-tau'ruSf  a  town  and  .*mall  river,  for  the  defeat  of  the  Car- 
thaginian general  As'dru-bal. 

29.  Tiie  four  principal  Roman  Roads  were  tiie  Fi'a  J2p'pi-a, 
from  Rome  to  Brundusium ;  the  Vi'a  Fla-inin'i-a,  from  Rome  to 
Ariminum  ;  the  Vi'a  Au-re'li-a,  by  the  coast  of  Etruria,  to  Liguria 
and  Gaul,  near  Nice ;  and  the  Vi'a  Clau'di-a,  which  branched  off 
from  the  Via  Flaminia,  near  Rome,  and  proceeding  through  tliQ 
more  inland  part  of  Etruria,  joined  the  Via  Aurelia  at  Luca. 

Italian  Islands. 

30.  Sicily,  the  largest  land  most  important  island  in  the  Mediter- 
ranean, was,  on  account  of  its  feii;ility,  esteemed  one  of  the  grana- 
ries of  the  Roman  Empire. 

31.  It  was  anciently  caliod  Si-cn'ni-a,  from  the  Si-ca'ni,  who  at 
one  period  possessed  U :  and  Tn-7ia'cn-a,  from  its  having  three 
promontories  at  its  throe  awgles,  Pe-lo'rum,  in  the  north,  Pa-clii/mcm, 
in  the  south,  and  E'ryx,  or  I/il-y-bee'iim,  in  the  west. 

32.  Each  of  the  promontories  had  a  celebrated  temple  ;  at  Pelo- 
rum  was  that  of  Neptune  ;  at  Pachynum,  that  of  Apollo  ;  and  near 
Lilybceum,  on  Mount  Eryx,  that  of  Venus. 

33.  Near  the  east  end  of  Sicily  is  the  famous  volcano  of  Mount 
JEtna,  which  has  been  celebrated  from  the  earliest  ages,  and  which 
was  represented  by  the  ancient  poets  as  the  forge  of  Vulcan,  the 
god  of  fire,  who  here  employed  his  workmen,  the  Cyclops,  in  fabri- 
cating thunderbolts  for  Jupiter. 

34.  The  poets  also  fabled  that  the  giant  Typhoe'  is,  or  Typlion, 
was  buried  undei*  Si^ly,  Pelorum  and  Pachynum  being  placed  on 
each  arm,  Lilybceum  on  his  feet,  and  ^Etna  on  his  head;  and  tliat 

■  II  ,         111  I  I  ■■■r  I       I-  -  I  I  ■  ^M^^^—^»^M^M^^^^^ 

25.  What  towns  in  Apulia?  26.  In  Calabria?  27.  In  Lucania  ?  28.  In 
the  Bruttii  ?     29.  What  were  the  four  principal  Roman  roads  ? 

30.  What  is  said  of  Sicily  ?     31.  By  what  other  names  was  it  known  ? 

32.  What  temples  were  on  the  three  promontories  ?  33.  What  is  said  of 
Mount  iEtna?    34.  What  else  was  fabled  by  tlie  poets.' 


,'l 


:> 


I  .• 


;V:,f:i 


MHi 


wim 


uos 


ITALY. 


the  earthquakes  and  eruptions  of  the  mountain  were  caused  by  his 
attempts  to  move. 

35.  Mount  Hy'bla,  north  of  Syracuse,  was  famous  for  honey ;  the 
pi  in  oP  En'na,  in  the  interior,  for  the  cari-ying  away  of  Pros'er-joine, 
by  Pluto,  to  the  shades  below. 

36.  The  whirlpoel  of  Cha-ryVdis,  on  the  coast  of  Sicily,  in  the 
Sicilian  strait,  and  the  promontory  or  high  rock  of  Scyl'la,  opposite 
to  it,  on  the  shore  of  Italy,  were  proverbial  among  the  ancients  aa 
objects  of  terror ;  but  they  are  now  little  dreaded. 

37.  Syr'a-cuse,  the  ancient  metropolis  of  Sicily,  was  a  great,  com- 
mercial, and  powerful  city,  memorable  for  the  defeat  of  the  Atheni- 
ans, for  its  siege  by  the  Romans,  and  for  the  exploits  of  Ar-chi-me'- 
des  in  its  defence. 

38.  Some  of  the  other  towns  were  Ag-ri-gen'tum,  now  Girgenti, 
noted  for  a  temple  of  Jupiter ;  IAl-y-b<Ji'um,  now  Marsala,  for  its 
siege  by  the  Romans  in  the  first  Punic  war ;  Caifa-na,  now  Cata- 
nia, for  a  temple  of  Ceres  ;  Drep'a-num,  now  Trapani,  for  the  death 
of  An-chi'ses  ;  Pa-nor'musj  now  Palermo  ;  Mes-sa'na,  now  Messina ; 
Le-on-ti'ni,  now  Lentini. 

39.  Sardinia  was  called  by  the  Greelcs  Ich-nu'sa,  from  the  fan- 
cied resemblance  of  its  form  to  the  print  of  a  foot. 

40.  It  was  noted  for  its  unwholesome  air  and  bitter  herbs ;  and 
from  its  inhabitants  the  forced  or  grinning  laugh  called  the  Sardonic, 
took  its  name.     The  principal  town  was  Car'a-lis,  now  Cagliari. 

41.  Corsica,  called  by  the  Greeks  Cyr'nos,  was  noted  for  its  yew 
trees  and  bitter  honey. 

42.  Mel'i-te,  or  Mel'i-ta,  now  Malta,  was  noted  for  the  shipwreck 
of  St.  Paul  on  his  voyage  to  Rome.  * 

43.  The  M-o'li-an  Islands,  now  Lipari  Islands,  were  named  from 
^'o-lus,  the  fabled  god  of  the  winds,  who  was  said  to  reside  here. 
I^hey  were  also  called  the  Vulcanian  Islands,  from  Vulcan,  the  god 
of  fire,  on  account  of  their  volcanoes. 

44.  Between  Corsica  and  Etruria  "^"as  the  island  of  Il'va,  now 
Elba ;  near  Naples  was  Ca'pre-a,  now  Capri,  noted  for  tlie  cruelties 
and  debaucheries  of  Tiberius. 

35.  What  is  said  of  Mount  Hybla  and  the  plain  of  Enna  ?  36.  Charybdig 
and  Scylla.^    37.  Syracuse?    38.  What  other  towns  ? 

39.  What  is  said  of  Sardinia.'  40.  For  what  was  it  noted.''  41.  What  of 
Corsica .?  42.  Melite  .'  43.  The  iEolian  Islands  .'  44.  What  other 
islands .' 


See  Map  of  Italy. — How  was  Tergeste  situated.''  Aquileia.'  Put?- 
vium .'  Verona.'  Tridentum  .'  Ravenna.'  Mantua.'  Mulina  ? 
Placentia.'  Mediolanum?  Comuin  .•*  Genua.'  Nice.'  1"'i-p  ' 
Praeneste .'  Ardca.'  Tusculuin?  Capua?  Neapolis?  Benf,  >,  ti 
turn?  Nola?  Canna;  ?  Venusia  ?  Brundusium  ?  Tareiitiijn  ? 
Metapontuin  ?     Sybaris?     Crotona?     Scylla? 

In  what  part  of  Sicily  was  the  promontory  of  Pelorum."^     Piic1iyn"r 
Lilybffium  ? 

llo'.v  is  Ai^tna  situated  ?  Syracuse?  Agrigentum?  Panornius?  CT'iiria  ? 
Enna  ?  Drepanum  .'  In  what  direction  from  Sicily  was  Cuillinyo  t 
In  what  part  of  Sardinia  was  Caralis  ? 


GREECE, 

GREECE. 

The  Parlhcnon. 


5J29 


1.  Greece,  the  most  renowned  country  in  the  world,  with  regard 
to  literature  and  the  arts,  was  very  inconsiderable  in  extent ;  and, 
exclusive  of  Macedonia  and  Epirus,  it  little  exceeded,  in  size,  the 
half  of  the  state  of  New  York. 

2.  Its  general  aspect  is  rugged  and  mountainous  ;  but  it  abounds 
in  beautiful  scenery.  Its  rivers,  thougli  much  celebrated  by  the 
poets,  are  only  small  streams. 

3.  It  is  bounded  on  all  sides  by  the  sea,  except  the  north ;  its 
coasts  are  indented  by  numerous  bays  or  gulfs ;  and  no  country 
of  antiquity  was  more  favorably  situated  for  holding  commerce  with 
other  ancient  nations. 

4.  It  comprised  many  small  independent  states,  which  had  differ- 
ent kinds  of  government ;  though,  for  a  considerable  time,  repub- 
lican forms  were  prevalent. 

Greece. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Greece?  2.  What  of  the  aspect  of  the 
country  and  rivers  ?  3.  What  of  its  situation  ?  4.  What  of  its  po- 
litical condition  ? 


See  Map  of  Greece. — How  was  Macedonia  situated  ?     Epirus  ?    Thes- 
saly  ?     Peloponnesus  ?     The  island  of  Crete  ?     Eubcea  ? 
What  islands  on  the  west  coast  of  Greece  ?     Where  the  gulf  of  Corinth ' 
The  Saronic  gulf?     The  Thermaic  jjulf?     What  gulf  on  the  south 
of  Peloponnesus? 
20 


What  gulfs  on  the  east  coast  of  Greece  .•' 


n 


■<',:.* 


rt 


,'•     If 


'i< 


I 


230 


GREECE. 


m 
'I 


I 


I. 


I  i'l' 


s 


6        •! 


5.  Greece  comprehended  Tlies'sa-ly,  Greece  Proper,  and  Pe/-o- 
pon-ve'suSf  together  with  numerous  islands  :  in  the  most  extensive 
sense,  it  included  also  Mac-e-do'ni-a  and  E-pi'rus ;  and  the  Greeks 
established  colonies  in  Thrace,  Jiaia  Minor,  Italy,  and  Sicily. 

6.  The  Romans,  after  having  conquered  Greece,  divided  the 
country  into  two  provinces ;  Acha'ia,  which  comprised  Greece  Prop- 
er and  Peloponnesus,  and  of  whicii  the  capital  Avas  Cor'inth ;  and 
Macedonia,  which  included  ThessaJy,  Epirus,  and  Macedonia,  and 
of  which  the  capital  was  Thessaloni'ca. 

7.  Greece  was  called  by  the  natives  Hellas,  and  the  inhabitants 
Hel-le'nes ;  but  by  the  poets  they  were  often  called  Dan'a-i,  Pt- 
ias'gi,  ./Ir-gi'vi,  Jl-chi'vi,  A-chft'i,  &c. 

8.  With  regard  to  genius,  literature,  the  arts,  love  of  liberty,  and 
heroism,  the  Greeks  were  unrivalled  among  the  nations  of  antiquity. 
Their  language  is  esteemed  the  most  perfect  that  was  ever  spo- 
ken, and  their  writings  the  finest  models  of  taste. 

Macedonia. 

1.  The  kingdom  of  Macedo'nia,  or  Ma^'edon,  was  but  little 
kno'vn  in  history  before  the  time  of  Philip  and  Alexander ;  it  had 
not,  till  then,  formed  one  of  the  confederate  states  of  Greece  ;  and 
its  inhabitants  Avore  regarded  by  the  Greeks  as  barbarians. 

2.  Mhos,  a  remarkable  moimtain,  on  tlie  southeast  of  Macedo- 
nia, extending  into  the  sea  like  a  promontory,  is  now  noted  for  its 
monasteries. 

3.  Some  of  the  principal  rivers  were  the  Dri'lo,  now  Drino, 
Stry'inon,  Aoc'i-us,  Jls-trff!us,  Ha-li-ac'mon,  and  A-&us. 

4.  E-des'sa,  now  Vodina,  was  once  the  capital  and  the  residence 
of  the  kings  ;  aftei  wards  Pel' la,  now  Jenitza,  which  was  noted  as 
the  birthplace  of  Philip  and  Alexander. 

o.  Tht's-sa-lo-ni'ca,  now  Salonica,  both  in  ancient  and  modern 
times  a  large  commercial  city,  became  the  capital  of  Macedonia, 
after  it  was  reduced  to  a  Roman  province ;  and  to  the  Christian 
converts  hero  St.  Paul  addressed  two  epistles. 

6.  Phi-lip' pi  was  famous  for  the  defeat  of  Brutus  and  Caasius ; 
and  it  is  also  Avell  known  in  the  travels  and  epistles  of  St.  Paul ; 
and  Be-rcb'a,  now  Veria,  for  the  commendation  bestowed  on  the  in- 
habitants for  their  diligence  in  searching  the  Scriptures. 

6.  What  did  it  comprehend  ?  6.  How  was  Greece  divided  after  its  con- 
quest by  the  Romans  ?  7.  What  were  the  inhabitants  called  ? 
8.  What  is  said  of  the  Greeks  ? 


Macedonia. — 1 

Mount  Athos  ?     3.    What 
Peila  ?     5.  Thessaloniea  ? 


What  is  said  of  the  kingdom  of  Macedonia  ?    2.  Of 
rivers  ?    4.    What  is  said  of  Edessa  and 
6.  Philippi  and  Bersea  ? 


See  Map  of  Chreece. — What  gulf  on  the  southeast  coast  of  Macedo- 
nia ?  What  rivers  in  Macedonia  ?  What  the  situation  of  Mount 
Athos  ?  How  was  Pella  situated  ?  Edessa  ?  Thessaloniea  "  Olyn- 
thus?  Potirfaea?  Stagira?  Mcthone  and  Pydna?  Uerxa?  Phi- 
lippi ?     Amphipolis  ? 


GREECE. 


231 


7.  O-lyn'thuSy  Pot'%-d(t'a,Me-iho'ne^  and  ^hn-phip'o-lis,  were  noted 
for  contests  between  Philip  and  the  iXthcnians ;  Pyd'na,  for  die  final 
defeat  of  the  Macedonians;  S'a-gi'ra,  as  the  birthplace  of  Aris- 
totle, who  is  thence  called  the  Stag'irite  ;  D:jr-rach'i-U7n^  now  Du- 
razzo,  as  a  port  much  frequented  by  the  Romans,  being  nearly 
opposite  to  Brundusium,  in  Italy,  and  for  an  engagement  between 
the  armies  of  Csesar  and  Pompey. 

Epirus. 

1.  Epirus,  which  now  forms  a  part  of  Albania,  was  separated 
from  Thessaly  and  Macedonia  by  the  celebrated  mountainous 
range  of  Pindus,  which  was  sacred  to  the  Muses. 

2.  The  principal  divisions  were  Cha-o'ni-a,  Thes-pro'ti-a,  and  Mo- 
los^sis :  the  last  was  famous  for  a  race  of  dogs  employed  in  hmiting. 

3.  A-car-na'ni-Oj  Avhich  was  separated  from  this  country  by  the 
Ambracian  gulf,  is  sometimes  considered  as  belonging  to  Epirus, 
and  sometimes  to  Greece  Proper. 

4.  The  rivers  were  the  Ach-e-lo'un,  Jl-rach'tus^  Ach'e-ron,  and 
Co-cy'tus.  The  last  two  were  classed  by  the  poets  among  the  in- 
fernal rivers. 

5.  Some  of  the  towns  were  Am-hra'ci-a.,  now  Arta,  noted  as  the 
royal  city  of  Pyrrhus,  the  famous  king  of  Epirus  ;  Do-do' na,  for  its 
oracle  and  grove  of  oaks  ;  Buth-ro'tum,  now  Butrinto. 

Thessaly. 

1.  Till  !•; :  u  •  consisted  mostly  of  an  extensive  and  fertile  valley, 
fiurrouuk:  '  by  lofty  mountains;  by  0-lyni'pus  on  the  north,  by 
Pin'dus  on  the  west,  and  by  (Efta,  Oth'n/s,  Os'sa,  and  Pc'li-on  on 
the  south  and  east. 

2.  The  mountains  of  Thessaly  were  celebrated  in  ancient  fable. 
Olympus  was  represented  by  the  poets  as  reaching  co  the  heavens, 
and  as  having  on  its  summit  the  court  of  Jupiter.  The  Giants 
were  said  to  have  heaped  Ossa  upon  Pclion,  in  order  to  scale  tiio 
heavens. 

3.  The  principal  river  of  Thessaly  was  the  Pe'ne-us^  now  Pe- 
nce ;  and  near  its  mouth  was  the  vale  of  Tem'pe,  which  was  great- 
ly celebrated  among  the  ancients  for  its  picturesque  and  beautiful 
scenery. 

7.  Who.t  other  to\vn<,  and  for  what  noted  ? 

Epinus. — 1,  What  is  said  of  Epirus?  2.  What  were  its  divisions? 
3.  What  is  said  of  Acarnania  ?  4.  Rivers  ?  5.  What  were  some 
of  the  towns  of  Epirus  ? 

Thkssalv. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Thessaly,  and  by  what  was  it  sur- 
rounded ? 
2    What  is  mentioned  of  the  mountains  of  Thessaly  ?     3.  What  river  and 
vale  ? 

See  Map  of  Greece. — "What  part  of  Epirus  was  Chaonia?  Molossis  ? 
Thesprotia?  By  what  mountains  was  Epirus  separated  from  Thes- 
saly and  Macedonia?  Where  the  gulf  of  Arnbracia  ?  V.'lint  rivers 
in  Epirus?  How  was  the  town  of  Ambracia  situated  '  Jjijthrotiuu  ? 
What  other  towns  in  Epirus  ? 


i 


-ilt 


■'i  '■■•  1''     .  .■ ; 


1 


:.»  mi'--  f-iS 


II 


*i!^ .   ,'i>' 


irfiMtt 


232 


GREECE. 


It 


i 


ill 

II'  i  Si  ■ 

i  .  ' 


4.  Thessaly  was  the  country  of  the  fabulous  monsters  called 
Centaurs,  half  men  and  Iialf  horses,  whose  battle  with  the  Lap'i- 
th(R  is  celebrated  by  the  ancient  poets, 

5.  Ther-mop'y-l(R,  a  narrow  oefile  or  pass  between  Mount  CEta 
and  the  sea,  loading  from  Thessaly  to  Locris  and  Phocis,  is  famous 
for  a  stand  made  against  the  Persian  army  by  the  Spartans  under 
Le-on'i-das ;  and  also  for  being  one  of  the  places  where  the  Am- 
phictyons  met ;  Delphi  was  the  oilier. 

6.  Some  -^-f  the  towns  of  ThensaJy  were  La-ris'sa,  the  royal  city 
of  Achille  md  now  a  considerable  town  ;  Mag-ne'si-a,  capital  of 
a  district  of  the  same  name  ;  Phthi'a,  the  tc  n  of  the  Myr'midons ; 
I-ol'chos,  the  ci^y  of  Jason,  who  commanded  the  Argonauts ;  »^ph'- 
e-t(B,  the  port  from  which  the  Argonauts  sailed ;  Phar-safli-a^  fu.~ 
mous  for  the  great  victory  of  Cajsar  over  Pompey  ;  Cy-no-ccph' a-le, 
for  tlie  dofeat  of  the  Macedonians  by  the  Romans ;  Hyp'a-ta^  fov 
magic  ;  Mel-i-boi'a,  for  dyeing  wool. 

Grek J'?:  Proper. 

1.  Greece  Proper,  in  modern  times,  LAvadia,  situated  between 
the  Saronic  gulf  and  the  gulf  of  Cor'inth,  on  the  south,  and  Thes- 
saly and  Epirus  on  the  north,  comprised  the  following  femall  coun- 
tries, namely,  AVti-ca,  Bm-o'ti-a,  Meg'a-ris,  Pho^ds^  Do^ris,  Lo^cris, 
M-totli-a,  and  Ji-car-na'ni-a. 

2.  The  most  celebrated  of  these  countries  was  Attica,  noted  for 
containing  the  city  of  Atliens,  and  for  the  geniu.^  of  its  inhabitants; 
hence  the  proverbial  phrases,  Jlttic  wit  and  Jlttir  salt. 

3.  BcRotia  was  more  fertile  than  Atlica,  but  the  air  thick  and  fog- 
gy, and  the  inhabitants  were  represented  as  phlegmatic  and  dull. 

4.  Par-nas's^ds,  a  celebrated  mountain  in  Phocis,  was  sacred  to 
Apollo  and  the  Muses.  Between  its  two  summits  was  the  Castali- 
an  spring,  the  waters  of  which  were  represented  to  have  the  power 
of  inspiring  those  who  drank  them  with  the  true  fire  or  spiriS;  of 
poetry. 

5.  In  BcBotia,  were  Mour.t  Ci-thfB^ron,  famous  for  being  the  place 
where  the  infant  (Ed'i-pus  was  exposed,  and  where  Actte'on  was 
torn  in  pieces  by  his  own  dogs :  and  Mount  Hel'i-con,  sacred  to 
Apollo  and  the  Muses,  near  tlie  foot  of  which  was  the  verse-inspir- 
ing fountain  of  Hip-po-crt'ne,  said  to  have  been  made  by  the  hoof 
of  the  winged  horse  Peg'asus. 

6.  In  Mtica,  near  Athens,  were  the  small  mountains  of  Hy-mef" 
ius,  noted  for  honey,  and  Pen-teVi-cus,  for  marble. 

^'  I  ■■     I    I  11     I  I        .111    .     I  I       ...  I  ■■  ,  -         ..I  —..I      ■    ■   ■         ■    I    .     .— ,1  .1       I  ,,  ^ii  —  M— .  .11    — .M  i.M  I     m 

4.  What  fabulous  inhabitants  ?     5.  What  is  said  of  Thermopylae  ? 
6.  What  towns  in  Thessaly,  and  for  what  noted  ? 

Greece  Proper. — 1.  What  did  Greece  Proper  comprehend? 
2.  AVhat  is  said  of  Attica?    3.  Bccotia  ?    4..  Parnassus? 

5.  What  mountains  were  in  Boeot)i,  and  for  what  celebrated? 

6.  What  mountains  in  Attica,  and  for  what  celeornted  ? 


See  Map  of  Greece. — What  gulfs  on  the  east  and  south  of  Thessaly  ? 
What  mountains  in  the  country  and  on  its  borders  ?     What  rivers  ? 
How  was  Tempe  situated  ?    Larissa  ?    Pharsilia  ?    lolchos? 
ncsia  ?    Thermopylse  ? 


GREECE. 


233 


7.  Among  the  small  rivers  of  this  country  may  be  mentioned  the 
Jlch-t-lo'us  and  E-ve'nus,  in  the  western  part ;  the  Ce-phis'sus  and 
A-so'pus^  in  the  eastern ;  also  the  small  rivulets  Ce-phis'sus  and 
ll-liisvLS,  noted  for  passing  by  the  city  of  Athens. 

8.  Ath'ens^  the  capital  of  Attica^  was  the  most  renowned  city  of 
Greece,  and  for  a  long  time  the  most  celebrated  seat  of  learning 
and  the  arts  in  the  world ;  and  it  gave  birth  to  many  of  the  most 
eminent  men  of  antiquity. 

9.  It  now  contains  far  more  interesting  remains  of  ancient  re- 
finement and  splendor  than  any  other  place  in  Greece.  A  consid- 
erable portion  of  the  Acropolis,  or  citadel,  is  still  existing,  wliich 
includes  the  Par'the-non,  or  Temple  of  Minerva,  the  grandest  dis- 
j»lay  of  Athenian  magnificence. 

10.  Mar'a-thon,  in  Atiica,  was  famous  for  the  memorable  defeat 
of  the  Persians  by  the  Athenians ;  E-ku'sis,  near  the  ^orders  of 
Alegaris,  for  the  celebration  of  the  Eleusinian  mysteries. 

11.  In  Boeotia,  were  Thebes,  the  capital,  noted  as  the  birthplace 
of  E-pam-i-non'das  and  Pindar ;  PlaAa'a,  Cor-o-nda,  Levdtra,  and 
Ch<Br-o-ne' a,  for  battles  of  the  Greeks ;  Or-chom'e-nus,  for  a  temple 
of  the  Graces ;  Leb-a-de'a,  for  the  cave  of  Trophonius ;  A^cra,  as 
the  birthplace  of  the  poet  Hesiod ;  Au'lis,  for  the  detention  of  the 
Grecian  fleet  in  the  expedition  against  Troy. 

12.  In  Pho'cis,  were  Dd'phi,  the  capital,  famous  for  its  oracle, 
and  for  the  temple  of  Apollo,  near  which  the  Pythian  games  were 
celebrated  i  An-tic'y-ra,  noted  (like  anotlier  town  of  the  same 
name  in  Thessaly)  for  hellebore,  the  g.eat  remedy  for  madness 
among  the  ancients. 

13.  In  Mtolia,  were  Ther'mus,  the  capital;  JVdii-pac'tus,  now 
Lepanto,  noted  as  a  naval  station ;  CaVy-don,  as  the  residence  of 
Mel-e-a'ger,  and  the  scene  of  a  famous  boar  hunt. 

14.  In  Acamania,  was  Ac'ti-wn,  on  the  Ambracian  gulf,  famous 
for  the  memorable  naval  victory  which  Augustus  obtained  over 
Antony  and  Jleopatra,  and  which  put  an  end  to  the  Roman  com- 
monwealth. 

7.  What  rivers  in  Greece  Proper  ?  8.  What  is  said  of  Athens  ?  9.  What 
of  the  remains  of  its  ancient  magnificence  ?  10.  What  of  Marathon 
and  Eleusis  ?  11.  What  towns  were  there  in  Boeotia,  !»"d  for  what 
noted  ?     12.  In  Phocis  i    13.  In  ^tolia '    14.  In  Acarnania  ? 


!"'' 

M 

'*!■ 

^  ■.>'■;> 

'■k 

^V  '.'^ 

-^^m 


u 


See  Map  of  Chreece. — How  was  Attica  situated  ?  ^tolia .'  Boeotia  ? 
Doris  ?  Acarnania  ?  Locris  ?  Phocis .'  Megaris  ?  What  island 
east  of  Attica  and  Boeotia  ?    What  rivers  in  i£tolia  ?    In  Boeotia  ? 

What  lake  in  Boeotia  ?    How  was  Mount  Parnassus  situated  ?    Helicon  ? 

How  was  Athens  situated .'  Marathon .'  Eleusis  ?  Thebes  .'  Chaeronea  i 
PlatiBa?    Delphi.'    Naupactus?    Calydon?    Actium? 

20* 


WM- 


M 


■1 


n. 


Trm  ■■■y.'.i 
t'  Si  ■ ' 


234 


GREECE. 


J 


,r 


if*' 


\4<t 


Peloponnesus. 

1 .  Peloponnesus,  now  Morea,  is  a  celebrated  mountainous  penin- 
Bula,  connected  with  the  continent  by  the  narrow  isthmus  of  Cor- 
inth, and  its  ancient  name  siafnifies  the  Island  ofPelops. 

2.  Its  modern  name,  More'a,  is  said  to  have  been  derived  from 
the  mulberry  tree  (Greek  no^eoy  Latin  m(irus\  with  which  it  abounds, 
or  from  the  resemblance  of  its  shape  to  the  mulberry  leaf. 

3.  It  comprised  the  following  small  countries,  namely,  A-cha'i-a, 
E'lis,  Mess      i-a,  La-co'ni-a,  Ar'go-liSi  and  Ar-ca'di-a. 

4.  Lacom  /as  the  most  powerful  state  of  Peloponnesus,  and  its 
inhabitants  ere  celebrated  for  their  military  character,  and  for 
their  habit  of  expressing  their  ideas  in  few  words ;  hence  the  pro- 
verbial phrases,  Laconic  style  and  La^conic  answer. 

5.  Arcadia,  an  elevated  and  mountainous  district,  which  occupied 
the  central  part,  was  the  celebrated  pastoral  country  of  the  poets. 

6.  The  principal  mountains  were  Ta-yg'e-ius,  in  Laconia  (7,910 
feet  high),  noted  for  the  celebration  of  the  orgies  cf  Bacchus  ;  Cyl- 
lefne,  as  the  birthplace  of  Mercury ;  M^tn'a-lus,  and  Ly-ccB'us,  in 
Arcadia,  sacred  to  Pan  :  the  largest  rivers,  the  Eu-ro'tas  and  Al- 
phefus. 

7.  Cor'imh,  the  capital  of  Achata,  on  the  isthmus  of  Corinth,  was 
famous  for  commerce,  wealth,  and  the  arts,  and  for  the  celebration 
of  the  Isthmian  games  in  its  vicinity,  in  honor  of  Neptune. 

8.  It  had  two  ports,  Le-chyp/um  and  Cen'chre-a :  and  to  the  Chris- 
tian converts  at  Corinth  St.  Paul  addressed  two  epistles. 

9.  In  Elis,  were  Elis,  the  capital,  also  O-lym'pi-a,  famous  for  the 
statue  of  Jupiter,  one  of  the  seven  wonders  of  the  world,  and  for 
being  the  place  where  the  Olympic  games  were  celebrated,  after 
the  expiration  of  every  four  years,  in  honor  of  Jupiter. 

10.  There  were  four  public  and  solemn  games  in  Greece,  name- 
ly, tlie  0-lym!pic,  Pyth'i-an,  JVefme-any  and  Isth'mi-an;  which  con- 
sisted chiefly  of  aljiletic  exercises,  as  leaping,  boxing,  wrestling, 
and  running. 

11.  Of  these  games,  the  Olympic  were  the  most  famous,  and 
from  them  the  Greeks  computed  their  tune,  the  space  intervening 
between  one  celebration  and  another  being  called  an  Olympian!. 

12.  In  Messenia,  were  Mes-se'ne,  the  capital ;  Py'loSj  now  JV*a«- 
a-ri'no,  the  city  of  Nestor ;  and  Me-tho'ne. 

13.  In  Laconia,  were  Spar'ta  or  Lac-e-dcb'mon,  a  powerful  city, 
famous  for  the  institutions  of  Lycurgus,  and  for  the  hardy  and  war- 
like character  of  its  inhabitants  ;  also  A-myc'l<e,  noted  as  the  birth- 
place of  Castor  and  Pollux. 

Peloponnesus. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Peloponnesus  ?    2.  From  what  is 

the  name  of  Morea  derived  ?    3.  What  did  Peloponnesus  comprise  ? 

4.  What  i?  said  of  Laconia  ?    5.  Arcadia  ?    6.  What  mountains  and  rivers 

in  Peloponnesus  ?    7.  What  is  said  of  Corinth  ?    8.  What  were  its 

ports  ? 

9.  What  towns  in  Elis  ?     10.  What  games  were  celebrated  in  Greece  ? 

11.  What  is  said  of  the  Olympic  games? 
12   What  towns  in  Messenia,  and  for  what  noted  ?    13   In  Laconia  ? 


GREECE. 


235 


14.  In  Argolis,  were  Argos,  now  Argo,  the  capital,  noted  for  the 
death  of  Pyrrhus ;  My-ce'nfB,  as  the  city  of  Agamemnon,  who  com- 
manded the  Greeks  in  the  Trojan  war ;  Nefme-a,  or  JVe-mc^a,  for  the 
Nenieau  games,  in  honor  of  Hercules  ;  Ep-i-dau'rus,  now  Pidaura, 
for  tlie  worship  of  iEsculapiua  ;  JSTat^pli-a,  now  Napoli,  as  a  naval  sta- 
tion ;  Ler'na,  for  the  destruction  of  the  Lernean  hydra  by  Hercules. 

15.  In  Arcadia,  were  Man-ti-ne'a,  noted  for  a  great  defeat  of  the 
Spartans  by  Epaminondas,  who  was  here  slain ;  Meg-a-lop'o-lis  as 
the  birthplace  of  Polvbius  ;  Stym-phafluSy  a  fountain  and  laJce,  as  the 
fabled  residence  of  the  Harpies. 

Greek  Island.}. 

1.  Ar  '-nportant  division  of  Greece  consisted  of  islands,  mostly 
situated  in  the  ^gse'an  sea  and  on  its  borders  ;  the  two  largest  be- 
in^  Crete  and  Eubcea. 

2.  The  islands  lying  in  the  iEgse'an  sea,  north  of  Crete,  were 
chiefly  comprehended  under  two  classes,  namely,  the  Cy&la-des  and 
Spor'a-des. 

3.  The  cluster  of  islands  lying  in  a  circular  form  around  DeloSf 
were  called  Cyclades,  from  the  Greek  word  cyclos,  a  circle ;  the 
term  Sporades  was  applied  to  the  islands  lying  more  remote  towards 
the  eastern  shore,  annexed  to  Asia. 

4.  In  the  Ionian  sea,  on  the  west  coast  of  Greece,  were  the 
islands  of  Cor-cy'ra,  Pax'uSy  Leu-ca'di-a,  Rh'a-ca,  Ceph-a-lefni-a, 
and  Za-cyn'thus ;  and  on  the  south  of  Peloponnesus,  Cy-tMra. 
These  seven  islands  now  form  the  "      ^n  RepvhUc. 

5.  Corcy'ra,  now  Corfu,  is  noted  for  the  shipwreck  of  Ulysses  and 
the  gardens  of  Al-cin'o-us  ;  Ithaca,  now  Theaki,  as  the  residence  of 
Ulysses ;  Leucadia  or  Leucas,  now  St.  Maura,  for  the  promontory  of 
Leu-ca'te,  and  the  rock  called  the  Lover^s  Leap,  where  the  noetess 
Sappho  and  other  disappointed  lovers  threw  themselves  into  3  sea; 
Cy-the'ra,  now  Cerigo,  as  an  island  sacred  to  Venus. 

6.  Crete,  now  Candia,  was  renowned  among  the  ancients  as  the 
birthplace  of  Jupiter,  who  was  said  to  have  been  nursed  on  the  fa- 
mous Mount  Ida,  situated  in  the  central  part  of  the  island. 

7.  This  island  was  also  noted  for  the  laws  of  Minos,  king  of 
Crete  ;  for  its  Labyrinth,  in  which  the  Minotaur  was  imprisoned ;  for 
its  hundred  rties  ;  and  for  the  skill  of  its  inhabitants  in  archery. 

14.  What  towns  in  Argolis  ?     15.  In  Arcadia  ? 

Greek  Islands. — 1.  What  is  said  of  the  Greek  islands?     2.  How 
were  they  divided  }    3.  Which  were  the  Cyclades,  and  which  the 
Sporades)    4.  >"^hat  islands  were  there  in  the  Ionian  sea? 
5.  What  is  said  of  Corcyra,  &c.  ?    6.  What  is  said  of  Crete  ?    7.  For 
what  else  was  it  noted  ? 


See  Map  of  Greece. — What  gulfs  on  the  north  of  Peloponnesus  ?    What 
ones  south  ?    East  ?     West  ?     What  rivers  in  Peloponnesus  ? 
How  was  Achaia  situated .''     Laconia  .''    Arcadia  ?    Elis  ?    Argolis  ?  Mes- 
senia .''    How  was  Corinth  situated  ?    Sparta  ?    Argos .''    Mycenae  ? 
Olyrapia .''     Pylos  ?     Mantinea  ^    Lerna  ?     Neraea  ? 


.1  ■ 


1^..  •'..': 


'■"( ., 


;■(■■■ 

;l    ■!'■ 


r''. 


986 


GREECE. 


8.  Euhaa^  now  Ncgropont,  ia  noted  as  next  to  Crete  in  size  ; 
Sal'a-miSf  for  the  defeat  of  the  Persian  fleet  by  the  Athenians,  and 
as  the  birthplace  of  Ajax,  Teucer,  and  Solon. 

9.  Some  of  the  principal  of  the  Cycladea  were  An'dros,  Te'nos, 
CefoSy  Cyth'nus,  Se-ri'phus,  Siph'nus,  Me'los,  Pos,  A-mor'gos,  JSTas/os, 
Pa'roSf  Mn-tip'a-ros  or  O-le'a-roSf  ScjfroSf  Myc'o-nus,  and  JDe  los. 

10.  Delos  was  famous  as  the  birtliplace  of  Apollo  and  Diana,  and 
for  a  celebrated  altar  and  oraclf  of  Apollo ;  JVaxoa,  for  the  worship 
of  Bacchus  ;  Pares,  for  marble  ;  Antiparos.  for  a  grotto. 

11.  Of  the  islands  on  the  coast  of  Asia,  may  be  mentioned  Les- 
bos, now  Metelin,  noted  for  wine  and  for  the  luxury  of  its  inhabit- 
ants, and  as  the  birthplace  of  Sappho  and  Pit'tacus ;  Lem'nos,  for 
its  Labyrinth,  and  as  the  residence  of  Vulcan ;  Ten'e-dos,  as  the 
place  where  the  Grecian  fleet  was  concealed  in  the  expedition 
against  Troy ;  Chi'os,  now  Scio,  for  wine  ;  Sa'mos,  for  the  worship 
of  Juno,  and  as  the  birthplace  of  Py  thag'oras ;  Cos,  as  the  birthplace 
of  Hippoc'rates  and  Apel'les ;  Pat'mos,  as  the  place  to  which  St. 
Jolm  was  banished. 

12.  Rhodes  is  noted  for  its  celebrity  in  history,  and  for  its  brazen 
Colossus,  dedicated  to  the  sun,  and  accounted  one  of  the  seven  won- 
ders of  the  world. 

13.  The  seven  wonders  of  the  ancient  world  were  the  Pyramids 
of  Egypt,  the  Statue  of  Jupiter  at  Olympia,  the  Colossus  at  Rhodes, 
the  Mausolt'um  at  Halicarnassus,  the  Temple  of  Diana  at  Ephesus, 
the  fFalls  of  Babylon,  and  the  Royal  Palace  of  Cyrus ;  or,  according 
to  some,  the  Tower  or  Pharos  at  Alexandria. 

14.  In  the  eastern  part  of  tlie  Mediterranean,  off*  the  coast  of  Cili- 
cia,  is  tne  large  and  fertile  island  of  Cyprus,  once  sacred  to  Venus. 

15.  Some  of  the  towns  of  Cyprus  were  Sal'a-mis,  founded  by 
Teucer ;  Pa'phos,  noted  for  the  worship  of  Venus  ;  Cl'ti-um,  as  the 
birthplace  of  the  stoic  philosopher  Zeno. 

8.  What  is  said  of  Euboea  and  Salainis  ?  9.  What  were  the  principal  of 
the  Cyclades  ?  10.  What  is  said  of  Delos,  Naxos,  &c.  ?  11.  What 
islands  were  on  the  coast  of  Asia,  and  for  what  noted  ? 
12.  What  is  said  of  Rhodes.'  13.  What  were  the  seven  wonders  of  the 
world  ?  14.  What  is  said  of  Cyprus  ?  15.  What  towns,  and  for 
what  noted  ? 


See  Map  of  Greece. — How  is  Crete  situated  ?    In  what  part  of  it  is 
Mount  Ida  ?     How  is  Cythera  situated  ?    Corcyra .-'     What  other 
islands  are  on  the  west  coast  of  Greece  ? 
How  is  Euboea  situated  ?    Salamis  ?    Mgina  ?    Lemnos .'    Scyros  ?    De- 
los ?     What  islands  are  near  Delos  ? 

See  Map  of  Asia  Minor. — How  is  Lesbos 
Chios .-'  Rhodes  .'  Patrnos .-'  Cyprus  ? 
was  Paphos  ?    Salamis  ? 


situated .'    Samos  ^    Cos .' 
In  what  part  of  Cyprus 


■'ii^'    •'.;      :■ 


«■>'; 


De- 


ASIA. 


ASIA  MINOR. 

1.  Asia  Minor,  now  Natolia,  a  country  lying  between  the  Medi- 
terranean and  Euxine  seas,  and  having  the  Mgm&n  sea  on  the  west, 
and  the  Hellespont  and  Propontis  on  the  noithwest,  comprised,  in 
ancient  times,  many  different  states  or  provinces. 

2.  The  western  parts  were  occupied  by  Grecian  colonies;  the 
language  of  Greece  was  extensively  spoken  in  Asia  Minor ;  and 
many  of  the  Greek  philosophers,  poets,  and  men  of  genius,  were  na- 
tives of  this  country. 


and  Ci-li'ciay  on  the  Medit  rranean ;  Phry^i-a,  Lyc-a-i/ni-a,  Ga- 
la'ti-a,  and  Cap-pa-do' ci-a,  in  the  interior. 

4.  The  countries  of  Mysia,  Ionia,  Lydia,  Caria,  and  Phrygia, 
were,  at  one  period,  united  into  one  province,  by  the  name  of  Asia, 
of  which  Ephesus  was  the  capital. 

5.  The  principal  range  of  mountains  is  that  of  Tau'rua,  in  the 
eastern  part;  0-lym'^us  and  Tmo'hia  are  considerable  mountains 
towards  the  west.  Sip'y-lus,  near  Magnesia,  was  noted  as  the  resi- 
dence of  Ni'o-be  ;  Coi-'y-ciM,  on  the  coast  of  Cilicia,  for  saffron,  and 
the  cave  of  Typhon ;  Fda,  near  Troy,  as  being  the  place  where 
Paris  adjudged  to  Venus  the  prize  of  beauty. 

6.  The  three  largest  rivers  were  the  Ha'lys,  now  Kizil-Ermak ; 
the  San-ga'ri-us,  now  Sakaria ;  and  M(B-an'dcr,  ..ow  Meinder,  fa- 
mous for  its  windings. 

7.  The  Ther-mo'don  was  noted  for  the  residence  of  the  warlike 
women,  called  the  Amazons ;  the  Eu-rytu'e-don,  for  the  defeat  of 
the  Persians  by  Cimon  ;  the  Gra-ni^cus,  for  the  first  victory  of  Alex- 
andev  over  the  Persians ;  the  Her'mus  and  Pac-tollus,  for  flowing 

Asia  Minor. — 1.  What  was  the  situation  of  Asia  Minor? 
2.  What  is  said  of  it  ?     3.  What  were  the  divisions  ?    4.  What  formed  the 

province  of  Asia  ?     5.  What  mountains  in  Asia  Minor  ? 
6.  What  the  three  largest  rivers  ?    7.  What  other  rivers  are  mentioned, 

and  for  what  noted  ? 


See  Map  of  Asia  Minor. — What  sea  was  on  the  north  of  Asia  Minor  ? 

What  one  south  ?    What  one  west  ?     How  was  Propontis  situated  ? 

What  strait  connected  the  Propontis  with  the  iEgaean  sea  ?  What  con- 
nected it  with  the  Euxine  ?  What  islands  lay  west  of  Asia  Minor? 
What  island  south  ?  What  countries  of  Asia  Minor  were  situated 
on  the  Euxine  ?  What  ones  on  the  ^gaean  sea  ?  What  ones  on 
the  Mediterranean  ?    What  ones  in  the  interior  ? 

Wli!».t  rivers  flowed  into  the  ^ga;an  sea  ?  What  ones  into  the  Euxine  ? 
What  ones  into  the  Mediterranean  ?   What  ones  into  the  Propontis  ? 


^-It'^  ■■ 


V'    '5 


'     W; 


-^  *'  r  -  .*  ' 


:i 


.     .H.  ''■'■■I 


238 


ASIA  MINOR 


?} 


I  m 


1  ii. 


over  goUlen  sand  ;  tlic  Sea-man' der^  Xan'thus,  and  Si'mo-is,Q.s  smull 
rivulets  flowing  tlirough  tlio  pluin  of  Troy. 

8.  In  Troasj  between  Mount  Ida  and  the  sea,  was  Troy  or  Il'i- 
wm,  famous  for  a  siege  of  ten  years,  whicli  it  sustained  against  the 
Greeks,  and  which  has  been  immortalized  by  the  genius  of  Homer. 

9.  In  Mifsiay  were  Per'ga-muSf  on  tlie  Ca-i'ciis,  once  the  capital 
of  a  kingdom,  noted  as  the  royal  city  of  Eu'me-nea,  as  the  birthplace 
of  Galen,  and  for  its  great  library  ;  Lamp^sa-cuSy  for  the  worship  of 
Pri-a'pus  ;  Si-ga!um,  for  tlu-  tomb  of  A-chil'les ;  Jl-by'dos,  opposite. 
to  Sestos ;  Jlsrsos  and  Ad-ra-mytfti-um,  known  in  the  travels  of  St. 
Paul. 

10.  Eph'e-aus^  in  /om'rt,  was  anciently  a  large  and  splendid  city, 
tlie  capital  of  the  proconsular  province  of  Asia,  memorable  in  the 
travels  and  epistles  of  St.  Paul,  noted  as  the  seat  of  one  of  the  Seven 
Churches  mentioned  by  St.  John,  and  for  the  temple  of  Diana,  one 
of  the  seven  wonders  of  the  world. 

11.  Smyr'naj  anciently  a  rich  r,ommercial  city,  and  now  the  largest 
in  Natolia,  was  noted  as  one  of  the  seven  cities  that  claimed  the 
honor  of  giving  birth  to  Homer.  The  whole  seven  are  enumerated 
in  the  following  line  : 

Smyrna,  Chios,  Colophon,  Salamis,  Rhodus,  Argos,  AthencB. 

12.  Mi-le'tus,  once  the  capital  of  Ionia,  a  large  city,  was  noted  for 
its  great  commerce,  for  a  temple  and  oracle  of  Apollo,  as  the  birth- 
place of  Thales,  one  of  the  seven  wise  men  of  Greece,  and  of  Anax- 
imander,  and  for  the  affecting  leave  which  St.  Paul  liere  took  of  the 
Ephesian  Christians. 

13.  Some  other  towns  in  Ionia  were  Myc'a-lc,  noted  for  a  victory 
of  the  Greeks  over  the  Persians  ;  Er'y-thrtB,  as  the  residence  of  one 
of  the  Sibyls ;  Pri-e'ne,  as  the  birthplace  of  Bias,  one  of  the  seven 
wise  men  of  Greece  ;  Te'os,  as  tlie  birthplace  of  the  poet  A  nacreon ; 
Cal-zom'e-ne,  as  the  birthplace  of  A-nax-ag'o-ras ;  Col'o  phon,  as 
one  of  the  towns  which  contended  for  the  birth  of  Homer,  and  for 
the  Colophonian  cavalry. 

14.  In  Lyd!i-a,  were  Sar'dis,  the  capital,  noted  as  the  residence  of 
the  proverbially  rich  king  Croesus  ;  Phil-a-del'phi  a,  and  Thy-a-ti'ra, 
together  with  Sardis,  as  seats  of  three  of  the  seven  churches  ;  Mag- 
net si-a,  for  the  defeat  of  An-ti'o-chus  the  Great  by  Scipio. 

15.  The  capital  of  Caria  was  Hal-i-car-nas  sus,  famous  for  its 
Mausole'um,  the  tomb  of  king  Mauso'lus,  accounted  one  of  the  seven 
wonders  of  the  world,  also  as  the  birthplace  of  He-rod'o-tus,  the  father 
of  history,  Dionysius  Halicarnassen'sis,  the  historian  and  critic,  and 
Her-a-cli'tus,  the  weeping  philosopher.  Cni'dus  was  noted  for  a 
statue  of  Venus,  and  for  a  battle  between  the  Athenians  and  Spartans. 

16.  In  Lycia,  was  Patfa-ra,  noted  for  an  oracle  of  Apollo. 

17.  In  Pamphylia  and  Pisidia,  were  At-ta-li'a,  Per'ga,  and  An'ti- 
och,  mentioned  in  the  travels  of  St.  Paul. 

8.  What  is  said  of  Troy  ?    9.  What  towns  were  there  in  Mysia  ? 
10.  What  is  said  of  Ephesus ?     11.  Smyrna?     12.  Miletus.'' 
13    What  other  towns  in  Ionia,  and  for  what  noted?     14.  What  ones  m 
JLydia  ?    15.  Caria  ?    16.  Ivycia  ?    17.  Pamphylia  and  Pisidia  ? 


18. 

large  ci 
St.  Pan 
chi'n-lPj 

19. 
church( 


See 


ASIA  MINOR. 


'^mo 


.•    ■i 


18.  In  aiicia^  were  Tar'aus,  the  capital,  on  the  Cydnus,  once  a 
large  city,  noted  for  the  arts  and  Hcicnces,  and  as  the  birthplace  of 
St.  Paul ;  la'ausy  for  a  great  victory  of  Alexander  over  Durius  }  An- 
chi'n-lPy  for  the  tomb  of  the  efTominato  king  L^rdanapa'lus. 

19.  In  Phryginj  were  La-od-i-cef a,  the  Hcat  of  one  of  the  seven 
churches  of  Asia ;  Co-los'sfe,  to  whose  iiiimbitants  St.  Paul  addressed 
an  epistle  ;  Hi-e-rap'o-lis,  noted  for  hot-buths ;  Jp'sua,  for  a  famous 
battle  between  the  surviving  generals  of  Alexander,  in  which  An- 
tig'onus  was  defeated  and  slain. 

20.  The  eastern  part  of  Phrygia  was  called  Z«2/c-a-o'm-a,  in  which 
were  I-co'ni-um,  Der'he,  and  Li/a'tra^  mentioned  in  the  travels  of  St. 
Paul. 

21.  In  Galatia,  wore  .4n-n/ra,  now  Angora,  and  Go/ Ji-um,  where 
Alexander  cut  the  Gordian  knot. — To  the  Galatians,  tlie  inhabitants 
of  this  country,  St.  Paul  addressed  an  epistle. 

22.  In  Bithynia,  wore  JVi-co-  mc'di-a,  the  capital,  now  Ismid  ;  ATce, 
now  Isnik,  also  once  the  capital,  noted  for  the  first  general  council, 
which  framed  the  Nicene  Creed  ;  Pruaa,  now  Bursa ;  Chcd-ce'dorif 
famous  for  a  council  against  the  Eutych'ians  ;  Li-bya'aaykr  the  iomh 
of  Ilanuibal ;  Htr-a-ch'a,  for  its  naval  iini)ortance. 

23.  In  Papldagonia,  was  Si-no'pr^  which  was  the  capital  of  the 
kingdom  of  Pontus  in  the  time  of  Mith-ri-da'tes,  and  was  the  birtli- 
place  of  Di-og'e-ncs,  the  Cynic  philosopher. 

24.  In  Pontus,  were  A-ma'si-a,  noted  as  the  birthplace  of  Mith- 
ridates  the  Great,  and  Strabo  the  geographer ;  Tra-pc'zus,  now 
Trebisond,  as  a  place  of  renown  under  the  emperors  of  the  Eastern 
empire  ;  Ce/a-su.?,  now  Keresoun,  for  giving  name  to  cherries,  which 
were  first  brought  from  this  place  to  Rome ;  The- mis' cy-ra,  as  a  town 
of  the  Amazons  ;  Ze'la  or  Ze'li-a,  as  the  place  where  Ciesar  defeat- 
ed Pharnaces  with  feuch  rapidity,  that  he  wrote  the  account  of  his 
victory  to  the  senate  in  these  three  words,  "  Veni,  vidi,  vici,"  Icame^ 
I  saw,  I  conquered. 

25.  In  Cappadocia,  were  Maz'a-ca,  the  capital ;  Co-ma' na,  noted 
for  a  temple  of  Bello'na ;  Ty'a-na,  as  tlie  birthplace  of  the  impostor 
Apollonius  ;  Naz-i-an'zus,  as  the  birthplace  of  Gregory  Nazianzen. 

18.  What  towns  in  Cilicia  ?     19.  Phrygia?     20.  Lycaonia?     21.  Giilatia.? 
22.  Bithynia  ?     23.  Paphlagonia  ?     24.  Poiilus .?    25.  Cappadocia .' 


See  Map  of  Jisia  Minor. — How  was  Troy  situated .'  Pergamus  ? 
Nice  ?     Prusa  .-* 

What  towns  were  on  the  P'opontis .'     What  ones  on  the  Hellespont  ? 

How  was  Smyrna  situated  ?  Sardis  ?  Philadelphia'  Ephesus.'  Mile- 
tus ?  Halicarnassus  ?  Patera  ?  Tarsus  ?  Issu.s  ?  Iconium  ? 
Ipsus.'  Laodicea?  Gordium  ?  Heraclea.'  Sinope .''  Amasia? 
Trapezusr     Zela.-"     Cerasus?     Mazaca  ? 


i  .  •')'.  .   )  •'♦■1 


'VM-^^- 


•I;':-' 


'm 


::¥' 

m 


:l: 


'MO 


COLCHIS,  ARMENIA. 


COLCHIS,  ARMENIA,  MESOPOTAMIA,  SYRIA, 

ARABIA. 


Ruins  of  Palmyra. 


1.  Colchis,  situated  east  of  the  Euxine  sea,  was  famous  as  the 
scene  of  tlie  Argonautic  expedition,  in  search  of  the  golden  Jleece, 
which  was  fabled  to  be  guarded  by  bulls  that  breathed  fire,  and  by 
a  dragon  that  never  slept. 

2.  One  of  the  principal  rivers  was  the  Pha'sis,  now  Rione,  from 
which  the  Argonauts  are  said  to  liave  brought  away  some  large 
birds,  hence  called  pheasants. 

3.  The  chief  towns  of  Colchis  were  M'a,  the  capital,  and  Cu'ta, 
jioted  for  poisonous  herbs,  and  for  the  birth  of  the  sorceress  Me-de'a. 

4.  Armfnta  is  a  mountainous  country,  and  contains  the  famous 
mountain  Ar'a-rat,  on  wh"ch  the  ark  has  been  commonly  supposed 
to  have  rested  after  the  flood. 

5.  The  Eu-phra'tes  and  Ti'giis^  tAvo  of  tlie  largest  and  most 
celebrated  rivers  that  were  known  to  the  ancients,  have  their 
sources  in  Armenia.  In  the  eastern  part  was  lake  Jlr-sia.w,  now 
Van. 

6.  The  principal  towns  were  Jir-tax!a-ta,  the  capital :  A-mida, 
now  Diarbekir ;  THg-ran-o-cer'ta,  noted  for  its  capture  by  Lr.cullup, 
who  here  found  great  treasure. 

Colchis,  Armenia.  &c. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Colchis  ?  2.  What  river? 
3.  Towns  ?  4.  What  is  said  of  Armenia  ?  6.  What  rivers  ?  6. 
Towns  ? 


sun 


15. 


MESOPOTAMIA,  SYRIA,  ARABIA. 


941 


7.  Mksopotamia  rocoivod  its  nntiio  from  its  situation  between 
the  two  rivers,  tlie  Euphraha  and  Tigris, 

8.  Soinn  of*  the  towns  wero  E-dta'sa^  now  Oiirfu,  supposed  by 
many  to  hiiv(!  been  IJr  of  the  Chaldecs ;  Cnr'm,  (callcMl  Haran  and 
Charrnn  in  tho  Hihl(i),  now  Hcpfn,  noted  as  the  phico  tr(»rn  which 
Abraham  departed  tor  ('anaan,  also  for  Sabianism,  or  the  worship  of 
heavenly  bodies,  and  for  the  defeat  and  death  of  Crassus  ;  JVin'i-his 
and  .Cir-fe'ai-um,  once  inii)ortant  frontier  towns  of  the  Roman  em- 
pire. 

9.  Syria  comprehended  all  the  country  \yin<r  between  tlie  MeM- 
iterranoan  and  Mesopotamia  and  Arabia,  includin}]r  Phanicia  and 
Palestine. — For  a  description  of  the  latter,  see  pa^re  247. 

10.  The  principal  mountains  arc  those  of  Lef/a-noiif  or  LiVa-nuSy 
and  An-ti-lib'a-nus  ;  the  lar/^est  rivers,  tiic  Eu-phra'tes  and  0-ron'tts. 

11.  Da-maifcus,  once  the  capital  of  the  kmgdom  tf  Syria,  and 
one  of  the  most  ancient  cities  in  the  world,  is  celebrated  in  Ix/h 
sacred  and  profane  history  ;  and  it  is  noted  for  givin;^  name  to  tJio 
damascene  or  damson  plum,  the  damask  rose,  and  damask  uiiks  aad 
linens. 

12.  Jln'li-och,  near  tlie  mouth  of  the  Orontcs,  was  once  a  very 
lar^e  and  splendid  city,  the  residence  of  the  Macedonian  kings  of 
Syria ;  and  is  noted  for  being  the  place  where  tlie  followers  of 
Christ  were  first  called  Christians. 

13.  Pal-mj/ra,  supposed  to  be  the  same  city  Ors  Tadmor  in  the 
toildtmvss,  is  famous  for  having  boon  the  residence  of  queen  Zeno- 
bia,  who  had  for  her  secretary  Longinus,  and  who  was  taken  captive 
by  the  Roman  emperor  Aurelian.  Ilerc,  and  also  at  the  site  of  lle- 
li-op'o-lis,  now  Balbec,  are  now  found  most  magnificeiit  ruins  of  tem- 
ples of  the  sun  and  other  edifices. 

14.  Sa-ynoi^a-ta  was  noted  as  the  birthplace  of  Lucian;  Hi-t-rap- 
o-lisy  now  Bombouch,  for  the  worship  of  the  Syrian  goddess  A-tar'- 
ga-tis ;  E-me'sa,  now  Hems,  for  a  temple  of  Ileliogab'alus  or  the 
sun ;  Jip-a-me'a,  now  Famieh,  and  Ep-i-pha'ni-a,  now  Hamali,  as 
important  cities  ;  Daph'ne,  a  grove  near  Antioch,  for  the  worship  of 
Venus. 

15.  The  chief  cities  of  Phanicia,  wore  Ty/e,  n.  v  Sur,  and  Si'don^ 
now  Saida,  both  famous  in  history,  and  noted  foi  '  ;r  antiquity  and 
for  commerce. — The  PhcEnicians  were  the  reputed  inventors  of  glass, 
purple,  and  coinage  ;  and  tlie  invention  of  letters  has  also  been  at- 
tributed to  them  as  well  as  to  the  Egyptians. 

16.  Arabia  is  commonly  considered  as  divided  into  three  parts, 
namely,  Arabia  PetrfBa,  or  Stony,  Arabia  Deserta,  or  Desert,  and 
Arabia  Felix,  or  Happy. 


7.  What  is  said  of  Mesopotamia  ?     8.  What  towns  ? 
9.  What  is  said  of  Syria  ?     10.  What  mountains  and  rivers  ? 
11.  What  is  said  of  Damascus  ?     12.  Antioch  ?     13.  Palmyra  ? 

oilier  towns,  and  for  what  noted  ? 
16.  What  cities  in  Phcenicia?     16.  How  is  Arabia  divided? 
81 


14.  What 


1.  ••!*■?■"■■" 


i, 


^i  ^  ^'m 


•  ■      ri 


•I  '•   ■' 


1 


r.     ';••■ 


)  ■■■■  <l 


> 

>.f.. 

/, 

iM3 


ARABIA. 


17.  Arabia  Petrsea,  comprising  the  northwest  portion  of  the  conn- 
try,  and  bordering  on  the  northern  parts  of  the  Red  sea,  is  noted 
fbr  being  the  region  in  which  the  Israelites  passed  40  years,  in  their 
journeyings  from  Egypt  to  Canaan. 

18.  Mounts  Si'nai  and  Ho'reb,  between  the  northern  branches  of 
the  Red  sea,  are  famous  as  scenes  of  miracles  recorded  in  the  Bible. 
On  Sinai,  Moses  received  the  Ten  Commandments. 

19.  E-zi-on-Ge'ber  was  noted  as  the  port  from  which  Soio.mon's 
vessels  sailed  for  Ophir ;  Midfi-arif  as  the  residence  of  Jethro,  the 
father-in-law  of  Moses. 


•! 


ASSYRIA,  CHALDEA,  PERSIA,  MEDIA. 

1.  As-syr'i-a,  ChaJ-de'a  or  Bab-y-lo'ni-a,  Per'si-a,  Me'di-a,  and 
Par'thi-a  were  some  of  the  most  celebrated  and  powerful  oriental 
empires  of  antiquity ;  but  their  extent  and  boundaries  were  very 
different  at  different  times. 

2.  J^in'e-veh,  the  capital  of  the  empire  of  Assyria,  situated  on  the 
Tigris,  opposite  to  the  site  of  the  modern  city  of  Mosul,  was  one  of 
the  largest  and  most  splendid  cities  in  the  world,  surrounded  by  mag- 
nificent walls,  and  famous  both  in  sacred  and  profane  history. 

3.  Bah'y-lon,  the  -cpital  of  Babylonia  or  Chaldea,  and  also,  at 
certain  periods,  ol!  the  Assyrian  empire,  stood  on  botli  sides  of  the 
Euphrates,  was  one  of  the  most  renowned  cities  of  antiquity,  and 
famous  for  its  walls,  which  were  reckoned  one  of  the  seven  wonders 
of  the  world.  The  ruins  of  tliis  city  are  now  seen  in  the  neighbor- 
hood of  Helleh. 

4.  Ec-hat'a-na,  supposed  to  have  been  on  the  site  of  the  modem 
city  of  Hamadan,  was  the  capital  of  Media,  and  a  splendid  city. 

5.  Per-sep'o-lis,  once  the  capital  of  Persia,  was  noted  for  its 
splendor,  and  its  destruction  by  Alexander ;  and  its  ruins  are  now 


? 


17.  What  is  said  of  Arabia  Petraea  ?    18. 
19.  Ezion-Geber  and  Midian  ? 


What  of  mounts  Sinai  and  Horeb  ? 


Assyria,  Chaldea,  &c. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Assyria,  Chaldea,  Persia, 
&c.?  2.  What  of  Nineveh  .i>  H.Babylon.'  4.  Ecbatana?  6. 
Persepolis  and  Susa.'* 


See  Map  of  the  Roman  Empire. — What  countries  were  situated  be- 
tween the  Euxine  and  Caspian  seas  ?  What  mountains .''  How  was 
Mesopotamia  situated  ?  Syria  ?  Media  ?  Palestine  ?  Phoenicia  ? 
Armenia  ?    Arabia  ?    Palestine  ?     Iberia  ?    Asiatic  Sarmatia  ? 

What  rivers  flowed  into  the  Caspian  ?  Into  the  Palus-Mceotis  ?  Into  the 
Euxine,  on  the  north  .'' 

How  was  Artaxata  situated  ?  Cyta  ?  Tigranocerta  ?  Nineveh .'  Baby- 
lon ?  Ecbatana  ?  Ctesiphon  ?  Palmyra  ?  Damascus  ?  Antioch  ? 
Tyre  ?    Jerusalem  ?    Ezion-Geber  ?     Midian  ?    Mount  Sinai  ? 

Wliat  were  some  of  tb>)  towns  on  the  cast  coast  of  the  Mediterranean  ? 
On  the  Euphrates  ?    On  the  Tigris  ? 


ASSYRIA,  CHALDEA,  &c. 


513 


seen  near  Eatachar ;  Su'sa,  (in  the  Bible  SJiushan),  now  Shuster,  or 
Shus,  was  the  winter  residence  of  the  Persian  kings. 

6.  Cles'i-phonf  now  Al  Modain,  was  noted  as  one  of  the  capitals 
of  Parthia,  and  for  its  magnificent  palace ;  Hec-a-tom'py-loSf  now 
Damegan,  was  another  capital  of  Parthia. 

7.  Ar-b^lcu,  now  Exbil,  was  noted  for  giving  name  to  a  great  vic- 
tory which  Alexander  gained  over  Darius  on  the  plains  of  Gau-ga- 
mc'la ;  Cu-nax'a^  for  a  battle  in  which  Cyrus  was  slain,  and  as  the 
place  from  which  Xenophon  retreated  with  10,000  Greeks. 

C.  What  is  said  of  Ctesiphon  ami  Hccutompylos  ?    7.  Arbela  and  Cunaxa  ? 


AFRICA. 


iEGYPT. 

1.  ^gypt  was  divided  into  Jjower  JEgypt  and  Upper  Mgypl ;  and 
between  these  two  divisions,  there  was  a  small  district  called  Hep- 
ia-no'mis. 

2.  Lower  ^gypt,  which  includes  the  country  intersected  by  the 
mouths  of  the  Nile,  is  called  the  Delta ;  Upper  Mgypt  was  also 
called  the  Theh'a-is,  or  Theb'a-iJ,  from  the  great  city  of  Thebes. 

3.  iEgypt,  which  is  celebrated  for  its  great  antiquity,  has  been 
styled  the  cradle  of  learning ;  it  could  boast  of  attainments  in  the 
arts  at  a  period  when  Greece  and  Italy  were  in  a  state  of  barbarism ; 
and  it  now  exhibits  many  monuments  of  ancient  magnificence  and 
refinement 


iv'vH' 


iEoYPT. — 1.  How  i^  iEgypt  divided? 
of  Upper  JE^ypf.  ? 
3.  For  what  is  iEgypt  celebrated  ? 


2.  What  is  said  of  Lower  and 


See 


Map  of  the  Roman  Empire. — How  was  iEgypt  situated  ?    Libya  ? 
Africa?     Numidia?     Mauretania  ?   What  river  in  iEgypt ?   Lake? 


Kow  was  Memphis  situated  ?     Alexandria  ?     Thebes  ? 
Oasis  Paxva?    Canopus  ?     Pelusium  ?     Arsinoe? 


Libya  ? 
? 
Oasis  Magna  ? 
Tentyra  ? 


t    ■^r> 


im 


.EGYPT. 


4.  The  celebrated  A^iVe,  the  only  river  in  .Egypt,  formerly  flowed 
into  the  sea  by  seven  mouths  ;  but  only  two  of  them  are  now  of  mu-jh 
importance. 

5.  Mcm'phis,  once  tlie  capital  of  .Egypt,  situated  near  the  site  of 
the  modern  capital,  Cairo,  was  long  since  entirely  destroyed. 

6.  Al-ex-an' dri-a,  founded  by  Alexander  the  Great,  was  the  capi- 
tal of  .Egypt,  under  the  Ptolemies,  ai.d  noted  for  having  once  been 
the  most  commercial  city  in  the  world,  and  a  great  seat  of  learning ; 
and  also  for  its  Pharos,  or  watch-tower,  sometimes  reckoned  one  o; 
the  seven  wonders  of  the  world. 

7.  Some  of  the  other  toAvns  of  Lower  .Egypt  were  Sa'is,  noted 
for  having  been  the  capital ;  He-ro-op'o-lis,  as  the  residence  of  the 
ancient  shepherd  kings  ;  On,  or  He-li-o]/o-lis,  for  a  temple  of  the 
sun ;  Ca-no'pus,  now  Aboukir,  for  a  temple  of  Se-ra'pis  ;  Pc-lu'si-uniy 
now  Tineh,  as  the  bulwark  and  key  of  tlie  country. 

8.  Thebes,  the  capital  of  Upper  .Egypt,  or  tlie  Thebaid,  was  a 
magnificent  city,  famous  for  its  hundred  gates.  It  was  destroyed  be- 
fore the  period  of  the  commencement  of  authentic  profane  history ; 
yet  its  site  is  still  covered  witli  most  magnificent  ruins  of  temples 
and  other  edifices. 

9.  Ar-sin'o-c,  or  Croc-o-di-lop'o-lis,  near  lake  Mo&'ris,  was  famous 
for  the  lahyrinth,  which  contained  3,000  chambers,  in  which  the 
kings  and  sacred  crocodiles  Avere  buried. 

10.  Some  of  the  other  towns  in  Upper  -iEgypt  were  A-h\fdoSf 
famous  for  the  temple  of  O-si'ris  and  palace  of  Memnon  ;  Cop'tos, 
as  an  emporium  of  Arabian  and  Indian  commodities ;  Ten'ty-ra^ 
now  Dendera,  for  temples  of  Isis  aud  Vluuis  ;  Sy-e'ne,  for  a  well, 
the  bottom  of  whicli,  at  the  time  of  the  summer  solstice,  was  illumi- 
nated, the  sun  being  exactly  perpendicular  over  it. 

11.  Some  of  the  most  remarkable  antiquities  now  found  in 
.Egypt,  are  the  Pyramids,  the  Obelisks,  the  Sphinx,  the  Catacombs, 
or  Mummy-pits,  and  numerous  ruins  of  Temples  and  other  splendid 
edifices. 

12.  The  Pyramids  are  the  most  remarkable  monuments  of  ancient 
art  that  now  remain  ;  but  history  furnishes  no  authentic  information 
respecting  the  time  or  tlie  object  of  their  erection. 

13.  The  Sphhix,  Avhich  is  situated  near  one  of  the  Pyramids,  is  a 
statue  of  a  huge  monster,  cut  in  solid  rock,  having  the  face  of  a  vir- 
gin and  the  body  of  a  lion. 

14.  Tlie  Land  of  Goshen,  the  country  occupied  by  the  Israelites, 
in  .Egypt,  is  supi^osed  to  have  been  in  tlie  northeastern  part 

4.  What  is  said  of  the  Nile  ?     6.  Memphis  ?     6.  Alexandria  ? 
7.  What  other  towns  in  Lower  .Egypt  ?    8.  What  is  said  of  Thebes  ?    9. 
Arsinoo ?     10.  What  other  towns  in  Upper  .Egypt? 

11.  What  remarkable  antiquities  are  theve  in  the  country  ? 

12.  What  is  said  of  the  Pyramids  ?     13.  The  Sphinx  ? 
14.  Where  was  the  Land  of  Goshen.' 


». 


LIBYA,  AFRICA  PROPER,  &c.  24r. 

r 

LIBYA,  AFRICA  PROPER,  NUMIDIA,  AND 
MAURETANIA. 

1.  Libya  was  divided  into  Mar-mar'i-ca  and  Cy-re-na'i-ca ;  wliich 
latter  was  also  called  Pen-tap' o-lis,  from  the  five  principal  cities 
which  it  contained. 

2.  Cy-re'ne,  now  Curen,  once  a  large  city,  was  settled  by  Greeks, 
and  was  noted  as  the  birthplace  of  Callim'achus,  Eratos'thenes,  Car- 
ne'ades,  and  Aristip'pus  ;  Ber-e-ni'ce  or  Hes'pe-ris,  according  to  some, 
for  the  fabled  garden  of  the  Hesper'ides,  containing  the  golden  ap- 
ples ;  though  others  place  this  garden  on  tlie  west  of  Africa. 

3.  In  a  beautiful  oasis,  in  the  Libyan  desert,  was  Jljnmon^  now 
Siwah,  noted  for  the  temple  of  Jupiter  Ammon,  with  a  famous  oracle 
that  was  consulted  by  Alexander. 

4.  In  Africa  Proper,  was  the  celebrated  city  of  Carthage^  once  the 
rival  of  Rome,  famous  for  wealth  and  commerce,  and  for  its  siege 
and  destruction  by  the  Roma,ns. 

5.  Uti-ca  was  noted  for  the  death  of  Cato  ;  Vac'ca,  for  transactions 
in  the  Jugurthine  war ;  Thap'sus,  for  a  victory  gained  by  Caesar ; 
Za'ma,  for  the  defeat  of  Hannibal  by  Scipio  Africanus ;  Cap'sa,  now 
Gafsa,  as  the  place  where  Jugurtha  deposited  his  treasures  ;  Su-fetf- 
u-la,  now  Spaitla,  for  its  extensive  ruins. 

6.  The  Basfra-da,  now  Mejerdah,  the  principal  river  of  this  coun- 
try, was  noted  as  the  place  where  the  Roman  army,  under  Reg'ulus, 
killed  an  enormous  serpent  A  long  lake  southwest  of  Syrtis  Minor, 
was  divided  into  two  parts,  one  called  Fa'lus  Tri-to'nis,  noted  as 
the  place  where  Minerva  is  said  first  to  have  appeared,  hence  called 
Tritonia ;  the  other  Pa'lus  Lib'y-a,  the  fabled  residence  of  the  Gor- 
gons. 

7.  In  JVumidia,  were  Cir'ta,  now  Cfvnstantina,  the  residence  of 
the  kings,  noted  for  its  strength  ;  Hip'po  JHe'gi-us,  as  the  episcopal 
seat  of  St.  Augustin. 

8.  In  Maureiania,  were  C(Bs-a-}  e'a,  noted  as  once  the  capital ; 
Si'ga,  as  the  residence  of  Syphax ;  Tin'gis,  now  Tangier ;  Mount 
A¥y-lay  opposite  to  Calpe  in  Spain,  one  of  the  Pillars  of  Hercules. 

Libya,  &c. — 1.  How  was  Libya  flivided  ?     2.  What  is  said  of  Cyrene 
and  Berenice  ?    3.  What  of  Ammon  ? 
4    What  is  said  of  Carthage  ?     5.  What  other  towns  in  Africa  Proper  ? 
6.  What  river  and  lake  ?     7.  What  towns  in  Numidia  ?     8.  In 
Mauretania  ? 


See  Map  of  the  Roman  Empire. — How  was  Marmarica  situated' 
Cyrenaica  ?    Ammon  ?     Cyrene  ?     Berenice  ? 
How  was  Syrtis  Major  and  Syrtis  Minor  situated.'     Cartliage  ?     Utica? 
Zama  ?     Thapsus  ?     Tritonis  Palus  ?      How  was  Cirta  situated  I 
Hippo  Regius  ?     Caesarea  ?    Siga  ?    Tingis  ?    Abyla  ? 
21* 


m 


f:M 


'M.^'     ^  <■' 
'"•'r'W;-' 


m.rM 


k-: 


:.r  \k 


-mi 


I  i 


■    -a'      '.  1 

/mi 


***■■' 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGRAPHY. 


! 


1.  Scripture  or  Sacred  Geography  comprises  that  part  of  Ancient 
Geography  which  treois  of  the  countries  and  places  mentioned  in 
the  Bible. 

2.  No  one  of  tlie  four  quarters  of  the  world,  as  they  are  now  un- 
derstood, is  spoken  of  in  the  Scriptures  ;  nor  is  any  mention  made 
of  any  one  of  tlie  five  great  oceans  of  modern  geograpliy. 

3.  The  term  Asia,  as  used  in  tlie  New  Testament,  never  em- 
braces more  than  Asia  Minor,  and  generally  only  the  proconsular 
province  of  Asia,  which  comprised  Mysia,  Ionia,  Phrygia,  Lydia,  and 
Carta. 

4.  The  Mediterranean  sea  is  called  in  the  Bible  the  Great  sea ; 
and  most  of  the  countries  mentioned  in  the  Scriptures,  eitlier  bor- 
dered upon  it,  or  were  situated  not  far  distant ;  some  of  the  most 
remote  were  Chuldea,  Persia,  and  Media. 

5.  The  Geography  of  the  Old  Testament  relates  chiefly  to  the 
south  ivest  part  of  Asia  and  to  JEgypt.  Scripture  Geography  has 
little  connection  with  Europe,  except  for  the  Dlustration  of  the  trav- 
els of  St.  Paul  and  his  fellow  laborers. 

6.  The  three  great  rivers  found  within  the  limits  of  that  portion 
of  the  globe  which  is  embraced  by  Scripture  geography,  are  the 
JViZe,  in  Africa,  and  the  Euphrates  and  Tigris,  in  Aeia. 

7.  The  Land  of  Canaan,  from  the  time  of  its  conquest  by  the 
Israelites  under  Joshua  to  the  crucifixion  of  our  Savior,  was  the 


1. 


'!  « 


ScKiPTURE  Geography. — 1.  What  is  Scripture  Geography  ? 

2.  What  modern  divisions  of  the  globe  are  not  mentioned  ii)  the  Bible  ? 

3.  What  does  the  term  .^sia  in  the  New  Testament  comprehend  ? 

4.  What  is  said  of  the  Mediterranean  sea  ?     5.  To  what  part  of  the  world 

does  the  geography  of  the  Old  Testament  relate  ? 

6.  What  three  great  rivers  are  included  in  the  parts  of  the  world  embraced 

by  Scripture  geography  ? 

7.  What  is  said  of  the  land  of  Canaan  ? 


See  Map  of  Palestine. — How  was  Idumaea  situated?  The  Moabites? 
The  Ammonites  ?  Phiiista;a  ?  Phoenicia  ?  Ccelo-Syria  ?  Abyle'- 
ne  ?  Damasce'ne  ? 
How  was  Judea  situated  ?  Galilee  ?  Samaria  ?  Galilee  of  the  Gentiles  ? 
Persea?  Ituraea?  Trachoni'tis  ?  Mount  Lebanon,  or  Libanus? 
Anti-libanus  ?  Hermon  ?  Mount  Seir  ?  The  Dead  sea  ?  The 
Sea  of  Galilee  ?  What  the  course  of  the  Jordan  ?  What  other 
nvei-s  flowed  into  the  Dead  sea  ?  What  ones  into  the  Mediterra- 
nean p 


^'^^^V 


PALESTIiNE. 


247 


theatre  of  most  of  tlie  transactions  recorded  in  tlio  Bible  ;  and  it  in- 
cluded more  than  half  of  the  places  mentioned  in  it. 

8.  The  jouineyings  of  our  Savior,  during  his  ministry,  were  Una- 
ited  to  Palestine  ;  the  travels  of  St.  Paul,  chiefly  to  Palestine,  Syria, 
Asia  Minor,  Greece,  and  Italy. — Notices  relating  to  Scripture  Geog- 
raphy have  already  been  given  with  respect  to  other  countries  be- 
sides Palestme. 

9.  At  the  period  of  the  ministry  of  our  Savior  and  his  apostles, 
almost  all  the  countries  mentioned  in  tne  New  Testament  were  in- 
cluded in  the  Roman  Empire. 


PALESTINE. 

1.  This  country  was  first  called  the  Land  of  Ca'naan,  from  Ca- 
naan, the  son  of  Ham ;  the  Land  of  Promise,  or  the  Promised 
Land,  from  its  being  promised  by  God  to  Abraham ;  the  Land  of 
Israel,  from  the  Israelites  ;  Ju-de'a,  from  Judah,  the  principal  of  the 
Twelve  Tribes ;  Pal'es-tine,  from  the  Philistines,  who  inhabited 
the  southwest  part  of  it ;  and  the  Holy  Land,  from  its  being  the 
scene  of  the  greater  part  of  the  transactions  recorded  in  the  Bible, 
and  particularly  of  the  birth,  life,  miracles,  and  sufferings  of  our 
Savior. 

2.  Before  this  country  was  possessed  by  the  Israelites,  it  was  in- 
habited by  the  descendants  of  Ca'naan,  called  Ca'naan-ites,  who 
were  notorious  for  their  idolatry  and  vices  ;  and  consisted  of  seven 
nations,  namely,  the  Am'or-ites,  Jeb'u-sites,  Hit'tites,  Per'iz-ziteSy 
Gir'ga-shites,  Ca'naan-ites,  and  Hi'vltes. 

3.  After  the  conquest  of  tlie  country  by  the  Israelites,  under 
Joshua,  it  was  divided  among  the  Twelve  Tribes  by  lot ;  Rcu'hen, 
Gad,  and  half  of  Ma-nas'seh  possessed  the  part  east  of  the  Jordan ; 
and  of  the  country  west  of  the  Jordan,  Judah  and  Sim'e-on  had  the 
southern  part ;  Ash'er,  JVaph'ta-li,  and  Zcb'u-lon,  the  northern  ;  and 
Dan,  Benjamin,  Ephraim,  half  of  Manasseh,  and  Is'sa-char,  the 
middle. 

4.  After  the  reign  of  Solomon,  two  separate  kingdoms  were  form- 
ed, namely,  the  kingdom  of  Israel,  consisting  of  Ten  Tribes,  and 
having  Samaria  for  its  capital :  and  the  kingdom  of  JurfaA,  composed 
of  the  tribes  of  Judah  and  Benjamin,  and  having  Jerusalem  for  its 
capital. 

8.  To  what  countries  were  the  journeyings  of  our  Savior,  and  to  what  the 

travels  of  St.  Paul  limited  ? 

9.  To  what  empire  did  almost  all  the  countries  mentioned  in  the  New 

Testament  belong  ? 

Pa'-iEstine. — 1.  By  what  names  has  the  country  of  Palestine  been 
known  ?  2.  By  whom  was  it  Inhabited  before  it  was  posse'ssed  by 
the  Israelites  ? 

8    How  was  it  divided  after  the  conquest  ? 

4.  What  two  kingdoms  were  subsequently  formed  ? 


'/;! 

••M' 


yM  t\ 


■,i}-. .  .1,, 


.^'  f  k 


^'  -I 


i!^ 


mm 


mmmm 


»48 


PALKSTINE. 


fi'-ii 


5.  In  the  time  of  the  <^?ospel  history,  the  whole  of  Palestine  was 
subject  to  the  Romans,  tad  tho  country  west  of  tlie  Jordan  was 
divided  into  three  parts,  namely,  Ju-de'a,  Sa-ma'ri-a,  and  Gal'i-ke. 
The  chief  divisions  of  the  country  east  of  the  Jordan  were  Pe-rafa, 
and  I'iu-rafa. 

6.  The  country  included  within  the  limits  of  the  Twelve  Tribes, 
is  of  p mall  extent,  not  a  third  part  so  large  aa  the  statfi  cf  N«vv 
York. 

7.  Dan  (in  the  New  T«.  stament  called  C(Bs-a-refa  Phi-I  p'oi)  was 
reputed  the  most  northern  city,  and  B&-er'she-ha  or  Bicr-xi^t'ba,  the 
most  southern;  luice  the  proverbial  phrase,  to  expr>.v3  U>c    irnir 
of  the  country,  "From  Dari  to  Beert^heba." 

8.  The  face  of  the  country  is  beauli fully  divorsifiec!  ^^jth  moun- 
tains, hills,  valleys,  and  plainrf. 

9.  The  climate  is  excellent ;  the  cold  ; "Idom  excessivo  ;  the  heat 
ofsummer  is  great,  but  mitigated  by  a  periodical  breeze.  Rain  sel- 
dom falls  here,  except  in  tiie  spring  and  autuni.i ;  !>u:  tljQ  dews  are 
abundant. 

10.  The  Scriptures,  in  describing  the  fruitfi'ine-^s  of  this  cou'i;_y, 
characterise  st  as  "a land  flowing  with  milk  and  honey."  )u  modern 
times,  how  uT,  xn-xxvy  parts  of  \l  iiave  a  desolate  appearance,  as  the 
cultivation  uiir.  hi)^,  f;Bnr'ra!iy  been  much  neglected;  but  where  it 
has  been  well  ,  tfended  to,  it  is  highly  productive. 

11.  TJio  Jorc'o',  tiie  celebrated  river  of  Palestiue,  and  the  only 
conaifler:iijle  oite  in  tho  country,  is  deep  and  rapid,  but  not  Avide. 
It  rise.-,  near  the  foot  of  Mount  Hermon,  passes  through  lake  Merom 
and  the  sea  of  Galilee  ;  and  after  a  southerly  cour-:  ■  of  about  150 
miles,  flows  into  the  Dead  sea. 

V2.  Some  of  the  other  famous  streams  or  rivulets  ere  the  Ar'non, 
Jab'bok,  Bc'sor,  So'rek,  and  Ki'slwn ;  also,  Ce'dron,  or  Kid'ron,  noted 
for  passiijg  by  Jerusalem  ;  and  Be'lus,  near  Ptolemais,  homthe  sand 
of  which  glass  is  said  to  have  been  first  made. 

13.  The  Dead  sea,  called  also  the  Salt  sea,  Sea  of  Sodom,  and 
Lake  As-phal-ti'tes,  is  about  70  miles  long.  The  water  is  clear, 
but  uncommonly  salt  and  bitter.  The  sea  is  surrounded  by  majes- 
tic and  dreary  mountains  ;  and  the  vicinity  is  barren  and  cheerless. 

14.  The  Sea  of  Galilee,  called  also  the  Sea  of  Tihenas,  and  the 
Lake  of  Gennesareth,  is  17  miles  long ;  it  is  environed  by  lofty  emi- 
nences, and  has  a  beautiful  and  picturesque  appearance. 

15.  This  lake  is  celebrated  in  the  Gospel  history ;  near  it  our 
Savior  passed  much  of  his  time,  during  his  ministry  ;  and  it  M'as  here 
that  several  of  his  disciples  were  employed,  in  the  early  part  of 
their  lives,  as  fishermen. 


f:M; 


6.  How  was  the  country  divided  in  the  time  of  the  Gospel  history  ? 

6.  What  is  the  extent  of  the  country  ?    7.  What  is  said  of  Dan  and  Beer- 

sheba  ? 
8.  What  is  said  of  the  face  of  the  country  ?    9.  Climate  ?     10.  What  of 

the  fruitfulness  of  the  country  ?     11.  What  of  the  Jordan? 
12.  What  other  streams  or  rivulets  ?     13.  What  is  said  of  the  Dead  sea  ? 

14.  The  sea  of  Galilee  ?     15.  For  what  is  it  celebrated  ? 


PALESTINE. 


949 


'non. 


IG.  Ill  the  north  of  Palestine,  and  on  its  borders,  is  tlie  mountain 
range  of  Leb'a-non,  or  Lnb'a-mis,  which  has  summits  almost  always 
covered  witli  snow ;  and  is  celebrated  in  Hebrew  poetry  for  mag- 
nificent cedars. 

17.  To  the  east  of  Libanus  is  Anti-lihanus ;  and  to  tlie  southeast 
is  Mount  Hennon. 

18.  Mount  Carmd,  on  the  coast  of  the  Mediterranean,  is  noted  as 
the  retreat  of  Elijah,  and,  in  modern  times,  for  monks  called  Carmel- 
ites ;  Mount  Tabor,  southeast  of  tiie  sea  of  Galilee,  as  the  scene  of 
our  Savior's  transfiguration  ;  Mount  Gil'bo-a,  south  of  the  sea  of 
Galilee,  for  the  death  of  Saul  and  Jonathan  ;  Mount  Ger'i-zim,  near 
Sichem,  for  the  temple  of  the  Samaritans. 

19.  Mount  Gilead,  east  of  the  Jordan,  was  famous  for  balm ; 
Mounts  JVebo  and  Pisgah,  for  being  places  from  which  Moses  took 
a  view  of  the  Promised  Land  ;  Mount  Hor,  a  summit  of  Seir,  to  tlie 
south  of  Palestine,  for  the  death  of  Aaron. 

20.  The  most  celebrated  desert  in  Palestine  was  the  Desert  or 
Wilderness  ofJiidea,  situated  to  the  west  of  the  Dead  sea,  and  noted 
for  being  the  region  where  John  the  Baptist  preached. 

2J .  JuDEA  comprised  tlie  territory  which  formerly  belonged  to  the 
tribes  ofJudahf  Benjamin,  Simeon,  and  Dan. 

22.  Jerusalem,  the  capital  of  Judea,  was  anciently  built  on  four 
hills,  Zi'on,  Mn-ri'ah,  A'cra,  and  Be-zr'ta,  which  were  almost  sur- 
rounded by  valleys,  encompassed  by  mountains.  It  was  regarded 
as  a  holy  city,  on  account  of  its  containing  the  Temple,  and  being 
the  centre  of  the  Jewish  religion  and  worship ;  and  it  is  memorable 
for  the  crucifixion  and  resurrection  of  our  Savior,  for  its  signal  de- 
struction, and,  in  modern  times,  for  pilgrimage. 

23.  The  two  principal  centres  of  the  labors  of  our  Savior,  during 
his  ministry,  were  Jerusalem  with  its  vicinity,  and  the  sea  of  Gal- 
ilee. 

24.  To  the  east  of  Jerusalem,  beyond  the  brook  Kidron,  was  the 
Mount  of  Olives,  whither  our  Savior  resorted  after  eating  the 
passover ;  between  the  Mount  of  Olives  and  the  citj-,  was  the  gar- 
den of  Geth-sem'a-ne,  where  he  was  betrayed ;  on  the  north  side 
of  the  city  was  Calva-nj,  where  he  was  crucified;  7  miles  north- 
west was  Ern'ma-iis,  where  he  appeared  to  two  of  his  disciples 
after  his  resurrection ;  and  to  the  northeast  was  Beth'a-ny,  where 
he  raised  Lazarus  from  the  dead,  and  whence  he  ascended  to 
heaven. 

25.  Beth'le-hem  is  memorable  as  the  birthplace  of  David,  and 
still  more  so  as  that  of  our  Savior ;  He'bron,  for  having  been  the 


16. 

18. 
19. 
21. 
23. 
24. 


What  is  said  of  Mount  Lebanon  ?   17.  What  mountains  near  Lebanon  ? 
What  other  mountains,  and  for  what  noted  ? 
What  is  said  of  Gilead,  Nebo,  and  Hor  ?     20.  What  desert  ? 
What  is  said  of  Judea  ?     22.  What  of  Jerusalem  ? 
What  were  the  two  principal  centres  of  our  Savior's  ministry  ? 
What  places  near  Jerusalem  ?    26.  What  is  said  of  Bethlehem  and 
Hebron  ? 


^4f  :^: 


\H- 


I 


''■'-m 


*■ ''.'  -'i 


-M 


m 
m 


!■!■,■''  ' 


%    .    ,    : 


mmmSa^Ci 


2oO 


PALESTINE. 


■V' 


.1, 


residence  of  the   patriarchs  Abraham,  Isaac,  and  Jacobj  and  for 
seven  years  tlie  royal  seat  of  David. 

26.  Jerfi-cho  is  noted  for  its  siege  and  capture  by  Joshua,  and 
as  the  "  city  of  palm-trees  ;"  A'i,  for  a  great  victory  of  Joshua ; 
Beth'el,  for  tJia  vision  of  Jacob  ;  GWe.-ah,  as  the  birthplace  of  Saul ; 
Gihfe-on^  as  the  city  of  the  Gibeonites  ;  Te-ko'ah^  as  the  town  of  the 
prophet  Amos. 

27.  Jlr-i-ma-the'a  was  noted  as  the  town  of  Joseph,  who  begged 
the  body  of  Jesus  ;  A-duVlam  and  En'ge-di,  for  caves  which  afford- . 
ed  retreats  to  David. 

28.  The  principal  towns  in  the  country  of  the  Philistines  were 
Ga'za,  noted  in  tlie  i.istory  of  Samwon;  Gath^  the  birthplace  of 
Goliah ;  Mca-lon,  JlshfrtoJ  or  A-zo'tus^  and  Ek'ron. 

29.  The  country  of  Saivaria  derived  its  name  from  the  city  of 
Samaria,  and  it  comprised  the  territory  which  belonged  to  the  tribe 
of  Ephraim  and  half  of  Manasseh 

SO.  After  the  captivity  of  the  Ten  Tribes,  this  country  was  inhab- 
ited by  a  mixed  race  of  people,  called  Samaritans,  who  built  a  tern 
pie  on  Mount  Gerizim,  adopted  the  law  of  Moses,  and  regarded  the 
Pentateuch  as  a  book  of  divine  authority,  but  rejected  the  rest  of  the 
Old  Testament 

31.  Samaria  was  the  firs;  capital  of  the  country  ;  and  afterwards 
Si'chem,  or  She'ckem,  called  in  the  New  Testament  Si/char  (now 
Napolose),  near  which  was  Jacobus  Well,  memorable  for  our  Savior's 
conversation  with  the  woman  of  Samaria, 

32.  On  the  coast  of  the  Mediterranean  was  C<Bs-a-refa,  the  seat 
of  the  Roman  governors  of  Palestine,  and  noted  for  being  the  place 
where  Herod  Agrippa  was  smitten  with  a  fatal  disease,  where  Cor- 
nelius was  converted  by  Peter,  and  where  Paul  defended  himself 
before  Felix,  Festus,  and  Agrippa. 

33.  Joj^pa,  now  Jaffa,  was  the  principal  port  of  the  Israelites, 
and  is  now  the  port  of  Jerusalem ;  GU'gal,  near  Jericho,  and  Shi'- 
loh  were  noted  for  being  places  where  the  ark  of  the  covenant  was, 
for  a  time,  deposited ;  Tir'zah,  for  being  once  the  seat  of  the  kings 
of  Israel ;  Me-gid'do,  for  tlic  defeat  and  death  of  Josiaa ;  Jez're-el, 
for  the  palace  of  Ahab  ;  Sa'lim  and  E'non,  as  places  where  John 
baptized. 

34.  Galilee,  the  northern  division  of  Palestine,  comprised  the 
country  previously  occupied  by  the  tribes  of  Issachar,  ZebtUon, 
JVaphtali,  and  Jlsher.  The  northern  part  was  called  Galilee  of  the 
Gentiles,  because  it  bordered  on  Gentile  nations. 

35.  This  division  of  Palestine  was  most  honored  with  our  Savior's 
presence,  and  it  was  the  native  country  of  most,  if  not  all,  of  his 
twelve  disciples. 

26.  What  is  said  of  Jericho,  Ai,  &c.  ?    27.  What  of  Arimathea,  &c.  ? 

28.  What  towns  in  the  country  of  the  Philistines  ? 

29.  What  is  said  of  Samaria  ?    30.  What  of  the  inhabitants  ?    31.  What 

of  Samaria  and  Sichem  H    ^2.  What  of  Cajsarea  .'    33.  What  other 
towns  ?    34.  What  did  Galilee  comprise  ?    35.  What  is  paid  of  it  'i 


PALESTINE. 


351 


361  Ih'b^ri-as,  once  the  capital  of  Galilee,  was  noted  for  a  Jew- 
ish academy,  after  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem  ;  Ca-pe/na-Mwi, 
Cho-ra'zirij  and  Btth-sa'i-da,  for  the  preaching  and  miracles  of  oux* 
Savior.  Bethsaida  was  also  the  residence  of  the  disciples  Philip, 
Peter,  Andrew,  James,  and  John  ;  Capernaum,  of  Matthew,  and  on 
an  eminence  near  this  place,  our  Savior  delivered  his  memorable 
discourse  called  the  "  sermon  on  the  mount." 

37.  J\ra2fa-reth  is  famous  for  being  the  residence  of  our  Savior, 
before  he  entered  upon  his  public  ministry  ;  Ca'na,  for  his  miracle 
of  turning  water  into  wine  ;  JVa'trif  for  his  raising  tlie  widow's  son 
to  life. 

38.  Beyond,  or  east  of,  the  Jordan,  were  Suc'coth,  noted  (br  having 
once  been  the  residence  of  Jacob  ;  Ma-ha-na'im,  for  the  meeting  of 
Jacob  and  Esau;  Rahnoth-Gil'e-ad,memoxah\e  in  the  wars  of  the  Is- 
raelites ;  Beth-ay a-ra,  where  John  baptized ;  Dal-ma-nu'tha,  Ma^- 
da-la,  and  GwVa-ra,  places  visited  by  our  Savior. 

39.  The  southern  part  of  Pha;nicia,  or  Sjro-Phnnicia,  belonged 
to  the  tribe  of  Asher. 

40.  On  the  coast  of  the  Mediterranean  were  7)fre  and  Si'doiif 
noted  for  their  antiquity  and  for  commerce  ;  Sa-rep'ta,  called  in  the 
Old  Testament  Zar'e-phath,  for  the  miracles  of  Elijah  ;  Ptol-e-ma'iSf 
now  Acre,  for  a  memorable  siege  by  the  Crusaders. 

36.  What  18  said  of  Tiberias,  Capernaum,  &c.  ?  37.  Nazan-th,  Cana,  and 
Nain  ?  38.  What  places  beyond  the  Jordan.?  39.  What  is  said  of 
Phoenicia  ?    40.  What  towns  on  the  coast  of  the  Mediterranean  ? 


...j-lj 

'■     .':-'^i 

,  -'d 

,v     .0:r;. 

^-.■:;x 

.  ^ ,  :■!. 

'•■■'      ,  ■    ,  -■■{■; 

'.'J>yM^ 

:^.:  K'M 

■  > 


•^'■^^^^ 


mm 


See  Map  of  Palestine. — How  is  the  deser*  of  Judea  situated  .'    Mount 

Nebo  ?    Mount  Gilead  ?     Mounts  Gerizim  and  Ebal .'   Mount  Car- 

mel  ?     Mount  Tabor  r     Mount  Gilboa  ? 
How  is  Jerusalem  situated  ?    Jericho  ?     Bethlehem  .'     Hebron  ?     Beer- 

sheba  ?     Engedi  ?    Eminaus  ?     Bethel  ?    Joppa .'     Arimathea  ." 
What  towns  in  Philistaea  ?     How  was  Samaria  situated  ?     Sichem  ?   Caes- 

area  ?     Tirzah  ?    Jezreel  ?     Shiloh  ?     Gilg^l .''     Salim  and  Enon  ? 
How  was  Tiberias  situated '      Capernaum  .'      Bethsaida  ?      Chorazin  f 

Nazareth .'    Cana  ?    Dan,  or  Caesarea-Philippi  ?     Tyre  ?    Sidon  ? 

Ptolemais?    Sarepta.?    Ramoth-Gilead  ?     Mahanaim  ?     Succotli? 

G"      a  ?    Bethabara  ?    Heshbon  ? 


■  ■})'■ 


953 


EXTENT  OF  ANCIENT  EMPIRES. 


EXTENT  OF  ANCIENT  EMPIRES, 

According  to  Tyikr, 

The  Empire  of  Assyria,  under  Ninus  and  Semiranus,  compro- 
headed  Asia  Minor^  Colchis^  Assyria,  Mediae  Chaldea,  JEgypt. 

Tha  Empire  of  Assyria  as  divided  about  820  B.  C,  formed  three 
kinffdoms,  Media,  Babylo-Chcddea  (Syria  and  Chahlea),  and  Lydia 
(all  Asia  Minor). 

The  Empire  of  the  Persians  under  Dari'us  Ilystas'pes,  522  B.  C, 
comprehended  Persis,  Susiana,  Chaldm,  Assyria,  Media,  Badrlana, 
Armenia,  Asia,  Purlhia,  Iberia,  Albania,  Colchis,  Asia  Minor,  Egypt, 
part  of  Ethiopia,  part  of  Scythia. 

The  Empire  of  At-EXAVDKu  thr  Gpfat,  330  B.  ('.,  consisted  of, 
1.  all  Macedonia  and  Gnrc,  txcopt  Peloponnesus  ;  2.  all  thi)  Per- 
sian Empire,  as  above  described  ;  3.  India  to  the  banivs  of  the  Indus 
on  the  east,  and  l.'ie  Jaxartes,  or  Tanais,  on  the  north. 

The  Empire  of  Alexander  was  thus  divided  306  B.  C  between 
Ptolemy,  Cassander,  Lysimaclius,  and  Scieucus  : — 

Empire  of  Plokiay. 
Libya,  Arabia,  Coelo-Syria,  Palestine. 


Empire  of  Cnssander. 


Macedonia,  Greece. 


Empire  of  Lysimachus, 


Thrace,  Bithynia. 


Empire  of  Sekucus. 
Syria,  and  all  the  rest  of  Alexander's  empire. 

The  empire  of  the  Parthian-,  140  B.  C,  comprehended  Parfhia^ 
Hyrcania,  Media,  Persis,  Badnana,  Babylonia,  Mesopotamia,  India 
to  the  Indus. 


The  Roman  Empire,  under  the  Kings,  was  confined  to  the  city  of 
Rome,  and  a  few  miles  round  it. 


EXTENT  OF  ANCIENT  EMPIRES. 


253 


The  Roman  Empire,  at  tlio  end  o'*  the  Republic,  coinprohonded 
all  i/o/v,  cfreat  part  of  0«u/,  part  nl  .rUaiiiy  J\frica  Proper^  great 
part  of  Stmin^  lllyria^  Mriu,  Lihuniia,  Dalmalia,  Jichaiu^  Mactdo' 
nioj  Daruania,  Mccaioy  T/iracf,  PontuSf  Armenia^  CUicia^  Judea^ 
Syriaj  Egypt. 

Under  the  Emperors,  the  following  countries  were  reduced  to 
Roman  Provinces : — 

All  Spain,  the  Alpes  MaritimsB,  Piedmont,  &.C.,  Rhrrtia,  Noricum, 
Pannonia,  MuL'sia,  Pontus,  Armenia,  Assyria,  Arabia,  Egypt. 

Constantius  Chlorus  and  Galerius  divided  the  Empire  into 
Eastern  and  Western;  and  under  Constantino,  each  empire 
had  a  distinct  capital  or  seat  of  government. 

The  extent  of  each  division  was  fluctuating  from  time  to  time  ; 
but,  in  general,  the  Westrrn  Empire  comprehended  Itcdi/f  lUi/nOj 
Jlfricoj  Spain,  the  Gauls,  Britain.         ^  ■» 

The  Eastern  Empire  comprehended  Egyft,  Thrace,  Dacia, 
Macedonia,  Asia  Minor,  Pontus,  Armenia,  Assyria,  Media,  &.c. 

The  Empire  of  Charlemagne,  A.  D.  800,  comprehended 
tVance,  Marca  Hispanica  (or  Navarre  and  Catalonia),  Majorca,  Mi- 
norca and  Ivica,  Corsica,  Italy,  as  far  south  as  Naples,  Istria,  Li- 
bumia,  Dalmatia,  Rhatia,  Vindelicia,  JVoricuin,  Germany,  from  tlie 
Rhine  to  the  Oder,  and  to  the  shores  of  the  Baltic. 

France  contained,  1.  JSTe^istria,  comprehending  Brittany,  Nor- 
mandy, Isle  of  France,  Orleannois  ;  2.  Austria,  comprehending 
Picardy  and  Champagne  ;  3.  Aquitania,  comprehending  Guienne 
and  Gascony ;  4.  lurgundia,  comprehending  Burgundy,  Lyonnois, 
Languedoc,  Dauphin6,  Provence. 
22 


■ij 

'J 

'  I   I—  A 


1  _ 


'  V  >rw 


^  ;-i.^'i 


1 


-'^. 


nA 


11 . 


r 


;j- 


mm 


354 


CHRONOLOGICAL  TABLE. 


CHRONOLOGICAL  TABLE. 
B.  C. 

4004.  The  Creation  of  the  world. 

2348.  The  universal  Deluge. 

1921.  Calliii^f  of  Jlbraham. 

141)1.  Moses  brings  the  hradUes  out  of  Egypt. 

12(i3.  Jlrgonantic  expedition. 

1184.  Troy  taken  and  burnt  by  the  Greeks. 

1012.  Solomon^s  Temple  founded. 

884.  LycurfTus  reforms  the  laws  of  Sparta. 

776.  Tne  first  Olumpiad  begins. 

753.  The  foundation  of  Rome  by  Romulus. 

536.  Cyrus  founds  the  Persian  Empire. 

4i)0.  Battle  of  ManUlion. 

400.  Socrates  put  to  death. 

324.  Alexander  dic3  at  Babylon,  aged  33. 

312.  Era  of  the  iSWcttciVrt;. 

216.  Battle  of  Canna ;  the  Romans  defeated  by  Hannibal. 

146.  Carthage  destroyed  by  the  Romans. 
31.  Battle  of  Jlctium;  end  of  the  Roman  Commonwealth. 

Birth  of  our  Savior,  4  years  before  the  vulgar  era, 

A.  D. 
33.  Crucifixion  of  our  Savior,  on  Friday,  April  3. 
70.  Jerusalem  taken  and  destroyed  by  Titus. 
98.  Trajan  emperor  of  Rome. 

306.  Constantine  emperor  of  Rome. 

476.  Extinction  of  the  Westenii  Empire  of  the  Romans. 

622.  Era  of  the  Hegira,  or  flight  of  Mahomet. 

800.  Now  Empire  of  the  ff'esty  under  Charlemagne. 

827.  Beginning  of  tlie  kingdom  of  England,  under  Egbert 

872.  Jilfred  the  Great  king  of  England. 
1066.  William  the  Conqueror  Icing  of  England. 
1096.  First  Crusade  to  the  Holy  Land. 
1258.  End  of  the  Caliphate  of  Bagdad,  or  Saracen  Empire. 
1340.  Gunpowder  invented  at  Cologne  by  Schwartz. 
1404.  Death  of  Tamerlane. 
1440.  The  art  of  Printing  invented. 

1453.  End  of  the  Eastern  Empire;  the  Turks  take  Constantinople. 
1492.  America  discovered  by  Columbus. 
1517.  The  Reformation  in  Germany  begun  by  Luther. 
1519.  Charles  V.  emperor  of  Germany. 

1603.  Union  of  the  crowns  of  England  and  Scotland,  under  James  I, 
1620.  First  English  settlement  in  J^ew  England,  at  Plymouth. 
1649.  Cluirles  I.  of  England  beheaded. 

1688.  Revolution  in  England ;  James  II.  abdicates  the  throne. 
1776.  Independence  of  the  United  States  declared,  July  4. 

1788.  The  Constitution  of  the  United  States  adopted. 

1789.  The  French  Revolution ;  Louis  XVI.  beheaded,  1793. 
1804.  Bonaparte  crowned  emperor  of  France. 

1815.  Battle  of  Waterloo;  th  '  empire  of  Bonaparte  overthrown. 
1830.  New  Revolution  in  France ;  Charles  X.  dethroned. 


■i-it 


.    > 


TABLE 

Of  Akcieiit  Geographical  Namrs,  toiih  their  corrtsponding 

Modern  Names. 

SEAS,  GULFS,  STRAITS,  and  LAKES. 


Ancient. 
A-dri-at'ic  Sea 
jE-goB'an  Sea 
Aq-ui-ta'ni-an 

Ocean 
A-ra'bi-an  G.  or 
Ar-gol'ic  G. 
AH-phal-ti'tes  L. 
At-lan'tic  O. 
Be-na'cu8  L. 
Bos'pho-rus 

(Cimmerian) 
Bos'pho-rua 

(Thracian) 
Brig-an-ti'nusU. 
Cas'pi-an  S. 
Co-da'ni-an  G. 
Cor'inth,  Gulf  of 
Euxine  Sea 
Gal'i-lee,  Seaof 
Gal'lic  Str. 


Modern. 
Guy  of  Venice 
Archipelago 

Bay  of  Biscay 

Red  Sea 

GulfofJS/'apoli 
Dead  Sea 
Atlantic 
Garda 

Str.  of  Caffa 

Str.  of  Constan- 

tiixoplc 
Constance 
Caspian 
Baltic  Sea 
Gulf  of  Lepanio 
Black  Sea 
Taharia 
Str.  of  Dover 


Ancient. 
Gal'lic  Gulf 
Gan-get'ic  Gulf 
Gen-nes'a-reth, 

Lake  of 
Ger'maii  O.  or 
Hel'les-pont 
Her'cules,  Str. 
Hi-ber'ni-un  S. 
La'ri-us  L. 
Li-gus'tic  Gulf 

I-o'ni-an  Sea 


Lc'man  Lake 
Mediterra'nean 
Pa'lus  MoB-o'tis 
Pro-pon'lis 
Sa-rou'ic  G. 
Si-cii'i-an  Str. 
Ther-ma'ic  G. 
Vcr-ba'nus  L. 


Modern. 
Gulf  of  Lions 
Bay  of  Bengal 

>  Tabaria 

JSTorth  Sea 

Dardanelles 

Str.  of  Gibraltar 

Irish  Sea 

Como 

Gulf  of  Genoa 

Part  of  the  Qidf 

of  Venice 
Geneva 

Mediterranean 
Sea  of  Azof 
Marmora 
Gidfof  Engia 
Str.  of  Messina 
Gulf  of  Contessa 
Maggtore 


ISLANDS. 


■•::  n 


iE-o'li-anlslands 

A-nior'goa 

Ar'a-dus 

An'a-phe 

An'dros 

Bal-e-a'res 

Ca-lym'na 

Ca-pra'ri-a 

Ca'pre-te 

Car'pa-thus 

Ceph-a-le'ni-a 

Ce'os 


Lipari  Islands 

Amorgo 

Larek 

J^amphio 

Andro 

Majorca 

Minorca 

Ivica 

Calmina 

Gomera 

Capi'i 

Scarpanto 

Ctfalonia 

Ziia 


Chi'os 

Ci-mo'lu8 

Cor-cy'ra 

Cor'si-ca 

Cos 

Crete 

Crep'sa 

Cy'prus 

Cyth'nus 

Cy-the'ra 

De'los 

Eb'u-sus 

Eu-bce'a 

Fortunate  Isles 


Scio 

■Argentiera 
Corfu 
Corsica 
Stanchio 
Candia 
Cherso 
Cyprus 
Thtrmia 
Cerigo 
Delos 
Ivica 

N'igroponi 
Canaries 


Ah 

.■■i--i,. 
'i;4 


.„  i  I  j-iji 


Q56 

Ancient, 
Hes-per'i-des 
Hi-ber'ni-a 
I-ca'ri-a 
Il'va 
Im'broa 
Fob 

Ith'a-ca 
Lem'nos 
Les'bos 
Leu-ca'di-a 
Lip'a-ra 
Mel'i-te 
Mel'i-te 
Me'los 
Mo'na 
Mo-na'bi-a 
Myc'o-nus 
Nax'os 
0-le'a-ros 


ISLANDS'. 


Modern. 
Bissagos 
Ireland 
J^caria 
Elba 
Imbro 
Mo 
TheaJci 
Stalimene 
Metelin 
St.  Maura 
LAjpari 
Malta 
Meleda 
Milo 
Anglesea 
Man 
Myconi 
JVaxia 
Antipai^s 


Ancient. 

Pa'ros 

Pat'mos 

Rhodes 

Sa-mo-thra'ce 

Sa'mo3 

Sar-din'i-a 

Scy'ros 

Se-ri'phus 

Siij'i-ly 

Siph'nos 

StoBch'a-des 

Stroph'a-des 

Ten'e-dos 

Te'nos 

Tha'sos 

The'ra 

Thu'le 

Vec'tis 

Zia-cyn'thus 


Moilem. 
Paros 
Patino 
Rhodes 
Samothrakt 
Sanios 
Sai'dinia 
Syra 
Serpho 
Sicily 
Swhanto 
Ilieres 
Strivali 
Tenedos 
Tino 
Thaso 
Santorin 
Shetland  Isles 
Isle  of  Wight 
Zante 


RIVERS. 


t' 


Bo-rys'the-nes 

Hyp'a-nis 

Rha 

Ru'bo 


Al'bis 
Is'ter 
McB'nus 
Rhe'nus 


Ga-rum'na 
Li'ger 
Mc/sa 
Mo-seFla 


A'nas  . 
BtG  tis 
Du'ri-us 


Da-nu'bi-us,oi 

Is'ter 
Dra'vus 
He'brus 


Dnieper 

Bog 

Volga 

JVtemen 


Elbe 
Danube 
Mayne 
Rhine 


Garonne 
Loire 
Meuse 
Moselle 


Sarmatia. 

Tan'a-is 

Tu-ri'.n'tus 

Ty'ras 

Germany. 

Vi'a-drus 

Vi-sur'gis 

Vis'tu-la 

Gaul. 

Rhod'a-nus 

Scal'dis 

Seq'ua-na 


Spain. 

I-be'rus 

Min'i-U3 

Ta'gus 

Illyricum,  Dacia,  &c. 

(E'nus 
Py-re'tus 
Drave  Sa'vus 

Marizza  Ti-bia'cus 


Guadiana 

Guadalquivir 

Duero 


Danube 


Don 

Divina 

Dniestet 


Oder 

Weser 

Vistula 


Rhone 

Scheldt 

Seine 


Ehro 

Minho 

Togo 


Inn 
Pruth 
Save 
Thcis 


] 

aiVERS. 

Italy. 

Ancient. 

Ktodem 

Ancient. 

Modern. 

Ad'du-a 

Jidda 

Me-dc/a-cus 

Brenta 

A'ni-o 

Teverone 

Min'ci-ua 

Mincio 

Ai'nus 

Amo 

Pa'dus 

Po 

Ath'e-sia 

Adige 

Ti'ber 

Tiber 

Au'fi-dus 

Ofanto 

Ti-ci'nus 

THcino 

E-rid'a-nus 

Po 

Vul-tur'nus 
Greece. 

VoUumo 

Ach-e-lo'us 

Aspro  Potamo      E-ve'nua 

Fidan 

Al-phe  us 

Alfeo 

Ha-li-ac'mon 

Jenicoro 

As-trse'us 

Vistriza 

Pe'ne-us 

Peneo 

Ax'i-us 

Vardar 

Stry'mon 

Striinon 

Eu-rc/tas 

Basili 

Asia. 

A-rax'es 

Aras 

Hy-das'pes 

Behfit 

Ca-i'cus 

Germaisti 

Jax-ar'tes 

Sir 

Cal-y-#ad'nu8 

Kalikdoni 

Jor'dan 

Jordan 

Ca-ys'trus 

Minderscare 

Ly'cus 

Tonsalu 

Cy'rus 

Kur 

MseanJer 

Meinder 

Da'ix,  or  Ya'ik 

Ural 

O-ron'tes 

OrorUes 

Et-y-man'der 

Hlrmerd 

Ox' us 

Jihon 

Eu-lse'us,  or  ? 
U'la-i        ] 

Karasu 

Pha'sis 

Rione 

Pyr'a-mus 

Geihoun 

Eu-phra'tes 

Euphrates 

San-ga'ri-us 

Sakaria 

Gra-ni'cus 

Ousvola 

Ther-rao'don 

Termek 

Ha'lys 

Kizil-ermak 

Ti'gris 

Tigris 

Her'mus 

Sarahat 

Africa. 

Bag'ra-da 

Mejerdah 

Nile 

Mile 

Dar'a-dus 

Senegal 

Sta'chir 

Gambia 

Ni'ger 

.^/tger 

257 


CITIES  AND  TOWNS. 


Gaul. 


A-le'si-a 

Ar-e-la'te 

Ar-gen-to-ra'tum 

Av-a-ri'cum 

A-ven'ti-cum 

Au-gus'taTrev-  j 

e-ro'rura  ' 

Bi-brac'te 
Bur-dig'a-la 
Co-lo'ni-a  Ag- 

rip-pi'na 
Fo'nim  Ju'li-i  '  Frejiis 


Alise 

Aries 

Strasburg 

Bourges 

Avenches 

>  Treves 

Axdun 
Bourdeaux 

Cologne 


Ge-ne'va 

Ic-u-lis'ma 

Li-mo'num 

Lug-du'num 

Lu-te'ti-a 

Ma3-sil'i-a 

Mo-gun- ti'a-cum 

Nar'bo 

Ne-mau'sus 

Ti-gu'rum 

To-lo'aa 

Vi-en'na 


f^eneva 

Ja  ngovUmt 

Poitiers 

Lyons 

Paris 

Marseilles 

Mentz 

JS/arbonne 

^ismes 

Zurich 

Toulouse 

Vienne 


:i 


!*'.■■  ■ 
try.: 


i 


'A'.'*'-  -kVil' 

mm* 


If'': 


22 


mT** 


358 


CITIES  AND  TOWNS. 


Spain. 


Ancient 

Bar'ci-no 

Bil'bi-lis 

Cse'sarAu-gus'ta 

Cal-a-gu'ris 

Cal'le 

Car-tha'go  No'va 

Com-plu'tum 

Co-nim'bri-ca 

Cor'du-ba 

Ga'des 

His'pa-lis 


r;  y 


Ag-ri-gen'tum 

Ab-el-li'num 

Ach-e-run'ti-a 

Al'ba  Lon'ga 

An-oo'na 

An'ti-um 

Ap'pi-i  Fo'rum 

Aq-ui-le'i-a 

A-qui'num 

Ar'de-a  j 

Au-fi-de'na 

Au-gns'taTau- 

ri-no'rum 
Ba'i-se 

Ben-e-ven'tum 
Bo-no'ni-a 
Brun-du'sl-um 
Ca-i-e'ta 
Cal-lip'o-lis 
Cap'u-a 
Car'a-lis 
Cat'a-na 
Clu  si-um 
Co-sen'ti-a 
Cro-to'na 
Drep'a-nura 
Fa-ven'ti-a 
Fel'tri-a 
Flo-ren'ti-a 
Gen'u-a 
Ha'dri-a 
Hyd-run'tum 
Len-ti'ni 
Lil-y-bee'um 


Modern. 

Barcelona 

Calatahul 

Saragossa 

Calahorra 

Oporto 

Carthagena 

Mcala 

Coimbra 

Cordova 

Cadiz 

Seville 


Ancient. 

I-ler'da 

I-tal'i-ca 

Mal'a-ca 

Mun'da 

O-li-sip'po 

Pom'pe-lo 

Sa-gun'tum 

Se-go'vi-a 

Tar'ra-co 

To-le'tum 


Modenr. 
Lerida 
Santiponte 
Malaga 
Monda 
lAshon 
Pampeluna 
Morviedro 
Segovia 
Tarragona 
Toledo 


Italy. 


Girgenti 

Avdlino 

Jlcerema 

Alhano 

Ancona 

Anzio 

Fossa  JVuova 

Aquileia 

Aquino 

Ardia 

Alfidena 

Thinn 

Baia 

Benevento 

Bologna 

Brindisi 

Cajeta 

Gallipoli 

Capua 

Cagliari 

Catania 

Chiusi 

Cosenza 

Crotona 

Trapani 

Faenza 

Feltri 

Florence 

Genoa 

Adria 

Otranto 

Lentini 

Marsala 


Me-di-o-la'num 

Mu'ti-na 

Man'tu-a 

Ne-ap'o-lis 

Mes-sa'na 

No-vs'n-a 

Os'ti-a 

PsBs'tum 

Pa-nor'mus 

Par'ma 

Par-then'o-pe 

Pa-ta'vi-um 

Pi'sa> 

Pla-cen'ti-a 

Pre-nes'te 

Pu-te'o-li 

Ra-ven'na 

Rhe'gi-um 

Sa-ler'num 

Scyl-la-ce'um 

Spo-le'ti-um 

Ta-ren'tum 

Ter-ges'te 

Ter-ra-ci'na 

Ti'bur 

Tri-den'tum 

Tus'cu-lum 

Ve-na'frum 

Ve-nu'si-a 

Ver-cel'l«B 

Ve-ro'na 

Vi-ccn'ti-a 

Vol-o-ter'rse 

Vol-cin'i-um 


Milan 

Modena 

Mantua 

JVaples 

Messina 

JSTovara 

Ostia 

Pesti 

Palermo 

Parma 

JVaples 

Padua 

Pisa 

Picu;enza 

Palestrina 

Pozzuolo 

Ravenna 

Reggio 

Salerno 

SquiUace 

Spoleto 

Tarento 

Trieste 

Terracina 

Tivoli 

Trent 

Frascait 

Venafro 

Venosa 

Vercelli 

Verona 

Vicenza 

Volterra 

Bolsena 


CITIES  AND  TOWNS. 


259 


Illtricum,  &c. 


Ancient  Motlarn. 

Bo-i-o-du'rum     Passau 


Bri-gan'ti-a 
Car-nun'tum 


Brigentz 
Petronell 


Ancient. 

Cu'ri-a 

Ep-i-dau'rus 

Na-is'sus 

Ni-cop'o-lis 

Sa-lo'na 


Modern 
Coire 
Ragusa 

Ntcopolx 
Salona 


Thrace. 


Ab-de'ra  Astrizza  By-zan'ti-um        Constantinople 

Ad-ri-an-op'o-lis  Adrianople  Cal-lip'o-lis  Gcdlipoli 

Ap-ol-lc/ni-a        Sizeboli  Phil-ip-pop'o-lis    FUippopoli 


Macedonia. 


Am-phip'o-lis 

Ap-ol-lo'ni-a 

Be-ra;'a 

Di'um 

Dyr-rach'i-um 


An-ti^'y-ra 

Ar'gos 

Ath'ens 

Au'lis 

Cen'chre-a 

Co-ro'ne 

Cor'inth 

Cyl-le'ne 

Del'phi 

E-leu'sis 

Ep-'-dau'rus 

Gy-the'um 

Her-mi'o-ne 

La^-e-dae'mon 


Emboli 

Polvia 

Veria 

Standia 

Durazzo 


E-des'sa 

Pel'la 

Pot-i-dss'a 

Sta-gi'ra 

Thes-sa-lo-ni'ca 


Greece. 


Aspro-Spitia 
Argo 
Athens 

Megalo-  Vathi 
Kenkri 
Coron 
Corinth 
Chiarcnza 
Castri 
Lepsina 
Pidaura 
KoloJdthia 
Castri 
(see  Sparta) 


La-ris'sa 

Leb-a-de'a 

Leuc'tra 

Me-tho'ne 

Meg'a-ra 

Nau-pac'tus 

Mes-se'ne 

Nau'pli-a    . 

Pa'trse 

Phar-sa'li-a 

Py'los 

Spar'ta 

Thebes 

TrcE-ze'ne 


Edessa 

Jenitza 

Cassandra 

Stavros 

Salonica 


Larissa 

lAodias 

JLivadosta 

Modon 

Megaro 

Lepanto 

Macra-mathia 

^apoli 

Patras 

Farsa 

JVavarino 

?^aleo'Chori 

Thiva 

Damala 


Asia  Minor. 


A-by'dos 

Ad-ra-niyt'ti- 

A-ma'si-a 

A-mi'sus 

An-cy'ra 

An'ti-och 

Ap-a-me'a 

At-ta-li'a 
Be-ri'sa 
Cres-a-re'a 
Cer'a-sus 


A'agara 
um  Adramiti 

Amasia 

Samsoim 

Angora 

Akshchr 
^  Aphiom-Kara- 
I      hissar 

Satalia 

Tocat 

Kaisarieh 

Keresoun 


Chal-ce'don 

Chry-sop'o-lis 

Cib'y-ra 

Cla-zom'i-ne 

Co-los'ste 

Co-ma'na 

Cor-a-ce'si-um 

Dei^be    • 

Eph'c-sus 

Er'y-thrEB 

Eu-pa-to'ri-a 

Ilal-i-car-nas'sus 


Kadi-Kern 

Scutari 

Buruz 

Vomia 

Chonos 

El  Bostan 

Alanieh 

Alah  Dag 

Ajasoluc 

Erethri 

Tchemikeh 

Bodrmn, 


'  '••■'■•hi 


^1 


tm 


CITIES  AND  TOWNS. 


I                           Ancient. 

Modern. 

Ancient. 

Modern  i 

1                  Her-a-cle'a 

Erekli 

Pat'a-ra 

Patera 

i                  I-co'ni-um 

Konieh 

Per/ga 

Kara-hissar 

i                  Is'sus 

Aias 

Per'ga-mus 

Pergamo 

i                  Lamp'sa-cus 

Lampsaki 

Phil-a-del'phi-a 

Alah-Shehr 

ffi                  Mag-ne'si-a  > 

Magnisa 

Pho-coe'a 

Fochea 

Mffi-an'drj  v 

Prusa 

Bursa 

Mag-ne'si-a  ? 
Si-pyl'i-a   ^ 

Guzd-hissar 

Si-no'pe 
Se-leu'ci-a 

Sinob 
Selefke 

Mi-le'tu8 

Mileis 

Smvr'na 

Smyrna 

My-las'sa 

Melasso 

TaPsus 

Tarso 

Nice 

Isnic 

Thy-a-ti'ra 

Akhissar 

Nic-o-me'di-a 

Is-J^ickmid 

Tra-pe'zus 
Stkia. 

Trebisond 

m                  Al-ex-an'dri-a 

Ahxandretta 

Hi-e-rap'o-lia 

Bambouch 

a                  An'ti-och 

Antioch 

La-od-i-ce'a 

Latakia 

H                  Ap-a-me'a 

Famieh 

Pal-my'ra 

W                 E'^-rse'a 

Aleppo 
Bnrovi 

Sa-mos'a-ta 

Samisat 

M                 Ber'y-tus 

Sa-rep'ta 

Sarjrnd 

'm                 Da-mas'cus 

Damascus 

Si'don 

Saxda 

M                  E-me'sa 

Hems 

Trip'o-lis 

Tripoli 

■w 

a                 He-li-op'o-lis 

Balhec 

Tyre 

Sur 

m                 Ep-i-pha'ui-a 

Famieh 

m 

Palestine. 

W                 Ar-i-ma-the'a 

Ramla 

Jez're-el 

Esdraeion 

m                A-zo'tus 

Ezdoud 

Jop'pa 

Jaffa 
J\azareth 

M                 Beth'le-hem 

Bethlehem 

Nazareth 

H                 Em'ma-U8 

Amoas 

Ptol-e-ma'is 

Acre 

M                 Ga'za 

Gaza 

Seph'o-ris 

Sephouri 

M                 Hc'bron 

El  Khnil 

Si'chem,  or 

J^apolose 

H                 Jer'i-cho 

Jericho 

Sy'char 

B            ,    Je-ru'sa-lem 

Jerusalem 

Ti-be'ri-as 
Africa. 

Tabaria 

llk 

W                A-by'dos 

Mndfuni 

Hip'po-Re'gi-U£ 

i  Bona 

HI 

m                Al-ex-an'dri-a 

Alexandria 

Hip'po-Zar'y-tus  Bizerta  . 

wi                 Ar-sin'o-e 

Suez 

Ly-cop'o-lis 

Slut 

1 

?                  Cees-a-re'a 

Shershell 

Pe-lu'si-um 

Tineh 

>j'                  Cap'sa 

Gafsa 

Ptol-e-ma'is 

Tolometa 

Ca-no'pus 

Aboukir 

Sy-e'ne 

Syene 

1 

1                  ^'ir'ta 

Constaniina 

Su-fet'u-la 

t'^aitla 
Dendcra 

m            Cop'tos 

Keft 

Ten'ty-ra 

^                 Croc-o-di-lop'o-li9  3ierftnef-Far.»      Tin'gis 

Tangier 

f?  ■"' 

Cy-re'ne 

Curen 

U'ti-ca 

Boo-Shattet 

Dar'nis 

Derne 

Vac'ca 

Vegia 

He-li-op'o-lis 

Matai'ea 

Za'ma 

Zamdh 

USE  OF  GLOBES.  961 


USE    OF   GLOBES. 

A  Sphere,  or  Globe,  is  a  round  body,  every  point  of  whose  surface 
is  equally  distant  from  a  point  within  the  body,  called  the  centre. 
A  Hemisphere  is  a  half  globe. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  artificial  globes,  the  terrestrial  and  the 
eelestial. 

The  Terrestrial  Globe  is  a  representation  of  the  earth,  having  the 
seas  and  different  countries  delineated  on  it,  as  they  axe  (s.Uuated  on 
the  surface  of  the  earth. 

The  Celestial  Globe  is  an  artificial  representation  of  the  heavens, 
having  the  fixed  stars  drawn  upon  it,  in  their  natural  situation. 

The  Jixis  of  a  globe  is  an  imaginary  line  passing  through  its  cen- 
tre from  north  to  south,  around  which  it  revolves. 

The  Poles  are  the  extremities  of  the  axis,  terminated  by  the  sur- 
face of  the  globe.  One  is  the  north,  and  the  other  the  sotUhpole; 
and  they  are  each  90  degrees  from  the  equator. 

Great  circles  are  such  as  divide  the  globe  into  two  equal  parts. 
These  are  the  equator  or  equinoctial,  the  horizon,  tlie  meridians,  the 
ecliptic,  and  the  two  colures. 

tiess  circles  are  those  that  divide  the  globe  into  two  unequal  parts. 
These  are  four,  the  two  tropics,  and  the  two  polar  circles. 

The  circumference  of  every  circle  is  supposed  to  be  divided  into 
360  equal  parts,  called  degrees ;  each  degree  into  60  equal  parts, 
called  minutes ;  and  each  minute  into  60  equal  parts,  called  seconds. 
They  are  marked  thus,  23°  2&  16'' ;  i.  e.  !23  degrees,  28  minutes, 
and  16  seconds. 

The  Equator  is  an  imaginary  great  circle  of  the  earth,  equi-dis- 
tant  from  the  poles,  dividing  the  earth  into  the  northern  and  southern 
hemispheres. 

The  equator  is  divided  by  the  piincipal  meridian  into  two  equal 
parts  of  180°  each. 

Meridians  are  imaginary  great  cucles  passing  through  the  poles, 
and  perpendicular  to  the  equator. 

Tlie  meridian  of  the  place,  or  the  12  o'clock  hour  circle,  is  the 
meridian  that  cuts  the  horizon  in  the  north  and  south  points.  The 
first  meridian  of  any  country  is  the  meridian  passing  through  the 
capital  of  that  country. 

The  Horizon  is  either  sensible  or  real.  The  sensible  horizon  is  a 
small  circle  which  limits  our  prospect,  where  the  sky  and  land  or 
water  appear  to  meet.  The  real  horizon  is  a  great  circle  which  di- 
vides the  earth  into  the  upper  and  lower  hemispheres. 

The  horizon  is  divided  into  four  equal  parts  of  90°  each,  by  the 
four  cardinal  points.  East,  West,  North,  and  South. 

The  wooden  horizon  of  the  artificial  globe  is  divided  into  three 
parts  ;  tlie  innermost  is  marked  with  all  the  points  on  the  mariner's 
compass  ;  the  next  has  the  names,  characters,  and  figures  of  tlie 
twelve  signs ;  and  the  third  is  a  calendar  of  months  and  days.    By 


'  Mi."- 

if  :•,:•: 

I  .  'J        -I 
■';:?_      •    • 


Jr'ir.'.w.-' 

'.     :    * 
•  \      ■     •• 


*;,•, 


mmmmm 


wmmmKmnFm 


S62 


USE  OP  GLOBES. 


..f 


the  two  last  is  mstintly  seen  the  sign  and  degree  the  sun  is  in  dur- 
ing every  day  in  the  year. 

The  Ecliptic  is  an  imaginary  great  circle  in  the  heavens,  in  the 
plane  of  which  the  earth  performs  her  annual  revolution  round  the 
sun.  s. 

The  ecliptic  is  drawn  on  the  artificial  globe  obliquely  to  the  equa- 
tor, making  with  it  an  angle  of  23°  28'. 

The  twelve  signs  are  the  twelve  equal  parts,  into  which  the  eclip- 
tic is  divided,  each  consisting  of  30°.  i 

The  Zodiac  is  a  broad  belt  in  the  heavens  16°  broad,  in  the  middle 
of  which  is  tlie  ecliptic. 

The  names  and  characters  of  the  12  signs,  and  the  time  of  the 
sun's  entering  them,  are  as  follows : 


1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 
10. 
11. 
12. 


Latin, 

Aries 

Taurus 

Gemini 

Cancer 

Leo 

Virgo 

Libra 

Scorpio 

Sagittarius 

Capricornus 

Aquarius 

Pisces. 


Characters. 

THme. 

r 

March  20th 

8 

April     20th 

n 

May      2l8t 

£o 

June     21st 

a 

JuJy       23d 

^ 

Atjgust  23d 

.n. 

Sept.      23d 

n 

Octob.  23d 

f 

Nov.      22d 

V? 

Dec.      22d 

A*V 

Jan.       20th 

3€ 

Feb.       19th 

English. 
The  Ram 
The  Bull 
The  Twins 
The  Crab 
The  Lion 
The  Virgin 
The  Scales 
The  Scorpion 
The  Archer 
The  Goat 
The  Waterman 
The  Fishes 

The  first  six  are  called  northern  signs,  because  they  are  north  of 
the  equator ;  the  last  six  southern,  because  they  are  south  of  the 
equator. 

The  Colures  are  two  meridians ;  one  passing  through  the  equinoc- 
tial points,  Aries  and  Libra,  called  the  equinoctial  colure ;  the  other 
passing  through  the  solstitial  points,  Cancer  and  Capricorn,  called 
the  solstitial  colure. 

The  Tropics  are  two  less  circles,  drawn  parallel  to  the  equator, 
at  the  distance  of  23°  28' ;  one  north  of  tlie  equator,  called  the  tropic 
of  Cancer ;  the  other  south,  called  the  tropic  of  Capricorn.  These 
circles  show  the  sun's  limits  north  and  south  of  the  equator. 

The  Polar  circles  are  less  circles,  described  round  the  poles,  at 
the  distance  of  23°  28'.  The  northern  is  called  the  arctic  circle,  and 
the  southern  the  antarctic. 

Zones  are  divisions  of  tlie  earth's  surface,  formed  by  the  tropica 
and  polar  circles.  They  are  five,  one  torrid,  two  temperate,  and  two 
frigid  zones. 

The  torrid  zone  is  included  between  the  tropics ;  the  temperate 
zones,  between  the  tropics  and  polar  circles  ;  and  the  frigid,  between 
the  polar  circles  and  the  poles. 

The  Latitude  of  a  place  is  the  distance  from  the  equator,  north  or 
south,  measured  on  a  meridian  towards  either  pole,  reckonrid  in  de- 
grees, minutes,  and  seconds.    It  cannot  exceed  90°. 


I 


USE  OF  GLOBES. 


263 


ime. 

1  20th 
20th 
2lst 
21st 
23d 

St  23d 
23d 
23d 
22d 
22d 
20th 
19th 


The  Longitude  of  a  place  ia  its  distance  from  the  first  meridian, 
cast  or  west,  measured  on  the  equator.    It  never  exceeds  180°. 

A  Climate,  as  used  by  astronomers,  is  a  portion  of  the  earth's  sur- 
face, included  between  two  parallels  of  latitude,  and  of  such  a 
breadth  that  the  longest  day  under  the  parallel  nearest  the  pole,  is 
half  an  hour  longer  than  under  the  other.  There  are  24  such  cli- 
mates between  the  equator  and  each  of  the  polar  circles. 


PROBLEMS  ON  THE  TERRESTRIAL  GLOBE. 

FROBLEM   I. 

Th  find  the  latitude  of  any  place. 

Turn  the  globe,  and  bring  the  place  to  the  engraven  edge  of  the 
brazen  meridian ;  and  the  degree  on  the  meridian  is  the  latitude, 
north  or  south,  as  it  may  be  on  the  north  or  south  side  of  the  equator. 

Thus  the  latitude  of  London  is  51i  degrees  north ;  and  of  SU 
Helena  nearly  16  degrees  south. 

What  is  the  latitude  of  Alexand  ■^  in  Egypt  ?  Athens  ?  Cape  of 
Good  Hope  ?  Cape  Horn  ?  Constantinople  ?  Edinburgh  ?  Ispahan  ? 
Madras  ?  Moscow  ?  Paris  ?  Boston  ?  Philadelphia  ?  Prague  ?  Stock- 
holm ?  Teneriffo  ?  Vienna  ?   Botany  Bay  ? 

PROBLEM  II. 

f 

To  find  (he  longitude  of  any  place. 

Bring  the  place  to  the  brazen  meridian,  and  the  degree  on  the 
equator  shows  the  longitude  from  London. 

Thus  the  longitude  of  Madras  is  80  degrees  east ;  of  Lisbon,  9 
degrees  west. 

What  is  the  longitude  of  Amsterdam  ?  Archangel  ?  Babelman- 
del  ?  Dublin  ?  Gibraltar  ?  Jerusalem  ?  Quebec  ?  Svracuse  ?  Tunis  ? 
Turin?  Upsal? 

PROBLEM    III. 

The  longitude  and  latitude  of  any  place  being  given,  to  find  that 

place. 

Look  for  the  longitude  on  the  equator,  and  bring  it  to  the  brazen 
meridian,  then  under  the  given  degree  of  latitude  will  be  the  place 
required. 

Thus  the  place  whose  longitude  is  30°  17'  east,  and  latitude  31° 
1 1'  north,  is  Alexandria ;  and  the  place  which  has  near  6°  west  lon- 
gitude, and  16°  south  latitude,  is  St.  Helena. 

What  places  are  those  that  have  the  following  longitudes  and 
latitudes:  36°  17'  east  long.,  and  31°  11'  north  lat— 113°  Of  east 
long.,  and  23°  8'  norlh  lat.— 79°  .W  west  long.,  and  a3°  22'  north 
lat.— 8°   30'    west,   and  51°   54'   north   lat— 4°  5'  west,   and   56P 


'i    .«. 


'■ii 


'■A 


i!  ■•',P^,'H 


■,  •■■,lf' 


r^ 


'{ '\ 


1 


I'! 


964 


USE  OF  GLOBES. 


(nearly)  north  laU— 76°  50'  west  long.,  and  12°  south  lat— 8°  3r/ 
west  long.,  and  40°  S'V  north  lat.  ?  What  place  is  that  whose  lon- 
gitude is  nearly  78°  west,  but  which  has  no  latitude  ? 


PROBLEM    IV. 

Tojind  the  difference  of  latitude  of  any  two  places. 

If  the  places  are  in  the  same  hemisphere,  bring  each  to  the  me^ 
ridian,  and  subtract  the  latitude  of  the  one  from  that  of  the  other : 
if  in  differeni  hemispheres,  add  the  latitude  of  the  one  to  that  of  the 
other. 

Thus  the  difterence  of  latitude  between  London  and  Madras  is 
38''  ^ ;  between  Paris  and  Cape  Horn  is  104°  4D'.  What  is  Mic 
difference  of  latitude  between  Copenhagen  and  Gibraltar  ? — be- 
tween London  and  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  ? — between  Berlin  and 
Bristol? — between  Bengal  and  St.  Helena  ? — between  Madrid  ir^d 
Moscow  ? — between  Leghorn  and  Liverpool  ? — between  Pekin  and 
Philadelphia  ? — How  many  degrees  colder  is  St.  Petersburg  than 
NajUes  ? 

PROBLEM    V. 

To  find  the  difference  oflongilude  of  any  tivo  places. 

Bring  one  of  the  places  to  the  bray-en  '.n*^ridian,  and  mark  its  lon- 
gitude ;  then  bring  the  otlier  pince  to  the  meridian,  and  the  number 
of  degrees  betv^een  its  longitude  and  the  first  mark,  is  tlie  difference 
of  longitude:  thus  the  difference  of  loii^ritude  between  London  and 
Constantinople  is  28°  53' ;  between  Constantinople  and  Madras  is 
51°  54'. 

What  is  the  difference  of  longitude  between  Athens  and  Batavia? 
— between  Brest  and  Cape  Horn  ? — between  Charleston  in  South 
Carolina  and  Cork  in  Ireland  ? — between  Rome  and  Cape  Finis- 
terre  ? — between  Canton  and  the  most  northerly  pointoftlie  Orkney 
Islands  ? — between  Morocco  and  Thibet  ? — between  Cape  Bojador 
in  Africa  and  Port  Jackson  New  Holland  ? — between  the  most 
northerly  point  of  Madagascar  and  Otaheite  ? — between  Mecca  and 
Calcutta  ? 

PROBLEM    Vi. 

To  find  the  distance  of  any  two  places  on  the  globe. 

Lay  the  graduated  edge  of  the  quadrant  of  altitude  over  both 
places,  and  the  degrees  between  them,  multiplied  by  OJ36,  will  give 
the  distance  in  English  miles.  Thus  the  distance  between  the  Liz- 
ard point  and  the  island  of  Bermuda  is  4G°,  or  3147  miles  ;  between 
London  and  Jamaica  is  4691  miles. 

What  is  the  distance  between  Samarcand  in  Tartary  and  Pekin? 
■ — between  Warsaw  and  Ascension  Island  ? — between  Nt^rth  Capo 
and  Gibraltar  ? — between  Lisbon  and  Ispahan  ? — between  Rio  Ja- 
neiro and  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  ? — between  Madrid  and  Cairo: — 
between  Boston  and  Cayenne  ? 


USE  OF  GLOBES. 


\i65 


PROBLEM    VII. 

The  hour  al  any  place  being  given,  to  Jind  what  hour  it  ia  at  any 

other  place.* 

Bring  the  place,  wliere  the  hour  b  given,  to  the  brazen  meridian, 
and  set  the  index  of  tlic  hour  circle  to  that  hour,  then  turn  the  globe 
till  the  proposed  place  come  under  the  meridian,  and  the  index  will 
point  to  the  present  hour  at  that  plnce. 

Thus,  when  it  is  twelve  o'clock  at  noon  in  London,  it  is  nearly 
four  in  the  afternoon  at  the  island  of  Mauritius  ;  but  at  Jamaica  it  Is 
only  about  seven  in  liio  morning. 

When  it  is  ten  in  the  forenoon  at  London,  what  is  the  time  at  Cal- 
cutta, Canton,  Pelew  Islands,  Barbadoes,  the  Avestern  side  of  Lake 
Superior,  Owliyhee,  and  Easter  Island  ? 

What  o'clock  is  it  at  New  York,  Moscow,  Cape  Horn,  Genoa,  Syr- 
acuse, and  Leghorn,  when  it  is  midnight  at  Lisbon  ? 

How  much  are  the  clocks  of  Mexico  behind  ours  ? 

When  it  is  twelve  at  noon  at  Port  Jackson,  what  time  is  it  at 
Paris  and  Dublin  ? 

PROBLEM    VIII. 

To  rectify  the  globe  for  the  latitude,  zenith,  and  suns  place, 

1.  For  the  latitude  :  pjlevate  the  pole  above  the  horizon,  according 
to  the  latitude  of  the  place. 

2.  For  the  zenith  :  Screw  the  quadrant  of  altitude  on  the  meridian 
at  the  given  degree  of  latitude,  counting  from  the  equator  towaida 
the  elevated  pole. 

3.  For  the  sun's  place  :  Find  the  sun's  place  on  the  horizon,  and 
then  bring  the  some  place  found  on  the  ecliptic  to  the  meridian,  and 
set  the  hour  index  to  twelve  at  noon. 

Thus,  to  rectify  lor  the  latitude  of  London  on  the  10th  day  of 
May,  the  globe  must  be  so  placed,  that  the  north  pole  shall  be  51^ 

*  When  the  distance  or  difference  of  longitude  between  any  two  places 
is  known,  it  is  easy  to  ascertain  their  dit!erence  of  time  by  calculation.  It 
is  noon,  or  twelve  o'clock,  when  any  place  on  the  globe  is  exactly  towards 
the  sun,  and  the  succession  of  day  and  night,  of  morning,  noon,  and  even- 
ing, may  be  beautifully  shown  by  turning  the  Terrestrial  Globe  in  the  sun- 
shine, or  in  the  light  of  a  fire  or  candle.  But  to  ascertain  exactly  the  num- 
ber of  hours  and  minutes,  by  which,  at  the  same  moment  of  time,  two 
place?  differ,  it  is  necessary  to  divide  the  difference  of  longitude  by  15,  be- 
cause every  15  degrees  is  equal  to  one  hour  of  time  ;  and,  consequently, 
also,  every  degree  is  equal  to  four  minutes  of  time. 

For  example,  when  it  is  noon  at  London,  it  will  be  four  o'clock  in  the 
afternoon  at  all  places  which  have  HO  degrees  of  longitude  east  of  London, 
and  8  in  the  morning  at  all  places  which  have  60  degrees  west  of  I,ondon- 

At  all  places  which  have  180  degrees  diflerencH  of  longitude,  it  will  be 
12  o'clock  at  night,  when  it  is  noon  at  London.     And  in  this  manner,  the 
hour  in  any  part  of  the  world  may  be  calculated,  by  adding  to  the  given 
hour,  when  the  place  is  cast,  and  by  subtracting,  when  It  is  west. 
23 


If       i 


■tM 


'>       '  *! 


m 


:  t 


mi 


^ -V«»!5E?ffie2B^apBL; 


9G6 


USK  OF  GLOBKS. 


degrees  above  the  north  side  of  tlie  horizon ;  then  51i  will  be  H  und 
on  the  zenith  of  the  meridiun,  on  wliich  the  quadrant  must  be 
screwed.  On  the  horizon,  the  lOtli  of  May  nn.swers  to  the  20tli  "( 
Taurus,  which  T  ul  on  the  ecliptic,  and  brinjT  it  to  tlie  rnoridifiu,  and 
get  the  index  to  iwulvc. 

Uectify  the  ^\obc  for  London,  St.  Petershur  ,  ^ludras,  Pckin, 
Oporto,  Venice,  Quebec,  Wasiiington,  Vienna,  Da  M/.ic,  and  Corinth, 
for  the  24th  of  February,  tlic  27th  of  Juno,  and  the  (ith  of  August. 

PROBLEM    IX. 

To  find  ai  what  hour  the  sun  rises  and  sets  any  day  in  the  year,  and 
also  upon  what  point  of  the  compass. 

Rectify  for  the  latitude  and  sun's  place  (Prob.  viii.),  and  turn  the 
sun's  place  to  the  ejustern  edge  of  the  horizon,  and  the  index  will 
point  to  the  hour  of  risintr ;  then  bring  it  to  the  western  edge  of  the 
horizon,  and  the  index  will  show  the  setting. 

Thus,  on  the  Kith  of  March,  the  sun  rises  a  little  after  six,  and 
gets  a  little  before  six  in  the  evening. 

What  time  does  the  bun  rise  and  set  at  St.  Petersburg,  Naples, 
Canton,  Dublin,  Gibraltar,  Teneriff'e,  Boston,  and  Vienna,  on  the 
I5th  of  April,  the  4th  of  July,  and  the  20th  of  November? 

Note. — On  the  2lHt  of  March,  the  sun  rispM  due  east,  and  set^ 
due  west :  between  this  and  tlie  2Jst  of  September,  it  ri.ses  and  sets 
to  the  northward  of  these  points,  and  in  the  winter  months  to  the 
southward  of  them.  When  the  sun's  place  is  brought  to  the  eastern 
or  western  of'.;-  of  the  horizon,  it  marks  the  point  of  the  compass 
upon  wh(<  h  it  fi  les  or  r^ets  that  day. 

PROBLEM  X. 

To  find  the  length  of  the  day  and  nigJU  at  any  time  in  the  year. 

Double  the  time  of  the  sun's  rising,  Avhich  gives  the  length  of  the 
night ;  double  the  time  of  his  setting,  which  gives  the  length  of  the 
day. 

Thus,  on  the  25th  of  May,  the  sun  rises  at  London  about  four 
o'clock,  and  sets  at  eight.  The  length  of  the  night  is  twice  four,  or 
eight  hours  ;  the  length  of  t!u;  day  is  twice  eight,  or  sixteen  hours. 


PROBLEM    XI. 

To  find  all  the  places  to  which  a  lunar  eclipse  is  visible  at  any  in- 

slant. 

Find  the  place  to  which  the  sun  is  vertical  at  that  time,  and  bring 
tliat  place  to  the  zenith,  and  set  the  index  to  the  upper  twelve ; 
then  turn  the  globe  till  the  index  points  to  the  lower  twelve,  and 
the  eclipse  is  visible  to  every  part  of  the  earth  that  is  now  above  the 
horizon. 


THE  CELESTIAL  GLOBE.  2(17 


THE  CELESTIAL  GLOBE. 

As  the  Terrestrial  Globe,  by  turning  on  its  axis,  reprcBonta  the 
real  diurnal  motion  of  tlic  ciirtli,  so  the  Celestial  (ilobo,  by  turning 
on  its  axis,  reprcwonts  the  apparent  motion  of  the  heavens. 

The  tinminal  points  of  Aries  and  Libra  are  called  the  equinoctial 
points,  hocauae  when  the  sun  appears  to  be  in  either  of  them,  the 
(lay  and  ni^rlit  are  equal. 

The  noil  nal  points  of  Cancer  and  Capricorn  are  called  rfolstiti-al 
points,  because  when  the  sun  arrives  at  either  of  thcni,  he  scrnia 
to  stand  still,  or  to  be  at  the  same  heijrht  in  the  heavens,  at  twelve 
o'clock,  at  noon,  for  several  days  together. 

Definition.    The  latitude  of  tiie  heavenly  h 
the  ecliptic,  north  and  south.     The  sun,  b" 
tic,  has  no  latitude. 

Def.     Tl.t!  longitude  of  the  heavenly  bo      ^■- 
ecliptic,  from  the  first  point  of  Aries,  east  ■•«  m^.  f^iyj^^. 

The  longitude  of  the  eun  is  what  is  called,  on  tlie  ttrrcstrial  globe, 
tlie  sun's  place. 


is  measured  from 
vs  ill  the  eclip- 

vioned  on  the 
nd  the  globe. 


PROBLEMS  ON  THE  CELESTIAL  GLOBE. 

PROBLKM  I. 

To  find  the  IntitvJc  and  longitude  of  any  given  star. 

Put  the  centre  of  the  quadrant  on  the  pole  of  the  ecliptic,  nnd  its 
graduated  edge  on  the  given  star;  then  the  arch  of  the  quadrant, 
intercepted  between  the  star  and  the  ecliptic,  shows  its  latitude ; 
and  the  degree  which  the  edge  of  the  quadrant  cuts  on  the  ecliptic, 
is  the  degree  of  its  longitude. 

Thus  the  latitude  of  Rcgulus  is  0°  28'  N.,  and  its  longitude 
nearly  147°. 

PROBLEM  II. 

To  find  any  place  in  the  heavens,  hy  having  its  latitude  and  longitudt 

given. 

Fix  the  quadrant,  as  in  the  last  problem ;  let  it  cut  the  longitude 
given  on  the  ecliptic  ;  then  seek  the  latitude  on  the  quadrant,  and 
the  place  under  it  is  the  place  sought.  Thus,  if  I  am  asked  what 
part  of  the  heavens  that  is,  whose  longitude  is  6()^  SCK,  and  latitude 
5°  2iQf  S.,  I  find  it  is  that  space  which  Aldebaran  occupies. 

Def.  The  declination  of  any  heavenly  body  is  measured  upon 
tlie  meridia"  from  the  equinoctial. 

PROBI.KM  III. 

To  find  the  declination  of  the  sun  or  any  star. 
Bring  the  ^un  or  star  to  the  brazen  meridian,  and  then  as  far  as 


# 


:  ii 


■>'' 


in 


JMMaMltJwff;!  l'J!'H>Pjr-'"fPPWWi<Wriy»* 


*g^'!.w«i."er'.'*ihijtj^ 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0    !S"-  « 


I.I 


2.5 
2.0 


1.8 


IL25  i  1.4    III  1.6 


V 


// 


O 


A 


% 


^ 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


33  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


2G8 


CONSTRUCTION  OF  MAPS. 


it  is  in  degrees  from  the  equinoctial  is  its  declination.  Thus  the 
sun's  declination,  April  19,  is  11°  19^  north.  On  the  1st  of  De- 
cember it  is  2V  54'  south. 

What  is  the  declination  of  the  sun  on  the  10th  of  February,  and 
the  15th  of  May  ? 

Def.  The  right  cucenaion  of  any  heavenly  body  is  its  distance 
from  the  first  meridian,  or  that  which  parses  through  tlie  first  point 
of  Aries,  counted  on  the  equinoctial. 

PROBLEM  IV. 

To  find  the  tight  cucension  of  the  sun  or  of  any  star.  • 
Bring  the  sun's  place,  or  that  of  the  star,  to  the  brazen  meridian ; 

and  the  number  of  degrees  on  the  equator,  between  that  meridian 

ojid  the  first  point  of  Aries,  is  the  right  ascension. 
Thus  the  sun's  right  ascension  on  April  19th  is  27°  3(y ;  on  tlia 

Ist  of  December,  ^47°  S<y. 


CONSTRUCTION  OF  MAPS. 

There  are  four  methods  of  representing  the  Earth's  surface,  viz. 
the  Orthographic,  the  Stereographic,  the  Globular^  and  Mercator'a 
Projections ;  all  of  which  have  their  respective  advantages  and  de- 
fects. The  two  latter  methods  approach  nearest  the  truth,  and 
are  most  generally  in  use. 

Globular  Projection.  The  Globular  Projection  of  the  Sphere  ex- 
hibits its  surface  by  means  of  curve  lines  called  Circles  of  Longi- 
tude, and  Parallels  of  Latitude. 

Mercator's  Projection.  Mercator's  Chart  exhibits  the  projection 
of  the  two  hemispheres,  laid  down  upon  a  plane,  with  all  the  cir- 
cles of  latitude  and  longitude  projected  into  straight  lines.  The 
lines  of  longitude  are  all  equidistant,  and  parallel  to  each  other ;  the 
lines  of  latitude  are  also  all  parallel,  but  not  equidistant. 

PROBLEMS. 

1.  To  divide  a  given  line  into  two  equal  parts. 

Let  A  B,  fig.  1,  be  the  given  line.  With  the  points  A  and  B  as 
centres,  with  any  distance  in  the  compasses  greater  than  half  A  B^ 
describe  the  arcs  intersecting  each  other  in  m  and  n. 

Through  the  points  of  intersection  draw  the  line  m  C  n,  and  it 
will  divide  A  B  into  two  equal  parts. 

2.  To  erect  a  perpendicular  on  a  given  point  in  a  line. 

Let  A  B,  fig.  2,  be  the  given  line,  and  C  the  given  point. 

On  each  side  of  point  C  measure  off  equal  distances  to  a  and  b. 

From  the  centres  a  and  6,  with  any  distance  greater  than  a  C 
or  6  C,  describe  two  arcs  intersecting  each  other  in  c. 

Through  C  and  c  draw  the  line  C  c,  and  it  will  be  perpendicular 
to  the  line  A  B. 


\ 


nes.    The 
)ther;  the 


L  and  B  as 
half  A  B, 

7  n,  and  it 


ne. 

nt. 

a  and  h, 
•  than  a  C 

pendicular 


CONSTRUCTION  OF  MAPS. 


3G0 


3.  To  let  fall  a  perpendicular  froin  a  given  point. 

This  is  the  2d  problem  reversed,  and  one  figure  may  servo  for 
both. 

From  the  given  point  D,  at  any  distance,  describe  an  arc,  inter- 
secting A  B  in  a  and  h. 

Proceed  exactly  as  in  problem  2d,  only  describing  the  arcs  below 
the  line  A  B,  and  the  line  D  C  E  will  be  the  perpendicular  re- 
quired. 

Projection  of  Maps. 

I.  To  draw  a  map  of  the  loorld  on  the  globular  prctjection, 
(See  plate  I.  fig.  3.) 

Isu  Describe  the  circle  N  E  S  W ;  and  draw  right  lines  cut- 
ting one  another  at  right  angles  in  the  centre.  N  S  will  represent 
the  axis  of  the  earth,  and  W  E  the  equator. 

2d.  Divide  each  quarter  of  these  right  lines  into  nine  equal  parts, 
proceeding  from  the  centre  to  the  circumference ;  each  division 
will  represent  ten  degrees,  and  may  be  numbered  accordingly. 
Those  on  the  axis  will  represent  the  latitude,  and  are  to  be  num- 
bered from  the  equator  towards  the  pole,  10,  20,  &c.  Those 
on  the  equator  will  represent  the  longitude,  and  are  to  be  num- 
bered so  as  to  correspond  with  whatever  point  is  fixed  on  as  a 
first  meridian.  Figure  3  is  supposed  to  be  the  western  hemi- 
sphere, and  London  to  be  the  first  meridian;  and  this,  by  the 
usual  method  of  projecting  maps  of  the  world,  will  fix  the  axis  as 
110,  from  whence  the  numbers  are  continued  westward,  120,  130, 
&c. 

3d.  Divide  the  four  quarters  of  the  outward  circle  into  nine  equal 
parts  respectively,  proceeding  from  the  equator  to  the  poles,  and 
number  them  10,  20,  &c. . 

To  draw  the  parallels  of  latitude.  The  general  rule  is,  to  guide 
the  compasses  so  that  the  lines  may  pass  through  the  divisions  in 
the  outward  edges  and  axis  respectively,  from  80  to  90.  This, 
however,  is  attended  with  some  difficulty,  because,  the  radius  of  the 
different  lines  being  different,  each  requires  a  new  centre.  The 
centres  can  be  easily  found  by  the  following  process.  Draw  right 
lines  from  the  divisions  on  the  axis  to  those  on  tlie  circumference 
respectively,  as  a — a,  fig.  3.  Divide  these  right  lines  into  two 
equal  parts,  and  from  the  middle,  6,  let  fall  perpendiculars  to  a  right 
line  extending  from  the  axis  south  or  north,  asbb  c ;  the  places 
where  they  respectively  cut,  will  be  the  centres,  as  c. 

To  draw  the  lines  of  longitude.  Guide  the  compasses  so  that  the 
lines  may  respectively  pass  through  the  divisions  in  the  equator 
and  the  poles.  The  central  points  are  found  exactly  in  the  same 
way  as  the  latitude.    (See  fig.  S,  d  d  e  ef.) 

II.  To  draw  a  map  oftlie  world  on  the  polar  projection. 

(See  plate  I.  fig.  4.) 

Tn  the  polar  projection,  the  northern  and  southern  hemispheres 
23* 


m 


m 


■1 .1 .  la 
ft* 


MM 


■mi 

i'  'Its 


270 


CONSTRUCTION  OF  MAPS. 


ore  projected  on  the  plane  of  the  equator,  the  polea  being  in  the 
centre.  It  is  but  little  used,  as  it  exhibits  the  countries  near  the 
poles  to  the  greatest  advantage,  while  those  near  the  equator, 
which  are  of  more  importance,  are  much  distorted. 

It  is  extremely  simple,  and  is  executed  by  fixing  one  foot  of  the 
compasses  in  the  poles*,  describing  nine  circles  equidistant  from  each 
other,  to  represent  the  parallels  of  latitude,  the  circles  being  ten 
degrees  apart. 

Divide  the  outer  circle,  or  equator,  into  thirty-six  equal  parts, 
and  draw  lines  from  the  pole  to  each  point  in  the  equator.  These 
yriVx  represent  the  meridians  of  longitude. 

III.  To  draw  a  map  of  the  world  on  Mercator's  projection, 
(See  plate  II.  fig.  5.) 

Lay  out  the  map  in  any  size  that  may  be  wanted.  Draw  the  line 
E  W  to  represent  the  equator,  and  the  line  N  S,  for  a  meridian  of 
Ibngitude.  Draw  right  lines  parallel  to  the  line  N  S,  east  and  west 
of  it,  to  represent  10  degrees  of  longitude  each. 

To  draw  the  parallels  of  latitude,  have  recourse  to  the  table  of 
meridional  parts,  page  272,  and  graduate  the  scale  between  them 
agreeably  to  it.  The  principle  on  which  this  table  is  constructed 
is  explained  in  a  note  prefixed  to  it.  Its  practical  application  is  to 
add  the  meridional  parts,  over  60,  to  the  scale  of  every  degree  of 
latitude,  as  you  proceed  north  and  south  of  the  equator.  Thus,  in 
the  first  10  degrees,  there  are  only  3  meridional  parts  over  60; 
that  is,  3  parts  are  to  be  added  to  600.  Between  10  and  20,  22 
are  to  be  added  to  600 ;  between  20  and  30  add  63 ;  between  30 
and  40  add  135 ;  between  40  and  50  add  251 ;  between  50  and  60 
add  453 ;  between  60  and  70  add  837 ;  between  70  and  80  add 
1809;  the  last  is  9  more  tnan  3  times  60,*  extending  the  scale  be- 
tween 70  and  80  to  more  than  4  times  tliat  between  1°  and  10.° 
The  meridional  parts  increase  so  fast  above  80  degrees,  that  it  is 
notjudged  of  importance  to  pursue  the  subject  farther. 

The  projection  being  made,  the  map  is  to  be  filled  up  with  ap- 
propriate matter.  The  few  places  laid  down  in  fig.  5,  will  serve 
as  a  specimen.  Maps  on  this  projection  are  usually  shaded  on  the 
land  side ;  other  maps  on  the  water  side. 


IV.  To  draw  a  map  on  the  compound  projection, 
(See  plate  II.  fig.  6. — fig.  6.  a.  and  fig.  6.  h.) 

This  is  termed  the  compound  projection,  because  it  is  composed 
of  the  polar  projection,  and  plain  projection. 

Having  fixed  upon  your  scale,  measure  off  the  number  of  miles 
agreeably  to  it  between  the  southern  extremity  (supposing  the 
map  to  be  in  the  northern  hemisphere),  and  the  north  pole.  Take 
the  polar  point  as  a  centre  (see  fig.  6.  a),  in  which  fix  one  leg  of 
the  compasses,  and  with  the  other  sweep  the  circular  lines  in  fig. 
6, 30|  35,  40,  45.    Lay  off  the  line  M  L  as  your  centre  meridian. 


|i  tfie 
the 
^ator, 

fthe 

|each 

ten 

krts, 
fhese 


K 


00 

iff 

W 

M 


«tf 


Mercatow       a^fundjnr,  *      froje  c  tian . 


^■nlUJilHI* 


=:i. 


J.9tiiuVj^h 


%Gf, 


A. 


<  m<  on 


« 


Manv 


■M 


^^= 


'IS 

Kjf.6. 


U*      //•       jy»       iS»        *!•        I   O       f»        fO 


Jo'Yfio    0  J*  B  J« 


CanqHwwd.        ftijcctian. 


■r*if 


Jly.  6". 


n#  ii#         105        <•»         ^5  ^o  •>'  40  If         fo         8S 

Plain.  ^      Pt-ctfection. . 


:  "»  if  Ma  *i  '      "^* 


\ 


CONSTRUCTION  OF  MAPS. 


971 


Look  into  the  table  of  miles  in  a  degree  of  longitude  corresponding 
to  every  degree  of  latitude,  page  272,  for  the  uistances  at  30°  ana 
45°  respectively.  Adjust  the  corresponding  distances  to  the  scale 
of  the  map,  and  lay  it  off  on  the  lines  30  and  45  to  the  east  and  west 
of  M  L,  then  draw  right  lines  between  them.  The  circular  lines 
will  represent  the  parallels  of  latitude,  and  the  right  lines  meridians 
of  longitude.  In  some  maps  on  tliis  projection,  the  meridians  of  lon- 
gitude are  drawn  from  the  pole  towards  tlie  equator.  But  this 
method  is  very  erroneous,  as  will  be  seen  by  the  figure.  Fig.  6.  6, 
represents  the  circumference  of  the  compound  projection,  answenng 
to  the  equator,  with  the  distances  laid  off  on  it  agreeably  to  the 
scale  ;  and  the  dotted  lines  running  through  the  western  part  of  fig. 
6,  represent  the  meridians,  projected  from  thence  to  the  centre  or 
polar  point.  When  contrasted  with  the  plain  lines,  which  are  laid 
down  from  measurement,  they  at  once  demonstrate  the  error. 

V.  To  draw  a  map  on  the  plain  prelection. 
(See  Plate  II.  fig.  7.) 

Draw  M  L  as  a  central  meridian,  and  cross  it  at  right  angles  with 
tlie  lines  30  to  45.  Look  in  the  table  of  miles  in  a\degree  of  longi- 
tude corresponding  to  every  degree  of  latitude,  for  the  distances  at 
30°  and  45°  respectively.  Adjust  them,  and  lay  them  off  as  directed 
in  the  compound  projection,  and  draw  right  lines  between  them. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  compound  projection  and  plain  projection 
represent  nearly  the  same  space.  Either  of  them  answers  very 
well  for  a  small  tract  of  country.  When  it  is  large,  other  modifi- 
cations, particularly  the  globular  projection,  and  a  compound  of  the 
globular  projection  and  plain  projection,  are  resorted  to. 


''■it 


•i.?yi( 


%■ 


■■■■!:^fi 


'■'i^i 


■    ■■••  tj 


Note. — The  Jirst  table  on  the  following  page  is  so  constnicted  that 
the  meridional  parts  may  increase^  as  the  distances  between  tb  '  rre- 
ridians  of  longitude  on  the  globe  decrease.  In  this  way,  the  degivcs 
of  latitude  and  longitude  are  made  to  preserve  their  true  proportions 
to  each  other,  the  former  increasing  on  the  map  in  the  same  ratio 
that  the  latter  diminish  on  the  sphere.  In  navigation  books,  there 
are  tables  showing  the  meridional  parts  for  every  mile,  as  well  as 
every  degree  ;  the  parts  in  each  degree,  however,  are  sufficient  to 
show  the  principle,  as  well  as  for  constructing  maps  on  Mercator'a 
projection 


iii-'-' 


\i^'- 


m 


m~. 


979 


TABLE 


4^  the  meridional  parta  in  a  degree  qf  latitude  for  every  degree  of 
longitude,  calculating  each  part  equal  to  a  geographical  mile  at  the 
equator,  60  mUea  to  a  degree. 


Dag 

Mer.  Parta. 

Deg. 

Mer.  Parti. 

Deg. 

Mer.  Parti. 

Deg. 

Mer.  Parti 

1 

60 

22 

1854 

48 

2863 

64 

6089 

1 

120 

28 

1419 

44 

2946 

66 

5179 

180 

24 

148^< 

46 

8080 

66 

6824 

4 

240 

25 

1660 

46 

8116 

67 

5474 

• 

800 

26 

1616 

47 

82C3 

68 

5631 

• 

861 

27 

1684 

48 

8292 

69 

6T95 

T 

421 

28 

1751 

49 

8882 

70 

6966 

• 

482 

29 

1819 

60 

8474 

71 

6J46 

i 

642 

80 

1888 

61 

8669 

72 

6336 

M 

603 

81 

1958 

62 

8665 

78 

6534 

11 

664 

82 

2028 

68 

8764 

74 

6746 

It 

725 

88 

2100 

64 

8865 

76 

6970 

It 

787 

84 

2171 

65 

8968 

76 

7210 

14 

848 

85 

2244 

56 

4074 

77 

7467 

10 

910 

86 

2818 

57 

4183 

78 

7745 

16 

97" 

87 

2393 

68 

4294 

79 

8046 

17 

lOoU 

88 

2468 

69 

4409 

80 

8375 

16 

1098 

89 

2545 

60 

4527 

81 

8739 

16 

1161 

40 

2623 

61 

4649 

82 

9146 

to 

1225 

41 

2702 

62 

4776 

88 

9606 

tl 

1289 

42 

2782 

63 

4005 

84 

10137 

TABLE 

$howing  the  length  qfa  degree  of  longitude  for  every  degree  (flatitudet 

in  geographical  miles. 


g.  Lat 

.  Miles. 

Deg.  Lat. 

Miles. 

.Deg.  Lat. 

Miles. 

Deg.  Lat 

Miles. 

69,96 

24 

54,81 

47 

41,00 

70 

20,62 

59,94 

26 

54,38 

48 

40,15 

71 

19,64 

69,92 

26 

54,00 

49 

39,36 

72 

18,65 

69,86 

27 

53,44 

50 

38,67 

73 

17,54 

69,77 

28 

53,00 

61 

37,73 

74 

16,63 

69,67 

29 

52,48 

62 

37,00 

75 

16,62 

69,56 

80 

61,96 

53 

36,18 

76 

14,61 

59,40 

31 

61,43 

64 

36,26 

77 

13,50 

69,20 

32 

50,88 

55 

84,41 

78 

12,48 

69,18 

83 

60,32 

56 

33,56 

79 

11,46 

68,89 

34 

49,74 

57 

82,67 

80 

10,42 

It 

68,68 

35 

49,15 

58 

31,70 

81 

09,38 

w 

68,46 

86 

48,54 

59 

30,90 

82 

08,36 

14 

68,22 

87 

47,92 

60 

30,00 

83 

07,32 

16 

68,00 

88 

47,28 

SI 

29,04 

84 

06,28 

}? 

67,60 

89 

46,62 

32 

28,17 

85 

06,23 

67,30 

40 

46,00 

63 

27,24 

86 

04,18 

16 

67,04 

41 

46,28 

64 

26,30 

87 

03,14 

16 

66,73 

42 

44,95 

65 

25,36 

88 

02,09 

to 

66,38 

43 

43,88 

66 

24,41 

89 

01,05 

tl 

56,00 

44 

43,16 

67 

23,45 

90 

00,00 

tt 

66,63 

45 

42,43 

68 

22,48 

to 

56,23 

46 

41,68 

69 

21,61 

STATISTICAL   TABLES, 


.i-m 


'h*f.i 


'      v. 


NORTH  AMERICA. 


BRITISH  NORTH  AMERICAN  POSSESSIONS. 


Frovinett,  ^ 

Population 

Town: 

Population. 

Lower  Canada, 

430,000 

Montreal, 

L.  C, 

20,000 

Upper  Canada, 

220,000 

Quebec, 

do. 

22.000 

Nova  Scotia, 

140.000 

Halifax, 

i>    8., 

16,000 

New  Brunswick, 

90,000 

St,  John's, 

N.  B., 

10,000 

Newfoundland  Island, 

80,000 

York, 

U.  C, 

4,000 

St.  John's  or  Prince  ICdward 

'    30,000 

>  ,1 

Kingston, 

uo. 

4,000 

and  Cape  Breton   islands 

Bermudas  Islands, 

10,000 

1,000,000 

The  Russian  Poaaetaions  in  North  America,  are  computed  vo  contain 
about  1,000  Russians  and  60,000  Indians;  the  Danxah  Posaeaaiona, 
6,000  Danes  and  10,000  Indians;  the  French  Posaeaaiona  (the  small 
islands  of  Miouelon  and  St.  Pierre,  near  the  coast  of  Newfoundland), 
about  1,000  inhabitants. 

MEXICO. 


Population  of  t 
CitUo.                  Pop. 
Mexico,             160,000 
Puebla,                70,000 
Guadalaxara,      60,000 
Guanaxi;ato,       36,000 

he  republic 

dtieo. 
Queretaro, 
Zacatccaa, 
Guaxaca, 
Yalladolid, 

of  Mexico,  . 
Pop. 
36,000 
33,000 
24,000 
18,000 

.  .8,00«.000. 

atiM. 
Yera  Cruz, 
Oholula, 
Duraugo, 
Xalapa, 

Pop. 
16,000 
16,000 
13,000 
18,000 

GUATIMALA,  OR  CENTRAL  AMERICA. 


Population  of  Guatimala,  or  Central  America,  .  .   .  2,000,000. 

Cities.                    Pop. 

CUiei                       Pop. 

Cities.                      Pop. 

Guatimala,           60,000 

Leon,                  38,000 

Cartago,              26,000 
Yera  Paz,           12,000 

San  Salvador,      39,000 

Chiquimula,       37,000 

I 


■  I 

-•  i  I 


'  ...1 


' ' ''  Ik 


h. 

-',  • 

'■'in 
!Vl3  1 


'  ;■.' 


■■.vi>''; 


WEST 

INDIES. 

Pop. 

Towns. 

Pop. 

Hayti,  Independent, 

936,000 

Havannah, 

180,000 

Spanish  Islands, 

929,000 

St.  Juan  de  Porto  Rico, 

40,000 

British      do. 

800,000 

Kingston, 

83,000 

French     do. 

228,000 

St.  Pierre, 

29,000 

Danish     do. 

38,000 

Port  Republican, 

26,000 

Dutch       do. 

32,000 

St.  Jago  de  Cuba, 

20,000 

Swedish    do. 

8,000 

Yilla  del  Principe, 

20,000 

2,970,000 

Cape  Haytien, 

15,000 

For  a  Tabular  Yiew  of  the  principal  of  the  West  India  Islanda,  see 
page  83 ;  and  for  the  United  States,  see  the  following  pages 


■•^1,^ 


Vf 


'.I 


476 


STATISTICAL  TABLES. 


UNITED  STATES. 


TABLE  I. 

POPVLATION    OF    THE    DIFF£RENT    STATES    AND    TERRITORIES, 
ACCORDING    TO    FiVE    ENUMERATIONS. 


StaUa  and  Terti- 

Pop. 

Pop. 

Pop. 

Pop. 

Pop. 

toriea. 

1790. 

1800. 

1810. 

1820. 

1830. 

Maine 

96,540 

151,719 

228,705 

298,335 

399,402 

N.  Hampshire 

141,885 

183,858 

214,460 

244,161 

269,533 

Vermont 

85,539 

154,465 

217,895 

235,764 

280,679 

Massachusetts 

378,787 

422,845 

472,040 

523,287 

610,014 

Rhode  Island 

68,825 

69,1 22 

76,931 

83,0.'>9 

97,210 

Connecticut 

237,946 

251,002 

261,942 

275,248 

297,711 

New  "V  ork. 

340,120 

586,050 

959,049 

1,372,812 

1,913,508 

New  Jersey 

184,139 

211,149 

245,562 

277,575 

320,779 

Pennsylvania 

434,373 

602,545 

810,091 

1,049,313 

1,347,672 

Delaware 

59,094 

64,273 

72,674 

72,749 

76,739 

Maryland 

319,728 

345,824 

380,546 

407,350 

446,913 

Virginia 

747,610 

880,200 

974,622 

1,065,366 

1,211,272 

N.  Carolina 

393,951 

478,103 

555,.500 

638,829 

738,470 

S.  Carolina 

249,073 

345,591 

415,115 

502,741 

581,458 

Georgia 

82,548 

162,686 

252,433 

340,989 

516,567 

Alabama     ) 
Mississippi ) 

— 

8,850 

40,352 

(127,901 
I   75,448 

308,997 
136.806 

Louisiana 

— 

— 

76,556 

153,407 

215,57.:) 

Tennessee 

— 

105,602 

261,727 

420,813 

684,822 

Kentucky 

73,677 

220,959 

406,511 

564,317 

688.844 

Ohio 

— 

45,366 

230,760 

581 ,134 

9f57o79 

Indiana 

— 

4,651 

24,520 

147,178 

311,582 

Illinois 

— 

215 

12,282 

55,211 

157,575 

Missouri 

— 

— 

19,783 

66, .586 

140,074 

Michigan  Ter. 

— 

551 

4,762 

8,896 

31,206 

Arkansas  Ter. 

— 

— 

1,062 

14,273 

30,383 

D.  of  Columb. 

— 

14,093 

24,023 

33,039 

39,858 

Florida  I'er. 
Total, 

— 

— 

— 

— 

34,723 

3,929,326 

5,309,758 

7,239,903 

9,638,166 

12,856,171 

1st  Ce 

2a 

3d 

4th 

5th 


1st  < 

2a 
3a 

4th 
5th 


Remark. 

The  first  complete  census  of  the  United  Slates  was  taken  in  1790. 
The  population  of  the  Thirteen  States,  at  the  time  of  the  Declaration  of 
Independence,  was  not  far  from  2,600,000. 


L 


UNITED  STATES. 


'Xir 


m 
m 


TABLE  II. 

The  Total.  Population  and  the  Number  of  Slaves  in  the 
United  States  at  different  Periods,  with  th"  restective 
Increase. 


1st  Census, 

1790, 

Total  Pop. 
3,929,326 

Inr.rm.'ii', 

Rate 
pr.  ct. 

2d        do. 
3d        do. 
4th      do. 
5th      do. 

1800, 
1810, 

1820, 
1830, 

5.309,758 

7,239,903 

9,()38,1«6 

12,85(),1G5 

1790 
1800 
1810 

1820 

to 
to 
to 
to 

1800, 
1810, 

1820, 
1830, 

1,308,232 
1,930,345 
2,398,263 
3,217,!)01) 

35.1 
36.3 
33.1 
33.4 

Slaves, 

1st  Census, 
2d        do. 
3d        do. 
4th      do. 
5th      do. 

1790, 
1800, 
1810, 
1820, 
18.30, 

697,697 

896,849 

1,191,364 

1,538,036 

2,010,436 

1790 
1800 
1810 

1820 

to 
to 
to 
to 

1800, 
1810, 
1820, 
1830, 

199,152 
294,516 
346,627 
420,400 

28.7 
32.1 
29.1 
30,7 

TABLE  HI. 

The  Population  of  the  several  States  and  Territories  in 
1830,  THE  Number  of  Square  Miles,  the  Population  to  a 
Square  Mile,  and  the  Number  jF  Slaves  in  1830. 


Population. 


New  York, 

Pennsylvania, 

Virginia, 

Ohio, 

N.  Carolina, 

Kentucky, 

Tennessee, 

Massachusetts, 

S.  Carolina, 

Georgia, 

Maryland, 

Maine, 

I-ndiana, 

New  Jersey, 

Alabama, 

Connecticut, 

Vermont, 

N.  Hampshire, 

Louisianii, 

Illinois, 

Missouri, 

Missidslppi, 

Rhode  Island, 

Delaware, 

Columbia,  D. 

Florida  T. 

Michigan  T. 

Arkansas  T. 


1,914,000 

1,348,000 

1,211,000 

938,000 

738,000 

689,000 

685,000 

610,000 

581,000 

517,000 

447,000 

399,000 

342,000 

321,000 

309,000 

298,000 

281,000 

270,000 

216,000 

158,000 

140,000 

137,000 

97,000 

77,000 

40,000 

35,000 

32,000 

30,000 


L. 


12,850,000 


Si;.  MilCi. 

Pop.  to  Sq. 

Mile. 

Slaves, 

Va.        66,000 

Mass. 

81 

Va.     469,724 

Mo.       63,000 

R.  I, 

75 

S.  C.  31-5,665 

Geo.      61,000 

Ct. 

62 

N.  C.  246,462 

111.         5?,000 

Md. 

41 

Geo.    217,470 

Ala.       51,000 

N.  Y. 

40 

Ken.   165,350 

N.  C,    50,000 

N.J. 

40 

Ten.    142,382 

Mis.      48,000 

Del. 

36 

Ala.     117,294 

La.        48,000 

Pa. 

29 

La.      109,631 

N.  Y.  4-3,000 

N.  H. 

28 

Md.     102,878 

Pa.        47,000 

Vt. 

27 

Mis.    m,cm 

Ten.      43,000 

Ohio, 

24 

Mo.       24,990 

Ohio,     39,000 

s.  c. 

19 

Del.        3,305 

Ken.     38,000 

Va. 

18 

N.  J.      2,246 

Ind.       34,000 

Ken. 

18 

111.              748 

Me.       32,000 

Ten. 

16 

Pa.             38(5 

S.  C.     30,000 

N.  C. 

15 

N.  Y.          46 

Md.       11,000 

Me. 

12 

Ct.                23 

Vt.        10,200 

[nd. 

10 

R.  I.            14 

N.  II.     9,500 

Geo. 

H 

Me.               0 

N.  J.       8,000 

Ala. 

6 

N.  II.            0 

Mass.      7,500 

La. 

4 

Vt.                  0 

Ct.           4,800 

111. 

3 

Mass,            0 

Do!.        2,100 

Mis. 

3 

Ohio,             0 

R.  I.        1,300 

Mo. 

2 

ind.                0 

Ar.  T.  60,000 

Flo.  T.  15,510 

Flo.  T.  55,000 

D.  C.      6,050 

Mi.  T.  38,000 

Ar.  T.     4,578 

D.  C.         100 

Mich.  T.     27 
2.010.43f. 

'     '  '   "  '^  i 

■III 


PI 


a*! 


ii'M 


m 


I 


24 


■' '  ■ ; » 

■Ml 

v: 


278 


STATISTICAL  TABLES. 


Remarks  on  Table  III. 

1.  More  than  half  of  the  country  belonging  to  the  United  States,  con- 
sists of  terii'.ory  not  al  all,  or  but  little  settled,  and  not  yet  formed  into 
Hti'tes.  The  whole  of  the  territory  is  estimated  to  consist  of  upwards  of 
2,000,000  square  miles. 

2.  The  population  of  the  JVorth-west  or  Huron  Territory,  amounting 
to  3,688,  is  included  in  the  Table  with  the  population  of  Michigan  Terri- 
tory;  but  in  (he  second  column  the  square  miles  are  given  only  of  the 
peninsula  of  Michigan,  not  including  the  North-west  Territory. 


TABLE  IV. 

POPULATIOX  OF  THE  PRINCIPAI    ToWNS  IN  THE  SEVERAL  StATES. 


Alaine. 

Portland,  12,600 

Augusta,  4,000 

Hallowell,  4,000 

Bath,  3,800 

Saco,  3,200 

Belfast,  3,100 

Bangor,        ^  2,900 

Eastport,  2,400 

JV.  Hampshire. 

Portsmouth,  8,100 

Dover,  5,400 

Concord,  3,700 

Exeter,  2,800 

Vermont. 

BurHngton,  3,500 

Middlebury,  3,500 

Bennington,  3,400 

Windsor,  3,100 

iMontpelier,  3,000 

Massachusetts. 

Boston,  61,400 

Salem,  13,900 

Charlestown,  8,800 

New  Bedford,  7,600 

Springfield,  6,800 

Lowell,  6,500 

Newburyport,  6,400 

Cambridge,  6,100 

Tmnton,  6,000 

Murblehcaa.  5,100 

'SVorcester,  4,200 

Rhode  Island. 

Providence,  16,800 

Newport,  8,000 

Bristol,  3,000 

Connecticut. 

New  Haven,  10,600 

Hartford,  9,600 


Middletown,  6,900 

New  London,       4,300 
Norwich,  3,100 

JVeto  York. 

New  York,  203,000 

Albany,  24,200 

Brooklyn,  12,400 

Troy,  11,400 

Rochester,  9,300 

Buffalo,  8,600 

Utica,  8,300 

Hudson,  6,400 

Ithaca,  5,300 

Poughkeepsie,  5,000 

Auburn,  4,500 

Schenectady,  4,300 

JVew  Jersey. 
Newark,  10,900 

Patterson,  7,700 

New  Brunswick,  6,000 
Trenton,  4,000 

Elizabethtown,      3,500 

Pennsylvania. 
Philadelphia,     167,000 
Pittsburg,  17,400 

Lancaster,  7,700 

Reading,  5,900 

Harrisburg,  4,300 

York,  4,200 

Easton,  3,500 

Chambersburg,     2,800 
Carlisle,  2,500 

Pottsville,  2,500 

Delaware. 
Wilmington,  6,600 

Dover,  1,000 

Maryland. 
Baltimore,  80,600 


Fredericktown,  4,400 
Hagerstown,  3,400 
Annapolis,  2,600 

District  of  Columbia. 
Washington,  18,800 
Georgetown,  8,400 
Alexandria,  8,200 

Virginia. 


Richmond, 

16,100 

Norfolk, 

9,800 

Petersburg, 

8,300 

Wheeling, 

6,200 

Lynchburg, 

4,600 

Winchester, 

3,500 

Fredericksburg, 

3,300 

JVorth  Carolina. 

Newbern, 

3,800 

Fayetteville, 

2,900 

Wilmington, 

2,600 

Raleigh, 

1,700 

South  Carolina. 

Charleston, 

30,300 

Columbia, 

3,300 

Georgetown, 

2,000 

Georgia. 

Savannah, 

7,800 

Augusta, 

6,700 

Milledgeville, 

2,100 

Mahama. 

Mobile, 

3,100 

Mississippi. 

Natchez, 

2,800 

Louisiana 

. 

New  Orleans, 

46,300 

9,  con. 
led  into 
v&Yth  of 


UNITED  STATES. 


Tennessee. 
Nashville,  5,600 

Knoxville,  2,000 

Kentucky. 
Louisville,  10,100 

Lexins^ton,  6,100 


279 


Maysville, 
Fraril  "Ht, 
Br        wn> 

Ohio. 

2,000 

2,000 
1,600 

Dayton, 
Steubenville, 
Chillicothe, 
Columbus, 

3,000 
2,900 
2,800 
2,400 

Cincinnati, 
Zanesville, 

24,800 
3,100 

Missouri. 
St.  Louis, 

5,900 

The  population  of  the  above  towns  is  given,  in  round  numbers,  accord- 
ing to  the  census  of  1830. 


I 

■I 
■11 

', 

.;<l 

■  i 

1' 

S 

If: 


-'■> 


Twenty  Largest  Towns. 


New  York, 

203.000 

Albany, 

24,200 

Brooklyn, 

12,400 

Philadelphia, 

167,000 

Washington, 

18,800 

Troy, 

11,600 

Baltimore, 

80,600 

Pittsburg, 

17,400 

Newark, 

10,900 

Boston, 

61,400 

Providence, 

16,800 

New  Haven, 

10,600 

New  Orleans, 

46,300 

Richmord, 

16,100 

Louisville, 

10,100 

Charleston, 

30,300 

Salem, 

13,900 

Rochester, 

9,300 

Cincinnati, 

24^00 

Portland, 

12,600 

■■  't- 


'    ■••■;|f 


».'5  A 


.:  m 


m 


■m 


f^ 


m 


m. 


.  T*.--.i!i*j;Swr^E&»i= 


280 


STATISTICAL  TABLES. 


TABLE  V. 


Commerce. 


Domestic  Produce  exported  during  the  Year 
ending  Sept.  30,  1829. 

Produce  of  Agriculture, $43,955,000 

"       "    Manufactures, 6,025,000 

"       "   the  Forest 3,682,000 

«'       "   the  Sea, 1,817,000 

Articles  not  distinguished,     221,000 


Total, $55,700,000 

Principal  Articles  of  ..Agricultural  Produce 
exported  in  1829. 

Cotton, $26,575,000 

Wheat,  flour,  rye,  Indian  corn,  &c.  .  .  7,149,000 

Tobacco 4,983,000 

Beef,  pork,  cattle,  horses,  &c 2,563,000 

Rice 2,514,000 

Countries  to  which  the  Domestic  Produce  of  the 
United  States  teas  chiefly  exported  in  1829. 


England, 

France, 

Cuba, 


$21,281,000 
8,895,000 
3,719,000 


Netherlands,  3,096,000  Brazil, 


Brit.  Am.  Col.  $2,724,000 
Hanse  T.,  &c.  1,998,000 
Danish  W.  Ind.1,942,000 


1,510,000 


Exports  in  1829. 

,119,000 

,386,000 

,255,000 

,175,000 

,981,000 

,804,000 

,787,000 

,693,000 

928,000 

808,000 

738,000 

564,000 

458,000 

390,000 

106,000 

56,000 

8,000 

7,000 

2,000 


N.  Y. 

$20 

La. 

12 

Mass. 

8 

S.  C. 

8 

Geo. 

4 

Md. 

4 

Va. 

3 

Al. 

1 

D.  Col. 

Vt. 

Me. 

N.  C. 

Conn. 

R.  L 

N.  H. 

Fl.  T. 

N.J. 

Del. 

Ohio, 

Remarks. 

1.  About  two  thirds  of  the  shipping  of  the  United  States,  belong  to 
JVew  England  and  JVew  York.  The  three  states  which  possess  the 
greatest  amount  of  shipping,  and  which  are  most  concerned  in  active  com- 
merce, are  Massachusetts,  JVVw  York,  and  Maine. 

2.  The  six  most  commercial  cities  in  the  United  States  are,  JVew  York, 
Boston,  Philadelphia,  Baltimore,  JVew  Orleans,  and  Charleston. 

3.  Boston  exports  the  greatest  part  of  the  surplus  produce  of  Massa- 
chusetts, and  also  a  considerable  part  of  that  of  New  Hampshire  and 
Vermont. 

4.  The  city  of  JVew  York  is  the  outlet  for  the  produce  not  only  of  the 
state  of  New  York,  but  of  a  great  part  of  New  Jersey,  a  portion  of  that  of 
the  western  part  of  New  England,  and  also  a  portion  of  that  of  the  West- 
ern States. 

5.  The  greater  part  of  the  produce  of  the  Western  States,  Intended  for 
exportation,  is  sent  to  JVeio  Orleans  i  but  much  of  it  goes  to  New  York, 
Philadelphia,  and  Baltimore. 


UNITED  STATES. 

TABLE  VI 
Canals  and  Rail-Roads. 


281 


Canals. 

Places  connecttd. 

Mil. 

Cumberland  &  Oxford, 

Me. 

Portland  and  Sebago  Lake. 

20 

Middlesex, 

Mass. 

Boston  and  Chelmsford. 

30 

Blackstone, 

Ms.  &  R.  L 

Worcester  and  Providence. 

45 

Farmington  &  Hamp- 
shire &  Hampden, 

Ms.  &  Ct. 

New  Haven  and  Northamp. 

87 

Hudson  and  Er  e. 

N.  Y. 

Albany  and  Buffalo. 

860  1 

Delaware  and  Hudson, 

do. 

Delaware  and  Hudson  rivers. 

65 

Champlain, 

do. 

Albany  and  Whitehall. 

64 

Oswego, 

do. 

Oswego  and  Salina. 

38 

Seneca, 

do. 

Seneca  Lake  and  Erie  Canal. 

20 

Morris, 

N.J. 

Easton,  Pa.  and  Newark. 

86 

Pennsylvania  Cfanal  8r 
Rail-road, 

Penn. 

Middletown  and  Pittsburg. 

20G 

Schuylkill, 

do. 

Philadelphia  and  Mt.  Carbon. 

108 

Phila.  &  Susq.  Rail-r. 

do. 

Philadelphia  and  Columbia. 

80 

Union, 

do. 

Reading  and  Middletown. 

78 

Delaware, 

do. 

Easton  and  Bristol. 

Lehigh, 

do. 

Easton  and  Stoddartsville. 

46 

Little  Schuylkill, 

do. 

Schuylkill  R.  and  Coal  Mines. 

24 

Conestoga, 

do. 

Lancaster  &  Susquehannah  R. 

18 

Port  Deposit, 

do. 

Port  Deposit  &  Maryland  line 

10 

Chesapeake  &  Dela, 

Del. 

Delaware  &  Chesapeake  bays. 

14 

Susquehannah  Rail-r. 

Md. 

Baltimore  and  the  Susquchan. 

Baltimore  and  Ohio  do. 

Md.  &  Va. 

Baltimore  and  the  Ohio. 

350 

Chesapeake  &  Ohio, 

Va.  &  Md. 

Washington  and  the  Ohio. 

342 

Dismal  Swamp, 

Va.&N.C. 

Norfolk  and  Elizabeth  City. 

22 

Santee, 

S.  C. 

The  Santee  and  Cooper  rivers. 

22  1 

South  Carolina  Rail-r. 

do. 

Charleston  and  Hamburg. 

120 

Savannah,  Ogeechee  &, 
Alatamaha, 

Geo. 

Savannah  &  Alatamaha  rivers. 

72 

Ohio, 

Ohio, 

Portsmouth  and  Cleveland. 

306 

Miami, 

do. 

Cincinnati  and  Dayton. 

65 

Remarks. 

1.  Most  of  the  above  Canals  are  already  completed  and  in  operatior  ; 
but  the  Rail-roads,  and  the  Hamjyshire  and  Hampden,  Morris,  Peni  ■ 
eylvania,  Delaware,  Chesapeake  and  Ohio,  and  Ohio  Canals,  are  in  pro- 
gress, but  not  yet  (1831)  finished.  There  are,  in  addition  to  the  above, 
various  other  Canals  and  Rail-roads  already  completed,  more  or  less  im- 
portant, in  different  parts  of  the  country. 

2.  The  Miami  Canal,  which  is  now  completed  from  D  <.cinnati  fo 
Dayton,  is  designed  to  be  extended  to  the  Maumee.  "' 

3.  Several  other  important  canals  and  rail-ro- '  jected  ir» 
various  parts  of  the  United  States,  some  of    '  ogress. 

24* 


...  I  ■] ; 

mi 


■!t=-  -.^r 


mm 


•J' 

■■-'■  ii  I 


m 


ma^m*m~iv  *,■  'trntiff^ 


mlm'ji 


389 


STATISTICAL  TABLES. 


r 


TABLE  VIL 

Colleges  in  the  United  States,  with  the  Date  of  Incorpo- 
RATION,  Number  of  Students  or  Undkugraduates  in  1830, 
AND  Number  of  Volumes  in  the  College  Libraries  and 
Students'  Libraries. 


Namt, 


Bowdoin, 

Watervilie, 

Dartmouth, 

Univ.  of  Vermont, 

Middlebury, 

Harvard  University, 

Williams, 

Amherst, 

Brown  University, 

Yale, 

Washington, 

Columbia, 

Union, 

Hamilton, 

Geneva, 

College  of  N.  J., 

Rutgers, 

Univ.  of  Pennsylv. 

Dickinson, 

Jefferson, 

Western  University, 

Washington, 

Alleghany, 

Madison, 

St.  John's, 

St.  Mary's, 

Gieorgetown, 

Columbian, 

William  and  Mary, 

Hampden-Sydney, 

Washington, 

University  of  Virginia 

University  of  N.  C, 

Charleston, 

College  of  S.C, 

University  of  Georgia, 

Alabama  University, 

Jefferson, 

Louisiana, 

Greenville, 

Univ.  of  Nashville, 

E.  Tennessee, 

Transylvania, 

Centre, 

Augusta, 

Cumberland, 

St  Joseph's, 

Georgetown, 

University  of  Ohio, 

Miami  University, 

Western  Reserve, 

Kenyon, 

Bloomington, 

Illinois, 


Place. 


Brunswick, 

Watervilie, 

Hanover, 

Burlington, 

Middlebury, 

Cambridge, 

Williamstown, 

Amherst, 

E'rovidence, 

New  Haven, 

Hartford, 

New  York. 

Schenectaay, 

Clinton, 

Geneva, 

Princeton, 

N.  Brunswick, 

Philadelphia, 

Carlisle, 

Canonsburg, 

Pittsburg, 

Washington, 

Meadville, 

Union  Town, 

Annapolis, 

Baltimore, 

Georgetown, 

Washington, 

Williamsburg, 

Prince  Ed.  Co. 

Lexington, 

Charlottesville, 

Chapel  Hill, 

Charleston, 

Columbia, 

Athens, 

Tuscaloosa, 

Washington, 

Jackson, 

Greenville, 

Nashville, 

Knoxville, 

Lexington, 

Danville, 

Augusta, 

Princeton, 

Bardstown, 

Georgetown, 

Athens, 

Oxford, 

Hudson, 

Gambler, 

nioomington, 

Jacksonville, 


Me. 
do. 
N.  H. 
Vt. 
do. 
Mass. 

do. 

do. 
R.  r. 

Conn. 

do. 
N.  V. 

do. 

do. 

do. 
N.J. 

do. 
Penn. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 
Md. 

do. 
D.  C. 
do. 
Va. 

do. 

do. 

do, 
N.  C. 

s.  c. 

do. 
Ga. 
Ala. 
Mis. 
La. 
Tenn. 

do. 

do. 
Ken. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 
Ohio. 

do. 

do. 

do. 
Ind. 
II. 


Found- 
ed. 

*stu- 
daili. 

Foif.  in 

VoUeet 

Libraru. 

1794 

132 

8,000 

1820 

31 

l,7tt<) 

1770 

137 

3,5  JO 

1791 

39 

1,000 

1801) 

80 

],!M;) 

1638 

247 

35,(MK) 

1793 

90 

2,-.':V) 

1821 

207 

2,200 

17f)4 

105 

0,1: 10 

1700 

a59 

8,5!  10 

18^6 

74 

5,0)0 

i;54 

140 

4,(»0 

1795 

227 

5,100 

1812 

78 



1826 

29 

520 

1746 

73 

8,000 

1770 

60 



1755 

97 

—t 

1783 

20 

2,000 

1802 

116 

700 

1820 

60 

— 

1806 

31 

400 

1815 

6 

8,000 

1829 

70 

^ 

1784 

63 

«. 

1799 

120 

10,000 

1799 

140 

7,000 

1821 

50 

4,000 

1693 

100 

3,600 

1774 

90 



1812 

23 

700 

1819 

131 

8.000 

1791 

69 

1,^00 

1785 

69 

3,000 

1801 

97 

7,000 

1785 

117 

2,500 

1820 

— 



1802 

98 

— 

1794 

— . 

3,500 

1803 

71 

2,000 

— 

21 

340 

1798 

143 

2,350 

1823 

66 

1,258 

1823 

35 

1,500 

1825 

120 

1,000 



150 



._ 

35 



]«03 

45 

— 

hm 

53 

1,000 

182!) 

60 

1,000 

1^28 

80 

— 

1828 

51 

— 

1829 

20 

103,764 

4,624 

Koli.  in 
SKtdmti' 
Libraria. 


4,300 

.%0 

8,000 

2,322 

4,605 
1,769 
3,780 
5,562 
9,000 
1,200 
580 
8,250 

630 


5,000 

1,800 

50 

525 


600 

1,500 

3,000 
1,000 

2,250 


500 
200 
1,500 
108 
550 
600 


1,200 


70,681 


Undergraduates,  not  including  medical,  theological,  and  law  students. 


UNITED  STATES. 


283 


I,  J 


TABLE  VIII. 
Theological.  Seminaries. 


J\rame. 

Place. 

Denomna- 
tion. 

Com. 
oper- 
ation, 

1816 
1808 
1824 
1825 
1822 
1819 
1821 
1820 
1816 

1812 
1826 

182.5 
1828 

1824 
1829 
1821 
1829 
1827 
1829 

Stu. 
in 

1880. 

14 

138 
36 
IG 
49 
20 
58 
76 
9 
24 

124 

8 

14 
35 

22 
643 

Vols. 

in 

Lib. 

Bangor  Theol.  Sera. 
TheoIogicalSeminary, 
Theological  School, 
Theol.  Institution, 
Theol.  Dep.  Yale  Col. 
Theol.  Ins.  Epis.  Ch. 
Th.  Sem.  of  Auburn, 
HamiltonLit.&Th.In 
Hartwick  Seminary, 
Th.Sem.Du.Ref.Ch. 
Th.Sem.  Pr.Ch.U.S. 
Sem.  Luth.  Ch.  U.  S. 
German  Reformed, 
West.  Th.  Seminary, 
Epis.  Th.  School  Va. 
Union  Th.  Seminary, 
South.  Th.  Seminary, 
South.West.  Th.Sem. 
Lane  Seminary, 
Rock  Spring, 
Hanover, 

Bangor,         Me. 

Andover,       Mass. 
Cambridge,     do. 
Newton,          do. 
New  Haven,  Con. 
New  York,    N.Y. 
Auburn,          do. 
Hamilton,       do. 
Hartwick,       do. 
N.Brun3wick,N.J. 
Princeton,       do. 
Gettysburg,    Pa. 
York,              do. 
Alleghany  T.  do. 
Fairfax  Co.    Va. 
Pr.  Ed.  Co.     do. 
Columbia,      S.  C. 
Maryville,     Ten. 
Cincinnati,     Ohio, 
Rock  Spring,  11. 
New  Madison, In. 

Cong. 

Cong. 

Cong.Unit. 

Baptist, 

Cong, 

Prot,  Epis. 

Prcsbyt. 

Baptist, 

Lutheran, 

Dutch  Ref. 

Presbyt. 

Evang.  L. 

G.Ref.Ch. 

Presbyt. 

Prot.  Epis. 

Presbyt. 

do. 

do. 

do. 
Baptist, 
Presbyt. 

1,200 
6.000 
1,500 

8,000 
3,650 
3,550 
1,300 
900 

6,000 
6,000 
3,600 

550 
1,200 

43,350 

TABLE  IX. 

Medical.  Schools. 


JVame. 

Place. 

Prof, 

Students. 

ATaine  Medical  School, 

Brunswick, 

4 

New  Hampshire  Medical  School, 

Hanover, 

3 

103 

Medical  Society  Univ.  Vermont, 

Burlington, 

3 

40 

Vermont  Academy  of  Med. 

Castleton, 

4 

Mass.  Med.  Col.  Harv.  Univ. 

Boston, 

5 

91 

Berkshire  Med.  Ins.  Wra.  Col. 

Pittsfield, 

7 

100 

Med.  Dep,  Yale  College, 

New  Haven, 

5 

61 

Col.  Phys.  and  Surg.  N.  Y. 

New  York, 

7 

113 

Rutgers  Med.  Fac.  Gen.  Col. 

New  York, 

6 

Col.  Phys.  and  Surg.  W.  Dist. 

Fairfield,  N.  Y. 

5 

160 

Med.  Dep.  Univ.  Penn. 

Philadelphia, 

9 

420 

Med.  Dep.  Jefferson  College, 

Canonsburg, 

5 

121 

Med.  Dep.  Univ.  Md. 

Baltimore, 

6 

Med.  Col.  Charleston,  S.  C. 

Charleston, 

130 

Med.  Dep.  Transylvania  Univ. 

Lexington, 

6 

200 

Med.  College  of  Ohio, 

Cincinnati, 

6 

113 

Law  Schools. — At  Cambridge,  Ms,,  JVew  Haven,  Litchfield,  Ct., 
Philadelphia,  Williamsburg,  Va,,  Charleston,  S.C,  and  Lexington,  Ken, 

Number  of  Students  in  College,  in  Proportion  to  Population. 


Eastern  States, 
Middle  States, 


1  stud,  to  1,231  inh. 
1      do.     3,465  do. 


Southern  States,  1  stud.  lO  7,232  inh. 
Western  States,  1     do.      6,060  do. 


'\ 


III, 


m 


i  ■.'"^■'■:)l 


m 


wis' 


'.-..AX 


364 


STATISTICAL  TABLES. 


TABLE  X. 
Religious  Denominations. 


Denominations . 

Min, 

Ch.or 

Commu- 

Pi'pula- 

2,914 

Cong, 
4,384 

nicants. 

tinn. 

Calvinistic  Baptists, 

304,827 

2,743,453 

Methodist  Episcopal  Churcli, 

1,777 

476,000 

2,60t),000 

Presbyterians,  General  Assembly, 

1,700 

2,158 

173,329 

1;800,000 

Congregationalists,  Orthodox, 

1,000 

1,270 

140,000 

1,260,000 

Protestant  Episropal  Church, 

500 

700 

600,000 

Universalists, 

150 

300 

500,000 

Roman  Catholics, 

500,000 

Lutherans, 

205 

1,200 

44,000 

400,000 

Christ-ians, 

200 

800 

25,000 

275,000 

German  Reformed, 

84 

400 

17,400 

200,000 

Friends,  or  Quakers, 

400 

200,000 

Unitarians,  Congregationalists, 

150 

160 

176,000 

Associate  and  other  Methodists, 

350 

86,000 

176,000 

Free-will  Baptists, 

300 

400 

16,000 

150,000 

Dutch  Reformed, 

159 

194 

17,888 

126,000 

Mennonites, 

200 

30,000 

120,000 

Associate  Presbyterians, 

74 

144 

15,000 

100,000 

Cumberland  Presbyterians, 

50 

75 

8,000 

100,000 

Tunkers, 

40 

40 

3,000 

30,000 

Free  Communion  Baptists, 

30 

3,600 

30,000 

Seventh-day  Baptists, 

30 

40 

2,000 

20,000 

Six  Principle  Baptists, 

25 

30 

1,800 

20,000 

United  Brethren,  or  Moravians, 

23 

23 

2,000 

7,000 

Millennial  Church,  or  Shakers, 

45 

15 

6,000 

New  Jerusalem  Church, 

30 

28 

5,000 

Emancipators,  Baptists, 

15 

600 

4,500 

Jews,  and  others  not  mentioned, 

150 

50,000 

The  above  Tabular  View  of  the  number  of  Ministers,  Churches  or 
Congregations,  Communicants,  and  Population,  belonging  to  the  different 
Religious  Denominations  in  the  United  States,  is  taken  chiefly  from  the 
"  Quarterly  Register  of  the  American  Education  Society"  for  Feb.  1831. 
The  population  is  given  chiefly  by  estimate. 


TABLE  XL 
Principal.  Libraries. 


Cambridge  Univ.  Library, 
Philadelphia  Library, 
Boston  Athenaeum, 


Vols. 
35,000 
30,000 
25,000 


Vols. 
New  York  Library,  22,000 

National  Lib.,  Washington,  16,000 
Charleston  Library,  13,000 


The  public  libraries,  in  the  United   States,  are  small,  compared  with 
some  of  the  largest  in  Europe. 


too 
loo 
foo 
m 
m 


SOUTH   AMERICA. 


SOUTH  AMERICAN  STATES. 


Slates.  Populatwn, 

Brazil, 4,000,000 

Colombia 3,000,000 

United  Provinces,  &c.    .  2,000,000 
Peru, 1,600,000 


States.  Population, 

Bolivia, 1,200,000 

Chili 800,000 

Guiana,  English,  Dutch, 
and  French, 250,000 

Total,  ....  12,950,000 


Population  of  the  Chief  Towns. 


Brazil. 
Rio  Janeiro, 
St.  Salvador, 
Pernambuco, 
Sergipe, 
St.  Paul, 
Cuyaba, 
Para, 
Maranham 


150,000 
120,000 
60,000 
36,000 
30,000 
30,000 
28,000 
26,000 


Colombia. 


Quito, 
Bogota, 
Caraccag, 
Popayan, 


70,000 
50,000 
30,000 
25,000 


Carthagena, 

Maracaybo, 

Riobamba, 

Cumana, 

Cuenca, 

Barcelona, 

Guayaquil, 


25,000 
22,000 
20,000 
20,000 
15,000 
15,000 
15,000 


United  Provinces 
Buenos  Ayres,    80,000 


St.  Juan, 
Monte  Video, 
Assumption, 

Peru. 

Lima, 


19,000 

10,000 

9,000 


60,000 


Cuzco,  30,000 

Arequipa,  30,000 

Guamanga,  25,000 

Bolivia. 

Chuquisaca,  30,000 

Charcas,  30,000 

Potosi,  26,000 

La  Paz,  20,000 

Chili. 

Santiago,  40,000 

Valparaiso,  10,000 

Conception,  10,000 

Guiana. 

Paramaribo,  20,000 


tl  '  ! 


m 


■  I 


:^    1: 


I  ;.        ■>  -i 


:,;'  k 


i  1^, 


Remarks. 

1.  The  population  of  most  of  the  countries  of  South  America,  is  not  ac- 
curatelj'  ascertained,  and  is  variously  stated  by  different  writers. 

2.  Humboldt,  several  years  since,  estimated  the  numbers  of  the  different 
races  of  the  inhabitants  of  all  America  as  follows  : — 

Whites  {of  European  origin) ,  1 3 ,47 1 ,000 

Indians  (mostly  subdued),  8,610,000 

Negroes  (mostly  slaves),  6,433,000 

Mixed  races,  6,428,000 

Total,    34,942,000 

3.  The  number  of  independent  Indians  is  uncertain,  but  is  supposed  to 
be  from  one  to  two  millions. 

4.  The  JSTegro  slaves  in  America  are  found  chiefly  in  the  United  States, 
the  West  Indies,  Brazil,  and  Guiana. 

5.  The  population  of  America  may  be  stated  at  about  40  millions, 
namely.  North  America,  24,000,000;  South  America,  13,000,000;  the 
West  Indies,  3,000,000.  The  present  population  of  America  may,  per- 
haps, rather  exceed  this  number;  some  estimate  it  considerably  higher, 
while  otiicrs  absurdlv  reduce  i-t  as  low  as  25  millions. 


^:  '•   ■.'I 

■a 


EUROPE. 

TABLE  I. 
The  GovERifMENT,  Religion,  and  Reigning  Sovereions,  with 

THE    DaTK9   or   THEIR   BiRTH    AND    ACCESSION,  OF  THE  PrINCI" 

PAL  States  or  Europe. 


Gov&riimmt, 

Religion. 

Sovereign. 

Birtli 
1764 

1818 

Sweden, 

Constitu.  Mon. 

Lutheran, 

*CharlesXIV. 

Russia, 

Absolute  Mon 

Greek  Ch. 

tNicholas  L 

1796 

1823 

Poland, 

do. 

Catholic. 

Denmark, 

do. 

IjUtheran, 

Frederick  VL 

1768 

1808 

Great  Britain, 

Constitu.  Mon. 

Protestant, 

^William  IV. 

1765 

ls:jo 

Holland, 

do. 

do. 

"William  L 

1772 

18i:] 

Belgium, 

do. 

Catholic, 

"Leopold, 

1790 

1S31 

Prussia, 

Absolute  Mon. 

Protestant, 

*Fred.Wm.IIL 

1770 

1797 

Hanover, 

Lira.  Mon. 

Lutheran, 

ITing  of  Eng. 

Saxony, 

do. 

do. 

*Fred.  Aujj. 

1797 

18.30 

Baden, 

do. 

Cath.  &  Prot. 

tCh.  Leo.  Fred. 

1790 

is:{0 

Wurtemberg, 

Constitu.  Mon. 

Lutheran, 

"William, 

1781 

181() 

Bavaria, 

do. 

Catholic, 

*Louis, 

1786 

182.3 

Austria, 

Absolute  Mon. 

do. 

tFrancis, 

1768 

1792 

Switzerland, 

Republic, 

Prot.  &  Cath. 

France, 

Constitu.  Mon. 

Catholic, 

*Louis-Philip, 

177.3 

18.30 

Spain, 

Absolute  Mon. 

do. 

"FcrdinandVIL 

1784 

1808 

Portugal, 

do. 

do. 

"Miguel, 

1802 

1828 

Sardinia, 

do. 

do. 

"Ch.  Felix, 

1765 

1821 

Tuscany, 

do. 

do. 

tLeopold  II. 

1797 

1824 

States  of  Ch. 

do. 

do. 

Gregory  XVI. 

1765 

18.31 

Two  Sicilies, 

do. 

do. 

"Francis, 

1777 

1825 

Turkey, 

do. 

Mahometan, 

tMahmoud  II. 

1785 

1808 

Greece, 

Republic, 

Greek  Ch. 

§Capo  d'lstria, 

1780 

1828 

Thi  *  denotes  Kings ;  f  Emperors ;  J  Orand-Dukes  ;  and  $  President, 

Remarks. 

1.  Holland  and  Belgium,  together,  constituted  the  kingdom  of  the 
JVetherlands,  from  1814  to  1830,  when  the  Belgians  declared  their  country 
independent. 

2.  The  present  government  of  Greece  went  into  operation  in  1828  ;  but 
the  form  of  government  is  regarded  as  only  temporary. 

3.  The  inhabitants  of  the  kingdom  of  Saxony  are  mostly  Protestants, 
though  the  reigning  family  has  long  been  Catholic.  About  two  thirds 
of  the  inhabitants  of  the  grand-duchy  of  Baden  are  Catholic,  but  the 
reigning  family  is  Protestant. 

4.  More  than  one  third  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  kingdom  of  Prussia, 
nearly  one  third  of  those  of  Wwr^emfeer^,  and  more  than  one  fourth  of 
those  of  the  united  kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  are  Catholics. 

5.  About  three  fifths  of  the  inhabitants  of  Switzerland  are  Protestants. 
Russia  contains  a  considerable  number  of  Catholics,  and  also  of  Protest- 
ants ;  France  and  Bavaria  about  a  million  of  Protestants  each  ;  Austria 
about  3  millions  of  Protestants,  and  3  millions  of  the  Greek  Church; 
and  about  two  thirds  of  the  inhabitants  of  T^irfr ey  are  of  the  Greek  Church. 

6.  Sweden,  JVorway,  and  Denmark  contain  very  few  Catholics  ;  and 
Spain,  Portugal,  and  the  Italian  States,  very  few  Protestants. 

7.  Jews  are  found  in  all  the  countries  of  Europe;  but  more  than  half  of 
the  European  Jews  reside  within  the  ancient  limits  of  Poland. 


EUROPE. 


387 


I  •,  it 


iM 


TABLE  II. 
The    Population,     Squaiik    Miles,    and    Population    to    a 


f 


SciuARE  Mile,  o» 

•  THE  Principal  States  or  Europe 

t 

Firpiltation. 

Si/uare  Milet. 

Pni),  to  &/.  Mile. 

KusHia,           5U,00(),()0U 

Russia, 

1,600,000 

Belgium, 

297 

Fiance,         32,00(),(>00 

Sweden  &.  N. 

290,000 

Saxony, 

241 

Austria,         32,000,000 

Austria, 

260,000 

Holland, 

211 

Gr.  Britain,  21,300,000 

France, 

215,000 

Wurteinberg, 

197 

Spain,            14,000,000 

Turkey, 

190,000 

Baden, 

18G 

Prussia,         12,700,000 

Spain, 

180,000 

Great  Britain, 

180 

Turkey,          9,000,000 

Great  Britain, 

118,000 

Tuscany, 

168 

Two  Sicihcs,  7,000,000 

Prussia, 

108,000 

Two  Sicilies, 

166 

Sardinia,         4,300,000 

Poland, 

47,000 

Sardinia, 

152 

Poland,            4,100,000 

Two  Sicilies, 

42,000 

France, 

149 

Bavaria,          4,000,000 

Portuf^al, 

3(»,500 

States  of  Church, 

147 

Sweden  &N.  3,800,000 

Bavaria, 

31,000 

Switzerland, 

133 

Belgium,         3,600,000 

Sardinia, 

28,300 

Bavaria, 

129 

Portugal,        3,500,000 

Denmark, 

21,000 

Austria, 

123 

States  of  Ch.    2,500,000 

Greece, 

18,000 

Prussia, 

117 

Holland,          2,300,000 

States  of  Ch. 

17,000 

Hanover, 

100 

Switzerland,  2,000,000 

Switzerland, 

15,000 

Portugal, 

96 

Denmark,        2,000,000 

Hanover, 

15,000 

Denmark, 

96 

Hanover,         1,500,000 

Belgium, 

12,100 

Poland, 

87 

Wurtemberg,l,500,000 

Holland, 

10,900 

Spain, 

72 

Saxony,           1,400,000 

Tuscany, 

8,300 

Turkey, 

47 

Tuscany,         1,300,000 

VVurteinberg, 

7,600 

Greece, 

33 

Baden,             1,100,000 

Baden, 

5,900 

Russia, 

81 

Greece,             600,000 

Saxony, 

5,800 

Sweden  &  Norway,  13 

Remarks. 

1.  Russia,  in  this  Table,  does  not  include  Jlsiatic  Russia  nor  the  king- 
dom of  Poland.  Geographers  differ  rei^pecting  the  boundary  between 
European  and  Asiatic  Russia;  but  in  this  Table,  European  Russia  is  taken 
in  its  largest  sense,  including  about  6  millions  of  inhabitants  which  some 
authors  assign  to  Asiatic  Russia.  The  whole  Russian  empire,  in  Europe 
and  Asia,  including  also  (he  kingdom  of  Poland,  is  computed  to  contain 
about  60  millions  of  inhabitants. 

2.  Denmark,  in  the  Table,  does  not  include  Iceland  and  the  Faroe 
islands,  which  together  contain  a  population  of  about  55,000. 

3.  The  archduchy  of  Luxemburg  (pop.  292,000),  which  belonged  to 
the  late  kingdom  of  the  Netherlands,  and  is  now  claimed  by  Belgium,  is 
not  included,  in  the  Table,  in  cither  Holland  or  Belgium. 

4.  For  a  view  of  the  small  German  States,  which  are  not  included  in 
this  Table,  see  page  120. 

5.  The  small  Italian  States,  not  included  in  the  Table,  are  Parma 
(pop.  437,000),  Modena  (pop.  377,000),  Lucca  (pop.  145,000),  and  St. 
Marino  (pop.  7,000). 

6.  The  population  of  the  Ionian  Republic  is  computed  at  176,000;  that 
of  the  Republic  of  Cracow  at  127,000. 

7.  The  population  of  the  British  Islands  is  given  according  to  the  enu- 
meration of  1821.  The  population  of  most  of  the  other  states  of  Europe  is 
accommodated  to  a  more  recent  date. 


'  4 


I' 


li 


[■•:*.■ 


i2r>  I 


388 


ST ATISTIC AI.  T A  HLEgi. 


8.  The  following);  viow  cxliil)itM  the  extent  und  pupulatiun  of  the  «Uirvr< 
ent  parts  of  the  British  Empire  : 

Square  Mileg,      Pop.toX  Sq.M.       Pirfmlatwn. 


Ennlaiid,  30,000  229 

Walc8,  8,000  91 

Scotland,  30,000  71 

Ireland,  80,000  229 

Malta,  Gibraltar,  and  Helicolaud, 
Foreign  PosHcssionH,  out  oi  Europe, 

Total, 


11,4H7,000 

731,000 

2,133,000 

6,817,000 

110,000 

116,000,000 

137,310,000 


TABLK  HI. 

Thk  Population  oii'  the  Principal,  Citie.-*  and  Towns  of  thk 

DIKFEUENT  COUNTKIES   OK  EuROPE. 


JVorway. 


Bergen, 

21,000 

ChriHtlauiu, 

20,000 

Sweden. 

Stockholm, 

79,000 

Gottenhurg, 

21,000 

Runsia 

St.  Petersburg, 

320,000 

Moscow, 

250,000 

Riga, 

47,000 

Odessa, 

•10,000 

Kiev, 

40,000 

Tula, 

38,000 

Cronstadt, 

30,000 

Jarosldvl, 

28,000 

Kazan, 

2')  ,000 

Kaluga, 

25,000 

Kursk, 

25,000 

Wilna, 

23,000 

Tver, 

24,000 

Poland 

. 

W-\.saw, 

133,000 

Cracow, 

26,000 

Denmark. 
Copenliagen,     104,000 
Altona,  23,000 

Holland. 


Ainsterdarn, 

Rotterdam, 

The  Ha}!,  le, 

Utrecht, 

Leyden, 

Groninff' n, 

Harlem, 


201,000 
60,000 
49,000 
34,000 
29.000 
2'J  00 
V.-%oOO 


litliiium. 

Brussels,  ^  80,000 

Antwerp,  66,000 

Ghent,  61,000 

Liege.  50,000 

Bruges,  34,000 

Tournay,  27,000 

Mons,  20,000 

England. 
London,  1,225,000 


Manchester, 

Liverpool, 

Birniingbaiu 

Bristol, 

Leeds, 

Plynioui.li, 

Norwich, 

Hull, 

Portsmouth, 

She  meld, 

Nottingham, 

Bath, 

Newcastle, 

Leicester, 

Preston, 

Brighton, 

Exeter, 

Stockport, 

Bolton, 

Blackburn, 

Coventry, 

Greenv/ich, 

York, 

Chester, 

Dcp'ford, 

Shiewsbury, 


l.'{4,000 
119,000 
(  ,'7,000 
88,000 
84,000 
01,000 
50,000 
45,000 
42,000 
42.000 
40,000 
37,000 
36,000 
30,000 
25,000 
24,000 
23,000 
22,000^ 
22,000 
22,000 
21,000 
21,000 
20,000 
20,000 
20,000 
20,000 


Yarmouth, 

18,000 

Oxfonl, 

16,000 

Cambridge, 

14,000 

Canterbury, 

13,000 

Scotlam 

F. 

Glasgow, 

147,000 

Edinburgh, 

138,000 

Paisley, 

47,000 

Aberdeen, 

45,000 

Dundee, 

31,000 

Greenock, 

22,000 

Perth, 

19,000 

Dunfermline, 

14,000 

Kilmarnock, 

13,000 

Inverness, 

12,000 

Falkirk, 

12,000 

DumfrioM, 

11,000 

Montrose, 

10,000 

Ireland 

Dublin, 

227,000 

Cork, 

101,000 

Limerick, 

59,000 

Belfast, 

37,000 

Waterford, 

29,000 

Gal  way. 

28,000 

Kilkenny, 

2.1,0i)0 

Drogheda, 

5  ^  »>'^0 

Londond  ""^•'^ 

n.'.oo 

Prussia. 

Berlin,  236,000 

Breslau,  90,000 

Kdnigsberg,  68,000 

Cologne,  64,000 

Dantzic,  62,000 

Magdeburg,  44,000 


ET  Ropa 


Alx-b-Chapcllo, 37,000 


Stettin, 
Dusnelilorr, 
PotMlain, 
Poscn, 

llalle, 
Krfurt, 
Klhiii^, 
Muiistcr, 


32,000 
2»,000 
20,(H)U 
.  25,000 
24,(N)0 
21,(M)0 
lU.OOO 
1>',000 


Frankfort  {Oder)  10,000 

Hanover. 
Hunovor, 
Kmden, 


Sax'ny. 


26,000 
12,000 

f.«,(i00 
41,000 


Zo^edin,  //mh/?. 32,000 
Th«'rc!sicnst.,</o.  30,000 
lUu'.a,  do.  28,000 

S.-heninit/,  U,     20.000 

('ionHtiult,7\o;».  2-),00O 
('laiisenI)iir^,«/<  20,04X1 
Herniansliult,^/'    Z^.OOO 

Milan,  n<il//. 
Venice,  di> 
Verona,  do. 
I'aduu,  do. 
HrcNcia,  do. 
Ht'r^ranio,  do. 
Vicenza,  do, 
(Jrornoria,  do. 
Mantua,  do. 
Pavia,         do. 


Free  Cities. 
:    II        ig,  120,000 

FranI,  iMt./1/ame 54,000 
Hremon,  40,000 

Lubeck,  22,000 


Small  States. 


BrunHwick, 

Mentz, 

Cassel, 

Manhtilm, 

Ciirlsrnlie, 

Darmstadt, 


30,000 
27,000 
26,000 
21,000 
20,000 
20,000 


JVurtemberg. 
Stuttgard,  25,000 

Uiin,  12,000 

Bavaria. 
Munich, 
Nuremberg, 
Augsburg, 
Ratisbon, 
Bamberg, 
Wurizburg, 


Austria. 

Vienna,  Gey. 

Prague,  do. 

Trieste,  do. 

Giatz,  do. 

Bruiin,  do. 

Lintz,  do. 


75,000 
40,000 
33,000 
26,000 
20,000 
20,000 

nio.'joo 

117  000 
40,000 
40,000 
3H,000 
20,000 


Lemberg,  Gal.  55,000 


Pest,  Hung. 
Debretzin,  do. 
Presburg,  do. 
Ketskemet,  do. 


61,000 
42,W)0 
35,00«t 
32,000 


nyon,  24,000 

Aix,  23.(NN) 

Tourfi,  21,<N)0 

Havre  dc  (irKre,  2I,<M)0 


Spain. 


I  |o,0(H) 
1 13,000 
4M,000 
41,000 
33,00ii 
81,000 
29,000 
27.(K)0 
25,000 
22,000 

b'witzerland. 


(jfeneva, 

Berne, 

Bale,  or  Basil, 

Zurich, 

Lausanric, 

IVance. 
Paris, 
Lyons, 
Marseilles, 
Bourdeaux, 
Rouen, 
Nantes, 
Lille, 
Toulouse, 
Strasburg, 
■Metz, 
Amiens, 
Orleans, 
Nismes, 
Caen, 
Rheinis, 
Montpellier, 
St.  Eticnne, 
Avignon, 
Toulon, 
Clermont, 
Angers, 
Versailles, 
Nancy, 
Rennes, 
Besan(;on, 
Troyes, 
Brest, 
Limoges, 
Dunkirk, 
Montauban, 


25,000 
IH.OOO 
16,000 
10,000 
10,000 

890,600 
160,0(K) 
116,000 
94,000 
87,000 
72,000 
70,000 
70,000 
50,000 
45,000 
42,000 
40,000 
38,000 
38,000 
38,000 
36,000 
31,000 
31,000 
31 ,000 
30,000 
30,000 
30,000 
29,000 
29,000 
29,000 
26,000 
26,000 
25,000 
2h,000 
25,000  i 


Madrid, 

Baii-vl>;nAi 

HeviUe, 

Granada, 

Valencia, 

Malaga, 

Saragussa, 

Cordova, 

Murcia, 

Valladolid, 

Rcuss, 

Carthagena, 

Toledo, 


201 ,000 

100,000 

96,000) 

70,0(M) 

m.ooo 

60.0(H) 
62.<M»0 
45,04  to 
36.000 
36,000 
30,000 
30,4)00 
29,004* 
25,04W» 


Portugal. 

Lislwii,  240,000 

Oporto,  80,00<» 

Coind)ra,  15,04K> 

Km,  of  Sardinia. 
Turin,  ll8,0i»« 

Uenoa,  80,00  0 

Alexandria,         30.4)4K> 
Cagliari,  27,000 

Tuscany. 
Florenoe,  79,000 

Leghorn,  61,000 

States  of  the  Church. 
Rome,  142,000 

Bologna,  63,000 

Ancona,  30,000 

Two  Sicilies. 
Naples,  357,000 

Palermo,  152,000 

Catania,  45,000 

Messina,  45,000 

Trapani,  24,00(» 

Turkey  in  Europe. 
Constantinople,  500,000 
100,000 


Adrianople, 

Salonica, 

Bucharest, 

Bosna-Serajo, 

Sophia, 

Yanina, 

Sh'imla, 

Belgrade, 


70,000 
60,000 
60,000 
50,000 
40.000 
4«»,000 
30,000 


¥ 


:m 


■■'  ! 


'11 


290 


STATISTICAL  TABLES. 


1 

Twenty  Chief  Cities. 

London,           1,225,000 

Lisbon, 

240,000 

Lyons, 

160,000 

Paris,                  890,000 

Berlin, 

236,000 

Rome, 

142,000 

Constantinople,  500,000 

Amsterdam, 

201,000 

Edinburgh, 

138,000 

Naples,              357,000 

Madrid, 

201,000 

MancheHter, 

134,000 

St.Peter3burgh,320,000 

Dublin, 

229,000 

Milan, 

140,000 

Vienna,             310,000 

Palermo, 

152,000 

Warsaw, 

135,000 

Moscow,            250,000 

Glasgow, 

147,000 

TABLE  IV. 

Universities. 


•n 

I; 

i 


Sweden. 

Si 

New  Aberdeen,* 

213 

Strasburg,* 

813 

udents. 

Old  Aberdeen,* 

187 

Montpellier, 

730 

Upsal,* 

1,525 

St.  Andrew's,* 

180 

Dijon, 

409 

Lund,* 

JVarway. 
Christiania,* 

631 
549 

Ireland. 
Dublin,* 

Germany. 

1,254 

Rennes, 
Caen, 
Poitiers, 
Aix, 

360 
270 
200 
117 

Russia. 

Vienna, 

1,900 

Bourdeaux, 

103 

Kiev,f 

1,500 

Berlin,* 

1,800 

Besan^on, 

76 

Moscow, t 

891 

Munich, 

1,776 

Lyons, 

70 

Dorpat,t 

612 

Prague, 

1,440 

Rouen, 

65 

Helsingfors,* 

471 

Halle,* 

1,.330 

Amiens 

Charkov,t 

318 

Leipsic,*" 

1,400 

Angers 

St.  Petersburgh, 

f     311 

Bre8iau,t 

1,200 

Bourges 

Kazaa,t 

81 

Gottingen,* 

1,264 

Cahors 

Poland. 

Bonn,]: 

1,002 

Clermont 

Lemberg, 

1,012 

Tubingen,* 

874 

Douay 

Warsaw, 

660 

Fryburg, 

667 

Grenoble 

Brzesc,  Jeivish, 

400 

Jena,* 

650 

Limoges 

Olyka, 
Cracow, 

350 

Heidelberg,* 

602 

Metz 

241 

Giessen,* 

558 

Nancy 

7 

Denmark. 
Copenhagen,* 

578 

Wurtzburg, 

Erlangen,* 

Konigsberg,* 

513 

449 
441 

Nismes 
Orleans 
Pau, 

Holland. 

Munster, 

400 

Spain. 

' 

Utrecht,* 

456 

Kiel,* 

380 

Valencia, 

1,569 

Leyden,* 

323 

Marburg,* 

347 

Valladolid, 

1,247 

Groningen,* 

314 

Innspruck, 

352 

Saragossa, 

1,175 

Belgium. 
Lou  vain, 

Gratz, 

321 

Conipostella, 

1,054 

580 

Rostock,* 

150 

Seville, 

870 

Liege, 
Ghent, 

461 

Greifswalde,* 

134 

Granada, 

812 

363 

Furth,  Jetoish, 

85 

Cervera, 

573 

England. 

I  Cambridge," 

5,263 

Hungary. 
Pest, 

1,710 

Huesca, 

Oviedo, 

Salamanca. 

'  5^57 
420 
418 

Oxford,* 

5,2^9 

Switzerland. 

Alcala. 

864 

London,* 

437 

Bale,  or  Basil,* 

114 

Onate, 

270 

Scotland. 

France. 

Toledo, 

257 

Edinburgh,* 

2,242 

Paris, 

1,626 

Palma, 

177 

[Glasgow,* 

609 

Toulouse, 

1,604 

Orihuela, 

124 

EUROPE. 


201 


i. 


Ii.'l« 


'■..1    ilf-!'' 


<^: 


Portugal. 

Genoa, 

420 

Macerata, 

150 

Coimbra, 

1,604 

Padua, 

410 

Camarino, 

150 

Palermo, 

400 

Fenno, 

\m 

Italy. 

Catania, 

300 

Ferrara, 

150 

Pavla, 

1,376 

Sienna, 

259 

Naples, 

1,365 

Sassari, 

248 

Ionian  Islands 

Turin, 

811 

Cagliari, 

243 

Corfu,t    . 

211 

Bologna, 

680 

Florence, 

200 

Koine, 

469 

Parma, 

200 

Pisa, 

450 

Perugia, 

200 

.m 


■'-v. 


m 


•  1  i  1 


■ft- 


Remarks. 

1.  The  universities  marked  with  *  are  Protestant ;  with  t,  of  the 
Greek  Church;  with  t,  mixed,  or  purtly  Protestant  and  partly  Catholic; 
the  others  are  Catholic. 

2.  Of  the  above  universities,  75are  Catholic ;  33  Protestant ;  7  of  the 
Greek  Church ;  2  mixed ;  and  2  Jewish. 

3.  The  number  of  students  in  these  universities  is  here  stated  accord- 
ing to  the  Weimar  Almanac  for  1830,  except  in  cases  in  which  more 
recent  information  could  be  obtained. 

4.  In  France,  the  name  o{  university  is  limited  to  Paris,  and  the  provin- 
cial establishments  are  styled  academics,  though  they  are  constituted  like 
the  universities  of  other  countries. 

6.  The  universities  of  Germany,  as  well  as  a  great  part  of  the  other  uni- 
versities in  Europe,  are  resorted  to  chiefly  for  the  study  of  professional 
education,  and  are  constituted  very  differently  from  the  most  of  the  insti- 
tutions in  this  country  which  are  styled  universities. 

6.  Education  in  classical  learning,  in  Europe,  is  pursued  chiefly  in  semi- 
naries of  lower  rank  than  universities,  as  gymnasiums,  high  schools,  &c. 


'Jl 


TABLE  V. 
PRiiifCiPAL.  Libraries. 


Volumes. 

Voluviex. 

Munich,  Royal, 
Paris,  Royal, 

400,000 

Copenhagen,  Royal, 

270,000 

400,000 

Dresden,  Royal, 

250,000 

Vienna,  imperial. 

320,000 

Berlin,  Royal, 

200,000 

Gottingen,  University, 

315,000 

Stuttgard,  Royal, 

200,000 

St.  Petersburg,  Imperial, 

300,000 

Wolfenbnttel, 

200,000 

Oxford,  Bodleian, 

300,000 

British  Museum, 

200,000 

■B, 


Several  countries  of  Europe  contain  a  considerable  number  of  large 
public  libraries;  but  no  ether  country  so  much  abounds  with  them  as 
Germany.  • 


M 


293 


STATISTICAL  TABLES. 


Remarks  on  Europe. 

1.  Maltc-Brun,  in  the  first  volume  of  his  valuable  Geography,  states  the 
population  of  Europe  at  170  millions ;  but  in  the  sixth  volume,  at  200  or 
205  millions,  which  is  doubtless  nearer  the  true  amount.  He  sa^'s  that 
"  the  mean  annual  increase  of  the  whole  European  population  cannot,  ac- 
cording to  the  lowest  estimation,  be  less  than  a  million,  so  that  before  the 
year  1900,  it  may  amount  to  300  millions." 

2.  Hassel,  a  late  learned  geographical  and  statistical  writer,  computed 
the  population  of  Europe,  in  1824,  at  206,772,400:  and  in  1828,  at 
216,667,463  ;  and  Balbi,  in  1828,  at  227,700,000.  iTie  present  actual  pop- 
ulation of  Europe,  taking  European  Russia  in  its  largest  sense,  does  not 
probably  fall  short  of  230  millions. 

3.  According  toMalte-Brun,  the  agricultural  class,  in  Europe,  comprises 
two  thirds  of  the  whole  population.  In  Russia,  its  proportion  is  considera- 
bly greater  ;  but  in  England,  it  embraces  onl}'  about  one  third,  the  other 
two  thirds  being  chiefly  supported  by  manufactures  and  commerce. 
England  is  not  only  the  first  commercial  country  in  Europe,  but  surpasses 
all  others  with  respect  to  manufactures,  for  which  she  possesses  unrivalled 
advantages  from  an  abundance  of  coal  and  ores,  from  facilities  of  inter- 
course, and  excellence  of  machinery. 

4.  Europe  is  the  most  enlightened  quarter  of  the  globe,  and  the  chief 
region  of  authors,  who  are  yiost  numerous  in  Germany,  Great  Britain, 
and  France.  The  number  of  living  writers  is  computed  by  Malte-Brun 
&t  upwards  of  12,000.  "  Such  a  body,"  he  observes, "  were  it  not  divided 
against  itself,  might  govern  the  woHd  ;  but "  (as  he  rather  fancifully  adds) 
"  the  republic  of  letters  is  paralyzed  by  three  contending  principles — at- 
tachment to  particular  sects  in  Germany,  party-spirit  in  England,  and 
self-interest  in  France." 

5.  The  soldiers  in  the  service  of  the  different  European  governments, 
are  stated  by  Malte-Brun  at  2,000,000, or  one  hundieitth  part  of  the  wholo 
mass ;  and  their  pay  amounts  to  two  fifths  of  the  public  revenue  in  most 
of  the  states. 

6.  There  is  a  remarkable  difference  in  the  amount  contributed  to  the 
public  revenue,  on  an  average,  by  each  individual  in  the  different  Euro- 
pean states  ;  and  it  is  greater  under  constitutional  governments,  than  un- 
der those  that  are  despotic.  Some  governments  are  loaded  with  immense 
public  debts,  and  are  under  the  necessity  of  imposing  very  burdeiLoome 
taxes  on  their  subjects.  Such  is  the  ca'^e  with  England,  whose  public 
debt,  amounting  to  nearly  800  million  pounds  sterling,  exceeds  the  sura  of 
the  debts  of  all  the  other  states ;  and  yet  England  is  the  wealthiest  country 
in  Europe. 

7.  The  following  statement  exhibits  the  amount  which  each  individual 
contributes  to  the  public  revenue,  according  to  Malte-Brun  : — 


III  r(l 


England, .$1«>,28 

British  Empire  in  Europe, .  .  11,28 

France, 6,15 

Netherlands, 6,11 

Bavaria  and  Wurtemberg, .  .     4,25 
Denmark  an  j  Saxony,  ....     4,07 

Prussia, 3,89 

Spain, 3,33 

Poland   .  .      3,13 


Portugal, $2,93 

Austria, 2,77 

Russia, 2,5S 

Sardinian  States, 2,40 

Sweden 2,22 

States  of  the  Church 2,22 

The  Two  Sicilies 2,08 

Tuscany,   ...      .....      .  1,84 


;•  i 


••rii; 


., 


1 1 


ASIA, 


Chinese 
Empire, 


Hindos- 
tan, 


Countriet.  PojnilatiovC 

China, 160,000,000 

Chinese  Tartary  .Thi- 
bet, and  Corea, .  . 
British      Hindostan, 

with  Ceylon,  .  .  .  114,000,000 
Portuguese,  French, 
•    and  Danish  Posses- 

sio'\s, 

Mahrattas.Seiks,  Sin- 
dia,   Nepaul,  &c., 
independent,    .  . 
Farther  India,  or  Chin- India, . 

Japan, 25,000,000 

Turkey  in  Asia, 11,000,000 

Persia, 10,000,000 

Arabia, 10,000,000 

Afghanistan 10,000,000 

Russia  in  Asia, 7,000,000 

Independent  Tartary, 4,000,000 

Beloochistan 2,000,000 


25,000,000 


600,000 


12,000,000 
30,000,000 


420,600,000 

Oceanica 20,000,000 

Total,     440,600,000 


Countries. 
Russia  in  Asia, 
Chinese  Tartary 
China, 
Hindostan, 
Arabia, 
Chin-India, 
Indepen't  Tartar 
Thibet, 
Persia, 

Turkey  in  Asia, 
Afghanistan, 
japan, 

Beloochistan, 
Corea, 

Total, 


Sq.  Jiiles. 

5,533,000 
,  3,244,000 

1,300,000 

1,200,000 
990,000 
850,000 
y,  690,000 
580,000 
470,000 
450,000 
340,000 
260,000 
200,000 
150,000 


16,257,000 


Pop.  to  1  Sq.  M. 
123 


Countries. 

China, 
Hindostan, 
Japan, 
Chin-India, 
Afghanistan, 
Turkey, 
Persia, 
Arabia, 
Beloochistan, 
Independent  Tartary, 
Chinese  Tartary  .Thi- 
bet, &c. 
Russia  in  Asia, 


123 
96 
35 
29 
24 
21 
10 
10 
6 


Religion. 
Buddhism,  Religion  of  Fo,  Tao-tse,  &c. 
Braminism,  Mahometanism,  Christians,  &c. 
Buddhism,  Budso ;  Sinto. 
Buddhism,  Braminism,  &c. 
Maliometanism,Braminism,&c.    [physite  Ch. 
Mahometanism,  also  Greek,  Armenian,  Mono- 
Mahometanism  of  the  sect  of  Shiites. 
Mahometanism.     (Wahabees.) 
Mahometanism,  Braminism. 
Mahometanism. 

Shamanism,  Worship  of  the  Grand  Laraa. 

Greek  Church,  Mahometanism,  &c. 


1  ;■  m 


1  !■ 


ill 


;i    IIP  I 


1  ■?'5 


i  I 


,.,.. 


X 


\m 


m 


■1.11 


Til  :«■ 


K^: 


't; 


i'l: 


Remarks. 

* 

1.  The  population  of  few  of  the  countries  of  Asia  is  known  with 
any  considerable  accuracy  ;  the  total  amount  is  very  uncertain,  and  is  va- 
riously estimated  from  240  to  600  millions. 

2.  The  population  of  China  Proper  was  stated  by  Chinese  officers  of 
state  to  lord  Macartney,  in  1794,  at  333  millions  ;  but  Klaprotb  states  Uio 
population,  according  to  a  census  said  to  have  been  taken  in  1790,  at 
142,326,734 

25  • 


m 
m 


294 


STATISTICAL  TABLES. 


3.  Hassel  estimates  the  popiilation  of  the  empire  of  Japan  at  40^00,000, 
and  some  state  it  still  higher. 

4.  The  prevailing  government  in  Asia  is  despotism  ;  and  a  great  portion 
of  this  quarter  of  the  globe  is  under  the  sway  of  European  sovereigns. 

6.  The  population  of  Oeeanica,  embracing  the  Eastern  Archipelago, 
Australia,  and  Polynesia,  is  estimated  by  Malte-Brun  and  Balbi  at  about 
20  millions,  and  by  Hassel  at  a  little  upwards  of  30  millions. 


Priwcipal  Cities. 


Turkey  in 

Aleppo, 

Damascus,     . 

Smyrna, 

Erzerum, 

Bagdad, 

Tocat, 

Hamah, 

Bursa, 

Mosul, 

Diarbekir, 

Aphicm  Kara- 

hisjar, 
Kiutajah, 
Bassorah, 
Ourfa, 
Amasia, 
Guzel-hissar, 
Angora, 
Van, 
Tarsus, 
Jerusalem, 

Etusia  in 
Astracan, 
Tobolsk, 
Orenburg, 
Irkoutsk, 
Teflis, 


\^8ia. 

Pop. 

200,000 

150,000 

130,000 

130,000 

80,000 

80,000 

80,000 

60,000 

50,000 

50,000 

I  50,000 

50,000 
50,000 
50,000 
40,000 
40,000 
40,000 
40,000 
30,000 
30,000 

Asia. 
60,000 
25,000 
24,000 
20,000 
18,000 


Jlrdbia. 

Mecca,  20,000 

iSana,  20,000 

{Muscat,  15,000 

Mocha,  15,000 


Independent  Tartary. 

Pop. 

Bukharia, 

70,000 

Samarcand, 

50,000 

Koukan, 

40,000 

Tashkund, 

30,000 

Persia. 

Ispahan, 

200,000 

Teheran, 

100,000 

Tabris, 

80,000 

Shiraz, 

50,000 

Casbin, 

50,000 

Meschid, 

50,000 

Hamadan, 

45,000 

Kaui, 

40,000 

Yezd, 

35,000 

Reshd, 

30,000 

Afghanistan, 

Cashmere, 

150,000 

Cabul, 

100,000 

Candahar, 

100,000 

Peshawur, 

100,000 

Herat, 

100,000 

Beloochistan. 
Kelat,  20,000 

Hindostan. 

Calcutta,  600,000 

Benares,  580,000 

Surat,  450,000 

Madras,  300,000 

Lucknow,  300,000 

Patna,  300,000 

Dacca,  200,000 


Pop. 
Bombay,  200,000 

Hydrabad,  200,000 
Delhi,  150,000 

Moorshedabad,  150,000 
Amedabad,  100,000 
Aurung.»bad,  100,000 
Lahore,  Seiks,  150,000 
Oojein,  Sindia,  100,000 
Nagpoor,J»faAr.  100,000 
Poonah,  JMiotAr.  100,000 

Chin-India. 
Bancok,  400,000 

Ummerapoora,  100,000 
Rangoon,  30,000 

Prome,  30,000 

Cachao,  40,000 

Saigon,  30,000 

China. 
Pekin,  1,500,000 

Hang-tcheou ,  1 ,000,000 
Nankin,  800,000 

Canton,  800,000 

Thibet. 
Lassa,  30,000 

Chinese  Tartary. 
Yarkund,  80,000 

Cashgar,  30,000 

Japait. 
Jeddo,  1,500,000 

Meaco,  500,000 

Osacca,  150,000 

Nangasacki,        70,000 


Remarks. 

1.  The  population  of  most  of  the  cities  of  Asia  has  never  been  accu- 
rately ascertained  ;  and  the  estimates  of  the  inhabitants  and  of  travellers 
are  uncertain,  and  often  exaggerated. 

2.  Some  have  estimated  the  population  of  PeArtn,  JVanfein,  and  Ccmton, 
twice  as  great  as  it  is  here  stated,  while  others  make  it  much  less.  The 
population  of  Jeddo  has  be  jU  estimated  by  some  respectable  geographers 
higher  than  it  is  here  given  ;  and  in  1812,  the  Japanese  stated  to  Golownin, 
that  it  exceeded  12  millions. 


|0,009, 
irtion 

9. 

felago, 
about 


AFRICA. 


Statet. 

Population. 

Sq.  Miles. 

Capitals, 

Populalion. 

Morocco, 

5,000,000 

290,000 

Morocco, 

80,000 

Egypt, 

Abyssinia, 

2,500,000 

130,000 

Cairo, 

259,000 

2,000,000 

400,000 

Gondar, 

50,000 

Bornou, 

2,000,000 

300,000 

Bornou,  or  Birnie, 

30,000 

Felatah  Empire, 

2,000,000 

Sackutoo, 

60,000 

Bambarra, 

1,500,000 

Scgo, 

30,000  , 

Benin, 

1,500,000 

Benin, 

60,000  1 

Algiers, 

1,600,000 

90,000 

Algiers, 

100,000 

Tunis, 

1,500,000 

72,000 

Tunis, 

120,000 

Tripoli, 

1,000,000 

100,000 

Tripoli, 

25,000 

Ashantee, 

1,000,000 

14,000 

Coomassie, 

25,000 

Senaar, 

900,000 

60,000 

Senaar, 

16,000 

Dahomey, 

900,000 

Abomey, 

24,000 

Dar-four, 

200,000 

130,000 

Cobbe, 

6,000 

Fezzan, 

200,000 

Mourzouk, 

2,500 

Cape  Colony, 

120,000 

118,000 

Cape  Town, 

19,000 

V 

Population  of  Towns. 

Egypt. 

Morocco. 

Tunis. 

Cairo, 

259,000 

Fez,                   100,000 

Tunis, 

120,000 

Damietta, 

30,000. 

Morocco,              80,000 

Kairwan, 

40,000 

Siut, 

20,000 

Mequinez,           70,000 

Cabes, 

30,000 

Rosetta, 

16,000 

Rabat,                  25,000 

Susa, 

•  20,000 

Alexandria, 

15,000 

Mogadore,           20,000 

Sfax, 

20,000 

Algiers 

• 

Tetuan,                15,000 

Bizertd, 

14,000 

Algiers, 

100,000 

Sallee,                 15,000 

Toinbuctoo. 

Constantina, 

50,000 

Tangier,               15,000 

Tombuctoo, 

12,000 

Remarks. 

1.  The  population  of  but  a  very  small  part  of  Africa  li  accurately 
known.  The  total  amount  is  very  uncertain,  and  is  very  differently  esti- 
mated ;  some  state  it  as  high  as  150  millions,  while  others  reduce  it  to  30 
millions.    The  true  amount  is  doubtless  between  these  numbers. 

2.  Some  of  the  principal  states  of  Africa,  and  also  some  of  the  princi- 
pal cities,  are  found  in  the  above  table ;  but  the  population  is  stated,  in 
most  instances,  from  very  insufficisnt  data,  and  cannot  be  relied  upon 
as  very  correct. 


.■    i       I'; 


nI 


.-': 


r:A 


''ik'A 


m 


% 


.•v*'6l 


'titi 


r 

■  -  Y 


.  ".    i-V  I 


'■;K: 


m 


THE  GLOBE. 


TABLE  I. 
Extent  and  Population  or  the  Globe. 


America, 
Asia, 
Africa,  ■ 
Europe, 
Oceanica, 


Asia, 

Europe, 

Africa, 

America, 

Oceanica, 


According  to  Hasse'l. 


Sq.  Miles. 

17,303,000 

16,626,000 

10,848,000 

3,290,000 

4,10fi,000 

Total,  52.172,000 


Population. 

38,065,100 
558,659,700 
104,430,100 
206,772,400 

30,493,700 

938,421,000 


Population  according  to 


Malte-Brun. 

340,000,000 

170,000,000 

70,000,000 

45,000,000 

20,000,000 

Total,  645,000,000 


Balbi. 

390,000,000 

227,700,000 

60,000,000 

39,000,000 

20,300,000 

736,000,000 


Pop.  tolSq.M. 

a 

83 
9 

62 
7 


Another 
Estimate. 

420,000,000 

230,000,000 

60,000,000 

40,000,000 

20,000,000 


770,000,000 


ii 


Remarks. 

1.  In  the  above  statement  of  the  Extent  (in  English  square  miles)  and 
Population  of  the  Globe,  according  to  Hassel,  the  islands  of  the  Eastern 
Jirchipelago  and  Polynesia  are  included  in  Oceanica,  though  Hassel  adds 
them  to  Asia,  making  Australia  alone  a  separate  division  ;  so  that,  accord- 
ing to  him,  the  extent  of  Asia,  including  these  islands,  exceeds  that  of 
America.  Several  other  geographers  make  the  total  extent  of  the  differ- 
ent parts  of  the  globe  considerably  less  than  the  above  statement. 

2.  The  amount  of  the  population  of  the  globe  is  very  uncertain,  and  ia 
variously  estimated;  some  estimate  it  at  upwards  of  1,000,000,000,  and 
.some  reduce  it  to  less  than  half  this  number. 

3.  The  uncertainty  pertains  more  especially  to  Asia,  Africa,  and  Oce- 
anica  (which  last  is  here  considered  as  including  the  islands  of  the  Ecut- 
ern  Archipelago,  Australia,  and  Polynesia).  The  sum  of  the  population 
of  Europe  and  America  does  not  probably  vary  much  from  270  millions. 
See  the  Remarks  on  pages  285  and  292 


II 


'    1' 


THE  GLOBE. 

TABLE  11. 
Number  of  Diffehent  Religions. 


397 


According  to  HAssiiL. 

Pagans,  561,820,300 

Chriatians,  252,565,700 

Mahometans,  120,105,000 

Jews,  3,930,000 


134,732,000 

56,011,000 

55,791,700 

3,865,000 

1,799,000 

367,000 


Total,  938,421,000 

Divisions  of  Christians. 
Roman  Catholics, 
Greek  Church, 
Protestants, 
Monophysites, 
Armenians, 
Nestorians,  &c. 

Total,  252,565,700 

Divisions  of  Protestants. 

Lutherans,  24,264,800 

Reformed,  or  Calvinists,  12,759,900 
Episcopalians,  14,905,000 

Methodists,  Baptists,  &c.  3,862,000 

Total,  55,791,700 

Divisions  of  Mahometans. 
Sunnites,  99,704,000 

Shiites.  15,321,000 


Wahabees 
Sofis, 


5,000,000 
80,000 


Total,  120,105,000 
Divisions  of  Pagans. 
Buddhists,  315,977,000 

Bramins,  111,353,000 

Fetichists,  66,667,-300 

Sect  of  Sinto,  Japan,  25,200,000 
Sectof  Tao-tse,  China,  25,000,000 
Shamans,  11,200,000 

Followers  of  Confucius,  3,000,000 
Seiks,  Parsees,  &c.  3,423,000 


Total,  561,820,300 


According  to  Malte-Brvk. 
Catholics,  116,000,000 

Greek  Church,        70,000,000 
Protestants,  42,000,000 


Christians,  228,000,000 

Jews,  4,000,000 

Mahometans,  103,000,000 

Bramins,  60,000,000 
Shamans  (Grand  Lama),  50,000,000 

Buddhists  (Fo,  &c.),  100,000,000 

Fetichists,  &c.  100,000,000 


Total,  646,000,000 


Remarks. 

1.  In  the  above  statements,  all  the  inhabitants  of  Christendom,  or  of  the 
countries  in  which  Christianity  is  the  professed  religion,  except  the  Jews, 
are  classed  as  Christians. 

2.  In  Hassel's  Table,  the  Presbyterians  of  Great  Britain  and  America, 
and  also  the  Congregationalists,  are  included  with  the  Reformed  or  Cal- 
vinists of  the  continent  of  Europe. — The  number  of  Methotlists,  Baptists, 
&c.  (including  various  other  sects  ;  see  page  284),  is  stated  by  Hassel 
much  too  low. 

3.  Malte-Brun  classes  the  sects  of  Sinto  and  Tao-tse  among  the  ad- 
herents to  Shamanism. 

4.  According  to  Hassel's  computation,  much  more  than  one  half  of  the 
inhabitants  of  the  globe  are  in  the  darkness  of  Paganism;  nearly  one 
eighth  in  the  delusions  of  Mahometanism ;  and  not  much  more  than  one 
quarter  enjoy  the  light  of  the  Gospel. 


'^W 


i  r::| 


■  ■■"\  <^-i 

■  '  -A 

■.'..,1.^ 

iJl 


iii 

t     '.«  f 


m 


n.|i:;lj 


.'  -,[• 


M.%\ 


■'.  -i\ 


¥ 


298 


STATISTICAL  TABLES. 


TABLE  III. 
Varietiks  of  the  Human  Species — accohding  to  Hassel. 


I.  Caucasian  or  White  Race. 

1.  Caucasians,  Georgi- 
ans, &c 1,118,000 

2.  Arabians,  Moor?, 
Jews,  Abyssinians, 
Berbers,  Armenians, 

&c 54,523,000 

3.  Hindoos,  Persians, 
Afghans,  Curds,  &,c.  143,353,000 

4.  Tartar  nations  ; — 
Turks,  Turcomans, 
Usbecks,  Kirguses, 

&c 17,095,000 

5.  Greeks,     4,834,000 

6.  Arnauts, 530,000 

7.  Sclavonian  nations; 
— Russians,  Poles, 
Lithuanians,  Croats, 

&c 68,255,000 

8.  Teutonic  or  German 
nations  ; — Germans, 
English,  Swedes, 
Dtitch,  Danes,  Nor- 
wegians, &c 60,604,000 

9.  Roman  or  Latin  na- 
tions ; — French,  Ital- 
ians, Spanish,  Wal- 
loons, Wallachians,  .    75,829,000 

10.  Celts  or  Caledoni- 
ans, Low  Bretons, 
Basques,  &c 10,484,000 

Total, 436,625,000 

H.  Mongolian,  Tawny,  or  Olive 

Race. 
Mongul  nations,Thibe- 

tians,  &c 35,842,000 

Chinese,     256,200,000 

Birmans,  Siamese,  An- 

amese,  &c 33,850,000 

Japanese, 41,100,000 


Mandshurs    or   Mant- 

choos, 19,320,000 

Finns,  Esthonians,Lap- 

landers,  &c 2,878,000 

Esquimaux,  Samoides, 

Kamtchatdales,  &c.  185,700 

Total 389,375,700 

HI.  Malay  or  Dark  Brown  Race. 

Malays,  inhabiting  the 
peninsula  of  Malac- 
ca, the  island  of  Cey- 
lon, and  thr  islands 
in  the  Pacific  Ocean,    32,800,000 

IV.  Ethiopian,  JVegio,  or  Black 

Race. 

African  Negroes 62,983,300 

Caffres, 5,200,000 

Hottentots 500,000 

Papuans,  Negroes  of 
Australia,     950,000 

Total, 69,633,300 

V.  .American   or    Copper-colored 

Race. 

North  American  In- 
dians,         5,130,000 

South  American  In- 
dians,         5,140,000 

Caribbees,  &c 17,000 

Total, 10,287,000 

Caucasians,   .  .  .    436,625,000 
Mongolians,  .  .  .    389,375,700 

Malays, 32,500,000 

Ethiopians,    ....  69,633,300 
Americans,    ....  10,287,000 

Total 938,421,000 


Remark. 

According  to  the  computations  of  some  other  geographers,  the  numbers 
of  the  Mongolian  and  Ethiopian  races  are  considerably  less  than  they 
are  stated  by  Hassel. — For  a  few  remarks  on  these  different  races,  see 
page  210. 


THE  GLOBE. 


%)U 


TABLE  IV. 

Langu/okh  and  Dialects,  ah  far  as  known — according  to 

Adeluno. 

Number. 

In  America, 1,214 

In  Europe 545 

In  Asia  and  Oceanica 991 

In  Africa, 276 

Total, 3,026 

Remark. — The  languages  most  extensively  spoken  in  Europe  are  <li- 
vided  into  three  classes  :  1.  Those  derived  from  the  Latin,  viz.  the  French, 
Italian,  Spanish,  and  Portuguese,  spoken  by  mure  tliun  70  millions ; 
2.  Teutonic  languages,  vi«.  the  German,  Butch,  English,  Danish,  Swe- 
dish,  and  jYorv.egian,  spoken  by  upwards  of  6!)  uiillions  ;  {}.  the  Scla- 
vonic languages,  viz.  the  liussian,  Polish,  &,c.,  spoken  by  aLout  50 
millions. 


TABLE  V. 

Births  and  Deaths. 

It  is  computed  that  the  number  of  deaths  throughout  (he  g!o1)e,  in  pro- 
portion to  the  number  of  inhabitant",  is  nearly  as  1  to  33  ;  or  (hat  the  num- 
ber of  deaths  in  33  years  is  equal  to  the  whole  number  of  inhabitants.  If 
we  compute  the  population  of  the  earth  at  700  millions,  and  the  number 
of  births,  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  inhabitants,  as  1  to  29^,  and  death* 
as  1  to  33,  we  shall  have  the  following  results  nearly : 


Births. 

In  a  year, 23,729,000 

In  a  day, 65,000 

In  an  hour, 2,700 

In  a  minute, 45 


Deaths, 

21,212,000 

58,000 

2,400 

40 


1.  According  to  this  calculation,  the  total  annual  increase  of  the  popula- 
tion of  the  globe,  were  it  not  checked  by  war  and  epidemics,  would  amount 
to  2,317,000. 

2.  It  is  computed  that  the  proportion  of  male  children,  born  in  Europe, 
is  to  that  of  female  as  21  to  20,  or  26  to  25  ;  the  mortality  is  also  greater 
among  male  children,  computed  in  the  proportion  of  nearly  as  27  to  26  ; 
hence  it  follows,  that  at  the  age  of  16  years,  the  equality  in  numbers  be- 
tv^een  the  sexes  is  nearly  established.  Afterwards,  war  and  other  causes 
of  the  destruction  of  human  life,  which  fall  most  heavily  on  the  mules,  oc- 
casion the  difference  to  '^e  reversed,  and  the  females  to  out-number  the 
males. 

3.  Such  are  the  frailty  and  uncertainty  of  human  life,  that  nearly  one 
quarter  of  those  who  are  born,  die  the  first  year ;  as  many  as  one  (bird 
the  first  two  years ;  and  only  about  one  in  ten  arrives  at  the  age  of  70 
years. 


'A 


! 


■  r  ,11. 

.  *  ■  ■  '■•I 


II 


a 


n 


if. 


wo 


STATISTICAL  TABLES. 


TABLE  VI. 

ThK  principal  ExPORTil  or  various  CoUNTRTEil. 


CaurUriet. 
JWtD  Britain  and 

JVorth  West  Coant. 
Canada,  JVova  Scotia^ 

JSTtto  Brunswick. 
JVew/oundland. 
J^Tew  Englapd. 
Middle  States. 
Southern  States. 
JHexieo. 

Bay  of  Honduras. 
West  Indies. 

South  America. 

Sw'den  and  JVorway. 

Russia. 

Germany. 

Great  Britain. 

Ireland. 

JVether  lands. 

France. 

Spain  and  Portugal. 

Italy. 

Turkey. 

Arabia. 
Persia. 
Ilindostan. 

Asiatic  Islaiuh. 

China. 
Japan. 

Barbary  States. 

Egypt. 

Central,  Eastern,  anal 
Wr stern  Africa.        > 
Madeira  Island. 


Ezporti 


Furs,  'peltry. 


1 


Timber,  fish,  furs,  grain,  pot  and  pear!  natiee. 

Cod-fish. 

Timber,  beef,  pork,  fish,  pot  and  pearl  ashes. 

Flour. 

Cotton,  also  rice  and  tobacco. 

Gold  and  silver. 

Logwood  nnd  mahogany. 

Sugar,  rum,  molasses,  coffee. 

Gold  and  silver  ;  also  sugar,  coffee,  cocoa,  cot- 
ton, hides,  beef,  tallow,  copper  ;  likewise  dia- 
monds from  Brazil. 

Iron,  copper,  timber,  furs. 

Hemp,  iron,  linen,  timber,  furs,  tallow. 

Linens,  grain,  manufactures. 

Various  manufactures,  woollens,  cottons,  lineau, 
hardware,  earthen  ware,  &c. 

Linens  and  provisions. 

Manufactures  of  linen,  wool,  &c. 

Silks,  woollens,  linens,  wine,  brandy. 

Silks,  wool,  wine,  oil,  fruits,  salt.    " 

Silks,  grain,  wine,  oil,  fruits,  marble. 

Carpetsi  leather,  grain,  fruits,  cottou,  wine, 
oil. 

Coffee,  gum-arabic,  myrrh,  fr<  ii/dncense. 

Car'iets,  wine,  silk. 

Cotton  goods,  silk,  rice,  indigo,  saltpetre.  &c. 

Pepper,  cloves,  nutmegs,  camphor,  colfee,  gin- 
ger, cinnamon. 

Tea,  silk,  nankins,  porcelain. 

Silks,  cottons,  Japan  ware,  porcelain. 

Leather,  gums,  fruits,  wax,  ostrich  feathers, 
hides. 

Grain,  fruiM. 

Slaves,  gold,  ivory. 
Wine. 


t 


THE  GLOBE. 


TABLE  VII. 
Benevolent  Societiki. 


Jn  England. 

British  and  Foieien  Bible 

Promotion  of  Christian  Knowledge,  . 

Wesleyan  Missionary, 

London  Missionary, 

Church  Missionary, 

Propa^ting  Gospel  in  England,  .  .  . 
Religious  Tract, 

In  the  United  States. 

American  Bible 

American  Board  of  Foreign  Missions, 
American  Sunday  School  Union,  .  .  . 

American  Tract, 

American  Home  Missionary, 

American  Education, 

American  Colonization 


Income  in 

1899-30. 

1801 

$378,000 

1799 

267,000 

247,000 

179S 

216,000 

1800 

210,000 

1701 

129,000 

1799 

111,000 

1816 

170,000 

1810 

107,000 

1824 

70,000 

1826 

60,000 

1826 

33,000 

1816 

31,000 

1819 

20,000 

^Um 


,1 


Remarks. 

1.  The  present  age  is  eminently  distinguished  for  benevolent  efforts  to 
extend  the  advantages  of  education  and  civilization,  and  the  blessings  of 
Christianity  ;  and  in  these  efforts,  England  and  the  United  States  take  a 
cunspicuous  part. 

2.  There  are  in  the  world  about  4,500  Bible  societies,  and  Bibles  are 
distributed  in  160  different  languages ;  as  many  as  300,000  persons  are 
computed  to  be  instructed  in  missionary  scliools ;  and  about  2,000,000  in 
Sunday  schools. 

90 


^ 


y 


m 


M' 


^1 

Ml 

m 


n 


QUESTIONS 


ON  THE  STATISTICAL  TABLES. 


The  most  of  the  SialiHtical  Tnl)Ies  nrc  forinc«l  on  u  graclunlcH  scale,  and  pre* 
stiiil  to  the  oyo  a  comparative  view  of  Uic  matters  contaiiicti  in  eacli.  Il  will  l»e 
fniiirJ  much  easier  to  obtain  from  thorn  valuable  iufonnation  of  the  auhjccts 
iien^  presented,  ilinii  II  would  be  if  these  s\ibjccts  wore  treated  of  in  the  book,  in 
c»Muiect!on  with  the  notice  of  the  countries  to  which  they  respectively  belong. 

A  few  questions  arc  here  inserted,  in  order  to  facilitjite  tiic  use  of  the  Tables ; 
Iml  il  is  not  ex|)ccted  that  instructors  will  limit  themselves  to  these  questions,  but 
will  exercise  their  pupils  as  much  further  as  they  shall  think  proper. 


NORTH  AMERICA. 


BRITISH  NORTH  AMERICAN  POSSB'.SdIONS. 

Wh^t  is  ilio  pop'ilnfion  of  Lower  Canada  ?     Upper  CaJiada  ?  &c.     What  is 
llie  population  of  Montreal  ?     (iuebcc  ?  &c. 

What  is  said  cf  the  Russian  Possessions  ?  &c. 


.MEXICO. 


What  is  ihej'opuiation  of  the  rcpuMic  of  Mexico  7     What  is  the  population 
of  the  city  of  Mexico  ?     Puelila  ?  occ. 


GUATIMALA. 

What  is  ihc  population  nf  Central  America  ?     Of  the  city  of  GuatimalaT  &c. 


WEST  INDIES. 

What  is  the  population   of  Hayli  ?    Of  the  Spanish  islands  ?    dec. 
vannah?  &c. 

UNITED  STATES. 


Ha- 


Taiilks  1.  &  II. — What  was  the  population  of  the  United  States  in  1790  ?    In 

un)>  &c. 

WLit  was  the  number  of  slaves  in  1790  ?     In  1800  ?  &c. 

At  what  rate  percent.  Hid  the  population  of  the  United  Slates  increase  from 
1790  to  1800?  From  1800  to  1810?  &c.  Which  has  increased  the  more 
rapidly,  the  '.oinl  population  or  the  slaves  ? 


I 


QUESTIONS. 


30n 


Tarlk  III. — WtiicK  tlirov  states  hnvu  nioru  (han  »  million  of  inhKhittnilii 
each  T  Which  huvoii  stal<  s  ha\o  U-m  (iiaii  a  inillion,  and  inoro  tliiin  fivu  luindivd 
Utoiisand  1     Which  iwo  tUiles  have  Icsh  than  a  liundr»<t  thousand  7 

Whol  Im  the  population  of  New  York  ?     Pennsylvania?  iic. 

Which  states  havn  more  than  fifty  tliousand  s«juaiv  niilis  1  What  other  stiih-s 
hav»  more  tliuii  forty  thousand  ?  What  !>tulus  haw  Ions  than  ten  thoui^and  s()uart! 
miles  7 

Which  slates  arc  nio><l  thickly  inhabited,  or  have  the  most  inliubitunts  to  u 
square  mile  7     Wliich    ii«  fewest  7 

W'hidi  states  have  the  most  slaves  ?     Which  ones  have  none  7 

Table  IV. — What  ore  the  principal  towns  in  Maine  7   New  Hanipsliire  7  &r. 
What  i^  Uio  population  of  Portland  f     PoilKnioulIt  7  Si.c. 
Wiiich  are  the  seven  largest  towns  in  the  United  Slates  7     Which  the  next 
seven  largest  7 

Taiii.k  V. — What  was  the  total  amount  of  domestic  produce  exported  from 
the  I'niled  Slates  in  Hi'2\)l  What  of  the  produce  of  ujjricuhurc  ?  Manufiic. 
tures  7  Aic. 

What  amount  of  cotton  exported  I  &,c. 

To  what  countries  were  the  exports  chiefly  sent  7 

Which  seven  slates  have  the  greatest  amount  of  exports  7 

TAni.K  VI. — Whai  ^)iaccs  nre  connected  by  Cumberland  and  Oxford  cnnul  ? 
What  is  its  lengili  7  V\  hat  places  are  connected  by  Mid<lle8ex  canal  7  Wliat 
is  its  length  7  &c. 

Table  VII. — Wliich  jure  some  of  the  colleges  that  have  liie  most  students  ? 
Which  have  the  large>5t  libraries  7 

Table  VIII. — Which  are  some  of  the  theological  seminaries  which  have  tite 
most  students  and  the  largest  libraries  7 

Table  IX. — What  are  some  of  the  principal  medical  schools  ?  Where  uri' 
Ihere  law  schools  7 

Table  X. — What  arc  the  four  most  numerous  religious  denominations  in  the 
United  States?     What  are  some  of  the  other  must  numerous  denominations  ? 

Table  XI. — What  are  some  of  the  principal  libraries  7 


y'i 


$ 


&c. 


Ua- 


SOUTH  AMERICA. 

What  is  the  population  of  Brazil  7     Colombia  7  &c. 

What  is  the  population  of  Rio  Janeiro?  St.  Salvador?  Pcniamburo? 
Quito?  &.C. 

How  many  tohites  in  South  America,  according  to  Humboldt  ?  ludiuiis  1 
Negroes  7     Mixed  races  7 

What  is  the  number  of  independent  Indians  supposed  to  be  ? 

Where  are  the  negs-o  slaves  chiefly  found  7 

What  is  said  respecting  the  total  population  of  America  7 


EUROPE. 


"  < 


In 


Table  I  — What  is  the  government  of  Sweden  7     Russia  ?  &c. 

What  is  tne  religion  of  Sweden  7     Russia  7  &,c. 

What  countries  of  Europe  are  under  an  absolute  monarchy  7 

What  ones  are  under  a  constitutional  or  limited  monarchy  ? 

What  countries  have  a  republican  government  7 

In  what  countries  does  the  Catholic  religion  prevail  7 

In  what  ones  does  Protestantism  or  Lutherauism  prevail  ] 


304 


STATISTICAL  TABLES. 


Table  II. — What  is  the  population  of  Russia?    France  7    Austria  T  &c. 

How  many  square  miles  Joes  Russia  contain  7  Sweden  and  Norway  7  Aus- 
tria 7  &c. 

How  many  inhabitants  has  Belgium  to  a  square  mile  7  Saxony  7  Hol- 
land? &c. 

What  are  some  of  the  states  of  Europe  that  contain  the  greatest  amount  of 
population  7    What  ones  contain  the  least  7 

What  states  are  the  largest,  or  have  the  most  square  miles  7  What  ones  the 
smallest  7 

What  states  are  most  populous  in  proportion  to  their  extent,  or  have  the  great- 
est number  of  inhabitants  to  a  square  mQe  7    What  ones  are  least  populous  7 

See  Remarks,  on  which  questions  may  be  asked. 

What  is  the  extent  and  population  of  England  7    Wales  7  &c. 

Table  III. — What  are  the  largest  towns  of  Norway  7  Sweden  7  What  are 
some  of  the  largest  of  Russia  7     Poland  7  &c. 

What  is  the  population  of  Stockholm  7  St.  Petersb'u-g  7  Warsaw  7  Copen- 
hagen 7  &c. 

Which  are  the  seven  largest  towns  in  Europe  7     Which  the  next  seven  7 

Table  IV. — In  what  countries  are  there  Protestant  universities  7  In  what 
ones  are  there  Catholic  7  In  what  «nes  are  there  universities  of  the  Greek 
church  7 

What  universities  are  tliere  in  Sweden  7  Wliat  one  in  Norway  7  What  are 
some  of  the  principal  ones  in  Russia  7  &c. 

Table  V. — Which  are  the  six  largest  libraries  in  Europe? 

Remarks  on  Europe. — At  what  does  Malte-Brun  compute  the  mean  annu- 
al increase  of  the  population  of  Europe  7  What  is  supposed  to  be  its  present 
population  7  What  is  said  of  the  agricultural  class  7  Vvhat  is  stated  res|>ecting 
authors  7  Soldiers  7  What  is  said  respecting  the  sums  contrihated  by  indivHJ- 
uals  to  the  public  revenue  7  What  respecting  the  debt  of  England  ?  In  what 
coiuitries  do  individuals  contribute  most  7 


* 


ASIA. 

What  is  the  population  of  China  estimated  at  7  Chinese  Tartary,  Thibet  and 
Cofea  ?    British  Hindostan  7  &c. 

What  are  the  latest  countries;  or  those,  which  have  the  most  square  miles,  in 
Asia? 

What  countries  have  the  most  inhabitants  to  a  square  mile  ?  What  ones  the 
fewest? 

What  is  the  religion  of  China?    Hindostan?  See. 

What  is  said  respecting  the  population  of  Asia  7  Of  CluiiB  f  Japan  7  What 
govemment  prevails  in  Asia  7 

Prineipat  Cities. — What  are  the  four  largest  cities  b  Turkey  in  Asia  ?  What 
are  some  of  the  largest  in  Russia  in  Aua  7    Arabia  t  dec. 


i!i 


S: 


I  ii 


AFRICA. 

What  is  the  population  of  Morocco  estimated  at  7    Egypt  1  dee. 
What  is  the  capital  of  Morocco  7    EiQ'pt  7  &c. 
What  is  the  population  of  Cairo  7    Algiers  7  &c. 
What  is  said  respecting  the  population  of  Africa  T 


1' 


QUESTIONS. 


THE  GLOBE. 


905 


Table  I. — How  many  En^ish  square  miles  in  the  different  parts  of  the  glubo, 
according  to  Hassel  7  What  is  the  total  population,  according  to  Hasscl  ?  Ac- 
cording to  Malte-Brun  ?  Balbi  7  What  is  the  population  of  Asia,  by  anotlicr 
estimate  7    Europe  7  &.c. 


Tablk  II.— How 
hometans  7    Jews  7 


many   pagans,  accoramg 

Roman  Catholics  7    Greek  Church  7 


to  Hassel  7    Christians  ?    Ma- 
Protestants  ?  &c. 


Table  IH. — What  are  some  of  the  nations  included  in  the  Caucasian  or  while 
race  7    The  Mongolian  7    The  Malay  7    The  Ethiopian  7    The  American  7 
How  many  Caucasians  7    Mongolians  7  dtc. 

Table  IV. — How  many  languages  in  America  7    Europe  7  dec. 
What  languages  are  most  extensively  spoken  in  Europe  i 

Table  V. — In  how  many  years  is  the  number  of  deaths  on  the  globe  comput- 
ed to  be  equal  to  the  whole  number  of  inhabitants  7  Which  is  the  more  numerous, 
the  births  or  deaths  7  Of  which  are  there  the  most  born,  male  or  female  chil- 
dren 7  Among  which  is  there  the  greatest  mortality  ?  What  proportion  of  those 
that  are  bom,  die  the  first  year  7     What  proportion  live  to  the  age  of  70  years? 

Table  VI. — What  are  the  principal  exports  of  New  Britain  and  the  Nortlt- 
west  Coast  7   Canada,  Nova  Scotia,  and  New  Brunswick  7   Newfoundland  7  &c. 

Table  VII. — Wlmt  are  some  of  the  principal  benevolent  societies  in  England  7 
In  the  United  States  7 

For  what  is  the  present  age  distinguished  ?  In  how  many  different  leuiguages 
is  the  Bible  distributed  7 

26* 


I 

'ii 

i 
t 

■A -A 


WiJ 


•■  \ 


1 7    What 
it    What 


■  "4 


s| 


■A 


■U 


or 


GEOGRAPHICAL   NAMES. 


■i.l 


■A 


PRONOUNCING  VOCABULARY 


m 

4': 


y 


''■( 


i 
'i 

fl 
m 


Mi 


ft, 

I 


KEY 


TO  THE 


SOUNDS  OF  THE  MARKED  LETTERS. 


VOWELS. 

S  lonsr. 

ft  xhnrt, 

4  /»»(<,'  bef.  re  r. 

ii  Italian. 

a 

fi  broad. 

Examples. 
Fate. 
F»t. 
FAre. 
Far. 
F4st. 

Fail. 

I  long. 
I  short, 
i  like  long  e. 
V  obtuse-short. 
i  obscure. 

Examples. 
Pine. 
Tin. 
Field. 
Fir. 
Rujn. 

Q  long, 
tk  short, 
a  like  &. 

a. 

U  obtuse-short. 

Examples. 
Tube. 
Tub. 
Rttle. 
Full. 
FUr. 

9  obsrure. 

Riv?J. 

5  /on^. 

Note. 

y  obscure. 

Murmur, 

8  iA«t. 

N8t. 

y  'owfi'. 

T5,». 

*  /on"'. 

Mete. 

6  c/o«e. 

Mdve. 

y  tfAojt, 

SJIvan. 

£  short. 

Met. 

ti  broad. 

N»r. 

y  oA(i(«0-«A,>rt 

Myrtle. 

*  obtvse-stiort 

There. 

Her. 

Bri^r. 

t  Wee  short  u. 
9  oAiCMre. 

Sdn. 
Actfff. 

»I  and  Vf. 
8A  and  ii^. 
ew  like  Q. 

Tail. 

Na<>. 
New. 

Examples. 

V  ?  Aarrf,  like  k.    yhasm 

V  ?  soft,  Uke  a.      ^'haise. 
CJi  (unmarked).     Charm. 


CONSONANTS. 

£zamp{e«. 
Q  g  hard.  give. 

yg«oA«&cJ.      gin. 
9  9  »«/»,  ttAe  z.      Mu^. 


Examples. 
^  like  gz.  Ejile. 

tft  »q/l  »r;la«.    "    Tliia. 
th  ekarp.  Thta. 


PRONUNCIATION 


ov 


GEOGRAPHICAL   NAMES 


The  pronunciation  of  geographical  names  is  a  matter  respecting  which 
not  only  students  in  geography,  but  the  great  mass  of  instructers,  as  well 
aa  other  intelligent  and  well  educated  men,  much  need  assistance.  It  is 
a  very  difficult  branch  of  orthoepy  ;  and  the  principal  difficulties  arise 
fjom  the  want  of  good  authorities  and  well  established  and  known  usage 
with  respect  to  the  greater  part  of  the  words,  from  the  disagreement  in 
the  authorities  which  exist,  and  from  uncertainty  how  far  the  English 
analogy  should  be  followed  in  the  pronunciation  of  foreign  proper  names, 
instead  of  the  analogy  of  the  language  of  the  country  to  which  the  names 
belong. 

The  author  has  devoted  considerable  attention  to  this  subject,  by  exain< 
ining  such  pronouncing  vocabularies  as  he  could  obtain,  by  marking  the 
usage  of  the  poets,  and  by  endeavoring  to  ascertain  the  present  usage, 
both  by  observation  and  inquiry ;  but  he  has  not  been  able,  in  all  cades, 
by  any  means  to  satisfy  himself;  and  he  has  probably  failed,  with  re- 
spect to  a  number  of  words,  to  exhibit  that  pronunciation  which  is 
to  be  most  approved.  He  therefore  offers  the  following  Vocabulary  with 
much  diffidence,  yet  not  without  hope,  that,  imperfect  as  it  is,  it  may,  nev- 
ertheless, be  of  some  use. 

Persons  who  are  not  acquainted  with  any  other  modern  language  than 
the  English,  incline  strongly,  in  the  pronunciation  of  foreign  names,  to  the 
English  analogy ;  and  any  other  mode  seems  to  them  unnatural  and  af- 
fected ;  but  those  who  are  familiar  with  foreign  languages,  or  who  have 
formed  their  taste  and  habits  by  residence  abroad,  more  readily  adopt  the 
foreign  pronunciation.  The  former  class  of  persons  will  probably  think 
that  the  author  has  departed  too  often  from  the  English  analogy,  and  the 
latter,  that  he  has  adhered  to  it  too  closely ;  but  the  latter  is  not  the  class 
of  persons  for  whose  use  the  Vocabulary  is  designed. 

Geographical  names  pertain  to  all  parts  of  the  globe,  and  their  vernac- 
ular or  native  pronunciation  is  affected  by  every  variety  of  language ;  but 
it  would  be  impracticable  to  teach  an  inhabitant  of  any  one  country  to  pro- 
nounce all  these  names  with  the  appropriate  pronunciation  of  the  coun- 
tries to  which  they  severally  belong ;  and  in  a  book  which  is  to  be  studied 
chiefly  by  those  who  have  no  knowledge  of  any  modern  language  except 
tlie  Enghsh,  and  who  will  never  become  accustomed  to  a  foreign  accent. 


I 

I 


\\ii 


i 


310 


PRONUNCIATION  OP 


it  is  necessary,  as  a  general  rule,  to  incline  to  the  analogy  witit  'which  the 
pupils  are  familiar. 

There  are  many  cases  in  which  the  pronunciation  of  foreign  names  is 
partially  anglicized,  and  with  respect  to  which  it  is  difficult  to  say  what 
form  is  most  to  be  approved ;  but  when  the  anglicized  form  is  supported 
by  good  usage,  it  seems  proper  to  adhere  to  it,  how  much  soever  it  may 
differ  from  the  pronunciation  of  the  country  to  which  the  word  belongs. 
It  would  seem  pedantic  and  affected  for  a  person,  in  reading  or  speaking 
English,  to  pronounce  Paris,  pahree  ;  but  whether  JVantes  and  Poitiers 
ought  to  follow  the  English  analogy  may  be  more  questionable.  In  all 
doubtful  cases  of  this  sort,  the  disposition  to  allow  common  students  in  geog- 
raphy to  follow  the  English  analogy,  seems  not  to  be  worthy  of  censure  ; 
yet  it  may  often  be  satisfactory  to  know  what  the  foreign  pronunciation  of 
a  word  is,  though  it  should  not  be  thought  advisable  to  adopt  it. 

There  are  various  Greek  names  which  the  modern  Greeks  pronouucu 
in  a  manner  different  from  that  in  which  we  pronounce  them,  as  ancient 
classical  names,  though  their  orthography  is  not  altered.  The  following 
words  are  thus  pronounced  by  the  modern  Greeks — ^c-ar-na-ni'a,  Ach- 
a-i'a,  M-ha-ni'a,  Ar-ca-di'a,  Lac-o-nt'a,  Mes-se-nt'a,  O-lym-pVa,  and 
JEg'i-na  (eg'i-na)  ;  and  thus  as  ancient  names — Ac-ar-na'm  a,  A-cha'- 
i-a,  Al-ha'ni-a,  Ar-ca'di-a,  La-co'ni-a,  Mes-se'ni-a,  O-lym'pi-a,  and 
JE-gi'na. 

With  regard  to  a  considerable  number  of  words  respecting  which  there 
is  a  diversity  in  usage  or  in  the  authorities,  two  forms  are  given  in  the 
Vocabulary ;  a  few  of  which  it  may  not  be  improper  here  to  notice.  We 
often  hear  the  words  Russia  and  Prussia  pronounced  with  the  u  long, 
and  often  with  it  short.  Perry  makes  it  long,  as  also  doe's  Webster,  in  the 
adjectives  Russian  and  Prussian  ;  Earnshaw  gives  both  forms,  but  seems 
to  prefer  the  long  sound ;  Byron  makes  Russians  rhyme  with  both  the 
long  and  short  u  ;  while  some  others  favor  the  short  oound. 

The  word  Hindostan  is  pronounced  Hin-dos-tan'  by  Earnshaw,  Gold- 
smith, and  Bigland ;  and  Hin-dds'tanhy  Ewing  and  Guy,  and  in  the  poetry 
of  Bishop  Heber.  With  respect  to  the  pronunciation  of  the  oriental 
names  Afghanistan,  Beloochistan,  Cajiristan,  Ourdistan,  Daghestan, 
Farsistan,  Laristan,  Sablestan,  Segestan,  and  Turkestan,  there  is  some 
diversity ;  but  they  are  all  pronounced  by  Earnshaw  with  the  accent  on 
the  last  syllable,  and  they  seem  properly  to  follow  the  same  analogy  with 
Hindostan. 

The  following  geographical  names  pertaining  to  South  America,  namely, 
Bogota,  Cumana,  Panama,  Parana,  Parima,  and  Potosi,  are  pro- 
nounced by  the  English  authorities  generally,  but  not  uniformly,  with  the 
accent  on  the  second  syllable;  but  the  South  American  pronunciation 
places  the  accent  ou  the  last  syllable ;  and  as  this  latter  mode  is  quite  as 
easy  and  euphonical,  there  seems  to  be  good  reason  tor  giving  it  the  pref- 
erence. 

The  following  Portuguese  names  are  thus  pronounced  by  Earnshaw— 


GEOGRAPHICAL  NAMES. 


311 


Jlveiro  (a-va'ro),  Beira  (ba'ra),  Feira  (fa'ra),  Madeira  (me-de'ra),  Rio 
Janeiro  (rfi'oja-na'ro) ;  and  the  last  two  are  pronounced  by  Goldsmith, 
Ewing,  and  Guy,  ma-dg'ra  and  re'o  ja-n6'ro. 

The  word  £<im6wrgA  we  often  hear  pronounced  ed'in-6ur-ro,  as  a  word 
ot  four  syllables  ;  and  often  as  of  only  three.  The  former  mode  is  sup- 
ported by  Bigland  and  Stewart;  the  latter  by  Earnshaw  and  Goldsmith  ; 
and  Guy  gives  both  forms. 

Seville  is  pronounced  with  the  accent  on  the  first  syllable  by  Guy  and 
Stewart,  and  is  so  accented  in  the  poetry  of  Byron ;  Earnshaw  and  Ewing 
place  the  accent  on  the  second  syllable  ;  and  Bigland  gives  both  modes. 

Milayi  is  pronoun'-  '1  Mil'an  by  Earnshaw,  Goldsmith,  Ewinp,  and 
Guy;  jWl-an', hy  Bigland  ;  and  ./Vee'/an,  by  Stewart. — The  river  Scheldt 
is  pronounced  by  Earnshaw,  «/ieW  ,•  by  Stewart,  sheld  ;  and  by  Bigland  and 
Ewing,  skeld. 

The  following  rules  respecting  the  prouunciation  of  certain  letters  in 
modern  European  languages,  the  English  excepted,  may  be  of  some  use ; 
though  it  is  not  recommended  that  English  students  should  apply  the 
whole  of  them  to  practico ;  and  it  will  be  seen  that  they  are  not  alLapplied 
in  the  following  Vocabulary. 

1.  The  vowel  a,  in  situations  in  which  the  analogy  of  the  English  lan- 
guage would  naturally  give  it  the  sound  of  long  a,  as  in/afe,  has,  in  other 
European  languages,  the  sound  of  a  in  father ;  the  vowel  e,  at  the  end  of 
a  syllable,  the  sound  of  long  a,  as  in  paper ;  the  vowels  i  and  y,  except 
when  short,  the  sound  of  i  in  marine,  the  same  as  long  e;  and  ?,,  except 
in  French,  the  sound  of  u  in  rule  or  of  oo  in  moon. 

2.  The  diphthong  au  and  the  triphthong  eau,  in  French,  have  the  sound 
of  0  long,  as  in  note,  as  Chanmont  (sho-mong),  and  Beauvais  (bo-va) ;  and 
the  diphthong  au  in  German,  haf?  the  sound  of  ow  in  now,  as  Austerlilz 
(ow'ster-litz) ;  the  diphthongs  ei  and  ey,  in  German,  the  sound  of  long  i, 
as  in  fine,  as  Lelp'sie ;  the  diphthong  eu,  in  German,  has  the  sound  of  ot 
in  toil,  as  jVeustadt  (noi'siat) ;  and  the  diphthong  ou,  in  French,  the 
sound  of  00  in  pool,  as  Toul  (tool). 

3.  In  French  and  Portuguese,  the  consonants  ch  have  the  sound  ofsh  ; 
in  Spanish,  the  sound  of  ch  in  the  English  word  chill,  ch  in  La  Maneha 
being  thus  pronounced  in  Spanish,  though  this  word  is  conunonly  pro- 
nounced in  English  with  the  ch  hard  like  k;  in  Germrn,  these  letters 
have  a  hard  or  guttural  sound  ;  and  in  Italian,  they  souna  hard  like  k,  as 
they  do  in  Hebrew,  Greek,  and  Latin  word;i. 

4.  In  lialian,  c  before  e  and  i  has  the  sound  of  ch  in  chill,  as  Vercelli 
(ver-chel'lc) ;  g,  in  German  words  ending  in  gen,  is  hard,  and  is  thrown 
back  on  the  penultimate  syllable,  as  Hechingen  (hek'ing-en) ;]  and  often  x, 
in  Spanish,  have  the  sound  of  h  strongly  aspirated,  as  Guadalaxara  or 
Guadalajara  (gua-da-la-ha'ra)  ;  j,  in  German  and  Italian,  has  the  sound 
of  y  consonant,  as  Jena  (ya'na)  ;  z,  in  German  and  often  in  Italian,  the 
sound  of  ts,  as  Zara  (tsil'ra)  ;  and  th,  in  European  languages,  the  Eng- 
lish excepted,,  the  sound  of  t,  as  Theis  (tis). 


H 


la 


:;§ 


li 


1 


!^ 


•]-•* 


GEOGRAPH' JAL   NAMES. 


K,  «,  i,  6,  a,  f,  long !  *,  e,  t,  B,  u,  y,  short ;  gi,  ?,  j,  9,  y,  y,  obncure. — fire,  fUr,  f ftst,  f&ll  } 
Mirt  h«ir )  mien,  sir;  inflve,  nbr,  adn  ;  bftll,  biir,  rdle.— ^',  f/,  9,  |,  soft ;  yt9>£>§>  Aarrf, 

9  a«  z  ;  ?  a.y  gz  ;— this. 


i! 


S'i 


J 


Aar-huua  C^r-tidds') 

Ab'5i-c6 

A-ba'na 

Ab-b?-vllle' 

Xb-?r-br6th'9ck 

Ah-^r-deen' 

Ab-iPir-netli'y 

Ab-er-yat'wjth 

X'b^x 

Ab'(ng-ddn 

Ab'9-iney,  or 

^-bo'niey 
Ab-oy-kir' 
^b-r&n'tef 
Ab-ya-8!n'i-?i 
A-ca'dj-si 
Ac-^-pul'co 
Ac-co-mSlc' 
Ac-bGeii' 
Agh'min 
Acqiii  (ak'kw?) 
Acre  (a'kr) 
A-iU'ngt 
A  del 
A  den 

Ad'i^e,  or  Ad'i-i9 
A  dour' 
AdV  WA 
A-dri-?n-o'ple 
A-drj-at'jc 

yESi-n?,  or  iE-|\  -n§i 
Af-gn^ji-nis-tan',  0  ■ 

Af-?h§i-nis'tgir 
Xfrj-cgi 

Ag  t^-de?,  or  A-ga'dS? 
Agen  (Szh'Cng) 
AS'^er-hdus 
A*'in-coiirt 

(or  ftd'jiii-k86r) 
Ag'rgi 
Ah'grjm 
Ah-ined-9-bSd' 
i^igiies-Mortes 

(ag-mort') 
Ain-tab' 
Aisne  (an) 
Aix  (us) 
Aix-la-Chapelle 

(as  -Igi-sh^-pCl') 
Ajucf io  (j-yilt'ch5) 


i^j-ni6Sr' 
A1-?  bil'inj 
Al-^t-dii'lj-gi 
A-luH'k^ 
Alatamaba 

(ftl-t^-ma-haw) 
AI-bA'iio 
Al'b5i-ny 
Al-b^-inilrle' 
Al-by-quorque' 

(ai-bu-kerk') 
Al-c^i-li' 
Al-c?in-tA'r{i 
Alc'niier 
Al'd?r-ney 
Alun^onCdl-^ng'song) 
Al-en-te'jo 

(or  51-sn-ta'ho) 
A-lcp'p3* 
Al-?8-84n'dri-gi 
A-leu'tian 
Al-eJf-^n-dret'tgi 
Al-e^-4n'drj-ai 
Al-^e-zi'ras 
/1-S,er?' 

Al-go'j,  or  Al'g9-5i 
Al'i-c&nt,  or 

Al-i-cftnt' 
Al-191-hsi-had' 
Al'l^h-shShr 
Al'le-gha-ny 
Al'l9-gi 
Al-m'dl'd^n 
Alnwick  (in'njk) 
Alps 
Al-8'clce 
Al-fi'i 
Al'ten-biirg 
Al-tb'ngi 
Al'torf 
Al-va-ra'dS 
A-mSil'fj 
A-ina'?i-5i 
Ani'^-zonf 
Am'berg 
Am'b!o-8ide 
Amboise  (am-bw'iz') 
Am'bo^ 
Am-bby'na 
A-in5d'at-b&d 
Am-ed-nA'eur 


A-mer'i  c? 
Amli^rst  (-?rst) 
A'mjenij  (arn'§-'ing') 
Ainlwcb  (tim'lodtsh) 
Am  iiiij-nod'snc 
A-iii6iir'  (!i-ni3or') 
Am-iot-sir' 
Am'st^r-dftm,  or 

Am-stcr-diiin' 
An-fi-luiic' 
An'd-pa 
An-co'n^ 
An-dii-ld'fi-gi 
An'dfi-inSln  Isles 
An-de-rab' 
An'dor-na£h 
An'dti^ 
An-dSr'r^ 
Au'dij-ver 
An-dros-c6g'|in 
Aii'*er-m5nn-iand 
Angers  (iing'zliAr) 
Aii'gle-sea,  or 

An'gle-sey 
An-go'la 
An-go'rjt 
Angoulfirne 

(ilng-giJ  lam') 
An-gull'Igi 
An'hdlt 
Au'hSlt 

Anjon  ('4ng-zh66') 
An-nfi-moo'kti 
An-nip'o-lis 
An-spS^h',  or 

Ans'i)ft£h 
An'ta-lO 

Aiitibes  ('dng-teb') 
An-tj-cris'tj 
Antigua  (.jn-t5'g!^) 
An-tlUe^',  or 

An-t"ilie!j 
An'ti-n^h 
An-ti-o'(iiii-j 
An-Hp'a-ros,  or 

Aii-tj-pi'rps 
An-ti-Sil'n^ 
Ant'wnrp 
An-zi'ci) 
Ap'en-nTno^ 
Ap-pj-llch'ee 


Ap-pHSch-i-c5'l?i 
Ap-peii'Z(jll,  or 

Ap -pen-zfill' 
Ap-p9  liiat'tpx 
A-pdre' 
A-pu'ri-in5c 
Aquila  (SLk'w^-ri) 
Aquileia 

(«k-we-la'y5t) 
A-ra'bj-si 
Ar'ji-fftt 
A-rai\'lie',  El 
Ar'?!,  or  A-ril 
A-riiii'jy-6z 
Ar'9-rSlt 
A-rau' 
Ar£h-Sn'|^l 
Arch-i  pel'gi-gB,  or 

Arcli-i-pel'9-g8 
Ar-c5t',  or  Xr'cSt 
Ar-duche' 
Ar-d?-lln' 

Ar-dennes'  (ilr-dSn') 
Ar'om-berg 
Ar'en'j-berg 
Ar-€  qui'pgt  (-ke'p?) 
Ar-^en-ta'ro 
Ar'giSs 
Xr-gps-to'lj 
Ar-gyle',  or  kx'^W 
I  A-ri'cgi,  or  Xr'j-cji 
A-rls'pe 
Arkansas  (ilr-kjn- 

saw',or?ir-kftn'8?8) 
Ar-ki'ko 
Aries  (irl) 
Ar-magh'  (gtr-md') 
Armagnac 

(sir-mSln'yak) 
Ar-m5'ni-(]t 
Arn'helm 

{or  !)r-nlm') 
Xr-rri-cftn',  or 

Xr'r?i-c5u 
Xr'ra-g5n 
Arms  (ar-ra') 
Artois  (llr-twi') 
Ar'un-dg|,  or 

A-run'd^l 
As-cut'npy 
Ash-?n-t55' 


.']i4 


PRONUNCIATION  OF 


Asia  (a'sli^-^) 

Ai-pifrii' 

Au-itli.^l-tl'tS'j 

;^«-»Tii'iij-l)oIii 
As-lvi  vi-bft(l' 
A«-  ii,i  Cull' 
As-tt'i  ij-rt 
i^t-<'liaf9-lnj'ri 
Atii?|)i".s'cow 
Atli  ('iiji 
Alli-loiie' 
Alli'vl.or  A'thol 
At  hU^ 

Aubc  (5li) 
Aulii'iiiis  (ol)'i»;i) 
Aiiliiuiiy  (o  blii'jy'; 

AlK'll  (o.sll) 

Aiidt!  (0(1) 
jlii  gr-stadt 
(ilii'(?r-Pt!it) 

Alllli^^  (6'ne) 
Aiiril'nc  (o-rSOl  ytik) 
^ii-iTm-jsij-bSd' 
Ans'tor-lUz 
Rn»  tralj-rt 
Aiis'tri-ri 
Aii-IOn'  (iitun') 
Aiivcrjine  (o-vArn) 
Aux  Cnyes  (fi-kTz') 
Auxi'ire  (0  /if) 
Aiiximne  (6-zoii') 
Av'r.-lon' 
A-vats  ch;,i 
Av-fl  if'no 
Avijriioii 

(avjii-yon'^ 
Avjll 

A\''vii,  nr  A'von 
AvniiiilioH 

(stv-iUnsh') 
X-y!.i-rrt'.li5 
A-zi!i-l)i-jSn' 
A/.'vf,  or  A'zyf 
JK.-7.orcj',  or  /)t-7.6'rCiij 


B. 

Ba-hfl-mSn'del 
Bacli-i-an' 

UriJt'y-jTiS' 

mdiii 

BS£('(md 

Fagnols  (bSn'yo  ) 

B^-liii'm?. 

B?-luU' 

Balihrein  (bl-rer ') 

IWh'j  a 

Bilhr'  9I  Ab'i-ad 

Bahr'  el  Az'rok 

BUj-ksil 

Bill-rout' 

B^lkii 

Bai-a-Khliit' 

nai'ber,  or  Oat-biJc' 

Rule,  or  Basle  (b*'bl) 


inai  p-arjc 

lt.llk 

Balkan 

imi  Ij-n^-slOC 

mi'tjc 

Kai'tj-iiiorc 

Ib.im-IAr'i^i 

Kidn'btirg 

llilrii-boiik' 

lliiii)-j-!iii' 

IWm-iiii(-k&d' 

Hftn'ra 

Itiiii-ciil'lfi.ry 

IWii-cAut' 

liaiidpn 

nan  Kfi-ldre' 

liSn'cbr 

IJiin'kok 

Uan'nyck-biii'n 

llUn'tani 

!l?  raivhf!' 

IWr-ii-la'rj-«i 

liar-ba  dyet^ 

Hiir'ba-ry 

Mar-bri'd;> 

H;lr  c^-lS'n? 

BUr  ne-gat 

IWr  ()ni-si-ine't9 

liafil 

Has'ra 

lliia-sino 

Basse  Terre(bil3-tAr') 

B^is-so'roh 

Bjl8'tj-Si 

Bij-ta'vj-a 
Bi^th 
ila'tlij 
Baton  Roiipe 

(l)U'tn  ra&zh') 
Bilnt'zen 
I!:.i-va'r'i-? 
B:.i-y6iine' 
Buy-reutli' 
Beancaire  (ho-k&.r') 
npafi'fr.rt,  .S.  V. 
Beau 'ley 
Beaumaris 

(bo-nia'rjs) 
Beauvais  (bo-va) 
B6d-nore' 
BCd-6u-tn^' 
BGGr'ing,  or  Belir'ing 
Be-i'rri  {or  ba'rsi) 
BeT-rnut' 
Be-ja-p3nf 
BCI-fSst',  or  Bei'fftst 
B«l'*j-um 
Bel-grade' 
Belle-Isle,  or  Bellisle 

(bel-ll') 
Bdlle'vtile 
neim'no 
Be-lo6-chjs-t'4n',  or 

Be-166-ch'i8'tijn 
Bc'lur-tBg 
BCl-vedCre' 
Bf-na're^ 
Ben-coo'l^n 
Bend-?-mir' 
Ben-e-ven'to 
Bgn-g91' 


Ben  gu&'l? 

Bhi-uIu' 

BCn-i-HuCf 

Benl.u'Mi^nd 

Ben-Ni>'viH 

BGn'njng  ti^n 

B9  ll()<»Ul' 

Bun'tlielni  (bi^n'tlni) 

B^-rilr' 

B^r-bo'r? 

i»?r-bi(;o' 

Ber-9-zi'ni^ 

Bcr'g!>-»ii5 

BiJrg'^n,  or 

B(ir'*en 
Bfcrji'^n-lirtus 
BiJrg'^n-Bii-zOoui' 
Ber  li;im-|(6ro' 
Berk'sliire 
Ber-ITn',  or  Biir'ljn 
Ber-niu'dji} 
Ber'nj^rd 
Berne 

Ber'wjck  (or  bCr'rjk) 
Besanpon 

(liu-sUng'ij6ugO 
BCth'le-li?ni 
Beve'Iand 
Bev'er-ly 
Beziers  (bez-y4r') 
Bid-fjH-so'^i 
Biel'go-rod 
Dj-eiine' 
Bil-bil'9 
Bil-bo'a 

Bil-e-dul'^e-rtd 
Bjn-ga'zj  ■ 
BinS'on 
IVir'niiih 
H'lr'niing-hani 
BTs'cay 
BlH-tifi-gar' 
Bjs-sil'u6!j 

Bistineau  (bls'tc>-n5) 
Blake'ley 
Blen'lieini,  or 

Ulen'lieini 
Blois  (biwa) 
B6'd€!n-sC8' 
Bo-gii-ta' 
B9-hu'inj-9 
B6h'm?r-w3Jd 
Bois-le-Duc 

(bwa-l§-dak') 
Bok'ligi-ra,  or 

Bok-ha'rj 
Bp-ltv'i-? 

Bologna  (bS-Wn'y?) 
Bol-se'n^ 
Bol't^n 
Bpl-za'no 
Bdm-bay' 
B8n-d6u' 

B6n-i-fa'cio  (-clio) 
B66-tan' 
Borgne  (bijrn) 
Bbr'ne-o 

Bor-nou'  (b8r-n6a') 
Bornj-di'nO 
Bosh-t.i-an'99 
Bns'npt  S^-r'a'jo 
BSs'nj-gi 


nns'tn/i 

B6:j'w/)rth 

Brnh'ni-9 

Bot'zen 

Bouillon 

(hA5-ei-y8ng'; 
Bojjeiali 

(boo-ji'yv) 
Boulogne  (bo6-ldn') 
Bour'lKjn 

Bourdenux  (bdor-dC) 
Bourges  (bdorzli) 
BSu'ro 
Bftu-t5n' 

Bovines  (b&-v6n') 
BOw'duin  (bodn) 
Brf^-bant' 
Bril'gfi 
Br^gan'z^ 
BrU'lij  low 
Brali-m;^-[id6'tr9 
Bran'd^n-bUrg 
Bran'dy-wint) 
Brii-zil' 
Brc'slijn,  or 

BrCyli'jn 
KrU'Ciit,  or  Br^-d'i'      1 
Br?-gentz'  \ 

BrtSin'^njOr 

Bru'ni^n 
Brga'cj-ui  (brCs'shp) 
Bres'lilii 

Bretagne  (br?-tan') 
Briun^on 

(bre-ang'song) 
Brieg 
Bri-entz' 

lirigh  ton  (bri'tn; 
BrTn'dj-sj 
BrTs'gftu 
Bris'tpl 
Brit'tsi-ny 
JJro'dy 
Bra'|S?9 
Brann 
BrQns'wjck 
Briis'seli^ 
Brze8c'(ze8k) 
BQ^h'^n 
Bd-tjhgi-rcst' 
Bddgi 
Bud'wela 

Buenaire  (bwa-nir*) 
BuS-n^-ven-td'r^ 
Bue'nos  Ayres 

(bwa'nps  a'^-rSs) 
Buf'fji-lo 
BuTlth  (blltb) 
Buk-lia'ri-» 
Bul-ga'rj-* 
Buikh 

Bun-d^l-cSnd' 
Buntz'iau 
Biird-wan' 
Biir-gQs' 
BUr'gi.in-dy 
Bur-hjm-pfiA't^r 
Bur-hfjiin-pdur' 
BUr'ljng-tdn 
Biir'8^ 
Bur'tpn 
Bd-shire' 


tiEOCRAinnCAL  NAMES. 


Iil5 


c. 

C^-bfindgi 

C9-cdll'g3 
Ca'dl/, 
C'ftd'r?!! 
Caon (kUns) 
Caer-m;ir  tli^n 
CHoM  ir'vcjii 
t'lil'-j  I  ^-t'in' 

t'uCTreiji  (kdf'fgrz) 
C'ugliiiri  (kftly.^-rQ, 

or  kiil-yU'r?) 
C9-hS'ki-9 

Cahors  (kj  lidr') 

CUirii-Biiriu' 

Cairo(kil<j'f3,orkl'r5) 

Cftl-^i-bUr' 

<J"Fi-la'l)ri-si 

€gi-iab'ry-lfli 

C'lil'iiis  (k&l'li<J,  or 

kftl'l^) 
C'Sl-^-mil'tji 
Ciil-^iiii-U  nOij 

Cai-9-tril'V5i 

Caloi^iii  (k&l'kgi-sdd) 

Col-cut't? 

Cill-e-do'nj-ni 

Cftl'eii-berg 

Cai'l-cut 

t!41-if<ir'ni-?i 

Ofil-ia'i?  (or  kJjt.-ya'o) 

C&I'niar 

Calne  (kawn) 

C(il-vi'do3 

C&iu-bsi-hee' 

C?m-briy' 

C^m-ba'dj-^t 

Cam'bray,  or 

Cim-briiy' 
Cani'brjdge 
C&ni'den 
Cainpagna 

(kfiin-pftii'y5i) 
Cani-pGach'y 
C8Lii'$i-dft 
Cai)-9-J9-har'i9 
C'aii-;m-dai'gu? 

Cai-na'rie? 

CSn-dj-liar' 

Caii-tleisli' 

€rin'dj-a 

Cj-ne'a 

Cannes (kin) 

Can't jl,  or  Can-til' 

C"in'ter-bu-ry 

Can'tpn,  or  Cfin-t5n' 

Cfjn-tyre' 

Cape  Rre-t6n' 

Cape'tb^n 

crip-i-ta-na'tsi 

Cil'po  d'ls'trj-si 
Cji-rXc'cfta 
Car'9-inSn 
Car-si-ina'nj-j 


Cilr-r^i-sSnne' 

(Ur'dinin 

('i.ti-do'tifi 

( 'ftr-i  U'cO 

Cftr-iti-bo'nn 

Cftr'jbbi-.v 

Csj-rin'lhj-a 

C*r-llsle'  (kifr-lil) 

(.nirlo-vvltz 

(J.lilij  li!ld 

(■•irlf-cro'n^ 

Cirl:ji-rfi  I19 

(k;lrl/.-rj6'a) 
Cilrl'stftdt 
Cannagnola 

(kilriii^n-yDIu) 
Cjr-tno'n,! 
C:jr-nSt'ic 
(.'3r-naui' 
(''.Ir-nj-o  l;i 

C?ir-pa't)ij-an 

Ciir-ril'  rri 

Car-rjck-ftir  giis 

Car'r?n 

(-'yr-til'go 

Cilr-thsi-ga'n^t 

Ogt-sac' 

Crl-  sftl' 
CiJ-Hii'l? 

C'is-9  na'n^L 

Cftn'bjn 

Ciseli'au  (kash'iw) 

Ca-stir'ta 

Cj-shan' 

Casli'ill 

Cash'gir 

Cash'mevi-,  ir 

("asli  niCrti' 
Cas'pi-;,n 
(■as'rfel 
Cjis-si'na 
Cas-sj-(|nj-U'ri 
Cfi.s-tel-iiau'dfi-ry(n3) 
Castigli,-ne 

(kis-tjlyo'ni.i) 
C$i3-til(;' 
Cas-tine' 
CAs-tle-bar' 
Castres  (kis'tr) 
Cat-^i-bain'bsi 
Cat-ai-l6'ni-5i 
C;.i-tA'nj-5i 
Cg-tclw'ba 
Ciiteau  Canibresis 

(k&t'o  k'im'bn-se) 
CatJj-5i-ri'nen-stildt 
Cfit-nian'da'3 
Cat-ta'ro 

cru'te-gat 
caii'cpi 

C8iu'cri-sus 

CSLiive'ry 

CaVa-lA 

Cu.' van,  or  Ca-vSn' 

Cave'ry 

Cawn-pore' 

CSx-ri-niilr'ca 

Cayenne  (kl-&n') 

Ca-yu'ga 

C9-l;l'n(i 

Cel'e-bSf 


('<"n  JH,  (((rf"9-ni}')..W, 
( '1  ph  I.'  ioiij  {i 
<'(•  i-ttiii' 
(.'t'iii!Miilii 

(Murjn-yOlj) 
Cf-ri'grt 
("er'vjn,  Mt. 
yeu'liji 

C^-vC-nncs  (sp-vFn') 
Cey-lOji',  i^;-  COv'l(.>n 
CbM-cil'O 
Cbil'cO 
(■|i:.«  gUing' 
<,b.i'gro 
CbfileUr' 

Chaioiiu  (Hlra-I6iig ) 
(,!tiaMi'bnr-ry 
('bani'h\'!r<j  liUrg 
yiiiiin-blC'o 
t,'li-.i  111611  iij 
Cii  iiiipagiid 

(HliRiti  pan') 
C'li;.iiu-p!uin' 
yhin  dur-na-gore' 
i  'hilr'ciiH 

(,'liiirc'iit('(sli4r'riini't) 
('liarj-tSn' 
Cir.lr'k6v 
ririile'niiiiit 
('barIt;r()i(shAil-r\\l  ) 
( !lrarles'l9ii 
Vliilr'li.ittes-vlllc 
Cliartres  (sliiftr) 
Cl»;i-r)b'djs 
Cliateaiironx 

(shat-o-rod') 
Chatelleranlt 

'sliui'til-rO) 
Cliat'litun 
Cbat-ta-liiWcIi'ie 
Clirtndier« 

(sllo-df;  Al') 

Cliaiiinont 

(sho-mon!;') 
Cha/.y  (slia-zC) 
(•Iia-l)u(;'t6 
ChCI'i-cut 
Ciiel;n:j'f9rd 

(clK'niz'ford) 
Chelsea 
Cliel  tt'n-hain 

{or  cht-lt'iifim; 
Chem'nitz 
Che-nan'go 
Ch^n-yang' 
Cher  (shAr) 
Che-ras'co 
Ohe-rlw' 
Cligr'buru 
Cher'p-kCef 
Clviir'sO 
Cliei"s9n 
Chesapeake 
ChCsh'jre 
Chev'j-nt 
Cbi-il'pi 
Chi-U'rj 
Chi-a-vGn'nji 
C'hj-ca';:o 
CliTch'es-ter,  or 

Chi'i'hcs-ter 
Chick-si-Hiag'ga 


Chii'k'i.i-pffl 
ChTck';j-saivv^ 

('hl'lMII   Hot) 

ihj  l'nr.rhiia 

t  ;hi'l|  (r.hC  I9) 

Chilli  cO'th^ 

ChjIO'cj 

Chlin-lx^-m'zd 

Chi'na 

riii'os 

Chin  Hu-rsi 

Clrip'|»c-way 

(^'Ill-p(i(i-ci5'ri 

ClimvvicU  (cht^'zjk) 

Chlt-a-gong' 

Chlt'iiiii-dtjn 

(')iit-t(ire' 

Ciii-vas'^s 

CliOc'zini 

Cho-ld'JiA 

Clirlsli-ii'nj-si 

Chris'ti^tn-Hand 

Chup'rilh 

Cli(i-(|iii-sil'c9 

(chdke  sil'kp) 
C]!n''i-|i'i.4* 
Cln-v-16'fi 
CTn-cjn-na'ti 
CVr-ras'si-5> 
CinMR'('.ster(s'Is'e-<(^i) 
Cirk'nit/, 
(.^i-u-ddd',    or    Civ'i- 

diid  l{n   -ri'ga 
CTv'j-t-,i  Vi^'^hj-ji 
(,'ia  gen -flirt 
Cliir'e-nirmt 
Cllii'sen-biirg 
CIcr'n'ont 
IciOve'land 
Cj'ig'hcr  (or  kio'litv) 
('lon-n'u'li' 
Clyde 
C9  Sii'go 
C6b'l)C 
Co  bi'j:^ 
C6l)-leutz' 
Co'l/urg 
Ciicli-a-l)ain'hri 
Co'chjn  Chl'n^ 
Coev'yr-dtn 
Cognac  (kon-yak') 
Co-hoc^' 
Coim-be-toor' 
C9-Tnj'l)rj 
Coire  (kxvdr) 
Col'clies-t^r 
Cole-raine' 
0.il-m;lr' 
Coin  (koQn) 
Cologne  (k9-lc)a') 
Co-16Mi'bi-a 
C51-9-ril'(lo 
Co-luni'bj-j 
C9-luini)(5 
Coni'ber-mPre 
Coniincs  (kp-inGn') 
C5'ni5 
Coni'o-rln 
Co-nibrn' 

Co  inur'ro,f)H;?jin'(^  rft 
Co!n|)etgrie 

(koni-i)iin') 


ij 


31(1 


PRONUNCIATION  OF 


J.'oii-cttii' 

(.Viii'f-iiiaugli 

Cfiii  iiiii|(lit.  or 
C5ii-iillu),'lit' 
tVn-nCct'j-ciil 
Cdn-v-cv-chOuguo' 
CSU'ritallce 
C5n-st!in-ti'n^ 
Cuii-stiii-ti-iiO'ple 
C6ft-mns-Hia' 

Cri-r.s' 

Cdd-s^vv-hatch'l? 

na-pfii-ha'gQn 

Civ-pi-'i'ita 

CBijii'tn  (k5k'Gt) 

C9-(ni}m'b&(k0in-) 

COr-(i-c»iia' 

Cilr-djI-IO'rfi?,  or 

Cpr-dll'lp-r^ij 
Cor  <l9-vil,  or 

Cyr-do'vgi 
r<)-re'n 

Cpr-ffl',  or  OJr'fv 
CSr'jnth 
C6r-<?-inan'd9l 
C9-r6'ii9 
Ctfr'aj-cji 
Cg-run'nji 

Cfis's^cks 

C98-8eir' 

Cos-sjm-bj-zar' 

JJos'tfi  Kl'c? 

Cote  d'Or  (k6t  <l6i') 

Co-t9-|*lx'j 

Caur'l^ind 

Cdur-tray' 

Coutances 

(koo- tans') 
CSv'^n-try 
Cra'cow 
Cru^'y  (kr«8'§; 
CrSin'njtz 
Cr^-ino'n;* 
Creilsfe 
Cri-mG'51 
Crp-a'tj-si 
Cr6in'(jr-ty,  or 

Crp-mar'ty 
Cr5n'stadt 
Cu-ba'gu?i 
Cu-bSn' 
Chd-da-lore' 
Ciid-d;l'p,3ri 
CuSn'ci^  (kwen's?) 
Cuj-il'bsi  (kvve-ai'b?) 
Cu-lj-ri-c5ii' 
Cul-lu'den 
Cul'pgp-er 
Cul-ross' 

\or  kod'rpa) 
Cd-m?-na' 
Cam'b^r-lfind 
Cam-miji  zee' 
Ca-r?-^oa'  (-85') 
CUr-dj8  tSn',  or 

Cyr-dla't^n 


Ca'rJHrhe  IlilfP 
(ki'i  rjrth  tiJit*') 
l-Q-iitiiii' 
Cijl-tAck' 
(Tix-h&'Vfll 
CQ/.'vd 

c<c'iv-dn^ 


D. 

DttK-liv's-lAn' 

DAliI 

l)Uli'9  iiicy 

mi'kfith 

n^.d-nia'ti-si 

l)ttm-!>-rjs-cot't!> 

l).?-lllft8'C,MS 

Du  inj-et  t!.» 

D&ii-iKviiio'r^ 

Ddnt'/jc 

imti'dbd 

DUr-du-iielle:^' 

Di.ir-lBiir' 

I)r»'rj-«?n 

I);iriii'Nt.1dt 

Dflii'plij  iiy 

U^-bret  zjfi 

IWc'c.jn 

DCl-y-yo'^ 

D.'l';.i->vi\re 

Diil'hi 

l)i!m-;i-r.i'rti 

Dyiii-lir  I 

DeiVlijuh  (den'bo) 

Doii'dr  ril 

i>eii'iii;tl'k 

Dopt'lVrd  (dct'fi.ird) 

l)^r-b(5nd' 

Der  l)y 

Derne 

DSs-^U'd.j 

De  trUit' 

D6t'tit»(»-en 

Ueux  IVii'its 

(<lu  pouts') 
Dcv'pn 
I)I-2ir-bG'kjr 
I)ie'm?n'j  Laind 
niep'hfilz 
Di-ej)pe' 
Digne  (dCn) 
Di'jon'  (de'zliSng  ] 
Dil'liiig-(jn 
DTn-?ie-pore 
VVA 
DIx-5u' 

Dnie  per  (nC'per) 
Dnies'ter  (nSs'ter) 
I)5f're-field 
D5m-f-ni'Cfi,  or 

l)9-inir>''i-c^ 
DBirald-soii 
Doii'c^s-ter 
Don 'e  gill' 
Opn-go'lfi 
Dor  ches-ter 
Dordogne  (d9r-d6n') 
Dordrecht,  or  Dbrt 
Dnr'iifk;h 
Di;u'ai*(d6'a) 


DiiQg  lijri 
Oou  ro  (doft'rO) 
how  ly-ta  bad' 
Dragiiigiiiiii 

(dr.i  lijn  yUng') 
Drcntbc  (dnMit) 
Dr6»i'di<ii 
DrtMix  (drd) 
Dri'iiO 
Dr^g'li^-di^ 
Dr9-nioru' 
nriiii'thulin 

(dron'llin) 
Dru'Hu^ji 
Dub'lju 
Di.i-C'r? 
Druii-blSiie' 
Diiiii-frii'^j' 
Dun-dftI!'' 

Dull-deC-' 
Duii-reriik'ljne 

(iir  duD-.i-r'ljn) 
Dun-kuld' 
Drni-kiik' 
Di.i-r&ii'gS 
l)u-rft/.'zo 
Dur'li.?iii  (darriin) 
Drirt'H\!l-dbrf 
D\vl'nj,()rD\vi'ni> 
Dyle  (dtjl) 


E. 

Pb-saiii'hiil,  or 

Kl)  siiu'liul' 
Jtck  iiiiilil 
fed'fly-stoHO 
Ed  i'i 
Edinburgh  (ed'in- 

bur-r9,  <"■  Cd'JH- 

burg) 
fed'is-t3 

Kd'wgird^-vTIle 
F.S'i-nij,  or  ¥-gI'n? 
K'^ypt 

i;ich'siadt 

Eliie'na(^h 
Eis'le-bun 

fkSt-?-rl'n?n-bUrg 
-kat-9-ri'n9-grtld 
IJ-kat-e-ri'np-slftv 
ei  Ar'jih 
ftihe  (CIl)) 
Kl'ber-fCId 
El'bj'ng 

El  e  phj^n-ti'n.Ti 
Kl'^in 
51-lore' 

l-mi'na 

l-HJ-nore',  oc 

El-sj  iieur' 
Kl'waii^  en 

ijinb'dpn 

fin-gfi-dine' 

Engbien  (.In-'e'an) 

I'ngland  (ing'I^nd) 

ftji-j-si'i' 

fip'i-nai 

6-rSik'U-^ 


I'V  f.,irt 
F;'rlv  (C'r?) 
fcr  I  vtln' 

Llr't^ng  V" 
t<;r'zo  riini 
kr/.'gg  birg 
Eh  curj-UI 
EHtpiinuiux 

(es'kv-inO) 
fcs  FQ-qiil'bO 
itiia'ljng^n 
ftH-trr  inu-dfi'r? 
Eu-plnii'tCij 
Eare  (yQr) 
Efl'ro|)e 
Eilx'jnu 

P-V^'r?,  or  ftv9  rU 
Evreiix  (fv-rtt') 
itx'e-ter 
EJ'dvr 
EP'iau 


F. 

F^t-Cn'zj 

Filh'ian 

FAir'fiCld 

Fftl'kirk,orFai-k5frk 

Falkland 

(ftwk'J^ind) 
F&l'niouth 
l'"a'roe,  or  Fa'rOe 
Filr-»j8-tiln' 
Fay '41 

Fay'elte-vTlle 
P'9-youin' 
Felir-!i  b&d' 
F^r-niU'nsgh 
For-riV'rn 
Fer'ro 

FCr'r?!,  or  F§r-r8r 
Fcz-zSn' 
Figeac  (flzh'Sk) 
Figueras 

(fp-gwa'rijs) 
Fln-is-terre' 
Fill  land 
Fi-flme' 
Fliln'd?r? 
Fien;j'barg 
Flor'^Mce 
Flo'rO^ 
Fier'i-dii 
Flusli'ing 
Foix  (fwd) 
Ffin-taine-bleau' 

(f6nt9n-bl5') 
Fontenay  le  Comte 

(fongt-na'  I9  k5ng^ 

ta) 
F6n-te  nay 
Fontevranlt 

(fon-tev-ro') 
F8&'t.>  Jai'l? 
F9r-ni6'8a 
Fbr-te-ven-ttl'ra 
Forth 

Foth'er-in-gay 
Feu'liih^ 
FrSuco 


i 


G  EOC;  U  A  !•  1 1 1 C AL  N  A M  ES. 


Ml? 


Frnno  »n  f'omtft 

Fri^ii  rC  II  j  > 

rrttn'v  kvr 

rrttiik'frtrt 

rrfiil'\!r-jrkN  l»ilr« 

FrfitI'vr  jckrt  liail 

Fr«y'lii,'r« 

Frl'hUrK 

FrtCd'l  iiid 

FriCHche'haflT 

FriCs'liinil 

Frf-'tl'li 

FrniitiKiiiic 

(fVrtii  tjn-y&k'" 
Faiirh»l 
FQnf  kircli'?n 
Fur-riick-'fi-l)4<J 
FUrth 
FJz-jbftd' 


G. 

OAd'.vmls 
i;tl-»-slij<!li}' 

<i?-II"CJ-?l 

G9I  iTp'^-KSij,  or 
(■ai-lj-pS'gvB 

O^l-IIpVU 
Gll'li-pV-lis' 
Oil 'way,  or 

<•  fill 'way 
<iilin'bi-i> 

Gftii-j&m' 

Gji-ronnc' 

GSs-CQii-atle' 

<Jfts'c9-iiy 

GSffle  (SCf'fl) 

USii-^-sG5' 

Genevoia 

(zhCn-e-vwa') 
9t'5n'9-? 

GSr'tiifi-ny 

GerB  (zliii) 

Giiauts  (cawts) 

Ghent  (§eiit,  or 
gSng) 

gher  gSiig' 
_^  lij-l&n',  itr 

Ghl'lsin 
Gih-rai't'^r 
6ie3'«9u  iggisen) 
6i-16'l5 
Gir'i? 
C'l'r-^en'ti 

Gironde  izh^-rSnd') 
Gi'zeli 
GlSt-iiiar'g^il 
GJiVrys 
GlSs'gow 
Gl9-g|w' 
GlSmme,  or 

Glom'm^n 
GlSuces'ter  (glSs't?,-) 
Gngs'ngt  (iieB'nst) 
G9-d&v'§  ry 


GoJUiii' 
(lol-cipll  il,;» 
(i6iii  lirAdii' 

(in  IIK"'ri> 
(•'/-llUVCf' 

<i(>ird;tr 
Goftinty 
(in  rfiC 
(Ju'thj  (gO't?) 
(iotli'h,iiiil 
G6t'KMi  liilrg 
GSt'ljiin  \iii,  w 

(iat'litl-|V(;|| 

(tflur  (gWtr) 
(>r&iii'pi-r,iii  Mis 
(•1:1  llil'di;!,  nr 

(•niii'{i  i|:,i 
(SrRtz 

(Jriiveliiies  (grilv'lSn) 
GrCGcu 
GriiOn'lijnd 
Greoniaw 
GrC0'ii9ck 
GrOOn'wjcli 

(grC'iijj) 
Orelfu'w^'do 
Gro-iiil'diji 
Gren'v-hl(),  or 

(Jr?-n6'lile 
GrCt'iisiGrCan 
Gri'ifpriif 
GrSn'inu-fii,  or 

(•r6n'jii-Jf!ii 
Griiyeres  (^rfl-yAr') 
Gira-<l5i-Iitv'i-ijr 
Gua-dril-.ix-il'r?  {or 

guU-d:,\-lii-liA'r!i) 
Guil-d?-loiine.' 

(ga-dii-166p') 
Giid-dfil-(|inv  jr,  or 

(jiill  ilaUjuj-vir' 
Gua-dj-il'n!^ 
Gud-iniiii'g^ 
Guilii'ca  V^  ij  c? 
Gira-iM  fv 
Giia-ajx-ui'tS 

./rfwi-nj-hwU'tC) 
GuilrdM  iti 

(g'irVl^f-wC) 
Gllas-tftl'l^ 
GiLi-tj-iiiil'l^,  or 

Gui-te-inii'lgi 
Gufix-a'cri 

(or  gW9-hil'k!;i) 
Guny-vi-qiiil' 

(K\vi-?-kCI',  or 

Rw'l-ysi-kGl') 
GiiC'breij  (gg'berz) 
GuSI'd?r-lftnd  " 
GuSI'dcr? 
Gtieret"(ga'r5) 
GUern'ijey 
Gui-a'n?  (^5-a'na) 
Guj-enne'  (S^-eii' ! 
Gull'fprd  (gll'f^rd) 
Gutn'ea  (gin'?) 
(Jni-pMS-c6'?i 
GuT?'h'r-9U!;h 
Giim-bin'n^H 
Grtnd-wil'n?!! 
Gu-zel-hTs'sjir 
Gd'ze-rat 

27'* 


H 


Mild  ri  iniiir' 
lliicrli.'iii  (liur  ^m) 

iliiuilr  (lug) 
llll'llAll 

llal  iLiiilt 

Il.ljyp6.1r' 

lliil  lii;r  siftdt 

IIAI'I  r&x 

lUI  Ig 

llHI'luln 

lliillitwell  (Iii<l'l9-9l; 

iliiiii-(i-dftii' 

illl'iiillli 

llfitirliurg 

lUiiip  Mliire 

iUii'aii 

llaiig-trlKvVfiiii' 

lliliig-tilieou' 

ll(in'y-v(»r 

llUr'lt'iii 

lliir'|i\!r':j  Fiir'ry 

Uttr'rjs-bUrg 

Iliir'rAw-gate 

Hilrt'lnrd 

Ilanz,  or  I liirz 

Har'wjch  (liir'rjj; 

ilasifjiic^ 

Hat  te  rftH 

H;i-vaii'n;.iti,  or 

Hyvan'? 
Ilavel 

i:itv'cr-f9rd-w"st' 
Hi'vor-hjlllhaver  jl) 
Hil'vfe  (liA'vr) 
nav're-do-(;rUce' 

(hftv'vr'-de-gr'.ls') 
H^i  wal  j  (lii»-\vI'o) 
Uriwjck 
llav'tj 
HGb'rj-d.-.f 
Mcch'jng  en 
HGc'l;> 

HGds  j:.(S 

Hel'd^;! -biirg 
Hell'brSnn 

nei  j-gn-iand 

MC'Iiri'stadt 
Hel'sjng  forij 
H?I-v6Myn 
Hil'vmit-aldy^ 
Hen-lo'p^n 
Hen-rl'c5 
H^-rtc'l^-^ 
H?-rtlt' 
Her'^-fyrd 
Her'kj-nier 
Her'mjnn-stadt 
Her'n9-8and 
Her-z9-(;9-vJ'no 
HGsHe  C^s'se) 
H«yts'lni-ry  (hates-) 
lli'SreM    hi'dr) 
Hlgh'lrinds 
Hlld-hurg-nau'scn 
Hll'des-hciin 
Hll'lHh 

HTIlrji'biir-oiigh 
Hiiii-m'.l'Irli,  or 
Illm-i-lii'va 


tltii-<l(VV  Kbfl 
lllli'dnrt  Uii',  or 

lljli  dc^K't^li 
lllH-p^ll-j-A  r> 

IliWUNHI'O  (ll(-Wih  V) 

!!(')  viiK-hA' 
llu^'h  hclia 
•  19  di-rdi.i 
llouiitt  (hng) 
Ho  livn-llii'dflii 

IIO'h(;il'lnbr,  Of 

ll(5-h(,(ll  In'hr  j 

IM  hv'ii  /J.l'brif 
Il6ll^iid 

lini'Ntuiii 

Hn-ii4n' 

ir.iii'dil'r^^ii 

Hnii'tleur 

n6(*i:>'g-vC0 

llnoR  Illy 

llnt'tlMI-tritS 

IIOii  <iiilmiiK' 

FI6u'n:,i  (lioii'sj) 

Fldii-Kiii-tnii'ic 

ild  9-heTiie' 

llud'd^r^-fiCtd 

Miid'rton 

iliuls'cgi  (hvvds'k?) 

Ilrill 

Hum  bcr 

Hiin'g:,i'-iy 

Huivii 

Hvi'ea  (vCn) 

Hy'il^r-ij-bad',  m 

HJ-drs-Wd' 
Hj'drii   or  lia'drif) 
lljthe 


1. 

Ib'or-vTlIo 
Ice  Iciiid 
Id'rj-a 

isiaii 

H-li-iiiiTs   (ilk'-niW) 

I' ly ■■■(-? 

in'di-a  'Vii'jo^) 

In-di  (iii'a(iii-j^-a»'gi 

Iii-diitii-op'9llH 

In'die^  Cln'jiz) 

fndre  (aiig'dr; 

In'dys 

tn'g9l-st4dt 

Inns'priick 

Til  vp-ra'ry 

Iii-ver-kCith'jng 

In-ver-neas' 

Tps'wjch  (or  ip'«jch) 

Tr'{ik  Ar'gt-bj 

Ire'lvUid 

Ir-koutsk' 

Iroquois  (Ir-o-kwi*') 

Ir-rgi-wad'dy 

fr'tysch 

tr'vine 

Is'chj-j 

fse'o  (e-sa'o) 

N(!r  (G'ser) 

rs-'w  (e-sA.  ) 


K 


! 


:n& 


PRONUNCIATION  OF 


]8-miii-9-?)&(i' 

rsliiy  (M51) 

l9'ling-t9n 

Ts'mail,  or  Tvmall' 

Is-jisi-ljan' 

Is'tri-51 

It'Hy 

Iv-rS'si 


J. 

J&I'lpffS 

Jjt-mai'c^ 
Ja-nei'ro  (j?i-nS'ro, 
or  jsi-na'ro) 

J&que-mei' 
J&r'9S-l&v 
Ja'v9,  or  Ja'v» 
Jed'dS 
Je'n?  (ya'n?i) 

JId'd9 
Jf-Sn'nj-nsL 
J5n'ki9-ptng 
JSr'd^n 

Jy^ln'  F^r-nSn'dez 
Jug'g^r-nSiutii 
Juliers  (yu'iurz) 
Jum'n^ 
Jting'Mu  (or 
yiing'frftu) 

JQt'l^nd 


K. 

Kaarta  (k^r'tji) 

K&ir-wftn' 

Kftl'jsrh 

KSm'i-niSc,  or 

K^-mln'j-fic 

K^iiits-ch&t'k^ 

Kfts-k&s'ki-^i 

K^-tiih'din 

K9-zftn' 

Kdmp'tfit 

(k^-nftw'w?) 
KSn'n^-bSc 
K^n-tuck'y 
K^rgue'I^n';  Isl 
Ker-niftn' 
K^r'm^n-BhSiw 
KSsh'e 

Kes'wick  (kSz'jk) 
Kete'ke-mSt 
Khi'v«t 
Ki-tlkh't9 
Kt-9n-kA' 
Kld'd^r-mlH-stfr 


Kiel  (kbl) 

Ki'fv,  or  Ki'ou 

Kll-dire' 

Kjl-kdn'ny 

Kil-la'l^^ 

Kjl-lalue 

Kil-lar'n»jy 

Kjl-miir'iiQCk 

Kjl-niore' 

Kiii-c'ir'djne 

Kin-rSss' 

Kin-sale' 

Kjr-kai'dy 

Kirkcudbright 

(kirk-k&o'bre) 
Kls-ke-m&n'e-tas 
KiaViig. 
Klt-ta-iiTng' 
Kit-t9-Kn'ny 
Kl-u-fi'jsih 
Kuisteneau 

(nis'to-iio) 
KnSx'viile 
KSI-y-vSn' 
Kong^'berg 
K8n'jg3-berg 
Ko-rjs-sSii' 
K(Jr-do-faii' 
Kii-rile§',  or  Ku  rile; 
Kur-ree-cbane 
Kdrsk 
Kut-tiire 


L. 

Lab'rfi-dor' 

Lac'c^t-dJve? 

LSlch-3-w5n'n9Ck 

Ijagh-j-wax'eii 

La  CliJne' 

Ulgii's? 

Lj-do'g» 

L^-drone?' 

La'g9  Maggiore 

(m^-jo'rft) 
Lgi  Guaj 'rfi 

(or  guU-e'rji) 
L9-h5re' 
L^t-hfiu' 
L51  MSn'ch?,  or 

L?  M&n'ch? 
Lambayeque 

(l&m-b.j-ya'ki*) 
Min'beth 
lAm'e-go 
L&m'iner-iniiir 
Lgi  Mbiile' 
Lftin'89-kj 

I^n'^rk,  or  Lfi-nUrk' 
Lan'c5is-ter 
Lftn-daii'  ■ 
Lan'dre-cy 
L&nd^-ixit' 
liin'^e-miid 
LUn'gies  (lan'gr) 
Lan-gu?-u6c' 
La'9S 

)LSp'I?nd 
Lji-ra^ht/  (l?-rJlsh') 
L^-rTs'sg 


l,Xr-is-laii' 

Lat-.;j-cun'gri 

Lat-;.i-ki'fi,  or 

L&t-tri-koo' 

L&u'en-hiirg 

Lauricc't9ii(liUi3'ti^n) 

Lau-^aiine'  (lo-z&n') 

L&u'tcr-brAnn 

Lav'5>! 

Lay'bSigh 

Leb'5i-n6n 

Lfic'ce  (let'ch?) 

L6£h 

Leedij 

Lee'wfird  (le'w^rd, 
or  lu'vvard) 

Lg-ghbrn''  (le-gBni') 

Leices't^r  (ICs'ter) 

Leigh'lin  (lek'ljh) 

Leigh'tipn  (IG'tun,  or 
la'tyn) 

Lel'njng-^n 

Leln'ster,  or 
Lein'st^r 

Leip'sic, 

Leitll  (lerh) 

Leit'rjm,  or  Lei'trjin 

Leni'berg 

LG'119 

Leom'jn-ster 

Le-5n',  or  Ls'pn 

L5-9-ni'dj 

Le-^n-ti'ni 

LSop'pld-sUidt 

Le-pSln't? 

L^-ri'di.i 

Leuch'ten-bUrg 

Leut'in^-ritz 

Le-vSiit' 

L6v'en,  or  Le'ven 

Le-war'd?n,  or 
Jjceil'w^r-dgn 

Lex'ing-t6n 

Ley'den  (ll'dn) 
LlD'$i-nus 
Ligh'te-nau 
Ligh'ten-fel? 
LTch'ten-steTn 
Lie*e  (or  l^-azh') 
Lieg'nTtz 
Lille,  LJsie  (lei) 
Li'm?,  or  Li'mi^ 
LTm'biirg 
Lim'er-Tck 
Llin'in^t 

LTm'3ges  (lim'ozh) 
Lln'cpln  (ITng'kijin) 
LiTig'en 
Lin'kip-ptng 
Lin'ljth-gow 
Lintz 
Llp'51-ri 

Lippe-Det'mold 
LT^'bpn 
Litch'field 
LTth-ii-a'ni-9 
Llt'jz 
LTt-t9-ra'l? 
L)-va'di-9,  or 
Liv-a-di'st 


Ltv'?r-p34T 

Li-v6'nj-?» 

Lliiii-dSir 

L9-iiii'dd 

L9-&a'gd 

L9-cUr'n3 

L9£h-a'b9r 

Lfich  Lev'^n,  or 

Le'ven 
L5ch  Lib'inonJ 
LSch'y 
Lou'^ve 
Lo'dt 
L9-fo'd?n 
Loire  (Iwar) 
Loi'ret  (Iwa'ra) 
Lfiin'b?ir-dy 
Lo'm9nd 
Ldu'd9n 
L6n-d9n-dGr'ry 
L86-chad' 
L9-ret't6 

L'Orient  f  I5r'f-5ng) 
L9r-raine' 
Lo'tfi!-?n 
Lough  Ncagh 

(16k'  nei,  or  nB'sJ 
Lough  Erne 

(15k'  em') 
L6u'is-bUrg 
L6u-i8-j-ade' 
Lou-i-^j-a'ny 
Ldu'js-ville 

(or  lea-e-vii) 

L6u-vain' 
Lou'vo 
Low 'ell 
L9-zg're' 

Lu  beck',  or  LQ'b^ck 
Lub'ljii 
Ly-ca'ya 
Ldc'cji 
L^i-cerne' 
Luck-now' 
Ly-^8n' 
Lu-d^-niar' 
Lu-ga'no 
Lu'ne-biirg 
Lune'vjlle 
Lu-pa't? 
LtJi-sa'ti-51 
Lut'zcn 
Lux'eiii-bitrg 
Lu-zerne' 
Lu-zSn',  or  Lu'zSn 
Ly-coin'jng 
Lym' fiord 
Lynch'biirg 
Lyonnois  (ie-9-na') 
Ly'9n9  (li'9nz,  or 
le-ong') 


M. 

Mj-ca's 

M5i-cais's?ir 

Ma^-e-do'nj-f 

M&c-9-ra't{i  (in)lct>-) 

Msi-chl'st3 

Miick-i-niw' 


GEOGRAPHICAL  NAMES. 


31(» 


'b^ck 


an 


Bb-> 


Ma'con,  Oeo. 

M'A-cbiV ,  Fr. 

M?td-?-gS.s'csir 

M^-dei'rsi 

Mji-de'r^ 

Mid'i-S(jn 

Ma-dras' 

M9-drld',  or  Mad'rjd 

Mid'u-ra,or  Mgi-du'r{i 

Mael'strdm 

Mae^c  (inaz) 

Miifis'tright 

Mig-.'j-dox'gi 

MSg-dHS'ngi 

Jiag'de-I'lirg 

Ma-^ei'ljn,  or 

MSlg-9-r6e' 

Mstf-^io're  (m?-jo're) 

M?-^tn-dai-nii'o 

Mag-iii'sj 

MijIi-rSlt't? 

M4'j-dsi 

Ma'i-nai 

Maine 

M?i-jbr'ca 

MSLl-ai-bar' 

M9-lS.c'c9 

M^l'9-g«k 

Ma'lfir 

Mgt-lA'ya 

MSll'den 

MStl-dive§' 

M?-16in'bgi 

Malines  (ina-ISn') 

Mai-Ii-c61'lo 

M!tl'me-dy 

M&l'mS 

Malm§ '  bu-ry  (mimz-) 

Miilplaquet 

(mSil-pl&k'a) 
MUl'strdm 
Mai'tgi 
Mai'tpn 
Mail-v<i-sl'fi,  or 

Mal-va'si-9 
MSl'Wfi 
Miin'ches  ter 
Msin-diii'go 
Ma'ne 
Man-gj-lore' 
Mrin-hit'tsin 
Ma.i'helm 
Mgi-nil'lri 
Mann'li^rts-berg 
L5  Mans  (le-min) 
M^n-sou'r.t 
Man'tu-51 
M&n-zVn'A're? 
Mair-5i-c'4'y-b6 
MSlr'gi-nfiec 
M5r-ain  liim' 
M&r'9i-n5n 
Mar'?-vi 
Mar-ble-h6ad' 
Mar'bUrg 
Mji-ien'go 
Mar-g^i-ri'tsi 
Mar-i-a'ngi 
Mlr-ie-g?-lSlnte' 
Ma'ri-^n-blirg 
Ma-rj  on-w8r'der 


Ma-ri-5t'tsi 
Mar'nip-r?,  or 

Mi.ir-mo'i-jji 
Mgi-ro9ch'  (-iSsh) 
Mji-ross' 

Msir-sa'lfi 

Marseilles(ini>r-8alz') 

Mar-ti-ni'c9 

Mar-tj-nique' 

Ma'ry-lsind 

Masafuero 

(mas--  -fwa'io) 
Mas'c^t 

Mas's^ 

Mas-sst-cha'aefs 
Mas'»-9h 
Mft-sQ'lj-pji-tani' 
Ma-tSn'z^is 

Mat-?-pan' 

M?-.ta'rj-5i 

Mats'in^i 

M&ugli  Cliunk 

Mau-mee' 

Mlu-re-pils'  (-piO 

Mani-ri"ti-us 

Mgiy-ence' 

Mfiy-enne 

Mayne 

May-ndoth',  cr 

May'ndotli 
Mni-zan-d^-r&a' 
Mriz-zU'r^i 
Me-a'c? 
Meaux  (mo) 
Mec'c^i 
Mccli'lja 
Me^cho-Ei-can' 
Meck'len-biirg 
Me -con' 
Muc'rfin 

Me-di'n?, or  Me-dl'n?t 
Me-hSr'riu 
Mei-k9ng' 
Mei'nfiHi 
Mei'njng-en 
Mels'sen  (ml'sen) 
Me-jer  dah 
Me-lin'dri 

Mel-rose',  or  MSl'rose 
Me-lun' 
Moin'el 

MCni-i)hre-ma  g5g 
Men-do'z.? 
M6ntz  (ments) 
Me-nuP 
Men-za'leh 
MCq'nj-nC'Z 

(mek'e-nez) 
Mer'gui'(niijr'ge) 
Mer'Hla,  or  Me-ri'dai 
Mer-j-mj-^hi' 
Mer'i-9-ncth 
M^r-niGn'tlu 
M6r'ri-mack 
Mfe'rse'biirg 
Miir'sey 

Mer'thyr  Tyd'vjl 
Mgs'cliid 
Mes-9-15n'|i 
Mos-si'n? 
M£s-i;-ra'dd 


Mes-u-r'A't^ 

Met'Q-IIii 

Metz  (inis) 

Mciirtlie  (inurt) 

Meu^e  (muz) 

MCx'j-co 

Mezieres  (m§z-yir') 

Mj-ain'i 

Ml^h'i-gan 

Micli-il-i-mftck'i-n5c 

(pron.  make-n&w) 
Mld'dle-bu-ry  (-ber-) 
Mid'dle-tbwn 
Mll'^n,  or  Mi-Jan' 
Mll'ledge-vllio 
Mln'cie  (mln'chS) 
Min-d^i-na'o 
Mjn-do'ro 
Min-gr5'li-5i 
MTn'ho 
Mj-nbr'cfi 

Miqnelon(mTk-e-16n') 
Mir-?ii-do'l?f 
Mis'i-tr? 
Mjs-ais'que 

(mjs-sis'ke) 
MTs-sjs-sip'p'i 
Mi3-s9-lon'glij 
Mis-sou'ri 

(ni(3-so6'rc) 
Mjs-tras' 
Mp.bilc' 
Mo-cfi-ran'gfi 
Mo'cha 
M6'(le-nri,  or 

Mo-dG'nj 
MSg-fi-d5re' 
Mo'hiwk 
Mo'hj-lov 
MSI'd^u 
Myl-da'vj-a 
M9-n?e' 
Mo-luc'c? 
Mom-ba'zj 
Mr)ni'fl8t 
M5n'?i-c6 
Mon'si-ghan,  or 

Mg-na'ghsm 
Mon-5S-tir' 
Mon-chfj-bo^' 
Mon-de'go 
Mpn-do'vi 
)\Ij-n(5m-b?i-si'5i 
Mon'fj-lOtit 
Mon-go'li-5t 
Mon-9-niij-t.l'pj 
Mo-nSn-gj-hC'lgt 
M5ns 

M6n't.j-Rue 
Montaiiban 

(mong-to  bJlng ) 
M5nt  Blanc 
Montbri?on 

(mong-bre-zong') 
Mon-te'go 
M8u-teith' 
Mon-t6l'9-v6z 
Monterey  (nion-t^ra') 
Monte  Video  (m6n'- 

to  ve-da'o,orn»6n'- 

te  vTd'e-6) 
Moht-fer-Vat' 


Mon-tj-cei'lS 
Mont-mg-rCn  ijr 
M5nt-pul'ier.  yt. 
MCnt-pGl'lj-^i 

{ur  inong-p61'ya) 
MSnt-r^-ai' 
Mon-trose' 
Mont-s^r-rtit' 
Mddr-sligd-9-b&d' 
MftSse-hll'lQck 
Mij-ri'v^ 
Mp-ra'vj-fi 
Mftr'ay  (mur'r?; 
Mbr-bj-han' 
Mg-rS'gi 
Mpr-iash'j-? 
Morlaix  (mpr-la'^ 
M9-r6c'c6 
M5s'5b5 
M5s'c6\v 
Mp-sclle' 
M9-sill' 
M9-ta'lgi 
M9-ta'p^ 
M9-tho'no 
Moulins  (m^'lan) 
M8iil-tan' 
Motir-a3iik' 
M5-zijni-bique' 
Matil  (n.ioSI) 
Mulir  (moor) 
iMdl-l)&u'sen 
Mi5'ni<;h 
Mun'ster 
Miir'cj-ni 
Mus'cntt 
Mus'c9-vy 
Mus-kin'gum 
Myc'9-ni 
Myc'9-no9 
My  Sore' 
Myt-i-le'n? 


N. 

Nag-pSdr* 

N.>-h!lnt' 

Na'mur,  or  N^-mAf 

Nan'cy 

Nan-ggt-sSck'} 

N»n-kin' 

Nantes  (nftnts,  or 

nilnpt) 
Nan'ti-coke 
Nfin-tuck'et 
Na'ple?  (n'a'plz) 
NSp'Ious 
Nap'9-Ii 
N^r-bonne' 
Na^e'by 
Nasli'n-gi 
NKsh'ville 
Nas'sSlu 
Na'tgil 
Natch'?z 
iVatchitoches 

(nak'e-tosh) 
Nji-to'lj-Pi 
Nau'gri-tiick 
Naiun'burg 


320 


PRONUNCIATION  OP 


Naup'l|-5n 
N&v'^-riii,  or 
Niv-st-rl'iiO 
Nei-vUrre' 

Neagli  (ne,  or  nS'pi) 

N6'gr9-p6nie 

Nelsse  (nts) 

Nemours  (np-mMr') 

Neiiiigii  (n^-iiit') 

N^-paul' 

Ncp'js-slng 

Ner-bBd'd^h 

N6rt  s^hmk' 

Nfis'C9-p6c 

N6tft'?r-mnd? 

NeQf-^hfi-tel' 

Neii'solil 

Neu'st&dt 

Ne-va'd? 

Nevera  (ne-vir') 

NtJV'^r-sTn'k 

New'^rk 

New'bern 

New'bv-ry 

New'bi.i-ry-port 

New-cfts'tle 

New  5-5b6'tsi 

New'foiind-l&nd 

New  Hinip'shjre 

New  Ha'ven 

New  Jer'sey 

New'miir-k?t 

New  Or'l9-?n| 

New'port 

New  York 

Ni-a'g9-r? 

Nlc-gi-rii'gusi 

Nice  (nes) 

Nic'p-bar 

Nic-9-Ia'§v 

Ni-cBp'p-lj 

Ni-co'si-si 

NTc-p-to'r? 

Nid'men 

Nievre  (ne-a'vr) 

Ni'ger,  or'Nl'ger 

Nile' 

Nim'e-guen 

Ni'ort 

Ni'phpn 

Nip'js-sin!» 

Nismea  (nem,  or 

neniz) 
Noirmouticr 

(nwilr-m&Ot-ydr') 
Nard'k!(?-pTng 
Nord'linp-eii 
Nor'niaii-ily 
Nor'rj(l|*e-\vock 
Nbitli-ainp'ton 
Niirtli-uift'b^r-lSnrt 
Ncir'wriy 

N5r'wicli  (nor'rij) 
Not'tjiig-h&iu 
N9-vll'ra 
No'v.?  Sca'tj-? 
NSv'g9-rod 
Nu'lij-? 
Nu'r^m-berg 
Nf'k^-plng 


o. 

Sak-inul'l^e 

Oaxaca  (wji-ha'kgi) 

O'by 

Q-ca'n? 

Oc-cfl-quin' 

(6-sli9-&n'§-kst) 
Q-c8'nee 
O'cr^-coke 
O-d^ii-seS' 
O'd^r 
Q-d6s'sflt 

Oo'lstnd,  or  ^e'l^nd 
Oesel  (e'zel,  or  6'zel) 

ggee'chee 
gUo  (61 'y 5) 
O-hi'o 
Oiae  (waz) 
Ok-hotzk' 
{^ld'?n-bui;g 
Oleron  (61'rong') 

g-IIn'dfi 
I'niutz 
Ol'o-ngtz 
O-mb'tf. 

Oin-p5m-p9-n86'syc 
O-riG'gni 

6neglia  (Q-nCl'yp) 
Q-nei'd?i 
on-pn-da'gat 
Qn-ta'rj  6 
08-jcIn' 
Oo-n!)i-ias'k^> 
06s-tain-ftu'lee 
(5p-e-lou's?s 
(6p-e-i66'Sii) 

g-pdr'to 
-r&ii',  or  O'r^n 
6r'9nge 
Or'e-bro 
Or'e-gon 
o'rel 

Or-el-I'i'nji 
O'ren-blirg 
Orihuela 

(or-e-hwa'l.j) 
O-rj-nh'co 
5r-i-z.i  b? 
Ork'iieyij 
rtr'le-an^ 
O-ron'tcij 
6r-9-p6'sa 
Or'te-pai 
Q-rtt'ro 

8 -sic '9 
-silg;e' 
6§'nfk-bruck 
0^'n5i-burg 
Os-sgt-biw' 
Os'8i-p55 
Q8-t6iid' 
Os'tj-Sks 
fis-wo-gittch'le 
Os-w5'b6 

f^-tab'a-lo,  "»• 
■  fit-fi-ba'lo 
O't.j-hPite,  «^ 
O-tu-hel'te 


^t'cli9-kov 

O-tTstii'to 

Ot-sC'gO 

flt'tgi-wa 

Ot'i^r-bilrn 

Ouachita 

(wQ8h-9-ta') 
Oude  (ddd) 
Oude'narde 
Ou'fsi  (6a'fgi) 
Oujs-con'sjn 

(wj8-c5n'sin) 
Ou'rsl  (a&'r^l) 
Ou-raisk' 
Our'Ai  (88r'f?) 
Our'g?  (88r'g?) 
Ou^  (d8z) 
Outawas  (6t'gi-\va) 
Out-ch5tng-f8u' 

(do-chging-fB8') 
5-v?r-ys'3§l 
O-vj-e'd? 
0-wSs'c5 
0-why'ee 
Ox'fprd 
Q-zArk' 


P. 

paic'9-iet 

Psi-d&ng' 
rad'§r-bBrn 
Pad'u-? 
Pai?'ley 
P^-iat'j-nale,  or 
Pai-?-t'-nate' 
Pai'gi-tTne 
P&l-st-wan' 
Pill-^iii-biug' 
P^-ler'md 
Pfil'es-tine 
P&l-i-caud-^liCr'ry 
P^il-ini'r^is 
Pjl-niy'rgt 
Pa'Igs 

PSlTl'li-CO 

Pam-pe-lii'ngi 

PSn-rt-inJ.' 

P5p'ii-et 

P4'rA 

PSr-a-gnay' 

Pfli-ri'i-l)? 

PSr-gi-niilr'i-bS 

Phr-sj-rndt'tci 

Par-9-n,l' 

Pfi-rtiC'gbj  51 

Par'g? 

Pa'rj-st 

Par-j-ina' 

Pftr'is 

Pir'in? 

Piir-rne-pSn' 

Pcir-iiii"s'sv3 

Pfta-c?-gou'l5i 

Pas-cuA'ro 

PSs-qiip-tSnk' 

P^s-sa'jo 

Pas-sj-mji-quBd'dy 

ras-a?-r88-wil!i' 

Pas-suu' 


?-g5'ni-?i 
Pgi-taj)8'c6 
Pftt'9-ra 
Pat'mgs 
Pat'nsi 

Pfit'rss,  or  Pji-tltts' 
Pat't^r-spn 
Pij-tuck'^t 
Pau  (pa) 
Pftu'cHSck 
Pa'V)-?,  or  Pji-vl^ 

paw-tack'§t 

Pays  de  Vaud 

(pa'5  d?  vC) 
Pe-deS' 

Peebles  (pe'blz) 
P?-gQ' 
Pei'pys 

Pe-ki'ng',  or  Pe'kjn 
P§-lew' 
P£  ir.-j-g^-w  a  fl's^t 

(pein-e-je-wSs's^r. 
Peiin-syi-va'ni-51 
Pe-nob'scot 
P^n-aj-co'l?i 
P^n-zftKce' 
P?r-dl'do 

Perigcux  (p6r'e-g(t) 
Pcrbord  (per'^-gBr) 
Per-iiain-bd'cd 
Perpigiiaii 

(pir-p6n-yaiig') 
Per'si-51  (per'shg-j) 
Pe-ru' 
Pe-ru'|igt 
P?-s<l'ro 
P^-shil'wiir 
Post 

Pct-ch5'r? 
Pe'terij-bUrg 
Pc-t^r-war'deln 
Phil-gi-del'phi-jt 
Plij-llp'pine? 
Pliil-jp-pop'o-lj 
Pl-si-c6n'zgi 
Pi-i'v? 
Pic'5ir-dy 
Pi-cliin'chj 
Pi'ca 

Pjc-fou'  (pik-t&6 
Pi'ed-mbnt,  or 

Picd'inoiit 
Pi-c-to'I? 
Pignerola 

(pin-y?-r5'lgt)    , 
Pil-cij-iiiil'yo 
Pin-?-ro'ld 
Pi-gm-bi'nS 
Pi'?5i 

PTs-cilt''9-qu5 
Pjt-caitli'ly 
PUtfi'biirg 
PlaqnemineB 

(])l&k'n)in) 
Pla  t5i,  Li 
Piatte 
Plyin'onth 
Plyn-Iiin'niQn 
Pfi  c()-in5ke' 
P(jd  -gbr'z? 
Poitiers  (pwa'tSft, 

or  pd5-terz') 


3' 


GEOGRAPHICAL  NAMES. 


(in 


?) 


>i 


Pu'lnnd 

Pol't^-va,  or  P9l-ta'vj 

P51-y-nS'9i-gi 

PSin-e-ra'iii-^ 

P6ii-di-<(li6r-ry 

PSnt-chjir-train' 

P3n't|-«c 

P.^yi.illi 

Po-pvt-y&ii' 

P6p-9-cat'9fpgtl 

Pbr'li-ci  {or 

par'tj-che) 
Port'leind 
Por'to  Rt'cS 
Ports'moyth 
Poit'y-gjI 
Po'sgii 
Pp-to'mgic 
P6-t9-8!' 
Pots'dlin 
Pougli-kSep'sie 

(P9-k6p'se) 
Pb^-hgit-tari' 
P3z-zu-6'l6 
Prague  (prSg) 
Prai'rje  dy  ^Uij-gn' 
PrS'gel 
Pies'biirg 
Pres'teigne  (-tSn) 
Prieg'nitz 
Prin-cj-pa'to 
Privas  (pre  v'i) 
Provenct: 

(pr5v-.    .'•  -; 
Prov'j-*  -fi' 
Prussia  ,.  u  .1.9^,  or 

pru3h'e-si) 
Pruth 
Pueblii  (pvva'blri,  or 

pA-ablj) 
Puglia  (pul'ya) 
Puy  de  Dome 

(pwe'  d?  dom') 
Pyr'e-neeij 
Pyr'inont 


Q. 

Q,ue-b6c' 
Q,uSr-e-til'ro 
duesn'oy  (ken-wa  } 
Qui-16'^ 
Cluln  e-bOiug 
aui'to  (ke'to) 


R. 

Raab  (rUb) 

Ra-b&t' 

R^i-gu'sgi 

Rai'^jn 

Ri-j^-inun'drsi 

R^'leigh  (i-aw'!e) 

Uanibouillet 

(r9i»i-h68'il-ya) 
BSlm-il-1ie^' 
K^in-p88r' 
R^mfgate 


R^H-ca'guat 

R^n-goun' 

Rap-P5i-han'n9ck 

Rirj-tan 

R&s't&dt 

Rat'i-bbr 

Rat'js-bSn 

Rsi-v6n'n5i 

Ra'ven^-b^rg 

R<5ad'ing 

R6g'§n 

Reggio  (r6d'j3) 

Rei'gli?n-ba£h 

Rei'ch?n-berg 

Rei-ki-a'vjk 

Ren-lrew' 

Rennes  (ren) 

Rens'sf-laer 

Reus  (ra'ooa),  Sp. 

Reus  [or  ruis),  Ocr. 

Reut'ljtig-9n 

Revel 

Rhe  (ra) 

Rhoim?  (rSmz,  or 

rSinz,  or  ranse) 
Rheln't.?! 
Rhine 

Rhode  Tsl'^nd 
Rhode^ 
Riio'dez 
Rh5ne' 
Ri-51-zan' 

Ri^he'lieu  (reuh'lu) 
Rich'inond 
Rideau-  (re-do') 
Rie'seu-ge-birg 
Rieti"(re-a'te) 
Ri'gfi,  or  Ri'g^ 
Rimj-iij 
Ri-9-bain'b5i 
Ri'6  Bra'vo 
Ri'9  Grande' 
Ri'o  Jfi-nGi'ro,  or 

Ri'9  Ja-n&i'ro 
Riv'9-li 
R9-aniie' 
R6an-6ke' 
RS^he'fbrt 
Rochefuucault 

(ro3h'fo6-l'3) 
Ro-chelle',  vr 

RSvh'glle 
R6ch'9s-t9r 
Ro-hjl-cund' 
Roinagna 

(r9-inan'y5i) 
R9-ina'ni-?,  or 

Ro-nisi-ni'fi 
Rome,  or  Rome 
Ron-ce-vai'le:j 
R9-^6t'tEi 
R9S-sa'ro 
RSs  lock 
Rothe-say' 
Rouen  (roo'ang) 
Rousi^illon 

(roosil'yong') 
Rov-e-r&'do 
Rovigno  (r9-vln  yo) 
R9-vi'go 
R(i'd9i-stadt 
Rd-me-li'.? 


Russia  (rfl'shp-?,  or 

rush'e-jt) 
Rut  liintl 


s. 

Saade  (sad) 

Saal'field 

Saatz  (gats) 

Sa'bi-iji 

S^-bi'n? 

Sj-bine' 

Sa-ble-8tan' 

f«ack-5i-t66' 

sa'co 

!»ag-.;»-dsi-hoc' 
Sag-hHi'en,  or 

S^-gha'l'j-en 
Sag'j-nHw 
Sague'ngiy  (sSg'n^) 
Sah'!;t-r? 
Sah-run-pore' 
Sa'i-dai 
Sa'ide 
Bai-gon' 
St.  X'niFtnd 
St.  A'saph 
St.  Xu-gus-tlne' 
St.  Xus'tle 
St.  Brieux  (bru) 
St.  ChrTs't9-pherj 
St.  Cliirs'vllle" 
St.  Cloud  (klod) 
St.  Col'umb 
St.  Croix  (krbix,  or 

krwa) 
St.  Cvr  (ser) 
St.  Dlz'i-er 
St.  J)9-mirj'go 
St.  Et-i-Cnne' 
St.  Etl-sta'tj-Fi 
St.  Fe-li'pe 
St.  Flour 
St.  Gail 

St.  Gen-e-vieve' 
St.  Gibr'jjio  (jbr'jo) 
St.  Gi-9-vau'ni 
St.  Got'hard 
St.  Ile-lo'ngi 
St.  H6l'j-Dr 
St.  Hu'beVt 
St.  Il-d§-f5n's5 
St.  Ja'go  (yii'go) 
St,  Law'rence 
St.  Lou'js  \ur  16'?) 
St.  Lu'cj-j  {or  lu-s5') 
St.  Ma'lo 
St.  Mfi-ri'no 
St.  Mau'ffii 
St.  Mi'sha-el 
St.  Mtg'uer(-wel) 
St.  Ne6ts  (nofits) 
St.  Om'er 
St.  Pierre 
St.  Pol 'ten 
St.  Queiitin 

(kUn'tiln) 
St.  Sal'va-dftr 
St.  Se-bfts'ti-ja 
St.  S^r'van 


32] 


St.  S6v'9i 

at  Sev-cr-l'n? 

St.  T5m'a-ny 

St.  Thbm'flis  (t6m- 

St.  Vln'c^nt 

St.  Yriex  (S'r?-?) 

Saintes  (sangt) 

S^i-ka'rgt 

Ssi-ia'd5 

Sai-^-man'c^ 

Sa'l^m 

Ssi-ler'n5 

Sal'f9rd  (8iw'f9rd) 

SHi'n? 

Ssi-llne' 

Saiis'by-ry 

(sai/,'bf)r-re) 
Sijl-lee'    ■ 
Salm 
SHS'n? 
Sai-9-nt'c» 
Sal-B6tte' 
Salz'bUrg 
S?-ma'n.> 
Sftm-?-rang 
Sam-?r-cand' 
Sam'bre  (sam'br) 
Sam-9-^t"ti-?i 
Sanj-9-Irtcf' 
Sa'ni5a 
Sam-9-thra'ki 
S^m-s&dn' 
Sa'nj,  or  Sa'n^ 
San-dn-mir' 
San-dus'ky 
San-g-il'i 

Sangu'hrir  (s^ng'h^r) 
S^n-san'dtng 
S&n'ttjL  Criia 
S^n'tgt  F6' 
San-tan'd^r 
San'tPi-rem 
San-teS' 

san-tj-a'go 

san-tjl-la'nci 

San-t9-ri'ni 

Saone  (son) 

^r'gi-tat 

Sar-si-g8s'8?i 

Sar-9-nac' 

Sar-9-t6ggi 

Sar-51-vvan' 

Sar-dln'i-?i 

Sa'ros 

Sarre 

Sarthe  (sart) 

Sas'Ei-ri 

Sas-k9-shd.w'9n 

S5l-tA'Ij-9 

Sau-mur' 

S^i-van'njh 

save 

Savigny  (sst-vln'y^ 

S&v'9-iax 

S^i-vo'ngi 

Sa-vby' 

Sax'9-ny 

Sea-fell' 

Scjr-pan'to 

Schaff-hau'sen 

Schau'en-hiirg 

Sclielestadt(shleB'tat) 


'■»!■»  ffi  rtr'JvuFi  jgi-iThi-H 


3^2 


PRONUNCIATION  OF 


Sqlieit,  w  SghCldt 

B^ixitn'nitz 

!rSjli9-nec't9-(ly 

Seliie-d&in' 

Sclij'hilll'ipn 

(Bh^-hai'y^n) 
Schi-rSlz' 
Sghp-liJlr'i? 
S^hSn-hrflnn' 
S^ho'n^n 
S^hbfl'wen 
6chiiy'l§r  (skl'ler) 
gghuyl'ktll 
S^li  w&rt'z^n-biirg 
Scljwarz'waid 
S^liweld'nitz 
S^Iiweln'fUrt 
S^hvveitz 
S^hwerin,  or 

S^hwe'rjn 
Sclg'iano  (shjl-ya'no) 
ScII'ly 

Sci'o,  or  Sci'o 
Scj-o'to 
Sgl?i-v6'ni-?i 
ScSt'l^ind 
Scy-ta'ri 
ScJMsi 

Sc-ha'go 

S6b-9-nl'c3 

g^-d'dn' 

Se|-es-ttln' 

Se'gd 

69-g5'vj-5i 

Seine  (sgu) 

Se-iePk^h 
Bei-?n  *Insk' 
Se-infin'drj-?i 
S6in-j-^l'li-?i 
SSm'i-nolea 

S^Rl'ljIl 

SSm'iHlch 

S^-nai'rjOrSSii-nst-ar' 

SSn'e-c? 

86n'e-gM 

Sen«i  (song) 

S6r-5iin-p6re' 

Sereth  i;fi5i-r8t') 

Ser-j-na'gur 

S6r-in-^p'9L-ttlm' 

Ser-plian'to 

Ser'vj-a 

Set'l^dje 

Set'u-v&l 

Se-vSs't9-p51 

S^-vennes'  (se-v6n') 

Bgv'frn 

S^-vier' 

Se-ville',  orSSv'jlle 

Sevres  (savr) 

Sc-\vis-tan' 

Sim'mo 

Shan'non 

HimfulArVb 

Slia\v'nee-tb<^n 

SheCr-iiSss' 

Sheffield 

Shfin-an-do'^h 

FhSr'shftU 


Shjr-van' 

ShSsli-p-nee^' 

Slirewij'by-ry 

Si'siiii,  wr"si-5m' 

Sl-bo'rj-si 

iSI^'i-ly 

Si-cd-li-i'n5 

SiS'g^n 

Sj-6ii'n5i 

Si-er'r?i  L?-6'ne 

i^j-dr'rst  N^-va'dai 

Stg'm9-rtng-en 

3j-gu€n'z^ 

Si-lS's|-?i 

Sjl-liet' 

Sj-lls'tri-si 

SIm'coo 

Siin'plpn 

Si'n^ii 

Stn-cji-pore' 

STnde 

Sjn-g&n' 

Sinig.nglm 

(sTn-e-gftl'y?) 
SIn'flb,  or  STn'o-p5 
Sioiix  (s?-66z') 
Sjr-hTnd' 
aii-i-n'il'gur 
Sl8't9-Vil  ■ 
Si-at' 
Sj-vfts' 

Sj-wah' 

Sken-e^ll'e-les 

SRs'wjck' 

Slieb-hl8&m' 

Sluys  (8l66s) 

Smlt'c^l-den 

Sino-l6nsk' 

Smyr'nj 

Snow'dpn 

Snow'liiU 

Soane 

S6c-?i-nus'c6 

Sy-cd'tr?,  or 

SScHj-to'rsi 
Sg-fa'l? 
Sblg'iiiS?  {or 

swan'ya) 
Soissons  (awSs'sfing) 
Sp-leure' 
!?ol-f9-t;l'r?L 
Siini'eiij,  Isle. 
Sim'er-set 
Somine 

Sp-phi'?,  or  SQ-fhJ'fi 
Sp-rcliu',  or  Sor'el 
Sp-ro'ra 
Sdu-d&n' 
S6ii-rfi-b'iJ.'ysi 
South\vark(9atfi'sU'k) 
S\yij  or  Spa 
Spain 
Spait'la 
Sp9-Ii'tr5 
Sp&n-dau' 
Spey  (spa) 

Spiio 

SpTtz-berg'en 

Sp(j-lg'to 

Spor'?-dS? 

Sqiiil-ia'f^  (-chp) 


Sia'Iiroek  (sta'brSok) 

Stri-^i'rsj 

Btai-j-niC'n? 

fc:«Sin-bflul' 

Sl5iin-pa'li-5i 

Staub'bagh 

Staiin't9n 

St&v'r.ng-?r 

St&ver-^n 

St5cn'berg-fn 

Stein 

St£<'len-b5sch(-b88li) 

Stei'iin 

Steu'ben-vllle 

Stey'^r 

Stir'ljng 

Stock'holm 

Stone'lia-v^ii 

Strsi-bane' 

Strai'sund 

StrSn'ra-^r 

StrSs'biirg 

Strath  a'v^n 

'  'i-au'bing 

Strel'jtz,  or  Stre'ljtz 

Striv'a-li 

Str5m'b9-li 

Stulil  VVei'sen-biirg 

Stutt'gdrd 

Siia'bi-9 

Sua'kein 

Sfl-der-ina'nj-j 

Sn-d6'tSa 

Sd'ez 

Srt-'giil-mSs'sjt 

sa'ii" 

Sul-mo'nji 

Su-nia'tri» 

Svni-ba'w5i 

Su-rat' 

Sur-i-nam' 

Su'?fi 

Sus-qup-han'n^h 

Swe'den 

Swine'inunde 

Swit'z§r-iaud 

Syd'ney 

Sy-e'n? 

Svr'si-cuse 

Sjrr'i-si 


T 

T^-bar'cfi 

Tsi-baa'c5 

Ta'bbr 

Ta-bris'j  or  Tst-br55z' 

T.>ca'me9 

Tac-?i-rt'gu§i 

Tfi-caz'zp 

T^-con'net 

Tftc-u-baVa 

Tl'd-ou-sac' 

Tf-fai'l^ 

Tiif'i-let 

TSg'an-rock 

Tfi-gaz'zg 

Taplianiento 

(tai-yfi-inen'to) 
Ta'giis 


T9-h!'ti 

Tai-fi-vC'r?i 

Tai-l^-baa  »ee 

Tai-l^j-poo'sj 

'l'ain-?-ra'c§i 

'i'^ni-bo'ra 

TainbSv' 

Tgi-jni?e' 

Tauj-pl'c8 

7'9i-na'r6 

Tan-*ier' 

Tan-lore' 

Tsn-nas's^-rtin 

Tan-ne-sar' 

Ta-9r-Hil'n» 

T^-pa  J98 

Tap-pfi-han'n9ck 

Tai)-tee' 

Ta-rti9'f<!a 

Tar-jt-zo'n? 

Tarbea  (tarb) 

Tar'nij-pSl 

Tar-r^-go'nsi 

Tar'ta-ry 

Tar'u-dant 

Tash-kflnd' 

T^s  fii-siJ'djn 

Tftu'd?-ny 

Taun'tpn 

Tftu'ri-d? 

Tftu'rja 

Tiu'rua 

'rav\ast-liii3 

rav'5ist-iaud 

1  .i-vl'r? 
Tav'if»-tock 
Tcher-kftsk' 
Tchuds'kiie 

(skudz'ko) 
Tct-«an' 

Tclt'cj-car  Ho'tft* 
Te-a'kj 
T6che  (tgsh) 
TCeni-b8d 
Tef'ljs 
T?-ba'.Tis» 
Te-he-ran',  or 

T^h-raun' 
T?-lma'c9B 
Te-liuan't?-pec 
Teign  (ten) 
Te-jd'co 
T6I-in-ga'n5t 
Tel-!i-ch6r'ry 
Tt"l'lj-co 
Tem'es-var 
Ten'e-riffe 
TCn'n^s-seS 
Tfin'ter-dCn 
Tgp-e-a'c? 
Te  qiign-dj-ma',  or 

*req-uen-da'iii^ 
Te-ra'm5 
T^r-cC'r^ 
Te-rek' 
T6r-gv-vl8't* 
Ter'mi-n! 
Tcr'mo-11 
T?r-nate' 
Terni 
Tfir'ra  del  Fue'ift 

(fwa'gO) 


or 


T^rr?  el  nji   (tor-rj- 
86'nsi,    or     tCr-rji- 

Tesch'^ii  (tSsh'^n) 
Tet'ij-ftn 
TcJv-e-ron? 
Tfiv'i-9t,  or  Tev'ifft 

T?::-cfl'c6 
Thames  (tSma) 
TliSlnpt 
Th5-bSi'id 
Theilt  (tilt) 
Tlieis  (lis) 
Tlieresienstadt 

(tfi-ra'^n-stat) 
Tliiai'ur  (t^-A'gyr) 
Thi-het'  (te-biH') 
Thiers  (te''ir) 
Thionville 

(te'fing-vll) 
ThJ'v?  (te'V!\) 
Tho'len  (to'l^n) 
Tho'iniir  (to'injr) 
Tlibrii  (or  tBrn) 
Tliun  (tfln) 
Thur-go'vjgi 
Thy-riii'iVj-^i 
Tib'bo 
Tl'b^r 

Tj-ci'no(ort9-chS'nS) 
Ti-c5n-d§-r6'gj 
Tj-dore' 
Tigre  {t§-gra') 
Ti'grjs 
Tirsjt 
Tim-buc-t8&',  or 

Tjin-buc'tSd 
Tl'inor 
Tiiij-an 
Tin-ne-vul'ly 
Tl-fi'gj 
Tlp'§-ri 
Tlp-pc-c!i-n86' 
Tip-p^-ra'ry 
Tit-i-ci'csi 
Tit't?-rio 
Tlv'(j  li 
Tlas-cai'la 
Tlem-sKu' 
Tp-ba'go 
T9-bol' 
Tp-bolsk' 
Tp-bo'so 
Tp-can'tjng 
Tp-cat' 
To-cay 
T9-cii'y5 
Tp-le'do 
Tom-beck 'bee 
l'6m-biic-to8',  or 

Toin-buc'l8o 
Toii-g5t-?-bo8' 
Tonneins  (Mn'nilng) 
T6ii-ii6rre' 
T5ii-n?-wan'tsi 
T6n'ning-en 
Tfin-qu}n'"(t5n-k5ii'; 
T66m-bad'ar9i 
Tp-pa'joa 
Tor-bay' 
Tiir-fe&u' 


GEOGRAPHY 

JAL  NAMESl. 

323 

TBr'mCiJ 

Ty-r51' 

Venezuela 

Tbr'n^-iji 

Ty-r5iie' 

(vSn-9-zw&'l9) 

Tor'9ii-t61 

VCn'jce 

T6r'9-p6z 

V^n-ldd' 

T6r-ris-dil' 

u. 

V4'ra  Crdz' 

Tgr-to'l? 

Ve'r?  Pftz' 

Tgr-to's* 

V^-ra'gu? 

Tpr-ta'g^t 

Ucayale  (dd-ki  gi-I?) 

V§r-c6l'li  (ver-8«l'lf, 

Tdul(t66') 

LT-di'ngi  (86-d6'niii) 

or  v^r-chfil'l?) 

'I'ou'lSn  (tob'ISng) 

IJist  (wi8t) 

V^r-dfln' 

T6u'ldu?e  (t<i6'l5clz-, 

Ck'raine 

V^r-^enne?' 

Touraine  (tdd-ran') 

0-li§-te'si 

Ve'rj-si 

Tdiir-n;i-gh&ut' 

tJhn 

Ver-niont' 

T8ur-nay' 

tiin'bgi-g6g 

Veronal 

Totirs  (t88r) 

tJin-iiie-r9-p6d'rgi 

V^r-saillef' 

Toi^ce'ler  (tuQs'ter) 

Cii'der'-waid 

Ver-fetz' 

Triif-:-'  gar' 

0-iiIt'ed  States 

V^r'viera 

Tra-jin-op'9-Jj 

On'ji-gilh 

V?-^6ul'  (V{i-zd61  ) 

Trst-lec' 

tln-t?r-w41'd9ii 

Ve-su'vj-uB 

"^rriii-que-bilr' 

(Jp  S9I 

Ve-vay'                                           ) 

Tr5ii-8yr-va'ni-gt 

tJp-sa'l^t 

Vi'-a'n?                                            ] 

Trap'51-ni 

Up-e-jl-lil'ta 

Vj-Ss'in? 

'I'r&v-an-core' 

U  r.?l  (oo'r^l) 

Vj-at'ksi                                              j 

Treb-i-s6nd' 

tJr-bJ'nO 

Vi-c<5n'zai                                             j 

Trel'sjiiii 

U'ri  (oo'r?) 

(or  ve-chen'z?)                              i 

Trem'e-cen 

Ur'se-i3n 

Vi-din'j  or  Vid'iu 

Treves  (trav) 

Uruguay  (yu-r^-gwa', 

Vi-Cn'nsL                                             1 

Trev'i-so 

or  ou-ru-gwa') 

Vj-Cnne' 

Trich-9-n8p'9-Iy 

Cse'dijin 

Vi-*5-va'n9                                       t 

Tri-este' 

Lfsliant  (ush'ilng; 

VJ'go 

Trin-com-a-lS6' 

O'tfj-wls 

Vlll9£h 

Trlii-i-d&d',  or 

O'tj-cpi 

Vjn-cenne^' 

Trin'i-dad 

Utrecht  (yu'tiek,  or 

Vintiiniglia 

Trip'9-li 

oo'trekt) 

(vin-te-mtl'yj) 
Viqiie  (ve'k?) 

TrTp-v-liz'z? 

Oz'iiU  U 

Trois  Kivierea 

Vir-^In'i-91 

(trWA  rev'yir) 

Viseu  (ve-sa'dd) 

TrollKe't? 

V. 

VTs'ti.i  I? 

Trop-pau' 

Vi-tcpsk' 

Tros'jclis 

Vj-ter'bo 

Troyes  (trwA) 

Val'iiiits 

Vitre  (vStr) 

Trd-xil'lo 

Viihiis  (va-la') 

V!t-t?ri-fli 

(or  trrt-hil'lo) 

Vui'dai 

Viviers  (vIv-yA/'j 

Tscher-kask( 

V\il-divi-9 

Vii'.-fi-^p-gi-t8nv 

Tsi-6i"n'pa 

Valence  (vai'dnse) 

Vlild'i-mir 

Tu'9m 

Vfi-len'cj-ri 

V6cel?-b6rg 
V5ii-lie'rsi 

Ta'3-rlck 

V'pt-len-cj-il'nst 

TiiSt  (tw5t) 

Valenciennes 

Vol'giJ 

Til'bjng-eii 

(val-An-se-Cn') 

Vol-hyn'j-gt 

Ta'cu-niin 

Va-lun'ti-51  ■ 

V9-log'd5t 

Tu-d€'la 

Vai-l9-d9-lid' 

Vol-tilrno 

Tu'gu-lo 

Valois  (vSl'la) 

Vor'arl-berg 

Ta'lsi" 

Vai-9m-br6'sri 

VSr'v  <iGz 

Trtlle 

Vai-pa-rii'   "'^ 

Vosg^s  (vozh) 

Tuin'b?z 

Val'te-IJne 

Vil'k9-var 

Tun-gu-ra'gugi 

Van-dali-? 

Tun  gu-95§ 

Vin  Die'nien's  L 

Tu'njs 

Vannes  (va.n) 

w. 

Tur'c9  maina 

Vfi-ri'ngs 

Tu-rJn' 

Vilr  na 

TUr-kes-tan' 

Viis-^tr-hS'ly 

Waag  (wag) 

TUr'kfy 

Vas-sjl-i-pot'^-mo 

\Va'bas!h(waw'b5fhj 

TUrn-hout' 

Vaii-clu?e' 

Wai'che-ren,  or 
WaV^h^-ren 

Tu-r<5n' 

Valid  (v6) 

Tur-sheoz' 

Veglia  (vel'yft) 

Wai'duck 

Tfl-ry-chainsk' 

Ve-li'no 

Wai-dcn'se? 

Tu3'c?i-ny 

Vel-16'trj 

Walef 

Tus-c?-r!lLw'5is 

Vel-lore' 

Wjl-rachi-51 

TuB-c?-r6'r;i 

Venaissin 

Wai'lenstiCdt 

Tvc)'  (twfer) 

(vcn-is-sing') 

Wai'pole 

Tyn«!'inoutir 

Vendee  (viin 'da) 

Wai'thain 

Tyr-nau' " 

Vendume  (van'duni) 

VV^u-ga'rat 

354 


r^EOGUAPlIlCAL  NAMIiS. 


NVar'^i-delii  (w8r-) 
\\'i«r'ijs-dlii  (w6i-) 
Wnr'rtn  (w6r'r?iii 
Wftr'saw 

War'vvjck  (or  w6r'ik) 
Wasli'jiig-toii 

(w6sli'">ig-tyn) 
Washita 

(w6sh-9-taw') 
W4-t9r-5e' 
VVatcr-fyrd 
W4'l^r-iad 
W&'t^r-vTile 
Wa-tcr-vliet' 
Wijar-inoyth 
VVel'mjir 
VVeln'lielm 
Wel's^ij-bSurg 
Wei'l^nd 
Wfin'dp-v^r 
Wfin'n^r 

Weo'bley  (w&o'bl^) 
Wer-iij-^f-ra'd? 
Wfer'thelm  (-tim) 

W«a  ter-as 

Wt'a'tpr-waid 

WCst'inein-land 

Wcst-inSall>' 

West'mjn-st^r 

VVest'in^re-ISLiid 

Wesl-pliaiJ-j 

\\«t-t§-ra'vj-9 

Wexio  (w€k'sa) 

Wey  (<va) 

WhJ'dah 

VVliitp  na'V^n 

Wtck'Iow 

Wi6-lTcz'ka 

(W9-lTch  k^i) 
WiS'afl-bUrg 


Wig'siii 
VVllkes'bSr'r? 
Wll'1151 
Wln'and^r-mCre,  or 

Wln'd?r-mere 
WTn'cli?l-sea 
Wlii'ch^s-t^r 
Wlnd'ijvr 
Wln-9-bS'g9 
Wln'nj-pCg 
Winnipiseogee 

(wln-9-p9-Baw'k9) 
WT8'ba-d<5ii,  01 

'Vjs-bi'd^n 

'»Vji)-ca9'8?t 

Wlij'ingir 

WU'^fii-steln 

WTth'^in 

Wlt't^n-berg 

Wi5-fi-li66' 

We'burn  (or  66'bttrn) 

VVdIf'en-but-tel 

W61'ggL 

Wol-ver-liimp'tpn 

Woolwich  (wdol'ij) 

Worces'ter 

(wCirs't'^r) 
',   orstead 

(wflra't^d) 
Wurz'bUrg 
Wy'bSrg 
WJ'9-mlng 


X. 

X?-la'p?  (Z9-Id'p5i, 

or  ha-la'pai) 
Xsi-ti'V9i 
Xores  (zS'rfs) 


Xo-x5'na 
Xl'ma 
Xi-c6'c3 
Xin'gv 


Y. 

Yjt-kjutsk' 

Vftin-pgi-ra'r68 

Ying'tH?-kj-&ng' 

V^r-kflnd' 

Yar'mouth 

Var'^ow 

Y9-Z66' 

YS'nipn 

Jfen-j-.sel' 

Yeo'vjl 

Yeyd  (yad) 

Yezd 

VSnne 

York 

Yaii'sliail 

Y()H<;liiogeny 

(yok-e-ga'n?) 
Ypres  (ii'pr,  ur  epra^ 
Ys'tadt 
Yu-C!|i-ian' 
Yy-nau' 
Yu-rfi'p5i 
Yv'er-diin 
Yvetot  (Iv't5) 


z 

Zaab  (zab) 
Zajn-dftm' 
Za'51-rgi 
Zftc-9i-te'cja  (-tS'-) 


Zi.-grtb' 

Z^in-bSze' 

Z^-md'r? 

Zflim-pa'lai 

Zane^'vllle 

Zftn-gU9-bar' 

Zan'tf ,  or  Zanto 

Zaii-zj-bUr' 

za'i? 

Zea'l9nd 

Ze-btd' 

Zeg'^dTn 

Zeila  (za'l») 

Zel-tdn' 

Zeltz 

Z^ni'pljn 

Zerbst 

Zl'51 

Zie  g^n-hajn' 

Ziin-b?'6 

Zirk'nUz 

Zjttau' 

ZIock'zSW 

/na'ym 

Z6u-w5n' 

ZQf-f?r-si-bad' 

Z(ig 

Zd'rich 

Zuy'd^r  Z5S',  or 

'Any  d^rZi& 
ZvBr'nik 
Zw^l'len-d&m 
Zwick'au 
ZwSlle 
Zyt'9-inier9,  w 

Zy-t6'mierv 


'*«,»- 


